■ 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rf':; 88ft 
 
 
 Bl 
 
 vHtP 
 
 
 B^l 
 
 ■ 
 
 So 
 
 
 
 *<**.• j4 
 
 itS H 
 
 1 ; ■ •■ 
 
 H'.('J^,M' 
 
 
 
 
 1 -,?f j j*«.'* 1 
 
 ^H ■ 
 
 ►j«i j 
 
 H 
 
 
 H 
 
 f«WiUi.< j 
 
 
 
 s >fcH? > H 
 
 't>||t|SM 
 
 MB 
 
 lioi 
 
 iff*-!- '.'}■ I ■■ < r.'KM 
 
 Hict 
 
 : i » k 1 > • 1 tt>O0Cftf€l 
 
 §8K$ 
 
 BfRZifffBUBftiti 
 
 .- 
 IftnttitttltH 
 
Glass 
 Book 
 
 
 
 ZJ-5 
 

Dean's Stereotype Edition. 
 * 
 
 A JL&-7* *t* 
 
 THEORETICAL ^ 
 
 -*" ?~C4 t ) t t i t oe *-^ 
 
 AND 
 
 PRACTICAL GRAMMAR - ^ 
 
 OF 
 
 THE FRENCH TONGUE; 
 
 IN WHICH THE 
 
 PRESENT USAGE IS DISPLAYED, 
 
 AGREEABLY TO THE DECISIONS OF 
 
 THE FRENCH ACADEMY. 
 BY M^DE LEVIZAa 
 
 REVISED AND CORRECTED BY 
 
 MR. STEPHEN PASQUIER, M. A. 
 
 OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PARIS, AND TEACHER OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE TO THE 
 CHARTER-HOUSE SCHOOL. 
 
 FIFTEENTH AMERICAN EDITION, 
 
 WITH THE VOLTARIAN ORTHOGRAPHY, ACCORDING TO THE DICTIONARY OF THE 
 FRENCH ACADEMY. 
 
 TO WHICH HAVE BEEN ADDED 
 
 SEVERAL TABLES ON THE FORMATION OF VERBS, AND 
 THE CONSTRUCTION OF PRONOUNS, 
 
 FROM THE 
 
 SYNOPTICAL FRENCH GRAMMAR, 
 BY PROFESSOR J^MOULS. 
 
 NEW YORK I 
 
 W. E. DEAN, PRINTER & PUBLISHER, 
 
 No. 2 Ann-street. 
 
 1845, 
 
 'AUG 1J902 
 
TC2I0*] 
 
 .Li 
 
 345 
 
 Entered, 
 
 According to the Act of Congress, in the year 1335, by 
 
 WILLIAM E. DEAN, 
 
 In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the Soutnern District of 
 
 New York. 
 
 STEREOTYPED BY FRANCIS F. RIPLEY 
 NEW YORK. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 The distinguished success that has attended the 
 Grammar of M. de Levizac, which has been adopt- 
 ed by the most celebrated Schools in England, is a 
 sufficient proof that it is one of the most useful that 
 has hitherto appeared : it has, indeed, one advan- 
 tage, that will always secure it a preference above 
 every other : all the principles it contains, as well 
 as the Orthography of Yoltaire, are sanctioned by 
 the authority of the French Academy, and by all 
 the Grammarians of eminence, who for nearly a 
 century have laboured to ascertain and fix the true 
 rules of the French Language. Another advan- 
 tage, not less valuable, is, that almost all the phrases 
 given as examples or exercises, being drawn from 
 the Dictionary of the Academy, or the most appro- 
 ved French writers, the Student of this Grammar 
 will store his mind with none but pure and correct 
 forms of speech, and will not be liable to contract 
 vicious modes of expression, and imbibe error while 
 aiming at instruction. The proprietors have been 
 particularly careful with respect to the correctness 
 and simplicity of the present Edition, which they 
 have submitted to a strict revision, and which, on 
 a comparison, will be found to surpass preceding 
 Editions, both in the copiousness of its remarks and 
 its general perspicuity. 
 1* 
 
EXPLANATION 
 
 OF THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE EXERCISES 
 
 m stands for 
 
 masculine. 
 
 f. - - 
 
 - feminine. 
 
 pi. - - 
 
 - plural. 
 
 s. or sing. 
 
 - singular. 
 
 Am. 
 
 - h mute. 
 
 h asp. 
 
 - h aspirated. 
 
 pr. - 
 
 - preposition. 
 
 art. - 
 
 - article. 
 
 pr.-art. 
 
 - article contracted. 
 
 pron 
 
 - pronoun. 
 
 inf-1 
 
 - present of the infinitive. 
 
 inf-2 
 
 - the past. 
 
 inf-3 
 
 - participle present. 
 
 inf-4 
 
 - participle past. 
 
 ind-1 
 
 - present of the indicative. 
 
 ind-2 
 
 - imperfect. 
 
 ind-3 
 
 - preterit definite. 
 
 ind-4 
 
 - preterit indefinite. 
 
 ind-5 
 
 - preterit anterior. 
 
 ind-6 
 
 - pluperfect. 
 
 ind-7 
 
 - future absolute. 
 
 ind-9 
 
 - future anterior. 
 
 cond-1 
 
 - present of the conditional. 
 
 - first conditional past. 
 
 cond-2 
 
 cond-3 
 
 - second conditional past. 
 
 imp. 
 
 - imperative. 
 
 subj-1 
 
 - present of the subjunctive 
 
 subj-2 
 
 - imperfect. 
 
 subj-3 
 
 - preterit. 
 
 subj-4 
 
 - pluperfect. 
 
 * in the exercises denotes that the word under which it is 
 placed, is not expressed in French. 
 
 — denotes that the English word (see page 74) is spelt alike 
 in French, or at least the part under which this sign is placed. 
 
 = denotes that the French word differs from the English only 
 by its termination, as directed page 75. 
 
 Those French words which are followed by the above signs, 
 are to take the form which they point out. 
 
 In the Third part the * is no longer placed under the word, 
 but after it. 
 
 In filling the exercises, the order of the figures placed some- 
 times in the phrases after the French words, is to be observed. 
 
 In the exercises, when several English words are included be- 
 tween a parenthesis, they must be translated by the only words 
 placed under. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The French Alphabet I 
 
 General Observations 2 
 
 The Vowels 2 
 
 Accentuation and Punctuation.. 3 
 Table I. The seventeen Simple 
 
 Sounds 4 
 
 Table II. Coalition of Letters, re- 
 presenting the 17 Simple Sounds 5 
 
 Table III. The Diphthongs 6 & 7 
 
 Observations upon the two first 
 
 Tables 8 
 
 Of the Y 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Exercises on Monosyllables 10 
 
 Dissyllables 12 
 
 Words of Three 
 
 Syllables 14 
 
 Of Consonants 17 
 
 OfGender 37 
 
 A Vocabulary, French and Eng- 
 lish 45 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 Introduction. 
 
 9 Apostrophe and Elision 73 and fol. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 OF WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR NATURE AND INFLECTIONS. 
 
 Chapter I. 
 
 Of the Substantive 78 
 
 Substantive Common 79 
 
 Proper 79 
 
 Collectives 79 
 
 Of Masculine Gender 79 
 
 Feminine Gender 79 
 
 Of Singular Number 79 
 
 Plural Number 80 
 
 Of the Formation of the Plural. 80 
 
 GeneralRule 80 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 Of the Article 82 
 
 Elision of the Article 82 
 
 Contraction of the Article 83 
 
 Cases in which contraction does 
 
 not take place 84 
 
 General Rules on the Article .... 85 
 
 Of the Article in a partitive sense 86 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 Of the Adjective 87 
 
 Of the Formation of the Feminine 
 
 Adjectives 88 
 
 Exceptions 90 
 
 Of the Formation of the Plural of 
 
 Adjectives 91 
 
 Of the Degrees of Signification of 
 
 Adjectives 93 
 
 Positive 93 
 
 Comparative of Superiori- 
 
 ty 93 
 
 ■ Inferiority 94 
 
 — Equality.. 94 
 
 On MEILLEDR, MOINDRE, and PIRE 95 
 
 Of the Superlative 96 
 
 Agreement of the Adjective with 
 
 the Substantive 97 
 
 Nouns and Adjectives of Num- 
 ber 99 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Of the Pronoun 102 
 
 1. Of the Personal Px*onoim . . 102 
 Pronouns of the First Person 103 
 Second Per- 
 son 103 
 
 Third Per- 
 son 104 
 
 Reflected or Reciprocal Pro- 
 nouns 107 
 
 Of en and y 106 and 109 
 
 2. Possessive Pronouns 110 
 
 Of those that always agree 
 
 with a Noun expressed. ... 110 
 
VI 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Of those that always agree 
 with Nouns understood. . . 
 
 3. Of Relative Pronouns 
 
 4. Of Pronouns Absolute 
 
 5. Of Demonstrative Pronouns 
 
 6. Of Indefinite Pronouns 
 
 First Class 
 
 Second Class 
 
 Third Class 
 
 Fourth Class 
 
 Chapter V. 
 Of Verbs 
 
 Characteristics of Verbs 
 
 The Five Sorts of Verbs 
 
 Of Conjugations 
 
 Of the Auxiliary Verb avoir 
 
 The same Verb with a Negative 
 
 int e rr ogatively 
 
 and affirmatively 
 
 interrogatively 
 
 and negatively 
 Conjugation of the Auxiliary 
 
 VerbETRE 
 
 1. Conjugation in er 
 
 2. IR 
 
 3. ont 
 
 4. re 
 
 Conjugation of the Pronominal 
 
 Verbs 
 
 Passive Verbs 
 
 Conjugation of the Neuter Verbs 
 
 Of the Impersonal Verbs 
 
 Conjugation of the impersonal 
 Verb falloir 
 
 page! PA OB 
 
 {Conjugation of the impersonal 
 
 llll Verb y avoir 181 
 
 113 Of the Irregular Verbs 182 
 
 114 Irregular Verbs of the First Con- 
 
 115' jugation 182 
 
 116 Irregular Verbs of the Second 
 
 116| Conjugation 184 
 
 118, Irregular Verbs of the Third Con- 
 
 120 
 120 
 122 
 124 
 130 
 132 
 
 133 
 
 134 
 
 136 
 142 
 
 151 
 158 
 162 
 
 16S 
 176 
 
 17? 
 
 178 
 
 179 
 
 jugation 191 
 
 Irregular Verbs of the Fourth 
 Conjugation 196 
 
 Irregular Verbs of the First 
 Branch of the Fourth Conjuga- 
 tion 
 
 Irregular Verbs Second Branch 
 
 Third Branch... 
 
 Fourth Branch 
 
 196 
 202 
 203 
 204 
 
 Observations. , 209 
 
 Table of the Primitive Tenses of 
 
 the Four Regular Conjugations 210 
 Table of the Primitive Tenses of 
 the Irregular and Defective 
 
 Verbs 210 
 
 Moul's Table of the Formation 
 
 of Verbs 213 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Of Prepositions 215 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Of the Adverb 222 
 
 Chapter VIH. 
 
 Of Conjunctions 227 
 
 Chapter EX. 
 Of Interjections 232 
 
 PART II. 
 
 THE SYNTAX, OR WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 Chapter I. 
 
 Of the Substantive 
 
 Of Compound Nouns 
 
 Chapter II. 
 
 Of the Article 
 
 A comparative Table on the Use 
 of the Article 
 
 Chapter III. 
 
 Of the Adjective 
 
 Difference of Construction be- 
 tween the English and French 
 Languages 
 
 Regimen of the Adjectives 
 
 Promiscuous Exercises.. 
 
 233 
 233 
 
 2-39 
 
 Chapter IV. 
 
 Of the Pronouns 245 
 
 1. Of Personal Pronouns 245 
 
 Of the Place of Personal 
 
 Pronouns 245 
 
 Of Personal Pronouns used 
 
 as Subject 245 
 
 Of Personal Pronouns used 
 
 as Regimen 246 
 
 Moul's table of the Con- 
 struction of Pronouns. . . . 249 
 
 2. Of the Relative Pronouns. . 252 
 
 3. Of Pronouns Absolute 255 
 
 4. Of Demonstrative Pronouns 258 
 
 5. Of Indefinite Pronouns 260 
 
 First Class 260 
 
 Second Class 263 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Vll 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Third Class 265 
 
 FourthClass 270 
 
 A general exercise on the Pro- 
 nouns 272 
 
 Chapter V. 
 
 Of the Verb 274 
 
 Agreement of the Verb with the 
 
 Subject 274 
 
 Of the Regimen of Verbs 277 
 
 Nature and use of Moods 
 
 and Tenses 280 
 
 Indicative 280 
 
 Conditional 283 
 
 Imperative 284 
 
 Subjunctive 285 
 
 Infinitive 286 
 
 Participle 287 
 
 Participle Present 287 
 
 Past 289 
 
 Agreement of the Participle Past 
 
 with its Subject 289 
 
 Agreement of the Participle Past 
 
 . with its Regimen 291 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Of the Adverbs 295 
 
 Situation of Adverbs 295 
 
 Chapter VII. 
 
 Of the Conjunctions 297 
 
 Conjunction que 297 
 
 Government of Conj unctions. . . . 299 
 Conjunctions that are followed by 
 
 an Infinitive 299 
 
 Conjunctions that govern the In- 
 dicative 300 
 
 Conjunctions that govern the 
 
 Subjunctive 301 
 
 Promiscuous Exercises 301 
 
 PART III. 
 
 IDIOMS, OR WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEnt PARTICULAR RULES. 
 
 Chapter I. j Of quoi and ou 352 and 353 
 
 ~. M „ , . ,1 Absolute Pronouns— Of qui. oue, 
 
 Of the Substantive 306 andQuoi Z 355 
 
 Chapter II. Demonstrative Pronouns 355 
 
 _ f ., . .. . ' __J Indefinite Pro nouns — Of on. ... 359 
 
 Of the Article 309 Q f quinconque and chacun 360 
 
 Cases in which the Article is to 
 be used 309 
 
 Cases in which the Article is not 
 used 314 
 
 Chapter III. 
 Of the Adjective. 
 
 -with the Article . 
 
 The Place of Adjectives ; 
 
 Regimen of Adjectives 323 
 
 Adjectives of Number 324 
 
 Chapter rv. 
 
 Of Pronouns 326 
 
 Pronouns Personal 326 
 
 On the Pronoun soi 332 
 
 Cases in which the Pronouns 
 
 ELLB, ELLES, EUX, LUI, LEUR, 
 
 may apply to things 333 
 
 Difficulty respecting the Pronoun 
 
 explained 336 
 
 Repetition of the Personal Pro- 
 nouns 338 
 
 Relation of the Pronouns of the 
 Third Person to a Noun ex- 
 pressed before 341 
 
 Explanation of some Difficulties 
 attendant on the Possessive 
 
 Pronouns 343 
 
 Relative Pronouns — Of qui. . . . 347 
 
 Of que 350 
 
 Of lequel and dont 351 
 
 Of PERSONNE, L'UN ET L' AUTRE, 
 
 and ni l'un ni l' autre, tout, 
 
 andRiEN. 362 
 
 Of tout 365 
 
 Ot quelque — que and quel que. 
 
 364 and 365. 
 Chapter V. 
 Of the Verb.— Agreement, of the 
 
 Verb with its Subject 366 
 
 Of the Collective Partitive 367 
 
 Place of the Subject, with regard 
 
 to the Verb 369 
 
 Government of Verbs 375 
 
 On the Use, proper and accident- 
 al, of Moods and Tenses, Indic- 
 ative 375 
 
 Use of the Conditional 382 
 
 Remark on the Use of the Condi- 
 tional and Future 384 
 
 Use of the Subjunctive 385 
 
 Relations between the Tenses of 
 
 the Indicative 388 
 
 Relations between the Tenses of 
 the Subjunctive and those of 
 
 the Indicative 390 
 
 Farther Observations upon the 
 
 Conditional and Subj unctive . . . 394 
 Relations between the Tenses of 
 
 the different Moods 395 
 
 Relations of the Indicative 395 
 
 to the Conditional, &c. . . 396 
 
V1I1 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Relations of the Present and Fu- 
 ture Absolute, &c 396 
 
 Principal Relations with the Sub- 
 junctive 398 
 
 Of the Infinitive 398 
 
 Chapter VI. 
 
 Of Prepositions 401 
 
 The Use of the Article with Pre- 
 positions 403 
 
 Repetition of the Prepositions. . . 403 
 
 Government of Prepositions. ... 404 
 
 Chapter "VTL 
 
 Of the Adverb— Of the Negative 
 
 ne 405 
 
 Of the Place of the Negatives... 406 
 
 Of the Use of pas and point 406 
 
 When may both pas and point be 
 
 omitted? 407 
 
 When ought both pas and point 
 
 £-^e omitted? 407 
 
 On plus and d avantage 411 
 
 On si, aussi, tant, andAUTANT.. 412 
 
 Chapter vni. 
 
 Of Grammatical Construction. . . 413 
 
 Of Inversion 416 
 
 Of the Ellipsis 417 
 
 Of the Pleonasm 418 
 
 Ofthe Syllepsis 419 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Chapter IX. 
 Of Grammatical Discordances, 
 
 Amphibologies and Gallicisms. 419 
 
 Of Amphibologies 421 
 
 Of Gallicisms 422 
 
 Free Exercises 424 
 
 Phrases on some Difficulties of 
 
 the French Language 435 
 
 On the Collective Partitives 435 
 
 Of some Verbs which cannot be 
 
 conjugated with avoir 435 
 
 On Words of Quantity 435 
 
 On the Personal Pronouns 435 
 
 On soi, lui, soi-meme, and ltji- 
 
 MEME 436 
 
 On the Relative Pronouns 436 
 
 On the Demonstrative Pronouns 437 
 On the Verbs avoir employed 
 
 impersonally 437 
 
 Promiscuous Phrases 435 
 
 Phrases in which the Article is 
 
 used 440 
 
 Phrases in which the Article is 
 
 omitted 441 
 
 On the Pronoun le 442 
 
 On the Participle Past 443 
 
 On the Principal Relations of 
 
 Moods and Tenses 443 
 
 On the Negative ne 444 
 
 On some Delicacies of the 
 
 French Language » . . 445 
 
FRENCH GRAMMAR 
 
 Grammar, in general, is the art of speaking 'and writ- 
 ing correctly. 
 
 To speak — is to convey our thoughts by means of arti- 
 culated sounds. 
 
 To write — is to render those thoughts permanently 
 visible by means of certain signs, or characters, called 
 Letters, and their number disposed in order, constitutes 
 what is called the Alphabet. 
 
 FRENCH ALPHABET. 
 
 ROMAN LETTERS. ITALIC LETTERS. OLD PRONUNCIATION. NEW PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 ah ah 
 
 bay* be* 
 
 say ke 
 
 day de 
 
 a a 
 
 eff fe 
 
 jay\ ghe 
 
 ahsh he 
 
 e e 
 
 jeef jef 
 
 kah ke 
 
 ell le 
 me 
 
 A 
 
 a 
 
 A 
 
 a 
 
 B 
 
 b 
 
 B 
 
 b 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
 D 
 
 d 
 
 D 
 
 d 
 
 E 
 
 e 
 
 E 
 
 e 
 
 F 
 
 f 
 
 F 
 
 f 
 
 G 
 
 % 
 
 G 
 
 g 
 
 H 
 
 h 
 
 H 
 
 h 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
 J 
 
 J 
 
 J 
 
 J 
 
 K 
 
 k 
 
 K 
 
 k 
 
 L 
 
 1 
 
 L 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 m 
 
 M 
 
 m 
 
 N 
 
 n 
 
 N 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 P 
 
 a 
 
 q 
 
 Q 
 
 q 
 
 R 
 
 r 
 
 R 
 
 r 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 S 
 
 s 
 
 T 
 
 t 
 
 T 
 
 t 
 
 U 
 
 u 
 
 U 
 
 u 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 Y 
 
 y 
 
 Y 
 
 y 
 
 Z 
 
 z 
 
 Z 
 
 z 
 
 enn ne 
 
 o o 
 
 pay pe 
 
 ku\ ke 
 
 heir re 
 
 ess se 
 
 tay te 
 
 u\ u\ 
 
 vay ve 
 
 eeks kse 
 
 e grec e grec 
 
 zed ze 
 
 * Here both the old pronunciation and the new are expressed by Englisn 
 sounds, and in the new the letter e after each consonant is sounded as in the 
 English word battery. 
 
 t The two consonants g and j are sounded in the Alphabet like s in pleasure, 
 or z in azure. 
 
 t See the second note, page 4. 
 
THE SOUNDS 
 
 GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 The French Alphabet contains, as we see, twenty- 
 five letters, which are divided into Vowels and Conso- 
 
 A vowel is the simple emission of the voice forming 
 an articulate sound by itself. 
 
 A consonant, on the contrary, cannot be articulated 
 without the assistance of a vowel. 
 
 The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y, which sometimes 
 has the sound of one i, and sometimes of two. 
 
 The nineteen remaining letters, b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, I, 
 m, n y j>, q, r, s, t, v, x, z, are consonants. 
 
 THE VOWELS. 
 
 The French language com- 
 prehends more distinct simple 
 sounds than are here represent- 
 ed by the above five vowels ; 
 for, according as these are pro- 
 nounced close or broad, short 
 or long, with the appropriate 
 accentuation, they furnish — ten seventeen sim- 
 simple sounds. fie sounds. 
 
 N. B. *{ Add to these — thre other ^See Table I. 
 simple soionds, each represent- p. 4. 
 ed by the combination of two 
 vowels, and 
 
 Lastly — four nasal simple 
 sounds, which again, for want of 
 more appropriate signs, are re- 
 presented by the coalition of n 
 or m with the above vowels, and 
 they complete the number of_ 
 
 The vowels are either long or short ; 
 The long vowels require more, the short vowels less 
 time in pronouncing, thus : 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 a is long in pate dough and short in patte paw 
 
 e — — ; tempete storm trompette 
 
 i g£te abode petite little 
 
 o hote host hotte wicker basket 
 
 u flute flute hutte hut 
 
 Besides the simple there are also the compound sounds, 
 in which two vowels are distinctly heard by a single 
 emission of the voice ; these are the diphthongs. See 
 Table III. p. 6 and 7. 
 
 The sound of one or more letters, pronounced with 
 a single emission of the voice, is called a syllable ; one 
 or more syllables make a word. 
 
 There are three 
 accents, the 
 
 ACCENTUATION AND PUNCTUATION. 
 
 In reading, due attention should be paid to the accents 
 and cedilla, to the apostrophe, diaeresis, hyphen, &c. the two 
 former of which are peculiar to the French language. 
 acute C) never placed but on e, as 
 
 in bonte. 
 grave (*) placed over a, e, u, as in 
 
 voild, proces, ou. 
 circumflex ( A ) employed over any long 
 vowel, as pldtre, rive, 
 epitre, apotre, buche. 
 The cedilla is a kind of comma placed under c, giving 
 it the sound of s before a, o, u, as in fagade, fagon, regu. 
 The apostrophe (') marks the suppression of a vowel 
 before another vowel, or h mute, as in Veglise, Voiseau, 
 Vhomme, sHl vient, for la eglise, le oiseau, le homme, si il 
 vient. 
 
 The diaeresis (") is placed over the vowels e, i, u, to in- 
 timate that they are to be pronounced distinctly from the 
 vowels by which they are accompanied. 
 
 The hyphen (-) is particularly used in connecting com- 
 pound words, as in Belles-lettres, tout-puissant, chefs-d?<Eu- 
 vre, arc-en-ciel, &c. 
 
 All the other distinctive marks, as the comma, semi- 
 colon, colon, period, interrogation, note of admiration and 
 exclamation, parenthesis, &c. &c. are the same in the 
 French as in the English language. 
 2 
 
THE SOUNDS 
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 The Seventeen Simple Sounds of the-.French Tongue 
 
 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 
 
 SOUNDS 
 
 
 
 SOUNDED A3, 
 
 1 
 
 a short 
 
 ami 
 
 friend 
 
 a in 
 
 amateur 
 
 2 
 
 a long 
 
 b&s 
 
 stockings 
 
 a 
 
 bark 
 
 3 
 
 e 
 
 tenir 
 
 to hold 
 
 e 
 
 battery 
 
 4 
 
 € 
 
 ete 
 
 summer 
 
 a 
 
 paper 
 
 5 
 
 e 
 
 modele 
 
 i model 
 
 e 
 
 met 
 
 6 
 
 d(i) 
 
 tete t 
 
 head 
 
 e 
 
 there 
 
 7 
 
 i 
 
 irm'ter 
 
 to imitate 
 
 i 
 
 timid 
 
 8 
 
 o sAflrt 
 
 ecole 
 
 school 
 
 
 
 scholar 
 
 9 
 
 6 &m£" 
 
 cote 
 
 rib 
 
 
 
 note 
 
 10 
 
 u 
 
 vertw 
 
 virtue 
 
 ( 2 ) 
 
 — 
 
 11 
 
 eu sAorJ 
 
 jewne 
 
 young 
 
 u 
 
 shun 
 
 12 
 
 eu /a?^ 
 
 jeune 
 
 fast 
 
 (2) 
 
 
 13 
 
 ou 
 
 souye 
 
 soup 
 
 OU 
 
 soup 
 
 14 
 
 an" 
 
 
 ange 
 
 angel 
 
 en 
 
 encore 
 
 15 
 
 in 
 
 •(2) 
 
 \in 
 
 flax 
 
 en 
 
 length 
 
 16 
 
 on 
 
 long 
 
 long 
 
 on 
 
 long 
 
 17 
 
 un_ 
 
 
 hxun 
 
 brown 
 
 un 
 
 ~ 
 
 (1) Besides these four sorts of e, mere is one entirely mute at 
 the end of many words, as in the above modele, tSte, ecole, cote ; 
 and sometimes in the beginning and middle, as in cependant, ja- 
 veline, Roquefort, souquenille, Vempereur, &c. 
 
 (2) The sound of the French u, to which there is no similar, 
 nor even approximate sound in English, must be heard from the 
 master, and it may be necessary to add, that though we have 
 attempted to exhibit the French sounds by English letters, yet 
 they can only be correctly learnt by hearing them from the lips 
 of a native. In particular, the nasal sounds cannot be conveyed 
 by any combination of English letters. 
 
 N. B. The figures in the following tables relate to the above 
 seventeen simple sounds. 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 TABLE II, 
 
 Coalition of Letters representing several of the Seven- 
 teen Simple Sounds, 
 
 
 Simple Sounds represented by examples. 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 ea 
 
 il gagea 
 
 he betted 
 
 
 
 eai 
 
 aigu. 
 
 sharp 
 
 4 
 
 e < 
 
 geai 
 
 fry 
 
 
 
 ee 
 
 anne^ 
 
 year 
 
 
 
 03 
 
 <£sophage 
 
 cesophagus 
 
 
 
 s ai 
 
 aide 
 
 aid 
 
 
 
 aie 
 
 bale 
 
 bay 
 
 5 
 
 S < 
 
 ei 
 eai 
 
 baleine 
 |e n&geais 
 
 whale 
 
 I did swim 
 
 
 
 ai 
 
 faible 
 
 weak 
 
 
 
 aie 
 
 monuaie 
 
 money 
 
 6 
 
 * ; 
 
 ^ai 
 
 ai 
 
 aine 
 
 eldest 
 
 parattre 
 
 to appear 
 
 7 
 
 i 
 
 ie 
 
 folie 
 
 folly 
 
 8 
 
 
 i an 
 eo 
 
 aurore 
 
 dawn 
 
 O ' 
 
 flageolet 
 
 flageolet 
 
 
 
 "an 
 
 autenr 
 
 author 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 eau 
 
 m&rteau 
 
 hammer 
 
 
 
 eo 
 
 geole 
 
 gaol 
 
 
 
 ' eu 
 
 gageuve 
 
 wager 
 
 £0 
 
 » - 
 
 [ eue 
 
 e%e f 
 
 had 
 
 
 i 
 
 ue 
 
 lailue 
 
 lettuce 
 
 SI 
 
 eu 
 
 G3U 
 
 s#wr 
 
 sister 
 
 12 
 
 eu 
 
 i oiu 
 
 n<K^d 
 
 knot 
 
 
 
 ^eue 
 
 quew« 
 
 tail 
 
 S3 
 
 ou 
 
 oue 
 
 il J0M€ 
 
 he plays 
 
 
 
 aou 
 
 Aout 
 
 August 
 
 
 
 r am 
 
 jambe 
 
 leg 
 
 £4 
 
 an * 
 
 ean 
 
 &8iigeant 
 
 afflicting 
 
 
 
 em 
 
 membre 
 
 member 
 
 
 
 L en 
 
 entendre 
 
 to hear 
 
 
 
 r aim 
 
 essaim 
 
 swarm 
 
 
 
 ain 
 
 cxainie 
 
 fear 
 
 15 
 
 in < 
 
 ein 
 
 peintare 
 
 picture 
 
 
 
 im 
 
 impoli 
 
 impolite 
 
 
 
 ym 
 
 sywbole 
 
 symbol 
 
 
 
 .yn 
 
 syntaxe 
 
 syntax 
 
 16 
 
 on 
 
 eon 
 
 pigeon 
 
 pigeon 
 
 
 
 om 
 
 ombre 
 
 shade 
 
 17 
 
 un 
 
 \ eun 
 
 a \eun 
 
 fasting 
 
 
 
 um 
 
 partum 
 
 perfume 
 
o 
 
 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE III. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Diphthongs. 
 
 
 
 Compound Sounds represented by examples. 
 
 7 
 
 1 i 
 
 2a < 
 
 ia S 
 
 fiacre 
 
 hackney-coach 
 
 loi 
 
 galimatias 
 
 nonsense 
 
 7 
 4 
 
 i j 
 
 > iai 
 
 je defiai 
 
 I challenged 
 
 A a 
 
 ?« 
 
 amitie 
 
 friendship 
 
 
 6 \ 
 
 ' lez 
 
 vous tiez 
 
 you laugh 
 
 
 
 "iai 
 
 hiais 
 
 bias 
 
 7 
 
 i 
 
 ie 
 
 biere 
 
 beer 
 
 5 
 
 
 ie 
 
 cie\ 
 
 heaven 
 
 
 
 iai 
 
 je purifi&is 
 
 I purified 
 
 7 
 
 * i 
 
 io 
 
 violon 
 
 violin 
 
 8 or 9 o < 
 
 iau 
 
 miawJer 
 
 to mew 
 
 7 
 10 
 
 
 iu 
 
 reliwre 
 
 binding 
 
 7 
 
 i j 
 
 
 lelieur 
 
 bookbinder 
 
 llor 
 
 12 6W J 
 
 leu 
 
 mieux 
 
 better 
 
 7 
 13 
 
 0U ) 
 
 iou 
 
 chiourme 
 
 ( crew of a 
 I galley 
 
 7 
 
 1 { 
 
 an ) 
 
 ian 
 
 viande 
 
 meat 
 
 14 
 
 ien 
 
 audience 
 
 audience 
 
 7 
 15 
 
 in ) 
 
 ien 
 
 chretien 
 
 christian 
 
 7 
 16 
 
 1 \ 
 
 on ) 
 
 ion 
 
 passion 
 
 passion 
 
 8 
 2 
 
 c 
 
 oi 
 
 bois 
 
 wood 
 
 o \ 
 a ) 
 
 o! 
 
 boite 
 
 box 
 
 oie 
 
 foie 
 
 liver 
 
 8 
 6 
 
 } 
 
 oe 
 
 moelle 
 
 marrow 
 
 o f 
 
 oi 
 
 voisin 
 
 neighbour 
 
 
 
 eoi 
 
 nageoire 
 
 fin 
 
 8 
 15 
 
 in ) 
 
 oin 
 
 besoin 
 
 want 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 ua 
 
 nuage 
 
 cloud 
 
 
 uai 
 
 je remuai 
 
 I moved 
 
 10 
 
 « 1 
 
 ue 
 
 etemuer 
 
 to sneeze 
 
 4 
 
 e ' 
 
 'ue 
 
 denwe 
 
 stript 
 
 
 J 
 
 uee 
 
 nuee 
 
 cloud 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 TABLE III. 
 
 Diphthongs continued. 
 Compound Sounds represented by examples 
 
 u ) ue men^et 
 
 e j[ uai il suait 
 
 u } ui b^isson 
 
 ie paraplwie 
 
 o impetwosite 
 
 eu lueur 
 
 majesty wx 
 
 nuance 
 influence 
 
 Juin 
 
 minuet 
 
 he perspired 
 
 umbrella 
 impetuosity 
 
 glimmering 
 
 majestic 
 
 shade 
 influence 
 
 June. 
 
 uon 
 
 tuons 
 
 let us kill 
 
 oue 
 J oue 
 
 oueu 
 
 oueu 
 
 Touage 
 
 denouei 
 dejoue 
 fille enjouee 
 je jouai 
 fowetter 
 je denouais 
 comhouis 
 Youie 
 
 boueux scavenger 
 
 wheel-work 
 
 to untie 
 frustrated 
 cheerful girl 
 I played 
 to whip 
 I untied 
 cart grease 
 hearing 
 
 noueux 
 
 "Rouen 
 bahouin 
 
 jouons 
 
 knotty 
 
 praise 
 Rouen, a city 
 
 baboon 
 let us play 
 
THE SOUNDS 
 
 OBSERVATIONS UPON THE TWO FIRST TABLES. 
 
 Am, an, do not take the nasal sound when m ox n are 
 doubled, as in constam?nent, annee. Am is not nasal at 
 the end of some foreign names, as Abram, Roboam, &c. ; 
 except Adam, which has the nasal sound. 
 
 Em and en are articulated as in the English words 
 hem and men : 
 
 1. In words taken from foreign languages ; as Jeru- 
 salem, item, hymen, 'pollen, solen, amen, &c. and also in 
 lemme, gemme, decemvirat, decemvirs, etrenner, ennemi, 
 moyennant, penne, pennage, and in the second syllable of 
 the compound word empenne. 
 
 2. In some persons and tenses of the verbs, tenir, ve- 
 nir, prendre* and their compounds, as que je vienne, que 
 tu soutiennes, qu'il comprenne, &c. in the pronouns femi- 
 nine, la mienne, la tienne, les siennes, in many other 
 words, as ancienne, magicienne, Vienne, en Autriche, &c. 
 
 3. In many nouns and persons of verbs ending in ene, 
 erne, as in arcne, ebene,je me promene, il egrene,} il seme, 
 where however the e is somewhat more open. 
 
 But em in femme, and en in enorgueillir, ennoblir, and 
 ennui, must be pronounced as if spelt with a, famme, 
 anorgueillir, annoblir, &c. and len in the second sylla- 
 ble of so-Zew-nel, and derivatives, has only the sound of 
 la, 
 
 Aen has the sound of the French nasal an in Caen, a 
 town in Normandy. 
 
 And aon has the same sound in Laon, another town 
 in France, in faon a fawn, and in paon a peacock ; but 
 these letters have the sound of on in taon, an oxfly. 
 
 N in the monosyllable en, both when a preposition and 
 when a pronoun, in on, mon, ton, son, pronouns, and in 
 bon, bien, and rien, ceases to be nasal when these words 
 are immediately followed by a vowel or an h mute, as en 
 Italie, on en aura, mon ami, c 1 est un bon homme, on a 
 bien essay e,je suis bien-aise qu : il n'ait rienoublie. But 
 en and on remain nasal, when placed after the verbs to 
 which they belong ; as donnez-en d votre sceur. A-t-on 
 essay e ? va-f-en au logis. 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 9 
 
 Im and in are not nasal, 
 " 1. In the word interim, and in proper names taken 
 from foreign languages, as Selim, Ephraim, Ibrahim. 
 However the nasal sound is preserved m Benjamin, Jo- 
 achim, seraphin, cherubin. 
 
 2. In the beginning and middle of words, when m or 
 n is followed by a vowel or an h mute, as inanime, ini- 
 maginable, unanimite, &c. 
 
 3. Whenever m or n is doubled, as immoler, immer- 
 sion, innover, inne, innocent, though in this latter word 
 only one n is sounded. 
 
 tin has the sound of u close in une, unieme, unanime, 
 and of eun in jeune homme, when followed by a word 
 beginning with a vowel or an h mute, as un homme, un 
 esprit, aucun ami, commun accord. 
 
 Um is pronounced omm in some words adopted from 
 the Latin, as centumvirs, album, quinquennium, lada- 
 num, laudanum, geranium. 
 
 U after the consonants q and g is generally silent, as 
 in quatre, guerre, &c. See those letters, p. 21 and 27. 
 
 OF THE Y. 
 
 This letter when alone, or when preceded, or followed 
 by a consonant, is pronounced as simple i, except in pays, 
 paysan, pay sage, and even abbaye, which are pronounced 
 pe-is, pe-isan, pe-isage, abe-ie. Y between two vowels is 
 pronounced ii, and when preceded by a, it gives to this 
 letter the sound of ' ai, and when by o or u, it gives to 
 them the sound of the diphthongs oi or ui. The vowel 
 which follows the y is pronounced like one of the diph- 
 thongs ia, ie, &c. for which reason we have deferred 
 speaking of the y till after the diphthongs. 
 
 nous e-ga-yons we enliven 
 
 Ab-ba-ye 
 
 abbey 
 
 a-bo-yer 
 
 to bark 
 
 ap-pu-yer 
 
 to support 
 
 ba-la-yer 
 
 to sweep 
 
 be-ga-yer 
 
 to stammer 
 
 cra-yon 
 
 pencil 
 
 cro-ya-ble 
 
 credible 
 
 e-cu-yer 
 il ef-fra-ya 
 
 esquire 
 
 he frightened 
 
 es-su-yer 
 
 mo-yen 
 
 net-to-yer 
 
 to wipe 
 
 means 
 
 to clean 
 
 je-pa-yais 
 je ra-ye-rais 
 ro-yau-me 
 vo-ya-ge 
 vo-ya-geur 
 
 I was paying 
 I would erase 
 kingdom 
 voyage 
 traveller 
 
10 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 EXERCISES — On Monosyllables, or words of one syllable. 
 
 Gras 
 ma 
 
 ta 
 
 sa 
 
 la 
 
 las 
 
 pas 
 
 un plat 
 
 bac 
 
 sac 
 
 arc 
 
 pare 
 
 bal 
 
 cap 
 
 car 
 
 par 
 
 part 
 
 art 
 
 char 
 
 dard 
 
 lard 
 
 tard 
 
 quand 
 
 rang 
 
 blanc 
 
 sans 
 
 dans 
 
 gland 
 
 pan 
 
 cran 
 
 plant 
 
 plan 
 
 flanc 
 
 grand 
 
 en 
 
 il fend 
 
 gens 
 
 lent 
 
 main 
 
 il ment 
 
 il pend 
 
 il prend 
 
 ceint 
 
 cinq 
 
 sain 
 
 sein 
 
 saint 
 
 seing 
 
 fat 
 my 
 
 thy 
 
 his, her, its 
 
 the, her, it 
 
 tired 
 
 step we 
 
 a dish 
 
 ferry-boat 
 
 sack, bag 
 
 arch, bow 
 
 park 
 
 ball 
 
 cap 
 
 for 
 
 by, through 
 
 share 
 
 art 
 
 chariot 
 
 dart 
 
 bacon 
 
 late 
 
 when 
 
 rank 
 
 white 
 
 without 
 
 in 
 
 acorn 
 
 skirt of a coat 
 
 notch, 
 
 plantation 
 
 plan 
 
 great 
 
 in 
 
 he splits 
 
 people 
 
 slow 
 
 he lies 
 he hangs 
 he takes 
 girt 
 five 
 wholesome 
 
 holy 
 signature 
 
 il rend 
 
 il sent 
 
 je vends 
 
 je 
 
 me 
 
 ne 
 
 te 
 
 ce 
 
 se 
 
 le 
 
 de 
 
 le 
 
 ne 
 
 mais 
 
 mes 
 
 tes 
 
 ses 
 
 les 
 
 pre 
 
 pres 
 
 pret 
 
 ver 
 
 vers 
 
 vert 
 
 il perd 
 
 il sert 
 
 cerf 
 
 serf 
 
 peur 
 
 il meurt 
 
 pleurs 
 
 leur 
 
 sel 
 
 tel 
 
 quel 
 
 sec 
 
 bee 
 
 chef 
 
 bref 
 
 neuf 
 
 Est 
 
 vingt 
 
 crin 
 
 lin 
 
 brin 
 
 pain 
 
 pin 
 
 vin 
 
 he returns 
 
 he smells, feels 
 
 Isell 
 
 I 
 
 me 
 
 not 
 
 thee 
 
 this, that 
 
 himself, <$*c. 
 
 the, him, it 
 
 °f 
 
 breadth (of cloth) 
 
 born 
 
 but 
 
 my, pi. 
 
 thy, pi. 
 
 his, her, its, pi. 
 
 the, them 
 
 meadow 
 
 near 
 
 ready 
 
 worm 
 
 toward, or verse 
 
 green 
 
 he loses 
 
 he serves 
 
 stag 
 
 bondman 
 
 fear 
 
 he dies 
 
 tears 
 
 their 
 
 salt 
 
 such 
 
 which 
 
 dry 
 
 beak 
 
 chief 
 
 short 
 
 new, or nine 
 
 East 
 
 twenty 
 
 horse-hair 
 
 flax 
 
 sprig 
 
 bread 
 
 pine 
 
 wine 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 11 
 
 fi 
 
 fie 
 
 front 
 
 forehead 
 
 fils 
 
 son 
 
 rond 
 
 round 
 
 frit 
 
 fried 
 
 blond 
 
 light (hair) 
 
 lis 
 
 lily 
 
 pont 
 
 bridge 
 
 pris 
 
 taken 
 
 long 
 
 long 
 
 prix 
 
 price 
 
 fond 
 
 bottom 
 
 ris 
 
 laugh 
 
 ils font 
 
 they do 
 
 riz 
 
 rice 
 
 jonc 
 
 rush 
 
 ni 
 
 neither, nor 
 
 non 
 
 no 
 
 nid 
 
 nest 
 
 gond 
 
 hinge 
 
 si 
 
 if 
 
 nom 
 
 name 
 
 il fit 
 
 he did 
 
 plomb 
 
 lead 
 
 mis 
 
 put 
 
 nu 
 
 naked 
 
 r 
 
 folds 
 
 du 
 
 of the, sing. m. 
 
 thread 
 
 ildut 
 
 he owed 
 
 vil 
 
 vile 
 
 bra 
 
 daughter-in-law 
 
 vif 
 
 lively 
 
 brut 
 
 rough 
 
 sot 
 
 fool 
 
 ilbut 
 
 he drank 
 
 tot 
 
 soon 
 
 cru 
 
 raw 
 
 olos 
 
 shut up 
 
 il crut 
 
 he believed 
 
 nos 
 
 our 
 
 je fus 
 
 I was 
 
 vos 
 
 your 
 big 
 
 jus 
 
 juice 
 
 gros 
 
 lu 
 
 read 
 
 trop 
 
 too much 
 
 illut 
 
 he read 
 
 trot 
 
 trot 
 
 plus 
 
 more 
 
 croc 
 
 hook 
 
 tu 
 
 thou 
 
 or 
 
 gold 
 
 vu 
 
 seen 
 
 bord 
 
 edge 
 
 flux 
 
 flux 
 bird lime 
 
 fort 
 
 strong 
 
 gill 
 
 tort 
 
 wrong 
 
 due 
 
 duke 
 
 je sor? 
 
 I go out 
 
 sue 
 
 juice 
 
 sort 
 
 fate 
 
 sur 
 
 upon 
 
 port 
 
 port 
 
 mur 
 
 wall 
 
 il mord 
 
 he bites 
 
 mil 
 
 no, none 
 
 vol 
 
 theft 
 
 bout 
 
 end 
 
 choc 
 
 shock 
 
 Jong 
 
 yoke 
 
 roc 
 
 rock 
 
 nous 
 
 we, us 
 
 bloc 
 
 block 
 
 vous 
 
 you 
 
 troc 
 
 exchange 
 
 clou 
 
 nail 
 
 dot 
 
 dowry 
 
 cou 
 
 neck 
 
 on 
 
 one, people, they 
 
 i coup 
 
 blow, stroke 
 
 bon 
 
 good 
 bound 
 
 trou 
 
 hole 
 
 bond 
 
 mou 
 
 soft 
 
 ton 
 
 thy 
 
 tout 
 
 all 
 
 son 
 
 his, her, its 
 
 toux 
 
 cough 
 
 ils sonr 
 
 they are 
 
 pou 
 
 louse 
 
 mon 
 
 my 
 
 cour 
 
 yard 
 
 don 
 
 s¥ 
 
 il pleut 
 
 it rains 
 
 dont 
 
 of which, fyc. 
 
 peu 
 il veut 
 
 little, few 
 
 done 
 
 therefore 
 
 he is willing 
 
12 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 ON DISSYLLABLES, 
 
 Or words of Two Syllables. 
 
 A-bus 
 
 a-chat 
 
 ac-teur 
 
 a-ge 
 
 a-rae 
 
 an-neau 
 
 ar-deur 
 
 ar-gent 
 
 as-tre 
 
 au-cun 
 
 a-veu 
 
 a-vis 
 
 au-tre 
 
 bal-con 
 
 ban-que 
 
 bar-que 
 
 ba-teau 
 
 ba-ton 
 
 beau-te 
 
 be-gue 
 
 be-te 
 
 beur-re 
 
 bi-ble 
 
 bla-me 
 
 bon-heur 
 
 bon-te 
 
 bos-quet 
 
 bou-quet 
 
 bour-geon 
 
 bour-ru 
 
 bras-seur 
 
 bri-gand 
 
 brus-que 
 
 bru-te 
 
 buf-fet 
 
 bu-reau 
 
 bus-te 
 
 ca-deau 
 
 ca-fe 
 
 ca-hot 
 
 ca-non 
 
 ca-ve 
 
 cau-se 
 
 cer-cle 
 
 ci-seau 
 
 ci-seaux 
 
 abuse 
 
 purchase 
 
 actor 
 
 age 
 
 soul 
 
 ring 
 
 ardour 
 
 money 
 
 star 
 
 none 
 
 confession 
 
 advice 
 
 other 
 
 balcony 
 
 bank 
 
 a bark 
 
 boat 
 
 stick 
 
 beauty 
 
 stammerer 
 
 beast 
 
 butter 
 
 bible 
 
 blame 
 
 happiness 
 
 goodness 
 
 grove 
 
 nosegay 
 
 bud 
 
 suily 
 
 brewer 
 
 robber 
 
 abrupt 
 
 brute 
 
 ojfice 
 
 bust 
 
 prese?it 
 
 coffee 
 
 jolt 
 
 cannon 
 
 cellar 
 
 cause 
 
 circle 
 
 chisel 
 
 scissors 
 
 cle-inent 
 
 cli-mat 
 
 cloi-son 
 
 co-hue 
 
 com-mun 
 
 com-pas 
 
 com-te 
 
 cort-ge 
 
 con-te 
 
 co-quin 
 
 cor-deau 
 
 co-te 
 
 cou-ple 
 
 cou-reur 
 
 co us-sin 
 
 cou-vent 
 
 cre-me 
 
 cri-me 
 
 crot-te 
 
 crou-te 
 
 da-me 
 
 dan-seur 
 
 de-bit 
 
 de-bout 
 
 de-mi 
 
 de-pot 
 
 dc-sert 
 
 des-sert 
 
 dis-cours 
 
 dou-leur 
 
 e-cu 
 
 en-clin 
 
 en-fant 
 
 e-poux 
 
 es-poir 
 
 e-tain 
 
 etre 
 
 ex-ces 
 
 festin 
 
 fe-te 
 
 fi-lou 
 
 fla-con 
 
 flam-beau 
 
 flu-te 
 
 fo-ret 
 
 fou-dre 
 
 clevieni 
 climate 
 partition 
 throng 
 common 
 com/passes 
 earl 
 holiday 
 tale 
 rogue 
 line 
 side 
 couple 
 runnel 
 cushion 
 convent 
 cream 
 crime 
 dirt 
 crust 
 lady 
 dancer 
 sale 
 erect 
 half 
 deposit 
 wilderness 
 dessert 
 speech 
 pain 
 crown 
 inclined 
 child 
 spouse 
 hope 
 pewter 
 being 
 excess 
 feast 
 festival 
 pickpocket 
 decanter 
 flambeau 
 
 forest 
 thunderbolt 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 13 
 
 four-mi 
 
 fri-pon 
 
 fu-reur 
 
 gaie-te 
 
 gar-9011 
 
 ga-teau 
 
 ga-zon 
 
 gen-dre 
 
 gen-re 
 
 gi-got 
 
 gla-5011 
 
 gou-te 
 
 gout-te 
 
 gra-ce 
 
 gron-deur 
 
 gru-au 
 
 gue-re 
 
 guer-re 
 
 gueu-le 
 
 gui-de 
 
 1 hai-ne 
 
 'hale 
 
 ! hal-le 
 
 1 har-pe 
 
 1 ha-te 
 
 1 hau-teur 
 
 ' ha-sard 
 
 « he-tre 
 
 hom-me 
 
 hon-neur 
 
 ' hon-te 
 
 hor-reur 
 
 ho-te 
 
 hu-main 
 
 im-pie 
 
 ju-ge 
 
 jour-nee 
 
 lai-teux 
 
 la-quais 
 
 lar-cin 
 
 lar-geur 
 
 li-queur 
 
 lo-gis 
 
 lon-gueur 
 
 mar-bre 
 
 mar-chand 
 
 ma-ri 
 
 me-re 
 
 ant 
 
 meu-ble 
 
 furniture 
 
 knave 
 
 mon-de 
 
 world 
 
 fury 
 
 mons-tre 
 
 monster 
 
 cheerfulness 
 
 mou-le 
 
 mould 
 
 boy 
 
 mou-lin 
 
 mill 
 
 cake 
 
 ni-gaud 
 
 silly fellow 
 
 turf 
 
 nou-veau 
 
 new 
 
 son-in-law 
 
 oeu-vre 
 
 work 
 
 gender 
 
 on-guent 
 
 ointment 
 
 leg of mutton 
 
 or-dre 
 
 order 
 
 piece of ice 
 
 ou-bli 
 
 oblivion 
 
 luncheon 
 
 pa-rent 
 
 relation 
 
 drop 
 
 par-rain 
 
 god-father 
 
 favour 
 
 pa-te 
 
 dough 
 
 grumbler 
 
 pa-te 
 
 pie 
 
 oatmeal 
 
 pat-te 
 
 paw 
 
 little 
 
 pe-che 
 
 fishing, peach 
 
 war 
 
 pe-che 
 
 sin 
 
 mouth of a beast pe-cheur 
 
 fisherman 
 
 guide 
 
 pe-cheur 
 
 sinner 
 
 hatred 
 
 pei-ne 
 
 trouble 
 
 sunbuming 
 
 pein-tre 
 
 painter 
 
 market hall 
 
 pe-re 
 
 father 
 
 harp 
 
 peu-ple 
 
 people 
 
 haste 
 
 peu-reux 
 
 fearful 
 
 height 
 
 pin-te 
 
 pint 
 
 chance 
 
 plu-me 
 
 feather 
 
 beech 
 
 por-trait 
 
 - picture 
 
 man 
 
 pour-pre 
 
 purple 
 
 honour 
 
 prin-ce 
 
 prince 
 
 shame 
 
 pru-neau 
 
 prune 
 
 horror 
 
 ra-gout 
 
 ragout 
 
 landlord 
 
 re-gle 
 
 rule 
 
 human 
 
 re-gne 
 
 reign 
 
 impious 
 
 rei-ne 
 
 queen 
 
 judge 
 
 ren-te 
 
 annuity 
 
 day 
 
 re-ve 
 
 dream 
 
 milky 
 
 ri-re 
 
 laughing 
 
 footman 
 
 rou-te 
 
 road 
 
 theft 
 
 ru-se 
 
 trick 
 
 breadth 
 
 sa-bre 
 
 sabre 
 
 liquor 
 
 sa-lut 
 
 salute 
 
 dwelling 
 
 sa-tin 
 
 satin 
 
 length 
 
 sau-c«e 
 
 sauce 
 
 marble 
 
 sau-teur 
 
 tumbler 
 
 tradesman 
 
 se-jour 
 
 residence 
 
 husband 
 
 si-gnal 
 
 signal 
 
 mother 
 
 si-gne 
 
 sign 
 
14 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 
 som-bre 
 
 dark 
 
 tome 
 
 volume 
 
 sou-hait 
 
 wish 
 
 tou-pie 
 
 top 
 
 sou-pe 
 
 soup 
 
 tour-neur 
 
 turner 
 
 sou-ris 
 
 smile 
 
 trai-neau 
 
 sledge 
 
 su-cre 
 
 sugar 
 
 tro-ne 
 
 throne 
 
 sus-pect 
 ta-cne 
 
 suspicious 
 
 trou-peau 
 
 jlock 
 
 spot 
 
 veu-ve 
 
 widow 
 
 ta-cbe 
 
 task 
 
 vi-gne 
 
 vine 
 
 tam-bour 
 
 drum 
 
 ze-le 
 
 zeal 
 
 tom-beau 
 
 grave 
 
 ze-le 
 
 zealous 
 
 WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES. 
 
 A-bi-me 
 
 abyss 
 
 bra-vou-re 
 
 valour 
 
 a-bre-ge 
 
 abridgment 
 
 breu-va-ge 
 
 drink 
 
 a-bri-cot 
 
 apricot 
 
 bro-de-rie 
 
 embroidery 
 
 ab-so-lu 
 
 absolute 
 
 brou-et-te 
 
 wheelbarrow 
 
 ab-sur-de 
 
 absurd 
 
 bru-lu-re 
 
 burning 
 
 ac-tri-ce 
 
 actress 
 
 brus-que-ment 
 
 bluntly 
 
 af-fai-re 
 
 business 
 
 ca-de-nas 
 
 padlock 
 
 am-pou-le 
 
 blister 
 
 cam-pa-gne 
 
 country 
 
 ap-pe-tit 
 
 appetite 
 
 ca-re-ine 
 
 lent 
 
 a-pre-t6 
 
 asperity 
 
 car-ros-se 
 
 coach 
 
 a-rai-gnee 
 
 spider 
 
 cein-tu-re 
 
 girdle 
 
 ar-moi-re 
 
 cabinet 
 
 ce-pen-dant 
 
 however 
 
 ar-tis-te 
 
 artist 
 
 cham-pi-gnon 
 
 mushroom 
 
 as-si-du 
 
 assiduous 
 
 cha-pe-lier 
 
 hatter 
 
 a-tro-ce 
 
 atrocious 
 
 cha-pel-le 
 
 chapel 
 
 au-ber-ge 
 
 inn 
 
 cha-pi-tre 
 
 chapUr 
 
 a-roi-ne 
 
 oats 
 
 char-la-tan 
 
 quack 
 
 aus-te-re 
 
 austere 
 
 char-ret-te 
 
 cart 
 
 ba-bio-le 
 
 bawble 
 
 cha-ti-ment 
 
 chastisement 
 
 bas-ses-se 
 
 baseness 
 
 chau-de-ment 
 
 warmly 
 
 ba-ti-ment 
 
 building 
 
 chau-die-re 
 
 copper 
 
 be-le-ment 
 
 bleating 
 
 chauf-fa-ge 
 
 fuel 
 
 ber-ge-re 
 
 shepherdess 
 
 chaus-su-re 
 
 shoes, stockings 
 
 be-ti-se 
 
 stupidity 
 
 ci-vic-re 
 
 hand-barrcnv 
 
 bien-fai-sant 
 
 benevolent 
 
 cla-ve-cin 
 
 harpsichord 
 
 bien-se-ant 
 
 becoming 
 
 clo-a-que 
 
 sewer 
 
 bien-ve-nu 
 
 welcome 
 
 eo-li-qae 
 
 colic 
 
 blan-cha-tre 
 
 whitish 
 
 col-le-ge 
 
 college 
 
 bles-su-re 
 
 wound 
 
 col-li-ne 
 
 hill 
 
 boi-se-rie 
 
 wainscot 
 
 co-lon-ne 
 
 column 
 
 bor-du-re 
 
 edging 
 baker 
 
 co-lo-ris 
 
 colouring 
 
 bou-lan-ger 
 
 co-me-die 
 
 comedy 
 
 bou-ta-de 
 
 whim 
 
 co-me-dien 
 
 comedian 
 
 bou-ti-que 
 
 shop 
 
 com-mer-fant 
 
 merchant 
 
 bras-se-rie 
 
 brewhouse 
 
 com-pa-gnie 
 
 company 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 15 
 
 com-pa-gnon 
 
 companion 
 
 es-pe-ce 
 
 kind 
 
 con-dui-te 
 
 behaviour 
 
 es-quis-se 
 
 sketch 
 
 con-que-rant 
 
 conqueror 
 
 es-tra-gon 
 
 stragon 
 
 con-que-te 
 
 conquest 
 
 e-tei-gnoir 
 
 extinguisher 
 
 cons-tam-ment constantly 
 
 e-tour-di 
 
 thoughtless 
 
 con-ti-gu 
 
 contiguous 
 
 e-ve-che 
 
 bishoprick 
 
 cor-don-nier 
 
 shoemaker 
 
 e-veil-le 
 
 awake 
 
 co-ri-a-ce 
 
 tough 
 
 ex-ces-sif 
 
 immoderate 
 
 cor-ni-chon 
 
 girkin 
 
 ex-em-ple 
 
 example 
 
 cou-chet-te 
 
 couch 
 
 fa-bu-leux 
 
 fabulous 
 
 cou r ron-ne 
 
 crown 
 
 fa-£a-de 
 
 front 
 
 cou-te-las 
 
 hanger 
 
 fa-ien-ce 
 
 delft-ware 
 
 cou-te-lier 
 
 cutler 
 
 fa-ri-neux 
 
 mealy 
 
 cou-tu-re 
 
 seam 
 
 fa-rou-che 
 
 fierce 
 
 cra-moi-si 
 
 crimson 
 
 fi-las-se 
 
 jlax 
 
 cre-da-le 
 
 credulous 
 
 fleu-ris-te 
 
 florist 
 
 cri-ti-que 
 
 critic 
 
 fai-bles-se 
 
 weakness 
 
 cru-au-te 
 
 cruelty 
 
 fo-la-tre 
 
 playful 
 
 cui-si-ne 
 
 kitchen 
 
 fou-droy-ant 
 
 thundering 
 
 cul-bu-te 
 
 tumble 
 
 four-bis-seur 
 
 sword-culler 
 
 cu-re-dent 
 
 tooth-pick 
 
 four-ru-re 
 
 fur 
 
 de-com-bres 
 
 rubbish 
 
 fram-boi-se 
 
 raspberry 
 
 de-gou-tant 
 
 disgusting 
 
 fri-su-re 
 
 curling 
 
 de-jeu-ner 
 
 breakfast 
 
 frois-su-re 
 
 bruising 
 
 de-raeu-re 
 
 abode 
 
 gi-ro-fie 
 
 cloves 
 
 des-hon-neur 
 
 dishonour 
 
 go-be-let 
 
 tumbler, goblet 
 
 des-po-te 
 
 despot 
 
 gou-lu-ment 
 
 greedily 
 
 dis-ci-ple 
 
 pupil 
 
 gue-ri-son 
 
 cure 
 
 dis-gra-ce 
 
 disgrace 
 
 gui-mau-ve 
 
 marsh-maUov) 
 
 dro-guis-te 
 
 druggist 
 
 ha-lei-ne 
 
 breath 
 
 droi-tu-re 
 
 uprightness 
 
 ' har-di-ment 
 
 boldly 
 
 e-cha-faud 
 
 scaffold 
 
 1 ha-ri-cot 
 
 French bean 
 
 e-chel-le 
 
 ladder 
 
 hor-lo-ge 
 
 clock 
 
 e-che-veau 
 
 skein 
 
 hor-ri-ble 
 
 horrid 
 
 e-cu-me 
 
 froth 
 
 ho-tes-se 
 
 landlady 
 
 em-pe-reur 
 
 emperor 
 
 i-gno-rant 
 
 ignorant 
 
 em-pla-tre 
 
 plaster 
 
 im-men-se 
 
 immense 
 
 em-plet-te 
 
 'purchase 
 
 im-pu-ni 
 
 unpunished 
 
 en-clu-me 
 
 anvil 
 
 in-cen-die 
 
 conflagration 
 
 en-ga-geant 
 
 engaging 
 
 in-con-nu 
 
 unknown 
 
 en-ne-mi 
 
 enemy 
 
 in-ge-nu 
 
 ingenuous 
 
 en-sei-gne 
 
 sign 
 
 in-hu-raain 
 
 inhuman 
 
 e-pa-gneul 
 
 spaniel 
 
 in-sec-te 
 
 insect 
 
 e-pi-ce 
 
 spice 
 
 ins-true- rif 
 
 instructive 
 
 e-pi-cier 
 
 grocer 
 
 i-voi-re 
 
 ivory 
 
 e-pou-se 
 
 wife 
 
 i-vro-gne 
 
 drunkard 
 
 es-ca-lier 
 
 stair-case 
 
 ja-quet-te 
 
 jacket 
 
 es-pa-ee 
 
 space 
 
 jour-na-lier 
 
 journeyman 
 
16 
 
 THE 
 
 SOUNDS 
 
 
 lai-tie-re 
 
 milk-woman 
 
 puis-san-ce 
 
 powen 
 
 lan-gou-reux 
 
 languishing 
 
 que-rel-le 
 
 quarrel 
 
 len-til-le 
 
 lentil 
 
 ra-pie-re 
 
 rapier 
 
 li-ma-9011 
 
 snail 
 
 r a- tie-re 
 
 rat-trap 
 
 ma-ga-sin 
 
 warehouse 
 
 re-col-te 
 
 crop 
 
 mal-a-droit 
 
 awkward 
 
 re-ser-ve 
 
 reserved 
 
 ma-noBu-vre 
 
 manoeuvre 
 
 res-sour-ce 
 
 resource 
 
 mar-mi-ton 
 
 scullion 
 
 re-trai-te 
 
 retirement 
 
 mas-cu-lin 
 
 masculine 
 
 re-ve-rie 
 
 meditation 
 
 me-con-tent 
 
 discontented 
 
 rou-gea-tre 
 
 reddish 
 
 me-moi-re 
 
 memory 
 
 rus-ti-que 
 
 rural 
 
 me-na-ger 
 
 thrifty 
 
 scan-da-leux 
 
 scandalous 
 
 men-son-ge 
 
 falsehood 
 
 scru-pu-leux 
 
 scrupulous 
 
 me-pri-se 
 
 mistake 
 
 se-an-ce 
 
 sitting 
 
 me-tho-de 
 
 method 
 
 ser-ru-re 
 
 lock 
 
 mo-des-tie 
 
 moiesty 
 
 sif-fle-ment 
 
 whistling 
 
 mon-ta-gnard 
 
 highlander 
 
 sim-ple-ment 
 
 plainly 
 
 mou-tar-de 
 
 mustard 
 
 so-bri-quet 
 
 nick name 
 
 mur-mu-re 
 
 murmur 
 
 so-Ien-nel 
 
 solemn 
 
 na-tu-rel 
 
 natural 
 
 son-net-te 
 
 little bell 
 
 nau-fra-ge 
 
 shipwreck 
 
 so-no-re 
 
 sonorous 
 
 ne-an-rnoins 
 
 nevertheless 
 
 sou-cou-pe 
 
 saucer 
 
 no-bles-se 
 
 nobility 
 
 soup-9011-nertx 
 
 suspicious 
 
 noi-ra-tre 
 
 blackish 
 
 spec-ta-cle 
 
 sight 
 
 o-bli-geant 
 
 obliging 
 
 splen-di-de 
 
 splendid 
 
 om-bra-ge 
 
 shade 
 
 suc-ces-seur 
 
 successor 
 
 op-pro-bre 
 
 disgrace 
 
 su-pre-me 
 
 supreme 
 
 o-ra-guex 
 
 stormy 
 
 symp-to-me 
 
 symptom, 
 
 or-fe-vre 
 
 goldsmith 
 
 tein-tu-re 
 
 dying 
 
 or-phe-Iin 
 
 orphan 
 
 ten-dres-se 
 
 tenderness 
 
 pa-moi-son 
 
 fainting fit 
 
 te-ne-breux 
 
 dark 
 
 pan-to u-fle 
 
 slipper 
 
 the-a-tre 
 
 theatre 
 
 pa-pe-tier 
 
 stationer 
 
 the-ie-re 
 
 tea-pot 
 
 pa-ra-sol 
 
 umbrella 
 
 toi-let-te 
 
 toilet 
 
 pa-ren-te 
 
 kinswoman 
 
 tour-ne-vis 
 
 screwdriver 
 
 pa-rois-se 
 
 parish 
 
 tou-te-fois 
 
 nevertheless 
 
 pas-sa-ble 
 
 tolerable 
 
 tri-che-rie 
 
 cheat 
 
 pois-sar-de 
 
 fishwoman 
 
 tri-om-phe 
 
 triumph 
 
 poi-tri-ne 
 
 breast 
 
 trom-pet-te 
 
 trumpet 
 
 por-tie-re 
 
 coach door 
 
 tu-mul-te 
 
 tumult 
 
 pos-tu-re 
 
 posture 
 
 va-can-ces 
 
 holidays 
 
 po-ta-ge 
 
 porridge 
 
 ver-get-te 
 
 brush 
 
 pous-sie-re 
 
 dust 
 
 ver-mis-seau 
 
 small vjorm 
 
 pre-tex-te 
 
 pretence 
 
 vic-toi-re 
 
 victory 
 
 prin-ces-se 
 
 princess 
 
 vi-gou-reux 
 
 vigorous 
 
 pro-mes-^se 
 
 promise 
 
 vil-la-geois 
 
 countryman 
 
 pro-tec-teur 
 
 protector 
 
 voi-tu-re 
 
 carriage- 
 
 pu-e-ril 
 
 childish 
 
 ze-phi-re 
 
 zephyrus 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 OF CONSONANTS. 
 
 17 
 
 Bal 
 
 ball 
 
 Ba-bel 
 
 Babel 
 
 ba-bil 
 
 prating 
 
 ba-bouin 
 
 baboon 
 
 B, b, this letter has the same sound as in English. 
 
 bo-bi-ne bobbin 
 
 bar-ba-ris-me barbarism, 
 bi-bli-o-the-que library 
 bur-les-que burlesque 
 
 B is always pronounced in the middle of words, as ab- 
 di-qwer, sub-ve-nir, ob-vi-er ; and at the end of proper 
 names, as Job, Caleb, Moab ; also in the words radoub, 
 the refitting of a ship, rumb, point of the compass : but it 
 is never sounded in plomb, lead. 
 
 When double, as in abbe, abbot ; rabbin, rabbin ; sab- 
 bat, sabbath; and their derivatives, only one of these 
 letters is sounded ; however, in Abbeville and abbatial 
 the sound of the double b is distinctly heard. 
 
 - 
 
 
 ~k 
 
 or English 
 
 c 
 
 a, 
 
 in cart, before 
 o, u, I, n, r, but 
 
 C, c, has the sound of<! 
 
 
 
 of 
 
 
 
 
 s, 
 
 or c in cedar, 
 
 cider, cymbal, 
 
 
 
 _ 
 
 
 before e, i, and y. 
 
 C sounded as k. 
 
 
 C sounded as s. 
 
 Cal-cul 
 
 calculation 
 
 
 ce-ci 
 
 
 this 
 
 ca-co-pho-nie 
 
 cacophony 
 
 
 ce-ci-te 
 
 
 blindness 
 
 cle-ri-cal 
 
 clerical 
 
 
 ce-ta-cee 
 
 
 cetaceous 
 
 Cra-co-vie 
 
 Cracow 
 
 
 cer-eeau 
 
 
 hoop 
 
 co-que-li-cot 
 
 wild-poppy 
 
 
 Cir-ce 
 
 
 Circe 
 
 cro-co-di-le 
 
 crocodile 
 
 
 ci-li-ce 
 
 
 hair-cloth 
 
 cris-tal 
 
 crystal 
 
 
 cy-ni-que 
 
 
 cynic 
 
 cu-cur-bi-te 
 
 cucurbite 
 
 
 cy-pres 
 
 
 cypress 
 
 C is not sounded in the middle of words before q, ca % 
 co, cu, cl, cr, as socque, acquerier, accabler, acclimater, 
 acclamation, accomplir, acoutrer^ accrediter, ecclesias- 
 tique, which are pronounced so-que, a-querir, a-cabler, 
 &c. except, however, in the words pec-cable, pec-cant t 
 
18 THE SOUNDS 
 
 pec-cadille, pec-cavi, sac-cholatique, in which the sound 
 of the double c is distinctly heard. — It has the sound of 
 k before ce and ci, as in suc-ces, ac-cident, vac-cine, &c. 
 and takes the sound of s before a, o, u, when there is a 
 cedilla under it, as in fagade, fagon, regu. 
 
 C is sounded as g hard in second, and its derivatives, 
 and by many in Claude, and Reine-Claude, and even by 
 some, but improperly, in secret. 
 
 C, at the end of words, is usually pronounced k, as in 
 cognac, lac, (a lake,) avec, bee, pic, syndic, roc, froc, estoc, 
 due, aqueduc, agaric, arc, zinc, &c. and in the singular 
 of echec ; but it is not sounded in croc, ac-croc, arc-bou- 
 tant, banc, broc, clerc, marc d' argent, eric, estomac, flanc, 
 jonc, lacs, (toils,) tabac, tronc, echecs, nor in done before 
 a consonant ; but 
 
 It is always sounded in croc-en-jambe, franc etourdi, 
 du blanc au noir, and in both syllables of mic-mac, tric- 
 trac, cric-erac, ric-d-ric, and pore-epic 
 
 In words ending in ct, both consonants are generally 
 sounded, as in tact, contact, intact, exact, inexact, ab- 
 ject, correct, direct, infect, strict, succinct ; but neither of 
 them in aspect, suspect, circonspect, amict, instinct, dis- 
 tinct ; and only c in respect, though both letters are al- 
 ways heard in suspecte, circonspecie, respecte, distincte, 
 as well as in the middle of other similar words, as recteur, 
 vecteur, seducteur, redacteur, humecter, injecter, dactyle, 
 ductile, tactique &c. 
 
 f" one, which is most general, like sh 
 
 ~, , j j in she, shake ; 
 
 CA has two sounds,-^ the other) wWch Tery rareIy oc . 
 
 (_ curs, is that of k in chimera. 
 
 Examples of sh. 
 
 Chat cat ar-chi-tra-ve architrave 
 
 che-val horse chou-et-te screech-owl 
 
 cher-eher to seek chu-te fall 
 
 chi-che stingy chu-cho-ter to whisper 
 
 ar-chi-tec-te architect chy-le, &c. &c. chyle 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 19 
 
 and in many proper names, as Achille, Joachim, Cheru- 
 bin, Zachee, &c. 
 
 Examples of ch as k. 
 
 A-chab Cham Za-cha-rie Cal-chas 
 
 A-che-lo-us Cha-na-an Ma-chi-a-vel Bac-chus 
 
 An-ti-o-chus Chi-o Mi-chel-an-ge Cha-ron 
 
 A-chaie Cho-re-be Pul-che-rie Ci-vi-ta-Vec- 
 
 A-na-char-sis Chos-ro-es Ti-cho-Bra-he chia 
 
 a-na-cho-re-te Chal-da-i-que Dyr-ra-chi-um Zu-rich. 
 
 ar-chan-ge Chal-dee chi-ro-man-cie e-cho 
 
 Ar-chan-gel cha-os ehceur scho-lie 
 
 ar-che-ty-pe che-li-doi-ne cho-ris-te eha-li-be 
 
 ar-chon-tes Cher-so-ne-se or-ches-tre chon-dril-le 
 
 ar-chi-e-pis-co- chi-li-ar-que i-cho-reux chi-ra-gre 
 
 pal chal-co-gra- cho-re-ge ar-cha-is-me 
 
 chal-ca-doi-ne phie Na-bu-cho-do- 
 
 eu-cha-ris-tie ea-te-chu-me-ne no-sor 
 
 Examples of cht as k. 
 
 Utrecht I are pronounced flftrek £ without sounding 
 Maes-tricht ) ( Mastrik ) tne tm 
 
 Ch takes the sound of a hard g in drachme, and is 
 dropped in almanach; and on account of their Italian 
 origin in vermicelle and violoncelle, c, without h, takes 
 the sound of the English sh 
 
 Ch has uniformly the sound of k, in all words where 
 it is followed by a consonant, as Christ, chretien, Chloris, 
 chrcnique, isochrone, chronometre, Arachnc, ichneumon, 
 technique, &c. 
 
 D, d, has the same sound as in English. 
 
 De-da-le labyrinth Dry-a-de Dryad 
 
 do-du plump dro-ma-dai-re dromedary 
 
 din-don UorJcey de-di-ca-toi-re dedicatory 
 
 D is always sounded in the middle of words, as adjec 
 tif, adverbe, admirable. 
 
 It is likewise heard at the end of proper names, as in 
 David, Obed, Gad, Alfred, &c. and in some other 
 3* 
 
20 THE SOUNDS 
 
 words, as Cid, Sud, Sund, Talmud, ephod, lamed. At 
 the end of many words before a vowel, or A mute, Stakes 
 the sound of t, as, quand il viendra ; un grand homme ; 
 vend-il ? &c. however, it is never sounded in bond, gond, 
 fond, nid, nosud, muid, and pied ; except in de fond-en- 
 comble, de pied-en-cap, tenir pied-d-loule, avoir un pied- 
 a-terre, where it is sounded as t. 
 
 D is sounded double in some few words derived from 
 the Latin, as in ad-dition, ad-ducteur, red-dition. 
 
 F, f is sounded like the same letter in English. 
 
 Example. 
 
 Far-fa-det hobgoblin fe-bri-fu-ge febrifuge 
 
 fau-fi-ler to baste {in sewing) fruc-ti-fi-er to fructify 
 
 fet-fa edict of the Mufti fi-fre fifer 
 
 fan-fa-ron boastei for-fait crime 
 
 Final / is sounded in all words ending in f which 
 amount to nearly 260, mostly adjectives, and in raf href 
 brief, chef, fief nef nerf grief serf relief, mechef Azof 
 l°f tof tuf ouf pouf ceuf veuf bceuf and neuf (new;) 
 but not in clef, cerf etevf chef-d 1 ceuvre, ceuf, frais, nor 
 in the plural of nerf ceuf bceuf and neuf, (new.) In 
 neuf, (nine,) when alone, or when it terminates the sen- 
 tence, /is distinctly sounded, but it takes the sound of v 
 before a vowel, and is silent before a consonant. 
 
 When it is doubled, only one of these letters is sound- 
 ed : however, in some few words, as effusion, affddir, ef- 
 fraction, it seems more proper to sound both 
 
 {before a, o, u, the hard sound of g in the 
 English word go, 
 and before e, i, y, the soft sound of s in plea* 
 sure, 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 21 
 
 Examples of g hard. 
 
 Gan-gre-ne gangrene gut-tu-ral guttural 
 
 Gro-nin-gue Groningen gom-me gum 
 
 gai cheerful gla-ce 
 
 go-gue-nard joker Gor-go-ne Gorgon 
 
 Example of g soft. 
 
 Geai jay ge-ne-ral general 
 
 ge-or-gi-ques georgics gens people 
 
 gen-re gender gin-gem-bre ginger 
 
 ge-mir to groan gym-ni-que gymnastic 
 
 G final has the hard sound in joug, and in proper 
 names, as Agag, Doeg, but it takes the sound of k in 
 rang, sang, and long masculine before a vowel ; and 
 also in bourg. It is silent in faubourg, Luxembourg, 
 &c. and in Bourg-Vabbe, Bourg-la-Reine, &c. ; and like- 
 wise in sang-sue, de sang-froid, sang-de-dragon, in rang, 
 sang, long, before a consonant, and always in doigf, 
 legs, poing, vieuz-oing, hareng, etang, seing, and vingt. 
 
 Bourg-mestre is pronounced bourgue-mestre, and by 
 some persons it is now, and not improperly, written in 
 the latter manner. 
 
 Gu forms a distinct syllable in the inflections of the 
 verb ar-gu-er ; is strongly sounded in aigue, sur argue, 
 cigue, ambigue, contigue, exigue, and besaigue; has a 
 mixed sound with the following- i in aiguille, aiguillade, 
 aiguillonner, aiguiser, and derivatives, and in the proper 
 names, d 1 Aiguillon, de Guise, le Guide. But the u in 
 the inflections of more than forty verbs ending in guer, 
 and in many other words, where it stands before e and i, 
 being intended only to give g the hard sound, is entirely 
 silent, as in bague, begue, figue, dogue, fougue, fugue, 
 onguent, langue, longue, nargue, vergue, morgue, dis- 
 tingue, gue, gui, guerir, guinder, guise, languir, guin- 
 guette, &c. 
 
 Gua takes the mixt sound of the diphthong goua in 
 some few words, as lingual, paragaante, Guadeloupe % 
 Guadalquivir, Guatimala, Guastalla. 
 
22 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 When g is doubled, only one is sounded, except be- 
 fore e and i, then the first g retains the hard, and the 
 second adopts the soft sound, as in sug-gerer, sugges- 
 tion. 
 
 G before h, and before several consonants in the mid- 
 dle of words, retains its hard sound, as in Berghen, En- 
 ghien, eglise, enigme, segnie\t, amygdales. Before / 
 there are two exceptions, in |he words, imbroglio and de 
 Broglio, where it is sounded liquid, as in seraglio, and 
 these words are generally pronounced as if written im- 
 broille, de Broille. 
 
 f one hard, as in the English word 
 
 Gn has two sounds <( , Jf ., \. ., . ., , 
 
 ] and the other liquid, as in the last 
 
 L syllable of onion 
 
 Examples of the hard sound. 
 
 Gni-de 
 
 Gnome 
 
 gno-nri-de 
 
 gno-mi-que 
 
 gno-mon 
 
 gno-mo-ni-que 
 
 gna-pha-li-um 
 
 gnos-ti-que 
 
 ag-nat 
 
 ag-na-ti-on 
 
 cog-nat 
 
 cog-na-ti-on 
 
 ag-na-ti-que 
 
 cog-na-ti-que 
 
 ag-nus 
 
 ig-nee 
 
 ig-ni-cole 
 
 ig-ni-ti-on 
 
 reg-ni-cole 
 
 mag-ne-sie 
 
 stag-nant 
 
 stag-na-ti-on 
 
 di-ag-nos-tique 
 
 mag-iiat 
 
 G is silent in signet, and Regnard, a French writer 
 of comedies, pronounced sinet, Renard. 
 
 H, h, when aspirated, is sounded with a sirong guttu- 
 ral impulse, and when mute, it has no power but that of 
 showing etymology. 
 
 H 
 
 aspirated in 
 
 His 
 
 mute in 
 
 'Hstbler 
 
 to romance 
 
 ha-bit 
 
 coat 
 
 'ha-che 
 
 axe 
 
 her-be 
 
 grass 
 
 'ha-ir 
 
 to hate 
 
 heu-re 
 
 hour 
 
 'har-pe 
 
 harp 
 
 heu-reux 
 
 happy 
 
 'haut 
 
 high 
 
 he-ro-i-ne* 
 
 heroine 
 
 'he-ros* 
 
 hero 
 
 he-ro-i-que 
 
 heroic 
 
 'he-ris-son 
 
 hedge-hog 
 
 he-ro-is-me* 
 
 heroism 
 
 'hi-deux 
 
 hideous 
 
 his-toi-re 
 
 history 
 
 'hon-te 
 
 shame 
 
 hi-ver 
 
 winter 
 
 ( hur-ler 
 
 to howl 
 
 hor-reur 
 
 horror 
 
 and about 160 more words. 
 
 and about 135 other cases. 
 
 All generally noted in my dictionary and others. 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 23 
 
 # Observe, that h is aspirated in l heros, but not in its 
 derivatives. 
 
 H is never aspirated in the middle of a word, except 
 when that word is the compound of another beginning 
 with an h aspirated, as in s 1 aheurter, dehdler, dehanche, 
 deharnacher, enharnacher, s'enhardir, dehors. 
 
 N. B. Though there is no aspirated h before onze, 
 onzieme, and oui, we pronounce and write more gene- 
 rally le onze, le onzieme, than V onze, V onzieme, and say 
 always le oui et le non without elision, and final 5 in mes, 
 tes, ses, nos, vos, leurs, ces, and les, is never sounded 
 when placed before any of these words, as tous vos oui 
 at vos non ; sur les onze heures, and even before une in 
 sur les une heure. 
 
 For what concerns h placed after c or g, see the re 
 marks on those two letters, p. 18 and 22. 
 
 H, after r or t, is always silent, as rheteur, Rhone, rhu- 
 barbe, the, Thomas, thym. 
 
 J, j, has constantly the sound of z in azure, or s in 
 pleasure. 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 
 Jus 
 
 gravy 
 
 jou-jou 
 
 toy 
 
 ja-mais 
 
 never 
 
 ju-ju-be 
 
 jwjiibe 
 
 jo-vi-al 
 
 jovial 
 
 jeu-nes-se 
 
 youth 
 
 K, k, has always a hard sound, as in the English 
 word king. 
 
 This letter can be hardly considered as belonging to 
 the French alphabet, as it is found only in some few 
 words borrowed from foreign languages, as 
 
 Kan-gu-rou 
 ker-mes 
 
 kangaroo 
 cochineal 
 
 ki-os-que 
 ky-ri-el-le 
 
 Turkish pavilion 
 i tedious enume- 
 \ ration 
 
24 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 L, I, has two sounds, the 
 
 first, is precisely the same as 
 I in the English words 
 lily, law, &c. 
 
 second, resembles that of ill 
 in brilliant. 
 
 Example of the First. 
 
 La-te-ral 
 
 lateral 
 
 li-las 
 
 lilach 
 
 16-gis-la-teur legislator 
 
 lo-cal 
 
 local 
 
 li-bel-le 
 
 libel 
 
 lu-ni-so-lai-re 
 
 lunisolar 
 
 
 Example 
 
 of the Second. 
 
 
 Bail 
 
 lease 
 
 cail-lou-ta-ge 
 
 pebbte-work 
 
 som-meil 
 
 sleep 
 
 mer-veil-leux 
 
 wonderful 
 
 oeil 
 
 eye 
 
 osil-la-de 
 
 glance 
 
 e-cu-reuil 
 
 squirrel 
 
 Guil-lau-me 
 
 William 
 
 or-gueil* 
 
 pride 
 
 or-gueil-leux* 
 
 proud 
 
 fe-nouil 
 
 fennel 
 
 gri-bouil-let-te 
 
 scramble 
 
 tail-le 
 
 shape 
 
 ga-zouil-le-ment 
 
 warbling 
 
 tail-la 
 
 he did cut 
 
 bar-bouil-lage 
 
 scrawl 
 
 tail-le 
 
 cut 
 
 cha-mail-lis 
 
 squabble 
 
 tail-lis 
 
 copse 
 
 o-reil-le 
 
 ear 
 
 tail-Ions 
 
 let us cut 
 
 pe-ril 
 
 danger 
 
 tail-leur 
 
 tailor 
 
 pe-ril-leux 
 
 dangerous 
 
 tail-lu-re 
 
 kind of embroidery oil-le 
 
 olio 
 
 Neuil-ly 
 
 Neul-ly 
 
 im-bro-glio 
 
 intricacy 
 
 As the pronunciation of this letter is attended with 
 some difficulty, observe that the final syllables, ail, eil, 
 ceil, euil, ueil, and ouil, are always liquid; so are in 
 any situation aill, eill, aill, euill, will, and ouill, follow- 
 ed by a vowel, as is seen in the list of examples just 
 given. 
 
 * There is a perceptible difference between the vowel 
 sound of the second syllable of orgueil and orgueilleux ; 
 the former is pronounced like ceil, and the latter like the 
 second syllable of sommeil. 
 
 L final, preceded simply by i, is liquid in some few 
 words, of which the following is nearly a list; avril, 
 babil, Bresil, cil, gril, gresil, peril, and gentil, when 
 before a vowel, though in some even of these the I is 
 occasionally dropped in familiar conversation ; in other 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 25 
 
 words of this termination, the I is usually suppressed, as 
 in fusil, outil, chenil, &c. pronounced fusi, outi, cheni. 
 
 In fils, a son, or sons, the I is mute ; but in fil, fils, 
 thread, threads, it is always heard, but is not liquid. 
 
 The same remark applies to foil, pronounced poll, the 
 hair of an animal, and to il, the personal pronoun ; in the 
 plural of this latter, Us, the I is sometimes rejected and 
 sometimes pronounced, though the first mode is prefer- 
 able. 
 
 Observe that Milhaut, Pardalhac, and Sully, proper 
 names, are pronounced liquid, contrary to the establish- 
 ed rule, and that the two latter are nearly the only known 
 instances of an I or 11 sounded liquid, without being im- 
 mediately preceded by the vowel i. 
 
 Ill, in the middle of a word, is generally liquid, there 
 being no exceptions of this rule but those words which 
 begin immediately by ill, as illegal, illuminer, &c. and 
 the following, distiller, instiller, osciller, scintiller, titil- 
 ler, vaciller, fritillaire, imbecille, mille, tranquille, with 
 their derivatives and inflections when verbs, and ville 
 with its compounds, as also Achille, campanille, codi- 
 cille, Jibrille, Gille, maxillaire, pupille. la Sibylle, and 
 sille. 
 
 In most of these exceptions 11 are both sounded, as 
 well as in several other words, in which these letters are 
 preceded by other vowels, as allegoric, allusion, appella- 
 tif, appellation, belligerant, belliqueuz, collation de bene- 
 fices, follicule, malleole, velleite, collusion, constellation, 
 constelle, ebullition, Gallican, Gallicisme, intellect, &c. 
 malleable, medullaire, palliatif, pellicule, equipoller, hel- 
 lenisme, and in proper names, as Apollon, Bellone, Do- 
 labella, Pallas, Sylla, &c. 
 
 M, m, corresponds in sound with the same letter in 
 English. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Mar-me-la-de marmalade mo-mie mummy 
 
 mar-mot-te marmot mo-ment moment 
 
 me-mo-ra-ble memorable Mus-sul-man Mussulman 
 
 mir-mi-don myrmidon mur-rau-re murmur 
 
 mi-mi-que mimic mys-te-re mystery 
 
26 THE SOUNDS 
 
 M, though usually sounded in the middle of words 
 before n, as in amnistie, calomnie, hymne, insomnie, som- 
 nambule, automnal, is yet mute in damner, and its deri- 
 vatives, and in the substantive automne. 
 
 When double, only one of these letters is usually 
 sounded, except, 1st, in proper names, as Em-manuel ; 
 2dly, in words beginning with imm, as im-mortel. 
 
 In words in which em is followed by m, as emmencher, 
 it is pronounced like an, with the nasal sound. 
 
 When this letter is final, see tables first and second, (p. 
 4 and 5,) and the accompanying observations, (p. 8. and 
 9,) where we necessarily, in part, discussed the nature of 
 this letter. 
 
 N, n, has the same sound as in English. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 A-na-nas fine-apple non-ne nun 
 
 Ne-nu-far Nenupliar non-obs-tant notwithstanding 
 
 na-ti-o-nal national Ni-ni-ve Nineveh 
 
 no-mi-nal nominal noc-tur-ne nocturnal 
 
 no-na-ge-nai-re a man of ninety nym-phe nymph 
 
 When n follows the letter £\ see gn (p. 22.) 
 
 N is often nasal, see table i. (p. 4,) and table ii. 
 (p. 5,) and our observations (p. 8 and 9.) 
 
 N takes the sound of 5 in monsieur, pronounced mos- 
 sieu. 
 
 N after e before t final in the third person plural of 
 any French verb is constantly silent, and the e is mute, 
 as Us consentent an ma,rche, Us aimaient d rive, Us lu- 
 rent un chapiire ; here the final t is only sounded before 
 a vowel. 
 
 When n is doubled, one only is generally pronounced, 
 except in an-nexe, an-nal, an-nuel, an-notation, an-nuler, 
 in-ne, in-nove, in-novation, and a few other cases. 
 
 P, p, is 
 
 sounded as in 
 
 English. 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 Pa-pil-lon 
 
 pe-pin 
 
 pied-plat 
 
 prin-ci-pe 
 
 pro-pos 
 
 butterfly 
 pippin 
 mean fellow 
 principle 
 discourse 
 
 pou-pee 
 
 po-pu-lai-re 
 
 pour-pre 
 
 pur-pu-rin 
 
 py-ra-mi-de 
 
 doll 
 
 popular 
 purple 
 purplish 
 pyramid 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 27 
 
 P followed by h has the sound of f, as philosophe, 
 phosphore, physique. 
 
 P preserves its sound in the middle of a word, as in 
 adapter, adopter, capter, captieux, baptismal, aptitude, 
 exception, exemption, inepte, contempteur, gypse, Septem- 
 bre, Septuagesime, corruption, rupture, apsides, rapso- 
 dies, symptome. 
 
 But it is not heard in bapteme, baptiser, baptistaire. 
 Baptiste, cheptel, exempt, exempter, sculpter, sculpteur, 
 sculpture, je romps, il corromp, sept, septieme, temps, and 
 printemps, nor in prompt, prompte, and its derivatives. 
 
 Final p is always sounded in Alep, cap, Gap, jalap, 
 and julep, it is also heard in trop, beaucoup, when before 
 a vowel, but never in champ, camp, drap, loup, sirop, and 
 galop. 
 
 In laps, relaps, and rapt, both the final consonants are 
 pronounced, but neither in ceps de vigne. 
 
 When p is doubled, only one is generally sounded ; 
 however, in such words as lippitude, hippo centaure, hip- 
 popotame, Hippomene, Agrippa, Agrippine, Philip- 
 piques, and Hippias, both are distinctly heard. 
 
 ex- 
 
 Q, q, has generally the hard sound of k in 
 As this letter is constantly followed by the vowels, 
 cept in cinq, and coq, we shall simply remark, that 
 
 ' k, by far the most general before 
 
 any vowel. 
 kou before a in some particular 
 
 words. 
 ku before e, or i, in some others. 
 
 Qu has three sounds, 
 that of 
 
 Cluai 
 
 qua-li-te 
 
 quel-que 
 
 qui-con-que 
 
 qui-pro-quo 
 
 quo-li-bet 
 
 quin-qui-na 
 
 que-nouil-le 
 
 Examples of k 
 
 wharf 
 quality 
 some 
 whosoever 
 
 blunder 
 pun 
 
 Peruvian bark 
 distaff 
 
 ques-tion 
 se-ques-tre 
 queue 
 a-queux 
 a-que-duc 
 e-qui-vo-que 
 se re-quin- 
 auer 
 
 &e. &c. &c. 
 
 question 
 seqtiestration 
 tail 
 watery 
 aqueduct 
 ambiguity 
 to trick one's 
 self out 
 
28 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 A-qua-ti-que 
 
 e-qua-teur 
 
 6-qua-ti-on 
 
 qua-kre 
 
 qua-dra-tu-re 
 
 q'la-dri-ge 
 
 qua-dru-pe-de 
 qua-dru-ple 
 
 Examples of Jcou. 
 
 aquatic qua-ter-ne 
 
 equator qua-dra-ge- 
 
 equation nai-re 
 
 quaker qua-dra-ge- 
 
 quadrature si-mal 
 
 C ancient cha- a-qua-ti-le 
 
 1 riot with a-qua-rel-le 
 
 f four horses li-qua-ti-on 
 
 quadruped in-quar-to 
 
 quadruple lo-qua-ci-te 
 
 Examples of ku. 
 
 quaternion 
 a man of forty 
 
 I quadragesimal 
 aquatile 
 
 liquation 
 quarto size 
 loquacity 
 
 E-ques-tre equestrian 
 
 li-que-fac-ti-on liquefaction 
 
 e-qui-mui-ti-ple equimultiple 
 
 ques-teur 
 
 ques-tu-re 
 
 quin-quen- 
 
 nium 
 
 equi-la-te-re 
 
 e-qui-la-te-ral 
 
 e-qui-an-gle 
 
 e-qui-dis-tant 
 
 questor 
 questure 
 
 quinquennium 
 
 of equal dimen- 
 sions 
 equilateral 
 equiangular 
 equidistant 
 
 e-qui-ta-ti-on 
 quin-tu-ple 
 quin-ti-le 
 quin-quen-nal 
 qmn-de-cem- i 
 virs - I 
 
 horsemanship 
 quintuple 
 quintile 
 quinquennial 
 
 quindecemvin 
 
 quin-que-re-me ancient galley 
 ( a term of the 
 1 ancient gym- 
 ( nasium 
 
 qiun-quer-ce 
 
 In quinquagenaire, a man of fifty, and quinquagesime, 
 quinquagesima, the first syllable corresponds with the 
 sound of qu in equestre, and the second corresponds with 
 the sound of qu in aquatique. This letter is never 
 doubled. 
 
 R, r, is sounded as in English, but much stronger. 
 
 Ra-re-te 
 
 ras-su-rer 
 
 ra-bou-gri 
 
 re-brous-ser 
 
 ri-gou-reux 
 
 rom-pre 
 
 rou-vrir 
 
 ru-gir 
 
 ru-ral 
 
 ras-tre 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 scarcity 
 
 to hearten 
 
 stunted 
 
 to turn back 
 
 rigorous 
 
 to break 
 
 to open again 
 
 to roar 
 
 rural 
 
 a boor 
 
 rhyth-me 
 
 sour-dre 
 
 cour-roux 
 
 il-cour-ra 
 
 cor-ro-de-ra 
 
 cor-ro-bo-re-ra 
 
 ir-ra-di-a-ti-on 
 
 ir-ro-ra-ti-on 
 
 tor-re-fac-ti-on 
 
 rhythm 
 
 to spring 
 
 wrath 
 
 he will run 
 
 it will corrode 
 
 { it will corro- 
 
 \ borate 
 irradiation 
 irrigation 
 torrefaction 
 
 R is always sounded at the end of words after the 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 29 
 
 vowels, a, i, o, u, except in Monsieur, pronounced, as we 
 have said, Mos-sieu. 
 
 Er, in the following adjectives and substantives, con- 
 stantly rhymes with air, which is pronounced alike in 
 both languages. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 ultramarine 
 
 belvidere 
 
 Lucifer 
 
 the Lord 1 sprayer 
 
 ignorant medical 
 
 practitioner 
 village school mas- 
 ter 
 Stadtholder 
 Jupiter 
 Algiers 
 Gessner 
 Niger, a river 
 Sadder, a holy book 
 of the Persians 
 
 In all other substantives, ending in er, the r is silent, 
 and the e pronounced close and short as in clarte. 
 
 When the following adjectives and a few others pre- 
 cede immediately a substantive which they qualify, if 
 this begins with a vowel, the r is pronounced, but in no 
 other case. 
 
 Cher 
 
 dear 
 
 ou-tre-mer 
 
 cuil-ler 
 
 spoon 
 
 bel-ve-der 
 
 fer 
 
 iron 
 
 Lu-ci-fer 
 
 ver 
 
 worm 
 
 Pa-ter 
 
 mer 
 fier 
 
 sea 
 
 haughty 
 
 fra-ter 
 
 gas-ter 
 
 stomach 
 
 
 hi-er 
 
 yesterday 
 
 ma-gister < 
 
 hi-ver 
 
 winter 
 
 Stat-hou-der 
 
 a-mer 
 
 bitter 
 
 Ju-pi-ter 
 
 can-cer 
 
 cancer 
 
 Al-ger 
 
 en-fer 
 
 hell 
 
 Gess-ner 
 
 e-ther 
 
 ether 
 
 Ni-ger 
 
 a-vant-hier 
 
 i the day before 
 \ yesterday 
 
 Sad-der 
 
 R sounded 
 
 R not sounded 
 
 Che premiere acte the first act 
 
 I son dernier ouvrage his last work 
 
 •i un singulier evenement a singular event 
 un en tier abandon an entire cession 
 
 {jin leger obstacle a slight obstacle 
 
 'II est le premier a vous promettre et le dernier a. 
 vous tenir parole. — He is the first to promise, 
 and the last to keep his word. 
 C'est un homme leger et inconstant, entier en 
 tout ce qu'il veut, et singulier en tout ce qu'il 
 fait. — He is a light versatile character, positive 
 in all he undertakes, and singular in all he 
 does. 
 
 Final r in the present of the infinitive of all the verbs 
 of the first conjugation, is always pronounced when im- 
 
so 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 mediately followed by a word beginning with a vowel, 
 when the style is dignified, but in conversation this dis- 
 tinction is seldom observed. 
 
 Rh. See h, (p. 23.) 
 
 When this letter is double, only one is pronounced, ex- 
 cept, 1st, in aberration, abhorrer, horreur, errer, lorrefi- 
 er, and their derivatives: 2dly, in words beginning with 
 irr, as irrevocable, irregulier, irruption, &c. ; 3dly, in 
 the future and conditional of the verbs acquerir, courir, 
 mourir, and their derivatives — facquer-rai,je mourrais, 
 nous cour-ri-ons, &c. 
 
 S, s, has two > hard, as in the English word sister. 
 sounds, the ) soft, as in rose and please. 
 In the following list of words the first s has the hard, 
 and the second the soft sound. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF BOTH SOUNDS. 
 
 Sai-son 
 
 season 
 
 sour-noi-se 
 
 a sullen woman 
 
 sai-sie 
 
 seizure 
 
 snp-po-sez 
 
 suppose 
 
 se-sa-me 
 
 sesamum 
 
 se-dui-sant 
 
 alluring 
 
 si-se 
 
 situate 
 
 Su-se 
 
 Susa 
 
 Sou-bi-se 
 
 Soubise 
 
 su-sin 
 
 quarter-deck 
 
 sot-ti-se 
 
 silly action 
 
 Sy-ra-cu-se 
 
 Syracuse 
 
 sous-en-ten-te 
 
 \ mental reserva- 
 
 Syn-the-se 
 
 Synthesis 
 
 S has uniformly the hard sound at the beginning of 
 words, except in Sbire, Svelte, Sganarelle, and Sdili for 
 Delos, where it has the soft sound ; and in familiar con- 
 versation alter d Sedan ; il est le second de sa classe, are 
 pronounced as if these words were written azdan, le 
 zgon. Before ch, s is mute, as in Schall, Schaffhouse, 
 Schelling, Schis-e, Schorl. 
 
 Sh in sherif a sheriff is sounded as in English. 
 
 When s is followed by ce, ci, cy, the sound of only one 
 of these consonants is heard, as in scene, science, Scythie, 
 &c. except, however, in aces-cence, convales-cence, effer- 
 vcs-cence, effiores-cence, turges-cence, incandes-cence, re- 
 'minis- cence, resipis-cence, mis-cible, res-cinder \ sus-cep- 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 31 
 
 tion, sus-citer, sus-citation, vis-cere, vis-ceral, trans-cend- 
 ance, and a few others, where s cannot be rescinded 
 without altering the pronunciation. In all other com- 
 binations, sc takes the sound of sk, as scapulaire, scolie, 
 sclerotique, scribe, esclave, scrupule, &c. 
 
 S preserves the hard sound in the middle of a word, 
 when preceded or followed by a consonant, as in transe, 
 transir, Transylvanie, convulsion, valse, espace, usien- 
 sile, statistique, &c. &c. However, it takes the soft 
 sound, or that of z, m Alsace, Arsace, Asdrubal, asbeste, 
 balsamine, balsamique, bisbille, Israel, Israelite, JEsdras, 
 Thisbe, presbitere, transaction, transiger, transitoire, in- 
 transitif transalpin, Lesbos, Isboseth, Brisgaw, Ryswick, 
 Louisbourg, Augsbourg, Presbourg, Philipsbourg, and 
 some few others. 
 
 S takes the soft sound when between two vowels, as 
 in base, these, bise, rose, ruse, &c. Except in compound 
 words, where it preserves the hard sound of the initial 
 s of its root ; as in desuetude, entresol, monosyllabe, po- 
 lysyllabe, parasol, tournesol, preseance, presupposer, re- 
 saisir, resaluer, vraisemblable, and some derivatives. 
 
 St final, see final t (p. 33.) 
 
 Final s is always heard in as, atlas, argus, bibus, blo- 
 cus, bolus, agnus, foetus, calus, sinus, Phebus, les us, vi- 
 rus, en sus, aloes, bis, jadis, iris, gratis, lapis, le lis, la 
 Lys (a river,) mats, metis, vis, tournevis, Amadis, Ado- 
 nis, Paris, (the shepherd,) pathos, Athos, Lesbos, Minos, 
 Delos, Paros, Brutus, Venus, Regulus, Protesilas, Bias, 
 Gil Bias, Las Casas, and many more foreign proper 
 names. 
 
 In almost all other cases final s is silent when the next 
 word begins with a consonant, as au moins vous ne pou- 
 vez pas dire, que je vous repete toujours les mimes choses ; 
 but it generally takes the soft sound of z before another 
 word, beginning with a vowel or h mute, as aurez-vous 
 au moins alors assez de patience, pour, &c. 
 
 Though there is no s in quatre, yet, before yeux, it is, 
 in conversation, pronounced as if ending in that letter. 
 4* 
 
32 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 Finally, ss have generally the sound of a single s pro- 
 nounced hard, as in je ressassasse, assassinasse, Missis- 
 sippi, &c. ; except in some few words, where both are 
 heard, assation, assonance, dissonance, accessible, inac- 
 cessible, admissible, inadmissible, missive, scissile, scission, 
 scissure, fissure, fissipede, assentiment, asservir. Thus 
 there is a difference in pronunciation between these 
 phrases : O est un homme a sentimens; il aime d ser- 
 vir ses amis; and il faut son assentiment ; cet ambi- 
 tieux voudrait asservir Vunivers ; and again between 
 V alun deplume est scissile and la sicile est une He tri- 
 lire, &c. the double ss must be distinctly heard. 
 
 
 
 (" first, hard, as 
 J word tit, 
 
 in the English 
 
 T, t, has two sounds, 
 
 
 the 
 
 
 j second, soft, like 
 |_ civil. 
 
 c in cedar and 
 
 
 FIRST SOUND. 
 
 
 Examples 
 
 of t hard before vowels and diphthongs. 
 
 Tae-ti-que 
 
 tactics 
 
 ti-are 
 
 tiara 
 
 tes-ta-teur 
 
 testator 
 
 bas-ti-on 
 
 bastion 
 
 Ihe-a-tre 
 
 theatre 
 
 ques-ti-on 
 
 question 
 
 to-ta-li-te 
 
 totality 
 
 mix-ti-on 
 
 mixture 
 
 tour-te-rel-le 
 
 turtle-dove com-bus-ti-on 
 
 combustion 
 
 ti-tu-lai-re 
 
 titulary 
 
 bi-jou-tier 
 
 jeroeller 
 
 ti-thy-ma-le 
 
 tithymal 
 
 Ma-thi-as 
 
 Mathias 
 
 chre-tien 
 
 christian 
 
 Pon-thieu 
 
 Ponthieu 
 
 dy-nas-tie 
 
 dynasty 
 
 tu sou-tiens 
 
 thou supportest 
 
 le tien 
 
 thine 
 
 &c. &c. &c. 
 
 
 
 SECOND SOUND. 
 
 
 T is soft before i, connected with some other follow- 
 ing vowel or vowels, in some particular words, that are 
 given as exceptions to the^rs^ sound of t. 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 33 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Par-ti-al partial ac-ti-on action 
 
 par-ti-a-li-te partiality bal-bu-ti-er to stammer 
 
 par-ti-el partial in-i-ti-er to initiate 
 
 pa-ti-en-ce patience bal-bu-ti-a he skittered 
 
 im-pa-ti-en-ce impatience bal-bu-tie-ment stammering 
 
 quo-ti-ent quotient in-i-ti-e initiated 
 
 cap-ti-eux captious in-i-ti-a-ti-on initiation 
 
 ar-gu-tie cavil Ve-ni-ti-en Venetian* 
 
 cau-ti-on-ne- $ ,., se pre-cau- i . , , . 
 
 ment \ hai1 ti-on-ner \to be cautious 
 
 Sti, xti, thi, preserve invariably the first sound of t be- 
 fore any letter. 
 
 To complete this second list, observe that t always 
 takes the sound of c. — 1st. In all adjectives ending in 
 -tial, -tiel, -tient, -tieux, and their derivatives ; — 2dly. In 
 all the inflexions of the two verbs quoted, balbuiier, and 
 initier; — 3dly. In several hundred words ending in tion, 
 when tion is not immediately preceded by an s, or an x j 
 and finally, in the following additional list of words, end- 
 ing in -tie and -tien, viz. the substantives calvitie, facetie, 
 imperitie, inertie, minutie, peripetie, primatie, prophetic, 
 euprematie, aristocratie, democratic, theocratic ; in the 
 names of countries, as Beotie, Croatie, Dalmatie, Gala- 
 tie; and of nations, or persons, as Beotien, Egyptien, 
 Capetien, Diocletien, Domitien, Gratien, Le Titien, and 
 some few others. 
 
 T final is always sounded in apt, rapt, fat, malt, mat, 
 pat, opiat, exeat, transeat, vivat, spalt, spath, Goliath, 
 net, fret, facet, Thibet, aconit, deficit, granit, introit, 
 preterit, transit, subit, dot, Astaroth, azimut, brut, corn- 
 put, chut, bismuth, indult, luth, lut, occiput, sinciput, and 
 both 5 and t are articulated in Le Christ, Vest, (east,) 
 Vouest, Brest, lest, test, Pest, toast, and entre le zist et le 
 zest ; but neither of these letters is heard in Jesus Christ, 
 which is pronounced Jesu Cri. 
 
 T final is likewise generally heard, when the follow* 
 ing word begins with a vowel or h mute, as c : est un pe- 
 tit homme, &c. &c. ; however there are many words in 
 which it always remains silent, as mort, tort, gout, 
 
34 
 
 THE SOUNDS 
 
 court, bat, mat, lit, respect, instinct, navel, assassinat, ar- 
 tichant, defaut, debout, brulot, statut, &c. so that a per- 
 son would almost be regarded with astonishment who 
 should affectedly sound it in these sentences: L'assaut a 
 ete terrible. — he contrat est signe et le depot est chez moi. 
 — Legigot est cuit etle ragout aussi. — Avant de pecker 
 mettez Vappdt a la ligne. — J ] ai fait un bon mar die ; 
 voyez, V achat est la ; such a pronunciation would be 
 barbarous and often equivocal. 
 
 Tis always silent in the conjunction et, pronounced e, 
 therefore to avoid what is called hiatus in French verse, 
 this word is never placed before a vowel. 
 
 For words ending in ct, see page 18. 
 
 When this letter is doubled, only one is heard, except 
 in atticisme, altique, Atticus, battologie, guttural, and 
 pittoresque. 
 
 V. v. has the same sound in French as in English. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Val-ve 
 val-vu-le 
 
 valve 
 valvule 
 
 vi-vre 
 vi-vo-ter 
 
 vau-de-vil-le 
 
 ballad 
 
 vi-re-vol-te 
 
 ver-ve 
 
 vi-va-ce 
 
 vis-a-vis 
 
 poetic fire 
 vivacious 
 opposite 
 
 vi-re-veau 
 
 veu-ve 
 
 veu-va-ge 
 
 to live 
 
 to live poorly 
 quick irregu- 
 lar walk 
 windlass 
 widow 
 widowhood 
 
 This letter, when doubled, is represented by the cha- 
 racter w, which is met with in some foreign words, and 
 is always pronounced as a simple v, as in Wigh, Wolf- 
 ram, Warwick, Windsor, Walcourt, Walton, Warsovie, 
 Westphalie, Wirlemberg, Wolga, Weser, Wendover, 
 Ryswick, &c. except in wist and wiski, where it has the 
 English sound ; but in Newton, the first syllable new is 
 pronounced as neu in neutmlite. 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 
 
 35 
 
 X, x, has the five 
 different sounds- 
 
 ks, in axe, expense 
 
 gz, in exhibit, exhale 
 
 k, in excellent, exsiccative 
 
 ss, in bliss, mossy 
 
 z, in Xenojphon. 
 
 EXAMPLES 
 Of the first sound, ks. 
 
 Ax-e 
 
 axis 
 
 A-lex-an-dre 
 
 Alexander 
 
 sex-e 
 
 sex 
 
 Xan-tip-pe 
 
 Xantippe 
 
 ri-xe 
 
 altercation 
 
 ox-y-ge-ne 
 
 oxygen 
 
 box-er 
 
 to box 
 
 pa-ra-do-xe 
 
 paradox 
 
 lu-xe 
 
 luxury 
 
 flu-xi-on 
 
 defluxion 
 
 EXAMPLES 
 Of the second sound, gz. 
 
 Xa-vi-er 
 
 Xe-no-phon 
 
 ex-il 
 
 ex-or-de 
 
 ex-u-be-ran-ce 
 
 Xaverius 
 
 Xenophon 
 
 exile 
 
 exordium 
 
 exuberance 
 
 ex-a-men 
 
 ex-au-cer 
 
 ex-haus-ser 
 
 ex-hi-ber 
 
 ex-hu-mer 
 
 examination 
 to hear fa- 
 vourably 
 to raise 
 to produce 
 to disinter 
 
 EXAMPLES 
 
 Of the third sound, k. 
 
 Ex-ce-der 
 
 to exceed 
 
 ex-sic-ca-tion 
 
 exsiccation 
 
 ex-cel-ler 
 
 to excel 
 
 ex-suc-ci-on 
 
 exsuction 
 
 ex-c&s 
 
 excess 
 
 ex-su-da-ti-on 
 
 exsudation 
 
 ex-cep-ter 
 
 to except 
 
 ex-su-der 
 
 exude 
 
 ex-ci-se 
 
 excise 
 
 ex-ci-per < 
 
 to plead an ex- 
 exception 
 
 
 EXAMPLES 
 
 
 
 Of the fourth sound, ss. 
 
 
 Aix 
 
 Aix 
 
 Soixante 
 
 Sixty 
 
 Aix-]a-Chapell 
 
 e Aix-la-Chapelle Bruxelles 
 
 Brussels 
 
 Auxerre 
 
 Auxerre 
 
 Lnxeuil 
 
 Luxeuil 
 
 Auxonne 
 
 Auxonne 
 
 and some few more. 
 
36 THE SOUNDS 
 
 EXAMPLES 
 Of the fifth sound, z. 
 
 Deuxieme 
 
 second, 
 
 dix ecus 
 
 ten crowns 
 
 sixieme 
 
 sixth 
 
 dix hommes 
 
 ten men 
 
 dixieme 
 
 tenth 
 
 deux aunes 
 
 two ells 
 
 dix-huit 
 
 eighteen 
 
 beaux yeux 
 
 fine eyes 
 
 dix-neuf 
 
 nineteen 
 
 &c. &c. 
 
 
 The first sound of this letter ks is by far the most ge- 
 neral. 
 
 The second sound gz takes place in all words begin- 
 ning- with x or ex followed by a vowel, or the letter h, as 
 le Xanthe, Xenocrates, Ximenes, exorable, and several 
 others, with those already mentioned in the second exem- 
 plification. 
 
 The third sound k is limited to words beginning with 
 exce, ezci, and exs. 
 
 The fourth sound ss is only found in the above quota- 
 tions, and in six and dix when unaccompanied by sub- 
 stantives, as in de seize otez six, reste dix, where six and 
 dix are pronounced with the hissing sound of ss in the 
 English word bliss. 
 
 Final x is generally pronounced as z, when the next 
 word begins with a vowel or h mute, otherwise it is si- 
 lent, as II est heureux aupres de vous, et malheureux loin 
 de vous : lejiux et le reflux de la mer, &c. except in the fol- 
 lowing words, where it has always the sound of ks. 
 Ajax, Astianax, borax, storax, Halifax, Hipponax, 
 Dax, climax, thorax, Pertinax, Syphax, index, perplex, 
 Beatrix, Erix, Felix, prefix, phenix, Fox, Palofox, Coy- 
 sevox, lynx, sphinx, larynx, syrinx, onyx, Styx, and Pol- 
 lux. 
 
 N. B. X takes the sound of sh only in Don Quixote, 
 generally pronounced Don Kishot, or rather ghishot. 
 
 Z, z, is generally pronounced as z in zone, or s in 
 rose. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Zi-za-me tare zig-zag zigzag 
 
 ze-nith zenith zin-zo-lin reddish purple 
 
 zo-ne zone Zuy-der-zee Zauyder-zee 
 
OF THE FRENCH TONGUE. 37 
 
 Except some few words, as assez, cliez, nez, sonnez, 
 (two sixes,) and some proper names, as Alvarez, Suarez, 
 Metz, Senez, Rhodez, &c. z final is the distinctive mark 
 of almost all the second persons plural in the French 
 'verbs, where it is generally heard, when followed by a 
 word beginning with a vowel, or h mute, otherwise it is 
 only sounded in the proper names already mentioned. 
 
 Z is doubled in a few words taken from the Italian 
 language, as lazzi, (dumb show,) mezzanine, mezzo ter- 
 mini, mezzo-tinto, and in some names of towns, or pro- 
 vinces, as Arezzo, V Abruzze, &c. 
 
 OF GENDER. 
 
 Gender in all languages marks the distinction of sex, 
 and as there are only two of these, the French agreeably 
 to this view have but two genders, the masculine and 
 feminine : the neuter they do not admit. 
 
 The masculine gender expresses the male kind, as un 
 homme, a man ; un lion, a lion. 
 
 The feminine gender denotes the female kind, as une 
 femme, a woman ; une lionne, a lioness. 
 
 The gender of nouns, in inanimate objects, is gene- 
 rally expressed by their termination ; thus, final e mute 
 is the distinctive mark of the feminine gender, every 
 other final letter is the sign of the masculine. This 
 would be an excellent rule, were it universal ; but this 
 is far from being the case from the number of excep- 
 tions, and it is with the intention of affording the learner 
 a tolerable clue on this head, that we have here laid 
 down the following concise rules, which will clear up 
 some of the chief difficulties. 
 
38 
 
 THE GENDERS 
 
 A TABLE OF SUBSTANTIVES 
 
 That are masculine in one signification^ and Feminine 
 in another. 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 Assistant, helper 
 
 Aide 
 
 [Aid, help, support 
 a Roman standard 
 
 eagle ; a great genius 
 
 aigle 
 
 an angel 
 
 ange 
 
 a kind of thornback 
 
 an alder tree 
 
 aune 
 
 an ell, a sort of measure 
 
 barb, a Barbary horse 
 
 barbe 
 
 beard 
 
 bard, a poet 
 
 barde 
 
 i a slice of bacon 
 ( horse armour 
 
 red-breast 
 
 berce 
 
 cow-parsnip 
 
 a sort of privateer 
 
 cdpre 
 
 caper, an acid pickle 
 
 a scroll, or ornament in ) 
 painting ) 
 
 cartouche 
 
 cartouch, cartridge 
 
 a caravan, a hoy- 
 
 coche 
 
 a notch; a sow 
 
 cornet, a standard-bearer 
 
 cornette 
 
 ( a woman's head-dress 
 \ when in dishabille 
 
 a couple, a man and wife 
 
 couple 
 
 a brace, a pair, two of a sort 
 
 Croat, a Croatian soldier 
 
 cravate 
 
 a cravat, a neckcloth 
 
 a crape 
 
 crepe 
 
 a pancake 
 
 an echo, the return of) 
 sound y 
 
 echo 
 
 Echo, a nymph 
 
 ensign, a standard bear- ) 
 er \ 
 
 
 
 enseigne 
 
 a sign post 
 
 example, model, instance 
 
 exemple 
 
 a copy for writing 
 
 a gimlet, a piercer 
 
 foret 
 
 a wood, a forest 
 
 a large tun 
 
 foudre 
 
 lightning, thunderbolt 
 
 keeper, warden 
 
 garde 
 
 watch ; hilt ; nurse 
 
 hoar-frost 
 
 givre 
 
 I a snake, or serpent (in 
 \ heraldry) 
 
 the rolls, a register 
 
 greffe 
 
 a graft 
 
 gules in heraldry- 
 
 gueule 
 
 the mouth of beasts 
 
 guide, director 
 
 guide 
 
 rein, for governing a horse 
 
 heliotrope, sunflower 
 
 heliotrope 
 
 heliotrope ; jasper 
 
 iris, the rainbow; iris of) 
 the eye \ 
 
 iris 
 
 ( sprig-crystal ; a proper 
 \ name 
 
 lacker, a kind of varnish 
 
 laque 
 
 lacca, gum-lac 
 
 a book 
 
 livre 
 
 a pound 
 
 a hat of otter's hair 
 
 loutre 
 
 an otter 
 
 handle of a tool 
 
 manche 
 
 a sleeve ; English channel 
 
 a labourer 
 
 manoeuvre 
 
 the working of a ship 
 
 memoir; a bill 
 
 memoir e 
 
 memory 
 
 thanks 
 
 merci 
 
 pity, mercy 
 
 N. B. Of this table it is to be remarked, that the French word stands in the 
 middle column, and its signification on the right, hand and on the left. When 
 it has the meaning which stands on the left, it is masculine ; when that which 
 stands to the right, it is fenrnine. 
 
OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 
 
 39 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 mood ; mode 
 
 mode 
 
 fashion 
 
 a pier, or mound 
 
 mole 
 
 mole, moon-calf 
 
 mould, cast, form 
 
 moule 
 
 muscle, a shell-fish 
 
 a ship-boy 
 
 the philosopher's stone 
 
 mousse 
 
 moss, a plant 
 
 ceuvre 
 
 action ; an author's works 
 
 office, business ; prayers 
 
 office 
 
 pantry, larder, buttery 
 
 ombre, a game at cards 
 
 ambre 
 
 shade, shadow 
 
 page of a prince, &c. 
 
 page 
 
 page in a book 
 
 a merry andrew 
 
 paillasse 
 
 a straw-bed 
 
 a hand's breadth 
 
 palme 
 
 ( the branch of a palm- 
 \ tree ; victory 
 
 pantomime 
 
 'pantomime 
 
 a dumb show 
 
 easter, easter-day 
 
 paque 
 
 the passover 
 
 a comparison 
 
 parallele 
 
 a parallel line 
 
 pendulum 
 
 pendule 
 
 a clock 
 
 le Perche, in France 
 
 perche 
 
 pole ; perch, a fish 
 
 summit, highest pitch 
 
 periode 
 
 period, epocha 
 
 anybody, nobody {a pro- ) 
 noun) y 
 
 personne 
 
 a person (a noun) 
 
 spade, at cards 
 
 pique 
 
 a pike 
 
 gnatsnapper, a bird 
 
 pivoine 
 
 peony, a flower 
 
 a plane-tree 
 
 plane 
 
 plane, an instrument 
 
 a stove ; a canopy 
 
 poele 
 
 a frying-pan 
 
 the post for letters 
 
 post ; a military station 
 
 poste 
 
 punto at cards 
 
 ponte 
 
 the laying of eggs 
 
 purple colour ; purples (a > 
 disease) 5 
 
 pourpre 
 
 purple fish ; purple dye 
 
 a pretence 
 
 pretexte 
 
 pretext [nament 
 
 quadril at cards 
 
 quadrille 
 
 party of horse in a tour- 
 
 the calling back a hawk 
 
 reclame 
 
 a catch-word (in printing) 
 
 rest, relaxation 
 
 relache 
 
 harbour 
 
 a glass coach 
 
 remise 
 
 a coach-house ; a remit- 
 
 a sort of pear-tree 
 
 sans-peau 
 
 a sort of pear [tance 
 
 Satyr, a sylvan god 
 
 satyre 
 
 a satire, a lampoon 
 
 serpentarius 
 
 serpentaire 
 
 snake-root, dragon's wort 
 
 nap, slumber 
 
 somme 
 
 sum ; load ; name of a ri- 
 
 a smile 
 
 souris 
 
 a mouse [ver 
 
 a porter 
 
 Suisse 
 
 Switzerland 
 
 holder, a book-keeper 
 
 teneur 
 
 tenor, purport, content 
 
 a tour; turn; trick 
 
 tour 
 
 tower ; rock at chess 
 
 triumph 
 
 triomphe 
 
 a trump 
 
 trumpeter 
 
 trompette 
 
 trumpet 
 
 space 
 
 vague 
 
 a wave, surge 
 
 a vase, vessel 
 
 vase 
 
 i the slime in ponds, 
 \ lakes, &c. 
 
 a*hat of vigonia wool 
 
 vigogne 
 
 a vigon, a llama 
 
 a veil 
 
 voile 
 
 a sail 
 
40 THE GENDERS 
 
 SUBSTANTIVES DENOTING SPECIES, 
 
 WHICH HAVE A FIXED GENDER INDEPENDENTLY OF TERMINATION. 
 
 God, his angels, cherubim and seraphim, are ol 
 masculine gender. 
 
 All terms seeming to constitute an appellation, 
 and all proper names of men and women are of the 
 gender of the sex to which they respectively belong, 
 as are likewise all names of animals, when the male 
 is distinguished from the female by a different de- 
 nomination ; but when the same name is used for 
 both male and female, as un elephant, un zebre, une 
 panthere, un vautour, un cygne, une caille, une per- 
 drix, un barbeau, une truite, un congre, its gender 
 must then, like that of any inanimate object, be de- 
 termined by its termination. Here the only dif- 
 ficulty respects substantives ending in e mute, all 
 I .tie rest being of the masculine gender, with such 
 exceptions as will be seen in page 45. 
 
 All diminutives of animals, when there is but one 
 common denomination for both sexes, are of the 
 masculine gender, whatever may be the gender of 
 the original from which they are derived, as un li- 
 onceau, un souriceau r un perdreau, un cornillas, un 
 carpillon, un couleuvreau, un vipereau, un becas- 
 seau, &c. except une becassine ; but these two lat- 
 ter, although derived from the word becasse, and 
 belonging to the genus, are not of the same species. 
 In other cases, the diminutives follow the gender 
 their sex indicates, as un poulain, une pouliche, un 
 cochet, une poulette. 
 
 Diminutives of inanimate objects more generally 
 follow the gender of their roots, as batelet, maison- 
 nette, globule, from bateau, maison, globe, &c. how- 
 ever, corbillon, soliveau, cruchon, savonnette, trous- 
 seau, from corbeille, solive, cruche, savon, and trous- 
 _se, and many others, do not. 
 
OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 
 
 41 
 
 5< 
 
 All the names of the days, months, and seasons 
 of the year, are of the masculine gender, except 
 automne, which is of both genders ; when how- 
 ever the diminutive mi (half) is prefixed to the 
 name of a month, the compound word then takes 
 the feminine gender, as la mi-mai, la mi-aout, &c. 
 except also la mi-careme, and saint days, as la saint- 
 Jean, la Tous-saini, &e. 
 
 of trees, except yeuse, a sort of" 
 oak. 
 
 of shrubs, with some exceptions, 
 
 6 All names*; 
 
 7 All names 
 
 of metals, without excepting pla- 
 tine, formerly feminine, 
 
 of minerals, a few excepted, 
 
 of colours, without excepting 
 risabelle, le Feuille-morte, 
 &c. though they have a femi- 
 nine termination, 
 
 of mountains, except those" 
 chains which have no sin 
 gular, 
 
 are 
 >• mascu- 
 line. 
 
 of winds, except la Use, la tra- 
 montane, la brise, and les 
 moussons, 
 
 of towns, except those which 
 necessarily take the article 
 la before them, as la Ro- 
 chelle, la Ferte-sur-Aube, &c. 
 and some others, 
 
 are 
 > mascu- 
 line. 
 
8^ 
 
 42 THE GENDERS 
 
 Ordinal, distributive, and proportional numbers, 
 adjectives and infinitives of verbs, prepositions and 
 adverbs, all these, when used substantively, are mas- 
 culine, as le tiers, le quart, un cinquieme, le quadru- 
 ple, le beau, le sublime, le boire, le manger, le mieux, 
 le pour, le contre, un parallele (a comparison), 
 &c. except la moitie, and the elliptical forms of speech, 
 une courbe, une tangente, une perpendiculaire, une 
 parallele, une antique, used for une ligne courbe, 
 une ligne tangente, &c. Antique is feminine, for 
 the same reason ; the word medaille, or statue, ap- 
 pearing to be understood. 
 
 q ( All names of virtues are of the feminine gender, 
 ) except courage, merit e. 
 
 GENDERS OF NOUNS MOSTLY DEPENDING ON THEIR 
 TERMINATION. 
 
 C It will be recollected that final e mute constitutes 
 10 < the feminine gender, and every other final letter the 
 £ masculine. 
 
 All names of states, empires, kingdoms, and pro- 
 vinces, are of the gender which their terminations 
 indicate ; except le Ben gale, le Mexique, le Pelopo- 
 nese, le Maine, le Perche, le Rouergue, le Bigorre, 
 le Tallage, la Franche-comte, and perhaps a few 
 more. 
 
 " The names of fruits, grain, plants, and flowers, 
 . follow pretty generally the gender of their termina- 
 ^ tions, but there are too many exceptions to be in- 
 troduced here. 
 
 lU 
 
OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 
 
 43 
 
 TABLE 
 
 SHOWING THE GENDER OP ALL WORDS THAT DO NOT END IN 6 MUTE. 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 11 
 
 40 
 
 15 
 
 30 
 
 10 
 
 200 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 100 
 
 200 
 
 30 
 
 (Aparte, arrete, be- 
 nedicite, comte, 
 cote, ete, pate, 
 traite, te, the, 
 Lethe 
 C alibi, biribi, lundi, 
 \ gui, grand merci, 
 (&c. 
 
 convoi, effroi, &c. 
 ( ei*go, vertigo, indi- 
 ) go, &c. 
 
 i fichu, cru, ecu, tis- 
 \ su, &c. 
 
 ) aloyau, anneau, &c. 
 (&c. 
 
 { bref, chalef, chef, 
 ( fief, grief, relief 
 i daim, essaim, abat- 
 \ faim 
 an, ban, cran, e- 
 cran, pan, &c. 
 bain, baise-main, 
 avant-main, garde- 
 main, tourne-main, 
 essuie-main, gain, 
 frein, basin, &c. 
 
 scion, bastion, 
 tion, Ixion 
 
 bes- 
 
 gabion, taudion, 
 million, lion, arde 
 lion, fourmilion, 
 tremion, capion, 
 turion, camion, 
 lampion, septentri- 
 on, brimborion, ga- 
 ^vion, &c. 
 5* 
 
 bion 
 dion 
 lion 
 >-mion 
 -pion 
 -rion 
 -vion 
 
 litie, | 
 
 moitie, pitie 
 
 absurdite, beaute,^ 
 charite, cite, dig- I 
 nite, fidelite, gene- f 
 rosite, &c. &c. J 
 
 Fourmi, merci, ga- ) 
 gui, apres-midi £ 
 
 foi, loi, paroi 
 
 albugo, virago 
 
 bru, glu, tribu, ver- \ 
 tu j 
 
 eau, peau, surpeau, i 
 sans-peau $ 
 
 clef, nef, soif 
 faim, male-faim 
 maman 
 
 fin, main, nonnain 
 
 succion, cession, 
 friction, gestion, 
 region, opinion, 
 reflexion, fluxion, 
 &c. &c. &c. 
 
 rebellion, dent-deli- 
 
44 
 
 THE GENDERS 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 11 
 
 15 
 
 20 
 
 30 
 
 150 
 
 70 
 
 15 
 
 12 
 
 700 
 
 250 
 
 f alcyon, day on, cra- 
 I yon, rayon, sayon 
 I trayon, lamproyon 
 (^Amphictyons 
 
 brise-raison 
 
 fpeson, bison, gri- 
 
 son, groison, hori- 
 
 \ zon, tison, oison 
 
 poison, contre-poi- 
 
 l^son, buson 
 
 ['basson, caisson, ca- 
 vesson, taisson, po- 
 isson, cosson, buis- 
 son, frisson, heris- 
 son, maudisson, 
 nourrisson, palis 
 son, polisson, unis- 
 son, saucisson 
 
 < arcanson, echan 
 \ son, tenson, pinson 
 
 ( charanfon, cave^on 
 (pinion, sufon, &c. 
 
 bridon, gueridon, &c 
 
 i tendron, jeune ten- 
 ( dron, baron, &e. 
 
 abattis, appentis, 
 iris, tourne-vis, &c 
 
 bois, mois, carquois, 
 harnois, &c. 
 
 {adent, chiendent, li- 
 ondent, claquedent, 
 cure-dent, Occident, 
 trident, &c. 
 
 { acharnement, as- 
 ( sortiment, &c. 
 
 r ballet, billet, bos- 
 quet, minuit, eon- 
 
 J duit, reduit, &c. bil- 
 lot, bnl.lot, complot, 
 &c. bout, gout, ra- 
 gout, &c. I 
 
 ■-yon 
 
 ■eson 
 -ison 
 -uson 
 
 -con 
 
 -don 
 
 -Ion 
 -ron 
 
 J -Ion < 
 ) -ron ( 
 
 }* { 
 
 I -dent 
 j -gent 
 
 I -ment 
 
 I -et -] 
 l-uit 
 
 * Ot j 
 
 out I 
 
 cargaison, &c. &c. 
 
 garnison, guerison,^ 
 prison, trahison, ( 
 cloison.foison.naoi- )> 
 
 son, camuson 
 
 paisson, boisson, 
 moisson, cuisson, 
 salisson, rnousson 
 
 chanson 
 
 fa9on, contrefacon 
 rnalfa^on, le9on 
 ran9on 
 
 dondon 
 
 laideron, souillon, 
 tatillon 
 
 brebis, souris, chau- 
 ve-souris, vis, iris 
 
 fois 
 
 dent, surdent, gent 
 
 <! 
 
 jument 
 
 for6t nuit, dot, glout 
 
OF THE FRENCH NOUNS. 
 
 45 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 lviuscuvine. 
 ffaix, choix, cruci- 
 j fix, prix, &c. laux, 
 j houx, courroux, e- 
 l^poux, &c. 
 
 fart, depart, cham- 
 j part, rempart, ef- 
 ) fort, port, fort, tort, 
 L&c. 
 
 C fer, ver, hiver, &c. 
 1 air, eclair, &c. tour, 
 f contour, four, &c. 
 
 fbonheur, raalheur, 
 labeur, honneur, 
 deshonneur, coeur, 
 
 j anticoeur, creve- 
 cosur, chceur, chou- 
 fleur, pleurs, equa- 
 teur, secteur, &c. 
 
 L&c. &c. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 15 
 
 20 
 
 40 
 
 900 
 
 f-eur < 
 
 paix, croix, noix, 
 poix, voix, perdrix, 
 chaux, faux, toux 
 
 hart, part, mort, 
 inalemort 
 
 cuiller, mer, chair, ) 
 cour, tour $ 
 
 aigreur, ampleur, ar- 
 deur, blancheur, can- 
 deur, chaleur, chan- 
 deleur, clameur, cou- 
 leur, douceur, dou- 
 leur, epaisseur, er- 
 reur, facleur, defa- 
 yeur, ferveur, fleur. 
 
 passe-fleur, sans-fleur, fraicheur, frayeur, froideur, fureur, gran- 
 deur, grosseur, hauteur, horreur, humeur, laideur, langueur, lar- 
 geur, lenteur, liqueur, longueur, lourdeur, lueur, maigreur, moi- 
 teur, noirceur, odeur, paleur, pesanteur, peur, primeur, profon- 
 deur, puanteur, pudeur, impudeur, rigueur, roideur, rondeur, 
 rougeur, rousseur, rumeur, saveur, senteur,sceur, souleur, splen- 
 deur, sueur, teneur, terreur, tiedeur, torpeur, touffeur, tumeur, 
 valeur, non-valeur, vapeur, verdeur, vigueur, and moeurs; be- 
 sides basseur, rancoeur, tremeur, three words now obsolete, 'making 
 in the whole the number of seventy-six. 
 
 There are a great many proper names of females, which, 
 though they may not have the feminine termination, are of that 
 gender, as the learner, from their nature, will easily compre- 
 hend: such are, among the heathens, Pallas, Ceres, Thetis, Ve- 
 nus, Junon, Didon, &c. among christian names, Sarah, Deborah, 
 Elizabeth, Agnes, &c. and man)' of these are contractions, as 
 Fanchon for Fanny, Lison, Louison, Marion, Manon, Nanon, 
 Jeanneton, Madelon, Tonton, Calaut, Mar got, Goton, Babet, Ba- 
 beau, Isabeau, &c. [See Article 2. p. 40.] 
 
 As this list of exceptions will be found pretty accurate, all other 
 nouns, that belong to this termination, must be strictly consider- 
 ed as being of the masculine gender, since they are not enume- 
 rated in this Table. 
 
VOCABULARY, 
 
 FRENCH AND ENGLISH. 
 
 ,* In the following Vocabulary, the Gender has been affixed 
 only to those Nouns that are not comprised in the preceding 
 Rules. 
 
 
 OP THE UNIVERSE IN GENERAL, 
 
 
 Dieu 
 
 God 
 
 soleil 
 
 sun 
 
 createur 
 
 creator 
 
 rayon du soleil 
 
 sun-beam 
 
 Jesus-Christ 
 
 Jesus Christ 
 
 lune 
 
 moon 
 
 trinite 
 
 trinity 
 
 eclipse 
 
 eclips 
 
 Saint-Esprit 
 
 Holy Ghost 
 
 orage, m. 
 
 storm 
 
 ange 
 
 angel 
 
 tonnerre, m. 
 
 thunder 
 
 archange 
 
 archangel 
 
 eclair 
 
 lightning 
 
 prophete 
 
 prophet 
 
 brouillard 
 
 f°g 
 
 messie 
 
 messiah 
 
 pluie 
 
 rain 
 
 sauveur 
 
 saviour 
 
 arc-en -ciel 
 
 rain-bow 
 
 redempteur 
 
 redeemer 
 
 ondee 
 
 shower 
 
 Vierge-Marie 
 
 Virgin Mary 
 
 neige 
 
 snow 
 
 apotre 
 
 apostle 
 
 grele 
 
 hail 
 
 evangeliste 
 
 evangelist 
 
 glace 
 
 ice 
 
 martyr 
 
 martyr 
 
 gelee 
 
 frost 
 
 saint 
 
 saint 
 
 degel 
 
 thaw 
 
 paradis 
 
 paradise 
 
 rosee 
 
 dew 
 
 ciel 
 
 heaven 
 
 creature 
 
 creature 
 
 enfer 
 
 hell 
 
 globe, m. 
 
 globe 
 
 diable 
 
 devil 
 
 sphere 
 
 sphere 
 
 nature 
 
 nature 
 
 hemisphere, m 
 
 hemisphere 
 
 univers 
 
 universe 
 
 horizon 
 
 horizon 
 
 monde, m. 
 
 world 
 
 degre 
 
 degree 
 
 element 
 
 element 
 
 longitude* 
 
 longitude 
 
 terre 
 
 earth 
 
 latitude 
 
 latitude 
 
 eau 
 feu 
 
 water 
 fire 
 
 points cardi- \ 
 naux, pi. \ 
 
 cardinal pt 
 
 air 
 
 air 
 
 orient, or est 
 
 east 
 
 firmament 
 etoile 
 
 sky 
 star 
 
 Occident, or j 
 ouest j 
 
 west 
 
 planete 
 
 planet 
 
 septentrion, j 
 
 north 
 
 comete 
 
 comet 
 
 or nord \ 
 
 constellation 
 
 constellation 
 
 midi, or sud 
 
 south 
 

 VOCABULARY. 
 
 47 
 
 climat 
 
 climate 
 
 recif* 
 
 reef of rocks 
 
 region 
 continent 
 
 region 
 
 continent 
 
 brisans* 
 
 ) breakers, 
 J surf 
 
 Europe 
 
 Europe 
 
 cime 
 
 top 
 
 Asie 
 
 Asia 
 
 pierre 
 
 stone 
 
 Afrique 
 
 Africa 
 
 pont 
 
 bridge 
 
 Amerique 
 
 America 
 
 chaussee 
 
 causeway 
 
 empire, m. 
 
 empire 
 
 gue 
 
 ford 
 
 royaume, m. 
 
 kingdom 
 
 quai 
 
 wharf, or quay 
 
 republique 
 
 republic 
 
 route 
 
 road 
 
 pays 
 
 country 
 
 sentier 
 
 path 
 
 colonie 
 
 colony 
 
 fosse 
 
 ditch 
 
 principaute 
 
 principality 
 
 gravier 
 
 gravel 
 
 elector at 
 
 electorate 
 
 sable, m. 
 
 sand 
 
 province 
 
 province 
 
 sablon 
 
 small sand 
 
 comte 
 
 shire or county 
 
 poussiere 
 
 dust 
 
 ile 
 
 island- 
 
 ocean 
 
 ocean 
 
 presqu'ile 
 
 er 
 
 mer 
 
 sea 
 
 peninsule 
 
 < peninsula 
 
 golfe, m. 
 
 g u ¥ 
 
 chersonese 
 
 { 
 
 baie 
 
 bay 
 
 cap 
 
 cape 
 
 rade 
 
 road {for ships) 
 
 promontoire, 
 
 m. promontory 
 
 anse 
 
 creek 
 
 isthme 
 
 isthmus 
 
 canal 
 
 channel 
 
 montagne 
 
 mountain 
 
 detroit 
 
 strait 
 
 mont 
 
 mount 
 
 courant 
 
 current 
 
 colline 
 
 hill 
 
 maree 
 
 tide 
 
 sommet 
 
 summit 
 
 flux 
 
 flowing 
 
 pente, or 
 penchant 
 hauteur 
 
 > declivity 
 
 reflux 
 vagul 
 
 ebbing 
 wave 
 
 eminence 
 
 flots, pi, or 
 
 billows 
 
 vallee 
 
 valley 
 
 ondes, pi. 
 
 waves 
 
 vallon 
 
 vale 
 
 havre, m. 
 
 haven 
 
 abime, m. 
 
 abyss 
 
 port 
 
 harbour 
 
 desert 
 
 desert 
 
 lac 
 
 lake 
 
 plaine 
 
 plain 
 
 riviere 
 
 river 
 
 marais 
 
 marsh, or fen 
 
 fleuve, m. 
 
 great river 
 
 rive 
 
 ) bank {of a 
 ) river) 
 
 embouchure 
 
 i mouth of a 
 ) river 
 
 rivage, m. 
 
 shore 
 
 ruisseau 
 
 brook 
 
 cote 
 
 coast 
 
 debordement 
 
 overfioio 
 
 rocher* 
 
 rock 
 
 deluge, m. 
 
 deluge 
 
 roche* 
 
 rock 
 
 inondation 
 
 inundation 
 
 roc* 
 
 rock 
 
 ecluse 
 
 ) flood-gate 
 \ sluice 
 
 ecueil* 
 
 shoal 
 
 banc* 
 
 ledge of rocks 
 
 digue 
 
 dike 
 
 * These seven words do not convey in French the same idea; 
 the four latter relate to the sea. 
 
48 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 etang 
 
 pond 
 
 nuage, m. 
 
 cloud 
 
 vivier 
 
 fish-pond 
 
 nielle 
 
 blight 
 
 reservoir 
 
 bason 
 
 humidite 
 
 dampness 
 
 abreuvoir 
 
 horse-pond 
 
 serein 
 
 mildew 
 
 bain 
 
 bath 
 
 tourbillon 
 
 whirlwind 
 
 citerne 
 
 cistern 
 
 or age, m. 
 
 storm 
 
 fontaine 
 
 fountain 
 
 tempete 
 
 tempest 
 
 source 
 
 spring 
 
 calme, m. 
 
 calm 
 
 puits 
 
 well 
 
 etemite 
 
 eternity 
 
 pompe 
 
 pump 
 
 temps 
 siecle, m. 
 
 time 
 
 bateau 
 
 boat 
 
 age or century 
 
 barque 
 
 bark 
 
 epoque 
 
 epoch 
 
 bac 
 
 ferry boat 
 
 periode, m. 
 
 period 
 
 eoche d'eau, 
 
 m. barge 
 
 date 
 
 date 
 
 gabare 
 
 lighter 
 
 an, annee 
 
 year 
 
 navire, m. 
 
 ship 
 
 mois 
 
 month 
 
 vaisseau 
 
 vessel 
 
 Janvier 
 
 January 
 
 paquet-bot 
 nam me 
 
 packet-boat 
 
 fevrier 
 
 february 
 
 blaze 
 
 mars 
 
 march 
 
 etincelle 
 
 spark 
 
 avril 
 
 april 
 
 chaleur 
 
 heat 
 
 mai 
 
 may 
 
 fumee 
 
 smoke 
 
 juin 
 
 June 
 
 incendie, m. 
 
 conflagration 
 
 juillet 
 
 july 
 
 chauffage, m 
 
 fuel 
 
 aout 
 
 august 
 
 charbon 
 
 coals 
 
 septembre 
 
 September 
 
 charbon-de- 
 
 i pit-coal 
 
 octobre 
 
 October 
 
 terre 
 
 novembre 
 
 november 
 
 charbon-de- 
 
 > charcoal 
 
 decembre 
 
 december 
 
 bois 
 
 semaine 
 
 week 
 
 braise 
 
 small coal 
 
 jour 
 
 day 
 
 tourbe 
 
 turf 
 
 journee 
 
 day 
 
 mottes, pi. 
 
 peat 
 
 aujourd'hui 
 
 to-day 
 
 bois 
 
 wood 
 
 demain 
 
 to-morrow 
 
 buche 
 
 log of wood 
 
 hier 
 
 yesterday 
 
 fagot 
 
 faggot 
 
 lundi 
 
 monday 
 
 copeaux, pi. 
 
 chips 
 
 mardi 
 
 tuesday 
 
 cendre 
 
 ashes 
 
 mercredi 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 suie 
 
 soot 
 
 jeudi 
 
 thursday 
 
 feu 
 
 fire 
 
 vendredi 
 
 friday 
 
 atmosphere 
 
 atmosphere 
 
 samedi 
 
 Saturday 
 
 vent 
 
 wind 
 
 dimanche 
 
 sunday 
 
 zephyr 
 
 zephyr 
 
 heure 
 
 hour 
 
 vapeur 
 
 vapour 
 
 demi-heure 
 
 half an hour 
 
 lumiere 
 tenebres, pi. 
 
 ght 
 darkness 
 
 quart-d'heure 
 
 { quarter of an 
 \ hour 
 
 chaleur 
 
 heat 
 
 aurore 
 
 aurora 
 
 froid 
 
 cold 
 
 aube 
 
 dawn 
 
 nue, nuee 
 
 cloud 
 
 matin 
 
 morning 
 

 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 matinee 
 
 forenoon 
 
 earn aval 
 
 carnival 
 
 midi 
 
 noon 
 
 careme, m. 
 
 lent 
 
 l'apres-midi 
 l'apres-dinee 
 
 > the afternoon 
 
 mi-careme 
 paque 
 
 midlent 
 easier 
 
 soir 
 
 1 
 
 pentecote 
 la Saint-Jean 
 
 whit-sunday 
 
 soiree 
 
 > evening 
 
 midsummer 
 
 crepuscule, m, 
 
 , twilight 
 
 l'avent 
 
 advent 
 
 nuit 
 
 night 
 
 noel 
 
 Christmas 
 
 minuit 
 
 midnight 
 
 fete 
 
 festival 
 
 minute 
 
 minute 
 
 equinoxe, m. 
 
 equinox 
 
 seconde 
 
 second 
 
 solstice, m. 
 
 the solstice 
 
 moment 
 
 moment 
 
 canicule 
 
 the dog-days 
 
 instant 
 
 instant 
 
 fenaison 
 
 hay-harvest 
 
 saison 
 
 season 
 
 moisson 
 
 harvest 
 
 printemps 
 
 spring 
 
 vendage 
 
 vintage 
 
 ete 
 
 summer 
 
 tonte 
 
 shearing -time 
 
 automne 
 
 autumn 
 
 semailles, pi. 
 
 sowing-time 
 
 hiver 
 
 winter 
 
 conge 
 
 holiday 
 
 
 OF 
 
 MAN. 
 
 
 genre-humain 
 
 mankind 
 
 orphelin 
 
 orphan {boy) 
 
 homme 
 
 man 
 
 orpheline 
 
 orphan (girl) 
 
 femme 
 
 woman 
 
 heritier 
 
 heir 
 
 sexe 
 
 sex 
 
 heritiere 
 
 heiress 
 
 enfant 
 
 child 
 
 maitre 
 
 master 
 
 gar9on 
 
 boy 
 
 maitresse 
 
 mistress 
 
 fille 
 
 girl 
 
 note 
 
 landlord 
 
 vierge 
 
 virgin 
 
 hotesse 
 
 landlady 
 
 virginite 
 
 virginity 
 infancy 
 
 domestique 
 
 man servant 
 
 enfance 
 
 servante 
 
 maid servant 
 
 jeunesse 
 
 youth 
 
 voisin 
 
 neighbour 
 
 adolescence 
 
 adolescence 
 
 
 { neighbour 
 \ (female) 
 
 virilite 
 
 manhood 
 
 voisine 
 
 vieillesse 
 
 old age 
 
 compagnon 
 
 companion 
 
 decrepitude 
 
 decrepitude 
 
 compagne 
 
 i companion 
 \ (female) 
 
 jeune homme 
 
 youth or lad 
 
 jeune fille 
 
 young girl 
 
 corps 
 
 body 
 
 vieillard 
 
 old man 
 
 membre, m. 
 
 member 
 
 geant 
 
 giant 
 
 tronc 
 
 trunk 
 
 nain 
 
 dwarf 
 
 tete 
 
 head 
 
 pigmee, m. 
 
 pigmy 
 
 crane, m. 
 
 scull 
 
 mari 
 
 husbo/nd 
 
 front 
 
 forehead 
 
 femme 
 
 wife 
 
 visage, m. 
 
 face 
 
 veuf 
 
 widower 
 
 traits, pi. 
 
 features 
 
 veuve 
 
 widow 
 
 
 
 49 
 
50 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 oeil 
 yeux, pi. 
 
 eye 
 eyes 
 
 cerveau 
 cervelle 
 
 > brain 
 
 sourcils, pi. 
 
 * eye-brows 
 
 squelette, m. 
 
 skeleton 
 
 paupiere 
 
 eye-lid 
 
 coeur 
 
 heart 
 
 nez 
 
 nose 
 
 poumon 
 foie, m. 
 
 lungs 
 
 narines, pi. 
 
 nostrils 
 
 liver 
 
 bouche 
 
 mouth 
 
 rate 
 
 spleen 
 
 levres, pi. 
 
 lips 
 
 estomac 
 
 stomach 
 
 dent 
 
 tooth 
 
 entrailles, pi. 
 
 entrails 
 
 gencives, pi. 
 
 gums 
 
 sang 
 
 blood 
 
 machoire 
 
 jaw-bone 
 
 humeurs, pi. 
 
 humours 
 
 langue 
 
 tongue 
 
 glande 
 
 gland 
 
 palais 
 
 palate 
 
 poil 
 
 hair 
 
 joues, pi. 
 
 cheeks 
 
 chair 
 
 flesh 
 
 fossette 
 
 dimple 
 
 peau 
 
 skin 
 
 menton 
 
 chin 
 
 pores, m. pi. 
 
 pores 
 
 barbe 
 
 beard 
 
 nerf 
 
 nerve 
 
 tempes, pi. 
 
 temples 
 
 art ere 
 
 artery 
 
 oreille 
 
 ear 
 
 veine 
 
 vein 
 
 cheveux, pi. 
 
 hair 
 
 OS 
 
 bone 
 
 cou 
 
 neck 
 
 moelle 
 
 marrow 
 
 gosier 
 
 throat 
 
 ride 
 
 wrinkle 
 
 sein 
 
 bosom 
 
 bouton 
 
 pimple 
 
 marnelle 
 
 breast 
 
 sante 
 
 health 
 
 ventre, m. 
 
 belly 
 
 temperament 
 
 constitution 
 
 ceinture 
 
 waist 
 
 embonpoint 
 
 plumpness 
 
 cote 
 
 side 
 
 maigreur 
 
 leanness 
 
 hanche 
 
 haunch 
 
 teint 
 
 complexion 
 
 cuisses, pi 
 
 thighs 
 
 rougeur 
 
 redness 
 
 genou 
 
 knee 
 
 paleur 
 
 paleness 
 
 jarret 
 
 ham 
 
 port 
 demarche 
 
 countenance 
 
 rotule 
 
 knee-pan 
 
 gait 
 
 jarnbe 
 
 leg 
 
 geste, m. 
 
 gesture 
 
 mollet 
 
 calf of the leg 
 
 vivacite 
 
 liveliness 
 
 pied 
 
 foot 
 
 enjoument 
 
 sprightliness 
 
 talon 
 
 heel 
 
 gaiete 
 
 gaiety 
 
 orteil 
 
 toe 
 
 beaute 
 
 beauty 
 
 bras 
 
 arm 
 
 charmes, m.p 
 
 . charms 
 
 coude, m. 
 
 elbow 
 
 attraits, pi. 
 
 attractions 
 
 aisselle 
 
 the arm-pit 
 
 appas, pi. 
 
 beauties 
 
 epaule 
 
 shoulder 
 
 agrement 
 
 pleasantness 
 
 main 
 
 hand 
 
 laideur 
 
 deformity 
 
 poing 
 
 fist 
 
 taille 
 
 shape, size 
 
 poignet 
 doigt 
 
 wrist 
 
 voix 
 
 voice 
 
 finger 
 
 parole 
 
 speech 
 
 ponce, m. 
 
 thumb 
 
 silence, m. 
 
 silence 
 
 ongle, m. 
 
 nail 
 
 action 
 
 action 
 
 cote 
 
 rib 
 
 mouvement 
 
 motion 
 

 VOCABULARY. 
 
 5 
 
 repos 
 
 rest 
 
 vertige, m. 
 
 dizziness 
 
 grimace 
 
 grimace 
 
 evan ouissement swooning 
 
 ris, rire, m. 
 
 laughter 
 
 defaillance 
 
 fainting 
 
 souris 
 
 > smile 
 
 faiblesse 
 
 swoon 
 
 sourire, m. 
 
 demangeaison itching 
 
 humeur 
 
 ill temper 
 
 pesanteur 
 
 heaviness 
 
 soupir 
 
 sigh 
 
 engourdisse- 
 
 > numbness 
 
 gemissement 
 
 groan 
 
 ment 
 
 assoupissement drowsiness 
 
 insomnie 
 
 want of sleep 
 
 sommeil 
 
 sleep 
 
 coup 
 
 blow 
 
 songe, m. 
 
 vision 
 
 contre-eoup 
 
 counter-blow 
 
 reve, m. 
 
 dream 
 
 egratignure 
 
 scratch 
 
 soaffle, m. 
 
 blast 
 
 ecorchure 
 
 excoriation 
 
 haleine 
 
 breath 
 
 entorse 
 
 sprain 
 
 respiration 
 
 respiration 
 
 foul are 
 
 strain 
 
 eternuement 
 
 sneezing 
 
 enflure 
 
 swelling 
 
 vue 
 
 sight 
 
 tumeur 
 
 tumour 
 
 ouie 
 
 hearing 
 
 meurtrissure 
 
 bruise 
 
 odorat 
 
 smell 
 
 contusion 
 
 contusion 
 
 gout 
 
 taste 
 
 blessure 
 
 wound 
 
 toucher 
 
 touch 
 
 cicatrice 
 
 scar 
 
 sentiment 
 
 sense 
 
 ulcere, m. 
 
 ulcer 
 
 obscurite 
 
 darkness 
 
 gangrene 
 
 mortification 
 
 ombre 
 
 shade 
 
 coupure 
 
 cut 
 
 son 
 
 sound 
 
 brulure 
 
 burn 
 
 bruit 
 
 noise 
 
 cor 
 
 corn 
 
 odeur 
 
 smell 
 
 durillon 
 
 callosity 
 
 puanteur 
 
 stench 
 
 enrouement 
 
 hoarseness 
 
 saveur 
 
 relish 
 
 rhume, m. 
 
 cold 
 
 sensations, pi. 
 
 sensations 
 
 toux 
 
 cough 
 
 chatouillement tickling 
 
 coqueluche 
 
 hooping-cough 
 
 plaisir 
 
 pleasure 
 
 surdite 
 
 deafness 
 
 joie 
 
 J°V 
 
 frenesie 
 
 frenzy 
 
 douleur 
 
 'pain 
 
 folie 
 
 lunacy 
 
 faim 
 
 hunger 
 
 rage 
 
 madness 
 
 so if 
 
 thirst 
 
 goutte 
 
 gout 
 
 degout 
 
 surfeit 
 
 convulsions, 
 
 pi. convulsive-fits 
 
 maladie 
 
 disease 
 
 vapeurs, pi. 
 
 vapours 
 
 mal 
 
 complaint 
 
 fievre 
 
 fever 
 
 ineommodite 
 
 illness 
 
 frisson 
 
 shivering 
 
 infirmite 
 
 infirmity 
 
 acces 
 
 fit 
 
 indisposition 
 
 disorder 
 
 delire, m. 
 
 delirium 
 
 inal-de-dents 
 
 tooth-ache 
 
 crise 
 
 crisis 
 
 mal-de-tete 
 
 head-ache 
 
 medicine 
 
 physic 
 
 mal-aux-yeux 
 
 { complaint in 
 \ the eyes 
 
 medecin 
 chirurgien 
 
 physician 
 surgeon 
 
 migraine 
 
 megrim 
 6 
 
 apothicaire 
 
 apothecary 
 
52 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 accoucheur 
 
 man-midwife 
 
 regime, m. 
 
 diet 
 
 sage-femme 
 
 midwife 
 
 sirop 
 
 syrup 
 
 consultation 
 
 consultation 
 
 agonie 
 
 dying hour 
 
 ordonnance 
 
 prescription 
 
 mort 
 
 death 
 
 remede, m. 
 
 remedy 
 
 cadavre, m. 
 
 corpse 
 
 drogues, pi. 
 
 drugs 
 
 vie 
 
 life 
 
 poudres, pi. 
 
 powders 
 
 guerison 
 
 recovery 
 
 pillules, pi. 
 
 pills 
 
 rechute 
 
 relapse 
 
 saignee 
 
 bleeding 
 
 symptome, m. 
 
 symptom 
 
 lancette 
 gouttes, pi. 
 
 lancet 
 drops 
 
 convalescence 
 
 i fair way oj 
 ( recovery 
 
 bain 
 
 bath 
 
 
 
 OF THE MIND AND ITS FACULTIES. 
 
 ame 
 
 soul 
 
 souvenir 
 
 remembrance 
 
 esprit 
 
 mind 
 
 oubli 
 
 forgetfulness 
 
 genie, m. 
 
 genius 
 
 stupidite 
 
 stupidity 
 
 raison 
 
 reason 
 
 passions, pi. 
 
 passions 
 
 entendement 
 
 understanding 
 
 affections, pi. 
 
 affections 
 
 jugement 
 
 judgment 
 
 amour 
 
 love 
 
 sens 
 
 sense 
 
 amours,/, pi. 
 
 amours 
 
 pensee 
 
 thought 
 
 haine 
 
 hatred 
 
 idee 
 
 idea 
 
 desir 
 
 desire 
 
 imagination 
 
 imagination 
 
 crainte, peur 
 
 fear 
 
 fantaisie 
 
 fancy 
 
 apprehension 
 
 apprehension 
 
 caprice, m. 
 
 caprice 
 
 esperance 
 
 hope 
 
 volonte 
 
 will 
 
 confiance 
 
 confidence 
 
 liberte 
 
 liberty 
 
 honte 
 
 shame 
 
 bel-esprit 
 
 wit 
 
 timidite 
 
 bashfulness 
 
 opinion 
 
 opinion 
 
 hardiesse 
 
 boldness 
 
 sentiment 
 
 sentiment 
 
 assurance 
 
 confidence 
 
 verite 
 
 truth 
 
 col ere 
 
 anger 
 
 erreur 
 
 error 
 
 courroux 
 
 wrath 
 
 vxaisemblance 
 
 likelihood 
 
 fureur 
 
 fury 
 
 probability 
 
 probability 
 
 rage 
 
 rage 
 
 apparence 
 
 appearance 
 
 ressentiment 
 
 resentment 
 
 meprise 
 
 mistake 
 
 vengeance 
 
 revenge 
 
 bevue 
 
 oversight 
 
 depit 
 
 spite 
 
 science 
 
 science 
 
 depiaisir 
 
 displeasure 
 
 connaissance 
 
 knowledge 
 
 tristesse 
 
 sadness 
 
 penetration 
 
 penetration 
 
 chagrin 
 
 grief 
 
 sagacite 
 
 sagacity 
 
 peine 
 
 sorrow 
 
 disposition 
 
 disposition 
 
 desespoir 
 
 despair 
 
 inclination 
 
 inclination 
 
 dDute, m. 
 
 doubt 
 
 eapacite 
 
 capacity 
 
 soupfon 
 
 suspicion 
 
 memoire 
 
 memory 
 
 envie 
 
 envy 
 
VOCABULARY 
 
 53 
 
 jalousie 
 
 pitie 
 
 misericorde 
 
 compassion 
 
 terreur 
 
 epouvante 
 
 indignation 
 
 vertu 
 
 charite 
 
 justice 
 
 temperance 
 
 sobriete 
 
 force 
 
 modestie 
 
 civilite 
 
 pudeur 
 
 politesse 
 
 honnetete 
 
 complaisance 
 
 douceur 
 
 bonte 
 
 amitie 
 
 union 
 
 concorde 
 
 paix 
 
 tranquillite 
 
 patience 
 
 prudence 
 
 economie 
 
 habilete 
 
 industrie 
 
 soin 
 
 diligence 
 
 exactitude 
 
 honneur 
 
 probite 
 
 desinteresse- 
 
 ment 
 sagesse 
 Constance 
 bienveillance 
 emulation 
 faveur 
 valeur 
 bravoure 
 courage, m. 
 finesse, ruse 
 
 jealousy 
 
 pity 
 
 mercy 
 
 compassion 
 
 terror 
 
 fright 
 
 indignation 
 
 virtue 
 
 charity 
 
 justice 
 
 temperance 
 
 dexterity 
 
 fortitude 
 modesty 
 
 politeness 
 honesty 
 complaisance 
 sweetness 
 
 adresse 
 
 chastete 
 
 innocence 
 
 liberalite 
 
 generosite 
 
 reconnoissance gratitude 
 
 innocence 
 liberality 
 
 friendship 
 
 union 
 
 concord 
 
 peace 
 
 tranquillity 
 
 patience 
 
 prudence 
 
 economy 
 
 skill 
 
 industry 
 
 care 
 
 diligence 
 
 exactness 
 
 honour 
 
 probity 
 
 disinterestedness 
 
 constancy 
 
 benevolence 
 
 emulation 
 
 favour 
 
 valour 
 
 bravery 
 
 courage 
 
 frugalite 
 
 prosperity 
 
 adversite 
 
 moeurs, pi. 
 
 bonheur 
 
 recompense 
 
 prix 
 
 present 
 
 don 
 
 pret 
 
 grace 
 
 reputation 
 
 vice, m. 
 
 defaut 
 
 imperfection 
 
 avarice 
 
 avidite 
 
 orgueil 
 
 paresse 
 
 faineantise 
 
 lachete 
 
 nonchalance 
 
 luxe, m. 
 
 mollesse 
 
 impurete 
 
 debauche 
 
 dissolution 
 
 liber tin age, m. 
 
 desordre, m. 
 
 dereglement 
 
 mepris 
 
 raillerie 
 
 moquerie 
 
 medisance 
 
 calomnie 
 
 crime, m. 
 
 malice 
 
 mechancete 
 
 tromperie 
 
 parjure,t». 
 
 friponnerie 
 
 frugality 
 prosperity 
 
 manners 
 
 reward 
 
 prize 
 
 present 
 
 gift 
 
 loan 
 
 grace 
 
 fame 
 
 vice 
 
 defect 
 
 imperfection 
 
 avarice 
 
 greediness 
 
 pride 
 
 idleness 
 
 slothfulness 
 
 sluggishness 
 
 carelessness 
 
 luxury, pomp 
 
 effeminacy 
 
 lewdness 
 
 revel 
 
 dissoluteness 
 
 libertinism 
 
 disorderly life 
 
 licentiousness 
 
 contempt 
 
 jest 
 
 mockery 
 
 slander 
 
 calumny 
 
 crime 
 
 malice 
 
 wickedness 
 
 deceit 
 
 perjury 
 
 knavery 
 
54 
 
 VOCABULARY, 
 
 fourberie 
 
 enchantement 
 
 injustice 
 
 tort 
 
 usure 
 
 achat 
 
 vente 
 
 troc 
 
 gage, m. 
 
 depot 
 
 contrat 
 
 marche 
 
 bassesse 
 
 impudence 
 
 effronterie 
 
 audace 
 
 temerite 
 
 poltronnerie 
 
 opiniatrete 
 
 obstination 
 
 cruaute 
 
 dispute 
 
 querelle 
 
 brouillerie 
 
 babil 
 
 caquet 
 
 inconstance 
 
 ingratitude 
 
 ambition 
 
 prodigalite 
 
 gourmandise 
 
 impolitesse 
 
 incivilit6 
 
 dissention 
 
 impatience 
 
 imprudence 
 
 negligence 
 
 malhonnetete 
 
 deshonneur 
 
 roguery 
 
 exil 
 
 exile 
 
 witchcraft 
 
 banissement 
 
 banishment 
 
 injustice 
 
 pusillanimite 
 
 pusillanimity 
 
 wrong 
 
 trahison 
 
 treachery 
 
 usury 
 
 perfidie 
 
 perfidious?iess 
 
 purcliase 
 
 punition 
 
 punishment 
 
 sale 
 
 chatiment 
 
 chastisement 
 
 barter 
 
 legerete 
 
 levity 
 
 pledge 
 
 coquetterie 
 
 coquetry 
 
 trust 
 
 badinage, vi. 
 
 sport 
 
 contract 
 
 larcin 
 
 robbery 
 
 bargain 
 
 vol 
 
 theft 
 
 meanness 
 
 friponnerie 
 
 knavish trick 
 
 impudence 
 
 tromperie 
 
 deceit 
 
 effrontery 
 
 ivrognerie 
 
 drunkenness 
 
 audaciousness 
 
 ivresse 
 
 ebriety 
 
 temerity 
 
 assassinat 
 
 murder 
 
 cowardice 
 
 meurtre, m. 
 
 manslaughter 
 
 stubbornness 
 
 mensonge, m. 
 
 lie 
 
 obstinacy 
 
 faussete 
 
 falsehood 
 
 cruelty 
 
 conte, m. 
 
 tale 
 
 dispute 
 
 serment 
 
 oath 
 
 quarrel 
 broil 
 
 malheur 
 
 misfortune 
 
 folie 
 
 folly 
 
 babbling 
 
 extravagance 
 
 madness 
 
 prating 
 
 coutume 
 
 custom 
 
 inconstancy 
 
 usage, m. 
 
 use 
 
 ungratefulness 
 
 pratique 
 habitude 
 
 practice 
 
 ambition 
 
 habit 
 
 prodigality 
 
 licence 
 
 licentiousness 
 
 gluttony 
 
 exces 
 
 excess 
 
 rudeness 
 
 tour 
 
 trick 
 
 incivility 
 
 bagatelles, pi. 
 
 trifles 
 
 dissension 
 
 faute 
 
 fault 
 
 imprudence 
 negligence 
 rudeness 
 disgrace 
 
 faiblesse 
 faible, m. 
 affront 
 outrage, m. 
 insulte 
 
 weakness 
 foible 
 
 <>1 
 
 outrage 
 
 insult 
 
 OF MEATS AND DRINKS. 
 
 nourriture 
 
 nourishment 
 
 provisions 
 
 provisions 
 
 alimens, pi. 
 
 food 
 
 repas 
 
 meal 
 
 vivres, m. pi. 
 
 victuals 
 
 dejeuner 
 
 breakfast 
 

 VOCABULARY. 
 
 E 
 
 dinar 
 
 dinner 
 
 verjus 
 
 verjuice 
 
 A 
 
 K afternoon's lun- 
 } cheon 
 
 anchois 
 
 anchovies 
 
 gouter 
 
 epices, pi. 
 
 spices 
 
 souper 
 
 supper 
 
 poivre, to. 
 
 pepper 
 
 collation 
 
 collabion 
 
 gingembre, to. ginger 
 
 festin 
 
 feast 
 
 muscade 
 
 nutmeg 
 
 regal 
 
 treat 
 
 macis 
 
 mace 
 
 pain 
 croute 
 
 bread 
 crust 
 
 girofle, to. 
 (clous de) 
 
 > cloves 
 
 mie 
 
 crumb 
 
 canelle 
 
 cinnamon 
 
 farine 
 
 flour 
 
 oublies, pi. 
 
 wafers 
 
 son 
 
 bran 
 
 sucre, to. 
 
 sugar 
 
 pate 
 
 dough 
 
 cassonade 
 
 moist sugar 
 
 levain 
 
 leaven 
 
 dessert 
 
 dessert 
 
 morceau 
 
 bit, morsel 
 
 fruit 
 
 fruit 
 
 tranche 
 
 slice 
 
 pate 
 
 pie 
 
 bouchee 
 
 mouthful 
 
 gateau 
 
 cake 
 
 viande 
 
 meat 
 
 tourte, tarte 
 
 tart 
 
 bouilli 
 
 boiled meat 
 
 biscuit 
 
 biscuit 
 
 rot, roti 
 
 roast meat 
 
 macaron 
 
 macaroon 
 
 bceuf 
 
 beef 
 
 crepe 
 
 pancakes 
 
 mouton 
 
 mutton 
 
 confitures,^. 
 
 sweetmeats 
 
 agneau 
 
 lamb 
 
 gelee 
 
 jelly 
 
 veau 
 
 veal 
 
 marmelade 
 
 marmalade 
 
 pore 
 
 pork 
 
 conserve 
 
 conserve 
 
 venaison 
 
 venison 
 
 tablettes, pi. 
 
 lozenges 
 
 volaille 
 
 fowls 
 
 dragees, pi. 
 
 sugar-plums 
 
 gibier 
 
 game 
 
 pralines, pi. 
 
 crisp-almonds 
 
 gigot 
 
 a leg of mutton 
 
 fromage, to. 
 
 cheese 
 
 andouille 
 
 chitterlings 
 
 beurre, to. 
 
 butter 
 
 saucisse 
 
 sausage 
 
 lait 
 
 milk 
 
 jambon 
 
 liam 
 
 creme 
 
 cream 
 
 lard 
 
 bacon 
 
 ceuf 
 
 egg 
 
 moutarde 
 
 mustard 
 
 coque 
 
 shell 
 
 soupe 
 
 soup 
 
 blanc 
 
 white 
 
 potage, to. 
 bouillon 
 
 pottage 
 
 jaune, to. 
 
 yolk 
 
 broth 
 
 boisson 
 
 drink 
 
 consomme 
 
 jelly broth 
 
 liqueur 
 
 liquor 
 
 ragout 
 
 ragout 
 
 the 
 
 tea 
 
 fricassee 
 
 fricassee 
 
 cafe 
 
 coffee 
 
 jus 
 
 gravy 
 
 chocolat 
 
 chocolate 
 
 sauce 
 
 sauce 
 
 limonade 
 
 lemonade 
 
 poisson 
 
 fish 
 
 ponche, to. 
 
 punch 
 
 salade 
 
 sallad 
 
 vin 
 
 wine 
 
 sel 
 
 salt 
 
 biere 
 
 beer 
 
 huile 
 
 oil 
 
 eau-de-vie 
 
 brandy 
 
 vinaigre, to. 
 
 vinegar 
 
 nectar 
 
 nectar 
 
 6* 
 
5(5 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 ambroisie 
 
 ambrosia 
 
 hydromel 
 
 mead 
 
 cidre, m. 
 
 cider 
 
 sirop 
 
 syrup 
 
 poire 
 
 perry 
 
 lie 
 
 dregs 
 
 
 OF DRESSING 
 
 APPAREL, &C. 
 
 habillement 
 
 dress 
 
 guetres, pi. 
 
 gaiters 
 
 hardes 
 
 clothes 
 
 souliers 
 
 shoes 
 
 habit complet 
 
 a suit of clothes 
 
 escarpins, pi. 
 sernelle 
 
 pumps 
 
 habit 
 
 coat 
 
 sole 
 
 veste 
 
 waistcoat 
 
 bottes, pi. 
 
 boots 
 
 gilet 
 
 under-waisicoat 
 
 boueles, pi. 
 
 buckles 
 
 manches, pi. 
 
 sleeves 
 
 cuir 
 
 leather 
 
 poches, pi. 
 
 pockets 
 
 chapeau 
 
 hat 
 
 bouton 
 
 button 
 
 perruque 
 
 wig 
 
 doublure 
 
 lining 
 
 jupe 
 
 petticoat 
 
 couture 
 
 seam 
 
 jupon 
 
 under-petticoat 
 
 culotte 
 
 breeches 
 
 satin 
 
 satin 
 
 pantalon 
 
 pantaloon 
 
 taffetas 
 
 taffety 
 
 gousset 
 
 fob 
 
 gaze 
 
 gauze 
 
 drap 
 
 cloth 
 
 coiffure 
 
 head-dress 
 
 soie 
 
 silk 
 
 coiffe 
 
 hood 
 
 velours 
 
 velvet 
 
 collier 
 
 necklace 
 
 serge 
 basin 
 
 serge 
 dimity 
 
 boucles 
 d'oreilles, p 
 
 , I ear-rings 
 
 flanelle 
 
 flannel 
 
 gants, pi. 
 
 gloves 
 
 etoffe 
 
 stuff 
 
 mitaines, pi. 
 
 mittens 
 
 manteau 
 
 cloak 
 
 tablier 
 
 apron 
 
 surtout 
 
 surtout 
 
 mules, pi. 
 
 > slippers 
 
 redingote 
 
 riding-coat 
 
 pantoufles, pi. 
 bague 
 
 linge, m. 
 
 linen 
 
 ring 
 
 toile 
 
 linen-cloth 
 
 bijou 
 
 jewel 
 
 batiste 
 
 cambric 
 
 bracelet 
 
 bracelet 
 
 mousselin 
 
 muslin 
 
 dentelle 
 
 lace 
 
 lie on 
 
 lawn 
 
 blonde 
 
 blond-lace 
 
 chemise 
 
 shirt 
 
 eventail 
 
 fan 
 
 jabot 
 
 frill 
 
 manchon 
 
 muff 
 
 cravate 
 
 cravat 
 
 agrafe 
 
 clasp 
 
 bas, pi. 
 
 stockings 
 
 epingle 
 
 pin 
 
 jarretieres, pi. 
 
 garters 
 
 aiguille 
 
 needle 
 
 laine 
 
 wool 
 
 etui 
 
 case 
 
 fil 
 
 thread 
 
 de 
 
 thimble 
 
 coton 
 
 cotton 
 
 masque, m. 
 
 mask 
 
 maille 
 
 stitch 
 
 voile, m. 
 
 veil 
 
 trou 
 
 hole 
 
 tabatiere 
 
 snuff-box 
 
 ehaussons, pi. 
 
 socks 
 
 tabac 
 
 snuff 
 

 VOCABULARY. 
 
 J 
 
 tabac (a fume r) tobacco 
 
 conserves, pi. 
 
 preserves 
 
 bourse 
 
 purse 
 
 bouquet 
 
 nosegay 
 
 argent 
 
 money 
 
 canne 
 
 cane 
 
 porte-feuille, ■ 
 
 m. pocket-book 
 
 cordon 
 
 string 
 
 eiseaux, pi. 
 
 scissors 
 
 epee 
 
 sword 
 
 crayon 
 
 pencil 
 
 montre 
 
 watch 
 
 mouchoir 
 
 handkerchief 
 
 boite 
 
 case 
 
 lunettes, pi. 
 
 spectacles 
 
 chaine 
 
 chain 
 
 lorgnette 
 
 opera-glass 
 OF A HOUSE 
 
 cachet 
 
 seal 
 
 
 AND FURNITURE. 
 
 maison 
 hotel 
 
 house 
 5 nobleman's 
 i house 
 
 salle 
 salon 
 
 > parlour 
 
 escalier 
 
 stoAr-case 
 
 hotellerie 
 
 inn 
 
 office 
 
 pantry 
 
 chateau 
 
 castle 
 
 cuisine 
 
 kitchen 
 
 palais 
 
 palace 
 
 garde-min- 
 
 > store-room 
 
 couronne 
 
 crown 
 
 ger, m. 
 
 trone, m. 
 
 throne 
 
 boulangerie 
 
 bake-house 
 
 sceptre, m. 
 
 sceptre 
 
 brasserie 
 
 brew-house 
 
 aile 
 
 wing 
 
 lingerie 
 
 laundry 
 
 pavilion 
 
 pavilion 
 
 ecurie 
 
 stable 
 
 fondemens, pi. foundation 
 
 remise 
 
 coach-house 
 
 mur, murailk 
 
 j wall 
 
 puits 
 
 well 
 
 batiment 
 
 building 
 
 etage, m. 
 
 story 
 
 maturiaux, pi 
 
 . materials 
 
 appartement 
 chambre 
 
 apartment 
 
 pierre 
 
 stone 
 
 room 
 
 brique 
 
 brick 
 
 antichambre 
 
 antichamber 
 
 niortier 
 
 mortar 
 
 salle-a-manger dining-room 
 
 chaux 
 platre, m. 
 
 lime 
 plaster 
 
 salon-de- 
 compagnie 
 
 i drawing-room 
 
 ciment 
 tuile 
 
 cement 
 tile 
 
 cabinet-de- 
 toilette 
 
 i dressing-room 
 
 ardoise 
 
 slate 
 
 chambre-a- - 
 
 i bed-room 
 
 charpente 
 
 timber work 
 
 coueher 
 
 poutre 
 
 beam 
 
 galerie 
 
 gallery 
 
 solive 
 
 joist 
 
 cabinet 
 
 closet 
 
 echelle 
 
 ladder 
 
 boudoir 
 
 lady's closet 
 
 cave 
 
 vault 
 
 garde-robe 
 
 wardrobe 
 
 cellier 
 
 cellar 
 
 porte 
 
 door 
 
 tonneau 
 
 cask 
 
 porte-cochere 
 
 gale 
 
 futaille 
 
 vessel 
 
 seuil 
 
 threshold 
 
 boutique 
 
 shop 
 
 jalousie 
 
 blinds 
 
 atelier 
 
 work-shop 
 
 gond 
 
 hinge 
 
 magasin 
 
 warehouse 
 
 marteau 
 
 knocker 
 
 vestibule m. 
 
 hall 
 
 serrure 
 
 lock 
 
 57 
 
58 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 cle, or clef 
 
 key 
 
 amidon 
 
 starch 
 
 verrou 
 
 bolt 
 
 balai 
 
 broom 
 
 fenetre 
 
 window 
 
 banc 
 
 bench 
 
 vitre 
 
 glass 
 
 escabeau 
 
 stool 
 
 volet 
 
 shutter 
 
 plancher 
 
 floor 
 
 balcon 
 
 balcony 
 
 parquet 
 
 inlaid floor 
 
 store, m. 
 
 blind 
 
 plafond 
 lambris 
 
 ceiling 
 
 grenier 
 
 garret 
 
 wainscot 
 
 toit 
 
 roof 
 
 cloison 
 
 partition 
 
 gouttiere 
 
 gutter 
 
 tapisserie 
 
 hangings 
 
 malle 
 
 trunk 
 
 tapis 
 
 carpet 
 
 boite 
 
 box 
 
 lit 
 
 bed 
 
 caisse 
 
 chest 
 
 alcove 
 
 alcove 
 
 cassette 
 
 casket 
 
 chalit 
 
 bedstead 
 
 coffre, m. 
 
 coffer 
 
 chevet 
 
 bolster 
 
 logement 
 
 lodging 
 
 oreiller 
 
 pillow 
 
 amertblement 
 
 furniture 
 
 paillasse 
 
 straw mattress 
 
 cheminee 
 
 chimney 
 
 matelas 
 
 mattress 
 
 atre, m. foyer 
 
 hearth 
 
 draps, pi. 
 
 sheets 
 
 souffle t 
 
 bellows 
 
 couve'rtures, 
 
 pi. bed-clothes 
 
 pelle 
 
 shovel 
 
 courte-point 
 
 3 counterpane 
 
 pincettes, pi. 
 
 longs 
 
 rideau 
 
 curtain 
 
 fourgon 
 
 poker 
 
 tringle 
 
 curtain-rod 
 
 garde-cen- 
 dre, m. 
 
 > fender 
 
 anneau 
 
 sofa 
 
 ring 
 sofa 
 
 elbow-chair 
 seat 
 
 coquemar 
 bouilloire 
 
 > boiler, copper 
 
 fauteuil 
 siege, m. 
 
 couvercle, m. 
 
 lid 
 
 chaise 
 
 chair 
 
 poele 
 
 frying-pan 
 
 coussin 
 
 cushion 
 
 poelon 
 
 skillet 
 
 armoire 
 
 press 
 
 casserole 
 fourneau 
 
 saucepan 
 stove 
 
 commode 
 
 V chest of draw 
 \ ers 
 pier-glass 
 
 allumette 
 
 match 
 
 trumeau 
 
 pierre-a-fusil 
 
 flint 
 
 toilette 
 
 toilet 
 
 briquet 
 
 steel 
 
 miroir 
 
 looking-glass 
 
 four 
 
 oven 
 
 peigne, m. 
 
 comb 
 
 essuie-main 
 
 towel 
 
 pomade 
 
 pomatum 
 
 bassinoire 
 
 warming-pan 
 
 poudre 
 
 powder 
 
 panier, cor- 
 
 > basket 
 
 houppe 
 
 puff 
 
 beille 
 
 parfum 
 
 perfume 
 
 porcelaine 
 
 china-ware 
 
 tableau 
 
 picture 
 
 faience 
 
 delft-ware 
 
 dessin 
 
 drawing 
 
 poterie 
 
 earthen-ware 
 
 coloris 
 
 colouring 
 
 pot 
 
 pot 
 
 portrait 
 
 portrait 
 
 cruche 
 
 pitcher 
 
 paysage, m 
 
 landscape 
 
 lampe 
 
 lamp 
 
 miniature 
 
 miniature 
 
 Ian tern e 
 
 lantern 
 
 chandelier 
 
 candlestick 
 
 savon 
 
 soap 
 
 bougeoir 
 
 flat candlestick 
 

 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 bob&che 
 
 socket 
 
 cullier, or eu 
 
 * I spoon 
 
 chandelle 
 
 candle 
 
 illiere 
 
 bougie 
 
 wax-light 
 
 saliere 
 
 salt-cellar 
 
 cire 
 
 wax 
 
 huillier 
 
 oil-cruet 
 
 uiouchettes, pi. snuffers 
 
 moutardier 
 
 mustard-pot 
 
 porte-mou- 
 chettes, m. 
 
 > snuffer-pan 
 
 aiguiere 
 coupe, tasse 
 
 ewer 
 cup 
 
 eteignoir 
 
 extinguisher 
 
 gobelet 
 
 goblet 
 
 vergettes, pi. 
 
 brush 
 
 verre, m. 
 
 glass 
 
 buffet 
 
 cup-board 
 
 bouteille 
 
 bottle 
 
 cabaret 
 
 tea-board 
 
 bouchon 
 
 cork 
 
 tasse 
 
 cup 
 
 tire-bouchon, 
 
 m. cork-screw 
 
 soucoupe 
 
 saucer 
 
 carafe 
 
 decanter 
 
 theiere 
 
 tea-pot 
 
 bibliotheque 
 
 library 
 
 cafetiere 
 
 coffee-pot 
 
 bureau 
 
 bureau 
 
 chocolatiere 
 
 chocolate-pot 
 
 tiroir 
 
 drawer 
 
 sucrier 
 
 sugar-basin 
 
 cachet 
 
 seal 
 
 jatte 
 
 bowl 
 
 lettre 
 
 letter 
 
 table 
 
 table 
 
 enveloppe 
 
 cover 
 
 nappe 
 
 cloth 
 
 adresse 
 
 direction 
 
 serviette 
 
 napkin 
 
 signature 
 
 signature 
 
 assiette 
 
 plate 
 
 sonnette 
 
 bell 
 
 plat 
 
 dish 
 
 estampe 
 
 print 
 
 couteau 
 
 knife 
 
 medaille 
 
 medal 
 
 59 
 
 OF THE CITY. 
 
 ville 
 
 village, m. 
 bourg 
 rue 
 carrefour 
 
 place 
 
 cul-de-sac 
 
 pyramide 
 
 obelisque, m. 
 
 pave 
 
 ruisseau 
 
 marche 
 
 denrees, pi. 
 
 boucherie 
 
 poissonnerie 
 
 friperie 
 
 edifice, m. 
 
 fa$ade 
 
 town, city 
 village 
 borough 
 street 
 cross-way 
 vassage 
 quare 
 
 no thorough- 
 fare 
 
 obelisk 
 
 pavement 
 
 kennel 
 
 market 
 
 provisions 
 
 meat-market 
 
 fish-market 
 
 old clothes shop 
 
 edifice 
 
 front 
 
 frontispice, i 
 
 portail 
 
 colonne 
 
 pilastre, m. 
 
 base 
 
 piedestal 
 
 statue 
 
 arcade 
 
 portique, m. 
 
 aqueduc 
 dome, m. 
 paroisse 
 comedie 
 theatre, m. 
 coulisses, pi 
 decorations 
 toile 
 foyer 
 orchestre, m 
 
 i. frontispiece 
 
 portal 
 
 column 
 
 pilaster 
 
 base 
 
 pedestal 
 
 statue 
 
 arcade 
 { portico, or pi- 
 \ azza 
 
 aqueduct 
 
 dome 
 
 parish 
 
 play-house 
 
 stage 
 
 scenery 
 
 decorations 
 
 curtain 
 
 green-room 
 
 orchestra 
 
60 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 parterre, m. pit 
 loge box 
 
 amphitheatre,m./rs£ gallery 
 
 paradis 
 billet 
 
 upper gallery 
 
 ticket 
 
 convent 
 
 convent 
 
 monastere, m. 
 
 monastery 
 
 cellule 
 
 cell 
 
 hermitage, m. 
 
 hermitage 
 
 solitude 
 
 solitude 
 
 retraite 
 
 retirement 
 
 universite 
 
 university 
 
 college, m. 
 
 college 
 
 ecole 
 
 school 
 
 pension 
 
 boarding school 
 
 parlement 
 
 parliament 
 
 chambre-haute 
 ou des pairs 
 
 > house of lords 
 
 chambre basse, 
 ou des com- 
 
 r house of 
 
 
 ( commons 
 
 munes 
 
 
 prison 
 
 prison 
 
 cachot 
 
 dungeon 
 
 hopital 
 
 hospital 
 
 innrmerie 
 
 infirmary 
 
 taverne 
 
 tavern 
 
 cabaret 
 
 public-house 
 
 auberge 
 
 inn 
 
 cafe 
 
 coffee-house 
 
 enseigne 
 
 sign 
 
 affiche 
 
 bill 
 
 pont 
 
 bridge 
 
 arche 
 
 arch 
 
 pilier 
 bateau 
 
 pillar 
 
 boat 
 
 quai 
 
 quay, on a river 
 
 bourse 
 
 exchange 
 
 banque 
 
 bank 
 
 agiotage, m. 
 
 slock-jobT?ing 
 
 douane 
 
 custom-house 
 
 poste 
 
 general post 
 
 petite-poste 
 
 twopenny post 
 
 tresorerie 
 
 amiraute 
 
 arsenal 
 
 faubourgs 
 
 boulevards, pi. 
 
 remparts, pi. 
 
 barriere 
 
 guinguette 
 
 forge 
 
 verrerie 
 
 fonderie 
 
 carrosse, m. 
 
 imperiale 
 
 portiere 
 
 glaces, pi. 
 
 timon 
 
 roue 
 
 essieu 
 
 equipage, m. 
 
 harnais, pi. 
 
 renes,^Z. 
 
 bride 
 
 licou 
 
 selle 
 
 bat 
 
 arfon 
 
 sangle 
 
 etriers, pi. 
 
 eperons, pi. 
 
 berline 
 
 cabriolet 
 
 chaise 
 
 fiacre, m. 
 
 charrette 
 
 fourgon 
 
 remise 
 
 rasoir 
 
 cuir 
 
 moule 
 
 machine 
 
 moulin 
 
 admiralty 
 
 arsenal 
 
 suburbs 
 
 bulwarks 
 
 ramparts 
 
 turnpike 
 
 tea-garden 
 
 forge 
 
 glass-house 
 
 foundery 
 
 coach 
 
 roof 
 
 coach door 
 
 windows 
 
 coach-pole 
 
 wheel 
 
 axle-tmee 
 
 equipage 
 
 harness 
 
 reins 
 
 bridle 
 
 halter 
 
 saddle 
 
 pack-saddle 
 
 saddle-bow 
 
 girth 
 
 stirrups 
 
 spurs 
 
 berlin 
 
 gig. 
 
 chaise 
 
 hackney-coach 
 
 cart 
 
 wagon 
 
 coach-house 
 
 razor 
 
 strap 
 
 mould 
 
 machine 
 
 mill 
 
 OF TRADES, ARTS, PROFESSIONS, &C. 
 
 boulanger baker relieur book-binder 
 
 perruquier hair-dresser libraire, m. bookseller 
 
 forgeron blacksmith chaudronnier brazier 
 
brasseur 
 
 boucher 
 
 ebeniste 
 
 charpentier 
 
 charron 
 
 sculpteur 
 
 chimiste 
 
 horloger 
 
 confiseur 
 
 carrossier 
 
 tonnelier 
 
 corroyeur 
 
 coutelier 
 
 fourbisseur 
 
 teinturier 
 
 distillateur 
 
 droguiste 
 
 graveur 
 
 marechal 
 
 poissonnier 
 
 fondeur 
 
 fruitier 
 
 fourreur 
 
 jardinier 
 
 doreur 
 
 verrier 
 
 vitrier 
 
 gantier 
 
 orfevre 
 
 joaillier 
 
 bijoutier 
 
 epicier 
 
 arrnurier 
 
 chapelier 
 
 aubergiste 
 
 menuisier 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 i 
 
 brewer 
 
 serrurier 
 
 locksmith 
 
 butcher 
 
 macon 
 
 bricklayer 
 
 cabinet-maker 
 
 maitre d'hotel 
 
 steward 
 
 carpenter 
 
 mercier 
 
 mercer 
 
 wheel-wright 
 
 meunier 
 
 miller 
 
 carver 
 
 peintre 
 
 painter 
 
 chymist 
 
 patissier 
 
 pastry-cook 
 
 clock-maker 
 
 paveur 
 
 paver 
 
 confectioner 
 
 colporteur 
 
 pedlar 
 
 coach-maker 
 
 parfumeur 
 
 perfume? 
 
 cooper 
 
 medecin 
 
 physician 
 
 currier 
 
 ptetrier 
 
 plasterer 
 
 cutler 
 
 plombier 
 
 plumber 
 
 sword-cutler 
 
 potier 
 
 potter 
 
 dyer 
 
 imprimeur 
 
 printer 
 
 distiller 
 
 sellier 
 
 saddler 
 
 druggist 
 
 lingere 
 
 sempstress 
 
 engraver 
 
 couturiere 
 
 mantua-maker 
 
 farrier 
 
 tailleur 
 
 tailor 
 
 fishmonger 
 
 cordonnier 
 
 shoe-maker 
 
 founder 
 
 pelletier 
 
 skinner 
 
 fruiterer 
 
 fbrgeron 
 
 smith 
 
 furrier 
 
 chirurgien 
 
 surgeon 
 
 gardener 
 
 apothicaire 
 
 apothecary 
 
 gilder 
 
 arpenteur 
 
 surveyor 
 
 glass-maker 
 
 tanneur 
 
 tanner 
 
 glazier 
 
 tourneur 
 
 turner 
 
 glover 
 
 entrepreneur 
 
 undertaker 
 
 goldsmith 
 
 tapissier 
 
 upholsterer 
 
 jeweller 
 
 horloger 
 tisserand 
 
 watch-maker 
 weaver 
 
 grocer 
 
 perruquier 
 
 wig-maker 
 
 armourer 
 
 ouvrage 
 
 work 
 
 hatter 
 
 ouvrier 
 
 work-man 
 
 innkeeper 
 
 ouvriere 
 
 work-woman 
 
 joiner 
 
 manoeuvre 
 
 labourer 
 
 63 
 
 OF THE COUNTRY, HUSBANDRY, FLOWERS, TREES, &C. 
 
 campagne 
 
 country 
 
 hameau 
 
 hamlet 
 
 chemin 
 
 way 
 
 enclos 
 
 close 
 
 sentier 
 
 foot-vmy 
 
 chateau 
 
 castle 
 
 boue 
 
 mud 
 
 terre 
 
 estate 
 
 fange 
 
 mire 
 
 cour 
 
 ya,rd 
 
 poussiere 
 bourbier 
 
 dust 
 
 basse-cour 
 
 poultry-yard 
 
 slough 
 
 colombier 
 
 pigeon-house 
 
 orniere 
 
 cart-rut 
 
 laiterie 
 
 dairy 
 
62 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 ecurie 
 
 stable 
 
 jardin 
 
 garden 
 
 fruiterie 
 
 fruit-loft 
 
 jardinage, m. 
 
 gardening 
 
 
 OF HERBS 
 
 AND PLANTS. 
 
 
 aloes 
 
 aloe 
 
 moutarde 
 
 mustard 
 
 angelique 
 
 angelica 
 
 capueine 
 
 nasturtium 
 
 artiehaut 
 
 artichoke 
 
 ortie 
 
 nettle 
 
 asperge 
 
 asparagus 
 
 oignon 
 
 onion 
 
 melisse 
 
 balm 
 
 persil 
 
 parsley 
 
 basilic 
 
 basil 
 
 panais 
 
 parsnip 
 
 feve 
 
 bean 
 
 pois 
 
 peas 
 
 haricot 
 
 french-bean 
 
 parictaire 
 
 pellitory 
 
 poiree 
 betterave 
 
 beet 
 
 plante 
 
 plant 
 
 beet-root 
 
 plantain 
 
 plantain 
 
 bourrache 
 
 borage 
 
 pavot 
 
 poppy 
 
 bardane 
 
 burdock 
 
 pomme-de-terre^otofoe 
 
 priroprenelle 
 
 burnet 
 
 courge 
 
 pumpkin 
 
 chou 
 
 cabbage 
 
 pourpier 
 
 purslain 
 
 carotte 
 
 carrot 
 
 rave 
 
 radish 
 
 celeri 
 
 celery 
 
 radk- > 
 
 Spanish ra 
 
 cerfeuil 
 
 chervil 
 
 roscau 
 
 reed 
 
 choux-fleurs, 
 
 pi. cauliflowers 
 
 rue 
 
 rue 
 
 maches, pi. 
 
 corn-sallad 
 
 jonc 
 
 rush 
 
 cresson 
 
 cresses 
 
 rhubarbe 
 
 rhubarb 
 
 concombre, m 
 
 . cucumber 
 
 safran 
 
 saffron 
 
 dent-de-licri 
 
 dandelion 
 
 sauge 
 
 sage 
 
 patience 
 
 dock 
 
 sarette 
 
 savery 
 
 chicoree 
 
 endive 
 
 ciboule 
 
 scallion 
 
 fenouil 
 
 fennel 
 
 echalote 
 
 shallot 
 
 fougere 
 
 fern 
 
 oseille 
 
 sorrel 
 
 ail 
 
 garlic 
 
 veronique 
 
 speedwell 
 
 calebasse 
 
 gourd 
 
 epinards, pi. 
 
 spinage 
 
 cigue 
 
 hemlock 
 
 tanaisie 
 
 tansy 
 
 herbe 
 
 herb 
 
 ivraie 
 
 tare 
 
 raifort 
 
 horse-radish 
 
 estragon 
 
 stragon 
 
 joubarbe 
 
 house-leek 
 
 char don 
 
 thistle 
 
 lierre, m. 
 
 ivy 
 
 thym 
 
 thyme 
 
 poireau 
 iaitue 
 
 leek 
 
 serpolet 
 
 wild thyme 
 
 lettuce 
 
 trefle, m. 
 
 trefoil 
 
 reglisse 
 
 licorice 
 
 navet 
 
 turnip 
 
 mauve 
 
 mallows 
 
 valeriane 
 
 valerian 
 
 guimauve 
 
 marsh-mallows 
 
 vegetaux, pi. 
 
 vegetables 
 
 marjolaine 
 reseda 
 
 marjoram 
 mignonette 
 
 iegumeSjW.^Z. 
 
 i vegetables, 
 \ greens 
 
 menthe 
 
 mint 
 
 verveine 
 
 vervain 
 
 gui 
 
 misletoe 
 
 absynthe 
 
 wormwood 
 
 mousse 
 
 moss 
 
 mille-feuille 
 
 yarrow 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 63 
 
 FLOWERS. 
 
 fieuriste 
 
 florist 
 
 chevre-feuille i 
 
 parterre 
 
 flower garden 
 
 m. [ 
 
 fleur 
 
 flower 
 
 seringat 
 
 iris 
 
 crocus 
 
 lilas 
 
 primevere 
 
 cowslip 
 
 souci 
 
 narcisse, m. 
 
 narcissus 
 
 amaranth e 
 
 jacinthe 
 
 hyacinth 
 
 pavot 
 
 tulipe 
 
 tulip 
 
 coquelicot j 
 
 violette 
 
 violet 
 
 ponceau J 
 
 pensee 
 
 pansy 
 
 bluet, barbeau' 
 
 marguerite 
 
 daisy 
 
 tournesol 
 
 imperiale 
 
 turk's cap 
 
 camomille 
 
 martagon 
 lis 
 
 mountain-lily 
 
 lily 
 
 may-lily 
 
 belle-de-nuit ] 
 
 muguet 
 
 eternelle i 
 
 oreille-d'ours 
 
 auricula 
 
 immortelle ] 
 
 anemone 
 
 anemone 
 
 balsamine 
 
 renoncule 
 
 ranunculus 
 
 ancolie 
 
 jonquille 
 
 jonquil 
 
 passe-rose 
 r hepatique 
 
 giroflee 
 
 stock- gilliflowe' 
 
 ceiilet 
 
 pink 
 
 pied-d'alouette 
 
 campanule 
 gantelee 
 
 > bell-flower 
 
 pivoine 
 scabieuse 
 
 rose 
 
 rose 
 
 julienne 
 
 jasmin 
 
 jasmine 
 
 planche 
 
 tubcreuse 
 
 tuberose 
 
 plate-bande 
 
 > honey-, 
 
 suckle 
 
 seringa 
 
 lilac 
 
 marigold 
 
 amaranth 
 
 poppy 
 
 i wild-poppy 
 
 blite-bell 
 sun-flower 
 camomile 
 great night- 
 shade 
 
 > cassidony 
 
 balsam 
 
 columbine 
 
 hollyhock 
 
 hepatica 
 
 lark-spur 
 
 piony 
 
 scabious 
 
 rocket 
 
 bed 
 
 flower-bordet 
 
 OF TREES AND SHRUBS. 
 
 arbre, m. 
 
 tree 
 
 arbrisseau 
 
 shrub 
 
 ecorce 
 
 bark 
 
 branche 
 
 branch 
 
 feuille 
 
 leaf 
 
 graine 
 
 seed 
 
 rejeton 
 
 sucker 
 
 abricotier 
 
 apricot-tree 
 
 cerisier 
 
 cherry-tree 
 
 chataignier 
 
 chesnut-tree 
 
 citronnier 
 
 lemon-tree 
 
 coignassier 
 
 quince-tree 
 
 ftguier 
 
 fig-tree 
 
 noyer 
 
 walnut-tree 
 
 oranger 
 
 orange-tree 
 
 pecher 
 
 'peach-tree 
 
 pommier 
 
 apple-tree 
 
 poirier 
 prunier 
 arbousier 
 
 pear-tree 
 
 plumb-tree 
 
 arbutus 
 
 frene 
 
 ash-tree 
 
 tremble 
 hctre 
 
 aspen 
 beech-tree 
 
 bouleau 
 
 birch-tree 
 
 buis 
 
 box 
 
 genet 
 sureau 
 
 broom 
 elder-tree 
 
 orme 
 
 elm 
 
 sapin 
 coudrier 
 
 fir-tree 
 liazel-tree 
 
 houx 
 lilas 
 
 holly 
 lilac 
 
64 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 tilleul 
 
 myrte 
 
 chene 
 
 osier 
 
 romarin 
 
 eglantier 
 
 lime-tree 
 
 myrtle-tree 
 
 oak 
 
 osier 
 
 rosemary 
 
 sweet briar 
 
 epme 
 
 btiisson 
 
 aubepine 
 
 yigne 
 
 saule 
 
 if 
 
 thorn 
 
 thorn-bush 
 
 white-thorn 
 
 vine 
 
 willow-tree 
 
 yew-tree 
 
 
 FRUITS. 
 
 
 amande 
 
 almond 
 
 melon 
 
 melon 
 
 pomme 
 
 apple 
 
 mure 
 
 mulberry 
 
 abricot 
 
 apricot 
 
 brugnon 
 
 nectarine 
 
 cerise 
 
 cherry 
 
 noisette 
 
 nut 
 
 <ym crrta 
 
 { black-heart 
 \ cherry 
 
 orange 
 
 orange 
 
 guigne 
 
 peche 
 
 peach 
 
 chataigne 
 
 chestnut 
 
 poire 
 
 pear 
 
 matron 
 
 horse chestnut 
 
 citrouille 
 
 pumpion 
 
 groseilles, pi. 
 
 currants 
 
 coin 
 
 quince 
 
 groseille 
 
 gooseberry 
 
 framboise 
 
 raspberry 
 
 figue 
 
 fig 
 
 fraise 
 
 strawberry 
 
 aveline 
 
 filbert 
 
 noix 
 
 walnut 
 
 raisin 
 
 grapes 
 
 epine-vinerte 
 
 barberries 
 
 prune 
 
 plum 
 
 grenade 
 
 pomegranate 
 
 reine-claude 
 
 green- ga,ge 
 
 olive 
 
 olive 
 
 citron 
 ananas 
 
 lemon 
 pine-apple 
 
 cerneaux 
 
 { kernels of 
 { walnuts 
 
 nefle 
 
 medlar 
 
 raisins-secs 
 
 raisins 
 
 PROMISCUOUS WORDS. 
 
 grange 
 
 hutte 
 
 chaumiere 
 
 seigneurie 
 
 dime 
 
 metairie 
 
 sillon 
 
 pre, prairie 
 
 arpent 
 
 fosse 
 
 champ 
 
 paturage, m. 
 
 terroir 
 
 pare 
 
 haie 
 
 bruyere 
 
 dunes 
 
 lande 
 
 barn 
 
 hut 
 
 thalched-house 
 
 manor 
 
 tithe 
 
 farm 
 
 ridge 
 
 meadow 
 
 acre 
 
 ditch 
 
 field 
 
 pasture-ground 
 
 soil 
 
 park 
 
 hedge 
 
 heath 
 
 downs 
 
 waste-lana 
 
 commune 
 
 plaine 
 
 garenne 
 
 fori dri ere 
 
 marais 
 
 plate-bande 
 
 serre 
 
 serre-chaude 
 
 boulingrin 
 
 berceau 
 
 bosquet 
 
 grotte 
 
 vignoble, m. 
 
 pepiniere 
 
 tail lis 
 
 hallier 
 
 paysage, m. 
 
 perspective 
 
 common 
 
 plain 
 
 warren 
 
 bog 
 
 marsh 
 
 border 
 
 green-house 
 
 hot-house 
 
 bowling-green 
 
 bower 
 
 grove 
 
 grotto 
 
 vineyard 
 
 nursery 
 
 coppice 
 
 thicket 
 
 landscape 
 
 prospect 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 65 
 
 vue 
 
 view 
 
 millet 
 
 millet 
 
 cascade 
 
 cascade 
 
 lin 
 
 flax 
 
 canal 
 
 canal 
 
 cbanvre, m. 
 
 hemp 
 
 agriculture 
 
 agriculture 
 
 chenevis 
 
 hemp-seed 
 
 labourage, m. 
 
 tillage 
 
 epi 
 
 ear {of corn) 
 
 betail 
 
 cattle 
 
 gerbe 
 
 sheaf {of corn) 
 
 fumier 
 
 dung 
 
 tige 
 
 stalk 
 
 terreau 
 
 mould 
 
 t^au 
 
 blade 
 
 recolte 
 
 crop 
 
 paille 
 
 straw 
 
 moisson 
 
 harvest 
 
 chaume, m. 
 
 stubble 
 
 vendange 
 
 vintage 
 
 foin 
 
 hay 
 
 houblon 
 
 hops 
 
 fourrage, m. 
 
 fodder 
 
 grain 
 
 com 
 
 fermier 
 
 farmer 
 
 Me 
 
 ivheal 
 
 paysan 
 
 peasant 
 
 orge 
 
 barley 
 
 laboureur 
 
 ploughman 
 
 avoine 
 
 oats 
 
 moissonneur 
 
 reaper 
 
 riz 
 
 rice 
 
 faucheur 
 
 mower 
 
 seigle, m. 
 
 rye 
 
 berger 
 
 shepherd 
 
 OF QUADRUPEDS. 
 
 bete 
 
 beast 
 
 bouvillon 
 
 bullock 
 
 animal 
 
 animal 
 
 renne, m. 
 
 rein-deer 
 
 animal domes 
 tique 
 
 ' > tame beast 
 
 brebis 
 mouton 
 
 ewe 
 wether 
 
 bete-de-somme beast of burden 
 
 belier 
 
 ram 
 
 monture 
 
 { beast for the 
 \ saddle 
 
 agneau 
 
 lamb 
 
 chevre 
 
 she-goat 
 
 cheval 
 
 horse 
 
 bouc 
 
 he-goat 
 
 cavale 
 
 mare 
 
 chevreau 
 
 hid 
 
 jument 
 
 mare 
 
 cochon 
 
 hog 
 
 etalon 
 
 stallion 
 
 pore 
 
 pi-g 
 
 poulain 
 
 colt 
 
 pourceau 
 
 pig 
 
 pouliche 
 
 filly 
 
 truie 
 
 sow 
 
 bidet 
 
 poney 
 
 cochon-de-lait 
 
 sucking pig 
 
 ane 
 
 ass 
 
 cochon-d'Inde 
 
 guinea pig 
 boar 
 
 anesse 
 
 milk-ass 
 
 verrat 
 
 anon 
 
 young ass 
 
 sanglier 
 
 wild boar 
 
 mulet 
 
 mule 
 
 laie 
 
 wild sow 
 
 mule 
 
 she-mule 
 
 marcassin 
 
 young wild boar 
 
 bete-a-cornes 
 
 horned beast 
 
 bcte-fauve 
 
 deer 
 
 ba2uf 
 
 ox 
 
 cerf 
 
 stag 
 
 buffle, m. 
 
 buffalo 
 
 biche 
 
 hind 
 
 taureau 
 
 bull 
 
 faon 
 
 fawn 
 
 vache 
 
 cow 
 
 daim 
 
 fallow-deer 
 
 genisse 
 
 heifer 
 
 daim-male 
 
 buck 
 
 veau 
 
 calf 
 
 daim-femelle 
 
 doe 
 
go 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 chevreuil 
 
 chevrette 
 
 chamois 
 
 lion 
 
 lionne 
 
 lionceau 
 
 tigie 
 
 tigresse 
 
 ours 
 
 ourson 
 
 zebre, m. 
 
 giraffe 
 
 leopard 
 
 camelcopard 
 
 rhinoceros 
 
 hippopotame, m 
 
 elephant 
 
 chameau 
 
 dromadaire, m. 
 
 lama 
 
 buffle, m. 
 
 hyene 
 
 pan there 
 
 once 
 
 licorne 
 
 elan 
 
 loup 
 
 louve 
 
 louveteau 
 
 lynx 
 
 renard 
 
 taisson 
 
 blaireau 
 
 castor 
 
 hermine 
 
 marte, zibeline 
 
 ecureuil 
 
 'herisson 
 
 pore-epic 
 
 loutre 
 
 raton 
 
 furet 
 
 lievre 
 
 'hase 
 
 levraut 
 
 lapin 
 
 lapine 
 
 chien 
 
 chienne 
 
 roe-buck^ 
 
 roe 
 
 chamois 
 
 lion 
 
 lioness 
 
 lion's whelp 
 
 tiger 
 
 tigress 
 
 bear 
 
 bear's cub 
 
 zebra 
 
 giraffa 
 
 leopard 
 
 camelopard 
 
 rhinoceros 
 
 river-horse 
 
 elephant 
 
 camel 
 
 dromedary 
 
 hyena 
 panther 
 
 elk 
 wolf 
 she-wolf 
 wolf's cub 
 lynx 
 fox 
 brock 
 badger 
 beaver 
 ermine 
 marten, sable 
 squirrel 
 hedge-hog 
 porcupine 
 otter 
 rackoon 
 ferret 
 *hare 
 doe-hare 
 leveret- 
 rabbit 
 doe -rabbit 
 dog 
 bitch 
 
 hound-bitch 
 
 greyhound 
 
 greyliound bitch 
 
 bull dog 
 
 whelp 
 
 mastiff 
 
 blood-hound 
 
 lap-dog 
 
 spaniel 
 
 terrier 
 
 shagged-dog 
 
 pointer 
 
 > pack of hounds 
 
 cat, tom-cat 
 cat, puss 
 kitten 
 puss 
 
 lice 
 levrier 
 levrette 
 dogue 
 doguin 
 matin 
 limier 
 bichon 
 epagneul 
 basset 
 barbet 
 
 chien-d'arret 
 meute de 
 chiens 
 chat, matou 
 chatte 
 chaton 
 minon 
 
 minet, micette young kitten 
 singe, m. monkey 
 
 guenon ape 
 
 magot, babouin baboon 
 
 gazelle 
 
 belette 
 
 poutois 
 
 fouine 
 
 genette 
 
 muse 
 
 loir 
 
 marmote 
 
 taupe 
 
 rat 
 
 souris 
 
 tortue 
 
 antelope 
 
 weasel 
 
 pole-cat 
 
 pole-cat 
 
 wild-cat 
 
 musk-cat 
 
 dormouse 
 
 marmot 
 
 mole 
 
 rat 
 
 mouse 
 
 tortoise 
 
 betail, bestiaux cattle 
 troupeau flock, herd 
 
 patre, berger shepherd 
 bergere shepherdess 
 
 vacher, bouvier cow-herd 
 porcher swine-herd 
 
 chasse hunting 
 
 chasseur hunter 
 
 braconnier poo.cher 
 gibier, venaison game 
 fusil gun 
 
 gibeeiere pouch 
 
 tire shooting 
 
 tireur shooter 
 
 garde-chasse gamekeeper 
 

 VOCABULARY. 
 
 67 
 
 
 OF 
 
 BIRDS. 
 
 
 oiseau 
 
 bird 
 
 mesange 
 
 tit 
 
 oiselet, oisillon little bird 
 
 pluvier 
 
 plover 
 
 volaille 
 
 fowl 
 
 roitelet 
 
 wren 
 
 coq 
 
 cock 
 
 vanneau 
 
 lapwig 
 
 poule 
 
 hen 
 
 butor 
 
 bittern 
 
 poulet 
 
 chicken 
 
 bec-figue, m. 
 
 beccafico 
 
 poussin 
 
 young chicken 
 
 etourneau 
 
 starling 
 
 cochet 
 
 cockerel 
 
 sansonnet 
 
 starling 
 
 poularde 
 
 pullet 
 
 bruant 
 
 yellotv-hammer 
 
 chapon 
 
 capon 
 
 coucou 
 
 cuckoo 
 
 coq-d'Inde, 
 dindon 
 
 > turkey-cock 
 
 freux, grolle 
 corbeau 
 
 rook 
 raven 
 
 dinde 
 
 turkey-hen 
 
 corneille 
 
 crow 
 
 dindonneau 
 
 young turkey 
 
 hibou 
 
 owl 
 
 oie 
 
 goose 
 
 chouette 
 
 screech-owl 
 
 jar 
 
 gander 
 
 buse 
 
 buzzard 
 
 oison 
 
 gosling 
 
 choucas 
 
 chough 
 
 canard 
 
 drake 
 
 aigle 
 
 eagle 
 
 cane 
 
 duck 
 
 aiglon 
 
 eaglet 
 
 caneton, ca- 
 nette 
 
 > duckling 
 
 epervier 
 emouchet 
 
 sparrow-hawk 
 musket-hawk 
 
 pigeon 
 
 pigeon 
 
 milan 
 
 kite 
 
 colombe 
 
 dove 
 
 faucon 
 
 falcon 
 
 serin, canari 
 
 canary-bird 
 
 cormoran 
 
 cormorant 
 
 perroquet 
 
 parrot 
 
 plongeon 
 heron 
 
 diver 
 
 perruche 
 
 paroquet 
 
 heron 
 
 moineau, 
 
 > sparrow 
 
 cigogne 
 
 stork 
 
 passereau 
 
 outarde 
 
 buskard 
 
 hirondelle 
 
 swallow 
 
 pelican 
 
 pelican 
 
 martinet 
 
 martin 
 
 amour 
 
 gos-hawk 
 
 rossignol 
 
 nightingale 
 
 vautour 
 
 vulture 
 
 chardonneret 
 
 goldfinch 
 
 griffon 
 
 griffin 
 
 pinson 
 
 chaffinch 
 
 huppe 
 
 lapwig 
 
 verdier 
 
 greenfinch 
 
 mouette 
 
 gull 
 
 bouvreuil 
 
 bullfinch 
 
 perdrix 
 
 partridge 
 
 linot, linote 
 
 linnet 
 
 bartavelle 
 
 { large red part- 
 \ ridge 
 
 rouge-gorge, m. redbreast, robin 
 
 
 merle, m. 
 
 blackbird 
 
 perdreau 
 
 young partridge 
 
 grive 
 
 thrush 
 
 caille 
 
 quail 
 
 geai 
 
 jay 
 
 cailleteau 
 
 young quail 
 
 pie 
 
 magpie 
 
 faisan 
 
 pheasant 
 
 alouette 
 
 lark 
 
 faisandeau 
 
 young pheasant 
 
 bergeronnette 
 
 wagtail 
 
 becasse 
 
 woodcock 
 
 alcyon, ounrnr- \ ,. , , 
 tin-pecheur } ^^g-fislur 
 
 becassine 
 ortolan 
 
 snipe 
 ortolan 
 
 pivert 
 
 woodpecker 
 
 tourterelle 
 
 turilt-dcve 
 
6b 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 gelinotte 
 
 wood-hen 
 
 autruche 
 
 ostrich 
 
 francolin 
 
 heath-cock 
 
 pintade 
 
 pintado 
 
 ramier 
 
 wood-pigeon 
 
 fou-de-bassarj 
 
 gannet 
 
 macreuse 
 
 sea-duck 
 
 pingoin 
 
 razor-bill 
 
 sarcelle 
 
 teal 
 
 chauvrt-souris bat 
 
 grue 
 
 crane 
 
 chasse-aux- 
 
 > fowling 
 
 courlis 
 
 curlew 
 
 oiseaux 
 
 foulque 
 
 { coot, moorcock, 
 \ or hen 
 
 appeau 
 
 bird-call 
 
 gluaux 
 
 lime twigs 
 
 poule-d'cau 
 
 moor-hen 
 
 trebuchet 
 
 bird-trap 
 
 paon 
 
 peacock 
 
 filets 
 
 nets 
 
 paonne 
 
 pea-hen 
 
 oiseleur 
 
 bird-catcher 
 
 p^aonneau 
 
 young peacock 
 
 oiselier 
 
 bird-seller 
 
 eigne, m. 
 
 swan 
 
 voliere 
 
 aviary 
 
 
 OF FISHES. 
 
 
 poisson 
 
 fish 
 
 homard, lan- 
 
 ] 
 
 esturgeon 
 
 sturgeon 
 
 gouste 
 
 > lobster 
 
 turbot 
 
 turbot 
 
 §crevisse-de- 
 
 saumon 
 
 salmon 
 
 mer 
 
 I 
 
 rouget 
 
 roaxh 
 
 ecrevisse 
 
 crawfish 
 
 brochet 
 
 pike 
 
 crabe, m. 
 
 crab 
 
 carpe 
 
 carp 
 
 crevette 
 
 prawn 
 
 truite 
 
 trout 
 
 chevrette 
 
 shrimp 
 
 perehe 
 
 perch 
 
 anguille 
 
 eel 
 
 cabillaud 
 
 fresh cod 
 
 anchois 
 
 anchovy 
 
 morue 
 
 stock-fish 
 
 goujon 
 
 gudgeon 
 
 raie 
 
 skate 
 
 veron 
 
 minnow 
 
 tanche 
 
 tench 
 
 lotte, barbotte 
 
 eel-pout 
 
 eperlan 
 
 smelt 
 
 loche 
 
 { loach, ground- 
 \ Ung 
 
 maquereau 
 
 mackerel 
 
 surmulet 
 
 mullet 
 
 morue salee 
 
 salt-fish 
 
 carrelet 
 
 fiounder 
 
 barb ue 
 
 dab 
 
 barbeau 
 alose 
 
 barbel 
 shad 
 
 marsoin 
 
 \ sea-hog, for- 
 \ poise 
 
 sole 
 
 sole 
 
 espadon 
 
 saw-fish 
 
 sardine 
 
 sprat 
 
 porcelaine 
 
 sea-snail 
 
 thon 
 
 tunny 
 
 tortue 
 
 tortoise 
 
 pile 
 
 plaice 
 
 huitre 
 
 oyster 
 
 congre, m. 
 
 conger 
 
 petoncle 
 
 cockle 
 
 merlan 
 
 whiting 
 
 moule 
 
 muscle 
 
 merluche 
 
 haddock 
 
 baleine 
 
 whale 
 
 hareng 
 
 herring 
 
 cachalot 
 
 cachalot 
 
 seche 
 
 cuttlefish 
 
 requin 
 
 shark 
 
 limande 
 
 burl, bret-fish 
 
 dauphin 
 
 dolphin 
 
 lamproie 
 
 lamprey 
 
 chien-marin 
 
 sea-dog 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 loup-marin 
 herisson-de- 
 
 rner 
 frai 
 fretin 
 laite 
 
 OEufs 
 
 museau 
 ouies 
 
 sea-wolf 
 sea-urchin 
 
 young fish 
 soft roe 
 spawn, hard 
 
 roe 
 snout 
 gills 
 
 nageoires 
 ecailles 
 coquilles 
 arretes 
 
 fins 
 scales 
 shells 
 bones 
 
 pinces, braques clavis 
 appat, amorce bail 
 pecheur fisherman 
 
 pcche fishery 
 
 
 OF REPTILES AND INSECTS. 
 
 grenouille 
 
 frog 
 
 pou 
 
 louse 
 
 serpent 
 
 serpent 
 
 lente 
 
 nit 
 
 couleuvre 
 
 adder 
 
 puce 
 
 flea 
 
 vipere 
 
 viper 
 
 punaise 
 
 bug 
 
 scorpion 
 
 scorpion 
 
 chenille 
 
 caterpillar 
 
 aspic 
 
 aspick 
 
 papillon 
 
 butterfly 
 
 basilic 
 
 basilisk 
 
 mouche 
 
 fly 
 
 dragon 
 
 dragon 
 
 abeille 
 
 bee 
 
 tarentule 
 
 tarantula 
 
 frelon 
 
 hornet 
 
 crapaud 
 
 toad 
 
 bourdon 
 
 drone 
 
 lezard 
 
 lizard 
 
 guepe 
 
 wasp 
 
 sang-sue 
 
 leech 
 
 taon 
 
 ox-fly 
 
 limace 
 
 slug 
 
 cousin 
 
 gnat 
 
 ver 
 
 worm 
 
 cantharide 
 
 Spanish-fly 
 
 ver-luisant 
 
 glow-worm 
 
 hanneton 
 
 cockchafer 
 
 ver-coquin 
 
 vine-grub 
 
 sauterelle 
 
 grasshopper 
 balm-cricket 
 
 ver-a-soie 
 
 silk-worm 
 
 cigale 
 
 escargot 
 
 snail 
 
 araignee 
 
 spider 
 
 escarbot 
 grillon 
 
 beetle 
 cricket 
 
 toile-d'araig- 
 nee 
 
 I cobweb 
 
 perce-oreille,wi 
 teigne 
 
 . ear-wig 
 moth 
 
 essaim-d'a- 
 beilles 
 
 > swarm of bees 
 
 ciron 
 
 hand-worm 
 
 miel 
 
 honey 
 
 fourmi 
 
 ant 
 
 cire 
 
 wax 
 
 charari9on 
 
 weevil 
 
 rayon-de-miel honeycomb 
 
 cloporte ; m. 
 
 wood-louse 
 
 ruche 
 
 hive 
 
 tique 
 
 tick 
 
 fourmiliere 
 
 ant-hill 
 
 or 
 argent 
 
 gold 
 silver 
 
 OF METALS, &C. 
 
 platine 
 vermeil 
 
 platina 
 silver-giU 
 
70 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 cuivre 
 
 airain 
 
 laiton 
 
 bronze 
 
 similor 
 
 fer 
 
 fil-d'archal 
 
 acier 
 
 fer-blanc 
 
 etain 
 
 plomb 
 
 mercure 
 
 vif-argent 
 
 copper 
 
 brass 
 
 latten-wire 
 
 bronze 
 
 pincltbeck 
 
 iron 
 
 brass wire 
 
 steel 
 
 iron-tinned 
 
 tin, pewter 
 
 lead 
 
 mercury 
 
 quicksilver 
 
 soufre 
 
 nitre 
 
 saltpetre 
 
 bitume 
 
 antimoine 
 
 arsenic 
 
 alum 
 
 couperose,/ 
 
 vitriol 
 
 carmin 
 
 pastel 
 
 ocre, f. 
 
 Vermillion 
 
 sulphur 
 
 nitre 
 
 saltpetre 
 
 bitumen 
 
 antimony 
 
 arsenic 
 
 alum, 
 
 copperas 
 
 vitriol 
 
 carmine 
 
 pastel 
 
 ochre 
 
 red-lead 
 
 
 OF COLOURS. 
 
 
 blanc 
 
 ' white 
 
 rouge 
 
 red 
 
 noir 
 
 black 
 
 jaune 
 
 yellow 
 
 bleu 
 
 blue 
 
 brun 
 
 brown 
 
 vert 
 
 grce r n 
 
 pourpre 
 
 purple 
 
 gris 
 
 grey 
 
 ecarlate 
 
 scarlet 
 
 orange 
 
 orange colour 
 
 indigo 
 
 indigo 
 
 
 OF PRECIOUS STONES. 
 
 
 diamant 
 
 diamond 
 
 amethyste 
 
 amethyst 
 
 topaze 
 
 topaz 
 
 com aline 
 
 cornelian 
 
 emeraude 
 
 emerald 
 
 onyx 
 
 onyx 
 
 sapliir 
 
 sapphire 
 
 agathe 
 
 agate 
 
 escarboucle 
 
 carbuncle 
 
 corail 
 
 coral 
 
 rubis 
 
 ruby 
 
 perle 
 
 pearl 
 
 OF THE PRINCIPAL COUNTRIES. 
 
 France 
 
 Italie 
 
 Espagne 
 
 Portugal 
 
 Turquie 
 
 Allemagne 
 
 Suisse 
 
 Prusse 
 
 Pologne 
 
 Bohcme 
 
 Hongrie 
 
 France 
 
 Italy 
 
 Spain 
 
 Portugal 
 
 Turkey 
 
 Germany 
 
 Switzerland 
 
 Prussia 
 
 Poland 
 
 Bohemia 
 
 Hungary 
 
 Hollande 
 
 les Pays-Bas 
 
 Angleterre 
 
 Ecosse 
 
 Irlande 
 
 Russie 
 
 Danemarc 
 
 Suede 
 
 Norvege 
 
 Tartarie 
 
 Arabie 
 
 Holland 
 
 the Netherlands 
 
 England 
 
 Scotland 
 
 Ireland 
 
 Russia 
 
 Denmark 
 
 Sweden 
 
 Norway 
 
 Tartary 
 
 Arabia 
 
Perse 
 
 Inde 
 
 Chine 
 
 Mogol 
 
 Bengale 
 
 Malabar 
 
 Japon 
 
 Barbarie 
 
 Egyple 
 
 Bilcdulgerid 
 
 Zaara 
 
 Nigritie 
 
 Guinee 
 
 Ethiopie 
 
 Zanguebar 
 
 Monomotapa 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 Persia 
 
 Monoemugi 
 
 Monoemugi 
 
 India 
 
 Caffrerie 
 
 Caffraria 
 
 China 
 
 Abyssinie 
 
 Abyssinia 
 
 Mogul 
 
 Canada 
 
 Canada 
 
 Bengal 
 
 Pensylvanie 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 Malabar 
 
 Maryland 
 
 Maryland 
 
 Japan 
 
 *■ Virginie 
 
 Virginia 
 
 Barbary 
 
 Caroline 
 
 Carolina 
 
 Egypt 
 
 Georgie 
 
 Georgia 
 
 Biledulgerid 
 
 Perou 
 
 Peru 
 
 Zaara 
 
 Paraguay 
 
 Paraguay 
 
 Nigritia 
 
 Chili 
 
 Chili 
 
 Guinea 
 
 Bresil 
 
 Brazil 
 
 Ethiopia 
 
 Guiane 
 
 Guiana 
 
 Zanguebar 
 
 St. Domingue 
 
 St. Domingo 
 
 Monomotapa 
 
 Jamaique 
 
 Jamaica 
 
 71 
 
 INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES. 
 
 The learner is to render the English definite article 
 le before a noun masculine ""I 
 
 la before a nonn feminine I in the singu- 
 
 V before a noun masculine or feminine j lar. 
 
 beginning with a vowel or h mute J 
 les before nouns of either gender in the plural and the 
 
 indefinite. 
 
 the\>y 
 
 ~ „■* »*. K.r S un before a noun masculine singular. 
 a or a,n by < 
 
 une before a noun feminine singular. 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 Le livre 
 la rue 
 J'ainc 
 /'histoire 
 
 the book les plantes 
 the street un homrae 
 the soul um feaime 
 the history wnheros 
 
 the plants 
 a man 
 a icoman 
 a hero. 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 Tlie wood; the forest; the houses; the men ; the court ; 
 
 bois m. foret f. viaisons pi. hommes pi. cour f. 
 
 the foot ; the arms ; the room ; the garden ; the windows ; 
 
 pied m. bras pi. chambre f. jardin m. fenetres pi. 
 
 a history ; a novel ; a foreigner ; a walk : a day ; 
 
 histoire f. roman m. etr anger m. promenade f. jourm. 
 
 a night ; the sun ; the moon ; tht stars ; a body ; a card ; 
 
 nuit f. soleil m. lune f. etoiles pi. corps m. carte f. 
 
 a crown. 
 
 ecu m. 
 
 He will render the English prepositions 
 
 ?{?.!l™.by d \ and when followed h y the article > thus : 
 
 4*. 
 
72 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Cdu before a noun masculine singular beginning with 
 a consonant or h aspirated 
 of the by •{ de la before a noun feminine singular 
 
 I de V before any noun beginning with a vowel or h mute 
 [des before any noun in the plural. 
 au before a noun masculine singular beginning with 
 a consonant or h aspirated 
 to the by«( a la before a noun feminine singular 
 
 a V before any noun beginning with a vowel or h mute 
 [aux before any noun in the plural. 
 And when these prepositions are followed by a or an, thus : 
 
 ofabv $ ^ un beiore a noun masculine 
 J * \ d'une before a noun feminine 
 " un before a noun masculine 
 une before a noun feminine. 
 
 toaby\ d d 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Du pare 
 de'la riyjfcre 
 rde Pe'sprit 
 des carosses 
 au pare 
 a la riviere 
 
 of the park 
 of the river 
 of the -mind 
 of the coaches 
 to the park 
 to the river 
 
 a 1' esprit 
 aux carossea 
 d'un jour 
 d'une nuit 
 a un jour 
 a une nuit 
 
 to the mind 
 to the coaches 
 of a day 
 of a night 
 to a day 
 to a night 
 
 of the 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 The palace of the king ; of the queen ; of the man ; 
 
 palais m. roi m. reine f homme h m. 
 
 men ; to the king ; to the queen ; to the man ; to the men ; 
 homines pi. 
 
 from a balcony ; from a window ; of a prince ; to a princess ; 
 
 balcon m. fenttre f. — m. princesse f. 
 
 of the gardens ; of the evening ; to the courtiers ; of a table ; to 
 
 jnrdins pi. soir m. courtisans pi. f. 
 
 the master ; to a lady ; of the soul ; of the horse ; to a cat ; 
 
 ma'itre m. dame f. dme f. cheval m. chat m. 
 
 of the houses ; of a carpet 
 maisons pi. tapis m. 
 
 These same prepositions, when followed by the possessive pro- 
 nouns, my, thy, his, her, its, our, your, and their, will be both ren- 
 dered thus : 
 
 of 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 
 m. 
 
 f. 
 
 m. and f. 
 
 my 1 
 
 
 'mon 
 
 ma 
 
 mes 
 
 thy 
 
 
 ton 
 
 ta 
 
 tea 
 
 his, her, or its 
 
 our _ -~ 
 
 - by de 
 
 " 
 
 son 
 npire 
 
 sa 
 notre 
 
 ses 
 nos 
 
 your 
 
 
 voire 
 
 votre 
 
 vos 
 
 their t 
 
 
 lew 
 
 leur 
 
 leurs 
 
 my 
 
 
 'mon 
 
 ma 
 
 tnes 
 
 thy 
 
 
 ton 
 
 ta 
 
 tes 
 
 his, her, its 
 
 ■ bjd ■ 
 
 son 
 
 sa 
 
 ses 
 
 our 
 
 notre 
 
 notre 
 
 nos 
 
 your 
 
 
 votre 
 Jeur 
 
 votre 
 
 vos 
 
 their 
 
 
 leur 
 
 leurs 
 
TO THE EXERCISES. 73 
 
 and likewise, when followed by the demonstrative this or that, 
 these or those : 
 
 fee before a noun masculine beginning 
 1 4X • a * u , j with a consonant or h aspirated 
 
 2frt£nr/w'hJ? < cet before a noun masculine beginning 
 to this or that, by a \~ ^ith a vowel or h mute 
 ^ee£te before a noun feminine. 
 
 ?{£ o°r r gft £ f «f } **" nounsplural of either gender. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 de mon pere of my father a leur travail to their work 
 
 a ta mere £o tKynvother de cette terrasse /rem ^/iis terrace 
 
 de son frere o/Ais brother tie ce lieu of that place 
 
 de notre ville of our town de cet homme of this man 
 
 a votre maison 2o yowr Aowse de ces arbres of tliese trees 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 Of my clothes; of thy handkerchief; of his pocket: of your 
 
 habits pi. mouchcir m. poche f. 
 
 letters; of our treasure ; to their house ; of this steeple; of thai 
 lettres pi. iresor m. ^_ maison f. . clocher m. 
 
 hero ; 0/ ^/tis tower ; 'bflhese models ;*-' ... of my sister ; to 
 
 heros m h asp. £ow f. modeles pi. s#wr f. 
 
 your relations; the top of this mountain ; to my friend ; 
 parens pi. sommet m. montagne f. ami m. 
 
 <?/■ J/iese pleasures ; of our duties ; to their connexions ; of 
 
 plaisirs pi. devoirs pi. liaisons pi. 
 
 his acquaintances ; to my neighbours. 
 connaissances pi. voisins pi. 
 
 The Apostrophe (') marks, we have safaTpage 3, the 
 suppression of a vowel before another voioel, or h mute, 
 as in Vegiise for Z& egiise, &c. 
 
 This suppression is called elision ; a, e, i, are the 
 only vowels liable to Jbe thus cut off, and even of the 
 suppression of the last of these, only two instances oc- 
 cur, viz. in the conjunction si before the pronoun, singu- 
 lar and plural, il, Us. 
 
 The a is suppressed only in la feminine, both when an 
 article and a pronoun. 
 
 But the elision of e occurs, not only in the mas- 
 culine article and pronoun le, but also in many other 
 monosyllables, such as je, me, te, se, de, ce, ne, que 
 
 % 
 
74 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 and in the compound of que, such as, parceque, quoique, 
 puisque, jusque, vie que, &c. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 of 
 
 la 
 la 
 le 
 
 le 
 
 J* 
 
 me 
 
 te 
 
 que 
 
 si 
 si 
 
 parceque 
 
 quoique 
 
 yuisque 
 
 jusque 
 
 vu que 
 
 desque 
 
 quelque 
 
 l'amitie 
 
 l'herbe 
 
 J'oiseau 
 
 I'honneur 
 
 j'ai 
 
 il m'oublie 
 
 je t'aime 
 
 il s'habille 
 
 vous l'aidez 
 vous l'obligez 
 e'est vrai 
 un coup-d'oeil 
 n'oubliez pas 
 ' qu'attendez 
 vous 1 
 s'il arrivait 
 s'lls pouvaient 
 
 parcequ'ilfaut. 
 
 quoiqu'il fasse 
 
 puisqu'en 
 vous dit 
 
 jusqu' a de- 
 main 
 
 vu qu'il ob- 
 tiendra 
 
 desqu'ou 
 saura 
 
 quelqu'un 
 vient 
 
 fori 
 
 r la amide 
 \a herbe 
 le oiseau 
 le honneur 
 je ai 
 
 il me oublie 
 je tc aime 
 
 il se habille 
 
 vous le aidez 
 vousZ^obligez 
 ce est vrai 
 un coup de ceil 
 ne oubliez pas 
 queattendez ) 
 
 vous 1 $ 
 st il arrivait 
 stils pouvaient 
 parceque il 
 
 faut 
 quoique il 
 
 fassc 
 puisque on 
 
 vous dit 
 jusque a de- 
 main 
 vu que il 
 
 obtiendra 
 desque on 
 
 saura 
 quelque un 
 I vient 
 
 \the friendship 
 \lhe grass 
 the bird 
 the honour 
 I have 
 
 he forgets me 
 I love thee 
 < he dresses 
 \ himself 
 you help him 
 you oblige her 
 lit is true 
 a glance 
 ! do not forget 
 ichat do you. 
 
 expect ? 
 if it happened 
 if they could 
 because it is 
 
 requisite 
 ichatever he 
 
 may do 
 since they tell 
 
 you 
 
 till to-morrow 
 
 since he will 
 
 obtain 
 as soon as it 
 will be known 
 somebody 
 
 comes 
 
 It is allowable either to retrench, or to retain the final 
 e of the preposition entre, between, among, when it is 
 placed before the pronouns eux, elles, and autres; but 
 it is always rescinded in the following compound words : 
 
 fentre-acte 
 for \ se el ^re-aider 
 ] entre-ouir 
 (^entre-ouvrir 
 
 and in a few others ; but it is indifferent to say : 
 
 Entr'acte an interlude ~) 
 
 s'entr'aider to help one another [ 
 
 entr'oui'r to Jiear imperfectly ', 
 
 entr'ouvrir to half open J 
 
TO THE EXERCISES. 75 I 
 
 entre eux ) C entr'eiix between them 
 
 entre elles > or •? entr'elles between them 
 
 entre autres choses ) ( entr'autres ehoses among other things 
 
 EXERCISE. I • « « 
 
 The soul; the heroine ; the mind;" he loves him ; she 
 dme f. heroine f. esprit m. il aime 2 le I: elle 
 
 loves her ; /love this man ; you do not understand 
 
 2 la 1 ; ^"e aiwis homme m. -yo^s * we entendez 2 2>&s 3 
 we ; he esteems ^/tee / he goes away ; it was the golden age ; 
 me I: il estime 2 te 1 ; se e7&-E# ce etait de or 2 age 1 ; 
 
 do ?wtf go there ; if he comes : if they please : vjhat has he 
 * tie allez pas Id ; si vient ; Us veulent ; que a-t-il 
 
 said 1 till night ; though he says ; since he knows 
 
 dit ? jusque au soir m. quoique disc ; puisque salt ; ' 
 
 vihen he saw : between them ; somebody is come. 
 lorsque vit ; entre eux ; quelque un est Venn. 
 
 N. B. In the following French negative modes of 
 speech, which answer to the accompanying English 
 translation, the caret points out the place which the 
 French verb must occupy, whenever it is not in the in- 
 finitive mood. 
 
 Not \ ne .P as t 
 
 1 ne point 
 
 never ne jamais 
 nothing ne"rien 
 
 nobody ne'personne 
 
 not a jot ne A goutte 
 
 : "nul 
 part 
 
 , Cnenulle 
 nowhere < 
 
 r je ne suis pas. &c. lam not, &c. 
 nous n'avons 
 
 point 
 il nejoue jamais he never plays • 
 
 voas ne dites )_ ■ ... *" 
 
 > we have not 
 
 K you say nothing 
 
 as-^ ie ne vois per- ) r » , _. 
 
 sonne \ I$ec nohod V 
 
 CJ do not see, or 
 je ne vois goutte < I see not in the 
 
 I least 
 je ne vais nulle ) T , 
 
 L part \ Ig0 no where - 
 
 But in compound tenses, it is the auxiliary verb that 
 parts the negative ne from the pas, or point, &c. that 
 accompany it, as nous vHavons point parle, we have not 
 spoken; on vHaurait jamais cru, one could never have be- 
 lieved. 
 
 N. B. The addition of pas. or point, to the negative particle ne, 
 must not be considered as a second negation : but only as a com- 
 plementary part of it. For in such cases, pas, point, goutte, are 
 mere restrictive terms, nearly resembling the English words, jot, 
 bit, tittle, sometimes added to not, with this difference, that pas 
 and point in French have nothing trivial in them. 
 8 
 
76 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 said ; I have never seen : 
 
 :\ 
 
 N 
 
 > 
 
 4 
 
 I never 
 
 I do not say ; I have 
 
 * dis *>^cr JW ' dit ax vu 
 
 (tell a falsehood) ; I do* nothing ; I have done nothing; is he 
 
 mens fais fait esi-il 
 
 not arrived 1 does not ne come 1 I see nothing; has he never seen 1 
 
 arrive * 2 vient 1 vois a-i- vu 
 
 he never loses his time ; that (is worth) nothing ; I met nobody, 
 ferd temps m. cela vaut rencontrai. 
 
 There are many words which are alike in both lan- 
 guages, and others which differ only in their termina- 
 tion. 
 
 The expressions, which are perfectly alike, are parti 
 cularly those that have the following terminations: 
 
 -al 
 
 -ble 
 
 -ace 
 
 •ance 
 
 -ence 
 
 -ice 
 
 -acle 
 
 -ade 
 
 -age 
 
 -ege 
 
 -ge 
 -ule 
 -ile 
 -ine 
 -ion 
 
 animal, cardinal, fatal, general, local, moral, natal, 
 original, principal, &c. 
 
 capable, fable, &c. bible, eligible, &c, noble, double, 
 soluble, insoluble, &c. 
 
 face, grimace, grace, place, preface, race, surface, 
 trace, &c. 
 f chance, complaisance, extravagance, ignorance, 
 \ lance, temperance, &c. 
 
 abstinence, conference, continence, diligence, elo- 
 quence, patience, &c. 
 
 artifice, auspices, edifice, justice, injustice, office, 
 orifice, precipice, solstice, &c. 
 
 miracle, oracle, obstacle, receptacle, tabernacle, 
 spectacle, &c. 
 
 ambuscade, cavalcade, brigade, esplanade, sere- 
 nade, retrograde, &c. 
 
 age, adage, bandage, cage, cordage, image, page, 
 plumage, rage, &c. 
 
 college, privilege, sacrilege, siege, sortilege, 
 &c. 
 
 vestige, doge, barge, charge, orange, forge, rouge, 
 refuge, deluge, &c. 
 
 globule, ridicule, animalcule, corpuscule, formule, 
 module, mule, pustule, valvule, &c. 
 
 bile, debile, agile, docile, ductile, facile, fragile, 
 nubile, reptile, versatile, &c. 
 
 carabine, fascine, doctrine, heroine, machine, ma- 
 rine, famine, mine, rapine, &c. 
 
 action, fraction, legion, nation, opinion, passion, 
 question, religion, &c. 
 
TO THE EXERCISES. 
 
 77 
 
 -ant 
 -ent 
 
 ( arrogant, constant, elegant, elephant, petu- 
 \ lant, piquant, poignant, vigilant, &c. 
 \ absent, accident, compliment, augment, con- 
 ( lent, element, frequent, serpent, &c. 
 
 Many other English words require only the change 
 of termination, in the following manner : 
 
 -gy 
 
 -ary 
 -ory 
 -cy 
 -ty 
 
 -OILS 
 -OUT 
 
 -or 
 -ine 
 -ive 
 -ry 
 
 into -gie 
 
 aire 
 
 oire 
 
 ce 
 
 te 
 
 eux 
 
 eur 
 
 • -eur 
 
 in 
 
 if 
 
 rie 
 
 die 
 
 N. B. Adjectives in 
 
 energy 
 
 military 
 
 glory 
 
 clemency 
 
 beauty 
 
 C -eux ) 
 
 U I 
 
 energie 
 
 militaire 
 
 gloire 
 
 clemence 
 
 beaute 
 
 dangereux 
 
 faveur 
 
 erreur 
 
 clandestin 
 
 expressif 
 
 furie 
 
 perfidie 
 
 S-euse 
 -ive 
 -ine 
 
 favour 
 error 
 
 clandestine 
 expressive 
 fury 
 — perfidy 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The beauty of that fable ; 
 f. 
 
 the horror of vice ; the utility 
 f. f. h. m. art. m. f. 
 
 the atrocity of this action ; the violence of his 
 
 of science : 
 
 art. f. f. f. f. 
 
 passions ; the simplicity of that machine ; an audacious 
 
 pi. f. f. 2 • 
 
 conspirator; the absurdity of that opinion; the military 
 
 m. 1 f. I pi. 2 
 
 evolutions; an industrious nation ; an important victory ; an 
 
 pi. 1 2 f. 1 2 f. 1 
 
 alimentary pension ; a dangerous animal ; a figurative 
 
 2 f . 1 2 m. 1 2 
 
 session 
 f. 1. 
 incapable of attention 
 
 is indubitable : 
 
 Agression ; a famous general ; his constant generosity ; he is 
 m. 2 >f. 1 il est 
 
 his imprudence is visible ; his fidelity 
 son f. 
 
 she is very attentive ; your clemency is 
 elle est tres- f. f, 
 
 admirable; the destruction of his fortune was the consequence 
 f. f. fut f, 
 
73 OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 of his temerity ; she is very scrupulous ; his condition is horrible ; 
 
 f. tres- f. f. 
 
 his parents are very miserable ; this history is incontestable ; 
 
 pi. sont tres- pi. f. 
 
 your facility is prodigious ; his perfidy is odious ; it was an hor- 
 
 f. f. f. ce etait 
 
 rible famine ; the sublimity of his sentiments is still preferable 
 
 f. f. " m. encore 
 
 to the energy of his expressions ; it was a decisive action; the 
 
 f. f . 2 f . 1 
 
 carnage was terrible ; that obstacle is invincible ; this 
 
 m. fut cet m. 
 
 instrument is not harmonious ; the prosperity of the wicked is 
 m. f. medians pi. 
 
 not durable ; your insidious presents are not acceptable ; his 
 
 2 1 pi. sont pi. 
 
 memory is truly extraordinary ; that is his principal occupation ; 
 
 f. vrolment ce est f. f. 
 
 a central position ; his extravagance is visible ; these argu- 
 f. 2. f. 1 son f. ces m. 
 
 ments are insoluble, 
 pi. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 OF WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR NA- 
 TURE AND INFLECTIONS. 
 
 There are, in French, nine sorts of words, or parts of 
 speech, namely, 
 
 1. Substantive, or Noun, 4. Pronoun, 7. Preposition, 
 
 2. Article, 5. Verb, 8. Conjunction, 
 
 3. Adjective, 6. Adverb, 9. Interjection. 
 
 CHAP. I. Jjib 
 
 OF THE SUBSTANTIVE, OR NOUN. 
 
 The substantive is a word, which serves to name a 
 person, or thing, as Pierre, Peter ; livre, book, &c. 
 There are two sorts of substantives, the substantive 
 

 OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 79 
 
 proper, or proper name, and the substantive common, al- 
 so called appellative. 
 
 The proper name is that which is applied to a parti- 
 cular person, or thing, as Cesar, Cesar ; la Tamise, the 
 Thames. 
 
 The substantive common is that which belongs to a 
 whole class of objects. The word homme, man, is a sub- 
 stantive common, as it is applicable to any individual, as 
 Peter, Paul, John,~&c. 
 
 Of these nouns, some are collective, and others ab- 
 stract. 
 
 Collectives express either a whole mass, as une armee, 
 an army : une foret, a forest : or a partial assemblage, 
 as une quanlite de, &c. a certain quantity of; laplupart, 
 most part, &c. 
 
 Abstract nouns are the names of qualities abstracted 
 from their subjects, as, surface, rondeur, science, sagesse ; 
 surface, roundness, knowledge, wisdom, &c. 
 
 In substantives, are to be considered Gender and 
 Number. 
 
 OF GENDER. 
 
 There are only two genders, the masculine and femi- 
 nine. 
 
 The masculine belongs to the male kind, as un homme, 
 a man ; un lion, a lion, &c. 
 
 The feminine belongs to the female kind, as une femme, 
 a woman ; une lionne, a lioness, &c. 
 
 This distinction has, through imitation, been extended 
 to all substantives, as, un livre, a book, is masculine ; une 
 table, a table, is feminine, &c. see p. 37, 40, &c. 
 
 OF NUMBER. 
 
 There are two numbers ; the singular and the plural. 
 The singular expresses one single object, as un homme, 
 un livre. 
 
 8* 
 
80 
 
 OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 The plural announces more objects than one, as des 
 homines, des livres. 
 
 Proper names have no plural, as Londres, Paris, Mil- 
 ton, &c. 
 
 OF THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF FRENCH 
 SUBSTANTIVES. 
 
 GENERAL RULE. 
 
 The singular is ge- 
 nerally changed 
 into a plural, by 
 adding an s, 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 roi the king les rois the kings 
 \^la reine the queen les reines the queens 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 Sing. Plural. 
 
 remain un- 
 alterable. 
 
 omg. 
 
 5! 
 
 Sing. 
 •au "] 
 
 Plural. 
 
 (-aux 
 »eu ; take an x \ -eux 
 -<zu (and make J -cbux 
 
 \_-oux 
 
 'OU* ) 
 
 FIRST EXCEPTION. 
 
 Singular, 
 le fils, 
 la voix, 
 le nez. 
 
 the son ; 
 the voice ; 
 the nose ; 
 
 SECOND EXCEPTION. 
 
 Singular, 
 f bateau, 
 
 } voeu, 
 ^ bijou, 
 
 hoot ; 
 fire; 
 vote ; 
 jewel , 
 
 Plural, 
 les fils, 
 les voix, 
 les nez, 
 
 PJural. 
 bateaux, 
 feux, 
 vceux, 
 bijoux, 
 
 THIRD EXCEPTION. 
 
 Sing. Plural. Singular. 
 
 •al\ ? are changed $ -aux > ? cheval, horse ; 
 •ailXS into \-aux\ $ travail, work; 
 
 the sons, 
 the voices, 
 the; 
 
 boats, 
 fires, 
 vows, 
 jewels. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 chevaux, horses. 
 travaux, works. 
 
 * Thore in -ou, that take x in their plural, are chou, caillou,bi- 
 jou, genou, hibou, joujou, pou; the others now follow the general 
 , v «rule, and take s, as clou, clous ; verrou, verrous, &c. 
 
 t Several nouns in -al, as bal, cal, pal, regal, camaval, local, 
 &c. follow however the general rule, simply taking s. 
 
 t Those in -ail, making their plural in aux, are particularly 
 bail, sous-bail, cor ail, email, soupirail, travail, vantail, ventail ; the 
 rest, as altirail, detail, eventail, gouvernail, portail, strail, &c. 
 follow the general rule. 
 
OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 81 
 
 FOURTH EXCEPTION. 
 
 Sin§. • Plural. 
 
 •ant* > now jdftpt their <\ -ans 
 ~ent' \ fin polysyllables ( -ens , 
 
 Singular. Plural, 
 
 ^enfant, child; enfans, children. 
 \ moment, moment ; moniens, moments. 
 
 These 
 six are 
 irregular 
 
 Singular. 
 ail garlick 
 betail cattle 
 aieul grandfather 
 ciel heaven 
 
 Plural. 
 
 aulx heads of garlick 
 
 bestiaux , cattle 
 
 aieux Jr ancestors 
 
 cieux heavens 
 
 ceil eye 
 bercail sheepfold 
 
 yeux eyes <* r -. 
 has no pleural 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 » 
 
 The flowers of the gardens; the niceties of the languages; 
 jleur jar din delicate sse langue 
 
 the palaces of the kings ; the woods of those countries ; 
 
 palais roi bois pays 
 
 the walnuts of their orchards : the pictures of those painters ; 
 
 noix verger tableau peintre 
 
 the feathers of these birds; the melody of their voices ; the 
 
 plume oiseau =f. s. voix 
 
 gods of the pagans ; the jewels of my sisters ft the cabbages 
 dieu pa'ien bijou soeur chou 
 
 of our gardens ; these charming places ; the horses of my 
 
 jardin charmans 2 lieu 1 cheval 
 
 stables ; the fans of these ladies ; the (front gates) of those 
 ecurie eventail dame portail 
 
 churches; the actions of my ancestors ; the evils of this 
 
 eglise — aieul mal 
 
 life ; the victories of those generals ; the works of those 
 
 vie = — travail 
 
 architects ; the corals of those seas ; the (learned men) of 
 — tecte corail mer savant 
 
 those times ; the presents of my parents ; the teeth of your 
 
 temps-la — — dent 
 
 combs ; the playthings of our children : the heads of these 
 peigne joujou enfant tete 
 
 nails. 
 clou. 
 
 * Only polysyllables in -nt drop the t, but monosyllables retain 
 it, as chant, chants ; gant, gants ; dent, dents ; &c. except, however 
 gent, gens. 
 
83 OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 
 the plural is les for 
 both genders. 
 
 OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 The Article is a small word prefixed to substantives, to 
 determine the extent of their signification. 
 
 j" le before a mascu. "I 
 The French J substantive 
 article is j la before a femin 
 L substantive • 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 «• ffejour the day \ , iles jours the days. 
 
 b ' I la nuit the night \ P \ les nuits the nights. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The sun, the moon, and the stars, are iAe glory of 
 
 soleil m. lune f. etoile, f. pi. s<ra£ =f. 
 
 nature. The king, £Ae queen, and the princes are well 
 art — f. roi m. reine f. — m. pi. ^res- 
 
 pleased. The rose, the violet, the tulip, the narcissus, 
 satis/aits. — f. violctte f. tulipe f. narcisse m. 
 
 the hyacinth, the gilliflower, the jasmine, the lily, the 
 
 jacinihe f. girojlie f. jasmin m. lis m. 
 
 honeysuckle, £Ae ranunculus, are the delight of the sight, 
 chevre-feuille m. renoncule f. delices f. pi. fliitf f. 
 
 Poetry, painting, and mwic, are (sister arts). .T%« 
 
 art. poesie f. art. peinture f. art. musique f. srar f. pi. 
 day and the~nig*ht are equally necessary. 
 jour m. rad^ f . egalement necessaires. 
 
 The article is subject to elision and contraction. See 
 p. 73 and 74.) 
 
 Elision of the article is the omitting of the e in Ze, or 
 the a in la, when these articles precede a noun begin- 
 ning with a vowel, or h mute. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 1'argent ) ; nstfl „ d of S le argent the money 
 l'histoire $ msieaa 0I \ i a histoire tlie history 
 
 But in this case the place of the letter thus omitted is 
 supplied by an apostrophe. 
 
 « 
 
OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 83 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The soul of man - without cultivation is like a 
 
 time f. art. homme h m. sans culture f. est comme 
 
 diamond (in the rough). The history of Spain is sometimes 
 diamant m. brut =h m. Espagne est quelquefois 
 
 very interesting. (Look at) the amaranth and the anemone ; 
 
 tres-intcressante. Considerez amaranthe f. — f. 
 
 what beauty ! Self-love and pride are always the 
 
 quelle =f. art. amour-propre art. orgueil sont toujours 
 
 offspring of a weak mind. Honesty, inno- 
 
 partage m. faible 2 esprit m. 1. art. Honnetete, h. m. art. 
 eence, honour, and the love of virtue are 
 
 — art. honneur h. m. # amour art. vertu f. 
 
 (very much) esteemed. Summer, autumn, and winter, 
 
 tres-estimes art. ete art. automne art. hiver h m. 
 
 and very changeable. France is separated from Italy by the 
 
 variables art. — separee de art. Italie par 
 Alps, and from Spain by the Pyrenees. 
 Alpes, pi. art. — pi. 
 
 Contraction in grammar is the reducing of two syl- 
 lables into one, and takes place, when the preposition 
 a, or de, precedes the article ; in which case, instead of 
 putting de le before a masculine singular, beginning 
 with a consonant, or h aspirated, du must be employed ; 
 instead of d le, au must be used ; and before the plural 
 substantives of both genders, de les is changed into des, 
 and-4 les into aux. 
 
 Thus 
 
 Du roi 
 
 du heros 
 au roi 
 au heros 
 des rois 
 des reines 
 aux rois 
 l^aux reines 
 
 is instead of 
 
 de le rot 
 de le heros 
 d le roi 
 a le heros 
 de les rois 
 des les reines 
 a les rois 
 a les reines 
 
 of ~$fRg king 
 of the hero 
 to the king 
 to the hero 
 of the kings 
 of the queens 
 to the kings 
 to the queens 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The -top of the mountains, and the bottom of the vallies 
 
 sommel m. mbntagne fond m. vallee 
 
 are equally agreeable. Silk is soft to the touch. The 
 
 egalement agreables a'rt. Soie f. douce toucher m. 
 
 happiness of a feeling man is to relieve the wants of the 
 
 bonheur m. sensible 2 1 de subvenir a, besoin 
 
84 OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 poor. A man given to pleasure was never a great man. 
 
 pauvre m. s. livre art. plaisir m. fut grand 
 
 He obeyed the orders of the king. The warbling of birds 
 II obcit a ordres gazouillement m. art. oiseau 
 
 the murmuring of streams, the enamel of meadows, the 
 
 —rem. art. ruisseau email m. art. prairie 
 
 coolness of woods, the fragrance flowers, and the sweet 
 
 frdicheur f. art. bois parfum m. art. fieur douce 
 
 smell of plants, contribute greatly to the pleasures, of the 
 odeur f. art. plante contribuenl bcaucoup 
 mind and to the health of the body. 
 esprit sanle f. corps m. 
 
 De and a are never contracted with la, before a femi- 
 nine substantive singular beginning with a consonant. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 De la reine of the queen a, la reine to the queen 
 
 Nor are de and d contracted with le or la, before any 
 substantive singular, beginning with a vowel, or A mute, 
 but then the article suffers elision. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 De V esprit of the mind de Vhomme of man 
 
 A V esprit to the mind a Vhomme to man 
 
 De fame of the soul a I'dme to the soul 
 
 De Vhistoire of the history a Vhistorie to the history 
 
 Contraction likewise does not tate place, when the 
 adjective tout, all, every, intervenes between de, or d, 
 and the article. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 De tout le monde of every body. 
 
 De tous les hommes, of all men. 
 
 A tout le monde, to every body. 
 
 A tous les hommes, to all men. 
 
 De toutes les vertus, of all virtues. 
 
 A toutes les maisons, to all houses. 
 
 . EXERCISE. 
 
 The hope of success strengthened the cause of 
 
 esperance f. lart. reussile f. foriifia — f. 
 
 virtue, andyweakened the audaciousness of rebellion, 
 
 art. vertu f. a ffWt^ audace'i. art. — f. 
 
 Fire of imagirision, strength of mind, and 
 art. Feu m. art. — f. * art. force f. art. esprit art. 
 
 firmness of soul, are gifts of nature. We saw 
 
 fermelc f. art. dme des dons m. pi. art. — f. Noils vvmes 
 
OF THE ARTICLE. 85 
 
 with horror that man given up to avarice and vo- 
 
 avec = livre * art. — a art. vo- 
 
 luptuousness. Good cultivation is that which contributes 
 
 lupte f. art. Bonne culture f. ce qui contribue 
 
 most to the fertility of the soil. More or less pain 
 
 le plus = terre f. Plus ou moms de peine 
 
 is the lot of every body. The history of man under 
 
 partage m. tout art. mondem. = art. dans 
 
 all the circumstances of life, is the study of the 
 
 toutes art. cir Constance f. art. vie f. etude 
 
 wise. Playfulness does not become all ages 
 
 sage m. art. Enjouement m. * ne sied ni a art. — m. pi. 
 nor all characters. 
 ni a art. caractere, m. pi. 
 
 I. General Rule. In French, the article always 
 agrees in gender and number with the substantive to 
 which it relates. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Le livre que je cherche, The book which I am looking 
 
 for. 
 Lafemme queje vois, . The woman whom I see. 
 
 Les hommes qui etudient, The men that study. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The father, mother, brothers, sisters, 
 
 pere m. art. mere f. art. frere m. pi. art. sceurs f. pi. 
 
 uncles, aunts, and several other relations, 
 
 art. oncles m. pi. art. tante f. pi. plusieurs autres parens m. pi. 
 
 were present. What we value is heaJth, frugality, 
 
 elaient presens. Ce que nous eslimons, c'est art. sante f. art. = f. 
 
 liberty, rigour of mind and body; it is the love of 
 art. =f. art. vigueur f. art. art. corps m. ce amour m. 
 
 virtue, " reverence for the gods, fidelity to all 
 
 art. f. art. crainte f. de dieu m. pi. art. = f. envers 
 
 mankind, moderation in prosperity, for- 
 
 art. monde m. art. — f. dans art. = f. art. for- 
 
 titude in ,a*dversity, courage, good morals, and the 
 
 ce f. art. = f. art. — m. art. bonnes-mceurs, f. pi. 
 
 abhorrence of flattery. 
 horreur f. h. m. art. =f. 
 
 II". General Rule. The article and the prepositions 
 & and de, whether contracted or not, are invariably to be 
 repeated before every substantive. 
 
 ■>- 
 
 \ 
 
86 Or THE ARTICLE. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 U esprit, les graces, 11 la beaute Wit, grace, and beauty, capti- 
 
 nous captivent. vate us. 
 
 Je vis hier le roi, la reine, et les I saw yesterday the king, queen, 
 
 princes. and princes. 
 
 Uignorance est la mere de Yer- Ignorance is thug mother of er- 
 
 reur, de I 'admiration, et des ror, admiration, and prejudi- 
 
 prtventions de toute espece. ces of every kind. 
 
 EXERCISE^ 
 
 Innocence of manners, "" sincerity, obedience, 
 
 art. — f. art. mceurs, pi. art. =f. art. obeissancei. 
 
 ^ ftnd abhorrence of vice, inhabit this happy region, 
 
 art. horreur h. m. art. — m. habitent heureuse — f. 
 The plants of the gardens, the animals of the forests, the minerals 
 
 - plante jar din m. — foretf. — 
 
 of the earth, the meteors of the sky, must all concur 
 
 terre f. meteor e del m. doivent tons concourir 
 
 to store the mind with an inexhaustible variety. Neither 
 
 a enrichir par inepuisable 2 =£. 1 * 
 
 suffering, punishment, nor kindness, make any 
 art. peine, f. art. chatiment m. * art. caresse f. pi. ne font m'dle 
 impression on those minds. The lily is the emblem of 
 
 — sur ame pi. lis m. symbole m. 
 
 virginity, candour, innocence and 
 
 art. =f. de&vt.- =f. de art. — f, deart. 
 
 purity. 
 purete f. 
 
 Du, de la, de V, des, answering to the English partitive 
 some expressed, or understood, have by way of ellipsis 
 passed into habitual use. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Je mange du pain. I eat bread. 
 
 II prend de la peine. He takes some trouble. 
 
 Nous mangeons du hachis. We^eat some hash. 
 
 Elk concoit de la harne. She^T3§^eives a hatred. 
 
 Vous avez de Yamiiie. <* You harag some friendship 
 
 Vous prenez de Yhumeur. » You go into an ll humour. 
 Nous cueillons des pommes. 
 
 You go into an ill hhmoui 
 We gather apples. ^ 
 lis vendent des oranges. They sell oranges. 
 
 v EXERCISE. 
 
 Give me some bread and butter. Offer him some 
 
 donnez moi pain joi. pr. art. beiirre m. Offrez-lui 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 87 
 
 meat. Take some salt. (There is) mustard. We 
 
 viande f. Prenez sel m. Voila pr. art. moutarde f. Nous 
 
 have some girkins. Shall I offer you some chicken 1 Shall 1 
 
 avons comic/ions pi. Fiws offrirai-je poulet m. Tows 
 
 help you to some fruit 1 I will take (with pleasure) some 
 
 servirai je * — m. Je prendrai volontiers 
 
 broth. Bring me some bread. Pour me out some beer. 
 bouillon m. Apportez-moi Versez-moi * Mere f. 
 
 Drink some wine. Take some tea. Put (in) some sugar 
 Buvez vin m. Prenez the m.Mettez-y snore m. 
 
 and milk. I hear some noise. There falls some hail. 
 
 pr. art. lait m. J'entends bruit m. 11 tombe grele f. s. 
 
 She has some pride. Have you any ink and 
 
 Elle a orgueil m. Avez-vous pr. art. encre f. pr. art. 
 
 pens'? Put some oil, and vinegar to the salad. 
 
 plumes pi. Mettez huile h. m. pr. vinaigre m. sur salade f. 
 Eat some lobster. He has received some gold and 
 
 Mangez pr. art. homard m. h. asp. 11 a recu or m. 
 
 silver, 
 pr. art. argent m. 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 The adjective is a word, which is added to a substan- 
 tive to express its quality, as, 
 
 bon pere good father bonne mere goodmotlier 
 
 beau livre fine book belle image fine image 
 
 These words bon, bonne, beau, belle, are adjectives, 
 as they express the qualities of pere, mere, livre, 
 image. 
 
 A word is known to be an adjective, when it can be 
 properly joined with the word personne, or the word chose. 
 Thus, habile, skilful, and agreable, agreeable, are adjec- 
 tives, because we can say personne habile, skilful person ; 
 chose agreable, agreeable thing. 
 
 In French the adjective takes the gender and number 
 of the substantive to which it relates. This difference 
 of gender and number is generally marked by the termi- 
 nation. 
 
 9 
 
88 
 
 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 An amiable man. 
 An amiable woman, 
 
 OF THE FORMATION OF THE FEMININE OF FRENCH 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Rule I. All adjectives ending in the singular in e mute, 
 are of both genders. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Un homme aimable, 
 Uhefemme aimable, 
 
 Rule II. Whenever the adjective does not end in e 
 mute, the e mute is added to form its feminine. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 fprudent 
 I sense 
 m. 1 poli 
 tortu 
 (^instruit 
 
 Rule III. Adjectives in -el, -eil, -ien, -on, and -et, 
 to form their feminine double their last consonant and 
 take e mute. 
 
 fprudente 
 
 prudent 
 
 I sensee 
 r .^ polk 
 
 sensible 
 
 polite 
 
 tortus 
 i^instruite 
 
 crooked 
 
 informed 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 cruel 
 pareil 
 ancien 
 bon 
 tnet* 
 
 / 
 
 f cruelle 
 j pareilZe 
 ( ancient 
 
 bon?^ 
 
 nette 
 
 cruel 
 
 like 
 
 ancient 
 
 good 
 
 cleoin 
 
 =50"! 
 = 3 
 =80 
 = 18 
 =34 
 
 of each 
 termination. 
 
 Rule IV. Adjectives ending in/ change this letter 
 into -v, and take e mute. 
 
 J acti/ 
 
 1 1 nai/ 
 
 ^neu/ 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 fbr&ve 
 r) actice 
 
 [^neuve 
 
 short 
 active 
 ingenuous 
 new 
 
 Rule V. Adjectives ending in -x change -x into s, and 
 take e mute. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Jhonteiur C honteuse 
 
 vertueurc /. J vertueuse 
 jalous f jalouse 
 
 ashamed 
 virtuous 
 jealous 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 89 
 
 Rule VI. Adjectives, or rather substantives, ending 
 in -eur, derived from verbs, generally change the r into s, 
 and take e mute ; but several, mostly of Latin origin, 
 require -eur to be changed into -rice, in others -eur is 
 transformed into -eresse, and about twelve, as, anterieur, 
 citerieur, exterieur, interieur, inferieur, meilleur, mineur, 
 majeur, posterieur, superieur, ulterieur, prieur, take 
 only an e mute, and follow the Second Rule. 
 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 
 m. 
 
 C trompeur 
 < mentear 
 ( parleur 
 
 /• 
 
 f trompeuse 
 ? menteuse 
 f parleuse 
 
 deceitful 
 
 lying 
 
 talkative 
 
 m. 
 
 C aetewr 
 < accusatewr 
 ( admiratewr 
 
 /• 
 
 f Sictrice 
 < accusatrice 
 [ admiratrtce 
 
 actor, actress 
 
 accuser 
 
 admirer 
 
 m. 
 
 C enchantewr 
 1 pechewr 
 f vengettr 
 
 /• 
 
 f enchanteresse 
 : pecheresse 
 I vengeresse 
 
 enchanting 
 
 sinful 
 
 avenging 
 
 
 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 
 She is decent. This house is well situated. This pear 
 
 Elle — Cette maison, f. Men situe pcire f. 
 
 is too ripe. She is tall and well formed. The story is 
 
 tropmur. grand bienfait histoire f. 
 
 v - ery entertaining. This person is very unsteady. This moun- 
 tres-amusant personne f. bien leger mon- 
 
 tain is steep. This road is not very safe. The door is not 
 tagne f. escarpi route f. sur porte f. 
 
 open. This room is dark. This street is too narrow. It is 
 ouvert. chambre f. obscur rue f. etroit Ce 
 
 an ancient custom. She has carnation lips. His 
 
 coutume f. a art. vermeil % levre f. pi. 1. Sa 
 memory will be immortal. His manners are natural. The 
 
 =f. sera — tel. Ses manieres f. pi. naif. 
 
 engagement was warm. (That is) an original thought. This 
 action f. fut vif voila neuf 2 pensee f. 1. 
 
 cloth is the best of all. They are delusive pro- 
 
 ctoffe f. meilleur f. pi. Ce destrompeur2 pro- 
 
 mises. He seduces by his fawning manners. The 
 
 wessef.pl. 1. seduit par fiatteur 2 manieres f. pi. 1. 
 
 delightful valley of Tempe is in Thessaly. 
 
 delicieux vallee f. Tempe dans art. =f. 
 
90 
 
 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS TO THE SECOND RULE. 
 
 The following adjectives double the last consonant m 
 forming the feminine. 
 
 m. f 
 
 m. f. 
 
 
 bas basse low 
 
 epais epaisse 
 
 thick 
 
 cas casse hoarse, broken 
 
 metis metisse 
 
 mongrel 
 
 gras grasse fat 
 
 gros grosse 
 
 big 
 
 las lasse tired 
 
 sot sotte 
 
 silly 
 
 expres expresse express 
 
 vieillot vieillotte 
 
 oldish 
 
 ( monk mil 
 
 none 
 
 profes professe professed 1 or 
 
 gentil gentilte 
 
 genteel 
 
 OTHER EXCEPTIONS TO THE SECOND AND FIFTH RULES. 
 
 The following adjectives form their feminine by doub- 
 ling the I in the masculine before a vowel. 
 
 m. 
 fou 
 
 beau 
 
 bel 
 
 nouveau 
 
 nouvel 
 
 vieux 
 
 vieil 
 
 J belfe 
 
 > vieilte 
 
 fine 
 nouvelte new 
 old 
 
 fol 
 
 mou 
 mol 
 
 folte 
 
 molte 
 
 mad 
 
 soft 
 
 The following are entirely irregular. 
 
 blanc 
 
 franc 
 
 frais 
 
 sec 
 
 Grec 
 
 public 
 
 caduc 
 
 Turc 
 
 long 
 
 benm 
 
 maliw 
 
 N.BA 
 
 f- 
 
 blancAe 
 fr ancAe 
 fraicAe 
 seche 
 Gre.cque 
 
 white 
 frank 
 fresh 
 dry 
 
 Greek 
 
 m. 
 fauz 
 rouz 
 douz 
 
 fau 
 
 tausse 
 musse 
 douce 
 
 false 
 
 red 
 
 sweet 
 
 aigre-douzaigre-douce tart 
 
 public public 
 
 cadu<?we 
 Tur^ 
 longue 
 benigne 
 malice 
 m. 
 fconcret 
 discret 
 indiscret 
 inquiet 
 cornplet 
 incomplet 
 replet 
 suret 
 pret 
 
 decrepit 
 Turkish 
 Ions 
 
 tiers 
 tors 
 
 malignant 
 
 coi 
 
 favori 
 jurneau 
 traitre 
 
 /• 
 concrete 
 discrete 
 indiscrete 
 inquiete 
 make <{ complete 
 incomplete 
 replete 
 surete 
 prete 
 
 tierce 
 torse, or 
 torte 
 
 coite 
 favorite 
 jumeZZe 
 traitresse 
 
 third, &c. 
 
 twisted 
 
 still, snug 
 favorite 
 twin 
 traitor 
 
 follow the second 
 rule, except in the 
 additional accent, 
 and dinermgfrom 
 the numerous ter- 
 minations in -et*, 
 
 Of the THIRD RULE. 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 91 
 
 Prefix m. makes prefixe f. and is the only adjective in 
 -x, which preserves this letter and follows the second 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Some adjectives have no feminine, as bische, dispos, 
 fat, paillet, &c. ; others have no masculine, as blette, 
 
 &c. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The grass is very thick. That soup is very good, but too fat. 
 
 herbe f. soupe f. mais trop 
 
 It is a foolish undertaking. There is no truth in all that. 
 
 sot cntreprise f. 11 n'y a nul verite f. dans tout cela, 
 
 This water is not clean. It is a very silly history. It is in the 
 
 eau f. net. Ce 2 fol 3 =f. 1. a 
 
 newest fashion. It is a fine statue. The law is express upon 
 nouveau mode f. beau =f. loi f sur 
 
 that point. He lives in a state of luxurious idleness. This wax 
 
 — m. 11 vit dans * * mou oisivete f. cire f. 
 
 is not very white. She is as fresh as a rose. The paint 
 
 com/me — f. peinture f. 
 
 on that wainscot is not dry. His answer is a mere evasion. 
 
 de lambris m. reponse f. franc defaite f. 
 
 The thing is public. That plant possesses a pernicious 
 
 chose f. herbe f. a malin 2 
 
 property. She is of a benevolent character. The avenging 
 qualite f. 1. a * benin2 hnmeur f. vengeur2 
 
 thunderbolt smote that impious wretch. He extended to 
 
 foudref. 1. frappa impiem. * tendit2 * 
 
 us a protecting hand. This woman is jealous and deceit- 
 nous 1 — teur 2. main f. 1. femme f. jaloux faux, 
 ful. His temper is mild. This colour is too red. These old 
 
 Son humeur f. doux coulcur f. trop roux. 
 
 clothes are good for nothing. 
 hardes f. pi. ne a rien. 
 
 OF THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF FRENCH AD- 
 JECTIVES. 
 
 General Rule. Every adjective forms its plural 
 by the simple addition of s, as, bon, bons, bonne, bonnes, 
 poll, polls, polie, polies. This rule is without exception 
 as it regards the feminine termination; but the masculine 
 has the four following exceptions. 
 9* 
 
92 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 1. Adjectives ending in -s or -x, do not change 
 their termination in the plural masculine, as gros, gras, 
 kideux. 
 
 2. Those ending in -au, take x in the plural, as beau, 
 beaux, nouveau, nouveaux. 
 
 3. Some adjectives in -al, change this termination 
 into aux, as, egal, equal, egaux ; general, generaux ; 
 but most of these have no plural masculine, as amical, 
 austral, boreal, canonial, conjugal, diametral, fatal, 
 filial, final, frugal jovial, lustral, matinal, naval, pasto- 
 ral, pectoral, special, venal, and some others. 
 
 4. Polysyllables ending in -nt, according to the most 
 general practice, drop the t in the plural masculine, as 
 excellent, excellens ; but monosyllables retain it, as lent, 
 slow, lents. The adjective tout, all, makes tons. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 They are envious and jealous. Those fowls are big and 
 
 lis = pouletm.Tpl. 
 
 fat. Owls are frightful birds. (There 
 
 art.ifi6Mim.pl. des hideux 2 oiseau m. pi. 1. Voild 
 
 are) some beautiful jewels. The two new operas 
 
 de beau bijou m. pi. deux nouveau — m. pi. 
 
 have succeeded. Men are only equal in the 
 
 ont reussi art. 2 ne 1 que 4 3 par 
 
 infirmities of nature. The general officers are 
 
 = art. — f. — 2 offiders m. pi. ]. 
 
 assembled. This fruit is excellent. His proficiency 
 
 — ble — m. pi. sont — Ses progres m. pi. 
 
 is slow, but solid. All his fr> ods have been very glad to 
 sont solide <mtni.pl. ont etc bien-aise de 
 
 see him. Those ladies are tired with walking. You 
 
 voir 2 lei. dame f. pi. las de marcher. Vous 
 
 have powerful enemies, but their efforts will be vain 
 
 avez de ennemim.ipl. maisleurs — m. pi. seront — 
 
 and useless. The four cardinal points are the east. 
 
 inutile. quatre point m. pi. 1. orient m, 
 
 west, south, and north, 
 
 art. Occident m. art. midi m. art. nord m. 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 93 
 
 OF THE DEGREES OF SIGNIFICATION OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 Grammarians commonly reckon three degrees of 
 comparison ; the positive, the comparative, and the su- 
 perlative. 
 
 The positive is the adjective expressing the quality 
 of an object, without any increase, or diminution, as 
 beau, belle. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 A child gentle, amiable, and docile, is beloved by every 
 enfant m.doux aimable — aime de tout 
 
 body. An ingenuous candour, an amiable simplicity, and a 
 
 le monde. —nu2 =f. 1. =f. 
 
 lively artlessness, are the charm of youth. The 
 
 piquant 2 naivete f. 1 charme m. art. jeunesse f. 
 
 sight of an agreeable landscape is a varied and rapid source 
 vue f. agreable pay sage m. varie 2 rapide 3 — f. 1 
 
 of delightful sensations. 
 
 delicieux 2 — f. pi. 1. 
 
 The comparative is so called, because it draws a com- 
 parison between two or many objects. When two things 
 are compared, the one is either superior, inferior, or equal 
 to the other; hence three sorts of comparison, that of 
 superiority, inferiority, and equality. 
 
 N. B. The adverbs plus, moins, and aussi, which 
 mark these three kinds of comparison, are to be repeat- 
 ed before every adjective, when several are joined to the 
 same substantive, and are followed by the conjunction que, 
 rendered in English by than or as, 
 
 The comparative of superiority is formed by putting 
 plus, more, before the adjective, and que, than, after it. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 La rose est plus belle que la via- The rose is more beautiful than 
 lette. the violet. 
 
94 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The republic of Athens was more illustrious than that 
 republique f. Athenes a ete illustre celle 
 
 of Lacedemon. Homer was perhaps a greater genius 
 
 Lacedevione. Homere etait peut-etre grand genie m. 
 
 than Virgil ; but Virgil had a more delicate and more refined 
 
 Virgile ; mais avait fin 2 delicai 
 
 taste than Horner. Milton appears (to me) more sublime 
 
 3 gout m. 1 Am. parait 2 me 1 
 
 than all the other epic poets. 
 
 autre 1 epique 3 poete m. pi. 2. 
 
 The comparative of inferiority is formed by prefix- 
 ing moins, less, to the adjective, and adding que, than, 
 after it. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 La violette est moins belle que la The violet is less beautiful than 
 rose. the rose. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Shipwreck and death are less fatal than the pleasures 
 art. Naufrage m. art. mort f. funcstes pi. m. 
 
 which attack virtue. The violet is less brilliant to the 
 
 qui attaquent art. f. f. brillant 
 
 eye than the lily, a true emblem of modesty 
 
 m. pi. lism. II veritable 2 cmbleme m, 1. art. =f. 
 
 and of pride. Autumn is less varied than 
 
 de art. orgueil m. art. Automne f. tvzrz'e art. 
 
 spring, but it is richer, 
 
 m. elle riche. 
 
 The comparative of equality is formed by placing 
 awssz, as, before the adjective, and que, as, after it. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 La tulipe est aussi belle que la The tulip is as beautiful as the 
 rose. rose. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Pope's images are as perfect as his style is har- 
 
 de Pope 2 art. — f. pi. 1 parfait son — m. 
 
 monious. Delicacy of taste is a gift of na- 
 art. Delicatesse f. art. gout m. don m. art. 
 
 fi Automne is now of the masculine gender. 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 95 
 
 ture, as scarce as true genius. The love of our neighbour 
 — f. rare art. vrai genie m. amour du * prochain 
 
 is as necessary in society for the happiness of life, 
 
 = dans art. =i. pour bonkeur m. art. vie f. 
 as in Christianity for eternal salvation. It is as easy 
 art. — nisme m. art. — nel 2 salut m. 1. aise 
 
 to do good, as to do evil. . .. . 
 
 defaire art. bien m. de art. mal m. 
 
 The three following adjectives, meilleur, better, pire, 
 worse, moindre, less, are comparatives in themselves. 
 
 N. B. As most beginners are apt to confound these 
 comparative adjectives with the comparative adverbs, 
 mieux, pis, and moins, because they are generally ren- 
 dered by the same English words, better, worse, and less, 
 it may be advisable to subjoin here these comparative 
 adverbs with their positives, that the difference of mean- 
 ing may serve as a distinction. 
 
 Meilleur, better, is the comparative of bon, good, 
 and is used instead of plus bon, which is never said. 
 Pire signifies plus mauvais, worse, or more wick- 
 ed, and is used instead of this. 
 
 Moindre means plus petit, less, or smaller, and is 
 used instead of these terms. 
 
 Mieux*, better, is the comparative of bien, well, 
 and is used instead of plus bien, more well, which is 
 said in neither language. 
 
 Pis* is the comparative of mal, badly, and is used 
 for plus mal, worse, which is likewise employed. 
 
 Moins is the comparative of peu, little, and is used 
 for plus peu, which is never heard. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Ce fruit-la est bon, mais celui- That fruit is good, but this isbet- 
 
 ci est meilleur. ter. 
 
 Sa condition est mauvaise, mais His condition is bad, but it has 
 
 elle a ete pire. been worse. 
 
 Ma^depense est petite, mais la My expense is small, but yours is 
 
 votre est moindre. smaller. 
 
 g 
 3 
 
 * There are some instances of ^isand mieux used adjectively, 
 but this is not the place to notice them. 
 
96 OF THE ABJECTIVE. 
 
 H se conduit bien, mais elle se He behaves well, but she behaves 
 
 condait encore mieux. still better. 
 
 II se portait mal, mais il est pis He was unwell, but he is worse 
 
 que jamais. tha.n ever. 
 
 Jeparlepeu,vousparlez encore 1 speak little, you speak stUl 
 
 moins. less. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 His reasoning is not better than yours. Your style is 
 
 Son raisonnement m. le vbtre. Votre m. 
 
 (a great deal) better than that of his brother. The thickness of 
 debeaucoup celui son epaisseuri. 
 
 this wall is less than that of the next wall. This column 
 mur m. celle voisin 2 1 colonnef. 
 
 is less than the other in height and thickness. The remedy 
 
 autre en hauteur f. en grosseur f. remede m. 
 is worse than the disease. Your horse is worse than mine. 
 mal m. cheval m. le mien. 
 
 The adjective is in the superlative degree, when it 
 expresses the quality in a very high, or in its highest 
 state : hence there are two sorts of superlatives, the ab- 
 solute and the relative. 
 
 The superlative absolute is formed by putting ires, 
 fort, bien, very, before the adjective ; it is called abso- 
 lute, because it does not express any relation to other 
 objects. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Londres est une tres-belle ville. London is a very fine city. 
 
 Remark. The adverbs extremement, extremely, infi- 
 niment, infinitely, are likewise marks of the superlative 
 absolute. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Cet homme est extremement so- That man is extremely learn- 
 
 vant. ed. 
 
 Dieu est injlniment heureux. God is supremely happy. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 That landscape is very diversified, very extensive, and infi- 
 paysage m. varie etendu 
 
 nitely agreeable on every side. The Alps are very high and 
 
 agr cable de tout cote m. f. pi. haut 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 97 
 
 very steep. The style of Fenelon is very rich, and very 
 
 escarpe. — m. — 
 
 harmonious, but it is sometimes prolix ; that of Bossuet is 
 
 = il quelquefois prolixe ; cclui 
 
 extremely sublime, but it is sometimes harsh and unpolished. 
 eleve dur rude. 
 
 The superlative relative is formed by prefixing the 
 article le to the comparatives meilleur, moindre, pire, 
 and to the adverbs plus and moins ; it is called relative, 
 as it expresses a relation to other objects. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Londres est la plus belle des villes. London is the finest of cities. 
 Je prefere une maison de cam- I prefer a country-house to the 
 pagne au plus beau palais. finest palace. 
 
 Plus and moins, with the article, are repeated before 
 every adjective. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 The most beautiful comparison, that there is perhaps in 
 
 comparaison f. que il y ait peut-etre dans 
 any language, is that which Pope has drawn from the Alps, 
 aucun langue f. celle que tire f. de 
 
 in his Essay on Criticism. The most able men are 
 
 dans son Essai sur art. Critique f. habile gens m. pi. 
 
 not always the most virtuous. The most ancient and most 
 
 toujours vertueux f. 
 
 general of all kinds of idolatry, was the worship ren- 
 
 f. art. espece f. pi. = etail culte m. ren- 
 
 dered to the sun. The least excusable of all errors is 
 
 du soleil m. art.=f. 
 
 that which is wilful. 
 celle qui volontaire. 
 
 AGREEMENT OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE SUB- 
 STANTIVE. 
 
 Rule I. The adjective always agrees in gender and 
 number with the substantive to which it relates. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Le bon pere, The good father. 
 
 La bonne mere, The good mother 
 
 De beaux jar dins, Fine gardens. 
 
 De belles promenades, Fine walks. 
 
98 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 Bon is masculine singular, because pere is masculine, 
 and in the singular ; bonne is feminine singular, because 
 mere is feminine, and in the singular ; beaux is in the 
 masculine plural, because jar dins is masculine, and 
 plural, &c. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 These hills are covered with trees loaded with 
 
 coteau m. pi. convert de arbre m. pi. charge de 
 
 fruit, already ripe. A pure stream rolls its limpid 
 — m. pi. deja rnv/r clair ruisseau m. route son limpide 2 
 
 water through the midst of meadows enamelled with 
 
 crislal m. id milieu m. prairie f. pi. emaille de 
 
 flowers. (Every thing) interests the heart in this abode, 
 fleur f. pi. tout inter esse cceur m. sejour m. 
 
 which is full of charms. Fly, inconsiderate youth, 
 
 * * plein attrait m. pi. Fuyez, — dere 2 jeunesse f. 1 
 fly from the enchanting allurements of a vain world: 
 
 * — teur 2 attrait 1 — 2 monde m. 1. 
 
 its perfidious sweets are a slow poison, which (would 
 
 ses — de 2 douceur f. pi. 1 lent 2 — m. 1 qui de- 
 
 destroy) in your soul the noble enthusiasm of goodness, 
 
 trurait dans time — enthousiasme m. art. bien m. 
 
 and the precious seeds of sublime virtues. 
 = germe m. art. — 2 vertu 1. 
 
 Rule II. When the adjective relates to two substan- 
 tives singular of the same gender, it must be put in the 
 plural, and agree with them in gender. 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Le roi et le berger sont egaux The king and the shepherd are 
 aprcs la mort, equal after death. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Uprightness and piety are much esteemed, even by 
 
 art. Droiture f. art. piete f. tres estime mime de 
 
 the wicked. A man in the most elevated, 
 
 mechant pi. *art. dans eleve 2 art. etat 1 
 
 and a man in the most obscure situation, are equally 
 
 *art. obscur2 art. etatm. 1. egalemenl 
 
 precious in the eyes of God. Pilpay and Confucius are very 
 
 = a m. pi. Dieu — — 
 
 celebrated among the nations of Asia. 
 celebre parmi peuplc m. pi. art. 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 99 
 
 Rule III. When the two substantives, to which the 
 adjective relates, are of different genders, the adjective is 
 to be put in the masculine plural. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Mon pere el ma mere sont con- My father and mother are con- 
 fers, tented. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 His probity and disinterestedness are known (every where) 
 = f. son desinteressement m. connu partout 
 The love of life, and the fear of death, are 
 
 amour m. art. vie f. crainte art. mort f. 
 
 natural to man. Ignorance and self-love are 
 
 — rel art. art. — f. art. amour-propre m. 
 
 equally presumptuous. My sister and brother were very 
 
 presomptueux f. mon m. ont ete 
 
 attentive to the instructions of their masters. 
 
 maitre m. pi. 
 
 NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES OF NUMBER. 
 
 
 Numbers are divided into five classes, viz. cardinal, ordinal 
 
 collective, 
 
 distributive, and proportional. 
 
 CARDINAL 
 
 
 
 NUMERICAL COLLECTIVE 
 
 
 ORDINAL NUM 
 
 
 NUMBER. 
 
 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 1 
 
 un,une 
 
 premier 
 
 
 first 
 
 unite 
 
 unit 
 
 2 
 
 deux 
 
 { deuxieme, 
 \ second 
 
 \ 
 
 2d 
 
 couple, paire 
 
 couple 
 
 3 
 
 trois 
 
 troisieme 
 
 
 3d 
 
 trio 
 
 trio 
 
 4 
 
 quatre 
 
 quatriewie 
 
 
 4th 
 
 deux couples 
 
 two couple 
 
 5 
 
 cinq 
 
 cinquieme 
 
 
 5th 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 six 
 
 sixieme 
 
 
 6th 
 
 ( demi- > 
 ( douzaine $ 
 
 half a dozen 
 
 7 
 
 sept 
 
 septieme 
 
 
 7th 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 huit 
 
 hmtieme 
 
 
 8th 
 
 huitaine 
 
 week 
 
 9 
 
 neu/ 
 
 neuvieme 
 
 
 9th 
 
 neuvaine 
 
 i nine days of 
 \ prayer 
 
 10 
 
 dix 
 onze 
 
 dixieme 
 onzieme 
 
 
 10th 
 11th 
 
 dizaine 
 
 half a score 
 
 12 
 
 douze 
 
 douzieme 
 
 
 12th 
 
 douzaine 
 
 dozen 
 
 10 
 
100 
 
 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 CARDINAL 
 NUMBER. 
 
 treize 
 
 quatorze 
 
 quin ze 
 
 seize 
 
 dix-sept 
 
 dix-huit 
 
 dix-neu/ 
 
 vingt 
 
 vingt-et-un 
 
 vingt-deux 
 
 trente 
 trente-et 
 un, &c. 
 quarante 
 
 { quarante- 
 
 \ et-un 
 cin quanta 
 
 ' eiuquante 
 
 -et-ua 
 soixanta 
 
 { soixante- 
 
 \ et un 
 
 ( soixante- 
 
 ( dix 
 
 ( soixante- 
 
 ( onze 
 
 < soixante- 
 
 ( douze,&e. 
 
 quatre- 
 vingt 
 
 quatre- 
 vingt-un, 
 
 &e. 
 
 quatre- 
 vingt-dix 
 
 quatre- 
 
 vingt- 
 
 onze 
 
 ORDINAL NUMBER. 
 
 treizieme 
 quatorzieme 
 quinzieme 
 seizieme 
 dix-septieme 
 dix-huitiewie 
 dix-neumeme 
 vinglieme 
 i vingt-et- 
 ( unieme 
 | vingt-deux- 
 \ ieme, &c. 
 trentieme 
 
 trente-un- 
 
 ieme 
 quarantieme 
 " quarante- 
 
 xmieme 
 cmquantiewe 
 ' cinquante- 
 
 xxxdtme 
 soixantieme 
 t soixante- 
 \ nn ieme 
 ( soixante- 
 \ dixieme 
 I soixaate- 
 \ onzieme 
 i soixante- 
 \ douzieme 
 
 { quatre- 
 ( vingtieme 
 
 C quatre- 
 < vingt- 
 f xmiemc 
 
 Squatre- 
 vingt- 
 dixieme 
 Squatre- 
 vingt- 
 onzieme 
 
 13th 
 14th 
 15th 
 16th 
 
 17th 
 18th 
 19th 
 20th 
 
 21st 
 
 22d 
 30th 
 31st 
 40th 
 41st 
 50th 
 51st 
 60th 
 61st 
 
 70th 
 
 71st 
 
 73d 
 
 80th 
 81st 
 90th 
 91st I 
 
 NUMERICAL COLLECTIVE 
 NOUNS. 
 
 qumzame 
 
 vmgtaine 
 
 trentaine 
 
 quarantaine 
 
 cinquan- 
 taine 
 
 soixantaine 
 
 fortnight, fyc. 
 
 a score and. 
 a half 
 
 two score 
 
 { two score fy 
 \ a half 
 
 three score 
 
 four score 
 
OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 101 
 
 CARDINAL NUMBER. 
 
 100 ce 
 101 
 
 200 
 1000 
 
 2000 
 
 10,000 
 1,000,000 
 
 cent- 
 un, &c. 
 
 i deux 
 I cents 
 
 mi lie 
 
 C deux 
 ) milk, 
 ( &c. 
 
 dix 
 mille, 
 
 ( mille 
 < fois 
 ( mille 
 
 ORDINAL NUMBER. 
 
 ceiiiieme 
 
 C cent- ) 
 
 ) unieme > 
 
 }&c ) 
 
 £ deux- ) 
 
 1 cent- > 
 
 f ieme ) 
 millieme 
 
 fdeux- 1 
 
 I mill- ! 
 1 ieme 
 
 L&c. J 
 
 ( dix- ) 
 
 < mill- V 
 
 l i, tin Hi j 
 
 Uii- i 
 
 < lion- > 
 
 C iewie ) 
 
 100th 
 101st 
 
 .200th 
 1000th 
 
 2000th 
 
 10,000th 
 millionth 
 
 NUMERICAL COLLEC- 
 TIVE NOUNS. 
 
 1 centaine 1 hundred 
 
 centaines 
 mrllier 
 
 2 milliers 
 
 myriade 
 million 
 
 2 hundred 
 
 1 thousand 
 
 2 thousand 
 
 1 myriad 
 1 million 
 
 Uh milliard, or billion, a thousand millions, W7». trillion, &c. 
 
 The formation of the ordinal number from the cardinal 
 does not require any explanation, except that -unieme is 
 only found in compound numbers, where premier and 
 second are inadmissible. 
 
 When mentioning the days of the month, the French 
 make use of the cardinal instead of the ordinal number, 
 and say, le onze oVavril, not le onzieme, &c. le vingt-cinq 
 du mais prochain, and not le vingt-cinquieme, &c. except, 
 however, that instead of Vun du mois, they say, le pre- 
 mier, the first day of, &c. and sometimes le second, 
 though not so well, for le deux ; but this mode proceeds 
 no farther. 
 
 Mille never takes 5 in the plural, thus, vingt mille is 
 twenty thousand, and not vingt milles, which would 
 mean twenty miles ; and when mentioning the christian 
 
102 OF THE PRONOUN. 
 
 sera, it is customary to curtail this word into mil, and to 
 write, for example, Van mil huit cent seize, and never Van 
 mille, &c. 
 
 There are many other numerical expressions used in 
 poetry, music, games, &c, as distique, tercet, quatrain, 
 sixain, huitain, &c. solo, duo, trio, quatuor, quinque, 
 quinte, octave, &c. beset,, sonnez, &c. 
 
 Un millier is very often employed for one thousand 
 weight, but quintal is never used except in the sense of 
 one hundred weight. 
 
 The distributive numbers are those which express the 
 different parts of a whole: as, la moitie, the half; le 
 quart, the quarter ; un cinquieme, a fifth, &c. 
 
 The proportional denote the progressive increase of 
 things; as, le double, the double; le triple, treble; le 
 centuple, a hundred-fold, &c. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 OF THE PRONOUN. 
 
 A pronoun is a word substituted in the place of a 
 noun. 
 
 There are several kinds of pronouns, as the personal, 
 possessive, relative, absolute, demonstrative, and indefi- 
 nite. 
 
 n 
 
 OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 Personal Pronouns are used for the names of persons, 
 or things. 
 
 There are three persons : the first who speaks ; the 
 second who is spoken to; and the third is the person, or 
 thing, spoken of. 
 
OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 103 
 
 PRONOUNS OF THE FIRST PERSON. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Subject, je 
 
 . fine for 
 
 \ I me 
 
 >* 1 moi 
 
 l^moi 
 
 
 J 
 
 je loue Dieu 
 
 I praise God, 
 
 amoi 
 
 to me 
 
 il me donne 
 
 he gives me 
 
 moi 
 
 me 
 
 il me blesse 
 
 he hurts me 
 
 a moi 
 
 to me 
 
 donnez-moi 
 
 give me 
 
 moi 
 
 me 
 
 aidez-moi 
 
 help me 
 
 Plural. 
 
 nous for a nous to us 
 
 J ' I nous 
 
 nous louons Dieu we praise God 
 il nous donne he gives us 
 il nous blesse he hurts us 
 
 They are both masculine and feminine, that is, of the 
 same gender as the person, or persons, they represent. 
 
 In general, je and me are put before the verb ; moi 
 after it: and nous before, but sometimes likewise after it. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 I cast my eyes upon the objects which surrounded me, 
 
 portai vue f. s. sur objet qui environnaienl me, 
 
 and saw with pleasure that all was calm and tranquil. Do 
 
 je vis avec que etait calme tranquille * 
 
 you not see in all the features of my father that he is 
 
 3 14 voyez 2 dans trait m. pi. que 
 
 satisfied with me? We have told the truth. What were 
 
 avons dit verite f. Que * 
 If we desire to be happy, we must 
 Si desirous devons 2 
 
 content de moi ? 
 
 of us? 
 
 they saying 
 
 on 2 disait 1 
 
 not deviate from the path of virtue. 
 
 1 3 nous ecarter de sentier m. art. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Obj. < 
 
 PRONOUNS OF THE SECOND PERSON. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 tu 
 
 
 
 thou 
 
 tu crains Dieu 
 
 5 thou fearest 
 \ God 
 \ he speaks to 
 \ thee 
 
 te 
 
 for 
 
 a toi 
 
 to thee 
 
 il te parle 
 
 te 
 
 
 
 toi 
 
 thee 
 
 il te voit 
 
 he sees thee 
 
 toi 
 
 
 
 a toi 
 
 to thee 
 
 i donne-toi la 
 ( peine 
 
 4 give thyself the 
 \ trouble 
 
 toi 
 
 
 
 toi 
 10* 
 
 thee 
 
 habille-toi 
 
 dress thyself 
 
104 OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 Plural. 
 „ , . { ye. or K vous louez i you praise 
 
 stibj. vous y yo > u i Dieil j* G ^ 
 
 j . \ vous /or a vous to you < il vous parle J * J^f* S ° 
 ( vous vous you il vous respecte he respects you 
 
 In general tu and /e are put before the verb; toi after; 
 and -yo^s before, but sometimes after it. 
 
 Remark. Politeness has led to the use of the plural 
 vous, instead of the singular tu : as, vous ites Hen bon, 
 you are very good, for tu es bien bon. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 Thou art greater than I ; and from thee I have (at once) 
 
 es rnoi toi ai en meme 2 
 
 learnt humility and wisdom. I (was telling) 
 
 temps 3 appris 1 art. = f. art. sag esse f. disais 
 
 thee that dancing is to the body what taste is to the mind. 
 te que art. danse f. m. ce que art. m. 
 
 You have shown us great talents; when (will you show) 
 avez 2 montre 3 1 de — m. quand montrerez-vous 2 
 
 us great virtues'? How amiable yousnel How good you are 
 1 de f.pl. Que 3 1 etes2 3 12 
 
 to have thought of us ! (It was said) of you the other day, 
 de vous etre occupe On disait autre jour m. 
 
 that you intended to spend a winter in London (in order Xo\ 
 
 vous vous proposiez de passer m. d — dres pour 
 
 see every thing curious which that city presents. 
 voir tout ce =6 que 1 cette 2 ville 3 offre 4 de 5. 
 
 PRONOUNS OF THE THIRD PERSON. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Sub A 
 
 Obj. 
 
 he 
 
 il perd son ) he loses his 
 S I" 
 
 temps $ time 
 
 o11 f _,. V elle travaille ) she is always at 
 
 Sm \ toujours \ work 
 
 I dites-lui que ) tell him that 1 
 a lui to him < je lui par- > wilt speak to 
 f lerai ) him 
 
 Jdites lui que ) tell her that 
 vous lui £ you will give 
 donnerez ) her 
 
 luim. for 
 
OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 105 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 lui m. for le him 
 
 le m. 
 la/. 
 
 elle/. 
 
 lui 
 elle 
 
 him 
 her 
 
 elle her 
 
 le m. for cela it 
 
 je ne connais ) 7 Arraow; Z»«t£ 
 que lui de > Aiwi capo- 
 capable ) ble 
 
 je le meprise 
 je la respecte 
 II ne connait 
 
 qu'elle 
 je ne le savais 
 
 pas 
 
 I despise him 
 I respect her 
 he knows but 
 
 her 
 I did not know 
 
 it 
 
 Plural. 
 
 3 I ils m. — 
 
 
 elles/. 
 
 ils chantent 
 elles rient < 
 
 i payez leur ce 
 leur m. for a eux to them < que vous leur 
 
 leur/. for 
 
 ( devez 
 
 ( dites-leur, que | 
 a elles to them < je desire leur-( 
 
 •*>< 
 
 f 
 
 les to. or eux 
 
 them 
 
 
 les/. or elles 
 
 them 
 
 
 eux m. — — 
 
 them 
 
 
 elles — — 
 
 them 
 
 parler 
 
 vous les trou 
 verez 
 
 il les admire 
 
 je ne vois 
 eux 
 ne connait 
 'elles 
 
 < je ne vois qu'- ) 
 ) eux \ 
 
 \ il ne 
 
 they sing 
 
 (gentlemen) 
 they laugh 
 
 (ladies) 
 pay them what 
 you owe to 
 them (to men) 
 tell them that 
 I wish to 
 speak to them 
 
 (to ladies) 
 you will find 
 
 them (men) 
 he admires 
 
 them (ladies) 
 I see but them 
 
 (gentlemen) 
 he knows but 
 
 them (ladies) 
 
 All the personal pronouns je, tu, il, vous, ils, and elle, 
 elles, when subjects, are put after the verb in interroga- 
 tions, as t 
 
 Singular, 
 je I dois-]e payer 1 
 
 tu thou as-tu dit 
 
 Subject. < 
 
 he \ 
 
 elle she \ 
 
 chante-t-iZ 
 
 biern 
 travaille-t- 
 
 elle? 
 
 must I pay ? 
 
 hast thou said ? 
 
 j does he sing 
 \ well 1 
 
 does she work ? 
 
10G 
 
 OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 Subject. 
 
 Plural, 
 
 nous we irons-rams 1 shall we go ? 
 
 vous you viendrez-v ous ? will you come ? 
 
 ils m. they chantent-ifo? do they sing 7 
 
 dies/, they V^Ju^^' \ do they work? 
 
 II, le, ils, eux, are always masculine: elle, la, elles, 
 feminine ; and les, leur, of both genders, as well as lui, 
 when meaning to him, or to her ; in other cases, lui ex- 
 clusively belongs to the masculine. 
 
 All personal pronouns, when subjects, are placed be- 
 fore their verbs, except in interrogative sentences, and 
 most of them likewise, when objects precede them, ex- 
 cept in the imperative affirmative. But the objective 
 eux, elles, lui for le, and moi, toi, soi, with one exception 
 of this last, in soi disant, styling himself, are invariably 
 placed after the verbs by which they are governed. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 He loved them, because they were mild, attentive, and 
 aiviait m. farce que doux = 
 
 grateful. He (was saying) (to them,) do you not know 
 reconnaissant. disait * 3 14 savez2 
 
 that the property of merit is to excite envy? She 
 
 que propre m. art. mirite m. de exciter art. envie f. 
 
 often exhorted me to the study which is the most useful, 
 
 souvent 2 exhoHait 1 etude f . * * utile 
 
 that of the human heart. They make us love virtue, more 
 
 celle 2 m. 1. font aimer art. f. 
 
 by their examples than by their words. What has been 
 
 par leurs exemple pi. parole f. pi. Que I on 3 a-t-2* 
 
 said of them? Did they speak of them? Do you not see 
 
 dit eux? * on 2 parlait 1 elle ? * 4 1.5 voyezZ 
 
 her ? With what pleasure she plays ! 
 2 quel joue! 
 
OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 107 
 
 REFLECTED AND RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS OF THE 
 THIRD PERSON. 
 
 % 
 
 $1 
 
 SOI 
 
 Singular. 
 i with a preposi- 
 \ Hon 
 
 { governed by the 
 ( verb 
 
 & 
 
 se for 
 
 se for 
 
 se for 
 
 se for 
 
 a soi, a lui- 
 
 meme 
 a elle- 
 
 meme 
 soi, or lui- 
 
 meme 
 soi, or elle- 
 
 meme 
 
 chacuntireasoi \ el7 f!"^. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 one draws 
 
 to himself 
 
 l'egoisme fait ( egotism makes a 
 
 qu'on ne voit < person see none 
 
 que soi ( but himself 
 
 il se donne des | he give himself 
 
 louanges ) praises 
 elle se fait illu- S she imposes on 
 sion \ herself 
 
 il se perd 
 elle se flatte 
 
 he ruins himselt 
 
 she flatters her- 
 self. 
 
 Plural. EXAMPLES. 
 
 C ils s'attribuent ( they attribute to 
 for a eux-memes ) la gloire de, < themselves the 
 
 f &c. f glory of, &c. 
 
 I elles se prescri- {they prescribe to 
 for a, elles-memes 1 vent pour xh- < themselves as a 
 
 ( gle de, &c. ( rule to, &c. 
 
 r ils s'entredon- f 
 
 J nent, ou se J they exchange 
 
 | font des ca- 1 gifts 
 
 (^ deaux (_ 
 
 c ,-io ** o™* a'„ {they have Ms- 
 
 ' „ . J elles « scat flat. $*f ,2*™ ,/t 
 
 for elles memes < t - < cere a them- 
 
 f selves 
 tori* { ils s'entr'aident j **^P one an " 
 
 7 , Ties rats, dit-on 
 
 lesunslesau-S 5 » en tre-devo 
 rent 
 
 for Vun a V autre 
 for eux-memes 
 
 for Vun I 
 
 rats, it is said, 
 eat each other. 
 
 Remark. Se is placed before a verb, and soi, after a 
 preposition, and sometimes after a verb. 
 
108 
 
 OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 In a thousand instances we do not watch sufficiently over 
 
 * mille occasion f. on * veille assez sur 
 
 ourselves. The glory of the world (passes away) in an instant. 
 
 soi =f. monde m. s'evanouit en — m. 
 
 He gives himself (a great deal) of trouble. She tires herself. 
 
 donne se beaucoup peine f. lasse se 
 
 People should (very seldom) speak of themselves. Virtue is 
 On doit rarement parler soi art. f. 
 
 amiable in itself. "We must take upon ourselves the care 
 
 de soi On doit prendre sur soi soin m, 
 
 of our own affairs. 
 ses propre affaire f. pi. 
 
 OF THE PRONOUN RELATIVE en. 
 
 Enfor 
 
 de lui of him 
 
 d'elle of her 
 
 d'eux of them 
 
 d'elles of them 
 
 de cela of that 
 
 d'ici hence 
 
 de la thence 
 
 cet homme vous 
 plait, vous en 
 parlez sou- ' 
 vent 
 
 ]e ne crois pas 
 cette femme 
 sincere, je m' 
 en mefie 
 
 ces fruits parais- 
 sent bons, j'en 
 mangerais vo-' 
 lontiers 
 
 'voila de belles 
 oranges, vou- 
 lez-vous m'en' 
 donner 1 
 
 on ne ma 
 trompe, 
 suis sur 
 
 pas 
 
 il arriva ici, 
 comme yen- 
 partais 
 
 vous allez a Pa- 
 ris, et monsi- 
 eur en vient 
 
 that man pleases 
 you, you speak of 
 him often 
 
 I do not believe 
 that woman sin- 
 cere, I distrust 
 her 
 
 'these fruits look 
 good, I should 
 like to eat some 
 of them. 
 
 these are beautiful 
 oranges, will you 
 give me some 
 
 / have not been 
 imposed upon, 
 I am sure of 
 it 
 "he arrived here 
 as I was set- 
 ting off from 
 hence 
 
 you are going to 
 Paris, this gen- 
 tleman comes 
 from thence. 
 
OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 109 
 
 OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUN, OR ADVERB y. 
 
 Yfor* 
 
 a die to her 
 
 a eux to them- 
 
 c'est un honnele 
 a lui to him -J homme, fiez-vous- 
 
 V 
 cette raison est so- 
 
 lide, je m'y rends 
 ces argumens sont" 
 
 pressans, je n' 
 
 vois point de re- 
 
 pliqae 
 
 {accable de vos ci- 
 vilites, je ne sais 
 comment yrepon- 
 dre 
 j'ai eprouve cette 
 perte quand j'y 
 pensais le moins 
 nous partons de 
 Londres, quand 
 vous y venez 
 c'est un endroit 
 charmant, je 
 compte xa'y fixer 
 
 a. cela to it 
 
 la 
 
 here 
 
 there 
 
 he is an honest man, 
 trust to him. 
 
 that reason is good, 
 I yield to it. 
 
 these arguments are 
 cogent, I see no re- 
 ply to them. 
 
 loaded with your ci- 
 vilities, I do not 
 know hoio to ac- 
 knowledge them. 
 
 J experienced that 
 loss, when I least 
 thought of it. 
 
 toe set off from Lon- 
 don, xchen you 
 came hither. 
 
 It is a fine place, I 
 intend to settle 
 there. 
 
 Remark. Y and en are always put before the verb, 
 except with the imperative affirmative. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 They speak (a great deal) of it. You like French 
 
 On parle beaucoup aimez art. Frangais'i 
 
 authors, you are always speaking of them. That is a delicate 
 auteur 1 * 2 parlez 1 " Ce delicate 
 
 affair; the success of it is doubtful. See them; I consent 
 = f . 1 succes m. douteux Voyez 1 consens 3 
 
 to it, but do not trust them. That is a fine appoint- 
 
 2 * 1 5 vous 2 fez 4 y 3 Ce charge 
 
 ment : he had long aspired to it. He has done 
 
 f. * depuis long-temps 3 — rait 2 1 a fait 
 
 it ; but he will get nothing by it. 
 
 ne 1 gagnera 3 rien 4 y 2 
 
110 OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 * ir. 
 
 OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 These pronouns are adjectives, which denote the pos- 
 sessions of things. When we say, mon habit, my coat ; 
 voire maison, your house; son jardin, his or her gar- 
 den j it is the same as saying - V habit qui est a moi, the 
 coat which helongs to me ; la maison qui est a vous, the 
 house which belongs to you ; le jardin qui est a lui, or d 
 elle, the garden which belongs to him or to her. 
 
 Of these pronominal adjectives, some always agree 
 with a noun expressed, and the others with a noUn under- 
 stood ; hence there are two sorts of possessive pronouns. 
 
 Of those that always agree with a noun expressed, 
 some relate to one person, and others to several. 
 
 PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES RELATING TO ONE PERSON. 
 
 person. Singular. Plural. 
 
 C 1st mon, m. ma,/. nies, m.f. my 
 
 for the < 2d ton, m. ta,/. tes, m.f. ' thy 
 
 (3d son, m. sa,/. ses, m.f. his, her, its 
 
 PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES RELATING TO MANY PERSONS. 
 
 person. Singular. Plural. 
 
 C 1st not re, m. f. nos, m.f. our 
 
 of the) 2d votre, m. f. vos, m.f. your 
 
 (3d lenr, m.f leur, m.f. their 
 
 N. B. These possessive pronouns in French always 
 agree in gender and number with the object possessed, 
 and not with the possessor, as in English, for which rea- 
 son they must be repeated before every noun. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Mon fere, ma mere, et mes My father, mother, and bro- 
 freres, sont a la co.mpagne avec thers, are in the country, with 
 vos amis et leurs enfans. your friends and their children. 
 
 Mon cousin est alle consoler sa My cousin is gone to visit and 
 sceur, qui a perdu son fils. console his sister, who has lost 
 
 her son. 
 
 
OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. Ill 
 
 Mon, ton, son, are also used before a noun feminine, 
 when beginning with a vowel, or h mute; thus, mon 
 dme, my soul ; ton humeur, thy humour ; son amitie, his 
 friendship ; must be said instead of ma dme, ta humeur, 
 sa amitie.. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 My principles, my love of retirement, my taste 
 
 — pe goiit m. pour art. retraite f. amour m. 
 
 for (every thing) that (is connected) with learning, and 
 
 tout ce qui tient a art. instruction, 
 
 my detestation of all spirit of party, (every thing) has 
 
 haine f. h. asp. pour esprit parti tout a 
 
 induced me to prefer a life passed in the closet, to the 
 porte preferer * art. vie f. * de * cabinet 
 
 active life of the world. Do not think, my daughter, that thy 
 =2 f. 1 in. * pense que 
 
 candour, thy ingenuousness, thy taste, so delicate and so 
 
 =f. ingenuite f. m. — cat 
 
 refined, and even thy graces, can shelter thee from 
 
 fin meme — puissent mettre a Vabri de 
 
 censure. His wit, his talents, his honesty, 
 
 art. — f. esprit m. — m. honnetete f. h. m. 
 
 and even his (good nature) make him beloved by every body. 
 
 meme bonhomie f. font aimer de tout le monde. 
 
 Our constancy and our efforts will (at last) surmount all 
 
 = f . — m. * enfin 2 surmonteront 1 
 
 obstacles. I see nothing that can (be cen- 
 
 art. — m. pi. vois 2nel rien 3 que on puisse re- 
 
 sured) in your conduct. Their taste for the fantastical, the 
 
 prendre dans conduite f. pour bizarre, m. 
 
 monstrous, and the marvellous, gives to all their compo- 
 monstrueux, m. merveilleux, m. donne — 
 
 sitions, although very fine in themselves, an air of deformity, 
 f. quoique en elles-memes, — m. diformite f. 
 
 which shocks at first sight. 
 qui choque a art. coup-d'ceil. 
 
 Of the pronouns, which always agree with nouns un- 
 derstood, some relate to one person, and others to several 
 persons. 
 
 Those which relate only to one person are : 
 m. Sing. f. Sing. m. Plur. f. Plur. 
 1st. Le mien, la mienne, les miens, les miennes, mine 
 2d. Le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les tiennes, thine 
 3d. Le sim, la sienne. les siens les siennes, his, her. its 
 11 
 
112 OF POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Those which relate to several persons are : 
 
 m. Sing. f. Sing. PI. of both Gen. 
 
 1st. JLe notre, la notre, les nbtres, ours 
 
 2d. Le voire, la votre, les vbtres, yours 
 
 3d. Le leur, la leur, les leurs, theirs 
 
 N. B. The real use of these pronouns is to spare the 
 repetition of the nouns, which have been expressed a 
 little before. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Avez-vous toujours votre che- Have you still your horse 1 I 
 val ? je n' ai plus le mien. have disposed of mine. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Is it your temper or hers, that hinders you from living well 
 ce humeur f. qui empeche de vivre 
 
 together 1 If it be yours, it is easy for you to remedy 
 
 ensemble ce est il 1 aise * 2 de porter remede 
 
 it, by mastering (your temper) ; if it be hers, redouble your 
 y en prenant sur vous-mcme ; ce redouble z de * 
 
 complaisance, attention, and good behaviour: it is 
 
 — de — de procede m. pi. il 
 very seldom that this method (proves unsuccessful). If my 
 
 tres-rare ce moyen ne reussisse pas Si 
 
 friends had served me with the same zeal as yours, it 
 
 avaient servi meme-zcle m. que il 
 
 is very certain that I (should have) succeeded : but yours have 
 
 tres -sur aurais reussi ont 
 
 been all fire, and mine all ice. All the pictures which we 
 ete de de glace. tableau m. que 
 
 expected from Rome are arrived: there are some that are a 
 attendions arrives ily en a qui 
 
 little damaged ; but yours, his, and mine, are in good 
 
 peu endommages en 
 
 condition. We know perfectly well what afe your 
 
 etatm. savons parfaitement * quels 
 
 amusements in town, and I assure you we are very 
 
 — a art. ville f. — que sommes Men 
 far from envying you them ; but if you knew 
 
 eloigne pi. envier 3 1 2 connaissiez quels 
 
 owrs in the country, it (is most likely) you 
 
 sont a campagne f. il y a toute apparence que 
 
 (would not be long) in giving them the preference. You 
 
 ne tarderiez pas a donner leur — f. 
 
 have opened your heart to me with that noble frankness 
 avez ouvert — franchise f. 
 
OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 113 
 
 which so well becomes an honest man : this confidence well 
 qui si 2 3 sied 1 a honnete confiance f. 2 
 
 deserves mine, 
 vierite 1. 
 
 Remark. When through politeness vous is used for 
 tu, then votre, vos, must take the place of ton, ta, tes, and 
 le vdtre, la votre, les votres, be used for le tien, la tienne, 
 les tiens, les tiennes. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Que vous ressemblez peu a voes How little you resemble your 
 ancetres! ancestors! 
 
 Quand vous aurez entendu When you have heard our 
 nos raisons, nous ecouterons les reasons, we will listen to yours, 
 votres. 
 
 § III. 
 OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Relative pronouns are those which relate to a prece- 
 ding noun, or pronoun, called the antecedent. In the 
 phrase, Vhomme qui joue, the man who plays ; qui re- 
 lates to the substantive liomme ; Vhomme is then the an- 
 tecedent to the pronoun relative qui. 
 
 Qui 
 
 Que 
 
 Dont 
 or 
 
 de qui 
 
 C who 
 
 f which 
 ( whom 
 
 ( which 
 
 ("of which 
 •{ whose 
 ^ of whom 
 
 Lequel ( which 
 Laquelle 
 
 Auxquels \ towhom 
 Auxquelles [_ 
 
 Dieu qui voit tout 
 
 les chevaux qui courent 
 
 Vhomme que vous 
 
 cherchez 
 les lois que nous 6b- 
 
 servons 
 Vinsulte dont vous 
 
 vous plaignez 
 la nature dont nous 
 
 ignorons les secrets 
 les gens de qui vous 
 
 parlez 
 c'est une condition 
 
 sans laquelle il ne 
 
 vent rien faire 
 ceux auxquels il s'est 
 
 adresse, ont refuse 
 
 de le dtfendre 
 
 { God who sees every 
 
 i thing 
 
 { the horses which are 
 
 \ running 
 
 I the man whom you 
 
 \ seek 
 
 N the laws which we 
 
 ( observe 
 
 \ the insult of which 
 
 \ you complain 
 
 ( nature whose secrets 
 
 ) are unknown to us 
 the people of whom 
 
 you speak 
 it is a condition, 
 without which he 
 will do nothing 
 those to whom he ap- 
 plied, refused to 
 protect him 
 
114 
 
 OF PRONOUNS ABSOLUTE. 
 
 Quoi * 
 
 ce sont des choses a C these are things of 
 
 what ^ quoi vous nepen- 1 which you do not 
 
 sez pas ( think 
 
 la cause, pourquoi I the reason why he 
 
 which ^ on Va arreted est 1 was arrested, is 
 
 connue I known 
 
 Qui, que, and dont, are of both genders and both num- 
 bers. 
 
 Lequel is a compound of quel, and the article le, la, les, 
 with which it coalesces in the following manner : 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 lequel laquelle 
 duquel de laquelle 
 auquel a laquelle 
 
 lesquels lesquelles 
 desquels desquelles 
 auxquels auxquelles 
 
 which 
 of which 
 to which 
 
 This pronoun always agrees in gender and number 
 with its antecedent. Quoi, which sometimes supplies its 
 place, is always governed by a preposition. 
 
 § IV. 
 
 OF PRONOUNS ABSOLUTE. 
 
 Pronouns absolute are those which have no relation to 
 an antecedent. They are the five following : 
 
 Qui 
 
 Que 
 
 Quoi 
 
 who 
 
 whom 
 
 whom 
 
 what 
 what 
 what 
 
 what 
 
 je vous dirai qui Va 
 
 fait 
 vouspouvez consulter 
 
 qui vous voudrez 
 qui consulterez- 
 
 vousl 
 il Tie sait que resou- 
 
 dre 
 que ferez-vous ? 
 en quoi puis-je vous 
 
 servir ? 
 
 Ul y 
 
 I will tell you who 
 has done it 
 
 you may consult 
 whom you please 
 
 whom will you con- 
 sult 7 ? 
 
 he does not know on 
 vjhat to determine 
 
 what will you do 1 
 
 in what can I serve 
 you 7 
 
 it, I do 
 
 7 ^ . . ( there is in 
 
 alajene sats\ kuQyf 
 
 quoi dooscur 
 
 ( obscurity 
 
OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 115 
 
 Quel 
 
 Lequel 
 
 what 
 
 what 
 
 which 
 
 which 
 
 quelle instability 
 dans Us chases 
 humaines ! 
 
 \ u 
 
 ne sait quel parti 
 Ire 
 
 C lequel aimcz-vous le 
 < mieux de ces ta- 
 ( bleaux ? 
 
 (what instability in 
 I human affairs ^ 
 
 " he does not know 
 what resolution 
 to take 
 which do you pre- 
 fer of those pic- 
 tures 1 
 
 t sais Hen lequel i I know well which 
 je choisirais \ 1 would choose 
 
 Qui applies only to persons. Que and quoi to things. 
 
 Quel, masc. quelle, fern. sing, quels, m. quelles, f. pi. 
 always precede a substantive, the gender and number of 
 which they take. 
 
 Lequel, duquel, auquel, &c. are used to mark a dis- 
 tinction between several objects. 
 
 * v. 
 
 OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, &C. 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns are those which point, as 
 were, to the objects spoken of. These are, 
 
 masc. 
 ce, cet* 
 celui 
 celui-ci 
 celui-la 
 ceci 
 eela 
 
 Singular. 
 fern. 
 cette 
 celle 
 
 masc 
 
 this, or that ces 
 
 this, or that ceux 
 celle-ci this ceux-ci 
 
 celle-la that ceux-la 
 
 ,/ s , > these have no plural 
 
 Plural. 
 fern. 
 ces 
 celles 
 
 celles-ci these 
 celles-la those 
 
 these, or tl 
 these, or tl 
 
 /• 
 
 Tce before a consonant ce iivre this book 
 
 J ce before an h aspirated ce hems that hero 
 
 ] cet before a vowel cet enfant this child 
 
 1_cet before an h mute cet homme that man 
 
 cette before any feminine noun cette femme that woman 
 11* 
 
116 OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 C when without a noun, ) ( qui est-ce 1 ) who is it 1 
 ce 1 intimates a person, or > as ) ce que je vous > what I tell you 
 f thing spoken of ) f dis est vrai ) is true 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Nothing is so opposite to that true eloquence, the office 
 
 ne 2 Hen 1 oppose veritable — f. fonc- 
 
 (of which) is to ennoble (every thing,) as the use 
 
 tion f.2 1 de 1 ennoblir 3 tout 2 * que emploi m. 
 
 of those refined thoughts, and hunting after those light, 
 
 fin 2 pensee f. 1. art. recherche f. de leger 2 
 
 airy, unsolid ideas, which, like a leaf of 
 
 deiie 2 sa?is consistance 4 ziee f.l comme feuille f. 
 
 beaten metal, acquire brightness only by losing 
 
 battu 2 — m. 1 ne prennent de art. eclat m. que en perdant 
 part of their solidity. This man has nothing in common 
 
 * * art. = f . Am. de consmun 
 
 with that hero. TAw long restrained hatred broke 
 
 h asp. 1 long-temps 3 contenu ihazne f. 2 eclata 
 out, and was the unhappy source of those dreadful events. 
 
 Jut malheureux — f. terrible evene- 
 
 II is a great pleasure to me. It was a great 
 
 ment m. pi. Ce plaisir m. * fut 
 
 pain to us. 
 
 deplaisirm. * nous. 
 
 § VI. 
 
 OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Indefinite pronouns are those which are of a vague 
 and indeterminate nature. 
 They are of four sorts. 
 
 FIRST CLASS. 
 
 Those that are never joined to a substantive. 
 
 on aime a se flatter \ 07l£ \ s f a P l to flatter one ' s 
 ( sell 
 
 on n 'est pas toujours \\ a man is not always mas- 
 
 maxtre de soi \ ter of his own temper. 
 
OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 117 
 
 somebody- 
 people 
 they 
 
 you 
 
 they 
 
 on frappe a la porle 
 
 * Ton dit 
 
 { on pense et 
 \ tout haut 
 
 on raconte diversement i 
 cette histoire \ 
 
 on acquiert Vexperi- 
 
 ence a ses 
 
 ?ens 
 
 on n'est pas toujours f Vh ™ ~1 ?? , , 
 maUresse d'aller on* \ the P° wer of \ wo ~ 
 l'on veut \ ^ to go where 
 
 ^ she wishes 
 
 nebody knocks at 
 the door 
 
 think and say- 
 openly 
 they relate that sto- 
 ry differently 
 we acquire experi- 
 ence at our own 
 expense 
 yon will find trou- 
 blesome people 
 every where 
 beg to observe that 
 /had no intention 
 &c. 
 when /tell you that 
 / depend upon 
 you 
 
 they blame you 
 and praise him, 
 they are wrong 
 
 on trouve partoul des 
 
 f on prei 
 < point 
 t de, &< 
 
 SQuand 
 * l'c 
 vous 
 !si * Y 
 etsi '■ 
 a tort 
 
 previent qu'on 
 
 en Vintention 
 &c. 
 Quand on vous dit que 
 l'on compte sur 
 vous 
 
 'on vous blame 
 * on le lone, on 
 tort 
 
 n'a C I be 
 
 ion< I\ 
 ( to 
 
 r 
 
 Sone 
 somebody 
 some one 
 
 z-v • S whoever 
 
 Quiconque j whosoever 
 
 each 
 
 Chacun 
 
 every one 
 
 Squelqu'un m'a dit, somebody told 
 me. 
 
 f quiconque connait les homines, ap- 
 J prend a s'en defier, whoever 
 j knows mankind, learns to dis- 
 (^ trust them. 
 chacun s'en plaint, every one 
 complains of him. 
 
 * In- 
 stead 
 of 
 
 and 
 * In-^ 
 
 stead 
 of 
 
 et on 
 
 ouon 
 
 ~\ it is better for "^ 
 j euphony to j 
 part these 
 words with 
 an V 
 
 si 
 
 les habitudes qu'on 
 
 contracte 
 ce apres quoi on court I ~j 
 
 quoxquon croie 
 un homme a qui on 
 reproche 
 
 et Ton ^ when the next 
 word does not 
 ouZ'on > begin with an 
 I, as is seen by- 
 si Z'on J the examples 
 
 les habitudes que Von con- 
 tracte 
 
 ce apres quoi Von court 
 
 bien que Von croie 
 
 un homme a qui Von re- 
 proche 
 
118 
 
 OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Autrui 
 
 T other people 
 
 ! 
 
 others 
 
 Personnel™^ 
 i no one 
 
 Rien 
 
 nothing 
 
 not any thing 
 
 any thing 
 
 n'enviez pas le Men d'autrui, do not 
 
 covet the property of others. 
 ne faites pas a autrui ce que vous ne 
 
 voudriezpas qu'cmvousfit, do not 
 
 do to others what you would not 
 
 have done to you. 
 'i lafierte ne convient a per sonne, pride 
 
 becomes nobody. 
 rien ne lui plait, nothing pleases 
 
 him. 
 y a-t-il rien qui puissc lui plaire ? is 
 
 there any thing that can please 
 
 him? 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 If you (behave yourself) (in that manner,) what will people 
 vous conduisez ainsi * on 2 
 
 say of you? It (is thought) that this news is true. 
 
 dira-t 1 On croit nouvelle f. 
 
 They write me word from Ispahan that thou hast left 
 
 ccrit * — as quitte art. 
 
 Persia, and art now at Paris. One cannot read 
 
 Perse f. que tu es actuellement a ne peut lire 
 
 Telemachus, without becoming better: we there find (every 
 Tel emaque m. sans devenir mei.lleur, on y trouve par- 
 where) a mild philosophy, noble and elevated sentiments : we 
 tout doux =f. des — 2 eleve 3. — 1 
 
 there find in every line the effusions of a noble soul, and we 
 y voit a chaque ligne epanchemenl m. beau f. 
 admire precepts calculated to effect the happiness of 
 
 des pricepte pi. propre /aire bonheur m. 
 
 the world, 
 monde m. 
 
 SECOND CLASS. 
 
 Those which are always joined to a substantive. 
 
 (si celo, etait vrai, quelque historien en 
 aurait parte, if that were true, 
 some historian would have men- 
 tioned it. 
 d chaque jour suffit sa peine, the trou- 
 ble of each day is sufficient of it- 
 self. 
 it n'y a raison quclconque qui puisse- 
 Vy oblige?; no reason whatever can 
 oblige him to it. 
 
 Quelque some 
 
 Chaque each, every 
 
 Quelconque < 
 
 whoever 
 whatever 
 
OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 119 
 
 Certain 
 
 Un 
 
 { certain ( certain homme, a certain man. 
 
 \ some \ certainesnouvelles, some news. 
 
 >j'ai vu un homme, I saw a man ; 
 
 \prenez une orange, take an 
 orange. 
 
 THIRD CLASS. 
 
 Those which are sometimes joined to a substantive, and 
 sometimes not. 
 
 Nul no, none 
 
 Pas un no, not one 
 
 Aucun no, none 
 
 Autre other 
 
 Meme same 
 
 Tel 
 
 (such 
 (like 
 
 ( several 
 Plusieurs < 
 
 ( many 
 
 Sail 
 every 
 every thing 
 
 Cnulle raisonne peut le convaincre, no 
 ] reason can convince him ; 
 J nul oVeux ne Va rencontre, not one of 
 I them has met him. 
 j it nhj a pas une erreur dans cet ouv- 
 rage, there is no error in that 
 •i work ; 
 pas un ne le dit % not one says 
 L so. 
 
 (je ne connais aucun de vos juges, I 
 know none of your judges ; 
 il n'a fait aucune difficulte, he has 
 made no difficulty. 
 servez-vous d'une autre expression, 
 make use of another expres- 
 < sion ; 
 je vous prenais pour un autre, I took 
 ^ you for another, 
 f e ! 'est le meme homme que je vis hier, 
 he is the same man I saw yester- 
 day; 
 cet homme n'est plus le meme, that man 
 
 is no longer the same. 
 il tint a, peu pres un tel discours, 
 he delivered nearly such a dis- 
 course ; 
 
 je ne vis jamais rien de tel, I never 
 : saw any thing like it. 
 r il est arrive plusieurs vaisseaux, se- 
 veral vessels are arrived; 
 il ne faut fas que plusieurs pdtissent 
 pourun seul, many must not suffer 
 t for one; 
 
 'tous les etres cries, all created be- 
 ings ; 
 tout disparait devant Dieu, every 
 w thing vanishes before God. 
 
120 
 
 OF THE VERB. 
 
 FOURTH CLASS. 
 
 Of those which are followed by que 
 Qui que whoever 
 
 Quoi que whatever 
 
 *»»«« {£& 
 
 Tel que such as 
 
 Quelque — ( whatever 
 que \ however 
 
 Tout — que however 
 
 ( qui que tu sois, whoever thou may- 
 
 ■? est be : 
 
 f qui que ce soit, whoever it may be. 
 
 (quoi que se soit, whatever it may 
 
 J be; 
 
 ) quoi que vous disiez, whatever you 
 
 I may say. 
 
 [ quel que soit cet homme, whoever that 
 
 man may be ; 
 quel que soit voire courage, whatever 
 
 your courage may be. 
 cette etoffe est telle que vous la vou- 
 
 lez, this stuff is such as you wish 
 
 for. 
 f quelque raison que vous donniez, 
 J whatever reason you may give. 
 ] quelque puissant que vous soy ez, how- 
 ^ ever powerful you may be. 
 C tout savant qu'il est, however learned 
 I he may be. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 OF THE VERB. 
 
 The Verb is a word, the chief use of which is to ex- 
 press affirmation : it has persons, moods, and tenses. 
 
 In the phrase la vertu est aimable, virtue is amiable, 
 it is affirmed that the quality aimable, belongs to la ver- 
 tu ; likewise in this sentence, le vice ri est pas aimable, 
 vice is not amiable, it is affirmed that the quality aima- 
 ble, docs not belong to le vice ; the word est expresses 
 this affirmation. 
 
 That concerning which we affirm, or deny a thing, is 
 called the subject, and what is affirmed, or denied, is 
 called its attribute. In the two preceding sentences, 
 vertu and vice are subjects of the verb est, and aimable 
 is the attribute affirmed respecting the one, and denied 
 with respect to the other. 
 
2< 
 
 OF THE VERB. 121 
 
 There are in verbs two numbers, the singular and phi 
 ral, and in each number three persons. 
 
 f The first person is that who speaks ; it is desig- 
 , J nated by je, I, in the singular, and by nous, we, in 
 ] the plural ; as, je pense, I think ; nous pensons, we 
 l_ think. 
 
 The second is the person spoken to, expressed 
 by tu, thou, in the singular, and by vous, you, in the 
 plural ; as, tu penses, thou thinkest ; vous pensez, 
 _you think. 
 
 The third is the person spoken of, known by il, 
 he, or elle, she, in the singular, and by Us, or elles, 
 they, in the plural ; as, il, or elle pense, he, or she 
 thinks ; Us, or elles pensent, they think. 
 
 All substantives, either common, or proper, are of the 
 third person, when not addressed, or spoken to. 
 
 f A word is known to be a verb, when it admits 
 
 ■p J the personal pronouns; thus, finir, to finish, is 
 
 " | a verb, because we can say, je finis, tu finis, il, 
 
 l_ or elle finit, &c. 
 
 There are five moods, or modes of conjugating 
 
 verbs. 
 
 C The infinitive mood affirms, in an indefinite man 
 
 1 < ner, without either number, or person ; as, aimer, 
 (to love ; avoir aime, to have loved. 
 
 C The indicative simply indicates and asserts a 
 
 2 \ thing in a direct manner ; as, j 1 aime, I love ; il 
 aima, he loved. 
 
 The conditional affirms a thing with a condition, 
 as, f ai?nerais, si, &c, I should love, if, &c. 
 C The imperative is used for commanding, exhort- 
 4 < ing, requesting, or reproving; as, aime, love (thou); 
 { aimons, let us love. 
 
 {The subjunctive subjects a thing to what pre- 
 cedes ; as, vous voulez, qyHil aime, you wish that 
 he may love; que nous aimions, that we may 
 love. 
 
 W 
 
 >\ 
 
122 OF THE VERB. 
 
 There are three tenses, the present, which declares 
 a thing now existing, or doing, as, je lis, I read ; the 
 past, or preterit, denoting that the thing has heen done, 
 as, fai lu, I have read; the future, denoting that the 
 thing will be done, as, je lirai, I shall read. But these 
 are subdivided, so that there are several preterit, and two 
 future tenses. 
 
 There are five kinds of verbs, the active, passive, neu- 
 ter, 'pronominal, and impersonal. 
 
 The verb active is that which expresses an action, the 
 object of which is either declared, or understood. Aimer, 
 to love, is a verb active, as it expresses an action, the ob- 
 ject of which may be quelqrfun, some person, or quelque 
 chose, some thing ; as, aimer Dieu, to love God ; aimer 
 V etude, to love study. The object of this action is called 
 the regimen, or government of the verb active. 
 
 {A simple question will show this regimen, as, 
 qu'est-ce que faime ? what do I love? answer, 
 Dieu, God. Dieu is then the regimen of the 
 verb / aime. 
 In the French language, the passive verbs are sup- 
 plied by the verb etre, as they are in English by the 
 verb to be, and the participle past of the verb active 
 followed by the preposition de, or par, the subject and 
 regimen of the verb active being reversed. Thus, to 
 change the verbs from active to passive in these 
 sentences, mon pere m! aime, my father loves me; le 
 milan a enleve le canari, the kite has carried off the 
 canary; they must be reversed in this way, je suis 
 aime de mon pere, I am loved by my father : le canari 
 a ete enleve par le milan, the canary has been carried off 
 by the kite. » 
 
 The verb neuter, is that which has no direct regimen, 
 as the verb active has. Alter, to go ; marcher, to walk, 
 are verbs neuter, because we cannot say, alter quel- 
 qrfun, to go somebody ; marcher quelque chose, to walk 
 something. Plaire, to please, is likewise a verb neuter, 
 as we cannot say in French plaire quelqu!un, to please 
 somebody, but plaire d quelqxCun. 
 
OF THE VERB. 123 
 
 The pronominal verbs are those in which each per- 
 son is conjugated through all the tenses, with a double 
 personal pronoun. 
 
 fje me, I myself nous nous we ourselves * 
 
 Jtute, thou thyself v~. v*u {j^SSS ves 
 
 l*%, SI S5. | *ey themselves 
 
 There are four sorts of pronominal verbs. 
 
 The pronominal verb active, when the action of 
 the verb falls upon the subject, as, je me fiatte, I 
 natter myself; il se loue, he praises himself. Al- 
 most all the active verbs are susceptible of being 
 _ reflected. 
 
 The pronominal verb neuter, which indicates 
 only a state, a disposition of the subject, as, se repen- 
 tir, to repent, se desister, to desist, ienfuir, to run 
 away. 
 
 The reciprocal verb expresses a reciprocity of 
 action between two or more subjects, and conse- 
 quently has no singular : such are s 1 eiitr 1 aider, to 
 help one another, s 1 entre-donner, to give each other. 
 
 The pronominal verb impersonal is only used in 
 the third person singular. Active verbs frequently 
 assume this form, in a passive sense, for the sake of 
 brevity and energy ; as, il se bdtit, there is build- 
 ing ; il se faisait, there was doing ; il se conclut, 
 there was concluded; il Jest dit, it has been said; 
 il se donnera une grande bataille, a great battle will 
 be fought. 
 
 The impersonal verb is only used in the third person 
 singular, with the pronoun il, and has no relation to any 
 person or thing. Neiger, to snow, is an impersonal 
 verb, as it cannot be applied to any person or thing ; il 
 neige, it snows, il neigeait, it did snow. 
 
 Though the greatest part of the French verbs are re- 
 12 
 
 2< 
 
 3< 
 
 4^ 
 
124 OF CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 gular, there are, however, as in other languages, some 
 that are irregular, and others that are defective. Regu- 
 lar verbs are those which are conjugated conformably to 
 a general standard. Irregular verbs are those which do 
 not conform to the verb employed as a model ; and de- 
 fective verbs are those which, in certain tenses or per- 
 sons, are not used. 
 
 
 r ^ 
 
 f-er 
 
 
 FIRST (2 
 
 
 J SECOND \'Z 
 
 | THIRD | ^3 
 
 FOURTH ! M 
 
 I J 
 
 | -ir 
 <t -oir 
 1 -re 
 
 OF CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 To conjugate a verb is to rehearse it with all its dif- 
 ferent inflections. 
 
 The French have four conjugations, which are easily 
 distinguished by the termination of the present of the 
 infinitive. 
 
 as, parler, aimer, chanter, donner, &c. 
 as, fuair, sentir, ouvrir, lentr, &c. 
 as, recevoir, apercevoz'r, devoir, &c. 
 as, rendre, plai?-e, paroitre, reduire, join- 
 dre, &c. 
 
 The French, like most modern nations, not having a 
 sufficient number of inflections in their verbs to represent 
 the great variety of their tenses, supply this deficiency 
 with two auxiliary verbs, avoir and etre, to have and to 
 be. 
 
 Those tenses in a verb whose inflections are derived 
 pure and unmixed from the parent stock, are called sim- 
 ple tenses, and are always in French expressed by a sin- 
 gle word. But the tenses which are formed by the 
 union of those of the verbs avoir, or etre, with a partici- 
 ple past, are called compound, and necessarily consist of 
 not less than two or three words. Thus, avoir, fai, 
 f avals, feus, &c. parler, je parle, je ,par\ais, &c. are 
 simple tenses ; but avoir eu, fai eu, feus eu, f avals eu, 
 avoir parte, fai parle, feus parle, fai eu parte, &c. are 
 compound tenses. 
 
AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 125 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB Avoir, TO HAVE. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 avoir to have 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT. PAST. 
 
 ay ant having ) 
 
 past. ? 
 
 eu, m. eue,/. had 
 
 PAST. 
 
 avoir eu to have had 
 
 ayant eu having had 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 j'ai J have ■ j'ai 
 
 tu as thou hast tu as 
 
 il, or elle a he y or she has il a 
 nous avons we have nous avons 
 
 vous avez you have vous avez 
 
 ils, or elles ont they have ils ont 
 
 PRETERIT INDEFINITE, OR COMPOUND 
 OF THE PRESENT. 
 
 I have 
 thou hast 
 
 eu 
 
 he has 
 \ we have 
 you have 
 Jhcy have 1 
 
 had 
 
 Rem. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 f In the following exercises, the substantive 
 J being taken in a partitive sense, it will be ne- 
 j cessary to use the article, according to the di- 
 l_rection given, page 86. 
 
 Present. — I have books. Thou hast friends. He has 
 livre ami 
 
 honesty. She has sweetness. We have credit. You have 
 
 honnetete f. h m douceur f. — m. 
 
 riches. They have virtues. They have modesty. 
 
 richesse pi. m. vertu f. == f. 
 
 Preterit Indefinite. — I have had pleasure. Thou hast had 
 
 plaisir m. 
 gold. He has had patience. She has had beauty. We have 
 or m. — f. = f. 
 
 had honours. You have had friendship. They have had 
 
 honneur amitie f. m. 
 
 sentiments. They have had sensibility. 
 — f . = f. 
 
 Imperfect. — I had ambition. Thou hadst wealth. He had 
 
 bien m. 
 
126 
 
 AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 j'avais / had, or did j'avais 
 
 have 
 tu avais thou hadst, or tu avais 
 
 didst have 
 il avait he had, or did il avait 
 
 have 
 nous avions we had, or did nous avions 
 
 have 
 vous aviez you had, or did vous aviez 
 
 have 
 ils avaient they had, or ils avaient 
 
 did have 
 
 PLUPERFECT, OT COMPOUND OF THE 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 " Ihad 
 
 eu ■{ 
 
 thou hadst 
 he had 
 had 
 you had 
 they had 
 
 y had 
 
 PRETERIT DEFINITE. 
 
 j'eus Ihad 
 
 tu eus thou hadst 
 
 il eut he had 
 
 nous eumes we had 
 
 vous eutes you had 
 
 ils eurent they hod 
 
 PRETERIT ANTERIOR, OT COMPOUND 
 OF THE PRETERIT. 
 
 (Ihad 
 
 thou hadst 
 ' he had 
 
 we had 
 
 you had 
 
 they had 
 
 j'eus 
 tu eus 
 il eut 
 
 nous eumes 
 vous eutes 
 ils eurent 
 
 eu 
 
 had 
 
 sincerity. She had graces. We had oranges. You had pears. 
 = f . — — poire 
 
 They had apples. They had lemons, 
 m. pomme f. citron. 
 
 Pluperfect. — I had had apricots. Thou hadst had nectarines. 
 abricot brugnon 
 
 He had had walnuts. She had had hazel-nuts, We had had 
 
 noix noisette 
 
 chestnuts. You had had figs. They had had medlars. They 
 chdiaigne figuem. nefie f. 
 
 had had filberts. 
 aveline. 
 
 Preterit definite. — I had plums. Thou hadst cherries. 
 
 prune cerise 
 
 He had strawberries. She had pine-apples. We had almonds. 
 fraise ananas amande 
 
 You had currants. They had raspberries. They had 
 
 groseille m. framboise f. 
 
 grapes. 
 raisin m.. pi. 
 
AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 127 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 
 FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'aurai / shall, or will 
 
 j'aurai 
 
 
 ' 1 shall or " 
 
 
 have 
 
 
 
 will have 
 
 
 tu auras thou shall, or 
 
 tu auras 
 
 
 thou wilt 
 
 
 wilt have 
 
 
 
 have 
 
 
 il aura he will have 
 
 il aura 
 
 
 he will 
 
 
 nous aurons we shall have 
 
 nous aurons 
 
 • eu< 
 
 have 
 
 we shall 
 
 have 
 
 ► had 
 
 vous aurez you. shall have 
 
 vous aurez 
 
 
 you will 
 have 
 
 
 ils auront they will have 
 
 ils auront 
 
 
 they will 
 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 
 
 fc have 
 
 
 Rem. 
 
 iln the following exercises, the addition of 
 an adjective, after the substantive, will make 
 no change in the remark on the preceding ex- 
 ercise. 
 
 Preterit anterior. — I had had very black ink. Thou 
 
 fort 2 noir 3 encre f. 1. 
 hadst had honest proceedings. She had had uncommon 
 
 honnete 2 procede 1 rare 2 
 
 graces. We had had very ripe grapes. You had had exquisite 
 1. 2 mitr 3 1. exquis 2 
 
 melons. They had had ready money. 
 — m. 1. comptant 2 argent in. 1. 
 
 Future absolute. — I shall have studious pupils. Thou 
 
 applique 2 eleve m. 1. 
 wilt have horrid pains. He will have ridiculous ideas. 
 
 horrible 2 peine f. 1. ridicule 2 idee f. L 
 
 We shall have useless cares. You will have true and real 
 
 inutile 2 soin m. 1. 2 reel 3 
 
 pleasures. They will have poignant griefs. 
 
 m. 1. cuisant 2 chagrin m. 1. 
 
 But if the adjective precedes the substantive, 
 then de, or £ only is to be used. 
 
 Rem. 
 
 Future anterior. — I shall have had good paper. Thou 
 
 papier m. 
 wilt have had excellent fruit. She will have had charming 
 in. pi. charmanl 
 
 flowers. We shall have had good pens. You will have had 
 fleurs f. plume f. 
 
 12* 
 
128 
 
 AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. PAST, OT COMPOUND OF THE CONDITIONAL. 
 
 j'aurais I should, could, j'aurais 
 
 
 ' I should" 
 
 
 or would have 
 
 
 have 
 
 
 tu aurais thou should'st tu aurais 
 
 
 thou should- 
 
 
 have 
 
 
 est have 
 
 
 il aurait he should have il an rait 
 
 
 he should 
 
 
 
 
 have 
 
 >t 
 
 nous aurions we should have nous aurions 
 
 'eu' 
 
 we should 
 have 
 
 
 vous auriez you should have vous auriez 
 
 
 you should 
 have 
 
 
 ils auraient they should have Us auraient 
 
 
 they should 
 
 
 - 
 
 v have 
 
 
 large buildings. They will have had fine clothes. 
 grand bdtiment m. superbe habit m. 
 
 Present of the conditional. — I should have fine engra- 
 
 gravure 
 vings. Thou should'st have pretty playthings. He should 
 f. joli joujou m. 
 
 have immense treasures. We should have beautiful pictures. 
 
 — tresor m. tableau m. 
 
 You would have pretty houses. They should have long con- 
 
 f. 
 versations. 
 f. 
 
 The preceding remark holds good likewise 
 after a word expressing quantity, such as beau- 
 coup, a great deal, great many ; peu, little, few; 
 plus, more ; moins, less ; trop, too much, too 
 many, &c. except bien, much, many, which re- 
 quires du, dela, de V, des. 
 
 Conditional past. — I should have had a great deal of trouble. 
 
 peine f. 
 Thou would'st have had more pleasure. He would have 
 
 de 
 had {a vast deal) of knowledge. We should have had w« 
 infmiment connaissance f. pi. 
 
 opportunities of succeeding. You would certainly 
 de occasion f. pi. reussir certavnement 
 
 Rem. 
 
AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 129 
 
 C Jeusse eu, tu eusses eu, il eut eu, nous eussions eu, vous 
 N. B. } eussiez eu, Us eussent eu, I should have had, &c. is also 
 f used for the conditional past. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 Aie, or aye Have (thov.) 
 
 Gtu'il ait Let him have 
 
 Ayons Let us have 
 
 Ayez Have {ye) 
 
 Glu'ils aient Let them have 
 
 have had many advantages over him. They would have 
 
 1 beaucoup de avantage sur lui 
 
 had many enemies. 
 Hen ennemi. 
 
 Observe that, when the verb is followed by several 
 substantives, the proper article and preposition must be 
 repeated before each. 
 
 Imperative. — Have complaisance, attention, and 
 
 — f. egard m. pi. 
 
 politeness. Let him have modesty, and more correct ideas. 
 politesse f. — f. 2 juste 1. 
 
 Let her have more decency. Let us have courage and firmness. 
 decence — m. fermete f. 
 
 Have gravy soup, nice roast-beef, and a pudding. Let 
 
 un gras 2 soupe f. 1 union rosbif m. pouding m. 
 
 them have ale, rum, and punch. Let them have manners, 
 
 m. aile f. rum m. ponche m. f. mozurs f. pi. 
 
 and conduct. 
 conduite f. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. — That I may have many friends. That thou 
 
 may'st have good reasons to give him. That he may have 
 
 donner lui 
 elevated sentiments. That we may have courage and mag- 
 eleve 2 — m. 1. bravoure f. 
 
 nanimity. That you may have delightful landscapes, and 
 
 = f. delicieux 2 pay sage m. pi. 1. 
 
 beautiful sea-pieces. That they may have more condescension 
 marine f. pi. — dance 
 
 and more prepossessing manners. 
 
 2 prevenant 3 maniere f. pi. 1. 
 
 Preterit. — That I may have had wine, beer, and cider. 
 
 vin m. Here f. cidre m 
 
130 
 
 AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. PRETERIT, OT COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 
 
 Glue* That Glue* 
 
 j'aie I may have j'aie 
 
 tu aies thou may 1 si have tu aies 
 
 il ait he may have il ait 
 
 nous ayons we may have nous ayons 
 
 vous ayez you may have vous ayez 
 
 ils aient they may have ils aient 
 
 That 
 
 I may have 
 
 thou may'st 
 have 
 ► eu ■{ he may have )■ Jj 
 
 we may have 
 
 you may have 
 
 Jheymay have 4 
 
 That thou may'st have had a good horse, and a fine dog. 
 
 cheval m. chien m. 
 
 That he may have had enlightened judges. That we may have 
 
 eclair e 2 juge m. 1. 
 had snow, rain, and wind. That you may have had a great 
 
 neige f. pluie f. vent m. 
 dining-room, a beautiful drawing-room, a pretty 
 
 salle-d-manger f. superbe salon- de-compagnie m. joli 
 
 dressing-room, and a charming bed-room. That 
 
 cabinet de toilette m. — mant chambre-d-coucher f. 
 
 they may have had vast possessions, fine meadows, and de- 
 vaste — f. prairie f. de- 
 
 lightful groves. 
 licieux 2 bois m. 1. 
 
 Imperfect. — That I might have a sword, musket, and 
 
 epee f. fusil m. 
 pistols. That thou might'st have a knife, a spoon, and a 
 pistolet m. couteau m. cuillere f. 
 
 fork. That we might have a penknife, pencils, and good 
 
 fourchette f. canifm. pinceau m. 
 
 copies. That he might have a coach, a good house, and 
 
 modele m. carrosse m. f. 
 
 C The subjunctive, in French, is always preceded by 
 * Rem. •? the conjunction que, that, which is often suppressed in 
 ( English. 
 
AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 131 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PLUPERFECT, OT COMPOUND 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 OF 
 
 THE IMPERFE( 
 
 :t. 
 
 Clue 
 
 That Glue 
 
 (That 
 
 
 j'eusse 
 
 I had, or might j'eusse 
 have 
 
 
 / might 
 have 
 
 
 tu eusses 
 
 thou mighfst tu eusses 
 have 
 
 
 thou might- 
 est have 
 
 
 il eut 
 
 he might have il eut 
 
 ► eu< 
 
 he might 
 have 
 
 >had 
 
 nous eussions we might have nous eus- 
 
 
 we might 
 
 
 
 sions 
 
 
 have 
 
 
 vous eussiez 
 
 you might have vous eus- 
 siez 
 
 
 you might 
 have 
 
 
 ils eussent 
 
 they might have ils eussent 
 
 
 they might 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 ; have 
 
 
 furniture, simple but elegant. That you might have 
 
 meuble, m. pi. — mais — 
 
 health and great respect. That they might have fruitful 
 
 sanie f. un consideration f. fertile 2 
 
 lands. 
 
 terre f. 1. 
 
 Pluperfect. — That I might have had friendship. That thou 
 
 amitie f. 
 might'st have had gloves, boots, and horses. That he 
 
 gant m. botte f. cheval m. 
 
 might have had zealous and faithful servants. That we 
 
 zele 2 Jldele 3 domestique m. 1. 
 
 might have had fine clothes, precious jewels, and magnificent 
 
 = 2 bijou m. 1 magnijique 2 
 furniture. That you might have had warm friends. That 
 
 1 chaud 2 1 
 
 they might have had greatness of soul and pity. 
 grandeur f. pitie f. 
 
 f The verb avoir serves not only as an auxiliary to con- 
 jvx ;r J J u g ate lts o wn compound tenses, but likewise the com- 
 ' I pound tenses of the verb etre, and those of the active, 
 l^the impersonal, and almost all the neuter verbs. 
 
132 AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 SENTENCES ON THE SAME VERB, WITH A NEGATIVE. 
 
 In the following- sentences, the preposition de or d\ is 
 put before the substantive, according as it begins with a 
 consonant or a vowel, ne between the personal pronoun 
 and the verb, and pas or point, after the verb in the sim- 
 ple tenses, and between the verb and the participle in the 
 compound tenses; as, 
 
 Je n'ai pas de livres, I have no books. 
 
 Tu n'avais pas debien, Thou hadst no wealth. 
 
 Elle n'eut pas d'honnetete. She had no 
 
 Nous n'avons pas eu d'amitie, We have had no friendship. 
 Vous n'aviez pas eu de puissans You had not had powerful 
 amis, friends. 
 
 « lis n'auront pas d'ennemis re- They will not have formidable 
 • doutables, enemies. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 INDICATIVE. Present. I have no precious medals. 
 
 =2 medaille f.l. 
 We have no useless things. Preterit indefinite. 
 
 inutile 2 chose f. 1 
 I have had no constancy. We have had no generosity. 
 
 =f. =X 
 
 Imperfect. Thou hadst not a beautiful park. You had no 
 
 pare m. 
 good cucumbers. Pluperfect. He had had no fine houses. 
 
 concombre m. 
 They had had no money. Preterit definite. He had not 
 
 argent m. 
 a skilful gardener. They had no carpets. Preterit an- 
 
 habile jardinier m. tapis m. 
 
 terior. Thou hadst had no complaisance. You had had no 
 
 great talents. Future absolute. I shall have no great bu- 
 — m. af- 
 
 siness. We shall have no uncommon prints. Future 
 
 faire f. pi. rare 2 estampe f. 1. 
 
 anterior. Thou shalt have had no consolation. You shall not 
 
 — f. 
 have had quiet days. 
 
 tranquille 2 m. 1. 
 
AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 133 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 Present. — He should not have bad pictures. They 
 
 mauvais tableau m. 
 should have no leisure. 
 loisir m. 
 Past. — I should have had no griefs. We should have 
 
 chagrin m. pi. 
 had no troubles. 
 peine f. pi. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 Have no impatience. Let him not have absurd 
 
 sing. — absurde 2. f. pi. 
 
 deas. Let us not have dangerous connexions. Have no such 
 1. =2 liaison f. pi. tel 
 
 ivhims. Let them not have so whimsical a project. 
 caprice m. bizarre 2. projet m. 1. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 Present. — That I may have no protectors. That we may 
 
 = m. 
 have no success. 
 succes m. 
 Preterit. — That he may have had no perseverance. That 
 
 = f. 
 hey may have had no valour. 
 
 bravoure f. 
 Imperfect. — That thou might'st have no principles of taste. 
 
 principe m. gout m. 
 That you might not have a just reward. 
 juste recompense f. 
 Pluperfect. — That I might have had no good advice. That 
 
 avis m. pi. 
 ve might have had no news. 
 
 nouvelle f. pi. 
 
 THE VERB Avoir, INTERROGATIVELY AND AFFIRMA- 
 TIVELY. 
 
 In interrogations, the personal pronoun, accompanied 
 by a hyphen (-), is placed after the verb, in the simple 
 tenses, and between the verb and the participle, in the 
 compound tenses, and, when the third person singular of 
 the verb ends with a vowel, for euphony a t is added be- 
 tween it and the pronoun, preceded and followed by a 
 hyphen, thus (-t-). See likewise the remarks, page 125. 
 
134 AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 
 
 Ai-je des livres 1 Have I books ? 
 
 Avais-tu du bien 1 Hadst thou wealth ? 
 
 Eut-elle de l'honnetete 1 Had she honesty ? 
 
 A vons-nous eu de bons conseils 1 Have we had good advice ? 
 
 Aviez-vous eu de la prudence 1 Had you had prudence ? 
 
 Aura-t-il de l'argent 1 Will he have money ? 
 
 Aura-t-elle eu des protecteurs 1 Will she have had protectors ? 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 INDICATIVE. Present.— Hast thou needles 1 Have you 
 
 aiguille f. 
 coloured maps'? Preterit indefinite. — Have I had pens 1 
 enlumine 2 carte f. 1. plume f. 
 
 Have we had convenient houses 1 Imperfect. — Had she silk 1 
 commode 2 f. 1. soief. 
 
 Had they large buildings 1 Pluperfect. — Had she had pins 1 
 
 grand batiment m . ipvngle f. 
 
 Had they had extensive fields'? Preterit definite. — Had 
 
 spacieux 3 cham,p m. 1. 
 he good shoes "? Had they looking-glasses 1 Preterit ante- 
 
 soulier m. f. miroir m. 
 
 rior. — Hadst thou had lace 1 Had you had odoriferous 
 
 dentelle f. odoriferant 2 
 
 shrubs. Future absolute. — Shall I have gold, silver, 
 arbuste m. 1. m. argent m. 
 
 and platina. Shall we have (good luck) 1 Future anterior. — 
 
 platine m. bonheur m. 
 
 Will she have had joy'? Will they have had company 1 
 joie ? compagnie f. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. Present.— Shouldst thou have happy 
 
 heureux 
 moments'? Should you have good wine and nice cordials? 
 
 — m. vin. m. Jin 2 liqueur f. 1. 
 
 Past. — Should he have had uncommon fruits'? Should they 
 
 rare 2 m. 1. 
 
 have had rich clothes 1 
 
 THE SAME VERB INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. 
 
 In sentences of this form observe the different rules that 
 are prefixed to the exercises on the verb, and in sentences 
 simply interrogative, always place ne at the beginning of 
 sentences, and pas, or point, after the personal pronoun, 
 whether in the simple or compound tenses. 
 
AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR. 135 
 
 N'ai-je pas des livres? Have I no books 1 
 
 N'avais-tu pas des amis'? Hadst thou no friends? 
 
 N'a-t-elle pas beaucoup d'esprit 1 Has she not a great deal of wit ? 
 
 N'avons-nous pas eii de bons Have we not acted fairly ? 
 
 precedes? 
 
 N'aviez vous pas eu de nouvel- Had you not had new gowns ? 
 
 les robes ? 
 
 N'aura-t-il pas des ressources ? Will he have no resources ? 
 
 N'auront-elles pas eu des conso- Will they have had no consola- 
 
 lations ? lions ? 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 INDICATIVE. Present.— Hast thou no diamonds 7 Have 
 
 diamant m. 
 you no indulgent parents ? Preterit indefinite. — Hast thou 
 
 — 2 — m. 1. 
 
 not had contempt, and even hatred, for that man? Have 
 
 mepris m. mime haine f. h asp. pour cet 
 you not had better examples'? Imperfect. — Had he not a 
 
 meilleur ezemple m. 
 rigid censor ? Had they not inattentive children ? 
 
 severe 2 censeurm. 1. =2 enfant m. 1. 
 
 Pluperfect. — Had I not had other views ? Had we not had 
 
 autre vue ? f. pi. 
 amethysts, rubies, and topazes ? Preterit definite. — Had I 
 amethyste f. rubis m. topaze ? f. 
 no great wrongs 1 Had we not perfidious friends 1 Preterit 
 
 tort m. per fide 2 1 
 
 anterior. — Had he not used far-fetched expressions 1 Had 
 
 en 2 recherche 2 — f. 1 . 
 they not excellent models 1 Future absolute. — Wilt thou 
 
 — modele m. 
 
 not lead £ more regular life 1 Will you not have 
 
 avoir plus 2 regie 3 conduite f. I. 
 fashionable gowns 7 Future anterior. — Shall I have had no 
 d la mode 2 robei. 1. 
 
 sweetmeats 1 Shall we not have had a good preacher 1 
 confitures ? f. predicateur ? m. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. Present.— Should she not have clear 
 
 clair 2 
 
 and just ideas 1 Would they not have more extensive know- 
 
 3 f . 1 2 etendu 3 con- 
 
 ledge? Past. — Should she have had no patience? 
 
 naissances f. pi. 1. 
 
 Should they have had no rectitude ? 
 f. droiture ? f. 
 
 13 
 
136 
 
 AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB £tre, to be. 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 A PRESENT 
 
 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Etre 
 
 to be 
 
 Avoir ete 
 
 to have been 
 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 
 , PRESENT 
 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Etant 
 
 being 
 
 ) 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 
 > ayant ete 
 
 having been 
 
 ete 
 
 been 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 
 PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 
 
 je suis 
 
 1 am 
 
 j'ai 
 
 
 r 1 have ~\ 
 
 tu es 
 
 thou art 
 
 tu as 
 
 
 thou hast 
 
 il. or elle est 
 
 he, or she is il a 
 
 
 he has 
 
 nous sommes 
 
 we are 
 
 nous avons 
 
 >ete s 
 
 we have y been 
 
 vous etes 
 
 you are 
 
 vous avez 
 
 
 you have 
 
 Ses H 
 
 they are 
 
 ils ont 
 
 
 they have 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 As interrogative and negative sentences will now be 
 promiscuously intermixed, the scholar will observe, that 
 the adverb, in the following exercises, is to be placed be- 
 fore the adjectives ; and that whenever in interrogative 
 sentences a substantive is the subject, it is to be placed at 
 the head of the sentence, adding a pronoun for the inter- 
 rogation immediately after the verb, as, more frere est-il 
 venu ? is my brother come ? 
 
 Present. — I am very glad to see you. Art not thou pleased 
 
 aise de voir salisfait 
 
 with that book 1 Is she really amiable 1 We are happy. 
 
 de veriiablement heureux 
 
 Are not you too condescending 1 Are your friends still in 
 
 complaisant ? encore a. 
 
 London 1 
 
 Londres ? 
 
 Preterit indefinite. — Have not I been constant? Hast 
 
AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 
 
 137 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 
 j'etais 
 
 I was 
 
 j'avais 
 
 1 
 
 f / had 
 
 ^ 
 
 tu etais 
 
 thou wast 
 
 tu avais 
 
 
 j thou hadst 
 
 
 il etait 
 
 he was 
 
 il avait 
 
 L 
 
 *., \ he had 
 ete ] we had 
 
 V. hfigll 
 
 nous etions 
 
 ice were 
 
 nous avions 
 
 r 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 vous etiez 
 
 you were 
 
 vous aviez 
 
 1 
 
 you had 
 
 
 ils etaient 
 
 they were 
 
 ils avaient 
 
 J 
 
 \ they had 
 
 J 
 
 PRETERIT DEFINITE. PRETERIT ANTERIOR.* 
 
 
 je fus 
 
 I was 
 
 j'eus 
 
 1 
 
 (I had 
 
 thou hadst 
 
 1 
 
 tu fus 
 
 thou wast 
 
 tu eus 
 
 
 Llfut 
 
 he was 
 
 il eut 
 
 ! 
 
 ,.A he had 
 
 
 nous fumes 
 
 we were 
 
 nous eumes 
 
 > 
 
 ete< | we had 
 
 p- been 
 
 vous futes 
 
 you were 
 
 vous eutes 
 
 
 j you had 
 \jhey had 
 
 i 
 
 ils furent 
 
 they were 
 
 ils eurent 
 
 J 
 
 j 
 
 thou always been steady'? She has been faithful. Have we 
 
 pose fidele 
 
 been firm and courageous^ You have been charitable. Have 
 
 ferme = — 
 
 those men always been good and benevolent 1 
 
 bienfaisant ? 
 
 Imperfect. — I was too busy to see you. Wast not thou 
 occupe pour recevoir 
 troublesome 1 Was this girl idle 1 Were we not too un- 
 importun fille paresseux i'/i- 
 
 tractable 1 You were not quiet enough. They were vain, 
 
 dottle? tranquille2 assez 1. f. — 
 
 frivolous, and coquettish. 
 frivole coquette 
 
 Pluperfect. — I had hitherto been very indifferent. Hadst 
 jusqu'alors insoucia/nt 
 
 not thou been too imprudent 1 Had his wife been sufficiently 
 
 — epouse assez 
 
 modest and reserved! We had not yet been sufficiently 
 
 assez reserve encore 
 
 Pret. ant. — Exercises upon this tense would be 
 
 as yet too complicated, as may be seen by this sen- 
 
 * Rem. •{ tence : a peine y eus-je ete cinq ou six minutes, qu'il ar- 
 
 riva, I had scarce been there five or six minutes, when 
 
 he arrived. 
 
138 
 
 AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 
 
 je serai I shall or will j'aurai 
 
 be 
 
 tu seras thou wilt be tu auras 
 
 il sera he will be il aura 
 
 nous serons we shall be nous aurons 
 
 vous serez you shall be vous aurez 
 
 ils seront they shall be ils auront 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR 
 
 (1 shall or^ 
 will have 
 
 thou wilt 
 have 
 
 he will have 
 
 ete< 
 
 we shall 
 
 have 
 you will 
 
 have 
 they will 
 
 have 
 
 - been 
 
 attentive. Had you been envious and jealous 1 They had not 
 applique = jaloux 
 
 been grateful. 
 
 reconnoisant. 
 
 Preterit definite. — Perhaps I was not sufficiently 
 
 Peut-etre que assez 
 
 prudent. "Wast thou discreet enough on that occasion 1 Was 
 
 — discret 1 en — f. 
 
 not that princess too proud 1 We were very unhappy. Were you 
 
 — cesse fier 
 not too hasty? They were not much satisfied. 
 prompt fort satisfait. 
 
 Future absolute. — To-morrow I shall be at home till 
 
 Demain chez-moi jusqu'd 
 
 (twelve o'clock). Wilt thou always be restless, brutal, and 
 
 midi inquiet, bourru 
 
 sour? Will your father be at home this evening'? 
 
 chagrin Monsieur chez-lui soir m. 
 
 Shall we not be more diligent? Will you always then be 
 — 3 done 2 1 
 
 capricious, obstinate, and particular 1 Will not your scholars be 
 quinteux opinidtre, pointilleux? ecolier 
 
 troublesome 1 
 incommode ? 
 
 Future anterior. — Shall not I have been too severe 1 Thou 
 
 wilt have been too distrustful. Will not his sister have been 
 
 defiant soeur 
 
 whimsical and capricious ? Shall not we have been eager 
 fantasque = empresse 2 
 
AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 139 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. PAST. 
 
 'J should 
 
 je serais I should, would, j'aurais 
 
 or could be 
 
 tu serais thou would'st tu aurais 
 
 be 
 
 il serait he would be il aurait 
 
 nous serions we should be nous aurions 
 
 vous seriez you would be vous auriez 
 
 ils seraienl they would be ils auraient 
 
 have 
 thou would'st 
 
 have 
 he would 
 
 have 
 we should 
 
 have 
 you should 
 
 have 
 they would 
 
 have 
 
 The conditional past, J'eusse ete, tu eusses ete, il eut ete, nous 
 eussions ete, vous eussiez ete, ils eussent ete, is also used. 
 
 enough 1 "Will you not have been inconsiderate 1 Will not the 
 
 1 indiscret 
 
 judges have been just 1 
 juge 
 
 Conditional Present. 1 would not be so rash. 
 
 temeraire. 
 "Would'st thou be as consistent in thy behaviour as in thy lan- 
 consequent dans conduile f. pro- 
 
 guage 1 Would not his son be ready in time 1 Should we be 
 pos m. pi. fils pret a 
 
 always incorrigible 1 You would not be disinterested enough. 
 
 desinlcresse 2 1 
 Would not those ladies be always virtuous 1 
 dame vertueux ? 
 
 Past. (Had it not been for) your instructions, I should have 
 Sans conseil m. pi. 
 
 been proud and haughty. Would'st not thou have been 
 
 dedaigneux hauiain 
 
 malicious and sarcastic 1 Would that man have been so 
 malin ricaneur tellement 
 
 destitute of common sense'? Certainly we should not have been 
 depourvu bon sens 
 
 so ridiculous. Would not you have been more kind and 
 si ridicule doux plus 
 
 indulgent 1 They would not have been so ungenteel. 
 complaisant ? malhonnete. 
 
 13* 
 
140 
 
 AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Sois 
 
 Glu'il soit 
 Soyons 
 Soyez 
 Glu'ils soient 
 
 Be (thou) 
 Let him be 
 Let us be 
 Be (ye) 
 Let them be 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 que 
 je sois 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 that 
 
 que 
 
 1 may, can, or j'aie 
 should be 
 tu sois thou may'st tu aies 
 
 be 
 il soit he may be il ait 
 
 nous soyons we may be nous ay ons 
 
 vous soyez you may be vous ayez 
 
 ils soient they may be ils aient 
 
 ► ete^ 
 
 PRETERIT. 
 
 • that 
 
 I may, can, or 
 should have 
 
 thou may'st 
 have 
 
 he may have 
 
 >been 
 
 we may have 
 you may have 
 Jhey may have _ 
 
 Imperative. Be liberal. Do not be so lavish. Let 
 
 sing. — sing, prodigue 
 
 us be equitable, humane, and prudent. Let us not be covetous. 
 
 — humain, — avide. 
 
 Be economical and temperate. Do not be thoughtless. 
 pi. iconome sobre pi. leger 
 
 As the third person singular and plural of the impera- 
 tive mood belong rather to the subjunctive, they are there 
 exemplified. 
 
 It has already been observed, that before the sub- 
 junctive can form a complete sense, it must be pre- 
 ceded by another verb. For the sake of brevity, 
 therefore, complete sentences will only be given on the 
 present tense. This remark applies alike to the /our 
 conjugations. 
 
AUXILIARY VERB ETRE. 141 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 
 que that que 
 
 
 r that 
 
 
 je fusse I might, or j'eusse 
 
 
 I might or 
 
 
 could be 
 
 
 could. 
 
 g 
 
 tu fusses thoumight'stbe tu eusses 
 
 
 thou might' st 
 
 
 il fut he might be il eut 
 
 ►ete < 
 
 he might 
 
 
 nous fus- we might be nous eus- 
 
 
 we might 
 
 i 
 
 sions sions 
 
 
 
 -< 
 
 vous fussiez you might be vous eussiez 
 
 
 you might 
 
 
 ils fussent they might be ils eussent j 
 
 {.they might . 
 
 
 Present. — Is it possible I can be so credulous 1 They wish 
 — * — le On desire 
 
 thou may'st be more modest. Is it possible she can be so ob- 
 modeste * en~ 
 
 stinate 1 They wish us to be more assiduous. It is not 
 tete assidu On* 
 
 expected you should be timid. It is feared they may 
 s'attend timide. On* craint ne 
 
 be guilty. 
 cowpable. 
 
 Preterit. — That I should have been so hasty and impatient. 
 
 emporte si — 
 
 Thou should'st have been so puffed up with pride. That she 
 
 bouffi de 
 should have been so fickle. That we should have been so head- 
 volage tetu 
 
 strong. That you should have been so avaricious. That they 
 
 avare 
 should have been so unreasonable. 
 deraisonnoMe. 
 
 Observe, the verb etre serves as an auxiliary to conjugate the 
 passive verbs through all their tenses, the compound tenses of the 
 pronominal verbs, and those of about fifty neuter verbs. 
 
 Imperfect. — That I should not be humane and generous. 
 
 humain = 
 
 That thou might'st be more careful. That she might not be so 
 
 soigneux. 
 arrogant. That we might be victorious. That you might not be 
 
 so stern. That they might not be so cruel. 
 severe. 
 
142 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 in er. 
 
 {In verbs ending in -ger, the e is preserved in those 
 tenses where g is followed by the vowels a, or 0, in 
 order to preserve to this letter its soft sound ; as, 
 mangeant, jugeons, je negligeai. 
 C In verbs ending in -cer, for the same reason, a 
 
 2 < cedilla is put under c, when followed by a, or ; as, 
 ^ sucant, plagons, f effaqai. 
 
 C In verbs ending in -oyer and -uyer, the y i& 
 
 3 < changed into i before a mute e ; as, femploie, il es- 
 ( suie, fappuierai, il nettoierait. 
 
 C This practice is extended by some to verbs in 
 
 4 \ -ayer and -eyer, as ilpaie, fessaierai, die grasseye, 
 or grasseie. 
 
 In some few verbs ending in -eler and -eter, the 
 I and t are doubled in those inflections, which re- 
 | ceive an e mute after these consonants, as, from ap- 
 peler, il appelle, from jeter, je jetterai, &c. 
 
 The first person singular of the present of the in- 
 dicative changes e mute into acute e in interroga- 
 tive sentences. The remark is also applied to some 
 "^ verbs of the second conjugation ending in -vrir, 
 -frir, and -lir ; as, neglige-je ? aime-je ? offre-je ? 
 cueille-je ? 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Pluperfect. That I might have been more studious. That 
 
 thou might'st have been more circumspect. That she might 
 
 circonspecf, 
 have been more attentive to her duty. That we might have 
 
 = devoir m. pi. 
 
 been less addicted to pleasure. That you might have been 
 
 livre a art. m. pi. 
 more assiduous and more grateful. That they might have 
 
 assidu plus reconnaissomt 
 
 been less daring. 
 hardi. 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 143 
 
 PARADIGM, OR MODEL. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. PAST. 
 
 parl-er to speak avoir parl-e to have spoken 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT. PAST. 
 
 parl-awi speaking ) 
 
 past. > ayant parl-e having spoken 
 
 parl-e m. -ee f. spoken ) 
 
 REMARKS. « 
 
 . ( All the regular verbs of the First Conjugation 
 I adopt the terminations of the verb parler ; Exam. 
 
 parl-er aim-er expliqu-er avou-er 
 
 parl-a^ zxmon^-ant eng&g-eant defia.y-ant 
 
 parl-e agre-e decri-e dedommag-e 
 
 ]e parl-e dans-e ignor-e renvoi-e 
 
 tu parl-es din-es re]et-tes renouvel-Zes 
 
 il parl-e chant-e begai-e grassey-e 
 
 nous parl-orcs her^-ons choy-ons c\mn%-eons 
 
 vous parl-e^r regn-e^r essuy-e^r eipel-ez 
 
 ils parl-e?t£ caress-e?i£ ermu-ient appel-lent 
 
 And so on through the whole verb, 
 f Adverbs, with few exceptions, must be placed 
 9 I after the verb, in simple tenses, and between the 
 | auxiliary and the participle in compound tenses, 
 [_when this adverb is only a single word. 
 C The remarks prefixed to the exercises on the verb 
 
 3 < avoir, when de is to be placed between the verb and 
 ( the substantive, ought to be attended to. 
 
 C The article the, after the verb, must always be 
 
 4 < expressed in French, though often understood in 
 f English. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Indicative present. — I willingly give that plaything to 
 volontiers donner joujou m. 
 
144 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 
 
 je parl-e I speak j'ai ") (I have 
 
 tu parl-es thou speakest tu as ) thou hast 
 
 il parl-c he speaks il a 1 -. , \ he has 
 
 nous ipn.rl-ons we speak nous avons fP " e j we have 
 
 vous parl-e.2r 7/0% Sjpeafc vous avez you have 
 
 ils parl-e%£ ^ey speak ils on t J IjAe?/ Aa-ye 
 
 your sister. Do»I prefer pleasure to my duty 1 Dost 
 
 f. * preferer art. m. devoir m. 
 
 thou not irritate thy enemies'? He does not propose salutary 
 irriter ennemi proposer un = 2 
 
 advice to his friends. We sincerely love peace and 
 
 avis m. 1 sincerement art. paix f. art. 
 
 tranquillity. We do not neglect (any thing) to please you. 
 
 = f. * negliger rien pour plaire 
 
 Do you not admire the beauty of that landscape 1 Do not 
 
 admirer = f. paysage m. * 
 
 your parents comfort the afflicted 1 They (make use of) all 
 
 — consoler affiige m. pi. employer 
 
 means to succeed, 
 art. moyenm.pour reussir. 
 
 Preterit indefinite. — I have (given up) my favourite 
 
 cider favori 2 
 
 horse to my cousin. Hast thou not exchanged watches 
 
 cheval m. 1 — m. changer de montres 
 
 with my sister? Has the tutor given fine engravings to his 
 
 pricepteur de gravure f. pi. 
 pupil % We have spoken (a long while) of your adventure. 
 eleve m. long-temps aventurc f. 
 
 Have you not insisted too much upon that point 1 Have your 
 
 insiste * sur — m. 
 
 aunts prepared their ball dresses 1 
 tante preparer de bal 2 habit m. pi. 1. 
 
 Imperfect. — I unceasingly thought of my misfortunes. 
 sans cesse penser a malheur m. pi 
 Didst thou dread his presence and firmness? He ex- 
 redouter — f. pron. fermete f. re- 
 
 hibited in his person all the virtues of his ancestors. Did not 
 tracer en f. f. ancetre 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 145 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
 
 je parl-ais I did speak, or j'avais 
 
 was speaking 
 tu parl-«w thou didst speak tu avais 
 
 il parl-ait he did speak il avait VT< -{ he had y*z 
 
 nous parl-i<ms we did speak nous avions 
 vous ipurl-iez you did speak vous aviez 
 ils y&rl-aient they did speak ils avaient 
 
 Xffl 
 
 I had } 
 
 thouhadst | g 
 
 vje had 
 
 you had 
 
 they had 
 
 that woman accuse her friend of levity 1 We did not protect 
 
 accuser ami f. legerete f. * proteger 
 
 that bad man. You despised a vain erudition. Did the 
 
 mechant mepriser — 2 — f. 1. * 
 
 Romans disdain so weak an enemy 1 The bees were there 
 Romain dcdaigner faible 2 m. 1. abeille * y 
 
 sucking the cups of the flowers. 
 sucer calice m. Jleur. 
 
 Pluperfect. — I had drained an unwholesome marsh 
 
 dessecher mal sain 2 marais m. 1. 
 Had'st thou not married a man rich, but unluckily without 
 
 epouser malheureusement sans 
 
 education'? * Had his father rejected these advantageous 
 
 — f. rejeter avantage%t?c 2 
 
 offers 1 We had not long listened to the singing of the 
 
 offre f. 1. long-temps ecouter * chant m. 
 
 birds. Had you already studied geography and history? 
 oiseaursx. dejd etudier art. =f. art.= 
 
 Had not his friends procured him a troop of cavalry 1 
 
 procurer 2 lui 1 compagnie f. cavalerie ? 
 
 There is a fourth preterit, called preterit anterior in- 
 definite, which is used instead of the preterit anterior, 
 when speaking of a time not entirely elapsed ; as fai eu 
 acheve mon ouvrage ce matin, cette semaine, &c. and not 
 feus acheve: as it is found in every conjugation, I shall 
 insert it here ; fai eu parte, tu as euparle, il a eu parte, 
 nous avons eu parte, vous avez euparle, lis ont eu parte. 
 
146 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRETERIT DEFINITE. 
 
 PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 
 
 
 je parl-ai 
 
 I spoke 
 
 j'eus -] 
 
 tu eus 
 
 ' I had 
 
 
 tu parl-cs 
 
 thou spokesi 
 
 thou hadst 
 
 . 
 
 il parl-a 
 
 he spoke 
 
 ileut I)?, 
 nous eumes f £3 " 
 
 he had 
 
 ■1 
 
 nous parl-draes 
 
 we spoke 
 
 we had 
 
 vous parl-dfes 
 
 you spoke 
 
 vous eutes | °* 
 
 you had 
 
 ils pavl-erent 
 
 they spoke 
 
 ils en rent J 
 
 Jhey had 
 
 
 Preterit definite. — Did I not gladly give peaches 
 
 * avecplaisir de art. peche f. pi. 
 
 and flowers to my neighbours'? Thou forgottest an 
 pr. art. fleurs f. pi. voisin m. pi. oublier 
 
 essential circumstance. Did not your cousin relate that 
 
 essenticl2 circonstance f.pl. * raconter 
 
 charming history with (a great deal) of grace 1 He lightly 
 — mant = f. avec beaucoup legerement 
 
 judged of my intentions. Did we not show courage, 
 
 juger * — * montrede&n. — m. pr. — 
 
 constancy, and firmness'? Did you visit the grotto 
 
 art. = f. pr. art. f. * visiter grotte f. 
 
 and the grovel They did not generously forgive their 
 
 bois m. genereusement pardonner a 
 
 enemies. 
 
 Preterit anterior. — I had soon wasted my money, and 
 bienibt manger argent m. 
 exhausted my resources. Hadst thou very soon reinforced thy 
 epuiser ressource f. * vlte r enforcer 
 
 party 1 Had not Alexander soon surmounted all obstacles 1 
 parti m. Alexandre surmonter tous art. = m. pi. 
 
 We had not soon enough shut the shutters, and (let down) the 
 
 tot 2 assez 1 fermer volet baisser 
 
 curtains. Had you not quickly dined 1 In the twinkling 
 rideau promplement diner. Dans * un clin 
 
 of an eye, they had dispersed the mob. 
 
 * ail disperser populace f. 
 
 Future absolute. — I shall relieve 
 
 thou faithfully keep that secret 1 
 fidelement garder — m. 
 
 the poor. Wilt 
 
 pauvre m. pi. 
 Will he consult 
 
 consulter de art. 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 147 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 
 je parl-erai 
 
 I shall, or 
 will speak 
 
 j'aurai 
 
 
 'I shall or^ 
 will 
 
 
 tu parWras 
 
 thou shalt 
 speak 
 
 tu auras 
 
 
 thou shalt 
 
 1 
 
 il parl-er<z 
 
 he shall 
 
 il aura 
 
 
 he shall 
 
 speak 
 nous parl-mms we shall 
 
 nous aurons 
 
 ► parl-e< 
 
 we shall 
 
 
 speak 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 vous \>ox\-erez 
 
 you shall 
 speak 
 
 vous aurez 
 
 
 you shall 
 
 -< 
 
 Us Tpa.r\-eront 
 
 they shall 
 
 ils auront 
 
 
 they shall 
 
 
 
 speak 
 
 * 
 
 
 L J 
 
 
 enlightened judges 1 He will support you with all his credit. 
 eclair e 2 juge 1. appuyerde — m. 
 
 We shall not prefer pleasure to glory, and riches to 
 
 preferer art. m. art. f. art. pi. art. 
 
 honour. By such conduct, will you not afflict your father 
 
 tel conduite f. affiiger 
 
 and mother 1 Will they astonish their hearers'? 
 pron. etonner auditeur m.pl. 
 
 Future anterior. — I shall soon have finished this book. By 
 
 achever m. 
 
 thy submission, wilt thou not have appeased his anger 1 Will 
 
 soumission f. appaiser colere f. 
 
 the king have triumphed over his enemies 1 We, perhaps, shall 
 
 triampher de 2 1 
 
 not have rewarded enough the merit of this good man. 
 
 recompenser merite m. de Men 2 1 
 
 Will you not have flown to his assistance 1 Will our servants 
 
 voler secours m. domestique m. 
 
 have brought money 1 
 
 apporter de art. argent. 
 
 Conditional present. — Should I form conjectures 
 
 former de art. — f. pi. 
 
 without number'? Thou would'st not avoid so great a danger. 
 
 nombre m. eviter 2 3 1 4 
 
 Would not his attorney (clear up) that business'? We would 
 
 procureur debrouiller " affaire f. 
 (drive away) the importunate. Would you not discover 
 
 chasser importun m. pi. devoiler 
 
 14 
 
148 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 il aurait 
 
 nous aurions 
 
 vous aunez 
 
 ils auraient 
 
 PAST. 
 
 ' I should, 
 would, or 
 could 
 thou should'st 
 
 he should 
 we should 
 you should 
 they should 
 
 ► I. 
 
 je parl-erats / should^ j'aurais 
 
 would, or 
 could speak 
 tu parl-er«?s thou should 'st tu aurais 
 
 speak 
 il -pail-erait he should 
 
 speak 
 nous pari- we should 
 
 erions speak 
 
 vous pari- you should 
 
 eriez speak 
 
 ils pari- they should 
 
 eraient speak 
 
 J'eusse parte, tu eusses parte, il exit parte, nous eussions parte, 
 vous eussiez parte, ils eussent parte, is also used for the conditional 
 past. This remark holds good for every verb. 
 
 that atrocious plot 1 
 
 atroce2 complot m. 1. 
 that intrigue. 
 — f. 
 
 Past.- 
 
 They would not unravel the clue of 
 dimeter fit m. 
 
 -I should have liked hunting, fishing, and the 
 
 aimer art. chasse f. art. peche f. 
 country. Would'st thou not have played 1 Would he not have 
 campagnef. jouer 
 
 bowed to the company % Would we gladly have praised his 
 saluer * compagnie f. avec plaisir 2 louer 1 
 
 pride and incivility 1 You would have awakened 
 
 orgueilm. j>r on. malhonnetetef. eveiller 
 
 every body. Would those merchants have paid their debts 1 
 tout le monde marcliand payer dette f. pi. 
 
 Imperative. — In all thy actions, consult the light of 
 
 Dans — f. pi. consulter lumiere f. art. 
 reason. Never yield to the violence of thy passions. 
 
 f. te abandonner — f. " — 
 
 Let us love justice, peace, and virtue. Let us not 
 
 art. — f. art. f. art. f. 
 
 cease to work. Sacrifice your own interest to the 
 
 cesser de travailler Sacrijkr * interet m. pi. 
 
r 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 149 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 parl-e* 
 qu'ii pari-* 
 parl-ows 
 parl-e^r 
 qu'ils parl-e^ 
 
 speak (thou) 
 let him speak 
 lei us speak 
 speak (ye) 
 let them speak 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 PRETERIT. 
 
 
 que 
 
 that que 
 
 
 'that 
 
 
 je parl-e 
 
 I may, or can j'aie 
 
 
 I may, or 
 
 
 
 speak 
 
 
 can 
 
 t 
 
 tu parl-es 
 
 thou may'st tu aies 
 
 
 thou 
 
 % 
 
 
 speak 
 
 ►parl-e< 
 
 may'st 
 
 }►* 
 
 il parl-e 
 
 he may speak il ait 
 
 
 he may 
 
 IS 
 
 nousparl-iows we may speak nous ayons 
 
 
 we may 
 
 4 
 
 vous p&rl-iez 
 
 you may speak vous ayez 
 
 
 you may 
 
 
 lis ipzil-ent 
 
 they may speak ils aient 
 
 \theymay j 
 
 
 public good. Do not omit such useful and interest- 
 2 Men 1 * negliger de art si utile 2 interes- 
 
 ing details. 
 sant 3 — m. pi. 1. 
 
 Subjunctive Present. — That I may not always listen to 
 
 ccouter * 
 
 a severe censor of my defects. That thou should'st find 
 
 — 2 = m. 1. defaut m. pi. trouver 
 
 real friends. That he would adorn his speeches with the graces 
 
 de vrai pare?- discours de 
 
 of a pure diction. That she would remain in her boudoir. 
 
 — 2 — f. 1. r ester — m. 
 
 That we should so hastily condemn the world. That 
 legerement condamner monde m. 
 
 * Rem. The second person singular of the imperative of this 
 conjugation, and likewise of some verbs of the second ending in 
 vrir,frir, Mr, take s after e, before the word y and en, as, portes- 
 en a ton fr ere, carry some to thy brother; offres-en a la soeur, 
 offer some to thy sister; cueilles-en aussi pour toi, gather some 
 alike for thyself; apportes-y teslivres, bring there thy books. 
 
150 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES, 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 
 que that que 
 
 
 'that 
 
 
 jeparl-^sse I might, could, j'eusse 
 
 
 I might, could, 
 
 
 or would 
 
 
 or would 
 
 
 speak 
 
 
 
 
 tu parl-asses thou might' 'st tu eusses 
 
 
 thou mighVst 
 
 i 
 
 * speak 
 
 \» 
 
 
 
 il parl-d£ he might speak il eut 
 
 
 he might 
 
 ^ 
 
 nous pari- we might speak nous eus- 
 
 Ph 
 
 we might 
 
 
 assions sions 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 vous pari- you might speak vous eus- 
 
 
 you might 
 
 
 assiez siez 
 
 
 
 
 ils parl-tfs- they might speak ils eus- 
 
 
 they might 
 
 
 sent sent „ 
 
 
 I J 
 
 
 you may pout incessantly. That they may work more 
 
 bouder sans cesse travailler plus 
 
 willingly. 
 
 
 volontiers. 
 
 
 
 
 Preterit. — That I may have caressed insolence, and 
 
 caresser art. — f. 
 
 flattered pride. That thou would'st have added nothing to 
 flatter art. ajouter 
 
 that work. That he should have carried despair into 
 ouvrage m. porter art. desespoir m. dans 
 
 the soul of his friend. That we may have blamed a conduct 
 
 dme bldmer conduite f. 
 
 so prudent and so wise. That you may have exasperated so 
 
 — sage exasperer 
 
 petulant a character. That they may not have taken (advan- 
 — 2 caractere m. 1. profiler 
 
 tage) of the circumstances. 
 circonstance f. pi. 
 
 Imperfect. — That I should not copy his example. That 
 
 imiter exemple m. 
 thou might'st (give up) perfidious friends. That he 
 
 abandonner de art. — de 2 1 
 might inhabit a hut instead of a palace. That we 
 
 habiter chaumiere f. au lieu palais m. 
 should fall at the feet of an illegitimate king. That you 
 
 tomber a pied m. illegitime 2 1 
 
 would respect the laws of your country. That they would 
 respecter loi f. pi. pays m. 
 
Ibr. 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 151 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 in -ir. 
 
 This conjugation is divided into four branches. 
 
 The first branch contains upwards of two hundred 
 and eighty regular verbs in -ir, exclusive of fifty-three 
 more comprised in the three other branches, which may 
 be considered as exceptions, and may be reduced to thir- 
 teen roots, with thirty-nine derivatives. By presenting 
 some of the regular verbs of the first branch, which 
 nearly resemble the three following lists of exceptions, 
 the scholar will evidently see that the terminations in 
 -mir, -vir, -tir, and -nir, are not absolutely the distinc- 
 tive marks of the three other branches, the lists of 
 which ought to be learned by heart. 
 
 'ralent-ir to slacken (to be under the 
 
 retent-ir to resound ressort-ir < jurisdiction 
 appesant-i> to make heavy ( of a court 
 
 nant-ir to pledge asserv-ir to enslave 
 
 renform-tr to plaster sev-ir to use hard 
 
 afferm-tr to strengthen assouv-ir to glut 
 repart-ir to distribute appauvr-ir to impoverish 
 avert-ir to inform tern-ir to tarnish 
 
 sert-ir to set a stone vern-ir to varnish 
 
 dessert-zr to unset a stone garn-ir to garnish 
 
 sort-irson 1 to obtain afourn-ir to furnish 
 
 plein et > full effect ben-ir to bless 
 
 entier effet ) (by law) henn-ir, &c.to neigh 
 assort-ir to match 
 
 not speak at random. 
 
 d-tort et d-travers. 
 Pluperfect. That I should not have burnt that work. That 
 
 bruler m. 
 
 thou might'st not have contemplated the beauties of the coun- 
 contemvler = cam- 
 
 try. That he should have perfected his natural qualities. 
 pagne perfectionner — ret 2 = f. pi. 1. 
 
 That we might not have gained the victory. T,hat you 
 
 remporter = f. 
 
 had enchanted the public. That they would have struck 
 — ter — m. f rapper 
 
 their enemies with fear. 
 de crainte. 
 
 14* 
 
152 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 2 BR. 
 
 ROOTS. DERIVATIVES. 
 
 fredor-mir to sleep again 
 
 dor-mir to sleep J e * d °™* JoluUcsleep 
 y j se rendor-mtr to fall a 
 
 fall asleep 
 
 mexi-tir 
 sen-Mr 
 
 v&T-tir* 
 
 sor-tir 
 ser-vir 
 
 to lie 
 to feel 
 
 to set out 
 
 to go oiit 
 to serve 
 
 demen-lir 
 
 consen-tir 
 
 pressen-iir 
 
 ressen-£ir 
 
 depar-^ir 
 
 repar-£ir 
 
 ressor-^r 
 
 desser-vir 
 
 to give the lie 
 to consent 
 to foresee 
 to resent 
 to divide 
 to set out 
 
 again 
 to go out again 
 clear the 
 
 table 
 
 Uo 
 
 se repen-tir to repent, has no derivative. 
 
 t» „„„„ S rouv-rtr to open again 
 
 OMV-rir to oven < . , • .17^ 
 
 r \ entr'ouv-rir to half open 
 
 t„ ~~~~~ S decouv-rir to discover 
 
 coxxv-rir to cover < . 
 
 ( veconv-nr to cover again 
 
 ofT-rzr to offer mesoff-rtr to underbid 
 
 sonff-rir to suffer has no derivative. 
 
 ROOT. DERIVATIVES 
 
 av-enir 
 circonv- 
 
 enir 
 eontrev- 
 
 enir 
 conv-enir* 
 dev-enir 
 disconv- ) 
 
 enir $ 
 mter-venir 
 venir parv-enir 
 ■prev-enir 
 iprov-enir 
 
 lev-enir < 
 
 surv-enir 
 subv-e?dr 
 se souv- ] 
 
 enir \ 
 se ressouv- 
 
 enir 
 
 to happen 
 to circum- 
 vent 
 to contra- 
 vene 
 to agree 
 to become 
 
 to deny 
 
 to intervene 
 to attain 
 to prevent 
 to proceed 
 to come 
 
 again 
 to befall 
 to relieve 
 to remem- 
 ber 
 to recol- 
 lect 
 
 ROOT. DERIVATIVES. 
 
 s'abst-e?wY to abstain 
 
 appart-e?wr to belong 
 cont-enir to contain 
 det-enir to deloAn 
 entret-e?iir to keep up 
 
 maint-e?iz> k to main- 
 
 \ tain 
 obt-enir to obtain 
 
 ret-enir to retain 
 
 sout-enir to uphold 
 
 * N. B. Partir, repartir, sortir, and ressortir, of the second branch, take the 
 auxiliary lire. Venir, and its derivatives, are likewise conjugated with e/re, 
 except circonvenir, contrevenir, prevenir, and subvenir, which take avoir; 
 conzenir also takes avoir, when it means to suit, but it takes etre, when it signi- 
 fies to agree. Avenir is a defective and obsolete verb, only used impersonally. 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 153 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 Simple 
 
 Simple 
 
 Comp. 
 
 pres. 
 
 Comp. 
 
 partic. 
 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 
 
 BRANCH 1. 
 
 ( to punish 
 \ nun-i r 
 
 BRANCH 2. 
 
 to feel 
 sen-tir 
 
 BRANCH 3. 
 
 to open 
 ouv-rir 
 
 BRANCH 4. 
 
 to hold 
 t-enir 
 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 
 ( punishing 
 \ pun-issant 
 
 feeling 
 sen-tant 
 
 opening 
 ouy-rant 
 
 holding 
 t-enant 
 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 
 ( punished 
 \ pun-i 
 
 felt 
 sen-li 
 
 opened 
 ouY-ert 
 
 held 
 t-enu 
 
 I to have punished'} 
 \ avoir pun-i 1 felt 
 \ having punished \ sen-ti 
 
 opened 
 o\xv-ert 
 
 held 
 t-enu 
 
 ayant pun-t J 
 
 Sim.* 
 
 ' I punish 
 je pun-is 
 tu pun-w 
 il nun-it 
 nous nun-issons 
 vous nnn-issez 
 ils nnn-issent 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 feel 
 
 sens 
 
 sen-s 
 
 sen-t 
 
 sen-tons 
 
 sen-tez 
 
 sen-tent 
 
 open 
 
 ouv-re 
 
 onv-res 
 
 ouv-re 
 
 ouv-rons 
 
 ouv-rez 
 
 onv-renl 
 
 hold 
 
 t-iens 
 
 t-iens 
 
 t-ient 
 
 t-enons 
 
 \-enez 
 
 t-iennent 
 
 Indicative. Present. I choose this picture. I feel all 
 choisir tableau m. 
 
 the unpleasantness of your situation. Whence comest thoul 
 
 desagrement m. — d'ou venir 
 
 Does he thus define that word 1 Does his mother (go out) so 
 
 ainsi dejinir mot m. sortir 
 
 soon 1 Do we not (set off) for the country % Do you not 
 
 tot partir campagne f. 
 
 pity his sorrows 1 Do you not (tell a lie 1) They are 
 
 compdtir a mal m. pi. m-entir 
 
 finishing at this moment. They (act contrary) to your 
 
 finir dans * art. — m. contrevenir 
 
 orders. 
 ordre. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I fortified his soul against the dangers of 
 premunir contre — 
 
154 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 PRETERIT INDEFINITE, 
 
 C m<o 5 I have punished 
 "* ( j'ai pun-i 
 
 felt 
 
 opened 
 
 held 
 
 sen-ti 
 
 oxxv-ert 
 
 t-enu 
 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 
 
 Simple \ Ididpunis *' 
 \i e nun-issais 
 
 feel 
 
 open 
 
 hold 
 
 sen-tais 
 
 ouv-rais 
 
 i-enais 
 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 
 
 Cnmn \ * ^ ad Vanished 
 "' fj'avais pun-i 
 
 felt 
 
 opened 
 
 held 
 
 sen-ti 
 
 owi-ert 
 
 t-enu 
 
 PRETERIT DEFINITE. 
 
 
 
 ' I punished 
 
 felt 
 
 opened 
 
 held 
 
 
 je pun-is 
 
 sen-tis 
 
 ouv-ris 
 
 t-ins 
 
 
 tu pun-is 
 
 sen-iis 
 
 ouv-ris 
 
 t-ins 
 
 Simple* 
 
 il pun-ii 
 
 sen-tit 
 
 ouv-ri£ 
 
 t-int 
 
 
 nous pun-mes 
 
 sen-times 
 
 OMV-rimes 
 
 t-xnmes 
 
 
 vous pun4fcs 
 
 sen-tites 
 
 ouv-riles 
 
 t-tntes 
 
 
 Jis yxm-irent 
 
 sen-tirent 
 
 ouv-rirent 
 
 t-inrent 
 
 sed 
 
 uction. I served 
 
 my friends w 
 
 armly. 
 
 Did'st not 
 
 art. — f. servir avecchaleur 
 
 thou amuse him with fair promises'? He complied (at last) 
 
 entretenir de beau promesse f. p] . consentir enfn 
 with the wishes of his family. Did we not frequently 
 
 a desir m. pi. famille f. frequemment 
 
 warn our friends of the bad state of their affairs? Did we 
 avertir etat 
 
 sleep then 1 Did you not belie 
 dormir alors ? dementir 
 
 not the enemies invade an 
 envahir 
 
 Did 
 
 the 
 
 wild beasts 
 
 sauvage 2 bete f. 1. 
 their mountains'? 
 montagne. 
 
 often 
 souvent 
 
 your character ? 
 caractere m. 
 immense country'? Did 
 — 2 pays m. 1. 
 
 (come out) from the bottom of 
 sortir fond m. 
 
 Preterit. I softened my father by my submission. I 
 flechir soumission f. 
 
 foresaw that terrible catastrophe. Thou did'st not (come again) 
 pressentir — 2 — f. 1. revenir 
 
 as thou had'st promised. He did not succeed through 
 
 comme le ind-2 promis reussir par 
 
 N. B. Only the first person of those tenses, which are invari- 
 ably conjugated alike, will now be given, the scholar will easily 
 supply the rest. 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 155 
 
 PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 
 
 held 
 -enu 
 
 _. i I had punished fell opened h 
 
 Ufmp. ^j' euS p Un . z sen-ti ouv-ert t- 
 
 Simple < • 
 
 Oom$. | J,. 
 
 FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 
 
 I shall punish feel open hold 
 
 j)un-irai sen-tirai ouv-rirai t-iendrai 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 shall have punished felt opened held 
 
 aurai pun-i sen-ti ouv-ert t-enu 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 «. -J i I should punish feel open hold 
 
 simp ^ j e p Un .j rat * s sen-lirais ouv-rirais t-iendrais 
 
 thoughtlessness. Did his daughter not (set out again) 
 
 etourderie f. repartir 
 
 immediately 1 Did not Alexander sully his glory by his pride 1 
 sur-le-champ ternir 
 
 Did we (go out of the city) before himl We never betrayed 
 
 ville f. avant lui trahir 
 
 that important secret. Did you not agree to trust 
 
 — 2 — m. 1. consentir de vous en rapporter 
 
 to mel They served their country with courage. Did the 
 
 moi pays — 
 
 ancient philosophers enjoy great consideration 1 
 
 philosophers., pl.jouir de un — f. 
 
 Future. — Shall I not obtain this of you 1 What will be- 
 
 obtenir cela de que de- 
 
 come of thee, if I forsake thee 1 Will he not embellish 
 
 venir * tu abandonner embellir 
 
 his country-seat 1 He will not sleep quietly. 
 
 maison de campagne tra?iquillement 
 
 Shall we consent to that ridiculous bargain 1 With 
 
 2 marche m. 1. avec de art. 
 
 time and patience, you will compass your end. We 
 
 m. pr. art. f. venir d-bout de desseinm. 
 
 shall not sully the splendour of our life by an unworthy action. 
 
 eclat m. indigne 2 — 1 
 
 Will those men enrich their country by their industry 1 Will 
 
 enrichir pays induslrie 
 
 not our friends offer us their assistance 1 
 offrir secours 
 
156 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 
 
 
 n, i I should have punished felt 
 
 opened 
 
 held 
 
 ,omp. ^ j' aara j s p Un .j 
 
 sen 
 
 -ti ouv 
 
 -en 
 
 ) t-enu 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 
 
 f punish (thou) 
 
 feel 
 
 open 
 
 
 hold 
 
 pun-is 
 
 sen-s 
 
 ouv-re 
 
 
 t-iens 
 
 tim J qu ' n V un4sse 
 
 sen-fc 
 
 ouv-re 
 
 
 X-ienne 
 
 j yun-issons 
 
 sen-fows 
 
 oav-rons 
 
 
 l-enons 
 
 ipun-issez 
 
 sen-tez 
 
 ouv-rez 
 
 
 t-enez 
 
 l^qu'ils Tpun-issem sen-tent 
 
 oviv-rent 
 
 
 t-iennent 
 
 Conditional.— I would open the door and the window. 
 
 porte f. fenetre f. 
 
 I should still cherish life. Would'st not thou interpose in 
 
 cherir art. intervenir 
 
 that affair 1 Would my brother (set off again) without taking 
 f. repartir sans prendre 
 
 leave of us? You would not succeed in injuring him in the 
 conge parvenir a nuire lui 
 
 public opinion. Could'st thou soften that flinty heart - ? 
 
 — 2 — f. 1. attendrir derocher21 
 
 Could they foresee their misfortune'? Would men always 
 
 pressentir malheur art. 
 
 (grow old) without growing wiser, if they reflected on the 
 
 vieillir sans devenir inf-1 refiechir ind-2 sur 
 
 shortness of life 1 
 brievete f. art. 
 
 Imperative Shudder with horror and terror. Support 
 
 Fremir de = de effroi m. Soutenir 
 
 thy character m good and bad fortune. Do not 
 
 art. dans art. mauvais — f. 
 
 obtain thy point, but by means consistent with 
 parvenir a Jin f. pi. que par des moyens que avoue 2 * art. 
 delicacy. Let us feed the poor. Let us gain 
 
 delicatesse 1 nourrir m. pi. dbienir art. 
 
 glory by our perseverance. Let us not divulge our secrets 
 
 =f. — decouvrir — 
 
 to every body. Never submit to so unjust a yoke. Do not 
 
 tout-le-monde flechir sous 2 joug m. 1. 
 
 maintain so absurd an opinion. Do not (come upon us) again 
 soutenir — de 2 — f. 1. survenir plus 
 
 (in that unexpected manner.) 
 
 ainsi a Vimproviste. 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 157 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 
 
 
 'that I may furnish feel 
 
 open 
 
 hold 
 
 
 que je pun-isse sen-te 
 
 ouv-re 
 
 t-ienne 
 
 
 que tu pun-wses sen-tes 
 
 ouv-res 
 
 t-iennes 
 
 Sim. « 
 
 qu'il ipxm-isse sen-te 
 
 ouv-re 
 
 t-ienne 
 
 
 que nous vmv-issions sen-tions 
 
 ouv-rions 
 
 t-enions 
 
 
 que vous pun-issiez sen-tiez 
 
 ouv-riez 
 
 t-eniez 
 
 
 ^qu'ils v\m-issent sen-tent 
 
 ouv-rent 
 
 t-ienncnt 
 
 PRETERIT. 
 
 
 
 *' \ que j'aie pun-i sen- 
 
 opened 
 
 held 
 
 ti ouv-ert 
 
 X-env, 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 
 
 
 ' that I might punish feel 
 
 open 
 
 hold 
 
 
 que je pun-tsse sen-tisse 
 
 oxiv-risse 
 
 t-insse 
 
 
 que tu pun-isses sen-tisses 
 
 ouv-risses 
 
 t-insses 
 
 Sim. ■> 
 
 qu'il pxm-U seu-tU 
 
 ouv-rti 
 
 t-int 
 
 que nous pxm-tssions sen-tissions ouv-rissions t-mssions 
 que vous pun-issiez sen-lissiez onv-rissiez t-inssiez 
 ^qu'ils vun-issent sen-tissent ouv-rissent t-inssent 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Comv \ ^ tai ^ m ^ i have punished felt opened held 
 
 *' \ que j'eusse puni send ouvert tenu 
 
 Subjunctive present. — That I may never blemish my re- 
 
 fletrir 
 That I may (be before-hand) with such dangerous 
 prevenir de art. si =2 
 
 I will not have thee (go out) this morning. That he 
 veux qtie tu sub-1 matin m. 
 
 putation 
 
 f. 
 enemies, 
 
 1 
 
 his 
 
 may not enjoy his glory. That he may not obtain 
 
 de =f. parvenir a 
 
 ends. That we may become just, honest, and virtuous. 
 
 fin f. pi. dcvenir honnele vertueux. 
 
 That you may punish the guilty. That you may return 
 
 coupable pi. revenir 
 
 covered with laurels. That they may establish wise 
 
 convert de laurier m. pi. etablir de art. 2 
 
 and just laws. That they may agree about the conditions. 
 3 1 convenir de — 
 
158 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 in -oir. 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 This conjugation contains only seven regular verbs, 
 which are : 
 
 pevc-evoir to receive dec-evoir to deceive 
 
 aperc-evoir to perceive d-evoir to owe 
 
 conc-evoir to conceive red-evoir to owe again 
 
 And recevoir, which serves as paradigm. Percevoir is a law 
 term, and apercevoir is often reflected. 
 
 Observe. In verbs ending in -cevoir, the c, to pre- 
 serve the soft sound of that letter, takes a cedilla, when 
 followed by o or u. See page 3. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 
 simple tenses. compouni 
 
 > TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 rec-evoir to receive avoir re$-u 
 
 to have received 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 
 rec-evant receiving ) 
 
 past. > ay ant re$-u 
 ref-w received j 
 
 having received 
 
 Imperfect. — That I might stun the whole neighbourhood. 
 etourdir 1 tout 2 voisinage m. 
 That I might not (bring about) my designs. That thou 
 
 venir a-bout de projetm. pi. 
 would'st (tell a wilful lie.) That he might not bear 
 
 mentir de dessei?i premedite. soutenir 
 
 his disgrace with firmness. That we might disobey the laws. 
 
 — f. fermete desobeir a, 
 
 That we should "belong to that great king. That you might 
 
 appartenir 
 renounce your errors and prejudices. That they might 
 
 revenir de = pr. pron. prejuge 
 
 weaken the force of their reasons. That they might hold 
 
 affaiblir f. raisonnement tenir a 
 
 the most absurd ideas. 
 2 I. 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 159 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 PRESENT. 
 
 I receive, &c. we receive, &c. 
 
 je re$-ois nous xec-evons 
 
 tu re$-ois vous vec-evez 
 
 il re$-oit ils re$-oivent 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 
 
 j ai re$-u 
 tu as, &c. 
 
 I have received 
 thou, &c. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 / did receive 
 je rec-evais 
 
 we did receive 
 nous rec-evions 
 
 PRETERIT DEFINITE. 
 
 I received 
 je re$-us 
 tu re$-us 
 il re$-w£ 
 
 we received 
 nous resumes 
 vous refutes 
 ils ref-wre?^ 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 j'avais re^-w J had received 
 
 PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'eus, re9-w I had received 
 tu eus, &c. thou, &c. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Indicative present. — I perceive the summit of the Alps 
 
 apercevoir sommet Alpes f. pi. 
 
 covered with perpetual snow. What gratitude dost 
 
 de eternel 2 neige f. pi. 1 reconnaissance f. 
 
 thou not owe to her who (has discharged) the duty of a mother, 
 
 devoir celle 1 remplir 3 5 
 
 (to thee) (in thy infancy !) Does your scholar understand 
 pres de 4 2 ecolier concevoir 
 
 well that rule which is so simple 1 We do not owe a large 
 Men regie f . * * devoir gros 
 
 sum. D"o you not perceive the snare? Ought firm 
 
 somme f. piege m. Devoir 5 des 1 3 
 
 and courageous men to yield to circumstances ? 
 = 4 2 * c'tder art. circonstance ? 
 
 Imperfect. — Did I not receive him kindly? Did he 
 
 le avec amitie ? 
 so.e the castle from such a distance? We did not re- 
 
 apercevoir chateau si * loin per- 
 
 ceive our income. Did you not receive great civilities 1 
 cevoir revenu m. pi. de honnctcte f. pi 
 
 15 
 
160 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 FUTURE ABSOLUTE. PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 
 
 I shall receive we, &c. j'aurai rec-« I shall have 
 
 je rec-evrai nous rec-evrons received. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 J should receive ice should, &c. j'aurais rec-tt / should have 
 je xec-evrais nous rec-evrions tu, &c. received. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 rcc-evons let us receive. 
 re$-ois receive thou rec-evez receive ye. 
 
 qu'il re$-oive let him receive qu'ils r^-oivent let them receive. 
 
 Did those tyrants conceive all the blackness of their crimes 1 
 tyran concevoir noirceur f. — 
 
 Preterit. — I perceived him walking by moon 
 
 le qui se promenait a art. clair de 
 light. Did the queen conceive a great esteem for that 
 
 la lune m. estime f. 
 
 honest man. Did we not immediately perceive the snare! 
 
 de bien 2 1 
 
 You did not receive his letters in time. Did the ministers con- 
 
 lettres d-temps. — tre 
 
 ceive the depth of his plan. 
 
 profondeur f. — m. 
 
 Future. — Shall I receive visits to-day 1 He will 
 
 de art. visite aujourd'hui ? 
 not discover the spire of his village. We shall conceive 
 apercevoir clocherm. — m. 
 
 well founded hopes. Will you never conceive so 
 
 de art. fonde 2 esperance f. pi. 1. 
 
 luminous a principle 1 Shall men always owe their mis- 
 = 2 1 art. maL 
 
 fortunes to their faults 1 
 heur faute ? 
 
 Conditional. — Should I receive the offers of my enemy? 
 
 ofre 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 161 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 that I may receive that toe, &c. quej'aie re$-u that I may 
 
 que je resolve que nous rec-evions que tu, &c. have re- 
 
 que tu re$-oives que vous rec-eviez qu'il, &c. ceived. 
 qu'il re$-oive qu'ils xe^-oivent 
 
 IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that I might, &c. that we might, &c. que j'eusse that Imight 
 
 que je re$-usse que nous ve^-ussions rec-u have re- 
 
 que tu re$-usses que vous re$-ussiez que tu, &c. ceived. 
 
 qu'il Te$-ut qu'ils re^-ussent 
 
 Should a wise man thus (give himself up) to 
 devoir 4 1 3 2 ainsi 6 s'abandonner 5 art. 
 
 despair 1 Should we conceive such abstract ideas'? 
 
 desespoir m. de art. si 2 abstrait 3 1 
 
 You would easily perceive so gross a trick. Would not 
 
 grossier 2 ruse f. 1 
 my sisters receive their friends with tenderness 1 
 
 tendresse ? f. 
 Imperative. — Conceive the horror of his situation. Do not 
 
 receive that mark of confidence with indifference. Let us 
 
 marque f. confiance — 
 
 entertain a horror of vice. Let us never owe (any 
 
 concevoir * de art. pour art. m. 
 
 thing.) Receive his advice with respect and gratitude. Re- 
 rien avis — — 
 
 ceive no more of his letters. 
 
 lettre f. pi. 
 
 Subjunctive present. — That I may receive consola- 
 
 de art. 
 tions. That he should not conceive a thought so well explained. 
 
 pensee f. developpe. 
 
 That we may always receive false news. That you 
 
 de nouvellef. pi. 
 
 may not perceive the danger of books which are contrary 
 
 — art. * * centre 
 
 to good morals. That they may not collect unjust 
 
 * art. mceurs f. pi. percevoir de injuste 2 
 
 taxes. 
 — f. pi. 1. 
 
162 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 in -re. 
 
 Remark. — This 
 
 The first ends 
 
 m 
 I in 
 
 I in 
 
 the second ends in -aire 
 
 the third ends 
 the fodrth ends 
 
 the fifth ends 
 
 conjugation 
 
 -andre 
 -endre 
 -ondre 
 
 has five branches. 
 
 ■erdre 
 ■ordre 
 
 -attre 
 
 -attre 
 
 -uire 
 
 -aindre 
 
 -eindre 
 
 -oindre 
 
 reipandre 
 
 v endre 
 
 rey ondre 
 
 ~perdre 
 
 mordre 
 
 ylaire 
 
 iaire 
 
 reyattre 
 
 connaztre 
 
 instr uire 
 
 contraindre 
 
 ipeindre 
 
 joindre 
 
 to spill 
 to sell 
 to answer 
 to lose 
 to bite 
 to please 
 to keep secret 
 to feed 
 to know 
 to instruct 
 to constrain 
 to paint 
 to join 
 
 branch 1. 
 to render 
 rend-re 
 rendered 
 avoir rend-u 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 BRANCH 2. 
 
 to please 
 ■pl-aire 
 pleased 
 pl-ii 
 
 PRESENT. 
 BRANCH 3. 
 
 to appear 
 ipa.T-aitre 
 appeared 
 par-w 
 
 branch 4. 
 to reduce 
 redui-r<? 
 reduced 
 redui-2 
 
 branch 5. 
 to join 
 joi-ndre 
 joined 
 joi-ni 
 
 Imperfect. — That I might eonceive such a project. That 
 
 fro jet m. 
 he might perceive the secret designs of the enemy's general. 
 
 cache 2 dessein 1 2*1 
 
 That vre should not receive every body with civility. That you 
 
 honnetete. 
 could not conceive the depth of this book. That they 
 
 profondeur f. 
 might not perceive the masts of the ship. 
 
 mat m. pi. vaisseau m. 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 163 
 
 participle present. 
 
 i 
 
 BRANCH 1. 
 
 BRANCH 2. 
 
 BRANCH 3. 
 
 BRANCH 4. 
 
 ERANCH 5. 
 
 rendering 
 lend-ant 
 
 pleasing 
 pl-aisant 
 
 appearing 
 ipa.T-aissant 
 
 reducing 
 x&dm-sant 
 
 joining 
 joi-gnant 
 
 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 
 rendered 
 rend-w 
 
 pleased 
 pl-it 
 
 appeared 
 par-w 
 
 reduced 
 redui-2 
 
 joined 
 joi-nt 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 
 
 2" render please 
 je rend-s ipl-ais 
 
 appear 
 par-ais 
 
 reduce 
 redui-5 
 
 join 
 joi-ns 
 
 tu rend- 
 il rend 
 
 s ipl-ais 
 j>l-ait 
 
 par-azs 
 Tp&v-aU 
 
 redui-5 
 redui-£ 
 
 joi-ns 
 joi-nt 
 
 nous rend- 
 
 ons vl-aisons pa,r-aisso7is 
 
 redui-507is 
 
 joi-gnons 
 
 vous rend-ez pl-aisez \>zx-aissez 
 ils xerA-ent \>\-aisent ip&r-aisse7it 
 
 redui-5e^r 
 itdai-sent 
 
 joi-gnez 
 jo^-gnent 
 
 
 preterit indefinite. 
 
 {I have) 
 
 
 rendered 
 j'ai rend-w 
 
 pleased 
 pl-w 
 
 appeared 
 par-w 
 
 reduced 
 redui-£ 
 
 joined 
 joi-nt 
 
 indicative present. — I know : his fiery and impetuous 
 connaitre bouillant 2 =3 
 
 temper. I wait his return with impatience. Does he 
 
 caractere m. 1 attendre relour 
 
 fear death 1 Does not virtue please every body'? We do 
 
 craindre art. f. a 
 
 not force you to adopt this opinion. We suppress for 
 
 contraindre de adopter — f. taire 
 
 the present several interesting circumstances. Do you not 
 
 — m. interessanl 2 f . 1 
 
 confound these notions one with another 1 You seduce 
 confondre art. art. seduire 
 
 your hearers by your modest exterior. Do your sons 
 
 auditeur m. pi. 2 = m. 1 
 
 acknowledge their errors 1 Do not these workmen waste their 
 reconnaitre = ouvrier perdre 
 
 time about trifles 1 
 
 a de art. bagatelle pi. 
 
 Imperfect. — I did not displease by my conduct. I was 
 
 deplaire 
 pitying those sad victims of the revolution. Did not 
 plaindre triste victime f. pi. — f. 
 
 15* 
 
164 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 
 
 BRANCH 1. 
 
 BRANCH 
 
 2. BRANCH 3. 
 
 BRANCH 4. 
 
 BRANCH 5. 
 
 / did render 
 je rend-ais 
 
 please 
 ipl-aisais 
 
 appear 
 X)Q.x-aissais 
 
 PLUPERFECT 
 
 reduce 
 redui-sais 
 
 join 
 joi-gnais 
 
 / had rendered 
 j'avais rend-w 
 
 pleased 
 tj\-u 
 
 appeared 
 par-w 
 
 reduced 
 redui-2 
 
 joined 
 joi-nt 
 
 
 PRETERIT DEFINITE. 
 
 
 1 rendered 
 je rend -is 
 tu rend-« 
 il rend-ii 
 nous rend-tmes 
 vous rend-Ues 
 ils rend-irent 
 
 pleased 
 
 jjI-us 
 
 xA-us 
 
 xA-ut 
 
 xA-iimes 
 
 xA-xites 
 
 \A-urent 
 
 appeared 
 
 par-ws 
 
 par-ws 
 
 par-wi 
 
 par-MWies 
 
 ■par-iites 
 
 par went 
 
 reduced 
 
 redui-szs 
 
 redui-sis 
 
 redui-5^ 
 
 xedm-shnes 
 
 xedui-sttes 
 
 xedui-sirent 
 
 joined 
 
 joi- gnis 
 
 joi-gnis 
 
 )o\-gnit 
 
 ioi-gntmes 
 
 \oi- gnites 
 
 joi-gnirent 
 
 
 PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 
 
 
 I had rendered 
 j'eus rend-w 
 
 pleased 
 xA-u 
 
 appeared 
 par-w 
 
 reduced 
 redui-£ 
 
 joined 
 joi-nt 
 
 this dog bite 1 
 
 Did that man 
 
 (at last) ackr 
 
 lowledge his 
 
 chien mordre enfin 
 
 injustice 1 We did not appear convinced. "We joined our 
 — f. convaincu pi. 
 
 sighs and tears. Were you painting an historical 
 
 soupir m. pi. pron. larme f. pi. peindre dJhistoire 2 
 
 subject 1 Did those orators throw the graces of 
 
 tableau m. 1 = repandre — 
 
 expression into their speeches 1 They led the people 
 
 art. — discours induire m. 
 
 into an error. 
 en * 
 Preterit. — I aimed at an honest end. Did his prudence 
 
 tendre a 2 but m. 1 — f. 
 
 extinguish the fire of a disordered imagination % Did not your 
 eteindre dertgle 2 — f . 1 
 
 conduct (do away) his prejudices 1 "We led our 
 
 — duite f. detruire prevention f. pi. reconduire 
 
 friend back to his country-house. Did we offer our in- 
 
 * de campagne 2 f . 1 vendre en- 
 
 cense to the pride of a blockhead 1 Did you feign to think 
 cens sot feindrc de 
 
 as a madman % Did you conduct your children from truth to 
 en * fou conduire 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 165 
 
 FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 
 BRANCH 1. BRANCH 2. BRANCH 3. BRANCH 4. BRANCH 5. 
 
 7 shall render please appear reduce join 
 
 ,£ je rend-rai ^X-airai ipa.r-aUrai redai-rai joi-ndrai 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. (I Shall have) 
 
 rendered pleased appeared reduced joined 
 
 j'aurai rend-w pl-it par-it redui-2 joi-nt 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 {PRESENT. 
 I should render please appear reduce join 
 
 je lend-rais ipl-airais ^v-aitrais redui-rais joi-ndrats 
 
 truth 1 Did those frightful spectres appear again 1 
 
 effrayant 2 — m pi. 1 apparaUre de nou- 
 Did not the children (come down) at the first sum- 
 veau descendre a or- 
 
 monsl 
 dre m. sing. 
 
 Future. — Shall I hear the music of the new opera! 
 
 entendre musique f. 
 
 I shall not conceal from you my mind. Will the ge- 
 
 taire * fag on de penser 
 
 neral constrain the officers to join their respective corps 1 
 
 contraindre officier rejoindre = 
 
 Will not a thought, true, grand, and well expressed, please 
 
 f. exprime 
 
 at all times 1 We shall (make our appearance) on this great 
 dans art. m. pi. paraitre sur 
 
 theatre, next month. Shall we describe all the 
 
 — m. art. prochain 2 mois m. 1 depelndre 
 
 horror of this terrible night? Will you not new-model a 
 
 — 3 nuitf. 1 refondre 
 
 work so full of charming ideas 1 Will you know your 
 
 plein 2 1 reconnaitre 
 
 things again? Will they always reduce our duties to 
 
 effet m. pi. * devoir m. pi. 
 
 beneficence 1 They will assiduously correspond with 
 art. bienfaisance f. assidumenl corresponds 
 
 their friends. 
 
 Conditional. — Should I, by these means, gain the 
 
 moyen m. s. altcindre a 
 desired end 1 I should (carry on) the undertaking with suc- 
 desire 2 but m. 1. conduire entreprise f. 
 
166 
 
 OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 joi-nt 
 
 past. {I should have) 
 
 BRANCH 1. BRANCH 2. BRANCH 3. BRANCH 4. BRANCH 5. 
 
 rendered pleased appeared reduced 
 
 j'aurais rend-w pl-w par-w redui-i 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 render (thou) please appear reduce join 
 
 rend-s pl-ais par-ais redui-s joi-ws 
 
 qu'il rend-e pl-aise par-aisse redui-se joi- gne 
 
 rend-ons pl-aisons j)&r-aissons redwi-sons joi-gnons 
 
 rend-ez yl-aisez par-aissez redm-sez joi-gnez 
 
 qu'ils rend-ent p\-aisent par-aissent redui-sent joi-gnent 
 
 cess. Would his mother wait with (so much) patience 1 Could 
 
 tantde 
 
 sincerity displease the man (of sense 1) Should we sell 
 
 art. = f . a sense vendre 
 
 our liberty 1 Should we buiid oar house upon that plan 1 
 
 construire — m. 
 
 Would you oblige young people to live as you 
 
 astreindre de art. gens pi. vivre comme 
 
 dol Would you reduce your child to despair 1 They 
 
 art. desespoir m. 
 should dread the (public) censure. Would my pro- 
 
 craindre 1 du public 3 f. 2. 
 tectors introduce an unknown person into the world 1 
 = introduire inconnu m. * 
 
 of a 
 
 Imperative. — Depict in thy idyl all the charms 
 
 peindre idylle douceur f. 
 
 rural life. Expect not " happiness from exter- 
 
 champetre 2 1 attendre art. art. exte- 
 
 nal objects; it is in thyself. Know the powers of thy mind 
 rieur 2 m. pi. 1 force f. 
 
 before thou writest. Let us unite prudence with 
 
 avant de * ecrire joindre art. f. a art. 
 
 courage. Let us not descend to useless particulars. 
 
 m. descendre dans des 2 — larite 1 
 
 Let us not (give offence) by an air of haughtiness. Seem 
 
 deplaire des — m.pl. parattre2 
 
 neither too cheerful nor too grave. Ye sovereigns, make 
 
 ne 1 ni gai ni serieux * souverain pi. rendre 
 
 the people happy. Do not despise his friendship. Sweet 
 
 dedaigner douz 
 
OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 167 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 
 
 present, {that I ma 
 
 y) 
 
 
 BRANCH 1. 
 
 BRANCH 2. 
 
 BRANCH 3. 
 
 BRANCH 4. 
 
 BRANCH 5. 
 
 render 
 
 please 
 
 appear 
 
 reduce 
 
 join 
 
 que je rend-e 
 tu rend-es 
 il rend-e 
 
 X)\-aise 
 yA-aises 
 yl-aise 
 
 ipa,r-aisse 
 yav-aisses 
 iphr-aisse 
 
 redui-se 
 
 redui-ses 
 
 redui-se 
 
 )o\-gne 
 joi-gnes 
 \o\-gne 
 
 nous xend-ions 
 
 ipl-aisions 
 
 Tpa.r-aissions 
 
 xtdwi-siom 
 
 ; \o\-gnions 
 
 vous rend-iez 
 ils lend-ent 
 
 rA-aisiez 
 Tp\-aisent 
 
 TpdLY-aissiez 
 \)zx-aissent 
 
 rcdm-siez 
 redui-se?i^ 
 
 joi- gniez 
 joi-gnent 
 
 
 PRETERIT. 
 
 {that I may 
 
 have) 
 
 
 rendered 
 
 que j'aie rend-% 
 
 pleased 
 pl-w 
 
 appeared 
 par-w 
 
 reduced 
 redui-i 
 
 joined 
 joi-nt 
 
 (Keep to yourself) such 
 taire certain 
 
 illusions, vain phantoms, vanish. 
 
 — f. — fantbme m. disparaitn 
 truths as may offend. 
 
 f. pi. qui peuvent offenser. 
 
 Subjunctive present. That I may fear that cloud of ene- 
 
 nuee f. 
 mies. That I should please every body, is impossible. 
 
 a ce 
 
 That he may not reply to such absurd criticism. That 
 
 repondre unsi2 3 critique f. pi. 
 he may lead his pupil step by step to a perfect knowledge 
 
 conduire eleve pas a cormaissance 
 
 of the art of speaking and writing. That we may entice by an 
 
 inf-1 pr. inf-1 seduire 
 
 enchanting style. That we may confound the arts with the 
 — teur 2 m. 1 
 sciences. That you may have the same end in view. That 
 
 but m. 2 tendre a 1 
 they may not depend on any body. That they may not in- 
 dependre de personne ac- 
 
 crease our sufferings. 
 croitre peines. 
 
 Imperfect. That I might not melt into tears. That 
 
 fondre en larme 
 I would acknowledge the truth. That he might (draw a picture) 
 
 ■reconnoitre peindre 
 
 of distressed virtue. That she might please by her accoi"- 
 
 art. mallieureuz 2 1 grac* 
 
168 OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
 
 imperfect, {that I might) 
 
 BRANCH 1. BRANCH 2. BRANCH 3. BRANCH 4. BRANCH 5. 
 
 render please appear reduce join 
 
 que je rend-isse pi-usse par-wsse xedm-sisse joi-gmsse 
 
 tu rend-Lsses ipl-usses par-wsses redm-sisses joi-gnisses 
 
 il rend-U -pl-ut par-iii redui-s^ joi-gnit 
 nous rend- issions pl-ussions pa.r-ussions redm-sissions joi-gnissions 
 
 vous rend-issiez p\-ussiez ~par-ussiez redui-sissiez }oi-gnissiez 
 
 lis rend-issent ~p\-ussent ip&r-usse7it ledixi-sissent )oi-gnissent 
 
 pluperfect, (that I might have) 
 
 rendered pleased appeared reduced joined 
 
 que jeusse pl-w par-w redui-£ joi-?*£ 
 
 rend-w 
 
 PARADIGM, OR MODEL FOR PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
 
 Se repentir to repent. 
 
 Pronominal verbs, as was said page 123, are con- 
 jugated throughout, in each person, with a double per- 
 sonal pronoun, and as all their compound tenses are 
 formed by means of the auxiliary verb eire, their par- 
 ticiple past must always agree in gender and number 
 with the objective pronoun, when it is direct, otherwise 
 not. Their inflections all follow the conjugations to 
 which they belong. 
 
 plishments more than by her beauty. That we might cod duct 
 f. pi. conduire 
 
 him to court. That we should affect such low 
 
 art. cour f. feindre de art. si has 2 
 
 sentiments. That you might hear their justification. That 
 
 1 entendre 
 
 you might know your real friends. That they might (wait for) 
 vrai attcndre 
 
 the opinion of sensible persons. That they would not ap- 
 art, sense 2 f. pi. 1, f. 
 pear so scornful and vain. 
 dedaigneuz f pi. ni si f. pi. 
 
OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
 
 169 
 
 In all participles past, except absous, dissous, resous, 
 which are to be seen in their places, the feminine is 
 formed by adding e mute to the masculine, and the plu- 
 ral by adding s to the singular, both masculine and femi- 
 nine, when it does not already end with this letter, the 
 French language not admitting a final double consonant. 
 
 As there is some difficulty in conjugating pronominal 
 verbs, some few are here selected, which it will prove 
 advantageous to practise. 
 
 s 1 alarmer 
 s' assouptr 
 s' apercevoir 
 se defendre 
 se hater 
 se depecher 
 se ressentir 
 se pouvoir 
 se taire 
 se promener 
 se coucher 
 se lever 
 s' asseoir 
 s' arroger 
 se procurer 
 se visiter 
 
 s' abstenir 
 se servir 
 se souvenir 
 se prevaloir 
 se repaitre 
 se conduire 
 5' enrhumer 
 s' ennuyer 
 5' orienter 
 s' endorrmr 
 se morfondre 
 se per Are 
 5' evanoutr 
 s' applaudzr 
 s' attribuer 
 s' entr'aider 
 
 s' habit uer 
 se nantir 
 se contraindre 
 se rendre 
 5' evertuer 
 s' impatienter 
 se f&cher 
 se reposer 
 s' enquertr 
 se mefier 
 se formaliser 
 se rapetisser 
 se reconcilier 
 se savozr gre 
 se prescrire 
 5' entr'ouvrir 
 
 5' enorgueillir 
 se meconnailre 
 5' immortaliser 
 se dorloter 
 s' ingenier 
 s' obligcr 
 se recueillir 
 se blesser 
 5' enrouer 
 se rejouir 
 s' embarrasser 
 s' habiller 
 5' emanciper 
 se dire 
 
 se rendre compte 
 s' entrevotr 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 se repentir to repent 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 se repentant repenting participle present and past. 
 
 past. frepenti ) 
 
 s* etant 1 or > having repented. 
 
 Jrepenti ) 
 or > to have repented. 
 repentie ) 
 
 i&j »*"•«■ 
 
 t repentie ) 
 
170 
 
 OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 i" repent. 
 je me repens je 
 
 tu te repens tu 
 
 il, or elle se repent il, or elle 
 nous nousiepen tons nous 
 
 vous vous repentez vous 
 
 ils, or elles se repentent ils, or elles se 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 J did repent. 
 
 me repentais 
 
 PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 
 
 1 have repented, 
 
 me suis ) repenti 
 
 V es > or 
 
 s' est ) repentie 
 
 nous sommes ) repentis 
 
 vous etes > or 
 
 sont ) repenties 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 I have repented. 
 
 tu 
 
 il, or elle 
 
 nous 
 
 vous 
 
 je 
 tu 
 il. or elle 
 
 te repentais 
 se repentait 
 nous repentions nous 
 vous repentiez vous 
 
 m' el-ais ) repenti 
 
 f etais > or 
 
 s' Halt ) repentie 
 
 nous etions ) repenti5 
 
 vous etiez > or 
 
 ils, or elles se repentaientils, or elles 5' etaicnt ) repentiw 
 
 Indicative present. — I commonly walk by moon- 
 
 , d 'ordinaire se promener a art. clair 
 
 light. Dost thou not deceive thyself 1 He (is never happy) 
 
 de la lune m. se tromper * ne se plaire 
 
 but (when he is doing) wrong! Do we not (nurse our- 
 
 quc a faire de art. mat m. s' ecouter 
 
 selves) too much 1 How do you do 1 They mean to 
 
 se porter se proposer de 
 
 travel in the spring. 
 voyager a m. 
 
 Preterit indefinite. — I (have been) tolerably well for 
 
 se porter assez Men depuis 
 sometime. Didst thou not lose thyself in the wood 1 (It is 
 5' egarer * On 
 
 said) that he killed himself (out of) despair. Have we flattered 
 dit se tuer * de se flatter 
 
 ourselves without foundation'? Ladies, have you walked 
 
 fondement Mesdames, se promener 
 
 this morning! "Did those ladies recognise themselves in 
 
 dame se reamnditre * a 
 
 this portrait 1 
 
OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 171 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRETERIT DEFINITE. 
 
 
 PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 
 
 I repented. 
 
 
 / had repented. 
 
 je me repentis 
 tu te repentis 
 il, or elle se repentit 
 nous nous repentiines 
 vous vous repentites 
 ils, or elles se repentirent 
 
 tu 
 
 il, or 
 nous 
 vous 
 ils, 01 
 
 me fus 1 repenti, 
 te fus > or 
 
 elle se fut ) repeDtie 
 nous fumes ) repentis, 
 vous fiites > or 
 
 • elles se furent ) repenties 
 
 Imperfect. — I tormented myself incessantly about the 
 se tourmenter * saris cesse pour 
 affairs of others. Wast thou not (laying the foundation for) 
 
 autrui se preparer 
 
 much sorrow by thy foolish conduct 1 He made himself 
 
 Men des regrets se rendre * 
 
 more and more unhappy (every day.) "We despaired without 
 
 dejour en jour se desesperer 
 
 reason. Did you not laugh at us? They ruined them- 
 
 se moquer de se perdre * 
 
 selves wantonly. 
 
 de gaite de cmur. 
 
 Pluperfect. — I had trusted myself to (very uncertain) 
 
 se livrer a des peu sitr 2 
 
 guides. Didst thou not confide too inconsiderately in this 
 m. pi. 1. se confer legerement a 
 
 man ? Had that officer rushed rashly into this 
 
 — cier se precipiter temz v oJ v ement dans 
 danger 1 We had condemned ourselves. Had you not (been 
 — m. se condamner nous-memes. s'oc- 
 
 engaged) in trifles? Had those travellers (gone out) of 
 
 cuper de bagatelle f. pi. voyageurs se detourner 
 
 the right way 1 
 droit chemin m. 
 Preterit. — I repented but too late of having taken such a 
 tard inf-1 fait 2 1 
 step. Wast thou not well entertained yesterday even* 
 
 demarche f. s'amuser hier an 
 
 ing? He suffered for his imprudence. We 
 
 ne se trouverpas Men de 
 met in the street, but did not speak. Did you say 
 
 se rencontrer rue se parler ditcs-vous 
 
 nothing (to each other X) Did not those rash children ap- 
 
 temeraire 2 1 $' ap- 
 plaud themselves for their folly'? 
 plaudir * de sottise. 
 
 16 
 
172 OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 FUTURE ABSOLUTE. FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 
 I shall repent. 
 
 
 I shall have repented. 
 
 je 
 
 vie 
 
 repentirai 
 
 je 
 
 
 me 
 
 serai 
 
 1 repenti, 
 
 tu 
 
 te 
 
 repentiras 
 
 tU 
 
 
 te 
 
 seras 
 
 > or 
 
 il, or 
 
 elle se 
 
 repentira 
 
 il, or 
 
 elle 
 
 se 
 
 sera 
 
 ) repentie 
 
 nous 
 
 nous 
 
 repentironsncus 
 
 
 nous 
 
 scrons 
 
 ) repentis, 
 
 vous 
 
 vous 
 
 repemirez 
 
 vous 
 
 
 vous 
 
 serez 
 
 > or 
 
 ils, or 
 
 1 elles se 
 
 repentiront 
 
 ils, or 
 
 elles 
 
 se 
 
 seront 
 
 ) repentis 
 
 Preterit anterior. — (As soon as) I discovered that they 
 des-que s'apercevoir on 
 
 sought to deceive me, I was on my guard. 
 
 chercher ind-2 tromper se tenir ind-3 garde f. pi. 
 
 What didst thou, when thou saw'st thyself thus forsaken % 
 
 fis quand se Irouver * ainsi abandonne 
 
 When she recollected all the circumstances, she was quite 
 se souvenir de f. ind-3 touie 
 
 ashamed. When he had rejoiced sufficiently, we parted. 
 honteux se rejouir assez se separer ind-3 
 
 When you had amused yourself sufficiently at his expense, 
 
 s'amuser * a depens m. pi. 
 
 did you not leave him quiet ? When they had walked 
 
 loisser ind-3 tranquille se promener 
 
 enough, they (sat down) at the foot of a tree. 
 s'assirent a 
 
 Future absolute. — I will yield, if they convince me. 
 
 se rendre on convainc 
 
 Wilt thou remember the engagement that thoumakest 1 What 
 
 se souvenir de f rends 
 
 will not he reproach (himself for V) We shall not forget our- 
 
 se reprocher a lui-mcme s'oublier 
 
 selves (so far as) to (be wanting) in respect towards him. Will 
 
 * jusque manquer de * lui 
 
 you employ the means I (point out) to you 1 Will not 
 
 se servir de que indiquer * 
 
 these flowers fade 1 
 
 f. sefletrir. 
 
 Future anterior. — Shall I have betrayed myself] Wilt 
 
 se trahir moi-meme 
 thou not have degraded thyself in his eyes] He will have 
 
 s'avilir * a 
 
 (been proud) of this trifling advantage. We shall have 
 
 s'enorguettlir foible avantage m. 
 
OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 173 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. PAST. 
 
 / should repent. I should have repented. 
 
 Je me repentirais je me serais ) repenti, 
 
 tu te repentirais tu te serais > or 
 
 il, or elle se repentirait il, or elle se serait ) repentitf 
 
 nous nous repentirions nous nous serious ~\ 
 
 vous vous repentiriez vous vousseriez t repenci5, 
 
 lis, or elles se repentiraient ils, or ) ■ . , f or . . 
 
 • v e jj' es > se seraient repentie* 
 
 fatigued ourselves (to no purpose.) In the end, you will have 
 se fatiguer * inutilement a 
 
 (been undeceived.) Will your children have (loved each other) 
 se desabuser s'entr'aimer 
 
 too much ? * 
 
 * 
 
 Conditional. Present. Should I suffer myself to 
 
 se laisser * * 
 
 (be drawn) into the party of the rebels ? Wouldst thou be 
 entrainer parti m. 2 * 
 
 (so easily) frightened ? Would not the nation sub- 
 
 de si peu de chose 3 defrayer 1 — f. se sou- 
 
 mil to so just a law 1 We should not rejoice to see the 
 
 mettre 3 4 12 se plaire voir 
 
 triumph of guilt. Would you dishonour ) r ourselves by 
 
 triomphe art. crime m. se desho?wrer * 
 
 such an action'? Would those lords (avail themselves) of 
 
 2 1 seigneur se prevaloir de 
 
 their birth and fortune, (in order to) hurt 
 
 naissance f. de leurs richesses pour faire vio- 
 
 our feelings 1 
 lence a sentiment. 
 
 Past. Should I not have devoted myself entirely to 
 
 se devouer * entierement 
 the service of my country? (Had it not been for) thy careless- 
 pays m. sans insouci- 
 
 ness, thou would'st certainly have (grown rich.) Would this 
 ance f. s'enrichir 
 
 pleasing hope have vanished so soon? Should we have 
 doux espoir m. s'evanouir 
 
 degraded ourselves to such a degree ? You would have 
 se degrader * 2 1 point m. 
 
174 
 
 OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE. 
 
 Repent (thou). 
 
 repens-foi 
 qull, or ) 
 
 qu'elle 
 
 qu'il, or 
 se repente ^^ 
 
 repen tons-wows 
 
 reipeutez-vous 
 
 qu'ils, or) M - . . qu'ils, #r 
 
 qu'elles 1 5 * re P entent Relies 
 
 tic te 
 
 NEGATIVE. 
 
 Do not repent. 
 repens 
 repente 
 
 repentons 
 repentez 
 
 ne se repenten-t 
 
 nenous 
 nevous 
 
 pas 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 That I may repent. 
 
 que 
 
 je me repente 
 
 tu te repentes 
 
 il, or elle se repente 
 
 nous nous repentions 
 
 vous vous repentiez 
 
 ils, or elles se repentent 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PRETERIT. 
 
 That I might have repented. 
 
 que 
 
 je me 
 
 tu te 
 
 il, or elle se 
 
 nous nous soy ons 
 
 vous vous soyez 
 
 ils, or ) 
 
 elles * 
 
 sots 
 sois 
 
 soit 
 
 soient 
 
 repenti, 
 
 or 
 repentig 
 
 repentis, 
 
 or 
 repenti« 
 
 reduced yourselves to every kind of want. They 
 
 se reduire * sorte f. privation f. pi. 
 
 would have (been drowned,) if (they had not had assistance.) 
 se noyer on ne les avoit secourus. 
 
 thou art mortal. Do 
 Let 
 
 Imperative. O man, remember that 
 se souvenir 
 not flatter (thyself that thou wilt succeed easily.) 
 
 te promets un succes facile 
 
 us take an exact account of our actions. Let us not deceive 
 se rendre — 2 compte 1 se seduire 
 
 ourselves. Rest yourself under the shade of this tree. 
 
 nous-memes. Sereposer * a ombre 
 
 Do not expose yourself so rashly. 
 
 s'ezposer * timer air ement. 
 
 Subjunctive present. 
 
 I must 
 11 faut que se 
 
 rise to-morrow at 
 lever de 
 
OF THE PRONOMINAL VERBS. 175 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT. 
 
 That I may repent. That I might have repented. 
 
 que que 
 
 je me repentisse je me fusse 1 repenti, 
 
 tu te repent isses tu te fusses > or 
 
 il, or elle se repentit il, or elle se Jut 3 repentie 
 
 nous nous repeutissionsnous nous fussions ) repentis, 
 
 vous vous repentissiez vous vousfussiez > or 
 
 ils, orellesse repentissent ils, or elles se fussent ) repentks 
 
 an earlier hour. I wish that thou may'st be 
 
 * meilleur heure f. souhaiter se porter 
 
 better. I wish him to conduct himself better. Is it not es- 
 
 mieux veux quHl * se conduire * 
 
 .sential that we should contain ourselves 1 They wish that 
 
 — tiel se contenir * On desirer 
 
 you should accustom yourselves early to labour. 
 
 s'habituer * de bonne heure art. travail m. 
 It is time that they should (have relaxation) from the fatigue 
 
 se delasser — f. 
 
 of business, 
 art. f. pi. 
 
 Preterit. Can I have (been deceived) so grossly 1 
 
 Se peut-il que se tromper grossiere- 
 
 It is astonishing that thou hast determined to stay. It is 
 ment? etonnant se decider r ester. On* 
 
 not said that he interfered in this business. It will never be 
 dit se meter de On * 
 
 believed that we have conducted ourselves so ill. It is not 
 croira se comforter * mat. On * 
 
 suspected that you have disguised yourselves so ingeniously. 
 soupconner se deguiser * adroitement 
 
 It is not feared that they have behaved ill. 
 craindre se conduire. 
 
 Imperfect. They required that I should (go to bed) at ten 
 On exigeait se coucher a 
 
 o'clock. They wish that thou should'st walk oftener. 
 
 fievre On voudrait sepromener 
 
 Did they not wish that he should practise fencing 1 
 On voulail s'exercer a faire dcs armes 
 
 Was it necessary that we should (make use) of this method 1 
 = se servir moyen m. 
 
 16* 
 
176 OF THE PASSIVE VERBS. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE PASSIVE VERBS. 
 
 There is but one mode of conjugating passive verbs; it is by- 
 adding to the verb etre, through all the moods and tenses, the 
 participle past of the verb active, which then must agree in gen- 
 der and number with the subject; as, 
 
 Je suis air.ie, or aimee J am loved 
 
 tu etais estime, or estiruee thou wast esteemed 
 
 ce roi fut cheri de son peuple that king was beloved by his people 
 
 elle fut toujours cherie sJie was always beloved 
 
 mon pere fut respecte my father was respected 
 
 ma m£re fut reveree my mother was revered 
 
 nous serons loues, or louees we shall be praised 
 
 vous en serez blames, or blamees you will be blamed/or it 
 
 its seraieut craints et redoutes they would bef eared and dreaded 
 
 je V ° U ,l r !i-L C r e leS P ° rteS fUSSGnt l l™h the doors were opened 
 
 Ou.VcJ.lcS ) 
 
 tu en avais ete averti, or avertie thou hadst been apprized of it 
 
 lorsqu'ileut ete mordu when he had been bitten 
 
 je soupQonne que la ruse aura ete I suspect the artifice will have been dis- 
 
 decouverte covered 
 
 vous auriez ete aperqus, or apenjues you tcould have been perceived 
 bien qu'elles aient ete reconnues although they were recognised 
 
 8UPP ft« e itetotei S 1UmlgreS CUSSent I ^PP™ the li S hts had been P ut ouL 
 
 Did they wish that you should complain without reason'? 
 
 on voulait se plaindre 
 
 Did they not wish them (to make more haste X) 
 
 on desirer ind-2 que Us se hater davantage? 
 
 Pluperfect. "Would they have wished that I had revenged 
 
 voulu se venger 
 
 myself? I could have wished that thou had'st shown 
 
 * desirer semontrer 
 thyself more accommodating. I could have wished that this 
 
 * moins difficile voulu 
 
 painter had (been less negligent.) Would you have wished that 
 
 peintre se negliger moins voulu 
 
 we should have ruined ourselves in the public opinion, (in order 
 
 se perdre * 2 f. 1 pour 
 
 to) satisfy your resentment 1 I could have wished perhaps 
 satisfaire ressentiment desirer peut-etre 
 
 that you had applied yourselves more to your studies. 
 
 s'appliquer * davantage 
 
 We could have wished that they had extricated themselves 
 
 se tirer 
 more skilfully from the difficulties (in which) they (had 
 
 adroitement embarras ov. 
 
 involved themselves.) 
 s'etaient mis. 
 
OF THE NEUTRAL VERBS. 
 
 177 
 
 In the following exercises upon the verbs, the 
 tenses will now be promiscuously intermixed. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE PASSIVE VERBS. 
 That young lady is so mild, so polite, and so kind, that 
 
 jeune demoiselle doux honnete bon 
 
 she is beloved by every body. He performed with (so much) 
 aime de jotter ind-4 tant de 
 
 ability, that he was universally applauded. He is known 
 
 intelligence ind-4 applaudi 
 
 by nobody. How many countries, unknown to the ancients, 
 de que de pays inconnu 
 
 have been discovered by modern navigators 1 
 
 art. 2 navigateur m. pi. 1. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE NEUTER VERBS. 
 
 There are in the French language about six hundred neuter 
 verbs, which are conjugated with the auxiliary avoir in their 
 compound tenses; the only excepted are the following, which 
 take etre; even some of them, and particularly those marked 
 with an asterisk, take either, according to the sense. 
 
 to come 
 to come back 
 to become 
 to become again 
 to happen 
 to intervene 
 to attain 
 to come from 
 to befall 
 
 to deny, or disown 
 to be born 
 to die 
 to die 
 
 i to be hatched, to 
 1 blow 
 
 i to be brought to 
 » bed 
 
 to stay, or remain 
 to appear 
 to perish 
 to result 
 to agree, to suit 
 to contravene 
 to land, &c. 
 
 Remark. The participle of these neuter verbs, which take 
 etre for auxiliary, must accordingly agree both in gender and 
 number with their subject; as, 
 Je suis tombe, or tombee 
 
 Alter 
 
 to go 
 
 venir 
 
 accourir 
 
 to run to 
 
 revenir 
 
 arriver 
 
 to arrive 
 
 devenir 
 
 choir 
 
 to fall 
 
 redevenir 
 
 dechoir 
 
 to decay 
 
 avenir 
 
 echoir 
 
 to become due 
 
 intervenir 
 
 monter" 
 
 to go up 
 
 parvenir 
 
 descendre* 
 
 to go down 
 
 provenir 
 
 remonter* 
 
 to go up again 
 to go down again 
 
 surveuir 
 
 redescendre 
 
 disconveair 
 
 entrer 
 
 to enter 
 
 naitre 
 
 rentrer 
 
 to come in again 
 
 mourir 
 
 r<»tourner 
 
 to return 
 
 deceder 
 
 tomber 
 retornber 
 
 tofall 
 
 to fall again 
 
 eclore 
 
 partir 
 
 repartir 
 
 to set out 
 
 to set out again 
 
 accoucher 
 
 rester 
 
 to stay 
 
 demeurer* 
 
 echapper* 
 
 to escape 
 
 apparaitre* 
 
 expirer* 
 
 to expire 
 
 perir* 
 
 passer" 
 
 to pass away 
 
 resulter* 
 
 sortir 
 
 to go out 
 
 convenir* 
 
 ressortir 
 
 to go out again 
 
 contrevenir* 
 
 aborder* 
 
 to land, &c. 
 
 
 quand infus verm, or venue 
 il etait arrive avant moi 
 elle etait deja arrivee 
 ma soeur etait parti e avant lui 
 nous serons revenus, or revenues 
 quand vous serez descendus, or ? 
 desc endues S 
 
 I have fallen 
 
 when thou hadst come 
 
 he had arrived before me 
 
 she had already arrived 
 
 my sister had set off before him 
 
 we shall have returned 
 
 when you shall have come down 
 
178 
 
 OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 ils seraient reparti* ) th ^ kave set ojr again 
 
 elles seraient reparties S 
 
 vos scEiirs etaient sorties, sont-ettes a your sisters went out, are they now 
 
 present rentrees 1 
 cela lui est echu en partage 
 cette maison m'a convenu, et je suis 
 
 conveuu du prix 
 U n'en est pas disconvenu 
 cette chose nvest echappee de la me- 
 
 moire, de la main 
 la treve est expiree 
 les delais sont expires 
 
 come back? 
 that fell to his lot 
 that house suited me, and I have 
 
 agreed about the price 
 he did not deny it 
 that thing escaped from my memory, 
 
 dropped from- my hand 
 the truce has expired 
 the delays have expired 
 
 elle a expire dans les bras de sa m&re she expired in the arms of her mother 
 
 qu' a-t-il resulte de la?qu'en esMlre- what has been the result, or const- 
 
 suite ? quence of it? 
 
 tous ceux qui etaient sur ce vaisseau all- those that were on board of that 
 
 ont peri, ou sont peris ship have perished 
 
 i a , i„ „■ * i „„ i ? have they carried down the wine into 
 
 a-t-on descendu le vin a la cave ? ^ fhe * el i ar ? 
 
 le baromStre a descendu de quatre the barometer fell four degrees during 
 
 degres pendant la journee 
 les actions ont monte beaucoup 
 jen'atpas remonte ma montre 
 il a monte quatre fois a sa chambre 
 
 pendant la journee 
 il est monte dans sa chambre, et il y 
 
 est reste 
 
 the day 
 the stocks rose very much 
 I have not wound up my watch 
 he went up to his room four times in 
 
 the course of the day 
 he is gone up to his room, and has re- 
 mained there 
 
 And so on through ail the compound tenses of the other verbs. 
 EXERCISE. ' 
 
 They came to see us with the greatest haste. When 
 
 ind-4 * voir empressement Quand 
 
 did they arrive 1 That estate fell to his 
 
 est-ce que ar river ind-4 terre f. lui est echu en * 
 
 lot. He fell from his horse, but happily received 
 
 partage tomber ind-4 * il — ind-4 
 
 only a slight contusion on the knee. 
 ne que Uger — f. a genou m. 
 
 OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 Observe that, in impersonal verbs, z7has no relation to a sub- 
 stantive, as may be seen by the impossibility of substituting a 
 noun in its place. 
 
 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 ilpleut 
 
 
 it rains 
 
 il bruine 
 
 it drizzles 
 
 il neige 
 
 
 it snows 
 
 il importe 
 
 it matters 
 
 il grele 
 
 
 it hails 
 
 il semble 
 
 it seems 
 
 il tonne 
 
 
 it thunders 
 
 il parait 
 
 it appears 
 
 il eclaire 
 
 
 it lightens 
 
 il snffit que 
 
 it suffices 
 
 ilgele 
 
 
 it freezes 
 
 ilconvient 
 
 it becomes 
 
 il degele 
 
 
 it thaics 
 
 il s'ensuit que 
 
 it follows that 
 
 il arrive 
 
 
 it happens 
 
 il est a propos 
 
 it is proper 
 
 ilsied 
 
 
 it is becoming 
 
 il faut 
 
 it is necessary 
 
 ilmessied 
 
 
 it is unbecoming 
 
 il y a, &c. 
 
 there is, or are 
 
 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 
 Does it rain 
 
 this morning: 
 
 1 Did it hail 
 
 
 
 pleuvoir matin m. 
 
 greler ind-4 art. 
 
OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 179 
 
 last night l It does not snow. I thought it had thun- 
 
 dernier2 f. 1 neiger croyaisque ten- 
 
 dered. Does it not lighten 1 Do yon think it freezes 1 
 
 ner ind-6 eclair er croyez que geler 
 
 It is a remarkable thing. It was a terrible hurricane. 
 
 ce ce ind-2 2 ouragan 1 
 
 It is ten o'clock. It (was not my friend's fault) that it 
 
 heure pi. ne tenir ind-3 pas a mon ami la chose 
 
 was not so. It will freeze long. I do not think so ; it 
 
 subj-2 ne ainsi long-temps crois 
 
 seems, on the contrary, that it thaws. It (is fit) to act 
 
 sembler a contraire degeler convenir de 
 
 so. It (was of great importance) to succeed. Would it be 
 
 importer beaucowp ind-2 de reussir etre 
 
 proper to write to your friends 1 It appears that he has 
 
 a propos de 
 not attended to that business. Perhaps it (would be) better to 
 
 s'occuper de vaudrait 
 
 (give up) the undertaking. It (was sufficient) to know his 
 abandonner enireprise suffisait de 
 
 opinion. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB 
 
 Falloir, il faut, it must, it is necessary. 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 falloir Pi st 
 
 wanted past 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 il faUt PRETERIT IND. 
 
 il falloit PLUPERFECT 
 
 il fallut PRETERIT ANT. 
 
 il faudra future anter. 
 
 CONDITIONAL, 
 il faudrait past 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 qu'il faille preterit 
 qu'il fallut pluperfect 
 
 The English verb must, not being im- 
 personal, may take any noun or pronoun for its sub- 
 ject, whereas the French verb falloir, being always 
 
 present 
 partic pres 
 
 PRESENT 
 IMPERFECT 
 PRETERIT DEF. 
 FUTURE ABSOL. 
 
 PRESENT 
 PRESENT 
 
 imperfect 
 Remark. 
 
 avoir fallu 
 fallu, ayant falhu 
 
 il a fallu 
 il avait fallu 
 il eut fallu 
 il aura fallu. 
 
 il aurait fallu 
 
 qu'il ait fallu 
 qu'il eut fallu 
 
180 OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 impersonal, a change of construction in the translation 
 becomes necessary, and this may be done in two differ- 
 ent ways. 
 
 The most common method is by putting- the con- 
 junction que after il faut, il fallait, &c. then transport- 
 ing the subject of the English verb must to the second 
 verb, which is to be put in the subjunctive in French : 
 thus, I must sell my house, il faut que je vende ma 
 maison. 
 
 The other way is by allowing the second verb to 
 remain in the infinitive, as in English, and substituting 
 in the place of the personal pronoun, which is the 
 subject of the verb must, its corresponding objective 
 me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, which are to be placed 
 between il and faut, fallait, &c. as, I must begin that 
 work to-day, il me faut commencer cet ouvrage au- 
 jouroVhui. 
 
 Observe. That all expressions implying necessity, 
 obligation, or want, may be rendered by falloir ; as, I 
 want a new grammar, il me faut une nouvelle gram- 
 maire. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 You must speak to him about that affair. It was necessary 
 sub-1 de f. in d-2 que 
 
 for him to consent to that bargain. We were obliged to (set 
 * it * sub-2 marche m. ind-3 partir 
 
 out) immediately. Children should learn every day some- 
 sub-2 sur-le-champ art. cond-1 sub-2 
 
 thing by heart. Shall I suffer patiently such an insult 1 He 
 
 ind-7 sub-1 2 1 
 
 must have been a blockhead not to understand 
 
 con d-2* sub-2 sot 2 pour 1 comprendre inf-1 des 
 
 such easy rules. (How much) do ) r ou want ? He does 
 
 si 2 3 regie f. 1 combien fait 
 
 what is requisite. Do that as it (should be.) What must he 
 
 faites ind-1 que 2 lui 1 
 
 have for his trouble 1 You are the man I want. Do not 
 
 * peine f. que 
 
 give me any more bread, I have already more than I 
 
 * de en deja ne 
 
 want. I need not ask you whether you will come. I do not 
 ftCen * inf-1 si 
 
OF THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. 
 
 181 
 
 think that it is necessary to be a conjurer to guess his motives. 
 crois il sub-1 * sorrier pour deviner motif 
 
 I could not suspect that I ought to ask pardon for a fault 
 pouvais soupqonner sub-2 * inf-1 — de faute f. 
 
 I have not committed. 
 que commise. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB 
 
 Y avoir, there to be. 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 y avoir there to be 
 
 Present 
 Past 
 Participle Pres 
 Participle Past 
 
 y a voir eu there to have been 
 
 y ayant there being 
 
 y ayant eu there having been 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 il y avait 
 il y avait eu 
 il y eut 
 il y eut eu 
 
 Present il y a there is, or there are* 
 
 Preterit Indef. il y a eu there has been, or there have 
 
 been* 
 there was, or there were* 
 there had been 
 there was, or there were* v 
 there had been 
 there will be 
 there would have been 
 
 CONDITIONAL, 
 il y aurait there would be 
 
 il y aurait eu there will have been 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present qu'il y ait that there may be 
 
 Preterit qu'il y ait eu thai there may have been 
 
 Imperfect qu'il y eut that there might be 
 
 Pluperfect qu'il y eut eu that there might have been 
 
 N. B. This verb in English is used in the plural, 
 when followed by a substantive plural ; in French it re- 
 mains always in the singular. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 Pluperfect 
 
 Preterit Def 
 
 Preterit Ant 
 
 Fcjture Absoldte il y aura 
 
 Future Anterior il y aura eu 
 
 Present 
 Past 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 There must be a great difference of age between those two 
 il doit — f. 
 
 persons. There being (so many) vicious people in this world. 
 tant de =2 gens m. pi. 1 
 
182 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 is it astonishing that there are so many persons who become 
 
 etonnant sub-1 dcvenir 
 
 the victims of the corruption of the age 7 It is a thousand 
 
 perversite f. siecle m. * mille a 
 
 to one that he will not succeed. There would be more 
 
 parier contre reussir 
 
 happiness if (every one) knew how to moderate his desires. 
 de bonheur chacun savait * * moderer desir 
 
 I did not think that there could be (any thing) to blame in 
 
 croyais sub-2 rien reprendre 
 
 his conduct. There would not be so many duels, did people 
 
 conduite f. — si Von 
 
 reflect that one of the first obligations of a Christian is to 
 
 rejlechir ind-2 f. — f. Chretien de 
 
 forgive injuries. Could there be a king more happy 
 
 pardonner art. Pourrait-il 
 
 than this, who has always been the father of his subjects 7 
 celui-ci sujei 
 
 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS, 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 To go (away). To have gone (away). 
 
 PRESENT (s' en) alter (s' en) §tre ) alle, allgs 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRES.(s' en) allant ) } 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST.( en) alle" $ (s' en) e"tant ) alle«, altee* 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 je (m' en)vais* je (m' en)suis 
 
 tu (f en)vas tu (f en)es 
 
 PRES. 
 
 alle", or 
 allee 
 
 il, or elle (s' en) va il, or elle (s' en) est 
 
 nous (nous en) allons nous (nous en)sommes )„-, 
 
 , vous (vous en) allez vous (vous en) §tes > jfn^M 
 
 v - ils, or elles (s' en) vont ils,orelles (s' en) sont ) auees 
 
 IMP. je (m' en) allais je (m' en) etais alle, &c. 
 
 PB.ET. je (m' en)allai je (m' en)fus all^, <fec. 
 
 FUTlTRE,je (m' en) irai je (m' en) sera! alle, &c. 
 
 COND. je (m' en) irais je (m' en) serais alle, <tc. 
 
 * Or je (me' en) vas. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 183 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE. NEGATIVE. 
 
 va (f en) ne(t' en)va *\ 
 
 qu'il (s' en) aille qu'il ne(s' en) aille r 
 
 allons (nous en) ne (nous en) allons > pas. 
 
 allez (vous en) ne(vous en)allez i 
 
 qu'ils (s' en) aillent qu'ils ne (s? en) aillent J 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 r je (m' en) aille je (m' en) sois 
 
 V tu (t' en) ailles tu (f en) sois 
 
 PRES. ) il, or elle (s 5 en) aille il, or elle (s' en) soit 
 
 que, ] nous (nous en) allions nous (nous en) soyons ) a iig g 
 
 * vous (vous en) ailiez vous (vous en) soyez ' ' 
 
 ils, or elles(s' en) aillent ils,orelles (s' en) soient 
 
 alle, or 
 aU€e , 
 
 alless 
 
 Imp. je (m' en)allasseje (m' en)fusse alle",&c. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 Je fus, fai ete, f avals ete, faurais ete, are some- 
 times used for fallal, je suls alle, fetals alle, je serais 
 sXle. 
 
 The imperative va takes an s when followed by y, 
 or by en ; as, vas-y, vas en savoir des nouvelles, go thi- 
 ther, go to hear some tidings of it ; however, it takes no 
 5 when the y is followed by a verb; as, va y donner or- 
 dre, go and order that affair. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Will you go this evening into the country 1 I am going to 
 
 soir a campagne f. * 
 
 pay some visits, and if I be early (at liberty) I 
 
 faire ind-1 de bonne keure 2 libre 1 
 
 shall certainly go home. Go there with thy brother. 
 
 s'en alter chez-moi 
 Go and do that errand. Go there and put every 
 
 * faire commission f. * mettre 
 
 thing hi order. Let him go to church on holidays. 
 
 en art. eglise f. * art. jour pi. de 
 
 By being loaded with scents, and particularly 
 
 fete, a force de inf-1 charge de odeur f. pi. surtout 
 
 amber, he (offends the smell.) They have woven 
 pr. ambre m. sentir mauvais. de art. f. 
 
 17 
 
184 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Puer, to stink, is by no means irregular, but simply 
 defective in the preterit of the indicative, and in the im- 
 perfect of the subjunctive. 
 
 Tisser, to weave, is a verb defective, which, to form 
 its compound tenses, borrows the participle past tissu, 
 from the obsolete verb tistre. 
 
 Envoy er and renvoyer, make in their future absolute 
 and conditional present, fenverrai, f enverrais, and je 
 renverrai, je renverrais. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 branch i. Punir. 
 
 Benir, to bless, has no irregularity, except in one of 
 its two participles past, benit, benite; as, pain benit, 
 hallowed bread; eau benite, holy water. The other, 
 beni, benie, being regular; as, benie entre toutes les fem- 
 mes, blessed among all women. 
 
 Fleurir, signifying to blossom, is regular ; but when 
 it means to flourish, to be in repute, honour, esteem, 
 
 silk and cotton together, and made a very pretty 
 
 pr. art. m. en ont fait 
 
 stuff. I shall send spring 1 flowers to those 
 
 etoffe f. de art. printanier 2 f. pi. 1 
 
 ladies. I would go to Rome, if I could. We would 
 
 dame f. pi. pouvais 
 
 (send back) our horses. "Why do they go away so soon 1 
 
 pourquoi 
 My brother and sister went yesterday to Windsor. I 
 
 pron. ind-4 
 
 will not go (any more) a hunting. 
 plus a, * art. chasse f. 
 
 EXERCISE ON BRANCH I. 
 may the name of that good king be blessed from generation 
 nomm. 
 to generation ! These trees blossor,wd twice every 
 
 en ind-2 deux fois tout art. 
 
 year. The arts and sciences flourished at Athens in the 
 
 anul. art. ind-2 a Athtnes 
 
OF THE IRREGUAR VERBS. 185 
 
 it makes, in the participle present, fiorissant, and in the 
 imperfect of the indicative, Jlorissait, JloHssaient. 
 
 In hair, to hate, the letters -ai form throughout two 
 syllables, except in the three persons singular of the pre- 
 sent of the indicative, je hais, tu hais, il halt, and in the 
 second person singular of the imperative hais, which are 
 pronounced as one syllable, as if written, je hes, tu hes, 
 il hit. 
 
 Gesir, to lie, is a defective verb, and has only preserved 
 gisant, git, nous gisons, Us gisent, il gisait, used in fa- 
 miliar discourse, or poetry, and particularly in monu- 
 mental inscriptions : ci-git, here lies. 
 
 branch ii. on Sentir. 
 
 BOUILLIR, to boil. COURIR, to TUTl. 
 
 Par. pres. Bouillant — Past, bouilli Courant — couru. 
 
 ( bous, bous, bout cours, cours, court 
 
 Ind. pres. < bouillons, bouillez, courons, courez, courent 
 
 f bouilletit 
 
 Imperfect. bouillais — Pret. bouillis eourais — courus 
 
 Future. bouilli rai — Cond. bouil- courrai — courrais 
 
 lirais 
 
 Imp. bous, bouillons, bouillez cours, courons, courez 
 
 Sub. pres. bouille— Imp. bouillisse coure — courusse 
 
 Rebouillir, to boil again, and ebouillir, to boil away, 
 are conjugated like bouillir ; this latter is only used in 
 
 time of Pericles. Horace and Virgil flourished under the 
 
 Pericles Virgile ind-2 sous 
 
 reign of Augustus. We discovered from the top of the 
 
 rcgne Augusle decouvrir haul 
 
 mountain a vast plain full of flowery meadows. 
 
 plaine f. rempli de fleurissant 2 pre m. pi. 1 
 The empire of the Babylonians was long a flou- 
 
 — — nien ind-3 long-temps * 
 
 risking one. We did not hate the man, but his vices. Does 
 
 * 
 she really hate that vain pomp and all the parade of 
 
 pompe f. appareil art. 
 
 grandeur 1 
 
136 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 compound tenses, and the infinitive ; as, cette sauce est 
 trop ebouillie, this sauce has boiled away too much. 
 
 Like courir are conjugated, 
 accourir to run to parcourir to ran over 
 
 concourir to concur recourir to have recourse 
 
 discourir to discourse secourir to assist 
 
 encourir to incur 
 
 Faillir, to fail. 
 Part. pres. faillant.* Past, failli. 
 
 Ind. pres. faux,* faux, *faut,* faillons,* faillez,* faillent.* 
 Imperf. faillais.* Pret. faillis, &c. Put. faudrai.* 
 Cond. faudrais.* Subj. imperf. que je faillisse. 
 
 Defaillir, to faint, has now only the plural of the 
 Ind. pres. nous defaillons, ils defaillent. Imperf. defaillais. 
 Pret. defaillis. Pret. indef. j'ai defailli, and Inf. pres. defaillir. 
 
 N. B. The tenses marked with an asterisk are obsolete. 
 
 EXERCISE ON BRANCH II. 
 
 Take that water off the fire, it boils too fast. Do not 
 
 Retirer f. de dessus m. f. fort 
 
 let the soup {boil away) (so much.) That sauce has 
 
 laisser 1 pot 3 tant 2 f. est 
 
 {boiled away) (too much.) Boil that meat again : 
 
 f. trop Faites rebouillir viande f. * 
 
 It has not boiled long enough. He runs faster than I. He 
 
 f, 2 * assez 1 vtie moi 
 
 ran about uselessly all the morning. We ran at the 
 
 ind-4 * inutilement matinee f. ind-3 
 
 voice of that honest man, and assisted him. (The moment) he 
 f. des-que 
 
 saw us in danger, he ran to us and delivered us. By so 
 
 vit en * delivrer ind-3 2 
 
 whimsical a conduct, should we not contribute to our destruc- 
 bizarre 3 1 concourir perte f. 
 
 tion % He discoursed so long on the immortality of the soul, 
 
 sur = 
 
 and the certainty of another life, that he left 
 
 certitude f. laisser ind-3 
 
 nothing unsaid. If we (were to act thus,) we should 
 
 en ar Here " agir ind-2 ainsi 
 
 certainly incur the displeasure of our parents. I would not 
 
 disgrace f. 
 have recourse to so base a method. Will men alwavs 
 
 bas 2 moyen m. 1 art. 
 
 run after shadows 1 
 
 de art. chimere f. pi. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 187 
 
 Foir, to fly, to runaway. 
 Part. pres. fuyant. Past. fui. 
 Ind. pres. fuis, fuis, fuit, fuyons, fuyez, fuient. 
 Imperf. fuyais. Pret. fuis. Put. fuirai. Cond. fuirais. 
 Imp. fuis, fuie, fuyons, fuyez, fuient. 
 Subj. pres. fuie, fuies, fuie, fuyions, fuyiez, fuient. 
 Imperf. je fuisse, or rather, prisse la fuite. 
 
 Mourir, to die. 
 
 Part. pres. mourant. Past. mort. 
 
 Ind. pres. meurs, meurs, meurt, mourons, mourez, meurent. 
 
 Imp. mourais. Pret. mourus. Fut. mourrai. Cond. mourrais. 
 
 Imp. meurs, meure, mourons, mourez, meurent. 
 
 Subj. pres. meure, meures, meure, mourions, mouriez, meurent. 
 
 Imperf. mourusse. Comp. tenses, je suis mort, j'etais mort, &c. 
 
 Rem. S'enfuir, to run away, is conjugated after fuir. 
 Mourir takes the auxiliary etre ; and when reflected, se 
 mourir signifies to be dying, or at the point of death. It 
 is seldom used except in the present and imperfect of the 
 indicative. 
 
 EXERCISE ON FAILLIR, &c. 
 
 He {was near) losing his life in that rencounter. He 
 
 faillir perdre * art. rencontre L 
 
 (was near) falling into the snare which was laid for him. 
 faillir ind-4 donner piege m. qulon avait tendu * lui 
 
 His strengthens him every day. Let us 
 
 * art. f. pi. defaillir lui art. m. pi. Donnez-nous 
 
 have something to eat directly; we are fainting -with. 
 
 * * manger 2 vite 1 de 
 
 fatigue and hunger. I cannot meet him, he shuns 
 
 — pr. faim ne puis rencontrer 
 
 me. When we have no employ, we endeavour to 
 
 on sait s'occuper chercher se 
 
 fly from ourselves. Would he not avoid flatterers, 
 
 * soi-meme fuir art. flatteur m. pi. 
 
 if he knew all their falsehood "i He died by a (very painful) 
 
 ind-2 faussete f. de cruel 2 
 
 disease. She died of grief (for the loss of) her son. 
 
 maladie f. 1 ind-4 chagrin m. d' 'avoir perdu 
 
 He is dying. She was expiring with grief, when the fear 
 
 se mourir se mourir de crainle f. 
 
 of death at last wrested her secret from her 
 
 art. enfin arracher ind-3 — m. * lui. 
 
 17* 
 
188 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Querir, to fetch, is used in familiar conversation after 
 venir, envoy er, culler, as, envoy ez querir, send for ; allez 
 querir, go and fetch. 
 
 Acquerir, to acquire. 
 Part. pres. acquerant. Past, acquis. 
 
 Ind. pres. acquiers, acquiers, acquiert, acquerons, acquerez, ac- 
 quierent. 
 Imper. acquerais. Pret. acquis. Put. acquerrai. Cond. acquerrais. 
 Imp. acquiers, acquiere, acquerons, acquerez, acquierent. 
 Subj. pres. acquier-e, -es, -e, acquer-ions, -iez, acquierent. 
 Imperf. acquisse. 
 
 SPenquerir, to inquire, and requerir, to request, are 
 conjugated as acquerir. 
 
 Conquerir, to conquer, is seldom used hut in the Ind. 
 pret. je conquis, &c. and in the Subj. imperf. je con- 
 quisse. Its chief use is in the compound tenses. 
 
 Oulr, to hear, is only employed in the Inf. pres. ouir. 
 Part. past. ou'i. Ind. pret. j'ouis, tu ou'is, &c. and 
 Subj. imperf. j'ouisses, tu ou'isses, &c. Its principal use 
 is in the compound tenses, when it is generally accompa- 
 nied by another verb ; as, je Vai, or je V avals oui dire, 1 
 have, or I had heard it said. 
 
 Vetir, to clothe. 
 Part. pres. vetant.* Past. vetu. 
 Ind. pres. vets,* vets,* vet,* vetons, vetez, vetent. 
 Imperf. vetais. Pret. vetis. Put. vetirai. Cond. vetirais. 
 Imp. vets,* vete,* vetons, vetez, vetent. 
 Subj. pres, vete. Imperf. vetisse. 
 
 N. B. Vetir is seldom used in the forms marked with 
 an asterisk, and is most frequently reflected. 
 
 Revetir, to clothe, to invest, is used through all the 
 tenses; devetir, to divest, is principally used as a re- 
 flected verb, and in some forms only. 
 
 EXERCISE ON QUERIR ; &c. 
 
 Send for the physician, and follow exactly his advice. 
 medecin suivez 
 
 and fetch my cane. Every day he acquired 
 
 * canne f. art. jour m. pi. ind-3 de art. 
 
 celebrity by works calculated to fix the atten- 
 
 = f. de&rt. ouvrage m. pi. fait pour 
 
 tion of an enlightened public. That I would acquire 
 
 2 1 subj-2 de&xt. 
 
 riches at the expense of my honesty! He had acquired 
 
 depens m. pi. " probitc f. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 189 
 
 branch in. Ouvrir. 
 
 Cueillir, to gather. 
 Part. Pres. cueillant. Past, cueilli. Ind. pres. cueille. 
 Imperf. cueillais. Pret. cueillis. Fut. cueillera 
 
 Cond. cueillerais. Imper. cueille. SuBJ.pres. cueille. 
 
 Imperf. cueillisse. 
 
 Thus, accueiller, to welcome, and recueillir, to coi 
 lect. 
 
 Saillir, to protect, has only saillant, sailli ; and the 
 following forms : il saille, il saillait, il saillera, il sail- 
 lerait, qvlil saille, qvJil saillit. But saillir, to gush 
 out, is regularly conjugated like finir ; saillissant, je 
 
 by his merit great influence over the opinions of his con* 
 m. une — f. sing. con- 
 
 temporaries. I have inquired about that man (every where) 
 temporain de — la, partout 
 
 and have not (been able) (to hear any thing of him.) Who 
 je pu en avoir de nouvelles. Qui est- 
 
 has requested it of you 7 Sesostris, king of Egypt, 
 ce qui 3 4 en 2 * 1 
 
 conquered a great part of Asia. The formidable empire 
 
 art. 2 1 
 
 which Alexander conquered did not last longer than 
 
 — dre ind-6 durerplus long-temps 
 
 his life. I have heard that important news. He dressed 
 
 f. ouir-dire 2 sing. 1 se vetir 
 
 himself in haste and (went out) immediately. I wish 
 * a art. hate f. sortir sur-le-champ. voudrais 
 
 she would dress the children with more care. If his 
 que vetir subj-2 de 
 
 fortune permitted him, he would clothe all the poor of his 
 
 permeltait le lui 
 parish. Two servants clothed him with his ducal 
 
 paroisse f. domestique revetir de 2 
 
 mantle. He only passed for a traveller; but 
 
 manteau m. 1 ne ind-2 que voyageur 
 
 lately he has assumed the character of an envoy. It 
 
 depuis peu revetir nn * envoy e 
 
 begins to be very warm; it is time to (throw off 
 
 commencer /aire chaud; de se de- 
 
 some clothing.') 
 vetir. 
 
190 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 saillis, &c, Us saillissent, &c. Its principal use is in the 
 third persons. 
 
 Assaillir, to assault. 
 
 Part.pres. assaillant. Past, assailli. Ind. pres. assaille. 
 
 Imverf. assaillais. Pret. assaillis. Put. assaillirai. 
 
 Cond. assaillirais. Imper. assaille. Sub. assaille. 
 
 Imperf. assaillisse. 
 
 EXERCISE ON BRANCH III. 
 
 I will gather with pleasure some of these flowers and 
 
 pr-pron. 
 fruits, since you wish to have some. Do not gather 
 
 puisque etre bien-aise de en 
 
 these peaches, before they are ripe. That is a 
 
 f. pi. avant que ne sub-1 miir. Ce 
 
 country where they neither reap corn, nor (gather) 
 
 pays ou on ne recueillir ni ble ni * 
 
 grapes. We shall collect in ancient history important 
 
 vin recueillir 2 1 de art. — 2 
 
 and valuable facts. He received us in the most polite manner. 
 
 precieux3 fait 1. accueillir de 2 maniere 
 
 Poverty, misery, sickness, persecution, in a 
 
 f. 1 art. f. art. f. art. maladie 5 f. pi. art. f. en 
 
 word, all the misfortunes in the world, have {fallen upoii) 
 
 malheur m. pi. de accueillir 
 
 him. You will give six inches to that cornice; it will 
 
 voulez pouce m. pi. corniche f. f. 
 
 project too much. That balcony projected too much ; it 
 
 balcon m. ind-2 
 darkened the dining-room. When Moses struck 
 
 obscurcir ind-2 Quand Moise f rapper ind-3 
 
 the rock, there gushed out (of it) a spring of (fresh running) 
 
 rocher m. il ind-3 en source f. vif2 
 
 water. The blood gushed from his vein with impetuosity. 
 f. 1 ind-2 veine f. == 
 
 We shall assault the enemy to-morrow in their intrenchments. 
 pi. demain retranchement. 
 
 Were we not overtaken by a horrible storm 1 At every word 
 ind-3 assailli tempite f. a chaque 
 
 they said to him concerning his son, the good (old man) 
 que on disait* de vieillard 
 
 leaped for joy. Shall you not shudder with fear 1 
 
 iressaillir ind-2 de joie. tressaillir peur f. 
 
 N. B. Tressaillir, to start, conjugated like assaillir, 
 makes in the fut. je tressaillir ai, or tressaillerai, &c. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 191 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 Avoir, to have, is conjugated at length, p. 125. 
 
 Ravoir, to have again, and se ravoir, to recover, are 
 only used in the present of the infinitive. 
 
 Choir, to fail, has only the participle past, chu, chue, 
 formerly chute, preserved in chape-chute. 
 Dechoir, to decay. 
 
 (No Part, pres.) Part. past, dechu. 
 
 Ind. pres. dechois, dechois, dechoit, dechoyons, dechoyez, de- 
 choient. 
 
 (No Imperf.) Pret. dechus. Put. decherrai. Cond. decherrais. 
 
 Imper. dechois, dechoie, dechoyons, dechoyez, dechoient. 
 
 Sob. pres. dechoie, dechoies, dechoie, dechoyi-ons, — ez, decho- 
 ient. Imperf. dechusse. 
 
 Echoir, to fall to, to expire, has only now in use, the 
 Ind. pres. il echoit, sometimes pronounced ilechet; the 
 pret. il echut ; fut. il echerra ; cond. il echerrait ; the 
 imperf. Subj. que fechusse, &c. and Inf. echoir, echeant, 
 echu. 
 
 N. B. Choir, dechoir, echoir, take the auxiliary etre. 
 
 Falloir, to be necessary, is an impersonal verb, the 
 conjugation of which has been given, p. 179. 
 
 EXERCISE ON AVOIR, RAVOIR, &c. 
 
 I had apartments that Hiked; I will endeavour to have them 
 ind-2 un logement aimer veux essayer de s. 
 
 again. Beware of falling. How has he fallen into 
 
 prenez-garde inf-1 comment en 
 
 poverty 1 Since the publication of his last work, he has 
 pauvretk. ? Depuis dernier 
 
 much fallen in the esteem of the public. If he do not alter 
 
 dechoir changer 
 
 his conduct, he will decline every day in his reputation 
 de * dechoir de jour-en-jour de — f. 
 
 and credit. He has put in the lottery, and he hopes 
 
 pr. pron. — m. mis a loterie f. 
 
 that a capital prize will fall (to his share.) That bill 
 
 * art. gros lot m. echoir lui lettre f. 
 
 of exchange has expired. The first term expires at Mid- 
 
 change echoir. terme m. a la Saint 
 
192 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Mouvoir, to move. 
 Part. pres. mouvant. Part. past. hiu. 
 Ind. pres. mens, meus, meut, niouv-ons, — ez, meuvent. 
 Imperf. mouvais. Pret. mus. Put. mouvrai. Cond. mouvrais. 
 Imper. meus, meuve, mouvons, mouvez, meuvent. 
 Subj. pres. meuv-e, — es, — e, mouv-ions, — iez, meuvent. 
 Imperf. musse. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated, emouvoir, to stir 
 up, to move; promouvoir, to promote; and demouvoir, 
 to make one desist. 
 
 The first, whether in an actual or figurative sense, is 
 much used. The second is employed in speaking of a 
 dignity. The third is a law term, and is only used in 
 the Inf. pres. 
 
 Pleuvoir, to rain {impersonal.) 
 Part. pres. pleuvant. Past. plu. Ind. pres. il pleut, 
 
 Imperf. il pleuvait. Pret. il plut. Fut. il pleuvra. 
 
 Cond. il pleuvrait. Sub. pres. qu'il pleuve. Imperf. qu'ilplut. 
 
 summer. You have drawn on me a bill of exchange ; when 
 
 Jean. tirer sur moi 
 
 is it payable ? I did not believe that I must so soon (have taken) 
 
 echoir ind-1 croyais sub-2 faire 
 
 that journey. He must have sunk under the efforts 
 
 voyage m. ind-4 que succomber sub-2 
 of (so many) enemies. 
 
 tant de 
 
 EXERCISE ON MOUVOIR, &c. 
 
 The spring which moves the whole machine is very inge- 
 
 ressort m. 2 tout 1 — f. 
 
 nious, though very simple. It was passion which moved. 
 
 = quoique — Ce ind-1 art. f. ind-4 
 
 him to that action. Can you doubt that the soul, though it 
 
 — f. Pouvez f. 
 
 is spiritual, moves the body at pleasure % That is a man 
 * — tuelne sub-1 a savolonte? Ce 
 
 whom nothing moves. "We had scarcely lost sight of 
 
 emouvoir ind-3 a peine perdu vue f . 3 2 art. 
 
 land when there arose a violent tempest. We 
 
 terre f. 1 que il s'emouvoir ind-3 grande tcmpete f. 
 were moved with fear and pity. When the famous 
 
 ind-2 emus de cratniei. pr. pitie f. Quand celebre 
 
 d'Aguesseau was promoted to the dignity of chancellor, all 
 
 = f. chancelier art. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 193 
 
 Pouvoir, to be able. 
 Part. pres. pouvant. Part. past. pu. 
 
 Ind. pres. puis or peux, peux, peut, pouv-ons, — ez, peuvent. 
 Imperf. pouvais. Pret. pus. Fut. pourrai. Cond. pourrais. 
 {No imperative.) Subj. pres. puisse. Imperf. pusse. 
 
 Remark. Conversation and poetry admit je peux; 
 but in interrogations, puis-je ? and not peux-je ? must be 
 used. 
 
 Savoir, to know. 
 Part. pres. sachant. Part. past. su. 
 
 Ind. pres. sais,. sais, sait, savons, savez, savent. Imperf. savais. 
 Pret. sus. Fut. saurai. Cond. saurais. 
 
 Imper. sache, sache, sachons, sachez, sachent. 
 Subj. pres. sache. Imperf. susse. 
 
 Seoir, to become, to befit, has only the part. pres. sey- 
 ant ; and the third person of the simple tenses, il sied, 
 Us sieent, il scyait, il sicra, il sierait, qvlil siee. But 
 seoir, to sit, is used only in the two participles, scant and 
 sis. This verb is also used impersonally. 
 
 France showed the greatest joy. That bishop well 
 
 f. en temoigner ind-3 f. eveque 
 
 deserved by his talents and by his virtues, that the king 
 
 meriter ind-2 
 should promote him to the dignity of primate. The people 
 
 sub-2 primat sing, 
 
 think that it rains frogs and insects 
 
 croit de art. grenouille f. pi. pr-art. insecte m. pi. 
 
 at certain seasons. It will not rain to-day, but I 
 
 en — temps p\. aVaujourd'hui 
 
 (am fearful) of its raining to-morrow. 
 craindre que * Tie sub- 1 
 
 EXERCISE ON POUVCIR, SAVOIR, &c. 
 When he arrived at home, he (was quite ex- 
 
 ind-5 with etre chez-lui n'en pouvoir 
 
 hausted.) The minister had (so many) people at his 
 
 ind-2 plus ministre ind-2 tant de monde d 
 
 levee, that I could not speak to him. Are you afraid 
 
 audience, ind-2 * 2 craignez 1 
 
 that he will not accomplish that arfair 1 I know 
 
 pouvoir sub-1 venir d bout de 
 
 that he is not your friend, but I know likewise that he is a 
 de pi. aussi * 
 
194 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Asseoir, to sit. 
 Part. pres. asseyant. Part. past, assis. 
 
 Ind. pres. assieds, assieds, assied, assey-ons, — ez, — ent. 
 Imperf. asseyais. Pret. assis. Fut. assierai, or asseyerai. 
 Cond. assierais, or asseyerais. Imper. assieds, asseye, asseyons, 
 — ez, — ent. Subj. pres. asseye. Imperf. assisse. 
 
 N. B. This verb is more frequently reflected, as i as- 
 seoir, to sit down. Its compound rasseoir, to sit again, 
 to calm, or to sit down again, is conjugated in the same 
 manner. 
 
 Voir, to see. 
 Part. pres. voyant. Part. past. vu. 
 
 Itijy.pres. vois, vois, voit, voyons, voyez, voient. 
 Imperf. voyais. Pret. vis. Fut. verrai. Cond. verrais. 
 Imper. vois, voie, voyons, voyez, voient. 
 Subj. pres. voie, voies, voie, voyions, voyiez, voient. Imp. visse. 
 
 man of probity. Let them know that their pardon depends on 
 
 Men grace dependre de 
 
 their submission. I could wish that he knew his lessons 
 
 soumission desirer cond-1 sub-2 
 
 a little better. Let us see if this new-fashioned 
 
 voyons d'tm nouveau gout 2 
 
 gown becomes you, or not. Be assured that too gaudy 
 
 robe f. 1 non art. voyant 
 
 colours will not become you. The head-dress which that 
 
 f. coiffure f. que 
 
 lady wore became her very ill. These colours become 
 
 porter ind-2 ind-2 lui ' inf-3 
 
 you so well, you (would do wrong) to wear any others. 
 
 avoir tort cond-1 de en porter de 
 Set that child in this arm-chair, and take care lest he 
 
 asseoir m. fautcuil m. prenez-garde que 
 
 fall. I will sit down on the top of that hill, 
 
 ne subj-1 s' 'asseoir sommetm. coleaum. 
 
 whence I shall discover a prospect (no less) magnificent 
 
 decouvrir scene f. aussi — que 
 
 than diversified. We (were seated') on the banks of the 
 
 varie s'asseoir ind-6 bord m. pi. 
 
 Thames, whence we (were contemplating) myriads of 
 
 Tamise f. ind-2 de art. millier 
 
 vessels, which bring every year, the riches of the two 
 vaisseau apporter art. pi. 
 
 hemispheres. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 1% 
 
 Revoir, to see again, and entrevoir, to have a glimpse 
 of, are conjugated in the same manner; but privoir, to 
 foresee, makes in the future and the conditional, je pri- 
 voirai, &c. je privoirais, &c. i 
 
 Pourvoir, to provide, differs in the pret. je pourvus, 
 tu pourvus, &c. fut. je pourvoirai, &c. cond. je pour- 
 voirais, &c. and imperf. subj. queje pourvusse, &c. 
 
 Surseoir, to supersede, though a compound of seoir, 
 is conjugated like voir, except that it makes fut. je sur- 
 seoirai, &c. cond. je surseoirais, &c. and part. past, 
 sursis. 
 
 Valoir, to be worth. 
 Part. pres. valant. Part. past. valu. 
 
 Ind. pres. vaux, vaux, vaut, valons, valez, valent. 
 Imperf. valais. Pret. valus. Fut. vaudrai. Cond. vaudrais. 
 Imper. vaux, vaille, valons, valez, vaillent. 
 Subj. pres. vaille, vailles, vaille, valions, valiez, vaillent. 
 Imperf. valusse. 
 
 Revaloir, to return like for like, and iquivaloir, to be 
 equivalent, to follow valoir; but privaloir, to prevail, 
 makes in the subj. pres. que je private, que tu privates, 
 qvHil private, que nous privations, &c. 
 Vouloir, to be willing. 
 Part. pres. voulant. Part. past, voulu. 
 Ind. pres. veux, veux, veut, voulons, voulez, veulent. 
 Imperf. voulais. Pret. voulus. Fut. voudrai. Cond. voudrais. 
 Subj. pres. veuill-e, — es, — e, voulions, vouliez, veuillent. 
 Imperf. voulusse. 
 
 N. B. The imperative veuille, veuillons, veuillez, is 
 also used, particularly veuillez, with the sense of, be so 
 good as, so kind as to, &c. 
 
 EXERCISE ON VOIR, &c. 
 
 See the admirable order of the universe : does it not announce 
 2 m. 1 
 
 a supreme architect 1 Has he again seen with pleasure his 
 
 — 2 artisan m. 1. 
 
 country and his friends 1 (Had he had a glimpse of) the dawn 
 
 pays aurore 
 
 of this fine day 1 To finish their affairs, it would be neces- 
 
 Pour falloir 
 
 18 
 
196 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 branch i. on Rendre. 
 
 Soudre, to solve, now obsolete, and replaced by 
 Resoudre, to resolve. 
 Part. pres. resolvant. Part. past, resolu, or resous. 
 Ind. pres. resous, resous, resout, resolv-ons, — ez, — ent. 
 Imperf. resolvais. Pret. resolus. Put. resoudrai. 
 Cond. resoudrais. Imper. resous, resolve, resolv-ons, -ez, -ent. 
 Subj. pres. resolve. Imperf. resolusse. 
 
 This verb has two participles past, resolu, when it 
 means determined ; and resous, when it means resolved 
 into : in this last sense it has no feminine. 
 
 Absoudre, to absolve, is conjugated like resoudre; but 
 has neither pret. ind. nor imperf. subj. ; its participle 
 past is absous, m. absoute, f. 
 
 sary for them to (see one another.) I clearly foresaw, (from 
 
 que * Us * s'entrevoir subj-2 Hen des- 
 
 that time,) all the obstacles he would have to surmount. Would 
 lors — m. surmonter. ind-2 
 
 you have the judge (put off) the execution of the 
 
 * que surseoir subj-2 
 
 sentence that he had pronounced'? I shall not put off the pur- 
 arret rendu pour- 
 
 suit of that affair. If men do not provide (for it,) God 
 
 suite f. pi. art. y 
 
 will provide for it. "Would this book he good for nothing % You 
 
 valoir * 
 have not paid for this ground more than it is worth; (are you 
 * terre f. f. ne crain- 
 
 afraid) that it is not worth six hundred pounds 1 Let us 
 
 dre que subj-1 livre f. pi. sterling? 
 
 take arbitrators. One ounce of gold is equivalent to 
 
 prenons de art. arbitre once f. 
 
 fifteen ounces of silver. Doubt not that reason and 
 
 art. art. 
 
 truth will prevail at last. I can and will tell the truth 
 
 * ne subj-1 a la tongue pron. dire 
 
 If you are willing, he will be willing too. Let us resolve to 
 le le aussi vouloir * 
 
 resist our passions, and we shall be sure to conquer them. 
 
 combattre de vainer e 
 
 {Be so good as) to lend me your grammar. 
 vouloir * preter 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 197 
 
 Dissoudre, to dissolve, has the same irregularities, and 
 wants the same tenses, as absoudre. 
 
 Coujdre, to sew. \ 
 
 Part. pres. cousant. Part. past, cousu. 
 
 Ind. pres. couds, couds, coud, cousons, cousez, cousent. 
 Imperf. cousais. Pret. cousis. Put. coudrai. Cond. coudruif;, 
 Imper. couds. Subj. pres. couse. Imperf. cousisse. 
 
 Decoudre, to unsew, and recoudre, to sew again, are 
 conjugated in the same manner, so likewise sourdre, to 
 issue from a fountain, which is only used in the infini- 
 tive sourdre and present of the indicative il sourd. 
 
 Mettre, to put. 
 Part. pres. mettant. Part. past. mis. 
 
 Ind. pres. mets, mets, met, mettons, mettez, mettent. 
 Imperf. mettais. Pret. mis. Put. mettrai. Cond. mettrais. 
 Imper. mets. Subj. pres. mette. Imperf. misse. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated the derivatives, 
 
 admettre to admit permettre to permit 
 
 commettre to commit promettre to promise 
 
 compromettre to compromise remettre to replace 
 
 se demettre \ t° P ut out of joint soumettre to subject 
 
 (to resign transmettre to transmit 
 
 omettre to omit s'entremettre to intermeddle 
 
 EXERCISE UPON RESOUDRE, &c. 
 
 Wood which is burned resolves itself into ashes 
 
 art. bois m. on briiler ind-2 se resoudre * en cendre f. 
 
 and smoke. Have they resolved on peace or war % 
 
 pr. fumee f. on * art. f. art. f. 
 
 The fog has resolved itself into rain. Could that 
 
 brouillard m. se resoudre ind-4 * pluie f. 
 
 judge thus lightly absolve the guilty 1 Strong 
 
 si legerement cond-1 coupable m. pi. art. fort 2 
 waters dissolve metals. Those drugs (were dissolved) 
 
 f. pi. 1 art. on 1 drogue 3 ind-4 2 
 
 before they were put into that medicine. My sister 
 
 avant que de les * mettre remede m. 
 
 vms sewing all day yesterday. That piece is not well sewed, it 
 ind-3 * liier m. 
 
 must (be sewed over again.) Unpick that lace, and sew it 
 
 la inf-1 Decoudre denlelle f. 2 1 
 
 again very carefully. Does he set a great value 
 
 avec beaucoup de soi mettre prix m» 
 
198 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Moudre, to grind (com, &c.) 
 Part. pres. moulant. Part. past, moulu. 
 
 Ind, pres. uiouds, mouds, moud, moul-ons, — ez, — ent. 
 Imperf. moulais. Pret. moulus. Put. moudrai. 
 
 Conn", inoudrais. 
 
 Impek. mouds, moule, moulons, moulez, inoulent. 
 SuBJ.pres. moule. Imperf. moulusse. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated the derivatives : 
 - , $ to grind reinoudre to grind again (corn, &c.) 
 
 (knives,&c.)remoudre to grind again (knives, &c.) 
 
 Prendre, to take. 
 
 Part. pres. prenant. Part. past. pris. 
 
 ItiD.pres. prends, prends, prend, pren-ons, — ez, prennent. 
 
 Imperf. prenais. Pret. pris. Put. prendrai. Cond. prendrais. 
 
 Imper. prends, prenne, prenons, prenez, prennent. 
 
 Subj. pres. prenn-e, — es, — e, pren-ions, — iez, prennent. 
 
 Imperf. prisse. 
 
 upon riches 1 I never admitted those principles. Has 
 
 a art. 
 he committed that fault 1 If he (would take my 
 
 faute f. me 
 
 advice,) he would resign his charge in favour of his 
 
 croyait se demettre cond-1. de f. en = 
 
 son. He put his arm (out of joint) yester- 
 
 se demettre ind-3 * art. bras m. * 
 
 day. I will omit nothing that depends on me to 
 
 de ce dependre ind-7 de pour 
 serve you. God frequently permits the wicked to 
 
 souvent que mechant m. pi. * 
 
 prosper. Put this book in its place again. Under 
 
 prosperer sub-1 remettre a — f. * 
 
 whatever form of government you (may live,) remem- 
 
 quelque gouvernement m. que viviez se sou- 
 
 ber that your first duty is to be obedient to the laws. It 
 
 venir devoir m. de soumis 
 
 frequently happens that fathers transmit to their children 
 
 arriver art. 
 
 both their vices and their virtues. He has long meddled 
 
 long -temps s'entre- 
 with public affairs ; but his endeavours have not been 
 mettre de art. 2 1 ef 
 
 crowned with success. 
 couronner de art. m 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 199 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated, 
 
 apprendre to learn entreprendre to undertake 
 
 desapprendre to unlearn se meprendre to mistake 
 
 comprendre to understand reprendre to retake, to reply 
 
 deprendre to separate surprendre to surprise 
 
 Rompre, to break. 
 Part.pres. rompant. Part. past, rompu. 
 
 Ind. pres. romps, romps, rompt, romp-on s, — ez, — ent. 
 Imperf. rompais. Pret. romp is. Put. romprai. Cond. romprais. 
 Imper. romps, rompe, rompons, rompez, rompent. 
 Scbj. pres. rompe. Imperf. rompisse. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated corrompre, to cor- 
 rupt, and interrompre, to interrupt. 
 
 EXERCISE ON MOUDRE, PRENDRE, &c. 
 
 I took great pains: but, at last, I ground all the 
 
 ind-3 beaucoup de sing. enfin 
 
 coffee. Grind those razors with care. Those knives 
 
 cafe m. rasoir m. coyteaum. 
 
 (are just) ground. This grain is not sufficiently ground, it 
 
 venir d'etre assez 
 
 should be ground again. I wish that you would take 
 
 falloir ind-1 le inf-1 vouloir 
 
 courage. What news have you learned ? Philosophy com- 
 
 f. pi. art. 
 prehends logic, ethics, physics, and 
 
 logique f. art. morale f. art. physique f. art. 
 
 metaphysics. It is (with difficulty) that he divests himself of 
 metaphysiqv£ f. Ce diffcilement que se deprendre 
 his opinions. He has forgotten all that he knew. I fear 
 desapprendre ce que ind-2 que 
 
 you will undertake a task above your strength. Could 
 
 ne subj-1 tdche f. au-dessus de f. pi. * 
 
 he have been mistaken so grossly 1 I reproved 
 
 cond-2 grossierement reprendre ind-2 
 
 him continually for his faults, but (to no purpose.) We 
 
 sans cesse de defaut inutilement 
 
 surprised the enemy, and cat them to pieces. In the middle 
 
 ind-3 pi. tailler en a 
 
 of the road the axletree of our carriage broke. Bad 
 
 chemin essieu m. carosse se rompre art. 
 
 company corrupts the minds of young people. Why do 
 
 f. pi. sing. gens pourquoi 
 
 you interrupt your brother, when you see him busy % 
 quand occupy 
 
 18* 
 
200 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Suivre, to follow. 
 Part. pres. suivant. Part. past, suivi. 
 Ind. pres. suis, suis, suit, suivons, suivez, suivent. 
 Imperf. suivais. Pret. suivis. Put. suivrai. Cond. suivrais. 
 Imper. suis, suive, suivons, suivez, suivent. 
 Subj. pres. suive. Imperf. suivisse. 
 
 N. B. S'ensuivre, to ensue, only used in the third per- 
 son singular and plural of every tense, and poursuivre 
 to pursue, are conjugated in the same manner. 
 
 Vaincre, to conquer, to vanish. 
 Part. pres. vainquant. Part. past, vaincu. 
 Inc. pres. vaincs,* vaincs,* vainc,* vainqu-ons,* — ez, — ent 
 Imperf. vainquais. Pret. vainquis. Put. vaincrai. Con. vaincrais. 
 Imper. vaincs,* vainque, vainquons,* vainqu-ez, —ent. 
 Subj. pres. vainque. Imperf. vainquisse. 
 
 All the persons of this verb, marked with an asterisk, 
 are very little used. But its derivative, convaincre, to 
 convince, is used in all its tenses and persons. 
 
 EXERCISE ON SUIVRE, &c. 
 
 (For a long while) we followed that method, which was 
 long-temps 2 ind-3 1 f. ind-2 
 
 only calculated to mislead us. What (is the consequence ?) 
 ne que propre cgarer que s'ensuivre 
 
 See the errors that have sprung from this propo- 
 
 s'ensuivre ind-4 f. pi. — f. 
 
 sition, which appeared so true. We pursued our course 
 
 ind-2 suivre ind-2 chemin 
 
 when some cries, which came from the midst of the 
 
 lorsque de art. cri, m. pi. * sorlis fond m. 
 
 forest, excited terror in our souls. The Greeks 
 
 foret f porter ind-3 art. = f. Grec 
 
 vanquished the Persians at Marathon, Salamis, Flatea, 
 
 Perse a pr. Calamine pr. Platec 
 
 and Mycale. I have, at last, convinced him, by such 
 pr. ' de art. si 2 
 
 powerful reasons, of the greatness of his fault, that I (have 
 
 fort 3 f. pi. 1 enormite faute f. ne 
 
 no doubt) but he will repair it. It is during 
 
 douler nullement que ne reparer subj-1 Ce pendant 
 
 winter that they thrash the corn in cold countries, 
 
 art. on battre froid 2 art. pays m. pi. 1 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 201 
 
 Battre, to beat. 
 Part. pres. battant. Part. past, battu. 
 Ind. pres. bats, bats, bat, battons, battez, battent. 
 Imperf. battais. Pret. battis. Put. battrai. Cond. battrais 
 Imper. bats. Subj. pres. batte. Imperf. battisse. 
 Conjugate in the same manner, 
 
 abattre to pull down combattre to fight 
 
 rabattre to abate debattre to debate 
 
 rebattre to beat again s'ebattre to be merry 
 
 etre, to be, is conjugated at full length, p. 136. 
 
 Vivre, to live. 
 Part. pres. vivant. Part. past. vccu. 
 
 Ind. pres. vis, vis, vit, vivons, vivez, vivent. Imperf. vivais. 
 Pret. vecus. Put. vivrai. Cond. vivrais. Imp. vis. 
 Sub J. pres. vive. Imperf. vecusse. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated, revivre, to re- 
 vive; and survivre, to survive. 
 
 The enemy was so completely beaten in that engagement, that 
 
 pi. — ment rencontre f. 
 
 he -was forced to abandon thirty leagues of the country. The 
 pi. de lieue f. * pays 
 
 cannon {beat down) the tower. They were fighting with 
 canon abattre ind-3 tour f. * ind-2 un 
 
 unexampled fury, when a panic terror made 
 
 sans exemple 2 acharnement m. 1 vanique 2 = f. 1 ind-3 
 
 them take flight, and dispersed them in an instant. Beat 
 leur art. fuite f. m. rebattre 
 
 these mattresses again. Happy are those who live in soli- 
 matelas m. pi. * * art. re- 
 
 tude ! Long live that good king ! He 
 
 traite f. que 1 long-temps 4 sub-1 3 2 
 
 did not long survive a person who was so dear to him. 
 
 ind-3 a f. art. 
 
 Fathers live again in their children. He was in a strange de- 
 
 ac- 
 jection of mind ; but the news which he has received has 
 cablement f. pi. f. pi. ontfaii 
 
 revived him. 
 inf-1 
 
202 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 branch ii. Plaire. 
 
 Braire, to bray, and il brait, Us braient, il braira, 
 Us brairont, il brairait, Us brairaient, are only used 
 when speaking of asses ; though it may be used with 
 propriety in the other persons by comparison. 
 
 Faire, to do. 
 Part. pres. fesant. Part. past. fait. 
 Ind. pres. fais, fais, fait, fesons, faites, font. 
 Imperf. fesais. Pret. fis. Put. ferai. Cond. ferais. 
 Imper, fais, fasse, fesons, faites, fassent. Subj. pres. fasse. 
 Imperf. fisse. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated, 
 
 contrefaire to counterfeit refaire to do again 
 
 defaire to undo satisfaire to satisfy 
 
 redefaire to undo again surfaire to exact 
 
 forfaire* to trespass mefaire* to misdo 
 
 malfaire* to do ill parfaire* to perfect 
 
 EXERCISE ON BRANCH II. FAIRE, &c. 
 
 What will you have him do ? Do not make (so 
 
 Que vouloir * que il subj-1 
 
 much) noise. Do they never exact ? That woman mimicked 
 tant de bruit ind-2 
 
 all the persons whom she had seen ; this levity rendered 
 
 f. pi. que f. pi. legerete f. ind-3 
 
 her odious. It was with difficulty he (divested himself) of the 
 
 f. ind-3 peine que se difaire 
 
 false opinions which had been given him in his infancy. 
 
 — f. on * f. pi. lui f. 
 
 Could it be possible that we should not again make a jour- 
 
 subj-2 art. * voy- 
 ney to Paris, Rome, and Naples 1 He says that you 
 
 age de pr. pr. dit 
 
 have offended him, and that, if you do not satisfy him quickly, 
 offense prompte- 
 
 he will find means to satisfy himself. E*very 
 
 ment art. moyen sing, de se lui-meme 
 
 night, she milked her sheep, which gave her a (great 
 art. soir m. pi. ind-2 brebis pi. ind-2 lui abon- 
 
 quantity) of wholesome milk. Have you milked your 
 
 dant 2 * et sain 3 lait m. 1. 
 
 * These four verbs are only used in this form, and the partic, 
 past, for fait, malfait } mefait, and par fait. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 203 
 
 Traire, to milk (defective.) 
 Part. pres. trayant. Part. past, trait. 
 Ind. pres. trais, trais, trait, trayons, trayez, traient. 
 Imperf. trayais. {No pret.) Put. trairai. Cond. trairais. 
 Imper. trais, traie, trayons, trayez, traient. 
 Subj. pres. traie. {No imperf.) 
 
 Conjugate in the same manner 
 
 attraire to allure rentraire tofinedraw 
 
 abstraire to abstract retraire to redeem 
 
 distraire to divert soustraire to substract 
 
 extraire to extract 
 
 All these words are principally used in the compound 
 tenses. 
 
 branch in. Paroitre. 
 
 NaItre, to be bom. 
 Part. pres. naissant. Part. past. ne. 
 Inl». pres. nais, nais, nait, naissons, naissez, naissent. 
 Imperf. naissais. Pret. naquis. Put. naitrai. Cond. naitrais. 
 Imper. nais. Subj. pres. naisse. Imperf. naquisse. 
 
 This verb takes the auxiliary etre ; but its derivative, 
 renaitre, to be born again, has no participle past, and } 
 consequently, no compound tenses. 
 
 goats'? Are the cows milked? Salt is good to 
 
 chevre f. pi. vache f. pi. art. Sel m. pour 
 
 entice pigeons. You will never know the nature of 
 
 attraire art. m. pi. connaztre 
 
 bodies, if you do not abstract their accessary qualities from 
 art. —2 =1 
 
 those which are inherent (in them.) The least thing (diverts 
 
 — leur moindre le 
 
 his attention.) Will you not extract that charming passaged 
 distraire — m. 
 
 Have you darned your gown 1 Should he not redeem that 
 
 rentraire 
 land 1 What ! would you have me screen those 
 
 Quoi! ind-1 * que je soustraire sub-1 
 
 guilty persons from the rigour of the laws 1 
 
 coupable m. pi. * a rigueur f. 
 
204 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 PaItre, to graze \ (defective.) 
 Part. pres. paissant. Part. past. pu. 
 IxfD.pres. pais, pais, pait, paissons, paissez, paissent. 
 Imperf. paissais. (No pret.) Fut. paitrai. Cond. paitrais. 
 Imper. pais. Subj. pres. paisse. (No imperf.) 
 
 Repaitre, to feed, to bait, is, like paraitre, regular in 
 all its tenses, making in the pret. ind. je repus, &c. and 
 in the imperf. subj. je repusse, &c. 
 
 branch iv. Reduire. 
 
 Bruire, to roar, which is defective, has, besides this 
 form, the part pres. bruyant, oftener used as an adjec- 
 tive, as, desjlots bruyans ; and the two third persons of 
 the imperf. ind. ilbruyait, ils bruyaient. 
 
 Luire, to shine, and reluire, to glitter, make the part, 
 past, lui, relui, neither the pret. ind. nor imperf subj. 
 are in use. 
 
 Nuire, to hurt, making part. pres. nuisant, past, nui, 
 has all its tenses. 
 
 EXERCISE ON BRANCH III. NAITRE, &c. 
 
 Was not Virgil born at Mantua 1 It is from that poisoned 
 
 ind-3 Mantoue? Ce empoisonne2 
 
 source that have arisen all the cruel wars that have 
 
 f. 1 que naitre f. pi. 2 f. pi. 1 
 
 desolated the universe. The fable says that, as soon as 
 
 desoler f. dit aussitbt que 
 
 Hercules had (cut off) one of the heads of the hydra, 
 Hcrcule h m. couper tete f pi. hydre f. 
 
 others sprang up. While their united 
 
 d'autres 2 il en renattre ind-2 1 Tandis que reuni 2 
 
 flocks fed on the tender and flowery 
 
 troupeau m. pi. 1 paitre ind-2 * 2 fleuri 3 
 
 grass, they sung under the shade of a tree the 
 
 herbe f. 1 chanter ind-2 a ombre 
 
 sweets of rural life. Your horses have not 
 
 douceur f. pi. art. champetre 2. f. 1 
 
 fed to-day ; you must have them/ei. 
 
 repaiire d'aujourd'hui * * faire 2 1 inf-1. 
 
 He is a man who thirsts after nothing but blood 
 
 Ce ne se repaUre de 2 * que 1 
 
 and slaughter. \ 
 
 pr. carnage m. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 205 
 
 Confire, to pickle. 
 Part. pres. confisant. Part. past, confit. 
 
 Ind. pres. conf-is, — is, — it, — isons, — isez, — isent. 
 Imperf. confisais. Pret. confis. Put. confirai. 
 Cond. confirais. Imp. confis. Subj. pres. confise. 
 
 Imperf. confisse. 
 
 Its derivative deconfire, to discomfit, is rather obsolete. 
 
 Circoncire, to circumcise, and suffre, to suffice, make 
 in the -part. past, circoncis and suffi, the rest is as confire. 
 
 Dire, to say. 
 Part. pres. disant. Part. past. dit. 
 
 Ind. pres. dis, dis, dit, disons, dites,* disent. 
 Imperf. disais. Pret. dis. Put. dirai. Cond. dirais. 
 
 Imper. dis, dise, disons, dites,* disent. 
 Subj. pres. dise. Imperf. disse. 
 
 EXERCISE ON BRANCH IV. BRUIRE, &c. 
 
 The thunder which roared from afar an- 
 
 tonnerre m. bruire ind-2 dans art. lointain m. 
 
 nounced a dreadful storm. They heard roar the waves 
 
 ind-2 terrible 2 orage m. 1 On ind-2 inf-l flotm.$\. 
 
 of an agitated sea. That street is too noisy for those who 
 
 agite 2 mer f. 1 rue f. bruyant 
 
 love retirement and study. (I have a glimpse of) some- 
 art, retraite f. art. entrevoir quelque 
 thing that shines through those trees. A ray of hope 
 chose au-trOyVers de rayon m. 
 shone upon us in the midst of the misfortunes which over- 
 ind-4 * a milieu malheur m. pi. ac- 
 whelmed us. Every thing is well rubbed in that house; every 
 cabler ind-2 froite 
 thing shines, even the floor. "Would he not have 
 
 y reluire jusque a flancher m. * 
 
 injured you in that affair 1 Jesus Christ was circumcised eight 
 cond-2 * 
 
 * Redire, to say again, conformably to its primitive, makes 
 redites, but 
 
 contredire to contradict ~\ f vous contredises- 
 
 dedire to unsay \ vous dedisez 
 
 interdire to forbid I ma k e J vous interdiscz 
 
 medire to slander f ] vous medisez 
 
 predire to foretel I vous predisesr 
 
 maudire to curse J l^vous mandissez 
 
 This last makes part. pres. maudissa?^, with two ss, and conse- 
 quently nous maudi55ons, &c. je maudissais, &c. 
 
206 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Ecrire, to write. 
 Part. pres. ecrivant. Part, past, ecrit. 
 Ind. pres. ecris, ecris, ecrit, ecriv-ons, — ez, — ent. 
 Imperf. eerivais. Pret. ecrivis. Put. ecrirai. Cond. ecrirais. 
 Imp. ecris. Subj. pres. ecrive. Imperf. ecrivisse. 
 
 Conjugate in the same manner 
 
 circonscrire to circumscribe proscrire to proscribe 
 decrire to describe recrire to write again 
 
 inscrire to inscribe souscrire to subscribe 
 
 prescrire to prescribe transcrire to transcribe 
 
 Lire, to read. 
 Part. pres. lisant. Part. past. lu. 
 
 Ind. pres. lis, lis, lit, lisons, lisez, lisent. Imperf. lisais. 
 Pres. lus. Put. lirai. Cond. lirais. Imper. lis. 
 Subj. pres. lise. Imperf lusse. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated, 
 elire to elect relire to read over again. 
 
 days after his birth. Will you preserve these peaches 
 
 naissance f. * confire 
 
 with sugar, with honey, or with brandy 1 
 
 a art. sucre m. art. miel m. art. eau-de-vie f. 
 
 Did you pickle cucumbers, purslane, 
 
 de art. concombre m. pi. pr. art. pourpier m. 
 and sea-fenneH If he loses his lawsuit, all his 
 
 pr. art. perce-pierre f. proccs, m. 
 
 property will not suffice, 
 bien 
 
 EXERCISE ON DIRE, &c. 
 
 Always speak truth, but with discretion. Never contra- 
 
 dire art. f. 
 diet (any one) in public. You thought you were serving 
 
 per sonne en penserindA * * inf-1 
 
 me in speaking thus : well, (let it be so;) you shall not 
 
 enparler ainsi:ehl bien, soit en 
 
 be contradicted. What! would you forbid him all commu- 
 te dire Quoi! * inter dire 
 nication with his friends 1 That woman who slandered 
 f. ind-2 de 
 every one, soon lost all kind of respect. You had 
 
 ind-3 espece f. consideration 
 
 foretold that event. Let us curse no one ; let us remember 
 
 nepersonne se rappeler 
 
 that our law forbids us to curse even those who persecute us. 
 defendre * de persecuter 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 207 
 
 Rire, to laugh. 
 Part. pres. riant. Past. ri. Ind. pres. ris, ris, rit, rions, riez, rient. 
 Imperf riais. Pret. ris. Fut. rirai. Cond. rirais. 
 Imper. ris. Scbj. pres. rie. Imperf. risse. 
 
 Sourire, to smile, is conjugated as rire. 
 
 Frire, to fry, besides the present of the infinitive, has 
 only the part. past, frit ; indic. pres. je fris, tu fris, il 
 frit; fut. je frirai, tu, &c. ; cond, je frirais, tu, &c. ; 
 imper. sing, fris. But it has all the compound tenses. 
 The forms that are deficient are fully supplied by faire, 
 prefixed to frire, as fesant frire, je fesais frire, &c. 
 
 Boire, to drink. 
 Part. pres. buvant. Past. bu. 
 
 Ind. pres. bois, bois, boit, buvons, buvez, boivent. 
 Imperf. buvais. Pret. bus. Fut. boirai. Cond. boirais. 
 Imper. bois, boive, buvons, buvez, boivent. 
 Subj. pres. boiv-e, — es, — e, buvions, buviez, boivent. 
 Imperf busse. 
 
 Write every day the reflections which you make on the 
 
 art. pi. 
 books you read. Did he not read that interesting his- 
 
 ind-2 2 1 
 
 tory with (a great deal) of pleasure 1 God is an infinite being, 
 
 2 etre m. 
 who is circumscribed neither by time nor place. 
 
 1 ne ni art. ni pr. art. lieu m. pi. 
 
 Will you not describe in that episode the dreadful tempest 
 
 — m. horrible 2 f . 1 
 
 which assailed your hero 1 Get those soles and whitings 
 
 ind-3 faire 1 — pron. merlan3 
 
 fried. If you wish to form your taste, read over and over, un- 
 inf-1 2 vouloir * * relire 
 
 ceasingly, the ancients. He was elected by a great majority of 
 sans-cesse ind-4 d — f. 
 
 voices. We have laughed heartily, and have resolved 
 
 de bon casur nous resolu 
 
 to (go on.) He did not answer him (any thing;) but 
 
 de continuer repondre ind-3 lui Hen 
 
 he smiled at him, as a sign of approbation, in the kindest 
 
 ind-3 * lui en * de gracieuz 2 
 
 manner. 
 airm. 1 
 
 19 
 
208 OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 In the same manner are conjugated, 
 
 reboire to drink again s'emboire to imbibe, a technical term 
 
 used in painting. 
 
 Clore, to close, has only the part, past, clos; ind. 
 pres. je clos, tu clos, il clot; fut. jeclorai, tu cloras, &c. ; 
 cond. je clorais, tu clorais, &c. ; and the imp. sing. clos. 
 
 Declore, to unclose, enclore, to enclose, are defective 
 in the same tenses as clore ; but forclore, to debar, a law 
 term, is only used in the inf. and part, past, forclos. 
 
 Eclore, to be hatched, as birds, or to blow like a flow- 
 er, has only these forms ; inf. eclore ; part, past, eclos ; 
 ind. pres. il eclot, ils eclosent; fut. il eclora, ils eclo- 
 ront; cond. il eclorait, ils ecloraient; and the subj. pres. 
 qu'il eclose, qu'ils eclosent. But its compound tenses, 
 which are formed with etre, are much used. 
 
 Conclure, to conclude. 
 Part. pres. concluant. Past, conclu. 
 
 Ind. pres. conclus, conclus, conclut, conclu-ons, — ez, — ent. 
 Imperf. concluais. Pret. conclus. Fut. conclurai. 
 Cond. conclurais. Imper. conclus. Subj. pres. conclue. 
 Imperf. conclusse. 
 
 N. B. Exclure, to exclude, is conjugated like con- 
 clure, except that its participle past is either exclu or 
 exclus. 
 
 EXERCISE ON BOIRE, CLORE, &c. 
 
 Seated under the shade of palm-trees, they were milking 
 
 Assis a art. palmier pi. * ind-2 
 
 their goats and ewes, and merrily drinking 
 
 chevre f. pi. pron. brcbis f. pi. avecjoie2md-2 1 
 
 that nectar, which (was renewed) every day. Should 
 
 m. se renouveler ind-2 art. pi. * 
 
 they not have drunk with ice - ? This window does not 
 
 cond-2 a art. f. f. 
 
 shut well ; when you have made some alterations (in it,) 
 
 ind-8 reparation f. pi. y 
 
 it will shut better. He had scarcely closed his eyes, when 
 
 f. mieux. a peine ind-6 * art. que 
 
 the noise which they made at his door, awoke him. 
 
 que on ind-3 a reveiller ind-3 
 
 Have they not enclosed the suburbs within the city 1 
 
 on faubourg m. pi. ville f. 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. 209 
 
 Croire, to believe. 
 
 Part. pres. croyant. Past, cru. 
 
 Ind. pres. crois, crois, croit, croyons, croyez, croient. 
 
 Imperf. croyais. Pret. crus. Put. croirai. Cond. croirais. 
 
 Imper. crois, croie, croyons, croyez, croient. 
 
 Subj. pres. croie, croies, croie, croyions, croyiez, croient. 
 
 Imperf. crusse. 
 
 It has no derivative but accroire, which is only used 
 with faire, as, faire accroire, or en fair e accroire, to im- 
 pose upon credulity; and den faire accroire, to be self- 
 conceited. 
 
 Poindre (upon joindre,) v. a. to sting, and v. n. to 
 shoot forth, to dawn, has, besides the inf. poindre, the 
 ind. pres. il point, and thefut. il poindra. 
 
 Will you enclose your park with a wall, or a hedge 1 
 
 pare de mur m. pr. haie f. 
 
 Put the eggs of those silk-worms in the sun, 
 
 mettez ceuf. m. pi. ver-d-soie m. pi. a soleil m. 
 
 that they may hatch. Those flowers just blown % 
 
 sub-1 nouvellemeni 
 
 spread the sweetest fragrance. When did they conclude this 
 
 repandre doux parfum m. ind-4 
 
 treaty'? His enemies managed so well, that he was unani- 
 traite m. faire ind-3 ind-3 unani- 
 
 mously excluded from the company. Did you think me 
 
 mement compagnie f. croire ind-1 
 
 capable of so black an act 7 He possesses some kind of 
 
 noir 2 trait m. 1. avoir espece 
 
 knowledge; but (not so much as he thinks.) 
 s'dvoir il s'en faire trop accroire. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS 
 
 UPON THE TWO FOLLOWING TAELES. 
 
 The following Tables, which exhibit at one view all 
 the primitive tenses, both of the regular and irregular 
 verbs, and most of the defective, with reference to the 
 pages where the other tenses are to be found, will, it is 
 presumed, prove useful to those who will consult them. 
 
210 
 
 OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 TABLE OF THE PRIMITIVE TENSES OF THE 
 FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 INFINITIVE. | 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Present. \ Preter. Def. 
 
 Parler 
 
 Parian?. 
 
 Parle. 
 
 Je parle. 
 
 Je parley. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 Puntr. 
 
 Vumssant. 
 
 Puni. 
 
 Je punis. 
 
 Je punis. 
 
 153 
 
 Sentir. 
 
 Sentant. 
 
 Sen??. 
 
 Je sens. 
 
 Je sends. 
 
 153 
 
 Mentir. 
 
 Meutant. 
 
 Menti. 
 
 Je mens. 
 
 Je menft's. 
 
 
 Se repenttr. 
 
 Se repentant 
 
 Repent. 
 
 Je me repens. 
 
 JewerepenU's. 
 
 169 
 
 Far?ir. 
 
 Par?an?. 
 
 Par?*. 
 
 Je pars. 
 
 Je partis. 
 
 
 Sottir. 
 
 Sortant. 
 
 Sor?». 
 
 Je sors. 
 
 Je sortis. 
 
 
 Dormir. 
 
 Dormant. 
 
 Dormi. 
 
 Je dors. 
 
 Je dormis. 
 
 
 Servir. 
 
 Servant. 
 
 Semi. 
 
 Je sers. 
 
 Je semis. 
 
 
 Ouvnr. 
 
 Ouvrant. 
 
 Ouver?. 
 
 J' ouvre. 
 
 J' ouvrz's. 
 
 153 
 
 CouvWr. 
 
 Couvran?. 
 
 Couver?. 
 
 Je couvre. 
 
 Je eouvris. 
 
 
 Offn'r. 
 
 Offrant. 
 
 Offer?. 
 
 J' offre. 
 
 J' offris. 
 
 
 Souffrtr. 
 
 Souffran?. 
 
 Souffer?. 
 
 Je souffre. 
 
 Je souffrts. 
 
 
 Tenir. 
 
 Tenant. 
 
 Tern*. 
 
 Je tiens. 
 
 Je tins. 
 
 153 
 
 \enir. 
 
 Yenant. 
 
 \enu. 
 
 Je \iens. 
 
 Je vins. 
 
 
 "Rec evoir. 
 Devoir. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 Receran?. 
 Devant. 
 
 Re cm. 
 Du. 
 
 Je re^ois. 
 Je dozs. 
 
 Je recws. 
 Je du's. t 
 
 158 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 Repandre. 
 
 Rendre. 
 
 Fondre. 
 
 Repondre. 
 
 Tondre. 
 
 Perdre. 
 
 Mordre. 
 
 Tordre. 
 
 Plaire. 
 
 Tat're. 
 
 Para??re. 
 
 Cro??re. 
 
 Conna??re. 
 
 Repaz?re. 
 
 Reduire. 
 
 Instruire. 
 
 Craindre. 
 
 Peindre. 
 
 Joindre. 
 
 Repandan?. 
 
 Repandw. 
 
 Je repands 
 
 Rendan?. 
 
 Rendw. 
 
 Je rends. 
 
 Fondan?. 
 
 Fondw. 
 
 Je fonds. 
 
 Repondan?. 
 
 Repondw. 
 
 Je reponds. 
 
 Tondan?. 
 
 Tondw. 
 
 Je tonds. 
 
 Perdan?. 
 
 Perdw. 
 
 Je perds. 
 
 Mordan?. 
 
 Mordw. 
 
 Je mords. 
 
 Tordant. 
 
 Tordu. 
 
 Je tords. 
 
 Vlaisant. 
 
 Plw. 
 
 Je plats. 
 
 Taisanl. 
 
 Tw. 
 
 Je tais. 
 
 Par m'ssan?. 
 
 Par«. 
 
 Je para?s. 
 
 Croissant. 
 
 Crw. 
 
 Je crozs. 
 
 Cormaissant. 
 
 Connw. 
 
 Je connais. 
 
 Tlepaissant. 
 
 Repw. 
 
 Je repais. 
 
 Redmsant. 
 
 Redui?. 
 
 Je reduis. 
 
 Instruisare?. 
 
 Instrui? 
 
 J' instruis. 
 
 Cra\s,nant. 
 
 Cram?. 
 
 Je crains. 
 
 Veignant. 
 
 Pein?. 
 
 Je perns. 
 
 Joignant. 
 
 Join?. 
 
 Je joins. 
 
 Je repandis. 
 Je rendfs. 
 Je fondzs. 
 Je repondis. 
 Je tondts. 
 Je perdz's. 
 Je mordz's. 
 Je tordzs. 
 Je plzzs. 
 Je t«s. 
 Je parus. 
 Je crws. 
 Je connws. 
 Je repws. 
 Je reduists. 
 J' instruisz's. 
 Je craig-m's. 
 Je pei^nis. 
 Je pignis. 
 
 162 
 
 162 
 
 162 
 
 162 
 
OF IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 211 
 
 PRIMITIVE TENSES OF THE IRREGULAR WITH 
 SOME DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 | Present. \ Past. 
 
 | Present. 
 
 | Preter. Def. 
 
 Aller. 
 
 | AUant. | Alle 
 
 1 Je vais. 
 
 | J'allai. 
 
 | P 1§2 
 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 
 
 Fleurir. 
 
 Fleurissant. 
 Florissant. 
 
 1 Fleuri. 
 Hai 
 
 Je fleuris. 
 
 Je fleuris. 
 
 184 
 
 Hair. 
 
 Haissant. 
 
 Je hais. 
 
 Je hais. 
 
 185 
 
 Gesir. * 
 
 Gisant. 
 
 
 11 git. 
 
 
 185 
 
 Bouillir. 
 
 Bouillant. 
 
 Bouilli 
 
 Je bous. 
 
 Je bouillis. 
 
 185 
 
 Ebouillir. 
 
 
 Ebouilli. 
 
 
 
 185 
 
 Courir. 
 
 Courant. 
 
 Couru. 
 
 Jc cours. 
 
 Je courus. 
 
 185 
 
 Faillir. 
 
 Faillaiit.* 
 
 FaiUi. 
 
 Je faux.* 
 
 Je faillis. 
 
 186 
 
 Defaillir. 
 
 
 Defailli. 
 
 Nous defail'ons. 
 
 Je defaillis. 
 
 186 
 
 Fuir. 
 
 Fuyant. 
 
 Fui. 
 
 Jefuis. 
 
 Je fuis. 
 
 187 
 
 Mourir. 
 
 Mourant. 
 
 Mort. 
 
 Je meurs. 
 
 Je mourus. 
 
 187 
 
 Acquerir. 
 
 Acquerant. 
 
 Acquis. 
 
 J'acquiers. 
 
 J'acquis. 
 
 183 
 
 Conquerir. 
 
 Conquerant. 
 
 Conquis. 
 
 Je conquiers. 
 
 Je conquis. 
 
 188 
 
 Ouir. 
 
 Oyant. * 
 Vetant. 
 
 Ou'i. 
 
 
 J'ouis. 
 
 188 
 
 Vetir. 
 
 Vetu. 
 
 Je vets. 
 
 Je vetis. 
 
 188 
 
 Revetir. 
 
 Revetant. 
 
 Revetu. 
 
 Je revets 
 
 Je revetis. 
 
 188 
 
 Cueillir. 
 
 Cueillant. 
 
 Cueilli. 
 
 Je cueille 
 
 Je cueillis. 
 
 189 
 
 Saillir. 
 
 Saillant. 
 
 Sailli. 
 
 11 saille. 
 
 Usaillit. 
 
 189 
 
 Tressaillir. 
 
 Tressaillant. 
 
 Tressailli . 
 
 Je tressaille. 
 
 Jelressaillis, 
 
 190 
 
 
 THIRD CONJ 
 
 UGATION. 
 
 
 
 Avoir. 
 
 Ayant. 
 
 Eu. 
 
 J'ai 
 
 J'eus. 
 
 130 
 
 Ravoir. 
 
 
 
 
 
 191 
 
 Choir. 
 
 
 Chu. 
 
 
 
 191 
 
 Dechoir. 
 
 
 Dechu, 
 
 Je dechois. 
 
 Je dechus. 
 
 191 
 
 Echoir. 
 
 Echeant. 
 
 Echu. 
 
 11 echoit. 
 
 B echut. 
 
 191 
 
 Falloir. 
 
 
 Fallu. 
 
 11 faut. 
 
 II fallut 
 
 179 
 
 Mouvoir. 
 
 Mouvant. 
 
 Mu. 
 
 Je meus 
 
 Je mus. 
 
 192 
 
 Promouvoir. 
 
 
 Promu . 
 
 
 Je promus . * 
 
 192 
 
 Pleuvoir. 
 
 Pleuvant. 
 
 Phi. 
 
 Bpleut. 
 
 U plut. 
 
 193 
 
 Pouvoir. 
 
 Pouvant. 
 
 Pu. 
 
 Je puis. 
 
 Je pus. 
 
 193 
 
 Savoir. 
 
 3achant. 
 
 Su. 
 
 Je sais. 
 
 Je sus. 
 
 193 
 
 Seoir.* 
 
 Seyant. 
 
 
 11 sied. 
 
 
 193 
 
 Seoir.* 
 
 Seant. 
 
 Sis. 
 
 
 
 193 
 
 Asseoir. 
 
 Asseyant. 
 
 Assis. 
 
 J'assieds. 
 
 J'assis. 
 
 194 
 
 Surseoir. 
 
 
 Sursis. 
 
 Jesursois. 
 
 Je sursis. 
 
 195 
 
 Voir. 
 
 Voyant . 
 
 Vu. 
 
 Je vois. 
 
 Je vis . 
 
 194 
 
 Prevoir. 
 
 Prevoyant. 
 
 Prevu. 
 
 Je prevois. 
 
 Je preVis . 
 
 195 
 
 Pourvoir. 
 
 Pour voyant. 
 
 Pourvu . 
 
 Je pourvois. 
 
 Je pourvus. 
 
 195 
 
 Valoir. 
 
 Valant. 
 
 Valu. 
 
 Je vaux. 
 
 Je valus . 
 
 195 
 
 Vouloir. 
 
 Voulant . 
 
 Voulu. 
 
 Je veux. 
 
 Je voulus. 
 
 195 
 
 N. B. 
 
 The forms marked with an asterisk are obsolete. 
 
 19* 
 
212 
 
 OF IRREGULAR AND DETECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. | 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Present. \ Present. \ Past. 
 
 Present. \ Preterit. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 Soudre. 
 
 Resoudre. 
 
 Absoudre. 
 
 Dissoudre. 
 
 Coudre. 
 
 Souidre. 
 
 Mettre. 
 
 Moudre. 
 
 Prendre. 
 
 Rompre. 
 
 Suivre. 
 
 S'ensuivre. 
 
 Vaincre. 
 
 Battre. 
 
 Etre. 
 
 Vivre. 
 
 Braire. 
 
 Faire. 
 
 Traire. 
 
 Naitre. 
 
 Renaitre. 
 
 Paitre. 
 
 Bruire. 
 
 Luire. 
 
 Nuire. 
 
 Confjre. 
 
 Suffire. 
 
 Circoncire. 
 
 Dire. 
 
 Medire. 
 
 Maudire. 
 
 Ecrire. 
 
 Lire. 
 
 Rire. 
 
 Frire. 
 
 Boire. 
 
 Clore, clorre 
 
 Conclure. 
 
 Exclure. 
 
 Croire. 
 
 Poindre. 
 
 Solvant.* 
 
 Resolvant. 
 
 Absolvant. 
 
 Dissolvant. 
 
 Cousant. 
 
 Mettant. 
 
 Monlant. 
 
 Prenant. 
 
 Rompant. 
 
 Suivant. 
 
 S'ensuivant. 
 
 Vainquant. 
 
 Battant. 
 
 Etant. 
 
 Vivant. 
 
 Fesant. 
 Trayant. 
 
 Naissant. 
 
 Renaissant. 
 
 Paissant. 
 
 Bruyant. 
 
 Luisant. 
 
 Nuisant. 
 
 Confisant. 
 
 Suffisant. 
 
 Circoncisant 
 
 Disant. 
 
 Medisant. 
 
 Maudissant. 
 
 Ecrivant. 
 
 Lisant. 
 
 Riant. 
 
 Buvant. 
 
 Concluant. 
 
 Excluant. 
 
 Croyant. 
 
 Resous, resolu. 
 Absous. 
 Dissous 
 Cousu. 
 
 Mis. 
 
 Moulu. 
 
 Pris. 
 
 Rompu. 
 
 Suivi. 
 
 Ensuivi. 
 
 Vaincu. 
 
 Battu. 
 
 Ete. 
 
 Vecu. 
 
 Fait. 
 Trait. 
 
 Ne. 
 
 Pu. 
 
 Lui. 
 
 Nui. 
 
 Confit. 
 
 Suffi. 
 
 Circoncis. 
 
 Dit. 
 
 Medit. 
 
 Maudit. 
 
 Ecrit. 
 
 Lu. 
 
 Ri. 
 
 Frit. 
 
 Bu. 
 
 CIos. 
 
 Conclu. 
 
 Exclu, or exclus. 
 
 Cru. 
 
 Je resous. 
 J' absous. 
 Je dissous. 
 Je couds. 
 II sourd. 
 Je mets. 
 Je mouds. 
 Je prends. 
 Je romps. 
 Je suis. 
 II s'ensuit. 
 Je vaincs.* 
 Je bats. 
 Je suis. 
 Jevis. 
 II brait. 
 Je fais. 
 Je trais. 
 Je nais. 
 Je renais. 
 Je pais. 
 
 Je luis. 
 Je nuis. 
 Je confis. 
 Je suffis. 
 Je circoncis 
 Je dis. 
 Je medis. 
 Je maudis. 
 J' ecris. 
 Je lis. 
 Jeris. 
 Je fris. 
 Je bois. 
 Je clos. 
 Je conclus. 
 J' exclus. 
 Je crois. 
 II point. 
 
 Je resolu s. 
 
 Je cossis. 
 
 Je mis. 
 Je moulus. 
 Je pris. 
 Je rompis. 
 Je suivis. 
 II s'ensuivit. 
 Je vainquis. 
 Je battis. 
 Je fns. 
 Je vecus. 
 
 Jefis. 
 
 Je naquis. 
 Je renaquis. 
 
 Je nuisis. 
 Je confis. 
 Je suffis. 
 Je circoncis. 
 Je dis. 
 Je medis. 
 Je maudis. 
 J' ecrivis. 
 Je lus. 
 Je ris. 
 
 Je bus. 
 
 Je conclus. 
 J' exclus. 
 Je crus. 
 
 196 
 196 
 196 
 197 
 197 
 197 
 197 
 
 m 
 
 19S 
 199 
 200 
 200 
 200 
 201 
 136 
 201 
 202 
 202 
 '203 
 203 
 203 
 •204 
 204 
 20 i 
 204 
 203 
 205 
 205 
 205 
 205 
 205 
 206 
 206 
 207 
 207 
 207 
 208 
 203 
 20S 
 209 
 2Cr? 
 
 N. B. The derivatives which are not in this Table, will be found with 
 the primitivesj to which we have given references. 
 
FORMATION OF THE VERBS. 
 
 From the Synoptical French Grammar, by Professor Mouls. 
 [This table is used with great advantage in schools, to write verbs.] 
 
 213 
 
 Verbs ending in 
 
 Form 
 
 THE PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE. 
 
 THE PRETERIT DEFINITE. 
 
 
 by 
 
 CHANGING. 
 
 INTO. 
 
 INTO. 
 
 Er. (a) 
 
 Alter. 
 
 er. 
 
 e, es, e. ons, ez, ent. 
 
 ai, as, a. ames, ates, erent. 
 
 
 je vais, vas, va. allons, allez, vont. 
 
 j'allai, &c. 
 
 Yer. 
 
 yer. 
 
 ie, ies, ie. yons, yez, ient. 
 
 yai, yas, &c. 
 
 Jr. (b) 
 
 ir. 
 
 is, is, it. issons, issez, issent. 
 
 is, is, it. imes, ites, irent. 
 
 Dormir. 
 
 rair. 
 
 s, s, t. mons, mez, ment. 
 
 mis, &c. 
 
 Servir. (c) 
 
 vir. 
 
 s, s, t. vons, vez, vent. 
 
 vis, &c. 
 
 Sentir. (d) 
 
 tir. 
 
 ts, ts, t. tons, tez, tent. 
 
 tis, &c. 
 
 Vetir. 
 
 tir. 
 
 s, s, t. tons, tez, tent. 
 
 tis, &c. 
 
 Vrir, Frir 
 
 ir. 
 
 e, es, e. ons, ez, ent. 
 
 is, is, it. imes, Ites, irent. 
 
 Cueillir. 
 
 ir. 
 
 do. do. 
 
 do. 
 
 Saillir. (e) 
 
 ir. 
 
 is, is, it. issons, issez, issent. 
 
 do. 
 
 Faillir. (f) 
 Bouillir. 
 
 
 (obsolete.) 
 
 je faillis, &c. 
 
 
 je bous-bous, bout, bouillons-llez-lent. 
 
 je bouillis, &c. 
 
 Hair. 
 
 
 je hais, hais, hait. havssons, &c. 
 
 je hais, &c. Imrent 
 
 Enir. 
 
 enir. 
 
 iens, iens, ient. enons, enez, iennent. 
 
 ins, ins, int. inmes, tntes, 
 
 Querir. 
 Fuir. 
 
 €rir. 
 
 iers, iers, iert. erons, erez, ierent" 
 
 is, &c. 
 
 
 je fuis, fuis, fuit. fuyons, fuyez, fuient. 
 
 (caret.) 
 
 Ourir. 
 
 ir. 
 
 s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 
 
 us, us, ut times, utes, urent. 
 
 Mourir. 
 
 
 je meurs, eurs, eurt. ourons, ourez, eurent. 
 
 do. 
 
 Voir. 
 
 
 je vois, vois, voit. voyons, voyez, voient. 
 
 je vis, &c. 
 
 Avoir. 
 
 
 j'ai, as, a. avons, avez, ont. 
 
 j'eus, &c. 
 
 Savoir. 
 
 avoir. 
 
 ais, ais, ait. avons, avez, avent. 
 
 us, &c. 
 
 Cevoir, Devoir. 
 
 evoir. 
 
 ois, ois, oit. evons, evez, oivent. 
 
 do. 
 
 Pleuvoir. 
 
 
 il pleut. 
 
 il plut 
 
 Ouvoir. (g) 
 
 ouvoir. 
 
 eux, eux, eut. ouvons, ouvez, euvent. 
 
 us, &c. 
 
 Valoir. 
 
 loir. 
 
 ux, ux, ut. Ions, lez, lent. 
 
 lus, &c. 
 
 Falloir. 
 
 
 il faut. 
 
 il fallut 
 
 Vouloir. 
 
 ouloir. 
 
 eux, eux, eut. oulons, oulez, eulent. 
 
 oulus, &c. 
 
 Choir, (h) 
 
 oir. 
 
 ois, ois, oit. oyons, oyez, oient. 
 ieds, ieds, ied. eyons. eyez, eyent 
 
 us, us, &c. 
 
 Seoir. (i) 
 
 eoir. 
 
 is, is, it. imes, ites, irent. 
 
 Surseoir. 
 
 
 je surseois-ois-oft-oyons-oyez-oient. 
 
 je sursis, &c. 
 
 Dre. 
 
 dre. 
 
 ds.ds, d. dons, dez, dent. 
 
 dis, &c. 
 
 Endre. 
 
 dre. 
 
 ds, ds, d. dons, dez, dent. 
 
 dis, dis, &c. 
 
 Prendre. 
 
 dre. 
 
 ds, ds, d. ons, ez, nent. 
 
 je pris, &e. 
 
 Ein-Ain-Oindre. 
 
 indre. 
 
 ins, ins, int. ignons, ignez, ignent. 
 
 ignis, &c. 
 
 Aitre. (j) 
 
 aitre. 
 
 ais, ai3, ait. aissons, aissez, aissent. 
 
 us, &c. 
 
 Aincre. 
 
 ere. 
 
 cs,cs,c. quons, quez, quent. 
 
 quis, &c. 
 
 Attre. 
 
 ttre. 
 
 is, ts, t. ttons, ttez, ttent. 
 
 ttis, &c. 
 
 Mettre. 
 
 ttre. 
 
 ts, ts, t. ttons. ttez, ttent. 
 
 je mis, &c. 
 
 Etre. 
 
 
 je suis, es, est. sommes, etes, sont. 
 
 je fus, &c. 
 
 Croitre. 
 
 tre. 
 
 s, s, t. ssons, ssez, ssent. 
 
 je eras, &c. 
 
 Aire, (k) 
 
 aire. 
 
 ais, ais, ait. aisons, aisez, sent. 
 
 us, &c. 
 
 Traire. 
 
 
 je trais, trais, trait, tiuyons, trayez, ent. 
 
 (caret.) 
 
 Ire. (1) 
 
 ire- 
 
 is, is, it. isona, isez, isent. 
 
 is, &c. 
 
 Lire. 
 
 ire. 
 
 is, &c. do. 
 
 us, &c. 
 
 Crire. 
 
 re. 
 
 s, s, t. vons, vez, vent. 
 
 vis, &c. 
 
 Frire. (m) 
 
 ire. 
 
 is, is, it. 
 
 is, &c. 
 
 Rire. 
 
 re. 
 
 s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 
 
 s, s, t. mes, tes, rent 
 
 Croire. 
 
 oire. 
 
 ois. ois, oit. oyons, oyez, oier.t. 
 
 je crus, &c. 
 
 Eoire. 
 
 oire. 
 
 do. uvons, uvez, oivent. 
 
 us, &c. 
 
 Rompre. 
 
 re. 
 
 s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 
 
 is, &c. 
 
 Clore. (n) 
 
 re. 
 
 s, s, t. (caret.) sent. 
 
 (caret.) 
 
 Soudre. 
 
 udre. 
 
 us, us, ut. lvons, Ivez, Ivent. 
 
 lus, &c. 
 
 Coudre. 
 
 dre. 
 
 d3, ds, d. sons, sez, sent. 
 
 sis, &c. 
 
 Moudre 
 
 dre. 
 
 ds, ds, d. Ions, lez, moulent. 
 
 lus, &c. 
 
 Ure. 
 
 re. 
 
 s, s, t. ons, ez, ent. 
 
 s. s, t. mes, tes, rent. 
 
 Uivre. 
 
 vre. 
 
 s, s, t. vons, vez, vent. 
 
 vis, &c. 
 
 Uire. (o) 
 
 re. 
 
 s, s, t. sons, sez, sent. 
 
 sis, &c. 
 
 Vivre. 
 
 vre. 
 
 s, s. t. vons, vez, vent. 
 
 je vecus, &c. 
 
 N. B. No change is to be made in the tenses preceded by je or il. 
 
 (a) Verbs in gcr retain e before a or o, as je songeais, songeons. Verbs in cer change c into c_ before 
 oro, as effatjant, SrTacjons. Verbs in Her, eter, double 1 or t before e mute, as j'appelle, il jette. (b) 
 Gesir, to lie, il gtt, ilsgisent.— Ouir,fols, ois, oit. oyons, oyez, oient, pret. def j'ou'is, past part. our. Sel- 
 dom used except in the participle. Fleurir makes florissant in the present participle ; and in the 
 imperfect je florissais, when used metaphorically, as, empire Jlorissant, Rome florissait; but fleurir, 
 to blossom, is regular, (c) Asservir makes in the present, j'asscrvis, asservis, asservit. asservissons, 
 &c. (d) Neuter verbs in tir, change tir into s, s, t. tons, tez, tent,se repentir, dementir, areconjuga- 
 tcd in the same manner, but active verbs change ir into is, is, it. issons, &c. compaiir, retentir, 
 though neiifer, follow this rule, (a) Assaillir, and saillir to projeet, are conjugated like verbs ending 
 in cueillir; saillir has only the third person and the gerunds, (f) Defaillir, to decay or to faint, ha3 
 only (in the present) defaillons, defailkz. (%) Pouvoir, to be able, je peux or je puis and puis-je 
 only, in the interrogations. (Ii) Choir is used only in the infinitive. Deohoir, to decay, has no imper- 
 fect indie. Echoir, to fall, to expire, no imperfect indicative, (used only in the third person.) (i) Se- 
 oir, to become, present indicative, il sied, lis sieent. (j) Paitre, to graze, no preterit definite, but 
 
214 FORMATION OF THE VERBS. 
 
 repaitre, to feed., is regular. Naitre, to be born, renaitre, to be born again, make in the preterit, naquis, 
 xenaquis. (k) Faire (and its deriv.)je fais, fais, fait, fesons, faites, font, pret-deffis. (1) Dire, to say, 
 jedis, dis, dit. disons, dites, disent. Redire, as dire. Maud ire, je mauilis, maudis, maudit, maudissons, 
 maudissez, maudissent. (m) Frire, to fry, no imperfect. Preterit definite like the present. (Future and 
 cond. regular) imperative fris, it may be conjugated throughout with faire, viz. Je fais frire, etc. (n) 
 Clore or clorre, to close, je clos, tu clos, il clot Fut. and cond. regular imperative clos. Declare, like 
 clore. (o) Luire and reluire. Preterit definite not used. 
 £r3= Y is generally changed into i before e mute, as envoyer j'envoic. Croire, il? croient, &c. 
 The imperfect of the indicative is formed from the first plural person of the present, by changing 
 ens into ais, ais, ait. ions, iez, atent. J'etais, I was, is the only exception to this rule. 
 The future absolute is formed from the present of the infinitive by changing 
 
 er into erai. ir into irai. voir into verrai. re into rai. 
 
 yer into ierai. ourir into ourrai. avoir into aurai. 
 
 enir into iendrai. cevoir, devoir, into cevrai, devrai. 
 
 querir into qutrrai, aloir into audrai. 
 cueillir into } choir into cherral. 
 
 cueiilerai. 5 seoir into sicrai. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS, aller, future, firai. eiwoyer, fenverrai. saillir, (to project.) il saillera. 
 fa 1 loir, ilfaudra. prevoir,je prevoirai. pouvoir, je pourrai. pleuvoir, il pleuvra. mouvoir, je mou* 
 vrai. surseoir, j>'e surseoirai. vou loir, je voud rai. etre.je serai, faire, je ferai. 
 
 Ed"* The second person, third, &c are to be formed from the first by changing rai into ras, ra. 
 tons, rez, ront. 
 
 The Conditional is formed from the first person of the future by changing rai into rais, raU, 
 rait, rions, riez, raient. 
 
 The Imperative has no first person in the singular. The 2d person of the singular, the 1st and 2d 
 of the plural, are alike with the corresponding per. of the pres. ind. except in the imperative of verbs 
 ending in er, vrir, frir, cueillir, which drop the s in the imperative — viz. tu paries, imp. parte; tu 
 couvres, imp. couvre; tu souflres, imp. souffre; tu cueilles, imp. cueille; the third person like the cor- 
 responding of the present of the subjunctive. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. (.See Avoir and Etre. 
 aller, savoir, vouloir, 
 
 Imperative, aille- sache, veuille- 
 
 Plural, allons-ez- sachons-ez-ent. veuillons-ez-ent. 
 
 aillent. 
 The Present of the SuBjrrNCTrvE is formed from the 3d plural person of the present of the in- 
 dicative, by changing ent into e, es, e, tor the singular. The 1st and 2d person of the plural like the 
 corresponding of the imperfect, and the 3d like the 3d of the present 
 EXCEPTIONS. (See Avoir and Etre.) 
 aller. faire. valoir. 
 
 Subj. que j'aille-es-e. fasse-es-e. vaille-es-e. 
 
 allions-iez-aillent. fassions-iez-assent valions-iez-ent 
 
 prevaloir. pouvoir. 6avoir. 
 
 Subj. prevale-es-e. puisse-es-e. sache-es-e. 
 
 prev alions-iez-ent. puissions-iez-ent sachions-iez-ent 
 
 seoir, to befit. vouloir. falloir. 
 
 Subj. qu'il siee. veuille-es-e. qu'il faille. 
 
 voulions-iez-veuillent. 
 The Imperfect of the Subjunctive is formed from the preterit def. by changing ai into one, 
 asses, at. assions, assiez, assent, s into sse, sses, t. ssions, ssiez, ssent. 
 
 The Present Participle will be formed from the first plural person of the present of the indica- 
 tive, by changing ons into ant. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 etre. avoir. savoir. seoir. (to sit.) echoir. 
 
 etant. ayant sachant. seant. echeant 
 
 The Past Participle may be formed from the preterit def. by changing ai into e, is into i, fria 
 into frit, vris into vert, ins into enu, dis* into du, isis into il, gnis into nt, us into u. No change is 
 to be made in the preterits ending in pris, quis. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 (The feminine of the participle is formed by adding e.) 
 
 
 Benir 
 
 
 mourir. 
 
 vetir. 
 
 seoir. 
 
 voir. 
 
 Past part 
 
 Beni or 
 
 benit.t 
 
 mort 
 
 vetu. 
 
 sis. 
 
 vu. 
 
 
 Battre. 
 
 
 circoncire. 
 
 confire. 
 
 croitre. 
 
 clore. 
 
 Past part. 
 
 Battu. 
 
 
 circoncis. 
 
 confit. 
 
 crus. 
 
 clos. 
 
 
 Coudre. 
 
 
 etre. 
 
 ecrire. 
 
 dire. 
 
 frire. 
 
 Past part. 
 
 Cousu. 
 
 
 ete. 
 
 ecrit. 
 
 dit. 
 
 frit. 
 
 
 Faire. 
 
 
 inclure.I 
 
 mettre. 
 
 naztre. 
 
 nuire. 
 
 Past part. 
 
 Fait. 
 
 
 inclus. 
 
 mis. 
 
 ne. 
 
 nui. 
 
 
 Mettre. 
 
 
 rompre. 
 
 resoudre. 
 
 traire. 
 
 vaincre. 
 
 
 Mis. 
 
 
 rompu. 
 
 resolu.% 
 
 trait. 
 
 vain-cu. 
 
 Ed" The derivatires have the same exceptions. 
 
 
 
 * Only in the verbs ending in dre, like repondre. 
 t Benit is used only for things, as, eau benite, pain benit. 
 I Conclure makes conclu. Exclure past part, exclus or exclu. 
 
 § Resoudre makes also resous, resoute, in the sense of resolved into. Dissondre and absowire, 
 past part disaous, dissoute, obsous, absoute. 
 
OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 215 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Prepositions, which are so called, from being prefixed 
 to the nouns which they govern, serve to connect words 
 with one another, and to show the relation between them. 
 Thus, in this phrase, le fruit de Varbre, the fruit of the 
 tree, de expresses the relation between fruit and arbre. 
 Likewise in this, utile a Vhomme, useful to man ; d forms 
 the relation between the noun homme and the adjective 
 utile. De and d are prepositions, and the word to which 
 they are prefixed, is called their regimen. 
 
 There are different kinds of prepositions. 
 
 Some are used — to denote place, as : 
 Chez. II est chez lui, he is at home. 
 Dans. II se promene dans le jardin, he is walking in 
 
 the garden. 
 Devant. 27 est toujours devant mes yeux, he is always 
 
 before my eyes. 
 Derriere. II ne regarde jamais derriere lui, he never 
 
 looks behind him. 
 Parmi. Que de fous parmi les hommes ! how many 
 
 fools among men ! 
 Sous. La taupe vit sous terre, the mole lives under 
 
 ground. 
 Sur. II a le chapeau^ sur la tete, he has his hat on (his 
 
 head.) 
 Vers. Uaimant se tourne vers le nord, the loadstone 
 
 points towards the north. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THESE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 "We find less real happiness in an elevated condition than in 
 Oil de 2 bonheur 1 2 f . 1 
 
 a middling state. One is never truly peaceful but at 
 
 moyen 2 1 veritdblement tranquille que 
 
 home. He walked before me to serve me as a guide. 
 
 soi marcher pour de * 
 
 There was a delightful grove behind his house. Among 
 
 ind-2 2 bosquet m. 1. 
 
216 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Some — to mark order, as : 
 Avant. La nouvelle est arrivee avant le courrier, the 
 
 news is come before the courier. 
 Apres. II est trop vain pour marcher apres les autres, 
 
 he is too proud to walk after other people. 
 Entre. Elle a son enfant entre les bras, she holds her 
 
 child in (for between) her arms. 
 Depuis. Depuis la creation jusqu'd nous, from the 
 
 creation to the present time. 
 Des. Des son enfance, from his infancy ; des sa source, 
 
 from its source.f 
 
 Some — to denote union, as : 
 Avec. II faut savoir avec qui on se lie, we ought to 
 know with whom we associate. 
 
 (so many) different nations, there is not one that has not a 
 tant de 2 \ y en avoir subj-1 
 
 religious worship. Nature displays her riches with mag- 
 
 fa culte m. 1 art. deployer 
 
 nificence under the torrid zone. Eternal snows 
 
 torride 3 f. 1 de art. 3 5 f. pi. 4 on 1 
 
 (are to be seen) on the summit of the Alps. Towards the north, 
 
 voir ind-1 2 sornmct 
 
 nature assumes a gloomy and wild aspect. 
 
 art. triste 2 sauvage 3 aspect m. I. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 We (were up) before day-light, (in order to) enjoy 
 
 se lever ind-6 art. * pour de 
 
 the magnificent spectacle of the rising sun. After such great 
 
 magnifque 2 — m. 1 levant 2 1 de si 
 
 faults, it only remained for us to repair them (as 
 
 faute f. pi. ne r ester ind-2 * que reparer 
 
 well as we could.) Between those two mountains runs a deep 
 de notre mieux est profond 3 
 
 hollow road. Many very astonishing events 
 
 et creux2 c/ieminm. 1 * de art. 2 4 3 
 
 (have taken place) within these ten years. From my earliest 
 
 il se passer ind-4 1 depuis * art. tendre 
 
 infancv I have had an abhorrence of lying. 
 
 * horreur art. mensonge m. 
 
OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 217 
 
 Durant. Durant la guerre, during the war : durant 
 
 Vete, during the summer. 
 Pendant. Pendant Vhiver, in winter; pendant la 
 
 paix, in time of peace. This preposition denotes a 
 
 duration more limited than durant. 
 Outre. Outre des qualites aimables, il faut encore, &c. 
 
 besides amiable qualities, there ought still, &c. 
 Suivant. Je me deciderai suivant les circonstances, 
 
 I shall determine according to circumstances. 
 Selon. Le sage se conduit selon les mazimes de la 
 
 raison, a wise man acts according to the dictates of 
 
 reason.^ 
 
 Some — to express opposition, as '• 
 
 Contre. Je plaide contre lui, I plead against him. 
 
 Malgre. II Va fait malgre moi, he has done it in 
 spite of me. 
 
 Nonobstant. Nonobstant ce qrfon lui a dit, notwith- 
 standing what has been said to him.*[f 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 With wit, politeness, and some (readiness to 
 
 de art. pr. art. peu de prevenance 
 
 oblige), one generally succeeds in the world. "We are fit 
 
 reussir on propre 
 
 for meditation during winter. {In the course of) that siege, 
 a art. f. pendant siege m. 
 
 the commandant of the city made some very successful 
 
 ind-3 de art. heureux 2 
 
 sallies. Besides the exterior advantages of figure and 
 
 sortie f. pi. 1. 2 1 art. 
 
 the graces of deportment, she possesses an excellent hearty a 
 
 art. maintien m. avoir 2 1 
 
 correct judgment, and a sensible soul. Always act 
 sain 2 jugement 1 2 1 se conduire 
 
 according to the maxims which I have given you. 
 
 * f. pi. inculquer f. pi. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. ~" 
 
 We cannot long act {contrary to) our own character ; 
 
 savoir coyl<5l-\ agir contre * 
 
 notwithstanding all the pains we take to disguise it, it 
 
 que pour 
 
 shows itself, and betrays us on many occasions. In 
 
 se montrer trahir en Men de art. • 
 
218 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Some — to express privation, or separation, as : 
 
 Sans. Des troupes sans chef, troops without com- 
 manders. 
 
 Excepte. Excepte quelques malheureux, except some 
 wretches. 
 
 Hors. Tout est perdu hors Vhonneur, all is lost save 
 honour. 
 
 Hormis. Tous sont entres hormis mon frere, they are 
 all come in except my brother, f 
 
 Some — to denote the end, as : 
 
 Envers. II est charitable envers les pauvres, he is cha- 
 ritable to the poor. 
 
 Touchant. II a ecrit touchant cette affaire, he has 
 written respecting- that business. 
 
 Pour. II travaille pour le bien public, he labours for 
 the public good.*!! 
 
 vain we dissemble ; in spite of ourselves, we are known at 
 
 * avoir beau f aire on nous connait a 
 
 last. 
 la longue. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 {Had it not been for) your care, I should have been ig- 
 sans pi. un 
 
 norant all my life. All the philosophers of antiquity, 
 
 art. 
 except a few, have held the world to be eternal. All 
 
 tres-petit nombre croire * * 
 
 laid down their arms, except two regiments, who pre- 
 
 mettre bas * art. 
 f erred (making their way) through the enemy. Every 
 
 se f aire jour au-travers de pi. 
 
 thing is absurd and ridiculous in that work, except a chapter 
 or two. 
 
 If EXERCISE. 
 I have written to you concerning that business, in which I 
 
 d laquelle 
 take the most lively interest ; and as I know your benevo- 
 
 vif connaitre bienveil- 
 
 lence towards the unfortunate, I (make not the least doubt) 
 lance f. malheureux ne douter nullement 
 
OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 219 
 
 Others — to mark the cause and means, as : 
 Par. II Va flechi par ses prieres, he has softened him 
 
 by his entreaties. 
 Moyennant. II reussira moyennant vos avis, he will 
 
 succeed by means of your counsels. 
 Attendu. II ne peut partir, attendu les vents contraires, 
 
 he cannot sail on account of contrary winds.;]: 
 
 The use of the prepositions, — d, — de, — en, is very 
 
 extensive. 
 
 A is generally used to express several relations, as des- 
 tination, tendency, place, time, situation, &c. being 
 often a substitute for various other prepositions; 
 ex.: — destination -to: alter a Londres, to go to Lon- 
 don. — Tendency -to, toward : courir a sa perte, to 
 hasten to one's ruin. — Aim -at, for: aspirer a la 
 gloire, to aspire to glory. — Residence -at, in : etre a 
 Rome, to be at Rome. — Time -at : a midi, at twelve 
 o'clock. — Concern -on : a. ce sujet, on this subject. — 
 Manner -with: supplier a mains jointes, to entreat 
 earnestly. — Means -with : peindre a Vhuile, to paint 
 in, or with oil ; -with : bas d-trois fils, three thread- 
 stockings, that is, with three threads. — Situation -at, 
 
 that yoa (will carefully attend) (to it,) (not so much) for the 
 
 ne donner tous vos soins subj-1 y moins 
 satisfaction of obliging me, as for the pleasure of justifying 
 
 in f- 1 justifier inf- 1 
 
 innocence and confounding calumny, 
 art. pr. confondre art. f. 
 
 * EXERCISE. 
 Is there any man that has never been softened by tears 
 aucun subj-1 fiechir art. 
 
 or disarmed by submission 2 Through the precautions 
 
 ni desarmer art. 
 
 which we took, we avoided the rooks of that dangerous 
 
 que ind-3 ind-3 ecueilra.pl. 2 
 
 coast. Owing to the bad state of my father's health, I shall 
 cote f. 1 2 1 
 
 not travel this year. 
 voyager annee f. 
 
 20 
 
220 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 with : etre a son aise, to be at ease. — Purpose for : une 
 table a manger, a dining table. — Suitableness -for, to r 
 homme a reussir, a man likely to succeed : — Desert : 
 crime a nepas pardonner, a crime not tobe forgiven, &c. 
 
 De is generally used to express separation, extraction, 
 possession, appertenance, cause, shift, result, &c., and 
 supplies the place of several prepositions, as — from : 
 
 . je viens de France, I come from France; (Sun bout 
 d V autre, from one end to the other. — Of: le palais du 
 roi, the palace of the king; les faculties de fame, the 
 faculties of the soul ; un homme d' esprit, a man of wit. 
 In a partitive sense — of: moitie de, quart de, &c., the 
 half of, the fourth of, &c. : it is used for par — by : il 
 est aime de tout le monde, he is beloved by everybody; 
 for — through, or by, &c. ; mourir de faim, de soif to 
 die of hunger, of thirst: — on, upon, with: vivre de 
 fruits, to live upon fruit. — On account of, or for: sau- 
 ter de joie, to leap for joy.!" 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE PREPOSITION d. 
 
 Fathers ! give good counsels, and still better 
 
 de encore 3 pr. meilleur 1 
 
 examples to your children. A good minister only aims 
 
 2 ne aspirer 
 
 at the glory of serving his country well. When we were 
 que a inf-1 2 pays 3 1 ind-2 
 
 in the country, we devoted the morning to 
 
 a campagne f. consacrer ind-2 matinee f. art. 
 
 study, we walked at noon, and at three or four 
 
 se promener ind-2 midi 
 
 o'clock we went a hunting, or fishing. Michael 
 
 Jieure pi. ind-2 art. chasse f. pr. art. peche f. Michel- 
 
 Angelo has painted (a great deal) in fresco. It is a bed with 
 — Ange beaucoup art. fresque f. ce lit m. 
 
 ivory posts _ and mahogany feet. That man, with his 
 colonne d'ivoire pr. pied d 'acajou * art. 
 
 gloomy looks and surly behaviour, seems 
 
 sombre 2 regard m. 1 pr. art. brusque 2 maintien m. 1 ne semble 
 fit only to serve as a scarecrow. 
 propre que de * epouvantail. 
 
OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 221 
 
 En serves to mark the relations of time, place, situation, 
 &c. and is variously expressed, as, c 1 etait en hiver, it 
 was during winter ; etre en Angleterre, to be in Eng- 
 land ; alter en Italie, to go into Italy ; elle est en bonne 
 sante, she is in good health ; il vaut mieux etre en 
 paiz, qu'en guerre, it is better to be at peace than at 
 war; il V a fait en haine de lui,h.e did it out of hatred 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE PREPOSITION de. 
 I come from London, where 1 have spent a week very 
 oil passe huit jours 
 
 agreeably. From one end of the horizon to the other, the 
 
 bout m. m. 
 
 sky was covered with thick black clouds. 
 
 del m. epais 2 et noir 3 nuage m. pi. 1 
 
 The marble of Paros is not finer than that which we get 
 
 qui nous vient 
 from Carrara. Montaigne, Mad. de Sevigne, and La Fontaine, 
 
 Carrare. 
 were writers of truly original genius. One half 
 
 ind-2 de art. ecrivain un 2 3 1 moilie f. 
 
 of the terrestrial globe is covered with water, and above a 
 terreslre 2 globe m. 1 plus de 
 
 (third part) of the rest is uninhabited, either through extreme 
 tiers m. inhabite ou par un 2 
 
 heat, or through excessive cold. In that happy 
 
 chaleur f . 1 un = 2 froid in. 1 
 
 retreat, we lived on the milk of our flocks, and the delicious 
 asile m. ind-2 brebis pr. 2 
 
 fruits of our orchards. 
 1 verger m. pi. 
 
 ' t EXERCISE ON THE PREPOSITION en. 
 
 He had for a (long while) lived in France; the 
 
 3 * depuis 1 * long-temps 2 vivre ind-2 
 troubles which agitated that fine kingdom obliged him to 
 
 ind-4 royaume m. ind-4 de 
 
 retire to Switzerland, whence he soon after (set off) 
 
 se retirer Suisse d'oil 3 1 2 se rendre ind-4 
 
 for Italy. We were at peace, and enjoyed all 
 
 ind-2 pron. en gouter ind-2 art. 
 
 its blessings, when ambition rekindled the flames of 
 
 * charme m. art. rallumer ind-3 feu s. 
 
 war, and forced us to put our frontiers in a state 
 art. ind-3 de mettre frontier e f. pi. 
 
OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 The adverb is a word which, accompanies verbs, ad- 
 jectives, or even other adverbs, to express their manner, 
 or circumstances. 
 
 Remark. There are adjectives which are sometimes 
 used as adverbs, as, il chante juste, he sings well ; elle 
 chante faux, she sings out of tune ; Us ne voient pas 
 clair, they do not see clear ; cette fieur sent bon, this 
 flower has a good smell, &c. The adjectives, juste, faux, 
 clair, and bon, here supply the place of adverbs. 
 
 Adverbs are of different kinds. 
 
 The most numerous are those which express manner, 
 and are formed from adjectives by the following method : 
 
 Rule I. When the adjective ends, in the masculine, 
 with a vowel, the adverb is formed by adding ment ; as, 
 modeste-ment, modestly ; poli-ment, politely; ingenn-ment, 
 ingenuously, &c. 
 
 Exceptions. Impuni makes impunement, and traitre, 
 traitreusement. 
 
 The following six take e close before -ment, instead of 
 the emute in the adjective. 
 
 aveuglement blindly eonformement conformably 
 
 commodement comrnodiously enormement enormously 
 incommodement incommodiously opiniatrement obstinately 
 
 Observe that the adverbs, 
 follement foolishly bellement softly 
 
 mollement effeminately nouvellement newly 
 
 are to be considered as coming from the adjectives, fol, mel, bel, 
 nouvel, and accordingly belong to the following rule. 
 
 Rule II. When the adjective ends with a conso- 
 nant, in the masculine, the adverb is formed from the 
 feminine termination, by adding ment ; as, grand 
 
 of defence. The savage is almost continually at war : he can- 
 
 presque toujours 
 not remain at rest. He has acted, on this occasion, like 
 
 en repos dans en 
 
 a great man. 
 * 
 

 OF THE ADVERB. 223 
 
 grandement, greatly; franc, franchement, frankly; 
 naif, naivement, artlessly, &c. 
 
 Exceptions. 1st. Gentil, makes gentiment, prettily. 
 
 2nd. The following eight adverbs, 
 
 communement commonly importunement importunately 
 
 confinement confusedly obscurcment obscurely 
 
 diffusement diffusedly precisement precisely 
 
 expressement expressly profondement deeply 
 
 take before ment the e close instead of the e mute, in 
 the feminine of the adjectives from which they are 
 derived : 
 
 Rem. The six following adverbs are not derived 
 from adjectives. 
 
 comment how profusement lavishly 
 
 incessamment presently nuilamment by night 
 
 notamment especially sciemment knowingly 
 
 3rd. Adjectives ending in -nt, form their adverbs by 
 changing -ni into -mment, as consta-nt, consta-mment, 
 constantly ; eloque-nt, eloque-mment. Except lent and 
 present, the only two of this class, that follow the se- 
 cond general rule, making lentement and presentement. 
 
 Rem. Most adverbs denoting manner, and a few 
 others, have the three degrees of comparison, as, pro- 
 fondement, aussi, plus, or moins profondement, forty 
 bien, or tres-profondement, and le plus profondement. 
 
 The following degrees of comparison are irregular. 
 
 POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 bien well mieux belter le mieux the best 
 
 mal bad pis worse le pis the worst 
 
 peu little moinsIT less le moins the least 
 
 EXERCISE ON THESE ADVERBS. 
 Bourdaloue and Masillon have both spoken very 
 
 Vun et I'autre 
 eloquently on evangelical truths ; but the former has prin- 
 
 art. evangelique 2 1 
 cipally (proposed to himself) to convince the mind ; the latter 
 
 se proposer de convaincre 
 
 has generally had in view to touch the heart. Several of 
 
 en vue de art. 
 
 la Bruyere's characters are as finely drawn as they are deli- 
 2 1 finement trace * 
 
 20* 
 
OF 
 
 224 OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 There are likewise various other sorts of adverbs: 
 
 Affirmation, I as j Certes, certainly: out, yes. 
 Consent, — Soil, be it so ; volontiers, willingly. 
 
 Doubt, — Peut-etre, perhaps. 
 
 Denial, I — I non, ne, ne pas, ne point, no, not.f 
 
 " /~v j f Premieremenl, first ; secondement, 2dly, &c. 
 
 uraer, or 1 jy aoora -^ at fi rst; ensuite, apres, afterwards; 
 ' f auparavant, before. 
 
 C Oil, where ; id, here ; la, there ; de-ga, on this 
 Place, or] side ; de la, on that side ; par-tout, every 
 Distance, j where; pres, proche, near, nigh; loin, far, 
 
 L &c.t 
 
 cately expressed. Buffon is one of the best writers of the last 
 
 century : he thinks deeply, describes forcibly, and expresses 
 
 Steele m. 1 peindre fortement 
 
 himself (with dignity.) Corneille and Racine are the two best 
 
 noblement 
 French tragic poets ; the pieces of the former are strongly, 
 
 3 tragiqueZ If. 2 
 
 but incorrectly written ; those of the latter are more regularly 
 
 3 1 
 
 beautiful, more purely expressed, and more delicately conceived. 
 
 beau pense. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF AFFIRMATION, &c. 
 Certainly, either I mistake, or the business passed (in 
 
 ou se tromper se passer ind-4 
 
 that manner.) Do you think that he listens willingly to this 
 
 ainsi ecouter 
 
 proposal 7 ? Have you ever read in Racine the famous scene of 
 
 f. 
 Phaedra's delirium 1 Yes, I have, and I own it is one 
 Phedre 2 art. delire m. 1 la lue avouer que ce 
 
 of the finest of the French theatre. Perhaps you will discover, 
 
 2 m. 1 
 on a second perusal of la Fontaine's fables, beauties 
 
 dans lecture f. 2 art. 1 de art. f. pi. 
 
 which you did not perceive at first. Will you have some 1 
 que avoir aperpues a art. f. * en 
 
 No. Will you not have some 1 The man who (is willing) to 
 * vouloir * 
 
 do good is not stopped by any obstacle. I will pay him 
 * art. arrele aucun lui 
 
 what I owe, but not all at once. 
 ce que lui non pas a art. fois f. 
 
OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 225 
 
 Of time < 
 
 Present. 
 Past. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Indeterminate. 
 
 SMaintenant, now : a, present, at 
 present ; actuellement, this mo- 
 ment, &c. 
 Hier, yesterday; avant-hier, the 
 day before yesterday; autre- 
 fois, formerly, &e. 
 Demain, to-morrow ; apres-de- 
 main, the day after to-morrow, 
 &c. 
 
 f Souvent, often ; d* ordinaire, ge- 
 J nerally; quelquefois, some- 
 times ; matin, early ; tot, soon ; 
 ^ tard, late, &C.1T 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF ORDER, &c. 
 
 We ought first to avoid doing evil ; afterwards we 
 * falloir ind-1 * ae inf-1 art. * 
 
 ought to do good. Read books of instruction /rs£, and 
 
 * art. 1 art. 3 4 2 
 
 then you may proceed to those of entertainment. If 
 
 * passer ind-7 agrement 
 
 you will go, settle first what is to be done. 
 
 vouloir s'en alter regler auparavant falloir * * inf-1 
 
 The painter had (brought together) in the same picture several 
 
 rassembler un tableau 
 
 different objects: here, a troop of Bacchants; there, a troop of 
 
 2 1 Bacchante 
 
 young people ; here, a sacrifice ; there, a disputation of philoso- 
 
 gens dispute 
 
 phers. Sesostris carried his conquests farther than Alexander 
 
 pousser conquite ne 
 
 did afterwards. Call upon your cousin ; he lives near here. 
 ind-4 depuis Passer chez loger 2 ici 1 
 
 I cannot see that, if I be not near it. When he knew 
 
 ind-1 auprcs * Quand savoir ind-3 
 where he was, he began to fear the consequence of his 
 
 ind-2 commencer ind-3 suite 
 
 imprudence. Contemplate {at a distance) lofty mountains, if 
 
 de loin art. haut f. 
 
 you wish to behold prospects ever varied and ever new. 
 
 vouloir * decouvrir de art. site m. 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF TIME. 
 
 I have finished the work you prescribed me; what do 
 
 que 
 
 achever 
 
 ordonner ind-6 
 
226 OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 r 
 
 Quantity. 
 
 OF<J 
 
 Comparison. 
 
 CPeu, little; assez, enough; trop, too 
 as ) much ; beaucoup, much, very much; 
 
 ( tant, so much, &c. 
 as \ P ius > more 5 moins, less ; «W55i, so ; au~ 
 
 \ tant, as much, &c.t 
 
 you wish me to do now ? Formerly, education 
 
 vouloir 1 que je * subj-1 3 2 
 was neglected ; it is now (very much) attended to ; it is (to 
 
 on 3 beaucoup 2 s'occuper en 1 falloir 
 be hoped) that new views will soon (be adopted.) They 
 
 esperer on 4 2 adopter ind-7 1 de 3. Ot 
 
 grieved (at it) yesterday ; now, they laugh (at it;) 
 
 s y affiiger ind-2 e?t aujourd'hui rire en 
 
 to-morrow, it will no longer (be thought) of. It is one of 
 
 on plus penser ind-7 y 
 
 those accidents which it is sometimes impossible to avoid. The 
 
 de 
 dew incommoded me (very much;) I shall not {in future) 
 serein m. ind-4 desormais 
 
 walk so late. Rude and coarse criticism 
 
 se promener Malhonnete 2 grossier 3 un f . 1 
 
 generally (does greater injury) to the person who indulges 
 
 nuire plus se permettre 
 
 himself in it, than to him who is the object (of it.) 
 * celle en 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE ADVERBS OF QUANTITY, &c. 
 
 There are many people who have pretensions; but very 
 beaucoup de * * a 
 
 few who have such as are well founded. To embellish a 
 
 en sub-1 * * * * defonde f. pi. * 2 
 
 subject too much, frequently betrays a want of judgment and 
 
 3 1 souvent etre faute 
 
 taste. One very often experiences disgust in the midst of 
 
 trouver art. ennui a 
 the most riotous pleasures. She is a giddy and thoughtless 
 
 bruyant 2 1 Ce leger 2 inconsequent 2 
 
 woman, who speaks much and reflects little. She has so much 
 1 refechir 
 
 kindness, that it is impossible not to love her. These stuffs 
 de de etoffe f. 
 
 are beautiful; consequently they are dear. This book has 
 aussi couter cher. 
 
OF CONJUNCTIONS. 227 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 OF CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 The conjunction is a word which serves to connect 
 words, or sentences, as, II pleure et rit en meme temps, 
 he cries and laughs at the same time ; the word et unites 
 the first sentence, il pleure, with the second, il rit. Like- 
 wise in Pierre et Paul rient, Peter and Paul laugh ; the 
 word et unites these two sentences into one, Pierre rit 
 and Paul rit. 
 
 There are different kinds of conjunctions. 
 
 To unite two words under the same affirmation, or 
 under the same negation, et is used for the affirmation, 
 and ni, neither, nor, for the negation. 
 
 To denote an alternative, or distinction, ou, either, or ; 
 soit, que, whether, or ; tantot, sometimes, &c. 
 
 To restrict an idea ; sinon, but, except ; quoique, en- 
 core que, though, although ; a moins que, unless, till.f 
 
 merit ; but there are others as good. If he has done that, 
 du en * de 
 
 I can do (as much.) What I say to you (about it) is meant 
 
 en autant en * 
 
 less to give you pain, than to apprize you of the lan- 
 
 pour /aire de art. avertir pro- 
 
 guage that is used. She is six years younger than her bro- 
 pos pi. on tenir avoir de moins 
 
 ther. Nobody is more interested than you are . (in the 
 
 ne * a ce que reussir 
 
 success) of the affair. You do not offer enough for this garden : 
 subj-1 2 * 1 offrir de 
 
 give something more. The more ignorant we are, the less we 
 
 de * 1 4 on 2 3 * 
 
 (believe ourselves so.) 
 croire Vetre. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THESE CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 Gold and silver are metals less useful than iron, 
 art art. de art. art. 
 
228 OF CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 To express opposition, mais, but ; cependant, yet, ne- 
 vertheless ; neanmoins, for all that, however ; pourtant, 
 however, though; toutefois, bien que, although. 
 
 To express a condition; si, if; sinon que, except that; 
 pourvu que, provided that ; a condition que, on condition 
 that. 
 
 To express consent ; d la verite, indeed ; d la bonne 
 heure, very well. 
 
 For explanation ; savoir, c' est-d-dire, viz. that is to 
 say; comme, as.f 
 
 To listen with joy to a slanderer, and to applaud him, is to 
 * medisant * lui ce * 
 
 cherish the serpent who stings, that he may sting more 
 
 rechauffer piquer afinque plus 
 
 effectually. I like neither flatterers nor the wicked. Those 
 surcment flatteur pi. 
 
 who have never suffered, know nothing; they know neither 
 savoir connaitre 
 
 good nor evil. You may choose either a happy 
 art. Men pi. art. mat pi. avoir a choisir de 
 
 mediocrity, or a sphere more elevated, but exposed to many 
 
 f. de f. bien de 
 
 dangers. He is an inconsistent man ; he is sometimes of 
 art. Ce inconsequent 2 1 tantbt 
 
 one opinion, and sometimes of another. I have (nothing more) 
 
 avis ne autre chose 
 
 to say to you, only that I will have it so. I shall not yet 
 
 sinon que vouloir * * encore 
 
 proceed to the perusal of the authors of the second class, unless 
 
 lecture f. ordre m. 
 
 you advise me to do so. 
 
 ne conseiller subj-1 * * le 
 
 + EXERCISE. 
 
 The serpent bites ; it is only a bite ; but from this bite 
 
 ce ne que morsure 
 the venom communicates itself to the whole body ; the slanderer 
 
 speaks; it is but a word; but this word resounds every 
 
 ne que parole f. retentir 
 
 where. (That is) certainly a superb picture ; nevertheless, there 
 Voild tableau 
 
OF CONJUNCTIONS. 229 
 
 To express relation, or parity ; comme, as, ainsi, thus, 
 so; de meme, as, just as; ainsi que, as; autant que, as 
 much as ; si que, as, &c. 
 
 To express augmentation, dJailleurs, besides, more- 
 over; outre que, besides that; deplus, au surplus, be- 
 sides, furthermore. 
 
 For diminution, au moins, du moins, pour le moins, at 
 least. 
 
 To express the cause, or the reason of a thing ; car, for ; 
 comme, as; parce que, because; puisque, since; pour que, 
 that, in order that, &c.J 
 
 is some incorrectness in the design. Although Homer, accord- 
 
 incorrection pi. dessin 
 
 ing to Horace, slumbers (at times,) he is never- 
 
 sommeiller sub-1 quelquefois en 2 3 ne 1 pas 
 theless the first of all poets. You will succeed, provided 
 moins art. reussir pourvu 
 
 you act with vigour. We have within us two faculties 
 
 que agir sub-1 en 
 
 that are. seldom united, viz. imagination and judgment. 
 * * art. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 The most beautiful flowers last but a moment: thus hu- 
 
 durer ne que art. 2 
 
 man life passes away. The (greatest part) of mankind 
 
 4 3 1 * plupart f. art. homme pi. 
 
 have, like plants, hidden qualities that chance 
 
 pi. art. de art. cache 2 propriete f. 1 art. hasard 
 
 discovers. Mad. de Sevigne's letters are mo- 
 
 faire decouvrir 2 art. f. 1 de art. 
 
 dels of elegance, simplicity, and taste ; besides, they are 
 
 pr. pr. 
 
 replete with interesting anecdotes. Nothing is more enter- 
 plein de 2 f . 1 * de amu~ 
 
 tain ing than history; besides, nothing is more instructive. 
 sant art. * de 
 
 Circumstances show us to others, and still 
 
 art. occasion pi. faire connaxtre encore 
 
 more to ourselves. I shall always advise you to take the 
 
 conseiller de 
 
230 OF CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 To draw a conclusion ; or, now ; done, then ; par con- 
 sequent, consequently; e'est pourquoi, therefore. 
 
 To express a circumstance; quand, lorsque, when; 
 pendant que, tandis que, &c. whilst, while ; tant que, as 
 long as ; depuis que, ever since ; avant que, before ; des- 
 que, aussi-totque, d 1 abordque, as soon as ; d-peine, hardly, 
 scarcely; apres que, after that; enfin, in fine, finally, to 
 conclude, &c. 
 
 To express a transition; car, for; en effet, indeed, in 
 effect ; au reste, besides, otherwise ; a propos, now I 
 think of it; apres tout, after all.f 
 
 ancients as your guides j at least, quit but seldom 
 
 pour * pr. s'ecarter de ne que 
 
 the way which they have traced for you. We must, at 
 
 route f. que trade * * falloir 
 
 least, know the general principles of a language, before (we 
 
 2 1 langue f. de 
 
 take upon ourselves) to teach it. Certain people hate 
 
 se meter de * enseigner f. gens art. 
 
 grandeur, because it lowers and humiliates them, and 
 
 — 4t. pron. rabaisser pron. 
 
 makes them feel the privation of the advantages which 
 que elle leur Men pi. 
 
 they covet. 
 aimer. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 We ought to love what is amiable: now, virtue is 
 
 * falloir ind-1 * art. 
 
 amiable ; therefore we ought to love virtue. We ought to 
 
 * * * falloir * 
 
 practise what the Gospel commands us; now it commands 
 
 evangile m. 
 us, not only to forgive our enemies, but also to love 
 
 non de pardonner a, encore de 
 
 them. Desprcaux was extremely particular in not 
 
 de la plus grand exactitude a 
 coming \aXe,whe?i he was invited to dinner ; he said that 
 
 inf-1 trop ind-2 ind-2 
 
 all the faults of those who (are waited for) present themselves 
 
 defaut se faire attendre 
 
 to those who wait for them. The pride which possesses us, 
 attendre * posseder 
 
OF CONJUNCTIONS. 231 
 
 The conjunction que is always placed between two 
 ideas, both necessary to complete the sense, as, II est tres- 
 important que tout le monde soit instruit, it is of great 
 importance that every body should be well instructed. 
 It differs from the relative pronoun que, as it can never 
 be converted into lequel, laquelle. The conjunction que 
 is generally repeated before every member of a period. T 
 
 visible as it is, escapes our eyes, while it manifests itself 
 tout que a 
 
 to the eyes of the public, and displeases every one. 
 
 choquer art. esprit pi. 
 
 After -we had examined that singular effect, we (inquired into) 
 ind-5 2 1 rechercher ind-3 
 
 its causes. We had hardly done, when he came in. Pride 
 en ind-2 finir que entrer 
 
 counterbalances all our imperfections ; for, whether it hides 
 contre-peser misere pi. ou cacher 
 
 them, or whether it discovers them, it glories in knowing them. 
 
 si se glorifler de inf-1. 
 
 None but an Englishman can (be a judge) of Shak- 
 II rCy a que qui subj-1 juger 
 
 speare ; for, what foreigner is sufficiently versed in the English 
 
 language to discover the sublime beauties of that author 1 
 langue f.pour 2 1 
 
 V EXERCISE. 
 
 (As long as I live,) this image will be before my eyes ; 
 
 tout ma vie — f. peint 
 
 and, if ever the gods permit me to reign, I shall not forget, 
 
 faire 
 after so terrible an example, that a king is not 
 
 (pas not expressed) 
 worthy to govern nor happy in his power, (but in 
 
 de commander et n'est puissance f. qu'- 
 
 proportion as) he subjects it to reason. I am very glad to 
 autant que soumettre art. de 
 
 see that you do not love flattery, and that one (runs no risk) 
 
 ne hasarder Hen 
 in speaking to you with sincerity. 
 a inf-1 
 
 21 
 
232 
 
 OF INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 OF INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 Interjections are words, which serve to express the 
 sudden emotions of the soul. The only point to be at- 
 tended to, is not to place them between words which cus- 
 tom has made inseparable. There are interjections for 
 every feeling, viz. 
 
 Of 
 
 pain ahi, aie! ouf! ah! 
 
 grief helas! mon Dieu, &c. 
 
 fear ha ! he ! 
 
 joy ah ! bon, bon ! o ! 
 
 aversion fi ! fi done ! oh, oh ! 
 
 disgust pouah, pouah ! 
 
 indignation fbin de. 
 
 imprecation peste de, la peste de. 
 
 disbelief chansons, tarare. 
 
 surprise ouais! 
 
 astonishment oh ! bon Dieu ! misericorde ! peste \ 
 
 warning gare ! hem! hola, ho ! 
 
 checking tout beau ! hola. 
 
 encouraging alerte ! allons ! 9a, courage ! 
 
 applauding bravo, vivat ! 
 
 encoring bis, bis. 
 
 calling hola ! ho ! hem, hem ! 
 
 derision oh ! eh ! zest ! oh ! oh ! oh ! 
 
 silence chut ! pais ! st ! 
 
PART II. 
 
 THE SYNTAX, 
 
 OR 
 
 WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 § I. 
 
 OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 There are some substantives which are never used 
 in the plural; such are — 1. The names of metals, con- 
 sidered in their original state ; as, Vor, gold, le platine, 
 platina. 2. The names of virtues and vice ; as, la chas- 
 tete, chastity, Vivrognerie, drunkenness. 4. Some words 
 of a physical or moral nature; as, Voule, hearing, Vodo- 
 rat, smelling, le sang, blood, le sommeil, sleep, la paw 
 vrete, poverty. 4. The infinitive of verbs and adject- 
 ives used substantively, together with some other words, 
 which cannot be reduced to any particular class. 
 
 Others, on the contrary, which likewise cannot be re- 
 duced to any particular class, are never used in the sin- 
 gular; as, annates, annals ; ancetres, ancestors, mouchettes, 
 snuffers, &c. 
 
 § II. 
 
 OF COMPOUND NOUNS. 
 
 Of the formation of their plural. 
 
 1. When a noun is compounded of a substantive and 
 an adjective, they both take the sign of the plural ; as, 
 un gentilhomme, a nobleman; des ge?itilshommes, noble- 
 men. 
 
 2. When a noun is compounded of two substantives, 
 united by a preposition, the first only takes the sign of 
 the plural; as, arc-en-ciel t a rainbow; des arcs-en-ciel t 
 rainbows. 
 
234 SYNTAX OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 3. When a noun is compounded of a preposition, or 
 verb, and a substantive, the substantive alone is put in 
 the plural ; as, un entresol, (a low room between two 
 floors,) des entresols ; un garde-fou (rails on bridges,) 
 des garde-fous. 
 
 Remark. There is a small number of substantives 
 composed of a verb and an adverb ; as, un passe-partout, 
 a master or general key ; or of a verb repeated ; as, 
 passe-passe, sleight of hand : they never take the sign of 
 the plural. 
 
 EXERCISE ON SUBSTANTIVE AND COMPOUND 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 Gold is the most pure, the most precious, the most ductile, 
 art. parfait 
 
 and, after platina, the heaviest of all metals. Chastity is an 
 
 pesant art. 
 
 obligation of all times, all ages, and all conditions. 
 
 * art. pr, art. pr. art. etat m. pi. art. 
 
 Intoxication, which proceeds from beer, is of longer duration 
 ivresse . venir art. * * 
 
 than that which proceeds from wine. It is the sense of 
 
 art. Ce art. 
 
 feeling, which teaches to guard against the errors of sight 
 toucher apprendre se garaniir de art. 
 
 Sleep is the image of death. Early learn 
 
 art. art. de bonne-heure 2 apprendre 1 
 
 to distinguish truth from falsehood. That is more bitter 
 — guer art. vrai art. faux amer 
 
 than wormwood. Dignity of mind was 
 
 de art. absinthe art. Elevation art. sentiment m. pi. ind-2 
 formerly the (distinguishing mark of) noblemen. One of 
 
 ce qui * distinguer ind-2 art. 
 
 the buttresses of the vault has fallen. He is always 
 
 arc-boutant m. pi. tomber 
 
 making {cock and bull stories.') The Tartars always form 
 fait de art. coq-a-V ane m. pi. Tariare etre 
 
 the scouts of an army. The fish-carriers did 
 
 avant-courier m. pi. chasse-maree m. pi. 
 
 not arrive in time. This door is only fastened with a 
 
 ind-3 a ne que fermer a, * art. 
 
 latch; and all (the persons) in the house have each their 
 loquetm. * ceux de 
 
 hey. 
 passe-partout m. 
 
OF THE ARTICLE. 235 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 I i. 
 
 1. The difficulty attendant on rendering into French 
 the a or an, which precedes a substantive when it fol- 
 lows the verb to be, will easily be removed by examin- 
 ing whether that substantive be restricted by a particu- 
 lar idea; if it be not restricted, the a or an is not ex- 
 pressed in French ; thus, I am a Frenchman, 1 am a 
 prince, must be translated by je suis Frangais, je suis 
 prince. But if it be restricted, then the a or an must 
 be expressed by the word un placed before the substan- 
 tive, as, J am a Frenchman of an illustrious family, I 
 am a very unfortunate prince, must be translated by je 
 suis un Frangais d'une illustre maison, je suis un prince 
 tres-malheureux. 
 
 2. When the verb etre is preceded by the demonstra- 
 tive ce, in phrases of this kind, un is always required be- 
 fore the substantive, as, Jestun tresor, &c. 
 
 3. The French do not use the article before sub- 
 stantives, expressing the quality of a preceding noun : 
 though, in cases of this kind, the English usually em- 
 ploy the article the, and still more frequently a, or an ; 
 as, Telemaque, fits dJUlysse, roi aVItaque, Telemachus, 
 the son of Ulysses, king of Ithaca; le Due d'York, 
 prince du sang, the Duke of York, a prince of the 
 blood. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE ARTICLE. 
 I am a Frenchman and a merchant ; after having (been at) 
 negotiant inf-1 parcouru 
 
 the most famous (trading towns) in the Levant, my commercial 
 
 = echelle f. pi. de — m. les affaires 
 concerns have brought me here. I am an unhappy 
 
 de mon commerce conduire 
 
 Frenchman, who, a striking example of the vicissitudes of 
 * memorable 2 1 — 
 
 fortune, seek an asylum where I may end my days 
 
 art. chercher asile m. puissejinir 
 
 21* 
 
236 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 $2. 
 
 Without entering more minutely into this subject, the 
 following comparative table, in which the same words 
 are exhibited, according to circumstances, both with and 
 without the article, in conjunction with the phrases 
 which have been inserted at the end of this grammar, 
 will, it is presumed, be considered as a sufficient illus- 
 tration of custom.^! 
 
 in peace. He was a man of uncommon probity and of 
 
 Ce un rare 2 f. 1 un 
 
 tried virtue : (as a) reward for the services he had 
 
 eprouve 2 1 pour le recompenser de que 
 
 rendered to the church and state, the king has made him a 
 
 m. pi. eglise. pr. art. 
 
 bishop. Neoptolemus had hardly told me that he was a Greek, 
 eveque. Neoptoleme eut apeinedit 
 
 when I (cried out :) O enchanting words, after so many 
 que s' eerier ind-3 doux parole f. pi. dc 
 
 years of silence and unceasing pain ! O my son, what 
 
 sans consolation 2 pr. 1 
 misfortune, what storm, or rather what propitious wind has 
 malheur m. tempcte f. plutbt favorable 2 1 
 
 brought you hither to end my woes % He replied, 
 
 conduire pour mal ? m. pi. rcpondre ind-3 
 
 I am of the island of Scyros, I am returning thither ; (I am 
 
 He retourner y on 
 
 said) (to be) the son of Achilles. 
 dit que ind-1. 
 
 IT COMPARATIVE TABLE. 
 
 WITH THE ARTICLE. WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 
 
 The writings of Cicero are full The writings of Cicero are full 
 
 of the soundest 2 ideas 1. of sound 2 ideas 1. 
 
 Divest yourself of the preju- Have no prejudice (with regard 
 
 se defaire prejuge to) this question. 
 
 dices of childhood. sur 
 
 The different kinds of animals There are different kinds of 
 
 that are upon the earth. animals upon the earth. 
 
 He enters into a detail of the He enters into a long detail of 
 
 rules of a good grammar. frivolous 2 rules 1. 
 
 He affects circumlocutions. He affects long 1 circumlocu- 
 
 chercher de detour. tions 2 in order to explain 
 
 the simplest 2 things 1. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 237 
 
 WITH THE ARTICLE. 
 
 WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 
 
 He loads his memory with the 
 
 verses of Virgil and the 
 
 phrases of Cicero. 
 Essays supported by strong 2 
 
 discours soulenu. 
 
 expressions 1 
 He has collected precepts of 
 recueillir sur 
 
 morality. 
 
 mceurspl. 
 Make use of the tokens we 
 
 se servir " signe (dont) 
 
 agreed upon.* 
 
 etre convenu. 
 The choice of studies, proper, 
 
 &c. 
 Knowledge has always been 
 Connaissance pi. 
 
 the object of the esteem, the 
 
 praise, and the admiration of 
 
 eloge pi. 
 
 men. 
 Tht riches of the mind can only 
 
 (be acquired) by study. 
 
 ne que s'acquerir. 
 The gifts of fortune are un- 
 certain. 
 
 fragiles. 
 The connexion of proofs 
 
 encharnement preuve 
 
 makes them please and 
 qu'elles 
 
 persuade. 
 It is by meditation upon what 
 
 we read, that we acquire 
 
 fresh 2 knowledge 1. 
 
 connaissance pi. 
 The advantages of memory. 
 
 The memory of facts is the 
 
 most showy. 
 brillant. 
 The aim of good masters 
 
 should be to cultivate the 
 
 devoir ind-1 de 
 
 He loads his memory with in- 
 sipid 3 verses 1 and phrases 2. 
 
 Essays supported by lively 1 
 vive 
 expressions 2. 
 A * collection of precepts in 
 recueil sur 
 
 morals. 
 
 We are obliged to use some ex- 
 terior 2 signs 1, in order to 
 make ourselves understood. 
 nous entendre 
 
 He has made a choice of books 
 which are, &c. 
 
 It is an object of esteem, of 
 
 Ce 
 praise, and admiration. 
 
 There is in Peru a prodigious 
 le Perou 
 abundance of useless^ riches 1. 
 Gifts of fortune. 
 Bien 
 
 There is in this book an admi- 
 rable connexion of solid 2 
 proofs 1. 
 
 It is by meditation that we ac- 
 quire fresh 1 knowledge 2. 
 nouveau. 
 
 There are different kinds of 
 
 memory. 
 He has only a memory of 
 
 facts. 
 
 He has an air of pedantry 
 ton m. mattre 
 
338 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 WITH THE ARTICLE. WITHOUT THE ARTICLE. 
 
 mind and reason of their pu- that shocks you at first sight. 
 
 pils. abord 
 
 The taste of mankind is liable Society of chosen 2 men 1. 
 homme pi. 
 
 to great changes. 
 
 He has do need of the lessons He has no need of lessons. 
 
 you wish to give him. avoir besoin 
 
 France, Spain, England, &c. Kingdom of France, of Spain, 
 
 of England, &c. 
 
 The isle of Japan. Island of Candia. 
 
 He comes from China. He comes from Poland. 
 
 He arrives from America. He arrives from Italy. 
 
 The extent of Persia. He is gone to Persia. 
 
 en 
 
 He is returned from the East He is returned/row Spain, from 
 
 Indies, from Asia, &c. Persia, &c. 
 
 He lives in Peru, in Japan, in He lives in Italy, in France, 
 
 a in London, in Avignon, &c. 
 
 the Indies, in Jamaica, &c. a a 
 
 The politeness of France, &c. The fashions of France. 
 
 The circumference of England. The horses of England. 
 
 The interest of Spain. The wines of Spain. 
 
 The invention of printing is at- The empire of Germany is di- 
 
 tributed to Germany. vided into a great number of 
 
 states. 
 
 He comes from French Flan- He comes from Flanders. 
 
 ders. 
 
 § III. 
 ON MEASURE, WEIGHT, &C. 
 
 1. The English make use of a, or an, before nouns 
 of measure, weight, and purchase ; as, wheat is sold for 
 a crown a bushel ; butter sells for sixpence a pound ; wine 
 sold yesterday for forty crowns a hogshead, His more 
 than a groat a bottle. But the French make use of the 
 article le, la, as, le ble se vend un ecu le boisseau; It 
 beurre se vend six sous la livre ; le vin se vendit hier 
 quarante ecus le muid, Jest plus de quatre sous la bou- 
 teille. 
 
 2. When speaking of time, a or an is expressed in 
 French by the preposition par, as, so much a week, tant 
 par semaine. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 239 
 
 3. In English, a is sometimes put between the pro- 
 noun which expresses admiration, and the substantive 
 that accompanies it, as, what a beauty ! but, in French, 
 the un is never expressed in similar cases, as, quelle 
 beaute ! 
 
 4. In English, when the adverbs more and less are 
 repeated to express a comparison, they must be pre- 
 ceded by the article, as, the more difficult a thing is, 
 the more honourable it is. But, in French, the article 
 is omitted, as plus une chose est difficile, plus elle est 
 honor able.f 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 It has been said (p. 97), that an adjective agrees in 
 gender and number with the substantive which it quali- 
 fies; from this rule, however, must be excepted nu, 
 bare, and demi, half, when placed before a substantive, 
 and feu, late, when before the article or a pronominal 
 
 t EXERCISE ON MEASURE, &c. 
 
 Corn sells for eight shillings a bushel. Veal and 
 art. ble m. se vendre * schelling boisseau art. veau 
 
 mutton cost ten pence a pound. This lace is sold at 
 art. couter sou livre f. f. se vendre * 
 
 half a guinea an ell. The best French wines are sold at 
 demi 2 1 f. aune de France 2 1 ind-1 
 
 from twelve, to fifteen shillings a bottle. My father goes to 
 
 bouteille f. v a en 
 
 Ireland four or five times a year. He gives his son seven 
 Irlande fois an 
 
 shillings a day. It (is necessary,) if you desire to 
 
 falloir 
 (improve fast) that you should take a lesson three times a 
 
 /aire des pr ogres rapides preniez * 
 
 week. Themore I contemplate those precious remains of anti- 
 
 == reste m. pi. art. 
 quity, the more I am struck with wonder. What a beautiful 
 = frapp e de etonnement 
 
 morning ! come, let us go and walk in the fields. 
 
 matinee f. se promener champ m. pi. 
 
240 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 adjective, as, il va nu-pieds, he goes barefoot; je sms 
 d vous dans une demi-heure, I will be with you in half 
 an hour ; feu la reine, the late queen ; feu ma mere, 
 my late mother. But the agreement takes place, if nu 
 and demi be placed after the substantive, and feu be- 
 tween the article or pronominal adjective and the sub- 
 stantive, as, il a les pieds nus, his feet are bare ; je suis 
 d vous dans une heure et demie, I will be with you in 
 an hour and a half; la feu e reine, mafeue mere. 
 
 2. An adjective frequently serves to qualify two or 
 more substantives, expressing either persons, or things 
 of different genders. 
 
 If it be used to qualify more than two substantives, 
 it must agree with them ; for, either these substantives 
 perform the office of subject, as, la grammaire, la 
 logique, ei la rhetorique, methodiquement enseignees, 
 ne Joublient guere, grammar, logic, and rhetoric, when 
 taught with method, are seldom forgotten ; or they 
 constitute the regimen, as, c'est un homme oVune valeur, 
 d*une vertu, et d!une fidelite, eprouvees, he is a man of 
 tried courage, virtue, and fidelity. 
 
 If it be used to qualify only two substantives, the 
 substantive of persons must be distinguished from the 
 substantive of things ; with the first, the rules of 
 agreement are to be observed in all cases : with the 
 second, custom allows, when the substantives form the 
 regimen, to make the adjective agree with the last 
 only; as, elle avoit les yeux et la bouche ouverte. 
 Nevertheless, modern grammarians prefer the agree- 
 ment, even in this case. 
 
 3. With respect to phrases like the following, les 
 langues Anglaise et Francaise sont fort cultivees, 
 though they are in opposition to the rules of grammar, 
 yet, it is allowable to use them. However, in strict 
 propriety, it seems better to say, la langue Francaise 
 et V Anglaise sont tres-cultivees.\ 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 He ran through the streets like a madman, bare-foot and 
 ind-2 * rue f. pi. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 241 
 
 II. 
 
 DIFFERENCE OF CONSTRUCTION BETWEEN THE ENGLISH 
 AND FRENCH LANGUAGES. 
 
 1. In English, the substantive of measure is placed 
 before the substantive, or adjective expressing the dimen- 
 sions, as, a tower two hundred feet high, or in height. 
 In French, the word which expresses dimension, is 
 placed first, if it be an adjective, and the preposition de 
 be added to it as a regimen, as une tour haute de deux 
 cents pieds. But, if it be a substantive, or an adjective 
 used substantively, it is placed after, with the preposition 
 de, either before the noun of measure, or of dimension, 
 as : une tour de deux cents pieds de haut, or de hauteur. 
 This last mode is the most elegant. 
 
 bare-headed. His legs were bare. Give me 
 
 tete it * art. jambe, f. 2 avoir 1 
 
 half a guinea, and then you (will only owe) me a guinea 
 
 ne devoir plus que 
 and a half. I shall be at home in half an hour. Come 
 
 chez-moi dans 
 before half past one. The late queen was idolized. The 
 
 2 une heure et 1 2 1 ind-2 adore 
 
 late queen was universally regretted. His impetuosity and 
 ind-3 
 courage, long restrained, soon surmounted all obsta- 
 
 pron. enchame ind-3 art. 
 
 cles. The imagination and genius of Ariosto, although ir- 
 
 art. VArioste quoique 
 
 regular in their course, yet interest, (hurry along,) and 
 
 marche neanmoins attacher entrazner 
 captivate the reader, who can never be tired of admiring them. 
 
 lecteur se lasser inf-1 
 
 There are in Gessner's idylls sentiments and a 
 
 2 art. idylle 1 de art. 
 
 grace altogether affecting. The good taste of the Egyptians, 
 
 tout-d-fait touchant 
 (from that time) made them love solidity and unadorned 
 
 des-lors ind-3 leur art. = toutnu2 
 
 regularity. In those climates, the dry and the rainy mon- 
 
 = 1 sec pluvieux mous- 
 
 soons divide the year. 
 son f. pi. se diviser annce. 
 
242 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 2. The English manner of expressing dimensions, is 
 to use the verb to be, as, the vjalls of Algiers are twelve 
 feet thick, and thirty feet high; the French, in general, 
 make use of the verb avoir, when there are two con- 
 structions : as, les murs rf Alger ont douze pieds d'epais- 
 seur, et trente de hauteur ; or, les murs d 1 Alger ont douze 
 pieds d'epaisseur sur trente de hauteur. This second 
 mode of expression is most generally adopted. 
 
 3. In comparative sentences, to express difference, 
 the English sentence often runs thus : she is taller than 
 her sister by the whole head. The French, in this man- 
 ner ; elle est plus grande que sa sazur de toute la tete.j 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE DIFFERENCE OF CONSTRUC- 
 TION. 
 This trunk, which is six feet long, is very convenient. You 
 coffre m. commode 
 
 will be stopped in your march by a river three hundred feet broad. 
 
 arrete f. 
 
 This observatory, which is twelve hundred feet high, is very pro- 
 per for knowing the true position of the stars. It is a terrace 
 
 inf-1 astre m. pi. ce terrace f. 
 
 a hundred and eighty feet broad, and twelve hundred 
 
 large 
 feet long. The walls of our garden are twenty feet high 
 
 mur m. pi. 
 and three broad. It is one of the finest stones that was 
 
 on ait 
 ever seen : it is twenty feet long and six thick. This 
 
 jamais vues longueur epaisseur. 
 
 ditch is nine feet six inches deep, and six feet 
 
 fosse m. pouce m. pi. profondeur f. 
 
 broad. My son is taller than yours by lioo inches. 
 
 REGIMEN OF THE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Several adjectives have a regimen ; some require 
 the preposition de, and others the preposition d before a 
 noun, or a verb, which is then called the regimen or 
 government of the adjective. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVES. 243 
 
 EXAMPLES.. 
 
 Digne de recompense, Worthy of reward. 
 
 Utile a Vhomme, Useful to man. 
 
 Digne de regner, Worthy of reigning. 
 
 Content de son sort, de vivre, &c. Satisfied with his lot, with living 
 
 Beau a voir, bon a manger, Fine to the sight, good for eat- 
 
 ing. 
 
 Apre au gmw, a-yide dChonneur, Eager after gain, greedy of ho- 
 nour. 
 
 Propre a la guerre, Fit for war. 
 
 Recompense is the government of the adjective digne, 
 as it is joined to that adjective by the word de: Vhomme 
 is the government of the adjective utile, because it is 
 joined to that adjective by the word d, and so of the rest. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE REGIMEN OF THE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Virtuous men are always worthy of esteem. A weak 
 art. Vertueux 2 1 toujours estime f. faible 2 
 
 mind is liable to many contradictions. A heart free from 
 
 1 m. sujet biendes — f. pi. cosurm. libre de 
 
 cares enjoys the greatest possible felicity. Voltaire was 
 
 s0mm.pi. jouitde 1 — 3 =f. 2 — fut 
 
 always greedy of praise, and insatiable of glory. Rousseau, 
 
 avide louangef.jA. — = — 
 
 endowed with a strong and fiery imagination, was all his 
 
 doue d,e fort 2 bouillant 3 — f . 1 
 
 (life-time) subject to frequent fits of misanthropy, and 
 
 vie f. enclin a de — acces m. pi. = 
 
 liable to all the variations attendant upon it. 
 sujet — f. pi. qui en sont la suite. 
 
 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES ON THE ARTICLE AND 
 THE ADJECTIVES. 
 
 THE FAULTS OF INFANCY. 
 
 defaut m. pi. art. enfance. 
 
 The amiable Louisa and her young brother Charles were 
 Louise — ind 2 
 
 gentle, humane, and sensible. To the most interesting 
 doux sensible spirituel interessant 2 art. 
 
 person, Louisa joined all the modesty, the pleasing ingenu- 
 figure f. 1 ind-2 - = f. heureux inge- x 
 
 ousness and artless graces of her sex ; and Charles, the 
 nuite f. naif 9 art. — f. sexe m. 
 
 22 
 
244 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVES- 
 
 vivacity, the fire, and the manly gracefulness of his 
 
 = f. " feu m. male agrement m. pi. 
 
 But these advantages, the precious gifts of nature, 
 
 avantagem.pl. * =3 don m. pi. art. — f. 
 were obscured by great defects. They were both 
 
 ind-2 un peu obscurci de defautm.pl. ind-2 fun et 
 
 inclined to idleness, and liable to fits of sullenness 
 V autre enclin art. paresse f. sujets des acces bouderie f. 
 and ill humour when they were contradicted. Faults are 
 de * h m. lorsque contredit art. Defaut 
 
 diseases of the soul, the cure (of which) is the work 
 
 des maladies guerison f. 2 dont 1 ouvrage 
 
 of time, 
 art. m. 
 
 In good dispositions, it is generally the fruit of the deve- 
 les dmes bien nees elle d 'ordinaire — m. deve- 
 
 lopment of reason, and the desire of pleasing. Though 
 loppementm. art. de m. inf-1 Quoique 
 
 their parents were persuaded (of this,) they employed, 
 
 — sub-2 — de3 en\ employer ind-3 
 
 to hasten it, an expedient, which succeeded. If they 
 pour hater 2 la 1 moyen m. leur reussir ind-3 * 2 
 
 were satisfied with them, contentment and joy were 
 ind-2 1 content de art. satisfaction f. art. f. 
 
 painted in their countenances; if dissatisfied, they 
 
 peint sur figure f. pi. * en etaient-ils mecontent 
 
 did not scold. but they received them with a sorrow- 
 
 * les gronder ind-2 ind-2 triste 2 
 
 ful air, a dejected countenance, and every sign of 
 
 regard 1 abattu 2 maintien 1 ious art. signe m. pi. 
 
 chagrin and trouble. Louisa and Charles were natu- 
 
 art. — m. dea.rt. douleur natu- 
 
 rally kind and feeling; they could not long support 
 
 rellement bon sensible ne pouvaient long-temps resister a 
 
 the idea of having afflicted such tender parents. They felt 
 
 idee inf-1 affiige des si tendre 2 — 1 ind-2 
 
 their error, burst into tears and asked pardon. All was 
 
 fautef. fondre en larme 1. pi. — m. 2 3 
 
 immediately forgotten, and satisfaction again smiled 
 aussi-tot 1 oubHe art. contentement m. renaitre ind-2 
 
 around. It was by this means that these amiable 
 
 autour d'eux Cefut moyen sing, que 
 
 children soon became models of docility, com- 
 
 bientbt 2 devenir 1 des modele m. pi. de 
 
 plaisance and application. 
 -— de — 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 245 
 
 OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 a 
 
 OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 Of the Place of Personal Pronouns. — -See p. 102. 
 There is no difficulty in. placing personal pronouns, 
 when they act as subjects : the person who speaks al- 
 ways names himself last, and the person addressed is 
 generally named first. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Vous et moi, nous irons a la You and I will go into the 
 
 campagne, country. 
 
 Nous irons ce soir a la prome- Will you take a walk this even- 
 nade,vous, voire frere, etmoi,K ing, you, your brother, and I. 
 
 Rule. The pronouns il and Us always represent a 
 substantive masculine, il, if it be singular ; and Us, if 
 it be plural : and elle and elles, on the contrary, repre- 
 
 1T EXERCISE. 
 My sister and I were walking by the last rays of 
 
 nous * ind-2 a, rayons m. pi. 
 
 the setting sun, and we were saying, what a mild splendour 
 
 couchant 2 1 * disions eclat m. 
 
 does it still spread over all nature ! In the long 
 
 * 2 pas 3 5 ne repand 1 art. 
 
 winter evenings, my father, my brothers, and I, used 
 de 2 5oireef.pl. 1 nous pas- 
 
 (to spend) two hours in the library, and to read there, 
 
 ser ind-2 bibliotheque f. nous lisions y 
 
 (in order to) (unbend our minds) from the serious studies of the 
 
 pour se delasser = 2 1 
 
 day, those amiable poets who interest most the heart, by the 
 
 2 1 le plus 
 
 charms of a lively imagination, and make us love truth, by 
 
 riant 2 1 art. en 
 
 disguising it under the mask of an ingenious fiction. 
 
 deguiser inf-3 trait m. pi. =2 f. 1 
 
 You and your friend shall accompany me to the museum, 
 — pagner musee m. 
 
 where we shall study nature in her three kingdoms. 
 ou regne m. pi. 
 
246 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 sent a substantive feminine, elle, if it be singular ; dies, 
 if plural. 
 
 Thus in speaking of the rose ; we should say, elle a 
 un parfum exquis, aussi est-elle lafleur la plus recher- 
 chee, it has an exquisite fragrance, and is indeed the 
 choicest of flowers ; because rose is feminine and singu- 
 lar ; and in speaking of several ladies : elles out autant 
 de modestie que de beaute, a" esprit et de grace, they have 
 as much modesty as they have beauty, wit, and accom- 
 plishments ; because dames is feminine and plural.f 
 
 With respect to pronouns, when used as a regimen, 
 custom has established the following rules : 
 
 Rule I. The pronouns me, le, se, leur, le, la, les, y, 
 and en, are generally placed before verbs, as are nous, 
 vous, and lui, when without a preposition. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 11 me (Lit he tells me Jelui parte I speak to him 
 
 Je le vois I see him J'y songerai I will think of it 
 
 Je les ecoute I listen to thenrt J' en suis ravi I am delighted at it 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 (Look at) that magnificent building; it unites grace to 
 
 Regarder —fique bdtiment m. reunir art. grace f. 
 
 beauty, and elegance to simplicity. Ignorance is 
 
 art. =f. art. — f. art. =f. — f. 
 
 jealous, presumptuous, and vain : it sees difficulties in 
 
 presomptueux — ne de =f. pi. a 
 
 nothing, (is surprised) at nothing, and stops at nothing. 
 Hen ne s'etonner de ne s'arreter a 
 
 Let us gather these roses ; Heavens ! what a sweet fragrance 
 
 cueillir del ! quel * parfum 
 
 they exhale ! Never judge from appearances ; they are often 
 
 — ler sur art. f. 
 
 deceitful; the wise man examines them, and does not decide 
 * * se decider 
 
 upon them till he has had time to fix his judgment. 
 
 d'apres f. que lorsque art. m. de fixer 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 (As soon as) he had explained to us the maxims of So- 
 
 Des que expliquer ind-5 * So- 
 
 crates, he said : you see that it is not without reason he 
 
 crate ind-3 ce que on le 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 247 
 
 Rule II. The pronouns moi, toi, soi, nous, vous, lui, 
 eux, elle, and elles, are placed after verbs, when they are 
 preceded by a preposition. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Cela depend de moi, That depends on me. 
 
 Je pense a toi, I think of thee. 
 
 On s'occupe Prop de soi, We are too attentive to ourselves. 
 
 Que dites-vous d'eux % What do you say of them 1 
 
 Rule III. In imperative phrases, when affirmative, 
 moi, toi, nous, vous, lui, leur, eux, elle, elles, le, la, les, y, 
 and en, are placed after verbs; but, with a negation, 
 
 (is looked upon) as truly wise. He was continually saying to 
 
 regarde un vrai ind-2 * 
 
 me : yet a little patience, and you will disarm even envy 
 
 de desarmer * art, 
 
 itself. You have, no doubt, (some foundation) for reproaching 
 
 etre sans doute fonde a inf-1 
 
 him with his faults : but is there (any man) on earth that 
 lui * quelqu'un art. qui 
 
 is exempt (from them?) To please her, you must never 
 subj-1 en Pour lui * 
 
 flatter her. To abandon one's self to metaphysical abstrac- 
 ts metaphysique 2 — 
 tions, is to plunge into an unfathomable abyss. 
 1 ce * se jeter sans fond 2 abime m. 1. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 My father loved me so tenderly, that he thought of none 
 
 ind-2 penser ind-2 a ne 
 
 but me, (was wholly taken up) with me, and saw none but me 
 
 que ne s'occuper ind-2 que de ind-2 
 
 in the universe. If you wish to obtain that favour, you must 
 
 de * 
 
 speak to him himself. It depended on you to excel 
 
 ind-2 de de Vemporter sur 
 
 your rivals, but you would not. Philip, father of 
 
 le vouloir ind-4 Philippe 2 
 
 Alexander, being advised to expel from his dominions 
 
 comme on conseilloAt a 1 de chasser flat m. pi. 
 
 a man, who (had been speaking) ill of him; I shall take carenot 
 
 parler ind-6 se garder Men * 
 
 to do that, said he, he would go and slander me every where. 
 * * en ind-3 * medire de 
 
 22* 
 
248 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 me, te, se, nous, vous, lui, leur, le, la, les, y, and en, are 
 placed before verbs. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Dites-moi Tell me Ne me ditespas Do not tell me 
 
 Bonnez-m'en Give me half Ne m'en don- Do not give me 
 
 la moitie of it nez point any 
 
 Songez-y se- Think of it se- Ny songez-pas Do not think of 
 
 rieusement riously it 
 
 Rem. If the pronouns me, te, moi, toi, intervene be- 
 twixt an imperative and an infinitive, me, te, are used 
 when the imperative is without a regimen direct. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Venez me parler, Come and speak to me. 
 
 Va te faire coiffer, Go and get thy hair dressed. 
 
 But moi, toi, are used if the imperative have a regi- 
 men direct. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Laissez-moi faire, Let me do it. 
 
 Fais-toi coiffer, Get thy hair dressed. 
 
 2. If moi, toi, when placed after the imperative, be fol- 
 lowed by the pronoun en, they are changed into me, te. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Donnez-m'en, Give me some. Retourne-fen, Go back. 
 
 3. When there are two imperatives joined together 
 by the conjunctions et, ou, it is most elegant to place the 
 second pronoun before the verb. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Polissez-le sans cesse et le repo- Polish and repolish it continu- 
 
 lissez, ally. 
 
 Gardez~les, ou les renvoyez,i Keep them or send them back. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 Listen to me, do not condemn me without a hearing. 
 
 ecouter* * m'ecouter. 
 
 Complain, thou hast just cause of complaint : however, do 
 
 se plaindre un sujet plainte 
 
 not complain too bitterly of the injustice of mankind. Give 
 
 amerement art. homme pi. 
 
 some. Do not give any. Think (of it.) Do not think of it. 
 
CONSTRUCTION OF THE PRONOUNS, 
 
 249 
 
CONSTRUCTION OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 ME, TE, SE NOUS, VOUS, LE, LA, .LES, LUI, LEUR, Y, EN. 
 
 
 TO ME. 
 
 TO THEE. 
 
 TO HIM, 
 TO HER. 
 
 TO us. 
 
 TO YOU. 
 
 TO THEM. 
 
 THERE. 
 
 I give this 
 pine apple 
 
 
 Je te donne 
 
 Je lui don- 
 
 
 Je vous 
 
 Je leur don- 
 
 
 
 cet ananas. 
 
 ne, etc. 
 
 
 donne, etc. 
 
 ne, etc. 
 
 
 Thou givest 
 
 Tu me le 
 
 
 Tu le lui 
 
 Tu nous le 
 
 
 Tu le leur 
 
 
 it 
 
 donnes. 
 
 
 donnes. 
 
 donnes. 
 
 
 donnes. 
 
 
 He, she 
 
 11, elle me 
 
 11, elle te 
 
 11, elle lui 
 
 11, elle nous 
 
 II. elle vous- 
 donne, etc. 
 
 11, elle leur 
 donne, etc. 
 
 
 gives a 
 
 donne une 
 
 donne, etc. 
 
 donne, etc. 
 
 donne, etc. 
 
 
 prune. 
 Ve give it. 
 
 prune. 
 
 Nous te la 
 
 Nous la lui 
 
 
 Nous vous 
 
 Nous la 
 
 
 
 
 donnons. 
 
 donnons. 
 
 
 la donnons. 
 
 leur, etc. 
 
 
 You give 
 
 Vous me les 
 
 
 Vous les lui 
 
 Vous nous 
 
 
 Vous les 
 
 
 them. 
 
 donnez. 
 
 
 donnez. 
 
 les donnez. 
 
 
 leur, etc. 
 
 
 They give 
 
 lis m'en 
 
 lis t'en 
 
 lis lui en 
 
 lis nous en 
 
 lis vou9 en 
 
 H leur en, 
 
 
 some. 
 
 donnent. 
 
 donnent. 
 
 donnent. 
 
 donnent. 
 
 donnent. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 With a com- 
 pound tense. 
 1 have 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Je t'ai ap- 
 
 Je lui ai ap- 
 
 
 Je vous ai, 
 
 Je leur ai, 
 
 J'y ai, etc. 
 
 brought 
 
 
 porte du 
 
 porte, etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 some pie 
 
 
 pate 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 This lady 
 
 Cette dame 
 
 Cette dame 
 
 Cette dame 
 
 Cette dame 
 
 Cette dame 
 
 Cette dame 
 
 Cette dama 
 
 has brought 
 
 me l'a ap- 
 
 te l'a, etc. 
 
 le lui, etc. 
 
 nous l'a, 
 
 vous l'a, 
 
 le leur a, 
 
 Py. 
 
 it. 
 
 porte. 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Ve have 
 
 
 Nous t'en 
 
 Nous lui en 
 
 
 Nous vous 
 
 Nous leur 
 
 Nous y an 
 
 brought 
 
 
 avons ap- 
 
 a% r ons, etc. 
 
 
 en avons, 
 
 en avons, 
 
 etc. 
 
 some. 
 
 
 porte. 
 
 Interrogatively. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Do I bring 
 
 
 Te porte-je 
 
 Lui porte-je 
 
 
 Vous porte- 
 
 Leur porte- 
 
 Y poi te-je, 
 
 any oil? 
 
 
 de 1'huile ? 
 
 de, etc. 
 
 
 je de, etc. 
 
 je, etc. 
 
 etc 
 
 Doest thou 
 
 Me Pappor- 
 
 
 La lui ap- 
 
 Nous Pap- 
 
 
 La leur, 
 
 L'y, etc. 
 
 bring it ? 
 
 tes-tu ? 
 
 
 portes-tu. 
 
 portes-tu? 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Does she 
 
 M'en appor- 
 
 T'en, etc. 
 
 Lui en , etc. 
 
 Nous en, 
 
 Vous en, 
 
 Leur en, 
 
 Y en, etc. 
 
 bring some ? 
 
 te-t-elle ? 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Does he 
 
 Me Pappor- 
 
 Te Pap- 
 
 Le lui, etc. 
 
 Nous Pap- 
 
 Vous Pap- 
 
 Le leur, 
 
 L'y, etc 
 
 bring it? 
 
 te-t-il ? 
 
 portet-il? 
 
 
 porte-t-il ? 
 
 porte t-il? 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Does this 
 
 Ce mons. 
 
 Ce mons. 
 
 Ce mons. lui 
 
 Ce mons. 
 
 Ce mons. 
 
 Ce mons. 
 
 Cemons. y 
 
 gentleman 
 Bring any? 
 I shall not 
 
 m'en ap- 
 
 t'en, etc. 
 
 en, etc. 
 
 nous en etc. 
 
 vous en, 
 
 leur en, 
 
 en, etc.. 
 
 porte-t-il. 
 
 
 Negatively. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 Je ne t'en- 
 
 Je ne lui, 
 
 
 Je ne vous, 
 
 Je ne leur, 
 
 Je n'y. stc 
 
 send the 
 
 
 verrai pas 
 Je bouillon. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 broth. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 He will not 
 
 11 ne me 
 
 11 ne te 1', 
 
 11 ne le lui, 
 
 11 ne nous, 
 
 11 ne vous, 
 
 11 ne le leur, 
 
 11 no Py 
 
 send it. 
 
 l'enverra 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 We will not 
 
 pas. 
 
 Nous ne t'- 
 
 Nous ne lui, 
 
 
 Nous ne 
 
 Nous ne 
 
 Nous n v, 
 
 send the 
 
 
 en verrons 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 vous, etc. 
 
 leur, etc 
 
 etc. 
 
 rhubarb. 
 
 
 pas la rhu- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 You will not 
 
 Vous ne me 
 
 barbe. 
 
 Vous ne la 
 
 Vous ne 
 
 
 Vous ne la 
 
 Vous ne .'v. 
 
 send it. 
 
 l'enverrez 
 
 
 lui, etc. 
 
 nous, etc. 
 
 
 leur, etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 They will 
 
 lis ne me 
 
 lis ne te 
 
 lis ne leg 
 
 11 ne nous 
 
 lis ne vous 
 
 Us nc les 
 
 Us ne les y 
 
 not send 
 
 les enver- 
 
 lea, etc. 
 
 lui, etc. 
 
 les, etc. 
 
 les, etc. 
 
 leur, etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 them. 
 
 ront pas ? 
 
 
 Negatively <$* Interrog. 
 
 
 
 
 Shall I not 
 
 
 Ne t'en ver- 
 
 Ne lui en- 
 
 
 Ne vous, 
 
 Ne leur, 
 
 N'y, etc. 
 
 send the 
 
 
 rai-je pas le 
 
 verrai-je, 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 boiled meat? 
 
 
 bouilli ? 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Will he not 
 
 Ne me Pen- 
 
 Ne te, etc. 
 
 Ne le lui, 
 
 Ne nous 
 
 Ne vous, 
 
 Ne le leur, 
 
 Ne l'y, etc. 
 
 send it ? 
 
 verra-t-il 
 pas ? 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 l'enverra, 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Will she not 
 
 Ne m'en ap- 
 
 Ne t'en, etc. 
 
 Ne lui en, 
 
 Ne nous en, 
 
 Ne vous en, 
 
 Ne leur en, 
 
 N'y en, etc 
 
 bring some ? 
 
 portera-t- 
 elle pas ? 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 With a eom- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 pound tense. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 SfeaH I not 
 
 
 Ne te Pau- 
 
 Ne le lui, 
 
 
 Ne vous, 
 
 Ne le leur, 
 
 
 have given 
 
 
 rai-je pas 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 it? 
 
 
 donne? 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Shall I not 
 
 
 Ne t'en au- 
 
 Ne lui en, 
 
 
 Ne vous en, 
 
 Ne leur, en 
 
 
 have given 
 
 
 rai-je pas 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 some? 
 
 
 donne ? 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 
 
 
 Bring the 
 
 Apporte- 
 moil'oseille 
 
 
 Apporte-lui 
 
 Apporte- 
 
 
 Apporte- 
 
 Apporlcs, i , 
 
 sorrel. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 nous, etc. 
 
 
 leur, etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 Bring it. 
 
 Apporte-la- 
 
 
 Apporte-la- 
 
 Apporte-la- 
 
 
 Apporte-Ia- 
 
 Apporte l'y. 
 
 
 moi. 
 
 
 lui. 
 
 nous. 
 
 
 leur. 
 
 
 Do not 
 
 Ne me Tap 
 
 
 Ne la Id, 
 
 Ne nous P- 
 
 
 Ne la leur, 
 
 Ne l'y, etc. 
 
 bring it. 
 
 porte pas. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 apporte.etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 Bring some. 
 
 Apporte- 
 
 
 Apporte-lui 
 
 Apporte- 
 
 
 Apporte- 
 
 Apportes-y 
 
 
 m'en. 
 
 
 en. 
 
 nous en. 
 
 
 leur en. 
 
 en. 
 
 Do not 
 
 Ne m'en ap- 
 
 
 Ne lui en, 
 
 Ne nous en, 
 
 
 Ne leur en, 
 
 N'y en, 
 
 bring any. 
 
 porte pas. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 251 
 
 Rule IV. When several pronouns accompany a verb, 
 me, te, se, nous, vous, must be placed first ; le, la, les, be- 
 fore lui, leur ; and y before en, which is always the last. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Pretez-moi ce livre ; je vous le Lend me that book ; I will re- 
 rendrai demain ; si vous me turn it to you to-morrow ; if 
 lerefusez,je saurai m^enpas- you refuse me, I can make 
 ser, shift without it. 
 
 Aurez-vous la force de le leur "Will you have resolution 
 dire ? enough to mention it to them % 
 
 II n'apas voulu vous y mener, He would not take you there. 
 Je vous y en porterai, I will bring you some there. 
 
 Exception. In an imperative sentence, when affirm- 
 ative, le, la, les, are always placed first, as, donnez-le-moi, 
 give it me, offrez-la-lui, offer it to him ; con&uisez-les-y, 
 conduct them thither ; and moi is placed after y, as, me- 
 nez-y-moi, carry me thither ; but nous will precede y, as, 
 menez-nous-y, take us thither.J 
 
 Repeat to them continually, that, without honesty, one can never 
 succeed in the world. Do not repeat to them continually the 
 same things. Acknowledge him as your master, and obey 
 
 reconnoitre pour 
 
 him. Tread upon that spider and kill it. 
 
 lui marcher araigne f. ecraser 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 You wish to make a present to your sister. (There is) a 
 vouloir * Voild 
 
 beautiful fan; you should present her with it. 
 
 eventail m. devoir cond-2 offrir lui * 
 
 (How many) people are there (destitute of) merit and without oc- 
 que de gens * * sans 
 
 cupation, (who would be mere nothings) in society, did not 
 
 ne tenir a rien cond-1 art. si art. 
 
 gaming introduce them {into it.) I shall speak to them 
 
 jeu m. introduire ind-2 y 
 
 {about it,) and give you a faithful account of it. It" 
 
 en je rendre ind-7 exact 2 compte m. 1 
 
 is certain that old Geronte has refused his daughter to Va- 
 
 art. 
 lere ; but because he does not give her to him, it does not fol- 
 
 s'en 
 law that he will give her to you. 
 suivre 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Remark. The word meme is sometimes added to the 
 pronouns moi, toi, soi, nous, vous, eux, lui, elle, elles, to 
 specify the person, or thing spoken of. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 lis se sont perdus eux-memes, They have ruined themselves. 
 he monde estime bien des choses The world prizes many things 
 
 qui, en ellcs-memes, sont fort which, in themselves, are 
 
 meprisables, worthless. 
 
 II. 
 
 OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. P. 113. 
 
 The relative pronouns are qui, que, dont, lequel, &c. 
 see p. 113. 
 
 Rule I. Qui, when a relative, is always of the num- 
 ber, gender, and person of its antecedent. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Moi qui suis son fits, I who am his son. 
 
 Toi qui es sijeune, Thou who art so young. 
 
 Venfant quijoue, The child who plays. 
 
 Nous qui etudions, "We who study. 
 
 Vous qui riez, You who laugh. 
 
 Les livres qui instruisent, The books which instruct. 
 
 In the first example, qui is singular, and of the first 
 person, because the pronoun moi is in the singular, and 
 of the first person. In the second, it is singular, and of 
 the second person, for a similar reason, &c.H 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 I who did not suspect (so much) falsehood, cun- 
 
 * soupgonner ind-2 tant de faussete f. pr. ruse 
 
 ning, and pernd) r , in a man whom I loved, blindly follow- 
 f. pr. =f. ind-2 aveuglement je sui- 
 
 ed his counsels. Thou who art candour and innocence 
 vre ind-3 conseil m. art. = f. art. — f. 
 
 itself, trust not too lightly. The great empire of the Egyp- 
 memete confie legerement — m. — 
 
 tians, which, was (as it were) detached from all others, was 
 tien ind-3 comme dttache art. 
 
 not of long duration. We who know the value of time 
 
 dureef. connaitre prixm. art. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 253 
 
 Rule II. Que, when a relative, is of the number and 
 gender of its antecedent. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Cest moi que Von demande t It is I whom they ask for. 
 
 C'est toi qvlon appelle, It is thou whom they call. 
 
 La femme que je vois si Men The woman whom I see so well 
 
 parte, dressed. 
 
 Cest nous que vous offensez, It is we whom you offend. 
 
 Cest vous que je cherche, It is you I am seeking. 
 
 Les dames que vous voyez, The ladies whom you see.t 
 
 Dont sometimes represents dequi, duquel, de laquelle, 
 desquels, desquelles, and even de quoi. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Vhomme dont vous parlez est The man of whom you are 
 parti, speaking is gone. 
 
 ought to make a good use (of it,) instead of wasting 
 
 nous devoir ind-1 * emploi m. au lieu perdre 
 
 it in idleness and frivolity. What ! is it you, my 
 
 dans art. oisivete f. art. inutilite f. Quoi ce 
 daughter, who (would wish) that I (should love) you less 1 The 
 
 vouloir con-1 que sub-2 
 
 greatest men, who were the ornament and glory of Greece, 
 
 ind-4 ornement art. = f. art. Grece f. 
 
 Homer, Pythagoras, Plato, even Lycurgus and Solon, went 
 Homere — gore Platon, meme — gue — ind-3 
 
 to learn wisdom in Egypt. 
 
 * apprendre art. sagesse f. en Egypte. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 I whom, temptation surrounded on every side 
 
 art. seduction f. environner ind-% detout partf.ipl. 
 fell into the snare. It is thou whom the public voice 
 
 je tombai dans piege m. Ce 2 f . 1 
 
 calls to that employ. A power which terror and 
 
 appeler place f. puissance f. art. = f. art. 
 
 force have founded, cannot be of long duration. It is we whom 
 — f . fonde f. ne pent duree f. 
 
 they persecute with unexampled rage. You whom 
 
 Von poursuivre avec une sans exemple 2 fureur f. 1 
 every body respects, hasten to (come forward.) (Every 
 tout le monde respecter se hater de paraitre Tout 
 
 thing) in the universe alters and perishes ; but the writings 
 
 dans univers m. batterer perir ecrit m. pi, 
 
 which genius has dictated, shall be immortal, 
 art. genie m. dicte m. pi. — tel. 
 
254 SYNTAX GF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 La tour dont nous apercevons les The tower whose battlement* 
 creneaux doit etre tres-elevee, we perceive must be very high, 
 
 Ce do7itje vous ai parte V autre What I was speaking to you of 
 jour n'a pas reussi, the other day did not succeed. 
 
 Observe 1. — That qui, que, and dont, may equally 
 apply to persons and things ; but qui, preceded by a pre- 
 position, can never apply to things ; in this case, lequel, 
 duquel, auquel, &c. must be used. 
 
 2. — Lequel, laquelle, &c. apply both to persons and 
 things; but — quoi applies only to things. 
 
 The adverb ou is likewise employed as a relative pro- 
 noun, for dans lequel, auquel, dans laquelle, &c. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Voila le but ou it tend, That is the object he has in view. 
 
 Ce sont des affaires, ou je suis Those are affairs with which I 
 embarrasse, am perplexed. 
 
 Remark. Ou admits the prepositions de and par. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Voila une chose d'ou depend le That is an affair on which the 
 bonheur public, public happiness depends. 
 
 Tels sont les lieux par ou il a These are the places through 
 passed which he passed. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 Persons of ordinary condition have not the same 
 
 art. personne f. pi. commun2 — f . 1 mime 
 
 need of being cautioned against the clangers to which 
 
 besoinm. inf-1 precautionne f. pi. contre eewciZm.pl. 
 
 elevation and authority expose those who are des- 
 
 art. — f. art. autorite f. exposer ceux des- 
 
 tined to govern mankind. The protection on which 
 
 tine m. pi. gouverner art. homme pi. — f. sur — 
 
 he relied has been too weak. That after which a true 
 
 compter ind-2 faible Ce apres vrai 
 
 philosopher sighs most ardently, is to spread that 
 
 — phe m. soupirer art. ardemment de ripandre 
 
 sentiment of universal benevolence which should unite and 
 
 — m. — set 2 bienveillance f. 1 devrait unir 
 
 (bring together) all men. These are conditions without 
 
 rapprocher art. Ce sont des sans 
 
 which the thing would not have been concluded. Nature, 
 
 faitf. art. — f . 
 of whose secrets we (are ignorant,) will be always a 
 
 1 art. — m. pi. 4 2 ignorer 3 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 265 
 
 6 III. 
 
 OF PRONOUNS ABSOLUTE. p. 114. 
 
 Seep. 114, the pronouns absolute, qui, que, quoi, quel, 
 lequel. 
 
 Qui signifies quel komme, what man; quelle per sonne, 
 what person. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Qui vous a dit cela ? Who told you that 1 
 
 J'ignore qui a fail cela, I don't know who did that. 
 
 Que signifies quelle chose, what thing. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Que dit-on? What do they sayl 
 
 Je ne sais qu'en penser, I don't know what to think of it. 
 
 Quoi has the signification of que. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 A quoi s 'occupe-t-on ? What are they engaged in 1 
 
 Dites-moi en quoi je puis vous Tell me how I can serve you. 
 servir, 
 
 Rem. If que, or quoi, be followed by an adjective, it 
 requires the preposition de before that adjective. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Que dit-on de nouveau ? What news is there 1 
 
 Quoi de plus instructif et de What is more instructive and 
 plus amusant ? IT amusing 1 
 
 source of conjecture to mankind. That of which we 
 
 — f. 3 — f. pi. 4 pour 1 art. Iwmme 2 Ce 
 
 complain most bitterly is not always what affects us 
 
 se plaindre amerement ce qui affecter 
 
 the most. The only moments in which his soul still 
 
 seul — m. pi. encore 2 
 
 expands to pleasure, are those which he devotes to 
 s'ouvrirl art. ceux consacrer art. 
 
 study. The mountains from whence gold (is extracted) 
 
 etude f. f. pi. oulart. or 3 tire 2 
 
 are not in general fruitful. The different countries through 
 
 * en — infertile pi. — pays m. pi. par 
 
 which he has passed have furnished his pencil with ro- 
 
 passe fourni a pinceau m. de art. 
 
 mantic and picturesque scenes. 
 — tique 2 pittoresque 3 — 1. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. ~~ 
 
 Who will not agree that life has few real pleasures 
 convenir art. f. pen de vrai 
 
 23 
 
256 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 In interrogations, or after a verb, quel is used to ask 
 the name, or qualities of a person, or thing. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Quel homme est-ce ? What man is it 1 
 
 Quel temps f ait-ill What weather is if? 
 
 Je ne sais quel homme c'est, I don't know what man it is. 
 
 II salt quel parti prendre, He knows what steps to pursue. 
 
 The adverb oil, it has been already seen, is employed 
 as a relative pronoun ; it is likewise used as a kind of 
 absolute pronoun. 
 
 Ou represents en quel endroit, in what place, or d 
 quoi, to what. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Ou allez-vous ? Where are you going 1 
 
 Ou cela nous menera-t-il ? Where will that take us 1 
 
 J'ignore ou Von me conduit, I don't know where they are ta- 
 
 king me. 
 Iln'apas prevuoucetle conduite He did not foresee where such 
 le mencrait, conduct would lead him. 
 
 Remark I. When ou is preceded by the preposition 
 He, it marks the place, or cause, spoken of. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 D'ou vient-il ? Where does he come from 1 
 
 D'ou sa haine procede-t-elle ? Whence proceeds his hatred 1 
 
 and many dreadful pains'? (Some one) entered se- 
 
 beaucoup d'affreux 2 peine f. pi. 1 On entra se- 
 
 eretly ; guess who it was. What have you read in that 
 eretement deviner * * 
 book that can have excited in your soul emotion and 
 
 m. qui puisse parte. art. — f. 
 
 enthusiasm'? I know not what to think (of it.) At what 
 art. enthousiasme m. savoir * 
 
 did you find them occupied 1 There is in that dis- 
 
 avez trouves occupe m. pi. dis- 
 
 course I know not what which appears to me designing. What 
 cours m. savoir sembler * insidieux. 
 
 have you remarked good, beautiful, and sublime in Homer 1 
 
 remarque pr. pr. pr. 
 
 What more brilliant, and, at the same time, more false, than 
 
 pr. brillant en * mime pr. 
 
 the expressions of a man, who has (a great deal) of wit, but 
 
 — beaucoup esprit qui 
 
 wants judgment 1 
 manque dejugement ? 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 257 
 
 Voila d'ou il vient, It was there he came from. 
 
 Le mat me vient d'ou fatten- The evil proceeds from that 
 dais mon remede, quarter whence I had expect- 
 
 ed a remedy. 
 
 Remark II. Ou preceded by the preposition par, sig- 
 nifies through what place, or by what means. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Par oil avez-vous passe ? Which way did you come 1 
 
 Par ou me tirerai-je d 1 affaire 1 Which way shall I extricate 
 
 myself? 
 Voila far ou fai passe, This is the way I came. 
 
 Je ne saispar ou je me tirerai I don't know which way I shall 
 d' affaire, extricate myself. 
 
 By the manner in which these pronouns are employ- 
 ed, it will be seen they are only interrogative, when at 
 the beginning of a sentence, and, consequently, the most 
 proper name for them is that of pronouns absolute.^ 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 What grace what delicacy, what harmony, what co- 
 
 grace f. delicatesse f. = f. co- 
 
 louring, what beautiful lines in Racine ! What then 
 
 loris m. vers m. — 1 done 3 
 
 must have been that extraordinary man, to whom seven cities 
 doit 2 = 2 — 
 
 contested the glory of having given birth 1 He does 
 se sont dispute — f. avoir donne art. jour m. * 
 
 not know what model to follow. I have told you what 
 
 savoir modele m. * suivre 
 
 man it is. Which of those ladies do you think the 
 
 ce f. do/mes f . * 2 trouver 1 
 
 most amiable 7 ? Choose which of those two pictures 
 
 f. Choisir m. 4 5 6 tableau m. 7. 
 
 you like best. Where am 1 1 He knows not 
 
 1 aimer 2 art. mieux 3 en soyvoir 
 
 whence he is. He is gone I don't know vjhere. Where 
 
 en alle ne savoir De 
 
 does he get that pride 1 (It is) from there he derives his 
 
 lui vient orgueil m. Voila de tirer 
 
 origin. {Which way) did you come'? (That is) (the 
 
 origine. Par etes-vous arrive Voild par 
 
 road) I came. 
 ou venir ind-4. 
 
258 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. P. 115. 
 
 Ce, cette, ces, are often joined to the adverbs of place, 
 ci, here, and Id, there, in order to point out in a more 
 precise manner the thing spoken of, the demonstrative 
 pronoun is then placed before the substantive, and ci 
 and Id after it. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Ce livre-ci this book Cet homme-ld that man 
 
 Cette Jleur-ci this flower Cesfemmes-ld those women 
 
 Celui, celle, ceux, celles, are followed by the preposi- 
 tion de, when placed before a substantive, and by a pro- 
 noun relative, when placed before a verb. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Les maladies de Vdme sont plus The disorders of the mind are 
 
 dangereuses que celles du more dangerous than those of 
 
 corps, the body. 
 
 L'homme dontje vous at parte, The man of whom I spoke to 
 
 est celui que vous voyez, you is he whom you see. 
 
 De toutes les choses du monde, Of all the things in the world, 
 
 c'est celle que faime le moins, it is that which I like least. 
 
 Remark. The pronouns celui, celle, ceux, celles, 
 when followed by a pronoun relative, are expressed in 
 English, by the personal pronouns, he, she, they, or by 
 that which, those which, such as, &c.T 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 The pleasures of the wise resemble in nothing those of 
 
 ressembler 2 3 1 4 d 
 a dissipated man. He that suffers himself to (be ruled) by 
 
 dissipe 2 1 se laisse * dominer 
 
 his passions, must renounce happiness. This stuff 
 
 doit renoncer a art. bonheur m. etofe-ci f. 
 
 will become you wonderfully. That action is worthy of 
 
 * siera d merveille — f. -Id 
 
 blame. This scene is calculated to interest all men, 
 
 blame — f. -ci faite pour interesser art. 
 
 but that cannot succeed. 
 -Id ne saurait reussir. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 259 
 
 Celui-ci and celui-ld adopt the gender and number of 
 the substantives whose place they supply. When op 
 posed to each other, celui-ci marks the nearest object, 
 and celui-ld the remotest. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Celui-ci plait, mais celui-ld cap- This pleases, but that capti- 
 ve, vates. 
 
 Ci and Id coalesce with ce, and form two other de- 
 monstrative pronouns, ceci and cela, the first of which 
 signifies cette chose-ci. this object ; the second, cette chose- 
 Id, that object. 
 
 They may be used singly ; but when they are op- 
 posed to each other, ceci expresses the nearest object, and 
 cela the remotest. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Je n'aime point ceci, donnez- I don't like this, give me that. 
 moi cela, 
 
 Remark. When cela is alone, and not opposed to the 
 pronoun ceci, it refers, like this last, to an object pointed 
 to. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Que dites-vous de cela ? What do you say of that 1 
 
 Cela est fort beau, t That is very handsome. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 (Here are) certainly two charming prospects ; this 
 
 Voild certainement beau perspective f. pi. 
 
 has something more cheerful, but many people 
 
 quelque chose de riant Men de art. personne 
 
 think that more striking and more majestic. The body 
 
 f. pi. trouver imposant majestueux m. 
 
 perishes, the soul is immortal ; yet all our cares are for 
 
 perir f. — tel cependant soin 
 
 that, while we neglect this. What means this ? That 
 
 tandis que negliger veut dire 
 
 is true. It is not that. This is low and mean, but that is 
 Ce has rampant 
 
 grand and sublime. 
 
 23* 
 
360 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 § v. 
 
 OF INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 FIRST CLASS. 
 
 Of those that are never joined to a Substantive. — p. 116. 
 
 Quelqu'un means un, une, one. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 No-us attentions ties hommes, il We expect men, some one will 
 
 enviendra quelqu'un, come. 
 
 Plusieurs femmes m'o?it promts Several ladies have promised 
 
 tie venir, il en viendra quel- me to come, some one of them 
 
 qu'une, will come. 
 
 Quelqu'un, taken absolutely and substantively, is of 
 both genders, and means une personne, a person. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 J^ attends ici que 7 :u'un, I wait here for somebody. 
 
 Quelques-uns signifies plusieurs dans un plus grand 
 nombre, several out of a great number. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Quelques-uns assurent, Some people affirm. 
 
 Entre les nouvelles qxCil a tiebi- Among the reports he has cir- 
 
 tees, il y en a quelques-unes culated, several are true. 
 
 tie vraies, 
 
 Quiconque, whoever, signifies quel que personne que ce 
 soit, qui que ce soit, any person whatever. It takes no 
 plural, and is never used but of persons. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Ce discours s'adresse a quicon- This speech is addressed to 
 que est coupable, whoever is guilty. 
 
 Chacun, each, every one, is used either distributively, 
 or collectively. It has no plural. 
 
 Distributively, it means chaque personne, chaque chose, 
 each person, or thing. It is then used likewise in the 
 feminine, and requires the preposition de after it. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Chacun de nous vit a sa mode, Each of us lives as he pleases. 
 Voyez separement chacune de ces Look at each of these medals 
 metiailles. separately. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 261 
 
 Collectively, it signifies toute personne, every person. 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Chacun a ses defauis,i Everybody has his faults. 
 
 Autrui, means les autres personnes, other people : it 
 only applies to persons, is never accompanied by an ad- 
 jective, has no plural, and is never used in a sentence 
 without being preceded by a preposition. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 La charite se rejouit du bonheur Charity rejoices in the happi- 
 
 d'autrui, ness of others. 
 
 Per sonne, which is always masculine and singular, 
 means nul, qui que ce soit, nobody, whosoever. In this 
 sense, it is preceded or followed by the negative ne, 
 which is placed after personne, when this word stands 
 before the verb; and before the verb, when personne 
 stands after. The same observation applies to rien. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Can any one (be still ignorant) that it is from the 
 
 Pourrait-il 2 1 ignorer encore ce des 
 
 earliest infancy we ought to form the mind, the heart, and the 
 tendre enfance f. on doit * former 
 taste 1 Will not some one of these ladies be of the party 1 Some 
 
 * f. partie f. 
 
 people like to read (every thing new.) (These are) beautiful 
 aimer toutes les nouveautes Voild de superbe 
 
 pictures ; I could wish to buy some. Whoever has stu- 
 
 tableau m. vouloir en * acheler 
 
 died the principles of an art, knows that it (is only) (by length 
 — pes — m. savoir ce rf est que a la 
 
 of time) and by deep reflections, that he can succeed in 
 longue deprofond reflexion f. reussir d 
 
 making it his own. All the ladies at the ball were 
 
 se 2 rendre 4 le 3 * propre 5. bal m. ind-2 
 
 very finely dressed, and each differently. 
 
 * superbement pare avait une parure difference . 
 
 Every one should, for (the sake of) his own happiness, listen 
 devrait pour * propre m. n'ecou- 
 
 only to the voice of reason and of truth. What is the 
 fer que * voix f. art. raison f. art. verite f. 
 
 price of each of these medals 1 
 prix m. f. medaille f. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 11 ne J "aut nuire a personne, We must injure nobody. 
 
 Personne n'est assure de vivre Nobody is certain of living till 
 jusqu'au lendemain, to-morrow. 
 
 Rem. I. The negative is sometimes understood, as, y 
 a-t-il quelqvJun ici 1 is there any "body here ? personne, 
 nobody. Personne stands for il riy a personne, there is 
 nobody here. 
 
 Rem. II. In interrogative phrases without negation, 
 or in those expressing doubt, personne signifies quelqvJun, 
 anybody. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Personne oserait-il nier ? Would any body dare deny 1 
 
 Je doute que personne soib assez I doubt whether any body be 
 hardi, bold enough. 
 
 Rem. III. When personne is placed in the second 
 member of a comparison, it means any body. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Cette place lui convient mieux That place suits him better than 
 qu'a personne, any body. 
 
 Rien, nothing, which is masculine and singular, is 
 used with, or without, a negation. When with a nega- 
 tion, it means nulle chose, nothing. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 II ne s' attache a rien de solide, He applies himself to nothing 
 
 fixed. 
 When used without a negation, it means quelque chose, 
 something. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Je doute que rien soit plus pro- I doubt whether any thing be 
 pre a f aire impression que, &c. more suited to make an im- 
 pression than, &c. 
 
 The negation is sometimes understood, que vous & 
 coute cda ? rien, how much did you pa}'' for it ? nothing. 
 
 It always requires the preposition de before the adjec- 
 tive, or participle, that follows it, and then the verb is un- 
 derstood, as is likewise the negation, as, rien de beau que 
 le vrai, nothing is noble but truth. 1" 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 263 
 
 SECOND CLASS. 
 
 Of those which are always joined to a Substantive.-^. 1 1,8. 
 
 *Quelque, some, signifies un, une, entre plusieurs, one 
 out of several ; it is of both genders, and takes the num- 
 ber of the substantive. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Adressez-vous a quelque autre Apply to somebody else. 
 personne, 
 
 Chaque, each, every, which is of both genders, has 
 no plural. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Chaque pays a ses coutumes, Each country has its customs. 
 
 Quelconque, aucun, any, quel que ce soit, whatever it 
 be ; quel qu'il soit, whoever he be, is of both genders, 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 To most men the misfortunes of others are but 
 
 Pour la plwpart de art. mal m. ne que 
 
 a dream. Do not to others what you would not wish (to be 
 * songe m. vouloir qu'on 
 
 done to you.) No one knows whether he deserves love or 
 vousfit savoir si est digne de de 
 
 hatred. An egotist loves nobody, not even his own children ; 
 
 egoiste pas mime propre 
 
 in the whole universe he sees no one but himself. He is more 
 dans * univers ne voit * que lui seul. 
 
 than {anybody) worthy of the confidence (with which) the king 
 
 digne confiance f. dont 
 
 honours him. I doubt whether any one ever painted 
 
 honor er que ait jamais peint art. 
 
 nature in its amiable simplicity, better than the sentimental 
 — f. — f. sensible 
 
 Gessner. Has any body called on me this morning? 
 
 — * 2 est-il venu 1 chez matin m. 
 
 Nobody There was nothing but what was great in the de- 
 ind-2 que * de * grand dans des- 
 
 signs and works of the Egyptians. I doubt 
 
 sein m. pi. art. ouvrage m. pi. — tiens 
 
 whether there is any thing better calculated to exalt the 
 
 que subj-1 2 1 plus propre 
 
 soul, than the contemplation of the wonders of nature. 
 - f. merveille f. art. — f. 
 
264 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 and always is placed after a substantive; when used 
 with a negative it is always singular. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 II ne veut se soumeitre a aucune He will submit to no authority 
 autorite quelconque, whatever. 
 
 Certain, signifies quelque, certain, some. In this 
 sense it is used alike of persons and things ; but it is 
 always placed before the substantive. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 J'ai out dire a certain homme, I have heard some man say. 
 a un certain komme, 
 
 Un, une, a, or an, when used indeterminately for 
 quelque, certain, some person, or some thing, takes the 
 gender of the substantive to which it is joined. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Sai vu un Komme qui courait, I saw a man who was running. 
 Je me suis promene dans une I walked in a large fine mea- 
 grande et belle prairie } t dow. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE SECOND CLASS. 
 
 Some enlightened people among the Egyptians pre- 
 
 eclaire 2 esprit m. pi. 1 parmi — tiens con- 
 
 served the idea of a first being, whose attributes 
 
 server ind-2 idee etre art. — but m. pi. 3 
 
 they represented under various symbols ; this (is 
 
 1 representer ind-2 2 different symbole m. c'est ce que 
 
 proved) by the following inscription upon a temple, " I am 
 
 prouve * * cette * — f. de — m. 
 
 all that has been, is, and shall be : no mortal ever removed 
 ce qui 3 mortel 2 1 lever ind-4 
 
 the veil that covers me." Every nation has (in its turn) 
 
 voile m. f. a, son lour 2 
 
 shone on the theatre of the world. There is no reason whatever 
 brille 1 m. raison f. 
 
 that can bring him to it. Some figures appear monstrous 
 
 puisse determiner — f. — trueux 
 
 and deformed, considered separately, or too near; but, if they 
 
 difforme f. pi. separement de prcs on 
 
 are put in their proper light and place, the true point of 
 
 les met * jour a leur — — m. 
 
 view restores their beauty and grace. Yesterday I 
 
 vue f. leur rendre * art. = f. art. — f. 2 
 
 saw a lady remarkably beautiful. 
 
 X tfune rare 2 beaute 1. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 265 
 
 THIRD CLASS. 
 
 Of those which are sometimes joined to a Substantive, and 
 sometimes not — page 119. 
 
 Nul, and pas un, not any, not one, are employed ei- 
 ther alone, or in conjunction with a substantive. They 
 are accompanied by the negation, assume the feminine, 
 but have no plural, and may be followed by the preposi- 
 tion de. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Nul de tons ceux qui y out ete Not one of those who went 
 
 n'en est revenu, there has returned. 
 
 Pas un ne croit cette nouvelle, Not one believes that intelli- 
 gence. 
 
 Je n'en ai nulle connaissance, I have no knowledge of it. 
 
 II n'y a pas une seule personne There is not a single person that 
 
 qui le croie. believes it. 
 
 Aucun signifies nul, no, not any, when accompanied 
 by a negation, and may be followed by the preposition de. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Vous n'avez aucun moyen de You have no means of succeed- 
 reussir dans cette affaire, ing in that affair. 
 
 This pronoun is seldom employed in the plural, ex- 
 cept before substantives, which, in some particular sense, 
 are better employed in the plural. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 11 n 1 a fait aucunes dispositions, He has made no dispositions. 
 
 Rem. Aucun may be employed without a negation in 
 interrogative sentences, or those which express doubt, 
 or exclusion. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Aucun homme fut-il jamais plus Was ever any man more suc- 
 
 heureux ? cessful 1 
 
 On doutequ'aucunedeces affaires They doubt whether any of 
 
 reussisse, those affairs will succeed. 
 
 Le plus beau morceau d' ^eloquence The finest piece of eloquence 
 quHly ait dans aucunelangue, that exists in any language, 
 &C.1T &c. 
 
 Autre, other, expresses a difference between two 
 
266 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 objects, or between one and several; as, quelle autre 
 chose souhaitez-vous de moi ? what else do you wish of 
 me? 
 
 Rem. Autre is sometimes used to express a person 
 but indeterminate ; &s,faime mieuxque vous Vappreniez 
 de tout autre que de moi, I had rather you learn it of any 
 other person than me. 
 
 Tin is sometimes opposed to autre ; in which case, 
 these two words are preceded by the article, supply the 
 place of the substantives to which they relate, adopt 
 their gender and number, and form the pronouns Vun 
 V autre, Vun et V autre, and ni Vun ni V autre. 
 
 Vun V autre, each other, one another, applies both 
 to persons and things : it takes both gender and num- 
 ber, and requires the article before the two words of 
 which it is composed, If there be any preposition, it 
 must be placed before the last. When these two words 
 are used in conjunction, they express a reciprocal rela- 
 tion between several persons or things. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 11 f ant se secourir Vun V autre, We ought to assist each other. 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE THIRD CLASS. 
 
 No one likes (to see himself) as he is. No expression, no 
 se voir tel que — f. 
 
 truth of design and colouring, no strokes of genius in that 
 
 f. dessein de coloris trait 
 
 great work. He is as learned as any one. Not one of these 
 
 ouvragem. savant 
 
 engravings announces any great skill. None of his works 
 gravure f. pi. annoncer un talent m. 
 
 will descend to posterity. He is so ignorant, and at the same 
 ■passer art. = f . — en * meme 
 
 time so obstinate, that he will not (be convinced) by any reason- 
 temps obstine * se rendre a raison- 
 
 ing. Did any man ever attain to such a pitch of 
 
 nementra. jamais 2 parvenirl ce * comble m. 
 
 glory ! I doubt whether there be in any science a more evi- 
 
 = que subj-1 — f. plus In- 
 
 dent principle. 
 
 mineuz2 — pe m. 1. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 267 
 
 When used separately, they denote a difference. 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Les passions s'entendent les unes Our passions have a relation 
 avec les autres ; si Von se laisse with each other : if we in- 
 aller aux unes, on attire bien- dulge some, the others will 
 tot les autres, soon follow. 
 
 Rem. In the latter case Vun is used for the person or 
 thing first mentioned, and V autre for the person or thing 
 last spoken of. 
 
 Hun et r autre, both; these two words mark union. 
 They require the verb to be in the plural. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Liune et V autre sont bonnes, Both are good. 
 
 Ni Vun ni V autre, neither; these two words on the 
 contrary mark separation. The verb must be in the 
 plural. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Ni Vun ni V autre n'ontfait leur Neither has done his duty. 
 devoir,i 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 Ask another. Would any other have been so 
 
 Demander a * aurait-il eu * assez 
 
 self-conceited as to think that his private opinion could 
 
 dj amour propre * pour penser particulier 2 — f. 1 put 
 
 counterbalance the public sentiment 1 Reason and faith 
 
 balancer 2 opinion? f. 1 art. Raison f. art. foi f. 
 
 equally demonstrate that we were created for another life. 
 
 2 demontrer 1 creer ind-4 f. 
 
 They speak ill of one another. The happiness of the people 
 
 mal m. 
 
 constitutes that of the prince ; their true interests are connected 
 faire — m. interel m. lie 
 
 with each other. Presumption and pride easily insinuate 
 a pi. pi. art. Presomption f. art. orgueil 2 se glisser 
 themselves into the heart ; if we allow one the entrance, 
 
 1 m. Von y donne a 2 f '. 3 * entree 1 
 
 it is much to (be feared) that we shall soon (abandon our- 
 
 bien craindre on * bientbt 2 ne se livre 1 
 
 selves) to the other. Both relate the same story, thougn 
 
 rapporter fait m. 
 
 neither believes it to be true. 
 ne penser que * soit 
 24 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Meme signifies qui rJest pas autre, which is not differ- 
 ent. It is of both genders, and takes the plural. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Cest le meme homme, It is the same man. 
 
 La meme personne, The same person. 
 
 Ce sont les memes raisons, They are the same reasons. 
 
 Ce poeme est le meme que celui This poem is the same that I 
 dontje vous ai parte, was mentioning to you. 
 
 Tel means pareil, semblable, de meme, such, like, si- 
 milar. It takes both genders and both numbers. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Un telprojet ne saurait reussir, Such a scheme cannot succeed. 
 11 nhj a pas de lets animaux, de There are no such animals, no 
 telles coutumes, such customs. 
 
 When used alone, it either preserves its proper signi- 
 fication, or it expresses a person indeterminately. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Vous ne sauriez me persuader You cannot persuade me of 
 
 Hen de tel, any such thing. 
 
 Tel fait des liberalites, qui ne The same man is liberal in giv- 
 
 paie pas ses dettes, ing, who does not pay his debts. 
 
 Plusieurs, several, which is plural and of both gen- 
 ders, is used alike of persons and of things. When 
 united to a substantive, or relating to it, it signifies an 
 indeterminate number, without relation to another. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Plusieurs motifs font determine, Severalreasonsdeterminedhim. 
 Je crois cela pour plusieurs rai- I believe that for several rea- 
 
 sons, sons. 
 
 But it is likewise used as a part of a greater number. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Parmi un si grand nombre de Out of so great a number of 
 gens, il y en eut plusieurs qui persons, several objected to 
 s'y opposerent, it. 
 
 When plusieurs is employed absolutely as a substan- 
 tive, it always means plusieurs personnes, several per- 
 sons. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Plusieurs aiment mieux mourir Many would rather die than 
 
 que deperdre leur reputation, forfeit their character. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 269 
 
 Tout is used either alone, or with a substantive. 
 When employed alone, it signifies toutes choses, all 
 things ; toute sorte de choses, every kind of things. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Tout nous abandonne au moment Every thing forsakes us at the 
 de la mort ; il ne nous resle moment of death ; we retain 
 que nos bonnes ceuvres, nothing but our good works. 
 
 When united to a substantive, it is used either collec- 
 tively, or distributively. 
 
 Considered collectively, tout signifies the totality of a 
 thing, and is then followed by the article. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Tout Vunivers, The whole universe. 
 
 Tous les corps celestes^ All the celestial bodies. 
 
 Considered distributively, tout signifies chaque, each; 
 in this case, it is not accompanied by the article. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Tout Men est desirable ,t Every good is desirable. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 Does he always maintain the same principles 1 Yes, they are 
 * soutenir — pe Qui ce 
 
 absolutely the same. That general is the same that commanded 
 — ment pi. — — der 
 
 last year. Such a conduct is inexplicable. There 
 
 art. dernier 2 annee f . 1 2 1 conduite f. — 
 
 are no such customs in this country. I never heard 
 
 de cmdumes f. pays m. ai enlendu dire 
 
 (any thing) similar. The same man sows who often reaps 
 
 Hen de * * semer recueillir 
 
 nothing. I this morning received several letters. Among those 
 
 1 3 matin 4 ind-4 2 lettre f. pi. 
 
 manuscripts, there are several much esteemed. Many 
 
 — crits qu'on beaucoup 2 estime 1 
 
 by endeavouring to injure others, injure themselves more 
 
 en s'efforcer de nuire a art. se nuire a 
 
 than they think. All is in God and God is in all. The whole 
 
 ne penser en 
 
 course of his life has been distinguished by generous actions. 
 cours m. f. marque des =2 f. 1. 
 
 Every vice is odious. 
 — -m. 
 
270 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 FOURTH CLASS. 
 
 Of those which are followed by que. — P. 120. 
 
 Qui, que, whoever, is only said of persons, and signi- 
 fies quelque personne que, whatever person ; it requires 
 the verb following to be in the subjunctive. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Qui que ce soil qui ait fait ccla } Whoever has done that, is a 
 
 c'est un habile homme, man of talent. 
 
 Qui que je sois, Whoever I may be. 
 
 Qui que g'ait He, Whoever it may have been. 
 
 Qui que c'eiit ete, Whoever it might have been. 
 
 Qui que ce puisse etre, Whoever it may be. 
 
 When qui que, followed by ce soit, is used with a ne- 
 gative, it signifies aucune personne, nobody ; as, je riy 
 trouve qui que ce soit, I find nobody there. 
 
 Quoi que, whatever it be, is only used of things, and 
 signifies quelque chose que, whatever thing ; it requires 
 also the verb following to be in the subjunctive. 
 
 EXAMPLES 
 
 Quoi que ce soit qu'il fasse, ou Whatever he does or says, he 
 
 quHl dise, on se defie de lui, is distrusted. 
 
 Quoi que vous disiez,je leferai, Whatever you may say, I will 
 
 do it. 
 
 Rem. When quoi que, followed by ce soit, is used 
 with a negation, it signifies aucune chose, not any thing. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Sans application, on ne pent re- Without application, it is im- 
 ussir en quoi que ce soitj possible to succeed in any 
 
 thing whatever. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE FOURTH CLASS. 
 
 Whoever has told you so, he is mistaken. _ Pas- 
 
 ce soit qui le se tromper ind-4 Pas- 
 
 senger, whoever thou be, contemplate with religious veneration 
 sant contempler un = 2 respect m. 1. 
 
 this monument erected by gratitude; it is the tomb 
 
 — m. eleve art. reconnaissance f. ce tombeau m. 
 
 of a just and benevolent man. How can he hope to be 
 2 bienfaisant 3 1 Comment esperer de 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 271 
 
 Quel que signifies de quelque sorte, de quelque espece 
 que ce soit, of whatever sort, or kind it may be, when 
 relating to things ; or, qui que ce soit, whoever it may 
 be, when relating to persons. It takes both gender and 
 number according to the person, or thing, it relates to, 
 and requires the subjunctive. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Quelles que soient vos affaires, Whatever business you may 
 
 venez, have, come. 
 
 Je n'en ezcepte personne, quel I except nobody, whoever he 
 
 quHl soit, may be. 
 
 Rem. Lequel que, whosoever, whichever, is also 
 used; as, lequel des trois que vous choisissiez, peu wHim- 
 porte, whichever of the three you choose, I care little. 
 
 Quelque— que, of both genders, when united to a 
 substantive, signifies quel que soit le, quelle que soit la, 
 &c, whatever be the, &c. It has both numbers, and re- 
 quires the subjunctive. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Quelque raisonqu' on luiapvorte, Whatever reason is adduced, 
 il n'en croit rien, he believes nothing about it. 
 
 Qnelques efforts que vous fas- Whatever attempts you may 
 siez, vous ne reussirez point, make, you will never succeed. 
 When united to an adjective, it operates as an ad- 
 verb, and signifies a quelque point que, however great 
 a degree ; it then neither takes gender, nor number. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Quelque belle quelle puisse elre However beautiful she may be, 
 ellene doit pas etre vaine, she ought not to be vain. 
 
 beloved who has regard for no one? Whatever he may do 
 
 lui ne d'egards 
 or say, he (will find it) very difficult to destroy pre- 
 
 qu'il aura lien de la peine ditruire des pre- 
 
 judices so deeply rooted. A mind vain, presumptuous, 
 
 jugem. si profondement enracine — presomptueux, 
 
 and inconsistent, will never succeed in any thing whatever. 
 
 sans consisiance * reussir 
 
 Whatever a frivolous world may think of you, never swerve 
 
 frivole 2 monde 1 puisse se dctourner 
 
 from the path of virtue. 
 
 chemin m. art. f. 
 24* 
 
272 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Quelque puissans quHls soient, However powerful they may 
 je ne les crains point, be, I am not afraid of them. 
 
 Tel que, such as, serves to mark a parity between 
 objects by comparison. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Oest un homme tel qu'il vous He is just such a man as you 
 lefaut, want. 
 
 Tout — que signifies quoique, encore que, though, 
 quelque, however. On this occasion, tout is considered 
 as an adverb, and is employed with adjectives of every 
 kind, and even with some substantives. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Tout artificieux quHls sont, je Artful as they are, I doubt 
 doute que le public soit long- whether the public will be 
 temps leur dupe, long their dupe. 
 
 Toutefemme quelle est,i "Woman as she is. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 Let the laws be (what they may,) we must always 
 
 Que 2 loi f. 4 subj-1 3 quel 1 il 
 
 respect them. Whatever efforts you make, I doubt whether 
 respecter — m. subj-1 que 
 
 you will succeed. All men, however opposite they may 
 
 * reussir subj-1 art. oppose * 
 
 be, agree on that point. The man who descends into 
 
 subj-1 s'accorder — m. ne rentrer en 
 
 himself only to discover his defects, and correct them, likes 
 
 que pour y demeler — m. se corriger en 
 
 to see himself as he is. However surprising that phenomenon 
 
 surprenant 2 pkenomenem. 3 
 may be, it is not against the order of nature. Children as 
 
 1 contre ordrem. art. 
 
 they are, they behaved remarkably well. 
 
 se cont conduits fort bien. 
 
 A GENERAL EXERCISE ON THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 The Evening Walk. 
 
 du 2 soir 3 promenade/ 1. 
 
 On a fine summer evening, my brother, my sister, and 
 
 Dans de 2 soiree f. 1 
 
 myself. (were walking) (by the side) of a wood 
 
 moi nous nous promenions lelong bois m. qui n' est 
 
EXERCISE OF THE PRONOUNS. 273 
 
 not far distant from the castle which we inhabit. We 
 
 pas bien eloigne chateau ra. habiler 
 
 (were contemplating) with rapture the majestic scenery 
 
 contempler in-d-2 transport — tueux 2 scene f. 1. 
 
 which nature exhibits at the approach of night, when we 
 
 art. deployer approche f. art. nuit f. quand 
 
 perceived at the foot of an ancient oak, a boy of a most 
 
 apercevoir ind-3 d pied m. vieux chine m.enfant art. 2. 
 interesting countenance. His beauty, his air of ingenu- 
 
 interessant 3 art. figure f . 1 = f 1 — m. ingenu- 
 
 ousness and candour, his gracefulness, struck us, and we 
 ite de = grace pi. frapper ind-3 nous 
 
 approached him. What ! alone here, my boy 1 said we ; 
 
 approcher ind-3 en seul ici enfant Ivd dimes 
 
 whence art thou 1 ? Whence comest thoul What art thou 
 D'ou * 2 
 
 doing here alone 1 I am not alone, answered he smiling, 
 falsi 4 3 repondre ind-3 d'un air riant 
 
 I am not alone ; but I was fatigued, and I (have seated myself) 
 
 iri^S fatigue s' asseoir ind-4 
 
 under the shade of this tree, while my mother is busy 
 
 a ombre f. arbre m. iandis que occupe 
 
 in gathering simples to give some relief to the 
 
 a cueillir des — pour apporter soulagement m. 
 
 pains which her aged father suffers. Ah ! (how many) 
 
 douleur f. pi. 2 vieux 3 4 soufrir 1 que 
 
 troubles my good mamma has ! How many troubles ! 
 de peine f. pi. 2 3 maman 41 si 
 
 Did you know them, there is not one of you that would not 
 
 * connaitre ind-2 qui * 
 
 be touched with pity, and who could refuse the tribute 
 
 subj-2 de pitie * lui subj-2 un tribut 
 
 of your tears. We said to him, lovely child, thy ingenu- 
 
 * larme f. pi. ind-3 * aimable 
 
 ousness, candour, innocence, (every thing,) interest us 
 
 pro. == f. pro. — f. interesser 
 
 in thy misfortunes and those of thy mother. Relate them to 
 d malheur m. pi. d Raconter 2 * 
 
 us ; whatever they be, fear not to afflict us. (Wo be) to 
 
 1 srubj-1 de affiiger malheur 
 
 whoever cannot feel for the misfortunes of others ! 
 
 ne salt pas s 'attendrir sur malm.ipl. 
 
 He immediately related the history of his mother, with an ex- 
 
 2 aussitbt 1 ind-3 = 
 
 pression, an artlessness, a grace, altogether affecting. Our 
 f. naivete f. = f. tout-d-fait touchant f. s. 
 
274 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 OF THE VERB. 
 
 Agreement of the Verb with the Subject. 
 
 The subject is that of which something is affirmed, 
 and may always be known by the answer to this ques- 
 tion, qui est-ce qui? who, or what is it? as, Pierre 
 vit, Peter lives; Voiseau vole, the bird flies; if it be 
 asked, qui est-ce qui vit 1 who is it that lives 1 qui 
 est-ce qui vole ? what is it that flies ? The answers 
 Pierre and Voiseau, shew that Pierre and Voiseau are 
 the subjects of the verbs vit and vole. 
 
 Rule. The verb must be of the same number and 
 person as its subject. 
 
 hearts felt the liveliest emotions ; tears (trickled down 
 
 eprouver ind-3 vif — f. nos colder 
 
 our clieeks) and we gave him what little money we 
 ind-3 lui * art. peu de argent que 
 
 had about us. (In the mean time) the mother returned. 
 ind-2 sur cependant revenir ind-3 
 
 (As soon as) he saw her, he exclaimed, (make haste,) 
 
 Des-que apercevoir s'ecrier accourir s. 
 
 mamma, make haste ; see what these good little folks have 
 
 s. ce que gens f. pi. 
 
 given me; I have related to them thy misfortunes; they have 
 
 m. 
 been affected (by them,) and their sensibility (has not been 
 
 touche m. pi. en = f. ne s'est pas 
 
 satisfied) with shedding tears. See mamma, see what they 
 
 borne a * des s. 
 
 have given me. The mother was moved; she thanked us, 
 
 ind-3 attendri f. remercier 
 and said : generous feeling souls, the good action 
 
 nous =2 et sensible 3 ante f. pi. 1 — f. 
 
 which you (have just been doing) will not be lost. He who 
 
 venez defaire perdu f. 
 
 sees (every thing) and judges (every thing) will not let it go 
 juger laisser * 
 
 unrewarded. 
 sans recompense. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 275 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Je ris, I laugh. Nous parlons, We speak. 
 
 Tu joues, Thouplayest. Vous plaisantez, You jest. 
 II aime, He loves. lis sont fous, They are mad. 
 
 La vertu est aimable, virtue is amiable. 
 
 Ris is in the singular number, and the first person, 
 because je, its subject, is in the singular, and the first 
 person. Joues is in the singular, and the second person, 
 as tu is in the singular, and the second person, &>c.^ 
 
 Rem. I. When a verb has two subjects both singular, 
 it is put in the plural. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Mori pere et ma mere m'aiment My father and mother love me 
 
 tendrement,i tenderly. 
 
 Rem. II. When a verb relates to subjects of differ- 
 ent persons, it agrees with the first, in preference to 
 the other two, and with the second in preference to the 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE VERB. 
 The most free of all men is he who can be free even in 
 libre art. celui meme 
 
 slavery. Are we not often blind to our defects 1 
 
 art. esclavage m. * s'aveugler ind-1 sur defaut 
 
 All men (are inclined) to idleness, but the savages of 
 
 art. tendre ind-1 art. sauvage art. 
 
 hot countries are the laziest of all men. Do you think of 
 chaud2pays 1 * 
 
 imposing long on the credulity of the public"? Thou 
 
 en imposer long-temps a =f. m. 
 
 canst not deny that he is a great man. 
 pouvoir nier ne sub-1. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 His uprightness and honesty, make him courted by 
 
 droiture f. pron. honnetete faire rechercher de 
 
 every body. Strength of body and of mind 
 
 art. f. art. celle art. se 
 
 meet not always together. A good heart and a noble soul 
 
 rencontrer ensemble. m. beau f. 
 
 are precious gifts of nature. 
 
 de art. = 2 don m. pi. 1 art. — f. 
 
276 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
 
 third. The person addressed is named first, and the 
 person addressing last. On this occasion, the pronoun 
 plural nous, is generally placed before the verb, if the 
 first person has been mentioned before, or the pronoun 
 plural vous, if no first person has been mentioned. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Vous, votre frere, el moi, nous You, your brother, and I, read 
 
 lisons ensemble la brochure together the new pamphlet. 
 nouvelle, 
 
 Vous et votre ami, vous viendrez You and your friend will come 
 
 avec moi,t with me. 
 
 Rem. III. When a verb has the relative pronoun qui 
 for its subject, it is put in the same number and person 
 as the noun, or pronoun, to which qui relates. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Est-ce moi qui ai dit cette nou- Is it I who told this news'? 
 
 velle ? 
 Est-ce nous qui Vavons voulu ? Is it we who desired it 1 
 Ceux qui aiment sincerement la Those who sincerely love vir- 
 
 vertu sont heureux,^ tue are happy. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 You, your friend, and I, have each a different opinion. In 
 chacun 2 f . 1 
 
 our childhood, you and I (were pleased) with playing together. 
 
 enfance f. se flair e ind-2 a inf-1 
 
 Neither I, nor (any one else,) has been able to understand 
 
 ni ni d'autres ne pouvoir ind-4 * comprendre2 
 
 (any thing) in that sentence. (Take good care) you and your bro-. 
 
 ri en 1 a phrase f. se garder bien 
 ther, not to (give way) to the impetuosity of your character. 
 * de s'abandonner = caracttre m. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 He that complains most of mankind, is not always he 
 Celui se plaindre le plus art. homme ~pl. 
 that (has most reason) to complain (of them.) You that wish 
 
 etre le plusfonde en vouloir 
 
 to enrich your mind with thoughts vigorously conceived and 
 * enrichir esprit de f. pi. fortement congu f. pi. 
 
 nobly expressed, read the works of Homer and Plato. 
 
 noblement exprime ouvrage. 
 
 N. B. See the exercises. (Page 252.) 
 
SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 277 
 
 OF THE REGIMEN OF VERBS. 
 
 A verb is active, when it will admit after it quelqvlun, 
 or quelque chose ; and, the word, which is put after the 
 verb, is called the regimen of that verb. Observe that 
 this regimen may be known by asking the question, 
 qvlest-ce que ? It is called direct, and may be either a 
 noun, or a pronoun. 
 
 Rule. When the regimen of the active verb is a 
 noun, it is always placed after the verb ; when it is a 
 pronoun, it is generally placed before it. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Ma mere aime tons ses enfans, My mother loves all her children. 
 
 Je vous aime, and not in English, J'aime votes, I love you, 
 
 U m'aime, and not E aime moi, he loves me.t 
 
 Besides this regimen direct, some active verbs may 
 have a second, which is called indirect, and is marked 
 by the words d or de. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 U a fait un present a sa sozur, He has made a present to his 
 
 sister. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE REGIMEN OF VERBS. 
 
 He has discovered to all other nations his ambitious 
 montrer art * peuplem.yl. = 2 
 
 design of enslaving them, and has left us 
 
 dessein m. 1 mettre dans Vesclavage inf-1 ne laisser 
 
 no means of defending our liberty, but by endeavouring to 
 aucun moyen inf-1 que en tacher inf-3 de 
 
 overturn his new kingdom. Homer represents Nestor as him 
 renverser royaume m. celui 
 
 that restrained the ungovernable wrath of Achilles, the 
 
 moderer ind-2 bouillant courroux m. 
 
 pride of Agamemnon, the haughtiness of Ajax, and the impetuous 
 
 jierte f. =2 
 
 courage of Diomed. He dared not (lift up) his eyes, lest 
 — m. 1 Diomede. oser ind-2 lever * art. de 
 
 they should meet those of his friend, whose 
 
 peur de * * rencontrer inf-1 
 
 very silence condemned him. He caresses them, because 
 art. meme 2 m. 1 ind-2 
 
 he loves them. 
 
278 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
 
 II accuse son ami d 'imprudence } t He accuses his friend of im- 
 prudence. 
 
 The second regimen is known by the answer to these 
 questions; a qui? to whom? a quoi? to what? dequil 
 of whom? de quoi? of what? 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 A qui a-t-il fait un present ? To whom did he make a present ? 
 
 A sa sceur, To his sister. 
 
 De quoi accuse-t-il son ami ? Of what does he accuse his friend? 
 
 DHmprudence, Of imprudence. 
 
 Passive verbs require de, or par, before the noun, or 
 pronoun, that follows them. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 La souris est mangee par lechat, The mouse is eaten by the cat. 
 Un enfant sage est aime de tout A good child is loved by every 
 le monde, body. 
 
 Rem. The French never use the word par, before 
 Dieu, God; they say, les mechans seront funis de Dieu, 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 In submitting to the yoke of Asia, Greece would have 
 
 En subir inf-2 * joug m. art. art. 
 
 thought virtue subjected to voluptuousness, the mind 
 croire art. 2 assujettir inf-11 art. volupte f. 
 to the body, and courage to a senseless force, which consisted 
 
 art. insense 2 — f. 1 ind-2 
 
 only in numbers. Three hundred Lacedemonians hast- 
 ne que art. multitude f. s. — niens, courir 
 
 ened to Thermopylae to certain death, content in dying, to 
 ind-3 art. — piles pi. un assure 2 f. 1 en de 
 
 have sacrificed to their country, an infinite number of barbarians, 
 
 immoler pays m. 2 1 barbare 
 
 and to have left to their countrymen the example of an unheard 
 de laisser compatriote inoui% 
 
 of bravery. You knew the importance which your parents 
 * hardiesse f. 1 savoir ind-2 — f. que — 
 
 attached to the success of that affair: why have you not 
 
 ind-2 reussite f f. pourquoi 
 
 hastened to announce it (to them 1) 
 
 s'empresser ind-4 de f. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 279 
 
 which, in order to avoid making use of by, may be thus 
 Englished; God will punish the wicked. 1" 
 
 Some few neuter verbs have no regimen ; as, dormir, 
 to sleep ; but many of them have a government. 
 
 Rule. Some neuter verbs require a, others de, before 
 their regimen. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Tout genre d'ezccs nuit a la Every kind of excess is hurtful 
 
 sante, to health. 
 
 11 medit de tout le monde,1 He slanders every body. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 The city of Troy was taken, plundered, and destroyed by the 
 Troie prist saccage detruit 
 
 confederate Greeks, 1148 years before the Christian eera: this 
 confedere 2 1 avant 2 ere f. 1 
 
 event has been celebrated by the two greatest poets of Greece 
 
 art. 
 and Italy. You will only be beloved, esteemed, and 
 
 pr. art. 
 courted by men, (in proportion as) you join the 
 
 rechercher de que autant que joindre ind-7 
 
 qualities of the heart to those of the mind. God pu- 
 = f pi. pr. 3 fi- 
 
 nished the Jews every time when, 
 
 nir {passive voice ind-3 2) peuple Juif 1 toutes lesfois que 
 
 deaf to the voice of the prophets, they fell into 
 
 sourd f. prophete sing, torriber ind-3 dans 
 
 idolatry and impiety, 
 art. = art. = 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 This sentiment has pleased the king and all the nation. 
 a a 
 
 In his retirement, he (has the full enjoyment) of the 
 
 dans retraite f. jouir tout 
 
 faculties of his soul. To slander (any one) is to assassinate 
 = f. pi. * medire de quelqu'un c'est* 
 
 him in cold blood. The honest man seldom (permits himself) 
 de 2 sang 1 rarement 2 sc permettre 1 
 
 to jest, because he knows the most 
 
 de * art. plaisanterie f. pi. parce que savoir que 
 
 innocent jests may sometimes hurt the reputation. It is 
 
 f. pi. * pouvoir quelquefois nuire a f. ce 
 
 inly in retirement that one truly enjoys one's self. 
 
 u que art. on v entablement 2 jouir 1 de soi. 
 
 25 
 
380 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
 
 Reflected verbs have for their regimen the personal 
 pronouns me, te, se, nous, and vous, and this regimen is 
 sometimes direct, and sometimes indirect. 
 
 OF THE NATURE AND USE OF MOODS AND TENSES. 
 
 Of the Indicative. 
 The indicative is that mood which simply declares and 
 affirms a thing. It contains eight tenses, viz. the pre- 
 sent, the imperfect, the preterit definite, the preterit inde- 
 finite, the preterit anterior, the pluperfect, the future sim- 
 ple, and the future anterior. 
 
 The present marks that a thing is now passing, that is, 
 either existing, or doing. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Jaime, I love. llsjouent, They play. 
 
 The imperfect expresses a present with respect to 
 something past. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 J'entrais au moment ou vous I came in at the moment you 
 sortiez, were going out. 
 
 Or it expresses something past, but habitual, without 
 fixing the time of its duration. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Cesar etait un habile general, Caesar was an able general. 
 
 The preterit definite marks that a thing took place at 
 a time completely past. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 J' ecrivis Mer a Rome, I wrote yesterday to Rome. 
 
 The preterit indefinite expresses a thing as having 
 taken place at a time which is neither precise, nor de- 
 terminate. 
 
 His work has pleased every one, because it unites 
 
 ouvrage m. a art. monde joindre 
 
 to real utility, the charms of style, and the beau- 
 
 un 2 =f. 1 agrement m. -pi. art. m. sing, 
 
 ties of sentiment. 
 art. pi. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 281 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 H m?a fait un vrai plaisir en He has given me real pleasure 
 venant me voir, by coming to see me. 
 
 Or at a time which is not absolutely past. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 J'ai vu cette semaine beaucoup de I have seen many people this 
 monde,Z week. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE INDICATIVE. 
 
 My sister is in her chamber, where she (is occupied) in reading 
 ou s'occuper a inf-1 
 
 ancient history, the study (of which) pleases her extremely, 
 art. 2 1 2 dont 1 lui infiniment 
 
 Benefits bestowed are (so many) trophies 
 
 art. Bienfait que on repandre ind-1 de art. tropheequeon 
 
 erected in the heart of those whose felicity (has been 
 s'eriger ind-1 1 art. = f . 4 on 2 /aire 
 
 promoted) (by them.) The great Corneille was busy in his 
 ind-1 3 * — occupe 
 
 study tracing the plan of one of his tragedies, when a ser- 
 cabinet a inf-1 — m. = Mo- 
 
 vant, terrified, came to tell him that his house was 
 
 mestique m. tout effraye ind-3 * lui * art. 3 prendre 
 
 on fire : go and find my wife, replied he : I do 
 
 d ind-6 2 * art. 1 * trouver repondre ind-3 
 
 not understand household concerns. Some Hunga- 
 
 entendre rien a art. affaire pi. du menage m. de art. Hon- 
 rian noblemen revolted from the Emperor Sigismund; 
 
 grots 2 seigneur 1 se revolter ind-3 contre = — mond 
 
 this prince heard it, and marched boldly against 
 
 apprendre ind-3 fierement au-devant de 
 
 them : which, among you, said he (to them,) will lay hands 
 Centre ind-3 mettre 1 art. f. 
 
 upon his king first 1 If there be one bold enough 
 sing. 3 4 art. 2 en un hardi 2 1 
 
 let him advance. This noble firmness struck the rebels 
 
 enimposer a seditieux 
 (with awe,) who returned immediately to their duty. I have 
 
 * rentrer aussi-tot dans le devoir 
 
 travelled through almost all Europe, and I have visited the 
 voyager dans art. — f. 
 
 most celebrated places in Asia and Africa ; if, on the one 
 
 — bre 2 lieu 1 de art. Asie pr. art. Afrique de * 
 hand, I admired the master-pieces of art, of every kind, which 
 cote m. ind-4 chefs-de-ceuvre art. en tout genre 
 
282 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
 
 The preterit anterior expresses that a thing had taken 
 place immediately before a time which is passed, and 
 this tense is either definite, or indefinite. There is the 
 same difference between its two forms, as between the 
 two preterits, definite and indefinite. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 J'eus dine hier a midi, I had dined yesterday at twelve. 
 
 Quand feus dine hier, midi When I had dined yesterday, it 
 
 sonna, struck twelve. 
 
 J'ai eu dejeune ce matin a dix I had done breakfast this morn- 
 
 heures, ing at ten o'clock. 
 
 The pluperfect is that past tense which expresses a 
 thing as having taken place at any period antecedent to 
 the time when another thing happened ; or it expresses 
 a thing habitually done before another. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 J'avais soupe quand il entra, I had supped when he came in. 
 
 Lorsque fetais a la campagne, When I was in the country, as 
 desquefavaisdejeune,fallais, soon as I had breakfasted, I 
 a la chasse, used to go a hunting. 
 
 The future absolute, is that tense which expresses that 
 an action or event will take place at a time which does 
 not yet exist. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Jfirai demain a la campagne, I shall go to-morrow into the 
 
 country. 
 
 The future anterior is the tense which expresses that 
 at a time when a thing will take place, another thing 
 will have already taken place. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Quand faurai fini, je sortirai,^ When I have done, I shall go 
 
 out. 
 
 the protection of enlightened governments has produced, on 
 
 art. 2 1 fairi naitre 
 
 the other, I shed tears, (on seeing) the ravages of ig- 
 
 ind-4 de art. sur — art 
 
 norance and barbarism. 
 
 pr. art. barbarie f. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 283 
 
 OF THE CONDITIONAL. 
 
 The conditional is the mood which affirms on condi- 
 tions ; it has two tenses, the present and the past. 
 
 The present of the conditional is that tense which 
 expresses that a thing would take place on certain con- 
 ditions. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Je feraisvotre affaire avant peu, I would settle your business be- 
 st elle dependait uniquementde fore long, if it only depended 
 moi, upon me. 
 
 The past of the conditional is that tense which ex- 
 presses that a thing would have taken place at a time 
 which no longer exists, dependant on certain conditions. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Saurais, ou j'eusse fait votre I would have settled your bu- 
 affaire, si vous m'en aviez, ou siness, if you had mentioned 
 m'en eussiez parte J it to me. 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE PRETERIT ANTERIOR, &c. 
 I had done yesterday, at noon. I (went out) (as soon as) I 
 finir midi sortir ind-4 des-que 
 
 had dined. As soon as Caesar had crossed the Rubicon, he had 
 
 passer — 
 
 no longer to deliberate ; he (was obliged) to conquer or to die. 
 plus devoir ind-2 * vaincre * 
 
 1 had finished the task that you had imposed upon me, when 
 
 tache f. imposer f. * 
 
 you came in. Those who had contributed most to his elevation 
 
 — buerleplus 
 to the throne of his ancestors, were those who laboured with 
 sur travailler 
 
 the most eagerness to precipitate him (from it.) I shall 
 de acharnement en ne point 
 
 shortly go into the country, where I intend to (collect 
 
 tarder a a campagne se proposer de herbo- 
 
 plants,) (in order to) (make myself perfect) in the knowledge 
 riser inf-1 pour se perfectionner 
 
 of botany. When I have done reading the di- 
 
 art. botanique f. achever ind-8 de inf-1 
 
 vine writings of Homer and Virgil, and my mind has imbib- 
 
 2 ecrit m. 1 pr. que se pe- 
 ed their beauties, I shall read the other epic poets. 
 netrer ind-8 de ind-7 2 1 
 
 25* 
 
384 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
 
 OF THE IMPERATIVE. 
 
 The imperative is that mood which commands, ex- 
 horts, entreats, or reproves. It is a present with re- 
 spect to the injunction, and a future with respect to the 
 thing enjoined. 
 
 In many verbs a compound of the imperative may be 
 used to express an injunction to have a thing done pre- 
 viously to another, as, ayez dine avant que je revienne, 
 have dined before I return. J 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE CONDITIONAL. 
 
 What would not be the felicity of man, if he always sought 
 Quel * — f. chercher ind-2 
 
 his happiness in himself 7 I shall be glad to see you harmo- 
 
 uni pi. 
 nious, happy, and comfortable. A dupe to my imagination, I 
 
 tranquille * de 
 
 should have (been bewildered) (but for) you in my search 
 
 s'egarer sans * art. recherche f. 
 
 after truth. Inquire whether he would have consented to 
 de art. s* informer si consentir 
 
 those conditions, in case he had thought himself able 
 
 dans art. que se croire subj-4 capable 
 
 to fulfil them. 
 de remplir. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Be not fond of praise ; but seek virtue, which 
 
 sing. passionne pour art. louange f. art. 
 
 procures it. Let us remember that unless virtue guide 
 
 attirer se souvenir a moins que art. ne 
 
 us, our choice must be wrong. Let us not be deceived by 
 
 devoir ind-1 mauvais. se laisser prendre a 
 
 the first appearances of things ; but let us take time to 
 
 art. se donner art. de 
 
 fix our judgment. Arbiters of the destinies of men, do 
 
 Arbitre — nee art. art. 
 
 good if you wish to be happy j do good, if you wish that your 
 bien vouloir * 
 
 memory should be honoured ; do good, if you wish that 
 subj-1 art, 
 
SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 285 
 
 OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 The subjunctive, is that mood which expresses a sub- 
 ordination to what precedes. With this dependance it 
 forms a sense, and none without. Je voudrais qu'il lut, 
 forms sense, but qutil lut, alone and unconnected, does 
 not. 
 
 This mood contains four tenses, the present or future, 
 the imperfect, the preterit, and the pluperfect. 
 
 The present and the future of the subjunctive can only 
 be distinguished by the sense ; in this phrase, il faut que 
 je vous sois bien attache pour venir vousvoir parle temps 
 quHl fait, I must have a great esteem for you to come 
 and see you in such weather as this ; je sois, expresses a 
 present time ; but in this, je ne crois pas que vous obte- 
 niez cela de lui, I do not think you will obtain that of 
 him, vous obteniez expresses a future, and stands for vous 
 obtiendrez. 
 
 The imperfect, the preterit, and the pluperfect of the 
 subjunctive express also a past, or future, according to 
 circumstances: in this phrase, soupgonniez-vous qu'il ne 
 le fit pas, did you suspect he would not do it, fit ex- 
 presses a past; but in this, je desirerais qu'il vit du 
 monde, I wish him to see company, vit marks a future. IT 
 
 heaven should open to you its eternal gates. Never forget that 
 
 sub-1 2 forte f. 1 
 
 the truly free man is he, who, superior to all fears, and 
 
 veritablement 2 3 1 degage de f-s. 
 
 all desires, is subject only to the gods and to reason, 
 pr. m-s. soumis ne que art. f. 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Men must be (very much) blinded by their pas- 
 
 art. 3 il 1 g"tie2subj-l bien aveugle 
 
 sions, not to acknowledge that they ought to (love 
 
 2 pour 1 devoir ind-1 * 
 
 one another) as parts of a whole ; and as (the members 
 
 s'entr' aimer art. tout 2 
 
SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 
 OF THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 The infinitive is that mood which affirms indetermi- 
 nately without either number, or person. 
 
 It denotes of itself, neither present, past, nor future, 
 except when it follows other verbs. The present al- 
 ways expresses a present, relative to the preceding 
 verb ; as, je le vois, je le vis, je le verrai venir, I see, 
 I saw, I shall see him come. The past always ex- 
 presses a past, relative to the verb that precedes it, je 
 crois, je croyais V avoir vu venir, I think, I thought 
 that I had seen him coming. To express a future, the 
 
 of our body) (would do) if (every one) had a particular vitality. 
 
 I chacun ind-2 s« 2 vie 1 
 
 You asked him to come with us ; but I doubt whether he 
 
 frier ind-4 de que 
 
 will have that complaisance. I could not persuade myself that 
 
 subj-1 ind-2 
 
 he was so vain as to aspire to that place. Though every 
 
 subj-2 assez * pour — f. 
 
 body says so, I do not believe that he is gone to Rome. 
 
 subj-1 le subj-3 
 
 (Is it possible) that he should let slip so good an oppor- 
 
 se pouvoir laisser subj-3 echapper beau occasi- 
 
 tunity of acquiring immortal glory 1 I could have wished 
 on f. un 2 1 
 
 that he had availed himself of his abode in the country, to 
 
 profiler subj-4 sejour a campagne pour 
 
 perfect himself in the study of philosophy. 
 se perfectionner art. = f. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 We only shut our eyes to truth, because we fear to 
 
 ne * art. art. que parce que de 
 
 see ourselves as we are. We were yet far from the castle, 
 
 2 nous 1 tel que ind-2 encore 
 
 when one .of our friends came to join us. I did not think I 
 ind-3 * ind-2 * 
 
 was to* set out so soon. He promises every day that he 
 devoir* art. pi. de * 
 
 will amend, but I do not rely upon his promises. 
 * se corriger compter promesse f. pi. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 287 
 
 infinitive must be preceded by the infinitive of the verb 
 devoir ; as, je croyais devoir y aller, I thought I was to 
 go there. 
 
 Remark. The infinitive also expresses a future after 
 the verbs permettre, esperer, compter, s'attendre, and 
 menacer ; as, il promet de venir (qvlil viendra.) he pro- 
 mises to come (that he will come;) il menace de Jy 
 rendre (qvJil s'y rendra,) he threatens to go (that he will 
 go) there. f 
 
 OF THE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 The participle is a part of the verb which partakes 
 of the properties both of a verb and an adjective; of a 
 verb, as it has its signification and regimen, of an adjec- 
 tive, as it expresses the quality of a person, or thing. 
 
 There are two participles, the participle present, and 
 the participle past. 
 
 OF THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 The participle present always terminates in ant; as, 
 aimant, finissant, recevant, rendant. 
 
 They talk of a secret expedition ; he hopes to be (in it.) He 
 on 2 — f . 1 * en 
 
 relies upon seeing you very soon, to terminate 
 
 compter * inf-1 au premier jour pour 
 
 amicably his affair with you. You expected to take a 
 
 a I 'amiable s'attendre ind-2 faire 
 
 journey this year ; but your father has changed his mind. 
 
 voyage m. de * avis 
 
 He threatens to punish us severely, if we (fall again) into the 
 
 de severement retomber 
 
 same error. 
 faute. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 That mountain being very high, and thus commanding a 
 eleve ainsi dominersur 
 
 vast extent of country, was very well calculated for our 
 grande etendue pays ind-2 * propre a 
 
 
288 SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Rule. The participle present remains unchanged, 
 and takes neither gender nor number when it ex- 
 presses an action, as, une montagne, or des montagnes 
 dominant sur des plaines immenses, a mountain, or 
 mountains commanding immense plains; un homme, 
 des hommes, une femme, des femmes lisant, parlant, 
 mar chant, a man, men, a woman, women reading, 
 speaking, walking. But when, like an adjective, it 
 expresses simply a quality, it takes both the gender 
 and number of its substantive ; as, un homme obligeant, 
 an obliging man; une femme obligeante, an obliging 
 woman ; des tableaux parlans, speaking portraits ; la 
 religion dominante, the established religion ; a la nuit 
 tomb ante, at night fall. 
 
 What grammarians call gerund, is nothing but the 
 participle present, to which the word en is prefixed; 
 on se forme V esprit en lisant de bons livres, we form our 
 minds by reading good books. 
 
 observations. This woman is of good disposition, obliging 
 
 caractere m. 
 every one, whenever she (has it in her power.) They go 
 tout le monde quand le pouvoir 
 
 cringing before the great, that they may be insolent to their 
 ramper devant pi. afin de * * inf-1 pi. avec 
 equals. The state of pure nature is that of the savage living in the 
 egal 
 desert, but living in his family.knowing his children, loving them, 
 
 famille fconnaitre 
 (making use) of speech, and (making himself understood.) 
 
 user art. parole se /aire entendre 
 
 An agreeable languor imperceptibly (laying hold) of my 
 
 2 langueur f. 1 insensiblement s'emparer 
 senses, suspended the activity of my soul, and I fell (asleep.) 
 sens suspendre ind-3 s'endormir 
 
 Time is a real blunderer, placing, replacing, ordering, 
 ind-3 art. vrai brouillon rnettre remettre ranger 
 
 disordering, impressing, erasing, approaching, removing, and 
 deranger imprinter effacer approcher eloigner 
 making all things, good and bad ; and almost always (impossi- 
 rendre f. pi. presque 
 
 ble to be known again.) 
 meconnaissable. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 289 
 
 OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 The participle past has various terminations ; as, aime, 
 Jl?ii, regie, ouvert, dissous, &c. 
 
 This participle may either agree with its subject, or 
 its regimen. 
 
 AGREEMENT OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST WITH 
 ITS SUBJECT. 
 
 Rule I. The participle past, when accompanied by 
 the auxiliary verb etre, agrees with its subject in gender 
 and number. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Monfrere est tombe, My brother is fallen. 
 
 Mesfreres sont tombes, My brothers are fallen. 
 
 Ma securest tombec, My sister is fallen. 
 
 Mes saws sont tombees, My sisters are fallen. 
 
 La nuit sera bientot passee, The night will soon be over. 
 
 Les spectacles sont frequentes, The theatres are frequented. 
 
 Cette fieur est fort recherchee, T his flower is much sought after. 
 
 Us sont fort eslimes, They are very much esteemed. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 Fire-arms were not known to the ancients. Ishmael, 
 
 art. arme-d-feu f. pi. ind -5 connu de lsmael 
 
 the son of Abraham, is known among the Arabs, as (the man) 
 
 * — parmi Arabe celui 
 
 from whence they sprung, and circumcision has remained 
 
 etre sorti art. f. etre demeure 
 
 (among them) as the mark of their origin. Heaven is that 
 
 leur f. art. 
 
 permanent city, (into which) the just are to be received after 
 — 2 cite f. 1 oil pi. devoir * apres 
 
 this life. In Abraham's time, the threatenings of the true 
 
 de 2 art. 1 menace f. pi. 
 
 God was dreaded by Pharaoh, king of Egypt; but, in the time 
 
 ind-2 redoule, de Pharaon 
 of Moses, all nations were corrupted, and the world, which 
 
 Mo'ise art. f. perverti 
 
 God has made to manifest his power, was become a temple 
 
 pour pouvoir m. devenu 
 
 of idols. That dreadful crisis which threatened the state with 
 terrible 2 arise f. 1 ind-4 de 
 
290 SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Rule II. The participle past, when it follows the 
 verb avoir, never agrees with its subject. 
 
 Monfrere a ecrit, My brother has written. 
 
 Mesfreres ont ecrit, My brothers have written. 
 
 Ma sceur a ecrit, My sister has written. 
 
 Mes sceurs ont ecrit, My sisters have written. 
 
 Les Amazones cnt acquis de la The Amazons have acquired 
 
 celebrite, celebrity. 
 
 J'ai contraint les soldats a mar- I have forced the soldiers to 
 
 cher, march. 
 
 Remark. The participle of the verb etre, and of all 
 the neuter verbs which are conjugated with the auxiliary- 
 verb avoir, never vary, as, il or eUe a ete, he, or she has 
 been ; Us or elles ont ete, they have been ; il or elle a 
 dormi, he, or she has slept ; Us or elles ont nui, they 
 have annoyed. TF 
 
 instant destruction, was happily soon over. She is 
 
 prochain2 f . 1 ind- 3 heureusement passe 
 
 come to bring us all kinds of refreshments. The sciences 
 
 * sorte f. sing, rafraichissement f. 
 
 have always been protected by enlightened governments. 
 protege art. eclair e 2 1 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 The Romans successively triumphed over the most 
 
 Romain successivement 2 ind-4 1 de 
 
 warlike nations. Lampridius relates that Adrian erected 
 belliqueux 2 1 raconter Adrien elever 
 
 to Jesus Christ some temples, which (were still 
 ind-6 de art. on encore 2 
 
 to be seen) in his time. Happy those princes who have 
 voir ind-2 1 de art. 
 
 never (made use) of their power but to do good! We 
 
 user pouvoir que pour art. Hen 
 
 have spent the whole day in tormenting ourselves. One 
 
 pur nee f. a inf-1 2 nous 1 
 
 has seldom seen a great stock of good sense in a man of 
 
 rarement fonds m. sens a 
 
 imagination. The errors of Descartes proved very useful 
 
 — = beaucoup servir 
 
 to Newton. 
 ind-4 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 291 
 
 AGREEMENT OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST WITH ITS 
 REGIMEN. 
 
 Rule I. The participle past always agrees with its 
 regimen direct, when that regimen is placed before the 
 participle, whether the auxiliary verb that accompanies 
 it be avoir, or etre. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Les ecoliers que fai eus, ont The pupils, whom I have had, 
 . fait de grands pr ogres, have made rapid progress. 
 
 Lucrece s'est tuee, Lucretia has killed herself. 
 
 JTai renvoye les livres que vous I have sent back the books 
 
 m'aviezprUes, which you had lent me. 
 
 Que de soins je me suis dowries I What pains I have taken ! 
 
 Quelle affaire avez-vous entre- What business have you under- 
 
 prise ? taken 1 
 
 Quand la race de Cain sefut When the race of Cain had 
 
 multiplee, multiplied. 
 
 Ce yeux que rtont emus ni soupirs Those eyes which neither sighs 
 
 ni terreur, nor terror have moved. 
 
 Le Dieu Mercure est un de ceuz The God Mercury is one of 
 
 que les anciens ont le plusmul- those whom the ancients have 
 
 tiplies, m ultiplied the most. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE AGREEMENT OP THE PARTI- 
 CIPLE PAST WITH ITS REGIMEN. 
 
 All the letters which I have received, confirm that import- 
 f. pi. confirmer 
 
 ant news. The agitated life which I have led till 
 
 2 s. 1 agite 2 f . 1 mener jusqu'a 
 
 now, makes me sigh for retirement. The difficulties 
 
 present soupirer apres art. retraite f. f. pi. 
 
 which the academies (have proposed to one another) do not 
 
 sefaire ind-4 
 seem easy to (be resolved.) The sciences which you have 
 paraxtre aise resoudre f. pi. 
 
 studied, will prove infinitely useful (to you.) The death which 
 
 etre f. 
 
 Lucretia {gave herself) has (made her immortal.) The 
 
 se donner ind-4 immortaliser ind-4 
 
 cities which those nations have (puilt for themselves) are 
 
 ville f. pi. peuple se batir ind-4 
 
 but a collection of huts. The persons whom you have m- 
 
 ne que amas m. chaumicre f. pi. 
 
 26 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Rem. The regimen which precedes the participle is, 
 either one of these pronouns, que, me, te, se, le, la, les, 
 nous, and vous, or a noun sometimes joined to the pro- 
 noun quel, sometimes preceded hy the word of quantity, 
 combien, or que, signifying combien, how much, as may 
 be seen in the examples already given, f 
 
 Rule II. The participle past never agrees with its re- 
 gimen, either when that participle is without regimen 
 direct, or when, having a regimen direct, that regimen 
 is placed after it. 
 
 structed appear to me possessed of reason and taste. Nothing 
 
 plein pr. 
 
 can equal the ardour of the troops which I h&veseen (setting off.) 
 
 egaler f. pi. inf-1 
 
 The chimeras which she has got in her head, (are beyond) 
 chimere f. pi. se mettre * art. passer 
 
 all belief. "What measures have I not taken! What fortunes 
 croyance f. demarches f. pi. /aire f. pi. 
 
 has not this revolution ruined! What tears has she not shed; 
 renter ser Que de f. pi. verser 
 
 what sighs has she not heaved ! The Amazons (made themselves) 
 
 m. pi. pousser f pi. se rendre md-4 
 
 famous by their courage. The city of London has (made itself,) 
 c'elebre f. 
 
 by its commerce, the metropolis of the universe. I have thought 
 
 — m — le f. croire 
 
 her agitated by the furies. This day is one of those which they 
 
 == m. pi. 
 
 have consecrated to tears. The language in which Cicero and 
 
 consacrer art. langue f. * Ciceron 
 
 Virgil have written, will live in their works. I could have wished 
 par ouvrage * vouloir 
 
 to avoid entering into those details, but I thought them neces- 
 * eviter d'entrer — m. croire ind-4 
 
 sary. The tribunes demanded of Clodius the execution of 
 
 tribun m. pi. ind-3 a 
 the promises which the consul Valerius had given them, 
 f. /aire leur. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 The persons whose visit you had announced to me, are not 
 f. pi. 1 art. f . 5 2 4 * 3 
 
SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 293 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 La lettre donije vous ai parle, 
 
 La perte et les profits auxquels 
 il a participe, 
 
 Les academies se sontfait des ob- 
 jections, 
 
 Vous avez instruit ces personnes 
 a, dessiner, 
 
 Lucrece s'est donne la morLK 
 
 The letter which I have men- 
 tioned to you. 
 
 The loss and profits which he 
 has shared. 
 
 The academies have proposed 
 objections to one another. 
 
 You have taught these persons 
 to draw. 
 
 Lucretia has put a period to her 
 existence. 
 
 Rule III. The participle past takes neither gender 
 nor number, when the participle and the auxiliary verb to 
 which it is joined are used impersonally, nor when that 
 participle is followed by a verb, which governs the pro- 
 nouns, or pronouns preceding it. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 I<es chaleurs excessives quHl a The excessive heats, which we 
 
 ezcessives 
 fait cet ete, ont beaucottp nui 
 a la recolle, 
 
 Quelle facheuse aventure vous 
 est-il arrive ? 
 
 La maison que fai fait bdlir, 
 
 Imitez les verlus que vous avez 
 
 entendn louer, 
 Les mathemaliques que vous rCa- 
 
 vezpas voulu que f etudiasse, 
 
 have had this summer, have 
 done great injury to the corn. 
 
 What unpleasant adventure 
 have you met with 1 
 
 The house which I have order- 
 ed to be built. 
 
 Imitate the virtues which you 
 have heard praised. 
 
 The mathematics which you 
 would not permit me to study. 
 
 come. Men built themselves cities. The Amazons 
 
 art. sebdtir ind-4 de art. 
 
 acquired great celebrity. I have forced the soldiers 
 
 ind-4 beaucoup de = contraindre 
 
 to march. That woman has bestowed on herself line gowns. 
 
 sedonner * * de 
 
 Letters and writing were invented to represent 
 
 art. 4 art. ecriture 5 on 1 a 2 3 pour peindre 
 
 speech. She has cut two (of her) fingers. Titus has made 
 
 art. se couper * doigt m. pi. rendre 
 
 his wife mistress of his riches. I have given myself (a great deal) 
 
 Men bien 
 
 of trouble. Commerce has made this city flourishing. 
 
 art. peine f. art. m. rendre f. fiorissant 
 
 They have made an appointment. 
 
 se donner * rendez-vous. 
 
294 SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 
 
 Elle s'est laisse seduire, She has suffered herself to be 
 
 seduced. 
 
 Remark. To make a right application of the second 
 part of this rule, we ought to examine whether we can 
 put the regimen immediately after the participle. As we 
 cannot say; J'ai fait la maison, vous avez entendu les 
 vertus, vous n' 'avez pas voulu les mathematiqv.es, it fol- 
 lows that the regimen belongs to the second verb. Some- 
 times, however, the regimen may relate either to the par- 
 ticiple, or to the following verb, according to the mean- 
 ing of the speaker. Thus, Je Vai vu peindre, means, J 
 saw her picture drawn; but Je Vai vue peindre, signi- 
 fies, I saw her painting. 
 
 Sometimes it happens likewise, that, in sentences 
 which seem to resemble each other, the regimen in one 
 belongs to the participle, and in the other, to the verb 
 which follows it. For instance, this question, Avez-vous 
 entendu chanter la nouvelle actrice ? Have you heard 
 the new actress sing ? should be thus answered, Oui je 
 Vai entendue chanter, yes, I have: but this question, Avez- 
 vous entendu chanter la nouvelle ariette ? Have you 
 heard the new song? must be answered, Oui,je Vai en- 
 tendu chanter, yes, I have.t 
 
 t EXERCISE. ' 
 
 The great changes which (have takenplace) in admi- 
 changement y avoir ind-4 art. 
 
 nistration, have astonished many people. The heavy rains 
 Men des personnes grand pluie 
 
 which we have had in the spring, have been the cause 
 f. pi. * il /aire ind-4 
 
 of many diseases. The scarcity which there was last 
 
 maladie f. pi. disette f. ind-4 art. dernier 2 
 
 winter, has afforded the opportunity of doing much good. What 
 
 1 donner occasion inf-1 bien 
 
 news has reached you 1 How many imprudent steps 
 
 est-il venu Que de faux demarche f. pi. 
 
 were taken on that occasion ! How man}'- large ships have 
 il s'est faire en gros il se 
 
 been built in England within these fifty years ! The figures 
 construire ind-4 depuis * — 
 
 which you have learned to draw are of great beauty. "We 
 apprendre dessiner un * 
 
SYNTAX OF THE ADVERB. 295 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 OF THE ADVERBS. 
 
 Situation of the Adverbs. 
 
 Rule I. In the simple tenses, the adverb is generally 
 placed after the verb ; and, in the compound tenses, be- 
 tween the auxiliary and the participle. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Vhomme le plus eclair e est ordi- The man who is most learned 
 
 nairement celui qui pense le is generally he who thinks 
 
 plus modestement de lui-meme, most modestly of himself. 
 
 Avez-vous jamais vu un pedant Have you ever seen a pedant 
 
 plus absurde et plus vain ? more absurd and more vainl 
 
 Compound adverbs, and those which have preserved 
 the regimen of the adjectives from which they are de- 
 rived, are placed always after the verb, as, 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 C'est a la mode, That is fashionable. 
 
 11 a agi consequemment, He has acted consistently. 
 
 Adverbs which denote time in an indeterminate man- 
 ner are likewise placed after the verb. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 11 eiit fallu se lever plus matin, It would have been necessary 
 
 to rise earlier. 
 On a vu cela autrefois, That has been seen formerly. 
 
 Exceptions. 1. Adverbs of order, rank, and those 
 which express a determinate time, are placed either be- 
 fore, or after the verb. 
 
 ought never to swerve from the good path which we 
 
 falloir ind-1 * s' 'eloigner route f. on 
 
 'have begun to follow. The measures, which you advised 
 
 mesure f. pi. conseiller ind-4 
 
 me to adopt, have not succeeded. The rule which I have be- 
 
 de prendre reussir regie f. 
 
 gun to explain, seems to me very easy to (be understood.) You 
 
 expliquer sembler saisir 
 
 see that I have not (been mistaken) respecting the affairs which 
 
 se tromper ind-4 
 I h&& foreseen you would have in hand. 
 prevoir que * * 
 
 26* 
 
296 SYNTAX OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Nous devons premierement /aire We ought, first, to do our duty; 
 
 notre devoir ; secondement, secondly, enjoy lawful plea- 
 
 chercher les plaisirs permis, sures. 
 
 Aujourd'hui il fait beau; il To-day, it is fine ; it will rain 
 
 pleuvra peut-etre demain, perhaps to-morrow. 
 
 2. These adverbs, comment, oil, oVou, par oil, com- 
 bien, pourquoi, quand, used with, or without interroga- 
 tion, are always placed before the verb which they 
 modify. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Comment vousportez-vous ? How do you do % 
 Ou allez-vous ? Where are you going % [it. 
 
 11 ne sait comment s'y prendre, He does not know how to set about 
 
 Rule II. The adverb is always placed before the ad- 
 jective which it modifies. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Vest une fernme fort belle, tres She is a woman very beautiful, 
 
 sensible, et infiniment sage, of great sensibility, and in- 
 
 finitely prudent. 
 
 Rule III. Adverbs of quantity and comparison, and 
 the three adverbs of time, souvent, toujours, jamais, are 
 placed before the other adverbs. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Si poliment, fort poUment, So politely, very politely. 
 
 Tres-heureusement, Very happily. 
 
 Le plus adroitement, The most skilful. 
 
 lis ne seront jamais etroitement They never will be intimately 
 
 unis, united. 
 
 llssont toujours ensemble, They are always together. 
 
 C'est souvent a Vimproviste qu'il He often comes unexpectedly. 
 
 arrive, 
 
 Souvent may, however, be preceded by an adverb of 
 quantity, or comparison, as, si souvent, assez souvent, fort 
 souvent, plus souvent, moins souvent, trop souvent. 
 
 Rem. When adverbs of quantity and comparison meet 
 together in a sentence, the following is the order which 
 custom has established. 
 
 Si peu Bien peu Beaucoup * trop Tant mieux 
 
 Trop peu Bien plus Beaucoup plus Tant pis, 
 
 Tres-peu Bien davantage Beaucoup moins &c. 
 
 * Beaucoup is not, as the English much, susceptible of being modified by 
 any adverb preceding, thus, tres-beaucoup, trop beaucoup, &c. would be bar 
 
SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 297 
 
 When bien stands before another adverb, it means 
 very, much, &c. as in the preceding and following ex- 
 amples. 
 
 Bien assez, Quite enough. Frapper bien fort, To strike very hard. 
 Bienmoins, Much less. Bien lard, Very late. 
 
 But when it is placed after the adverb, it signifies 
 well; as, 
 
 Asscz Men, Pretty well. Fort bien, Very well. 
 
 Moins Men, Not so well. Aussi bien, As well. 
 
 These rules have been sufficiently exemplified, p. 143. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 The conjunction que serves to complete a comparison ; 
 it is elliptically used to express a restriction, when placed 
 after ne, and it generally gives grace, energy, and pre- 
 cision to sentences. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 QOE 
 
 expressing com- ["£&**£{ A ™ is lar ? er «•» 
 panstm } f Europe . 4 f Ear0 P e - 
 
 Onne parle que ) They talk of nothing 
 
 for rien que I de la nouvelle £ but the new victo- 
 
 f victoire. ) ry. 
 
 ( CLuHl vive, pour i May he live, for I 
 
 -je souhaite que < je souhaite qa'il} wish that he may 
 
 ( vive. j live. 
 
 -a moins que C Cela ne finira ) There will be no 
 -a,vant que } pas qu'iZ ne m- > end to it, unless he 
 -s<ms que f ew%e. ) come. 
 
 des que ( Gtu'iZ fasse le ) //" he commits the 
 
 Is, > "le 
 
 — aussitot que < moindre exces, > least excess, he u 
 — si, or quand f i£ es£ malade. ) ill. 
 
 fauHlperde, ou^ whetUr he ins Qr 
 -*«* que <! qut^fl^5on ^ loseg his la ^ suit he 
 
 I proces,c>eaun,r is a ruine d man. 
 
 ^ homme rume. J 
 
 -jusau>dcewe{ A ^i e * ^ il \ Wait till he comes. 
 
SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 — comme Mtchant qu'iZ es£. Wicked as he is. 
 
 que <( due Dim es£ i How great is the Al- 
 
 grand ! ) mighty ! 
 
 combien ! 
 
 i Glue je hais les ) How much, I hate the 
 I mechans ! $ wicked ! 
 
 Another frequent use of this conjunction is, to save the 
 repetition of comme, parceque, puisque, quand, quoique, 
 si, &c. when to phrases beginning with these words, 
 others are added under the same regimen, by means of 
 the conjunction et ; as, 
 
 Si Von aimait son pays, et qu'o?i If we loved our country, and 
 en desirdt sincerement la sincerely wished its glory, 
 gloire, on se conduirait de ma- we should act so as, &c. 
 niere, &c.t 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 We have every thing to fear from his wisdom, even more 
 
 encore 
 than from his power. What men style greatness, glory, 
 
 Ce que art. appeler 
 
 power, profound policy, is in the eyes of God only misery, 
 
 profond politique f. a 
 weakness, aad vanity. May they understand, at last, that without 
 
 comprendre 
 internal peace there is no happiness. May she 
 
 avec soi-meme 2 art. 1 point de 
 
 be as happy as she deserves to be ! Never write before you 
 
 dele 
 have thoroughly examined the subject which you pro- 
 
 sows toutes ses faces 2 1 se 
 
 pose to treat. Let him but hear the least noise, his terrified 
 proposer de traiter * bruit effraye 2 
 
 imagination presents to him nothing but monsters. Do 
 
 f . 1 * * ne que de art. 
 
 not sift _ this question, till I can (be your guide.) 
 
 approfondir ne subj-1 vous mettre surla voie 
 
 Do not go out till your brother comes in. Why does he not 
 
 ne rentrer * 
 (take advantage) of his youth 3 (in order to) acquire the know- 
 profiter pour con- 
 
 ledge he wants 1 
 
 naissance pi. dont avoir besoin ? 
 
 
SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 299 
 GOVERNMENT OF CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 The conjunctions which unite sentences to one ano- 
 ther are followed either by the i?ifinitive, the indicative, 
 or the subjunctive. 
 
 Those that are followed by an infinitive, are, 
 
 1. Such as are distinguished from prepositions, only 
 by being followed by a verb ; as, 
 
 11 faut se reposer apres avoir One ought to rest after having 
 travaille, laboured. 
 
 2. Those which have the preposition de after them ; 
 as, 
 
 Jl travaille afin de vous sur- He works that he may surpass 
 passer,^ you. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 Full as he was of his prejudices, he would not acknowledge 
 Rempli ind-2 prejuge ind-3 convenir de 
 
 (any thing.) Full of self-love (as he is,) expect nothing 
 
 rien petri 13 2 de 
 
 good (from him.) How beautiful is that cultivated nature ! 
 
 en 16 5 2 4 3 
 
 How, by the care of man, is it brilliantly and richly adorned ! 
 par f. pompeusement orne 
 
 Had profound philosophers presided at the formation of 
 si * de ind-6 a art. 
 
 languages, and had they carefully examined the elements of 
 langue avec soin subj-4 — m. art. 
 
 speech, not only in their relations (to one another,) but also 
 discours non entr'euz encore 
 
 in themselves, it is not (to be doubted,) that languages 
 
 en m. douleux art. ne 
 
 would present principles more simple, and at the 
 
 offrir subj-2 de art. 
 same time, more luminous. 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE GOVERNMENT OF CON- 
 JUNCTIONS. 
 They were going to spend a few days in town, 
 
 ne * ind-2 * passer * quelques a art. 
 
 only that they might return with more pleasure to 
 
 que pour * * se retrouver inf-1 dans 
 
 their charming solitude. Many persons work only (in order to) 
 
 ne que afin de 
 acquire consideration and riches, but the honest 
 
 de art. pr. art. 2 et 
 
300 SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 Conjunctions that govern the indicative, 
 
 bienentendu que, autant que, puisque, peut-etre que, 
 
 a condition que, non plus que, lorsque, comme, 
 
 a la charge que, outre que, pendant que, comme si, 
 
 de meme que, parce que, tandis que, quand, 
 
 ainsi que, attendu que, durant que, pourquoi, 
 
 aussi bien que, vu que, tant que, comment, &c. 
 
 They are followed by the indicative, because the prin- 
 cipal sentence, which they unite with that which is inci- 
 dental, expresses the affirmation in a direct, positive, and 
 independent manner. 
 
 The use of the six following conjunctions, 
 
 si non que, de sorte que, tellement que, 
 
 si ce n'est que, en sorte que, de maniere que, 
 
 varies according to the meaning expressed by the prin- 
 cipal sentence. 
 
 EXAMPLE OF THE INDICATIVE. EXAMPLE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Je ne lui ai repondu autre chose, Je ne vcux autre chose, si non 
 
 si non que j 'avais execute ses que vous travailliez avec plus 
 
 ordres. d'ardeur. 
 
 I made him no other answer, I desire nothing else, but that 
 
 bub that I had executed his you would study with greater 
 
 orders. ardour. 
 
 The indicative is required in the first sentence, by the 
 \eibfai repondu expressing a positive affirmation, and 
 the subjunctive in the second, because je veux expresses 
 a compound, or desire, f 
 
 humane man spends (so much) time in study, only 
 
 sensible 3 1 ne employer tant de a, art. que 
 
 to be useful to his fellow-creatures. I reveal to you the 
 pour semblables. devoiler 
 
 plot which your enemies have concerted in secret, 
 tramef. ourdir art. tenebres f. -pi. 
 
 in order to warn you against their artifices. 
 premunir 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 When you have a more extensive knowledge of geometry 
 ind-7 2 1 art. f. 
 
 and algebra, I shall give you a few lessons in astro- 
 
 pr. art. algebre f. * quelque de 
 
 nomy, and optics. Form your mind, heart, and taste 
 pr. optique pron. pron. 
 
PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 301 
 
 The conjunctions which govern the subjunctive are, 
 soit que, jusqu'a ce que, suppose que, afin que, 
 
 sans que, encore que, au cas que, de peur que, 
 
 pour que, a moins que, avant que, de crainte que, 
 
 quoique, pourvu que, non pas que, &c. &c. 
 
 They require the subjunctive, as they always imply 
 doubt, desire, ignorance.;); 
 
 while you are still young. Do not keep truth a prisoner, 
 encore retenir art. * captive 
 
 though you should (draw upon you) a cloud of enemies. 
 
 quand devoir cond-1 s'attirer nuee f. 
 
 I will give you this fine picture upon condition that you 
 
 tableau in. d 
 keep it as a testimony of my friendship. 
 
 conserver ind-7. temoignage m. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 You know too well the value of time, to make 
 
 connaitre prix m. art. pour que etre 2 
 
 it necessary to tell you to (make a good use of ) it. Study only 
 il 1 de de bien employer 
 
 great models, lest those which are but middling 
 
 art. de peur que * mediocre ne 
 
 should spoil your taste, before it be entirely formed. I 
 
 gdter subj-1 
 (make not the least doubt) that your method will succeed, 
 
 ne douter nullement f. ne * subj-1 
 
 provided it be well known. Several phenomena of nature are 
 
 f. art. 
 
 easy (to be explained,) supposing the principle of universal 
 
 (by the active) art. 2 
 
 gravitation to be true, 
 f. 1 * 
 
 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES ON THE NINE PARTS 
 OF SPEECH. 
 
 THE GOOD MOTHER. 
 
 What a fine morning ! said the amiable Charlotte to her 
 
 matinee f. ind-3 
 
 brother George. Come, let us go into the garden and enjoy 
 
 sing. * inf-1 
 
 the magnificent sight of rich and abundant nature. 
 
 de 2 spectacle m. 1 une 2 fertile 3 1 
 
 We will gather there the freshest and sweetest flowers. 
 
 cueillir y frais 2 art. adv. odorant 3 f. pi. 1 
 
302 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 
 
 We will make a nosegay, which we will offer to mamma. You 
 bouquet m. maman sing, 
 
 know she loves flowers. This attention will give her plea- 
 savoir que art. /aire lui 
 
 sure. Ah ! brother, it will obtain us a smile, a caress, perhaps 
 
 mon f. valoir sourire m. f. 
 
 even a kiss. Ah! sister, replied George, your pro- 
 
 baiser m. ma repondre ind-3 sing, pro- 
 
 posal delights me ; let us run, let us fly, that we may offer 
 jet enchanter courir voter ajln de * * 
 
 her (when she rises) this tribute of our gratitude and our love. 
 lui a son lever hommage — pr. 
 
 Full of this idea, Charlotte and George hastened 
 plein se hater ind-3 de se rendre 
 
 into the garden. Charlotte gathered violets, jessamine, 
 
 ind-3 de art. pr. art. 
 
 and young rose-buds, which (had but just begun) 
 
 pr. de 2 bouton m.l necommencer que ind-2 
 
 to open their purple cups, while George prepared 
 
 enlr'ouvrir de pourpre 2 calice 1 ind-2 
 
 green sprigs of myrtle and thyme, intended 
 
 de art. verdoyant 2 jet m. 1 myrte pr. thym destine 
 
 to support the flowers. Never had these amiable children 
 
 soutenir 1 ind-2 3 » 2 
 
 worked with (so much) zeal and ardour. Satisfaction and 
 travailler tant de zele pr. art. f. art. 
 
 pleasure beamed in all their features, sparkled in their 
 
 m. etre ind-2 peint trait m. petiller 
 
 eyes, and added still to their beauty. 
 
 While they (were employing themselves) (in this manner,) 
 s'occuper ind-2 ainsi 
 
 their mother, who had seen them in the garden, came to join 
 
 ind-3 * joindre 
 them. (As soon as) they perceived her, they flew to her, and 
 des que ind-3 " ind-3 elle 
 
 said: Ah! mamma, how glad we are to see you! how 
 lui que aise 3 I 2 de 
 
 impatient we were) for this pleasure ! In the 
 
 quHl tardait a notre impatience d'avoir ce 
 
 pleasing expectation (of it) we (were preparing) this nosegay for 
 doux attentei. * ■ ind-2 
 
 you. What satisfaction should we have had in presenting 
 
 f. ne pas a offrir 
 
 it to you ! Look at these rose-buds, these violets, this jessamine, 
 
 voir * 
 this myrtle, and this thyme. Well, we designed them for you. 
 Ehlbien, destiner ind-2 * 
 
PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 303 
 
 These flowers, coming from us, would have been dear to you. 
 
 cher 
 When you wore them, you would have said : My children 
 
 En * porter inf-3 
 
 (were thinking) of me whilst I slept. I am always as 
 
 s'occuper ind-2 dormir ind-2 
 
 present to their minds as to their hearts. They love me, and it 
 sing. sing. ce 
 
 is by giving me every day new proofs of their affection, 
 
 en art. pi. de preuvef. 
 
 that they acknowledge the care I have taken of them 
 
 reconnoitre soin m. pi. que 
 
 in their childhood, and all the marks of tenderness I am un- 
 
 que ne 
 
 ceasingly giving them. 
 cesser de inf-1 leur. 
 
 My dear children, replied the mother, embracing 
 
 repondre ind-3 en embrasser 
 
 them, how charming you render all my days ! your grati- 
 
 qucl charme repondre sur * 
 
 iude, your tenderness, your attention to me, make me forget 
 
 pi. pour eublier 
 
 la 
 
 my former misfortunes, and yield my heart again to the soft 
 
 ancien malheur m. rouvrir 
 
 impressions of pleasure. May Heaven continue 
 
 f. art. Pouvoir subj-1 art. continuer 
 
 to bless my labour ! May it be your guide and your support 
 d,e soin Pouvoir — soutien 
 
 in the career which (will soon be opened) to you ! may it 
 
 carrier e f. oiler ind-1 s'ouvrir devant 
 
 complete , its kindness by preserving you from the 
 
 mettre le comblc a bienfait pi. en garantir inf-3 de 
 
 dangers to which you cannot fail to be soon exposed ! 
 
 * ne pas tarder ind-7 * 
 Alas ! I shudder (at them) beforehand, my dear children ; the 
 
 fremir en d'avance 
 
 moment is come when you must enter the world. Your 
 
 oil devoir dons 
 
 persons, your birth, and your fortune, call you there, and 
 figure sing. naissance appeler y 
 
 ensure you a distinguished rank (in it;) I cannot always be your 
 assurer 2 m. 1 y ind-7 
 
 guide. Young and inexperienced, you will find yourselves 
 
 sans experience oiler ind-1 inf-1 
 surrounded by every kind of temptation. (Every thing,) 
 entoure sortc f. seduction. Tout 
 
 even vice, presents itself there under an agreeable 
 
 jusque a art. m. offrir y sous * de art. 2 
 
 27 
 
304 PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 
 
 form, and almost alwa) r s in the shape of pleasure, which has 
 pi. 1 sous image art. 
 
 (so many) attractions for youth. They will try to 
 
 tant de attrait f. art. jeunesse f. On chercher 
 
 mislead you, to corrupt you ; they (will make use of) artifice, 
 egarer employer art. 
 
 raillery, and even ridicule, and, if necessary, they 
 art. = meme art. - — il est 
 
 will assume even the mask of virtue. If you abandon 
 prendre jusque a masque m. art. se laisser 
 
 yourselves to first impressions, you are lost. The poison of 
 alter art. 
 
 example will insinuate itself into your hearts, will corrupt the 
 
 se glisser alterer 
 
 innocence and purity (of them,) and will substitute violent 
 
 en dea.r\.dechirant2 
 
 passions for the mild affections which have hitherto formed your 
 f. pi. 1 a doux /aire 
 
 happiness. 
 Do not imagine, my dear children, that in placing before your 
 croire en mettre sous 
 
 eyes a picture of the dangers of the world, my intention 
 
 art. tableau m. 
 is to prohibit you every kind of pleasure. God forbid. 
 subj-1 de inter di v e espece f. a neplaire 
 
 Pleasure is necessary to man ; without it, our ex- 
 subj-1 art. art. lui 
 
 istence would be dreadful ; (and therefore) Providence, ever 
 
 affreux aussi art. f. 
 
 attentive to our wants, has multiplied the sources of it, both 
 
 besoin -t-elle 
 in and out of ourselves. But, in tasting the pleasures of 
 
 en nous nous en g outer 
 
 the world, never (abandon yourselves) (to them.) Take care 
 
 se livrer y Avoir 
 
 that they do not govern you : know how to quit them the mo- 
 
 dominer savoir * * de 
 
 ment the) r have acquired (too much) sway over you. It is 
 
 que prendre ind-7 trap de empire Ce 
 
 the only way to enjoy with delight that exquisite pleasure 
 
 moyen de volupte de delicieux 2 1 
 
 which we can only find in ourselves, and which has its source 
 
 en 
 in an upright and pure conscience. Ah ! why cannot I give 
 dans droit 2 3 f. 1 que 
 
 you all my experience 1 Why cannot you, like me, read the 
 
 dans 
 
PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES. 305 
 
 depths of the heart 1 With what astonishment would you often 
 
 abime sing. pi. 
 
 see chagrin, agitation, and trouble, disguised under the 
 
 art. — m. art. art. — m. deguise sous 
 
 appearance of joy and tranquillity ; hatred and 
 
 apparence pi. art. pr. art. calmc art. f. art. 
 
 env}- concealed under the air of confidence and friend- 
 
 f. cache art. confiance f. pr. art. 
 
 ship ; indifference and selfishness, affecting the most lively 
 
 art. ego'isme vif 
 
 interest; the most dreadful and perfidious plots 
 
 2 art. adv. 3 tramef. pl.l 
 
 contrived deliberately in the dark; in a word, the most 
 
 oicrdi de sangfroid et tenebres f. pi. en 
 
 odious vices endeavouring to show themselves under the 
 
 2 art. 1 s'efforcer de 
 
 features of (their opposite) virtues ! In the world there 
 
 traits qui leur etre oppose 2 art. 1 
 is but one (moving principle ;) that is, self-interest. To 
 ne que seul mobile in. ce art. personnel 2 1 C'est a 
 
 that every action refers, every thing tends to that as 
 
 lui que art. pi. se rapporter lui 
 
 to its end. I know very well, my dear children, that your 
 
 fin f. savoir 
 
 hearts will not be infected by this vice. The sentiments of 
 
 de 
 universal benevolence with which I (have always) 
 
 2 bienveillance 1 * ne point cesser ind-4 de 
 
 inspired you, and of which I have seen you give (so many) 
 inf-1 tant de 
 
 proofs, (remove already every fear) (I might have) upon that 
 ■preuve rassurer d'avance me sur 
 
 subject : but will you not yield to other vices not less danger- 
 point m. de non 
 
 ous 1 Cruel idea ! terrible uncertainty ! If this misfortune 
 
 f. affreux f. 
 
 were to happen, ah ! my dear children, instead of being 
 
 * * arriver ind-2 
 the joy and consolation of my life, you would be the torment, 
 
 art. f. 
 the shame, and the disgrace (of it.) You would poison my 
 
 honle f. opprobre en empoisonner 
 
 days, and you would plunge a dagger into the very bosom 
 
 porter art. viort f. meme 2 sein m. 1 
 
 which gave you life. But whither is my tenderness for you 
 
 ind-3 art. ou * 
 
 hurrying me 1 No, my children, no, I have nothing to fear; 
 emporter Non 
 
( 306 ) 
 PART III. 
 
 IDIOMS, 
 
 OR 
 
 WORDS CONSIDERED IN THEIR PARTICULAR 
 RULES. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 The substantive performs three functions in language, 
 that of the subject, the regimen, or the apostrophe. 
 
 The substantive is the subject, whenever it is that ot 
 which something is affirmed. When we say, V oiseau 
 vole, the bird flies ; le. lion ne vole pas, the lion does not 
 fly ; the substantives oiseau and lion are subjects ; be- 
 cause it is affirmed of the first that it flies, and of the se- 
 cond that it does not fly. 
 
 It is to the substantive as the subject that every thing 
 relates in a sentence. In the following, un homme juste 
 
 you love me (too much) to wish to afflict me so cruelly ; and 
 
 trop pour vouloir * 
 I shall have the pleasure, (as long as) I live, of seeing you walk 
 
 tant que ind-7 
 in the ways of honour and virtue. 
 
 sender art. pr. art. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 1. A king, who is inaccessible to men, is inaccessible to truth 
 also, and passes his life in a ferocious 2 inhuman 3 grandeur 1: 
 as he is continually afraid of being deceived, he always 2 una- 
 voidably 3 is 1 and deserves to be so; besides, he is at the mercy 
 of slanderers and tale-bearers, a base 2 malicious 3 tribe, 1 who 
 feed on venom, and invent mischief rather than cease to injure. 
 
 2. The good which a man does, is never lost; if men forget it, 
 Goal remembers and rewards it. 
 
 (1.) Is inaccessible also, l'est aussi ; ferocious, sauvage ; inhuman,et farouche; 
 as he is afraid, craignant ; is, l'est ; to be so, de 1'etre ; besides, de plus ; tale- 
 bearers, rapporteur ; tribe, nation ; feed upon, se nourrir de ; mischief, mal; 
 to injure, de nuire. 
 
 (2.) Good, bien ; a man, on; remember, s'en souvenir. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 307 
 
 tt ferme rfest ebranle, ni par les clameurs d'une populace 
 injuste, ni par les menaces d'unjier tyran; quand mime 
 le monde brise s' ecroulerait, il en ser ait frapp e, maisnon 
 pas emu, the adjectives juste and ferme modify the sub- 
 ject homme, and all the rest modify un homme juste et 
 ferme. 
 
 The substantive is the regimen, when governed, either 
 by another substantive, by an adjective, by a verb, or by 
 a preposition, as, 
 
 laloideDieu, the law of God. aimer son pro- to love one's 
 
 chain, neighbour. 
 
 utile a Vhomme, useful to man. chez son pere, at his father's. 
 
 In French, a substantive cannot be governed by ano- 
 ther substantive, but by the help of a preposition ; such 
 as de, as, la diffkulte de V entreprise, the difficulty of the 
 undertaking; or a, or pour, as, V abandon a ses passions, 
 the giving way to one's passions ; le gout pour leplaisir, 
 the love of pleasure. 
 
 General Rule. When two substantives are found 
 together, the one governing, the other governed, the 
 former is generally placed first. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 La beaute des sentimens, la vio- The beauty of sentiments, the 
 lence des passions, la grandeur violence of passions, the gran- 
 ges evenemens et les suecesmi- deur of events, and the prodi- 
 raculeux des grandes epees des gious successes of the huge 
 heros, tout cela m'entraine com- swords of heroes, all these 
 me une petite file. — Sevigne. transport me like a little girl. 
 
 Remark. This order is not followed — 1. When, in 
 English, two substantives are joined by an s and an 
 apostrophe, placed after the first, thus, 's, as, the king's 
 palace. 2. When the two English substantives form a 
 compound word, as, silk-stockings.^ 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. The silence of the night, the calmness of the sea, the trem- 
 bling 2 light 1 of the moon diffused over the surface of the 
 
 (1.) Trembling, tremblant ; diffused, repandu ; dim, sombre; bespangled, 
 aarseme ; with, de ; heighten, rehausser : scene, spectacle. 
 
 27* 
 
308 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 The substantive is an apostrophe, whenever it is the 
 object addressed ; as, rois, peuples, terrc, mer, et vous, 
 cieux, ecoutez-moi ! In this sentence, the substantives 
 rois, peuples, terre, mer, and cieux, form an apostrophe. 
 
 N. B. It is only in highly oratorical language, that 
 the address is thus directed to inanimate, or absent ob- 
 jects, f 
 
 water, and the dim azure of the sky bespangled with glittering 2 
 stars 1, served to heighten the beauty of the scene. 
 
 2. Nothing was heard but the warbling of birds, or the soft 
 breath of the zephyrs sporting in the branches of the trees, or the 
 murmurs of a lucid rill falling from the rocks, or the songs of the 
 young swains who attended Apollo. 
 
 3. A smiling boy was, at the same time, caressing a lap-dog, 
 which is his mother's favourite, because it pleases the child. 
 
 4. There are several gold and silver mines in this beautiful 
 country ; but the inhabitants, simple, and happy in their simpli- 
 city, do not even deign to * reckon gold and silver among their 
 riches. 
 
 (2.) Nothing but, on ne plus que ; breath, haleine ; sporting, qui se jouer, 
 ind-3 : branches, rameaux ; lucidrill, eau claire ; falling, (which fell ;) sioains, 
 berger ; attended, suivre, ind-2. 
 
 (3.) Smiling boy, enfant d'un air riant ; teas caressing, caresser, ind-2; lap- 
 dog, bichon; pleases, amuser. (4.) Reckon, compter 
 
 t EXAMPLE OF A BEAUTIFUL APOSTROPHE. 
 O Hippias ! Hippias ! I shall never see thee again !* O my 
 dear Hippias ! it is I, cruel and * void of compassion, who taught 
 thee to despise death. Cruel Gods ! ye prolonged my life, only 
 that I might see the death of Hippias ! O my dear child, whom 
 I had brought up with so much care, I shall see thee no more. 
 O dear shade, summon me to the banks of the Styx, the light 
 grows hateful to me ; it is thou only, my dear Hippias, whom I 
 wish to see again. Hippias! Hippias! O my dear Hippias! I 
 live but to pay the last duty to thy ashes. 
 
 Never, ne plus ; void of compassion, moi impitoyable ; taught, apprendre, 
 ind-1 ; prolonged, prolonger. ind-1 ; only that I might, pour me faire ; brought 
 up, nourrir, ind-4 ; with so much care, et qui me -outer, ind-4, tant de soins ; 
 shade, ombre ; summon, appeler ; to, sur ; banks, rive ; groivs hateful, ctre 
 odieux ; Hive but to, ne vivre encore que pour ; pay, rendre ; ashes^ cendre. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 309 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 General Principle. The article is to be used be- 
 fore all substantives common, taken in a determinate 
 sense, unless there be another word performing the same 
 office ; but it is not to be used before those that are taken 
 in an indeterminate sense. 
 
 CASES IN WHICH THE ARTICLE IS TO BE USED. 
 
 Rule I. The article necessarily accompanies all sub- 
 stantives common, which denote a whole species of 
 things, or determinate things. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 L'homme se repent trop souvent Man too often feeds on chi- 
 de cMmeres, . meras. 
 Les homines a imagination sont Men of fanciful dispositions are 
 
 toujours malketireux, always unhappy. 
 
 L'homme dontvous parlez est The man you speak of is very 
 trls-insiruit, learned. 
 
 In the first example, the word homme is taken in its 
 fullest sense; it denotes a collective universality. In 
 the second, les hommes a imagination, denotes a particu- 
 lar class only. In the third, V homme denotes but one 
 individual, being restricted by the incidental proposition, 
 dont vous parlez. 
 
 Remark. In English, the article is not used before 
 substantives taken in a general sense, as, Men of genius, 
 women of sound under standing. \ 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE ARTICLE. 
 
 1. The moment elegance, the most visible image of fine taste, 
 appears, it is universally admired: men differ respecting the 
 other constituent parts of * beauty, but they all unite without he- 
 sitation in acknowledging the power of elegance. 
 
 2. Men of superior genius 2, while 1 they * see 3 the rest of 
 
 (1.) Themoment, du moment que ; fine, delicat ; appears, se montrer ; is, 
 elle est ; respecting, sur ; constituent, (which constitute ;) hesitation, hesiter ; 
 in, pour. 
 
 (2.) While, tanclis que ; struggling, se tourmenter; obvious, qui s'offrent 
 d'elle memes ; glance, its penetrent en un instant ; lightning, foudre, f. ; 
 through, traverse ; track, espace ; that, qu'on; be measured, me, surer. 
 
310 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 Rule II. The article is put before substantives em- 
 ployed in the sense of an extract, or denoting only a 
 part of a species ; but it is omitted, if they be preceded 
 by an adjective, or a word of quantity. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Du pain et de l'eau me feraient Some bread and water would 
 
 plaisir, please me. 
 
 Je vis hier des savans quinepen- I yesterday saw some learned 
 sent pas comme vous, men, who do not think as you 
 
 do. 
 Veila de beaux tableaux, There are beautiful pictures. 
 
 J'acketai hicr beaucoup de li- I bought yesterday many books. 
 
 vres, 
 Clue de \ivres fachetai hier! How many books I bought 
 
 yesterday ! 
 
 Remark. Among the words of quantity must be 
 reckoned plus, moins, pas, point, and jamais. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Jl rfy cut jamais plus de lumi- There never was more learn- 
 
 eres, ing. 
 
 Jl y a moins dliabitans a Paris There are fewer inhabitants in 
 
 qvJa Londres, Paris than in London. 
 
 Je ne manqitepas d'amis, I do not want for friends. 
 
 Exceptions. Bien is the only word of quantity 
 which is followed by the article. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 11 a bien de V esprit, He has a great deal of wit. 
 
 EUe a bien de la grace, She is very graceful. 
 
 Remark. The sense of extract is marked in En- 
 glish by the word some, or any, either expressed or 
 understood, which answers to quelques, a particular 
 adjective, and consequently to du, de la, de l\ des, 
 which are elegantly used instead of quelque, quelques, 
 
 mankind painfully * struggling to comprehend obvious 2 truths 1, 
 glance themselves * through * the most remote 2 consequences 1, 
 like lightning through a track that cannot be measured. 
 
 3. The man who lives under an habitual 2 sense 1 of the di- 
 vine 2 presence 1, preserves a perpetual cheerfulness of temper, 
 and enjoys, every moment, the satisfaction of thinking himself * 
 in company with the dearest and best of friends. 
 
 (3.) Under, dans; sense, conviction ; preserves, conserver; perpetual, 
 constant; cheerfulness, gaite ; temper, caractere; enjoys, jouir oe ; QJ 
 thinking, se croire ; in, dans, art. ; with, de. 
 
 I 
 
OF THE IRREGULAR ARTICLE. 311 
 
 These expressions : des petits-maitres, des sages-fem- 
 mes, des petits-pdtes, &c. are not exceptions to this rule, 
 because, in cases of this kind, the substantives are so 
 united with the adjectives, as to form but one and the 
 same word. We should likewise say; le propre des 
 belles actions, les sentimens des anciens philosophes, &c. ; 
 because, in expressions of this kind, the substantives are 
 taken in a general sense. 1" 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. We could not cast our eyes on either shore, without seeing 
 opulent cities, country houses agreeably situated, lands yearly 2 
 covered 1 with a golden 2 harvest 1, meadows abounding in flocks 
 and herds, husbandmen bending under the weight of the fruits, 
 and shepherds who made 1 the echoes 5 around them 6 repeat 2 
 the sweet sounds 3 of their pipes and flutes 4. 
 
 2. Provence and Languedoc produce oranges, levions,figs, olives, 
 almonds, chestnuts, peaches, apricots, and grapes of an uncommon 
 sweetness. 
 
 3. The man who has never seen this pure light, is as * blind as 
 one who is born blind: he dies without having seen any thing ; 
 at most, he perceives nothing but glimmering and false lights, vain 
 shadows and phantoms that have no reality. 
 
 4. Among the Romans, those who were convicted of having 
 used illicit or unworthy meatus to obtain an employ, were excluded 
 from it for ever. 
 
 5. Those who govern are like the celestial 2 bodies 1, which 
 have great splendour and no rest. 
 
 6. What beauty, sweetness, modesty, and at the same time what 
 nobleness and greatness of soul ! 
 
 7. Themistocles, in order to ruin Aristides, made use oimany 
 artifices, which would have covered him with infamy in the eyes 
 of posterity, had 1 not 4 the eminent services 2 which he ren- 
 dered his country 3 blotted out 5 that stain. 
 
 (1.) Could, pouvoir, inrt-2 ; our, art. ; either, les deux; seeing, apercevoir: 
 yearly, tous les ans ; covered with, qui se couvrir de, ind-2 ; abounding in, 
 remplis de ; flocks and herds, troupeau ; bending, qui etaient accables ; weight, 
 poids ; shepherds, bergers ; pipes, chalumeau ; the echoes, aux echos ; around 
 them, d'alentour. 
 
 (3.) WJw is born blind, aveugle-ne ; without having, n'avoir jamais, inf-3 ; 
 any thing, rien ; at most, tout au plus ; perceives nothing from, apercevoir 
 ne que ; glimmering, sombre ; lights, lueur ; no reality, rien de reel. 
 
 (4.) Used, employer ; illicit or unworthy means, moyen illicite, onvoiein- 
 digne, pi. ; were, ind-2; from it, en. 
 
 (5.) Great, beaucoup de ; splendour, eclat ; no rest, (that have no rest) repos. 
 
 (6.) Wliat, que de. (7.) Ruin, perdre ; made use of many, employer 
 
 bien; artifices, manoeuvres ; covered, cond-3; with, de ; infamy, opprobre ; 
 in, a; had, si ; rendered, ind-3, a; blotted out, effacer, cond-3: stain, tache. 
 
 
312 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 Rule III. The article is put before proper names of 
 countries, regions, rivers, winds, and mountains. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 La France a les Pyrenees et la France is bounded on the south 
 Mediterranee an sud, la Suis- by the Pyrenees and the Me- 
 se et la Savoie a Vest, les diterranean, on the east by 
 Pays-Bas au nord, et V ocean Switzerland and Savoy, on 
 a Vouest. the north by the Nether- 
 
 lands, and on the west by the 
 ocean. 
 ha Tamise, le Phone, Vaquilon, The Thames, the Rhone, the 
 les Alpes, le Ca?ital, north wind, the Alps, the 
 
 Cantal. 
 
 Rem. By apposition we find the words: le mont 
 Parnasse, le mont Valerien, &c. le fieuve Don, &c. 
 But, we should say, la montagne de Tar are, &c. la 
 riviere de Seine, &c. though never, le fieuve du Rhone, 
 but simply, le Rhone.] 
 
 8. The consequences of great passions are blindness of mind 
 and depravity of heart. 
 
 9. Noblemen should never forget that their high birth imposes 
 great duties on * them. 
 
 (8.) Of mind, of heart, de, art. 
 
 (9.) Noblemen, gcntilhomme ; should, devoir, ind-]. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Europe is bounded on the north by the Frozen Ocean; on 
 the south by the Mediterranean Sea, which separates it from 
 Africa; on the east by the continent of Asia; on the west by 
 the Atlantic Ocean. It contains the following 2 states 1: on 
 the north, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and Russia ; in the mid- 
 dle, Poland, Prussia, Germany, the United Provinces, the Nether- 
 lands, France, Switzerland, Bohemia, Hungary, the British Jslcs ; 
 on the South, Spain, Portugal, Italy, Turkey in Europe. 
 
 2. The principal rivers in Europe, are, the Wolga, the Don or 
 Tana'is, and the Borislhenes, or Nieper, in Muscovy ; the Danube t 
 
 (1.) Bounded, borne; on. a; frozen ocean, mer glacial, f. ; south, sud or 
 midi ; Mediterranean sea, Mediterranee, f. ; east, est or orient ; west, ouest 
 or Occident; Norte ay, &c, SEE P. 70.; British Isles, lies Britanniques ; 
 Turkey in, Turquie de. 
 
 (2.) Muscovy, Moscovie ; Vistula, Vistule, f. ; Loire, f. ; Seine, f. ; Rhone, 
 m. ; Garonne, i. ; Ebro, Ebre ; Tagus, Tage, m. ; Thames, Tamise, f. ; Severn, 
 Saver ne, f. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 3l3 
 
 Exceptions. The article is not used before the 
 names of countries : 
 
 1. When those countries have the names of their ca- 
 pitals, as Naples est un pays delicieux, Naples is a de- 
 lightful country. 
 
 2. When these are governed by the preposition an, 
 as, il est en France, he is in France ; il est en Fspagne, 
 he is in Spain. 
 
 3. When those names are governed by some prece- 
 ding noun, and have the sense of an adjective, as, vins de 
 France, French wines ; noblesse rf Angleterre, the En- 
 glish nobility. 
 
 4. When speaking of those countries as of places we 
 come from, as, je viens de France, I come from France; 
 f arrive d Italie,! am just arrived from Italy. However, 
 when speaking of the four parts of the world, the pre- 
 sent practice favours the use of the article, as, je viens de 
 V Amerique, f arrive de V Asie.\ 
 
 the Rhine, and the Elbe, in Germany; the Vistula, or Wczel, in 
 Poland; the Loire, the Seine, the Rhone, and the Garonne, in 
 France ; the Ebro, the Tagus, and the Douro, in Spain ; the Po, 
 in Italy ; the Thames, and the Severn, in England; and the Shan- 
 non, in Ireland. 
 
 3. The principal mountains in Europe, are the Daarne Fields, 
 between Norway and Sweden ; Mount Crapel, between Poland 
 and Hungary; the Pyrenean Mountains, between France and 
 Spain; the Alps, which divide France and Germany from Italy. 
 
 4. The bleak north wind never blows here, and the heat of 
 summer is tempered by the cooling 2 zephyrs 1, which arrive to 
 refresh the air towards the middle of the day. 
 
 (3.) Pyrenean Mountains, Pyrenees. 
 
 (4.) Bleak; rigoureux ; north wind, aqiTilon ; Aecrt, ardeur; cooling, refrat- 
 chissant; arrive, venir ; to refresh, adoucir. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Naples may be called a paradise, from its beauty and ferti- 
 lity. From this country 2 some suppose 1 Virgil took the model 
 of the Elysian 2 Fields 1. _ 
 
 2. I have been a * prisoner in Egypt, as a * Phoenician; 
 
 (l.) From, a cause de ; from this country, que e'est 12, ou ; some suppose, 
 quelquespersonnes penser. 
 (2.) Prisoner, captif; under that name, e'est sous cenom que (both aljke.) 
 
314 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 The article is also used before the names of countries, 
 either distant, or little known, la Chine, China: le Jap on, 
 Japan; le Mexique, Mexico; and before those which 
 have been formed from common nouns: le Havre, le 
 Perche, la Fleche, &c. 
 
 Remark. In English, the article is generally omitted 
 before the names of countries. 
 
 CASES IN WHICH THE ARTICLE IS NOT USED. 
 
 Rule I. The article is omitted before nouns common, 
 when, in using them, nothing is said as to the extent of 
 their signification. 
 
 EXAMPLES.- 
 Le sage rfa ni amour ?whaine, The wise man has neither love 
 
 nor hatred. 
 Bs ont renverse religion, mo- They have overturned religion, 
 rale, gouvernement, sciences, morality, government, scien- 
 beaux-arts, en un mot, tout ce ces, fine arts, in a word, every 
 qui fait la gloire et la force thing which constitutes the 
 <Tun Etat, glory and strength of a state. 
 
 Hence the article is not employed before nouns. 
 
 1. When they are in the form of a title, or an address. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Preface, Preface. II demeure He lives in 
 
 Livre premier , Book the 1st. Rue Piccadilly, Piccadilly, 
 Chapitre dix, Chap, the 10th. Quartier St. James, St. James's. 
 
 2. When they are governed by the preposition en. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Regarder en pitie, to look with pity. Vivre en Roi, to live as a king. 
 
 under that name I have long suffered, and under that name I 
 have been set at liberty. 
 
 3. He has received French and Spanish wines, Italian silks, 
 Provence oil, and English wool. 
 
 4. We set sail from Holland for the Cape of Good Hope. 
 
 5. I was but just arrived from Russia, when I had the misfor- 
 tune to lose my father. 
 
 6. I had set oEfrom America, when my brother arrived there. 
 
 (4.) Set sail, partir ; for, pour se rendre. 
 
 (5.) I was but just, ne faire que de. (6.) Setoff, partir ; there, j. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 315 
 
 3. When they are joined to the verbs avoir, or faire, 
 with which they form only one idea. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Avoir peur, To be afraid. Faire pitie, To excite pity. 
 
 4. When they are used as an apostrophe, or inter- 
 jection. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Courage, soldats, iencz fermc, . Courage, soldiers, stand firm. 
 
 5. When they serve to qualify a noun, or pronoun. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 II est quelqnefois plus qiChovi- He is sometimes more than 
 
 me, man. 
 
 Son AUesse Royale le Dice His Royal highness the Duke of 
 
 oVYork, Prince die sang, &c. York, Prince of the blood. 
 
 6. The article is not put before the substantive begin- 
 ning an incidental sentence, which is opposed to what 
 has been said. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Tous les peuples de la terre ont All the nations of the earth 
 
 une idee plus ou moins deve- have an idea more or less 
 
 loppee d'un Eire-Supreme ; clear of a Supreme Being; 
 
 preuve evidente que le peche an evident proof that original 
 
 originel rta pas tout-a-fait sin has not totally obscured 
 
 obscurci V cntendement. the understanding. 
 
 7. When they are governed by the words genre, 
 espece, sorle, or terms of this kind. 
 
 iT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. The highways are bordered with laurels, pomegranates, jes- 
 samines, and other trees which * are * always green, and always 
 in bloom. The mountains are covered with flocks, which yield 
 a fine wool, in great request among all the known 2 nations 1 
 (of the world.*) 
 
 2. The fleets of Solomon, under -the conduct of the Phoeni- 
 cians, made frequent voyages to the land of Ophir and Tharsis, 
 (of the kingdom of Sophala, in Ethiopia,) whence they returned 
 at the end of three years, laden with gold, silver, ivory, precious2 
 stones 1, and tither kinds of merchandise. 
 
 3. Cosily furniture 2 is not allowed there 1, nor magnificent 
 attire, nor sumptuous feasts, nor gilded palaces. 
 
 (1.) Highways, chemin ; with, de ; pomegranates, grenadier ; in bloom, 
 fleuri ; yield,iouT\m ; icool. laine, pi. ; in great request, recherche ; among, de, 
 
 (2.) Made, ind-2; end, bout ; laden, charge. 
 
 (3.) Is not allowed there, on n'y souffre ni ; furniture, meuble ; costly, pr6- 
 cieux ; attire, ornement ; feasts, repas. 
 
 28 
 
316 
 
 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 Sorte de fruit, 
 Genre d'ouvrage, 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 A sort of Bo.nde de voleurs, 
 
 Monceav. d'argent 
 
 fruit. 
 A kind of 
 
 work. 
 A heap of 
 
 money. 
 
 Pile de livres, 
 
 A troop of 
 
 robbers. 
 A pile of 
 
 books. 
 A pack of 
 
 doe:s. 
 
 Meute de chiens 
 
 &c. 
 
 Rule II. The article is not used, either before nouns 
 preceded by the pronominal adjectives mon, ton, son, 
 notre, voire, leur, ce, nul, aucun, chaque, tout, (used for 
 chaque,) certain, plusieurs, tel, or before those which are 
 preceded by a cardinal number without any relation 
 whatever. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Nos mceurs mettent le prix a nos Our manners fix the value of 
 
 richesses, our riches. 
 
 Toute nation a ses lois, Each nation has its laws. 
 
 Cent ignorans, doivent-ils Vem- Are a hundred blockheads to 
 
 porter sur un Jtovime inslruit? be preferred to one learned 
 
 man 1 
 
 4. "We contemplated with pleasure the extensive fields covered 
 with yellow ears of corn, the * rich gifts of bounteous Ceres. 
 
 5. He was in a kind of ecstasy, when he perceived us. 
 
 6. In the most corrupt age, he lived and died a wise man* 
 
 7. Are you surprised that the worthiest 2 men 1 are but men, 
 and betray remains of the weakness of humanity, amid the in- 
 numerable 2 snares 1 and difficulties which * are * inseparable 
 frorn royalty'? 
 
 8. He excited our pity, when we saw him after his disgrace. 
 
 9. Hear then, O nations full of valour ! and you, O chiefs, so 
 wise and so united ! hearwhat I have * to * offer to you. 
 
 10. Out of this cavern issued, from time to time, a black 2 
 thick 3 smoke 1, which made a sort of night at mid-day. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 1. That good father was happy in his children, and his children 
 were happy in him. 
 
 (4.) Extensive, vaste ; fields, campagne ; ears, epi ; bounteous, fecond. 
 
 (5.) In akindof, comme en. <6.) Age, siecle. 
 
 (7.) That, de ce que ; worthy, estimable; hut, encore; betray, montrer; 
 remains, reste ; snares, piege ; difficulties, ernbarras. 
 
 (8.) He excited our pity, il nous fit pitie. (9.) Hear, ecouter. 
 
 (10.) Out of, de; issued, sortir ; thick, et e"pais ; smoke, fumee; mid-day, 
 milieu du jour. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ARTICLE. 
 
 317 
 
 Rule III. Proper names of deities, men, animals, 
 towns, and particular places, do not take the article. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 God has made heaven and 
 
 earth. 
 Jupiter was the first of the 
 
 gods. 
 Bucephalus was Alexander's 
 
 horse. 
 
 Dieu a cree le del et la terre, 
 
 le premier des 
 'Alex- 
 
 Jupiter etait 
 
 dieux, 
 B uccphale etait le cheval 
 
 andre, 
 Rome est -one ville d'une grande 
 
 beauie. 
 
 Rome is a city of great beauty. 
 
 Exceptions. Proper names, however, take the arti- 
 cle, when used in a limited sense. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 The God of Le Buccphale, Alexander's 
 
 Le Dieu des Chre- 
 tiens, 
 Le Dieu de paix, 
 
 Le Jupiter 
 mere 
 
 VHo- 
 
 Christians. 
 The God of 
 
 peace. 
 Homer's Ju- 
 piter. 
 
 d' J 'Alexandre, 
 UAndenne 
 
 Rome, 
 La Rome Mo- 
 derate, 
 
 Bucephalus. 
 Ancient Rome. 
 
 Modern Rome. 
 
 N. B. In imitation of the Italians, the French use the 
 article before the names of several painters and poets of 
 that nation, by an elliptical mode of expression, the words 
 peintre, poete, or seigneur, being understood.! 
 
 2. Those imitative 2 sounds 1 are common to all languages, 
 and form, as it were, their * real basis. 
 
 3. Every man has his foibles, his moments of ill * humour, 
 even his irregularities. 
 
 4. Each plant has virtues peculiar to it, the knowledge 2 of 
 which 1 could not but be infinitely useful. 
 
 5. In all his instructions, he is careful to remember that gram- 
 mar, logic, and rhetoric, are three sisters, that ought never to be 
 disjoined. 
 
 (2.) Common, fondu ; to, dans ; and form as it were, et ils en sont conime ; 
 real, fondamentale. 
 
 (4.) Peculiar, qui sont propres ; to it, lui ; could, cond-1 ; not but, ne que. 
 
 (5.) He is careful to remember, ne point perdre de vue ; ought, on devoir, 
 ind-1 ; to be disjoined, separer. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Jupiter, son of Saturn and Cybele, or Ops, after having ex- 
 
 C1-) Expelled, chasser ; divided, enpartager; inheritance, heritage 
 
318 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE, 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 OF THE ADJECTIVE, 
 
 I. 
 
 OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE ARTICLE. 
 
 Rule I. Adjectives used substantively, are like sub- 
 stantives common, accompanied by the article, if the oc- 
 casion require it. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Les fous inventent les modes, et Fools invent fashions, and wise 
 les sages s'y conferment ,1T men conform to them. 
 
 pelled his father from the throne, divided the paternal * inherit- 
 ance with his two brothers, Neptune and Pluto. 
 
 2. On a dispute at a feast of the gods, between Juno, Pallas, 
 and Venus, for the pre-eminence of beauty, Jupiter, not being able 
 to bring them to aD agreement, referred the decision to Paris, a 
 shepherd of Mount Ida, with directions that a golden apple 
 should be given to the fairest. Paris assigned to Venus 2 the 
 golden * prize 1. 
 
 3. God said : let there * be 2 light 1, and there * was 2 light 1. 
 
 4. The Apollo di Belvidere, and the Venus di Medicis, are va- 
 luable 2 remains 1 of antiquity. 
 
 5. May and September are the two finest months in the year in 
 the south of France. 
 
 6. The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, was the only true 
 God. 
 
 (2.) On, dans; at a feast, qu'il y eut a un festin ; being able, pouroir ; t& 
 bring to an agreement, accorder; referred, renvoyer ; directions, ordre ; 
 that a golden, &c. to give a golden apple to; assigned, adjuger. 
 
 (4.) Di Belvidere, Belveder; di, de ; valuable, precieux. 
 
 (6.) Only, seul. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Were the learned of antiquity to come to life again, they 
 would be much astonished at the extent of our knowledge. 
 
 2. The ignorant have, in a * large stock of presumption, what 
 they want in real knowledge, and that is the reason they are ad- 
 mired by fools. 
 
 (1.) Were the, si les ; to come again, revenir, ind-2 ; life, monde ; at, de ; 
 knowledge, connaissance, pi. 
 
 (2.) Large stock, forte dose ; they want, il leur manquer ; knowledge, sci- 
 ence ; the reason, ce qui fait que ; they are &c. the fools admire them. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 319 
 
 Rule II. When a noun is accompanied by two ad- 
 jectives, expressing opposite qualities, the article must be 
 repeated before each adjective. 
 
 examples: 
 
 Les vieux et les nouveaax soU The old and the newly raised 
 
 dots soiti remplis d'ardcur, soldiers are full of ardour. 
 
 U faut frequenter la bonne com- We ought to frequent good and 
 pagnie et.fuir la mauvaise, shun bad company. 
 
 Rem. But if those qualities be nearly similar, the ar- 
 ticle is not repeated, as, Le sage et pieux Fenelon ; — if 
 merely different, it is perhaps better to repeat it, as, Le 
 sensible et V ingenieux Fenelon. 
 
 N. B. In French the substantive must be joined to 
 the first adjective, when governed by different words, f 
 
 Rule III. The article is used before the adjective 
 which is joined to a proper name, either to express its 
 quality, or to distinguish the person spoken of from those 
 who might bear the same name. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Le sublime Bossuct, Le vertueux Fenelon, Le tendre Racine. 
 The sublime Bossuet. The virtuous Fenelon. The tender Racine. 
 Louis le Gros, Louis le Juste, Louis le Grand, 
 
 Louis the Fat. Louis the Just. Louis the Great. 
 
 Rem. If the adjective, which is joined to a proper 
 name, precede that name, it expresses a quality, which 
 may be common to many ; if it follow, it expresses a 
 distinguishing quality. Thus — Le savant Varron ; and 
 Varron le savant ; do not convey the same meaning : in 
 the first example, Varron merely obtains the quality of 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. The ancient 1 and modern 3 writers 2 are not agreed upon 
 that point. 
 
 2. The wise man preserves the same tranquillity of mind in 
 good or bad fortune. 
 
 3. The man who is jealous of his reputation frequents good 
 and shuns bad company. 
 
 4. Grand and vigorous thoughts were always the ofFspring of 
 genius. 
 
 (1.) Writers, auteur ; are agreed, s'accorder. (2.) The wise man, le sage. 
 (4.) Vigorous, fort ; offspring, fruit. 
 
 28* 
 
320 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 savant; in the second, Varron is distinguished for his 
 learning from all of the same name.J 
 
 Rule IV. When a superlative relative precedes a 
 substantive, the article serves for both ; if it follow, the 
 article must be repeated before each. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Lesplus habiles gem font quelquefois les plus grandest antes, or 
 Les gens les plus habiles font quelquefois les J 'antes les plus grandes. 
 The ablest men sometimes commit the grossest blunders.? 
 
 II. 
 THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Rule I. Pronominal and numerical adjectives pre- 
 cede their substantive, as do generally the following six- 
 teen, beau, bon, brave, cher, chetif, grand, gros, jeune f 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. The great Corneille astonishes by beauties of the first order, 
 and by faults of the worst taste. If the tender Racine does not 
 often rise so high, at least, he is always equal, and possesses the 
 art of always interesting the heart. 
 
 2. The more we read the fables of the good and artless La Fon- 
 taine, the more we are convinced they are a book for all ages, 
 and the manual of the man of taste. 
 
 3. It was only under the reign of Louis the Just, (XIII.) that 
 good taste began to show itself in France : but it was under that 
 of Louis the Great that it was carried to perfection. 
 
 (1.) By par des ; order, ordre ; is ahcays equal, se soutenir ; possesses, avoir. 
 (2.) The more we, plus on ; artless, simple ; are convinced, on se convaincre ; 
 they are, que c'est ; a, le ; for, de ; manual, manuel. 
 (3.) Only, ne que ; carried, porter a. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. It has been said of the Telemachus of the virtuous Fenelon, 
 that it is the most useful 2 present 1 the muses have made to man- 
 kind ; for, could the happiness of man be produced by a poem, it 
 would be by that. 
 
 2. The smoothest 2 waters 1 often conceal the most dangerous 2 
 gulfs 1. 
 
 (1.) It has been said, on a dit, present, don que; have made, subi-3; coutf, 
 (if the, &c. could, ind-2 ;) be produced by, naitre de ; would be, naiur, etmd-i- 
 (2.) Smoothest, tranquille. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 321 
 
 mauvais, mechant, meilleur, moindre, petit, saint, vieux, 
 and vrai, when taken in their literal sense. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Mon pere, My father. Plusieurs officiers, Several officers. 
 
 Quel homme, What man. Grand homme, Great man. 
 Vieille femme, Old woman. Six arbres, Six trees. 
 
 Dix guintes, 10 guineas. Chetive mine, Mean look. 
 
 Exception 1. The pronoun quelconque. 
 EXAMPLE. 
 D'une maniere quelconque, In whatever manner. 
 
 2. Adjectives of number, joined to proper names, pro- 
 nouns, and substantives, as quotations. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 George Trois, George Hid. Chapitre dix, Chapter 10th. 
 LvA dixieme, He the tenth. Page trente, Page the 30th. 
 
 3. The above sixteen adjectives, when connected by a 
 conjunction with another adjective, which is to be placed 
 after the substantive. 
 
 EXERCISE ON THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 1. There have been ages, when a great man was a sort of pro- 
 digy produced by a mistake of nature. 
 
 •2. In almost all nations, the great geniuses that have adorned 
 them were contemporaries. 
 
 3. Young people, says Horace, are supple to the enticements of 
 vice, lavish, presumptuous, and equally impetuous and light in 
 their passions ; old people, on the contrary, are covetous, dilatory, 
 timid, ever alarmed about the future, always complaining, hard 
 to please, panegyrists of times past, censors of the present, and 
 great givers of advice. 
 
 4. What man was ever satisfied with his condition, and dissa- 
 tisfied with his abilities'? 
 
 5. Thirty chambers which have a communication one with an- 
 other, and each of them an iron door, with six huge bolts, are the 
 places where he shuts himself up. 
 
 (1.) Ages, des siScles; when, ou ; produced, enfanter. 
 
 (2.) In, chez ; nations, peuple ; adorned, illustrer, ind-4. 
 
 (3.) People, gens ; supple, souple ; lavish, prodigue ; impetuous, vif ; old, 
 f. pi. (the following adjectives in. pi.) covetous, avare ; dilatory, temporiseur ; 
 about, sur; complaining, plaintif; hard, difficile; please, contenter ; times, 
 sing. (4.) Dissatisfied, mecontent ; abilities, esprit. 
 
 (5.) Have a communication, communiquer ; each of them, dont chacun avoir ; 
 huge, gros ; bolts, verrou ; places, lieu, sing. ; shuts himself, se renfermer. 
 
322 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Cest unefcmme grande et Hen She is a tall well-made woman. 
 faile, 
 
 Rem. In English, two, or even several adjectives, 
 may qualify a substantive, without a conjunction : bat 
 in French, this is generally required, as, Jest un homme 
 aimable et poli, he is an amiable well-behaved man ; ex- 
 cept when custom allows the substantives to be placed 
 between two adjectives ; as, Jest un grand homme sec, he 
 is a tall thin man. 
 
 Rule II. Adjectives formed from the participle pre- 
 sent of verbs, are, generally, placed after the substantive; 
 ouvrage divertissant, entertaining work ; and from the 
 participle past, always ; figure arrondie, round figure ; 
 those expressing — form, table ovale, oval table ; — colour, 
 maison blanche, white house; — taste, herbe amere, bitter 
 herb; — sound, orgue harmonieux, harmonious organ; — 
 action, procureur actif, active attorney; — effect, coutume 
 abusive, custom founded in abuse ; — arrangement, ordre 
 grammatical, grammatical order ; — species, qualite oc- 
 culte, occult quality ; — nation, generosite Anglaise, En- 
 glish generosity ; — those ending in -esque, -il, -ule, -ic, 
 -ique, -in: 
 
 Style burlesque, Burlesque style. Bien public, Public wel- 
 fare. 
 
 Jargon pueril, Childish jargon. Ris sardonique, Sardonic 
 
 grin. 
 
 Femme credule, Credulous wo- Voix enfantine, Childish 
 man. voice. 
 
 but in this, custom is the best guide.f 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. An affected simplicity is a refined imposture. 
 
 2. The smiling images of Theocritus, Virgil, and Gessner, ex- 
 cite in the soul a soft sensibility. 
 
 3. In that antique palace are to be seen neither wreathed co- 
 lumns, nor gilded wainscots, nor -valuable basso-relievoes, nor 
 
 (1.) Refined, delicat. (2.) Smiling, riant ; excite, porter ; soft, doux. 
 
 (3.) Are to be seen, on ne voit ; wreathed, torse ; wainscots, lambris ; basso- 
 relievoes, bas relief; ceilings, plafond ; curiously, artistement ; had existence, 
 exister. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 323 
 
 Rule III. Although it may seem that adjectives 
 expressing moral qualities are placed indifferently be- 
 fore or after the substantive ; yet taste and a correct ear 
 will assign them their proper situation. 
 
 In conversation, or in a broken, loose style, it may be 
 indifferent to say femme aimable, or aimable femme ; 
 talens sublimes, or sublimes talens, &c. ; but in the dig- 
 nified style, the place of the adjective may, in a variety 
 of instances, affect the beauty of a sentence.:): 
 
 III. 
 
 REGIMEN of adjectives. 
 
 Rule. A noun may be governed by two adjectives, 
 provided these do not require different regimens, as: 
 
 ceilings curiously painted, nor grotesque figures of animals, 
 which never had existence but in the imagination of a child or a 
 madman. 
 
 4. If human life is exposed to many troubles, it is also suscepti- 
 ble of many pleasures. 
 
 5. A ridiculous man is seldom so by halves. 
 
 6. Spanish manners have, at first sight, something harsh and 
 uncivilized. 
 
 7. French urbanity has become a proverb among foreign na- 
 tions. 
 
 (4.) Many, bien de ; troubles, peine. (5.) So, le ; by halves, S. demi. 
 
 (6.) Spanish, Espagnol ; manners, mceurs ; at first, sight au premier abord ; 
 uncivilized, sauvage. 
 (7.) Become, passer en ; among, chez. 
 
 * EXERCISE. 
 
 1. An amiable woman gives to every thing she says an inex- 
 pressible grace ; the more we hear, the more we wish to hear her. 
 
 2. The majestic eloquence of Bossuet is like a river, which 
 carries away every thing in its rapid course. 
 
 3. The sublime compositions of Rubens have made 1 an English 
 traveller 3 say 2, that this famous painter was born in Flanders, 
 through a mistake of nature. 
 
 (1.) Give to, repandre sur ; we, on. 
 
 (2.) River, fleuve ; carries away, entrainer; its rapid course, la rapidite de 
 son cours. 
 (3.) Say, dire £; famous, celebre; through, par; mistake, meprise. 
 
324 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 Cet homme est utile et cher a sa famille, that man is 
 useful and dear to his family. But it would be incor- 
 rect to say : Cet homme est utile et cheri de sa famille, 
 that man is useful and beloved by his family ; because 
 the adjective utile does not govern the preposition de.H 
 
 IV. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF NUMBER. 
 
 Unieme is used only after vingt, trente, quarante, 
 cinquante, soixante, quatre-vingt, cent, and mille. C 'est 
 la vingt-et unieme fois, it is the twenty-first time ; see 
 page 101. 
 
 Cent, in the plural, takes 5, except when followed by 
 another noun of number, as, 
 
 lis etaicnt deux cents, They were two hundred. 
 
 Trots cents hommes, Three hundred men. 
 
 Us etaieni deux cent dix. They were two hundred and ten. 
 
 Vingt, in quatre-vingt, and six-vingt, also takes s, 
 when followed by a substantive, as, 
 Quatre-vingts homines, Eighty men. 
 
 Six-vingts abricots, Six score apricots. 
 
 But it takes no s, when followed by another term ex- 
 pressing number, quatre-vingt-unarbres, quatre-vingt-dix 
 homm.es. 
 
 The ordinal numbers, collective and distributive, 
 always take the sign of the plural : les premieres dou- 
 
 1T EXERCISE ON THE REGIMEN OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 1. A young man, whose actions are all regulated by honour, 
 and whose only aim is perfection in every thing, is beloved and 
 courted by every body. 
 
 2. Cardinal Richelieu was all his life-time feared and haiedby 
 the great whom he had humbled. 
 
 3. A young lady, mild, polite, and delicate, who sees in the 
 advantages of birth, riches, wit, and beauty, nothing but incite- 
 ments to virtue, is very certain of being beloved and esteemed by 
 every body. 
 
 (1.) Actions are regulated by honour, l'honneur dirige les actions ; whose 
 only aim is, qui ne se propose que ; courted, recherche. 
 
 (2.) Young lady, demoiselle ; delicate, decent ; nothing but, ne que ; incite- 
 ments, encouragement ; certain, assure. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADJECTIVE. 325 
 
 \S zaines, the first dozens; les quatre cinquiemes, the four 
 fifths. 
 
 For dates, the French write mil, as mil sept cent-qua- 
 tre-vingt-dix-neuf, one thousand seven hundred and 
 ninety -nine, &c. seep. 102. 
 
 Rem. Cent and mille are used indefinitely, as, 
 
 U luifit cent caresses j. He showed him a hundred marks 
 
 of kindness. 
 ^Faites-lui mille amities de rad Present him for me a thousand 
 partj compliments. 
 
 The?French say, le onze, du onze, au o?ize, sur les onze 
 '^heures, sur les une heure, pronouncing the words onze 
 and wie.'.as if they were written with an h aspirated. 
 
 The cardinal numbers are used for the ordinal. 
 
 1. In reckoning time, that is, the hour of the day, the 
 day of the month, the year of an era, as, il est trois heures, 
 it is three o'clock : le vingt de Mars, the twentieth of 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE ADJECTIVES OF NUMBER. 
 
 1. It was the thirty-first year after so glorious a peace, when 
 the war broke out again with a fury of which history offers few 
 examples. 
 
 2. There were only three hundred, and in spite of their inferi- 
 ority in numbers,* they attacked the enemy, beat and dispersed 
 them. 
 
 3. He has sold his country house for* two thousand five hundred 
 and fifty pounds. 
 
 4. Choose out of your nursery eighty fruit trees, and ninety 
 dwarf-trees, divide them into dozens, and put in the two first 
 dozens of each sort, those whose fruits are most esteemed. 
 
 5. When Louis the Fourteenth made his entry into Strasbourg, 
 the Swiss deputies having come to pay their respects to him.Le 
 Tellier, archbishop of Rheims, who saw among them the bishop 
 of Basle, said to one near him: That bishop is apparently some 
 miserable character. — How, replied the other, he has a hundred 
 thousand livres a year. — Oh! oh! said the archbishop, he is then 
 a respectable man; and showed him a thousand civilities. 
 
 (1.) Year, annee : when, que ; broke out again, se rallumer. 
 
 (2.) Only, ne que-; in spite of, malgre. (3.) Pounds, livre sterling. 
 
 (4.) Out of, dans; nursery, pepiniere ; fruit trees, pied d'arbre fruitier; 
 dwarf-trees, arbre nain. 
 
 (5.) Swiss, (of the Swiss ;) pay, presenter; respect, hommage, pi. ; one near 
 him, son voisin ; that bishop, &c. e'est un miserable apparemment que cet 
 eveque ; a year, de rente ; showed, faire ; civilities, caresse. 
 
* < <> ^ ^ 
 
 326 PARTICULAR RULES OE THE PRONOUNS. >? {3 , 
 
 March; ZW mil sept cent dix, &c. See pages 101, 102.V.«T<^ 
 
 3. In speaking of the order of sovereigns, as, Louis 
 seize, George trois ; except the first two of the series, as, 
 Henri premier, George Second. Quint for cinq is only 
 said of the Empereur Charles-quint, and the Pape Sizte- 
 quint.% 
 
 ^7 tc^e/i****^ 6e^ t 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. 
 
 OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 I. 
 
 Office of Personal Pronouns. 
 The personal pronouns have the three characteristics 
 of the substantive, that is, subject, regimen, and apostro- 
 phe; but with this difference, that some always form the 
 subject ; two only are used as an apostrophe : some al- 
 ways form the regimen, and lastly, others are sometimes 
 the subject and sometimes the regimen. 
 
 X EXERCISE. 
 
 1. They made in the parish and in the neighbouring places a 
 collection which produced a hundred, and twenty-one guineas. 
 
 2. William, surnamed the Conqueror, king of England, and 
 duke of Normandy, was one of the greatest generals of the ele- 
 venth century; he was born at Falaise, and was the natural son 
 of Robert, duke of Normandy, and of Arlotte, a furrier's daugh- 
 ter. 
 
 3. Make haste; it will soon be ten o'clock. We shall have a 
 good deal of difficulty to arrive in time. 
 
 4. The winter was so severe in one thousand seven hundred and 
 nine, that there was but one olive tree that resisted it,* in a plain 
 where there had been more than ten thousand. 
 
 5. It was the twenty-first of January, one thousand seven hun- 
 dred and ninety-three, that the unhappy Louis the sixteenth was 
 led to the scaffold. 
 
 (1.) They, on ; neighbouring places, voisinage, sing. ; collection, qu§t.e. 
 (2.) William, Guillaume ; furrier, fourreur. 
 
 (3.) Make haste, se depecher ; will be, ind-1 ; a good deal of difficulty, bien 
 tela peine; in, a. (4.) Severe, rude; 6«f ; neque; had been, ind-2. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 327 
 
 Je, tw, il, and Us, are always the subject; these four 
 pronouns cannot be separated from the verb which they 
 govern, but by personal pronouns acting as a regimen, 
 or by the negative ne. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Je ne lui en veux rien dire, I will say nothing to him about 
 
 it. 
 Tu en apprendras des nouvelles, Thou wilt hear news of it. 
 H nous raconta son histoire, He told us his history. 
 
 lis sont survenus a Vimproviste, They are come unexpectedly. 
 
 The two acting as an apostrophe are toi and vous, 
 whether they stand alone, or are preceded by the inter- 
 jection 6 ; as, toi, 6 toi : vous, 6 vous.% 
 
 Me, te, »e, leur, le, la, les, y, and en, are always used 
 as a regimen : — direct, when acted upon by the verb : 
 — indirect, when referable to the prepositions d or de, 
 (see p. 273, 274.) They always precede the verb, ex- 
 cept in the imperative when affirmative ; and can never 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. The better to bear the irksomeness of captivity and solitude, 
 i" sought for books ; for /was overwhelmed with melancholy, 
 fur want of some knowledge to cherish and support my mind. 
 
 2. Since thou art more obdurate and unjust than thy father, 
 mayest thou suffer evils more lasting and more cruel than his ! 
 
 3. What! s&y they, do not men die fast enough without destroy- 
 ing each other'? Life is so short, and yet it seems that it appears 
 too long to them. Are they sent into the world to tear each other 
 in pieces, and to make themselves wretched? 
 
 4. O thou, my son, my dear son, ease my heart : restore me 
 what is dearer to me than my life. Restore to me my lost son, 
 and restore thyself to thyself. 
 
 5. O ye, who hear me with so much attention, believe not that 
 I despise men: no, no, I am sensible how glorious it is to toil to 
 make them virtuous and happy ■ but this toil is full of anxieties 
 and dangers. 
 
 (1.) To bear, supporter ; irksomenes/t, ennui ; overwhelmed with, accabl€ 
 de : for want, faute ; to cherish, qui put nourrir ; support, soutenir. 
 
 (2.) Obdurate, dur ; mayest, pouvoir, subj-1 ; lasting, long. 
 
 (3.) Diefast enough, etre assez mortel ; destroying each other, se donner 
 encore une roort precipitee ; sent into, sur ; world, terre ; tear in pieces, ae 
 declarer ; make themselves, se renire. 
 
 (4.) Ease, soulager ; restore, rendre ; lost, (whom I have lost,) perdre. 
 
 (5.) i" am sensible, savoir ; glorious, grand ; to toil, travailler a ; toils, travail ; 
 anxiety, inquietude. 
 
 29 
 
328 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 be separated from it by any other word, except tout, rien, 
 and jamais, which may intervene before an infinitive. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Cest Uur tout refuser, It is refusing them every thing. 
 
 Ccstne me rien permettre, It is allowing me nothing. 
 
 11 a jure de ne lui jamais par- He has sworn he would never 
 donner, pardon him. 
 
 Me, te, se, form a regimen sometimes direct, and 
 sometimes indirect ; — direct, when they represent moi, 
 toi, soi; — indirect, when they supply the place of d moi, 
 d toi, d soi. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Vous me soupgonnez mat a pro- You suspect me unjustly. 
 
 pos, 
 Je t'cn remercie, I thank thee for it. 
 
 Use perd de gaite de cazur. He ruins himself out of wan- 
 
 tonness. 
 Vous me donnez mi sage conseil, You give me prudent advice. 
 Je te donne cela, I give thee that. 
 
 11 se donne Men du mouvement, He is an active stirring man. 
 
 Leur is always indirect, as it stands for d eux, or d 
 dies. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Je leur representai le tort, quHls, I represented to them the hrju- 
 
 ou qu'elles se fesaie?it,t ry they did themselves. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 1. He has been speaking to them with such energy, as has as- 
 tonished them. 
 
 2. Women ought to be very circumspect ; for a mere appear- 
 ance is sometimes more prejudicial to them than a real fault. 
 
 3. He comes up to me with a smiling countenance, and press- 
 ing my hand, says : My friend, I expect you to-morrow at my 
 house.* 
 
 4. He said to me: Wilt thou torment thyself incessantly for 
 advantages, the enjoyment 2 of which 1 could not render thee 
 more happy 1 Cast thy eyes round thee: see how every thing 
 
 (1.) Such energy as, une force qui. 
 
 (2.) Mere, simple ; more prejudicial, faire plus de tort. 
 
 (3.) Comes up— icith, aborder— de ; pressing, serrer; my hand, la main ; 
 says, il me dit ; at my house, chez moi. 
 
 (4.) Incessantly, sans cesse ; advantages, des biens ; could, savoir, cond-1 ; 
 east, porter ; thy, art ; smiles, sourire. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 329 
 
 he, la, Us, are always direct ; as, 
 
 ie le vois,je la vois, I for I je vois lui,je vois elle. 
 
 je les vois, j — \je vois e\ix,je vois elles. 
 
 But y and en are always indirect j as, 
 
 for 
 
 je n'eniends rien a cela. 
 voulez-vous de ceux % 
 
 un pen une certaine somme, 
 or quantite d'argent. 
 
 Je n'y entends rien, 
 
 ces fruits soTit bons, en vou- 
 lez-vous? 
 
 avez-vous regu de V argent ? 
 — oui, j'en ai regu. 
 
 Though seeming to perform the function of regimen 
 direct, in this last and other phrases of the same kind, 
 it is obvious that there is in the word en an ellipsis, 
 which may be readily supplied. See p. 1084 
 
 smiles at thee, and seems to invite thee to prefer a retired and tran- 
 quil life to the tumultuous pleasures of a vain 2 world 1. 
 
 5. The ambitious man * agitates, torments, and destroys him- 
 self, to obtain the places or the honours to which he aspires; and 
 when he has obtained them, he is still not satisfied. 
 
 (5.) Destroys, consumer ; to, pour. 
 
 * EXERCISE. 
 
 1. I have known him since his childhood, and I always loved 
 him on account of the goodness of his character. 
 
 2. This woman is always occupied in doing good works: you 
 see her constantly consoling the unhappy, relieving the poor, re- 
 -eonciling enemies, and promoting the happiness of every one 
 around her. 
 
 3. The more you live with men, the more you will be con- 
 vinced that it is necessary to know them well before you * form 
 a connexion with them. 
 
 4. Enjoy the pleasures of the world, I consent to it; but never 
 give yourself up to them. 
 
 5. I shall never consent to that foolish scheme ; do not mention 
 it any * more. 
 
 6. Have you received some copies of the new work 1 Yes, I 
 have, (received some.) 
 
 (1.) Have known, connaitre, ind-1 ; loved, ind-4 ; on account, sicause ; the 
 goodness of his, (his good.) 
 
 (2.) In, a ; works, oeuvres, f. pi. ; constantly, sans cesse ; consoling, &c 
 inf-1 ; relieving, assister ; promoting, faire; every one around her, tout ce 
 qui l'environne. 
 
 (3.) Live, ind-7 ; be convinced, se convaincre ; be/ore, avant de ; form a con- 
 nexion, vous tier. 
 
 (4.) Enjoy, jouir de ; give yourself up, se livrer. 
 
 <5.) Scheme, enterprise ; mention, parler de. (6.) Copies, exemplaire. 
 
330 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 The pronouns, which are sometimes the subject and 
 sometimes the regimen, are nous, vous, moi, toi, lui, die, 
 tux, elles. 
 
 Nous and vous are the subject in, nous aimons, vous 
 aimez ; the regimen direct in, Us nous aiment, Us vous 
 aimenl ; and indirect in, Us nous parlent, Us vous par- 
 lent. 
 
 In general, moi, toi, are only the subject by apposi- 
 tion, or reduplication, whether they precede, or follow 
 the verb, as, 
 
 Moi, doni il deckire la reputation, I, whose reputation he is asper- 
 se ne lui ai jamais rendu que sing, always did him acts oi 
 de bans offices, kindness. 
 
 Toi, qui fais tant le brave, t% Wouldst thou, who pretendest 
 oserais, &c. to be so brave, dare, &c. 
 
 Je pretends, moi, I do maintain, I. 
 
 Tu dis done, toi, Thoa sayest then, thou. 
 
 Rem. Sometimes the personal pronouns je and tu 
 
 are not expressed, but understood, as, 
 
 Mci, trahir le mcilleur de mes I, betray my best friend ! 
 
 amis I 
 Faire une lachete, toi ! Thou, be guilty of such base- 
 
 ness ! 
 that is, je voudrais, &c. tu pourrais, &c. 
 
 They are likewise the subject, when they are placed 
 in a kind of apposition expressed by ce and il in imper- 
 sonal verbs, as, qui fut bien aise? cefutmoi; ce ne peut 
 etre que toi ; que vous reste-t-il? — moi. 
 
 After a conjunction, they are either the subject, or 
 regimen, according to the nature of the phrase, as, nous 
 yetions, mon pere et moi; il ne craint ni ioini moi. 
 
 In phrases which are not imperative, toi and moi can 
 only be the object by apposition before or after the 
 verb, as, voudriez-vous me perdre, moi, voire allie, &c. 
 toi, je te soupgonnerais de perjidie ! 
 
 After a preposition, they alone can be employed, as, 
 vous servirez-vous de moi ? selon moi, vous avez raison ; 
 il est fdche contre toi. 
 
 What has just been remarked of toi and moi, is 
 applicable to lai, but with this difference, that lui can 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 331 
 
 only be the object after ne — que signifying only, or in 
 distributive phrases, as, 
 
 N^aimez que lui, je ne le trouve That you should like only him, 
 pas mauvais ; mais tie me I do not disapprove, but do 
 haissez pas, not hate me. 
 
 So, protegez nous, lui, a cause de, &c. et moi, parce 
 que, &c. we may likewise say by apposition, aimez-le, 
 lui qui, &c. 
 
 Eux is employed in the same manner as lui, but dif- 
 fers from it in this, that it cannot be the regimen indi- 
 rect, except after a preposition, as, parliez-vous a" eux ? 
 est-ce a eux que vous parlez ? 
 
 Rem. Lui and eux may be the subject in distributive 
 phrases without being in apposition, as, 
 
 Mes freres et mon cousin irfont My brothers and cousin assist- 
 secouru; eux m'ont relevc, et ed me; they took me up, and 
 lui m' a pause, he dressed my wounds. 
 
 The natural office of elle and elles, is to form the sub- 
 ject ; however, they are susceptible of all the other uses 
 just mentioned, except that they cannot be the regimen 
 indirect, unless preceded by a preposition, as, c' est a elles 
 que je parle.\ 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. In the education of youth, we should propose to ourselves to 
 cultivate, to polish their understanding, and thus to enable them 
 to fill with dignity the different stations assigned them; but, 
 above all, we ought to instruct them in that religious worship 
 which God requires of them. 
 
 2. What ! you would suffer yourself to be overwhelmed by 
 adversity ! 
 
 3. // stoop to the man who has imbrued his hands in the blood 
 of his king! 
 
 4. Thou! take that undertaking upon thyself? Canst * thou 
 think of it. 
 
 (1.) Youth, jeunes gens; should, devoir, ind-1; to cultivate, (to them ;) to 
 polish, (tothem,)orner ; understanding, V esprit; enable, disposer ; stations, 
 place, (which are) assigned, (to) them ; worship, culte ; requires, demanded. 
 
 (2.) Suffer yourself, se laisser, cond-1 ; to be overwhelmed, abattre. 
 
 (3.) Stoop to, s'abaisser devant, subj-1 ; imbrued, souiller ; in, de. 
 
 (4.) Take upon thyself, se charger, cond-1 ; of it, y. 
 
 29* 
 
332 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 II. 
 
 ON THE PRONOUN SOI. 
 
 Soi is generally accompanied by a preposition, and is 
 used in phrases, where there is an indeterminate pro- 
 noun, either expressed or understood: on doit rarement 
 parler desoi; il est esseniiel de prendre garde d soi. 
 
 5. Your two brothers and mine take charge of the enterprise; 
 they find the money, and he will manage the work. 
 
 6. It is I who have engaged him to undertake this journey. 
 
 7. It is thou who hast brought this misfortune on thyself. 
 
 8. When you are at Rome, write to me as often as you can, 
 and give me an account of every thing that can interest me. 
 
 9. He told it to thee thyself. 
 
 10. Fortune, like a traveller, shifts from inn to inn : if she 
 lodges to-day with me, to-morrow, perhaps, she will lodge vnth 
 thee. 
 
 11. Whom dost thou think we were talking of? — it was of 
 thee. 
 
 12. Descartes deserves immortal praise, because it is he who 
 nas made reason 2 triumph 1 over authority in philosophy. 
 
 13. He is dissatisfied with himself. 
 
 14. She is never satisfied with hepself. 
 
 15. The indiscreet often betray themselves. 
 
 16. Saumaise, speaking of the English authors, said, that ne 
 had learned more fvomthem than from any other. 
 
 17. To love a person, is to render him. on every occasion, all 
 the services in our power, and to afford him, in society, every 
 comfort that depends upon us. 
 
 (5.) Take charge, se chai-ger ; find, fournir; money, fonds, pi. ; manage, 
 conduire, ind-1. 
 
 (6.) Undertake, faire ; journey, voyage. 
 
 (7.) Hast brought on thyself, s'attirer, ind-4. 
 
 (8.) Are. ind-7 ; can, ind-7 ; give, faire ; an account, le detail. 
 
 (9.) Told, dire, ind-4. 
 
 (10.) Shifts from inn to inn, changer d'auberge ; with, chez ; she will 
 lodge, ce etre. 
 
 (11.) Were talking, parler. subj-2. 
 
 (12.) Triumph over, triompher de. 
 
 (13.) Is dissatisfied with, se deplaire, 
 
 (14.) Satisfied with, content de. 
 
 (15.) Betray, se trahir. 
 
 (17.) In our power, dont on etre capable ; afford, procurer a ; comfort, agr»- 
 ment ; depends upon, dependre de. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 333 
 
 In this case, it is the regimen indirect ; but it may be 
 employed without a preposition. 
 
 1. With the verb etre, as, En cherchant a tromper 
 les autres, Jest souvent soi qui! on tromjpe, or on est sou- 
 vent trompe soi-meme, in attempting to deceive others, 
 we frequently deceive ourselves. In this situation it is 
 the subject. 
 
 2. After ne que, or by opposition, as, 
 
 2V ; 'aimer que soi, c'est n'elre bon To love only ourselves, is be- 
 
 d rien, ing good for very little. 
 
 Penser ainsi, c'est s'aveuglcr soi- To think in this manner, is to 
 
 mime, blind one's-self. 
 
 It is in these examples the regimen ; but when de soi 
 and en soi are used in a definitive sense in speaking of 
 things, they mean de sa nature, and dans sa nature.^ 
 
 III. 
 
 cases where the pronouns elle, elUs, eux, lui, leur, 
 
 MAY APPLY TO THINGS. 
 
 The personal pronouns elle and elles, when the regi- 
 men, generally apply to persons only. Thus, in speak- 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE PRONOUN soi. 
 
 1. To excuse in one' s-self ihe follies which one cannot excuse 
 in others, is to prefer being a fool one's-self to seeing others so. 
 
 2. To be too much dissatisfied with ourselves, is a weakness; 
 but to be too much satisfied {with ourselves) is (a) folly. * 
 
 3. We ought to despise no one : how often have we needed the 
 assistance of one more insignificant than ourselves? 
 
 4. If we did not attend so much to ourselves, there would be 
 ess egotism in the world. 
 
 5. Vice is odious in itself. 
 
 6. The loadstone attracts iron (to itself.) 
 
 (1.) Follies, sottises; others, autrui; prefer, aimer mieux ; fool, sot; to 
 seeing, que de voir ; so, tel. 
 
 (3.) We ought, falloir, ind-1 ; how often, combien de fois ; we, on; needed 
 Vie assistance, n'avoir pas besoin ; insignificant, petit. 
 
 (4.) We, on ; attended to, s'occuper de ; egotis7n, ego'isme. 
 
 (6.) Loadstone, aimant. 
 
334 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 ing of a woman, we must say, Je in! approchai oVelle, je 
 m'assis pres d'elle; but, in speaking of a table, Je m 'en 
 approchai, je ??i 1 assis aupres. 
 
 However, with the prepositions avec, apres, a, de, 
 your, en, &c. they may be applied to things. Thus it 
 is correct to say of a river, 
 
 Cette riviere est si rapide, quand That river is so rapid when it 
 
 elle dehor de, quelle cntraine overflows, that it carries 
 
 avec elle tout ce qu'elle ren- away every thing it meets 
 
 contre ; elle ne laisse apres with in its course ; it leaves 
 
 elle que du sable et des cail- nothing behind but sand and 
 
 loux, pebbles. 
 
 — of an enemy's army, 
 
 Nous marchdmes a elle, We marched up to it. 
 
 — of things, reasons, truth, &c. as, 
 
 Ces choses sont bonnes d'elles- These things are good in them- 
 
 memes, selves. 
 
 Jaime la vtrite au point que je I love truth to that degree, that 
 
 sacrificerais tout pour elle, I would sacrifice every thing 
 
 for it. 
 
 Ces raisons sont solides en elles- Those reasons are solid in 
 
 mimes, themselves. 
 
 After the verb etre, they are applied only to persons, 
 and likewise when they are followed by the relatives 
 qui and que, as, C 'est d elle, c'est d? elles que je parle, 
 c 'est elle-meme quivient. 
 
 The same may be said of the pronoun eux, which is 
 also generally applied to persons only, yet custom al- 
 lows us to say, 
 
 Ce chien et ces oiseaux font tout This dog and these birds are 
 mon plaisir ; je n'aime qu'eux; my only pleasure, I love no- 
 eux seuls sont mon amusement ; thing but them; they alone 
 je nesouge qu'a eux, are my diversion : I think of 
 
 nothing else. 
 
 Lui and leur are generally applied to persons, but are 
 sometimes used in speaking of animals, plants, and even 
 inanimate objects, as, 
 
 Ces chevaux sont rendus, faites- Those horses are exhausted, 
 
 leur donner un peu de vin, give them a little wine. 
 
 Ces orangers vontperir, si on ne Those orange-trees will die un- 
 
 leur donne de Veau, less they have a little water. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 335 
 
 Ces murs sont trial fails, on ne Those walls are not skilfully 
 leur a pas donne assez de built, they are not sufficiently 
 talus, sloped upward. 
 
 Upon these previous observations then may be found- 
 ed the following 
 
 Rule. The pronouns elle, elles, euz, lui, and leur, 
 ought never to be applied to things, except when cus- 
 tom does not allow them to be replaced by the pronouns 
 y and en.] 
 
 "Texercise. 
 
 1. Virtue is the first of blessings ; it is from it alone we are to 
 expect happiness. 
 
 2. The labyrinth had been built upon the lake Maeris, and they 
 had given it a prospect proportioned to its grandeur. 
 
 3. Mountains are frequented on account of the air one breathes 
 on them : how many people are indebted to them for the recovery 
 of their health 1 
 
 4. War brings in its train numberless evils. 
 
 5. It is a delicate 2 affair 1 which must not be too deeply inves- 
 tigated, it must be lightly passed over. 
 
 6. I have had my house repaired, and have given it quite * a 
 new appearance. 
 
 7. Those trees are too much loaded ; strip them of part of their 
 fruit. 
 
 8. This book cost me a great deal, but I am indebted to it for 
 my knowledge. 
 
 9. Self-love is captious ; we, however, take it for our * guide ; 
 to it are all our actions directed, and from it we take counsel. 
 
 10. These arguments, although very solid in themselves, yet 
 made no impression upon him, so powerful a chain is habit. 
 
 11. These reasons convinced me, and by them I formed my 
 decision. 
 
 12. I leave you the care of that bird ; do not forget to give it 
 water. 
 
 (1.) Blessings, bien ; are, devoir. 
 
 (2.) Had been built, on batir, ind-6 ; prospect, vue. 
 
 (3.) On account, a cause ; breathes, respirer ; on them, y ; are indebtedfor, 
 devoir . recovery, retablissement. 
 
 (4.) Brings, entrainer; in its train, avec elle ; numberless, bien de. 
 
 (5. Affair, mature ; must, ind-1 ; be deeply investigated, approfondir, inf-1 ; 
 be passed, glisser; over, dessus. 
 
 (6.) Have had, faire, ind-4 ,- appearance, air. 
 
 (7.) Strip, 6terj of part, une partie. 
 
 (8.) A great deal, cher ; knowledge, instruction. 
 
 (9.) We, (it is it that we ;) to it (it is to it that we direct all, &c. ;) direct, 
 rapporter ; from it, (and it is from it that, &c.) 
 
 (10.) No, ne aucun ; so strong, &c. (so much habit is a, &c.) habit, habitude. 
 
 (11.) Andfrom, (and it is from them that ;) by, d'aprfcs ; formedmy decision, 
 Be decider. 
 
336 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 IV. 
 
 DIFFICULTY RESPECTING THE PRONOUN It EXPLAINED. 
 
 he, la, les, are sometimes pronouns, and sometimes 
 articles. The article is always followed by a noun, le 
 roi, la reine, les hommes ; whereas the pronoun is always 
 joined to a verb, je le connais,je larespecte,je les estime. 
 
 The pronoun le may supply the place of a substantive, 
 or an adjective, or even of a member of a sentence. 
 
 There is no difficulty, when it relates to a whole 
 member of a sentence; it is then always put in the 
 masculine singular, as, 
 
 On doit s'accommoder a Vhu- We ought to accommodate our- 
 meur des metres aidant qu'on selves to the temper of others 
 le peut,% as much as we can. 
 
 Nor is there any difficulty when le supplies the place 
 of a substantive ; it then always takes the gender and 
 number of that substantive, as, Madame, etes-vous la 
 mere de cet enfant? — Ou, je la suis. Madame, are you 
 the mother of that child? — Yes, I am. Mesdames, 
 etes-vous les parentes dont Monsieur rrCa parlel — Oui, 
 nous les sommes. 
 
 Rem. Though the word relating to the following 
 questions, is not expressed in English, yet it must 
 
 § EXERCISE. 
 
 1. The laws of nature and decency oblige us equally to defend 
 the honour and interest of our parents, when we can do it without 
 injustice. 
 
 2. We ought not to condemn, after their death, those that have 
 not been condemned during their life. 
 
 (1.) Decency, bienseance. 
 
 (2.) We ought, falloir ; condemned, le. 
 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 337 
 
 always be so in French : this word is le, which takes 
 either gender, or number, according to its relation. TI 
 It only remains, therefore, to lay down the following 
 Rule. The pronoun le takes neither gender nor num- 
 ber, when occupying the place of an adjective. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Madame, etes-vous enrhumeel — Oui, je le suis. 
 Mesdames, etes-vous contentes de ce disoours'J — Oui, nous le 
 sommes, 
 
 Y eut-il jamais une femme plus malheureuse que jele suis*? 
 
 Rem. This rule is observed, when the substantives 
 are used adjectively, as, 
 
 Madame, etes-vous mere'? — Oui, je le suis. 
 Mesdames, etes-vous parentes 1 — Oui, nous le sommes. 
 Elle est rille, et le sera toute sa vie. 
 But not if the adjectives be used substantively, as, 
 Madame, etes-vous la malade 1 — Oui, je la suis: 
 Therefore this question ; Etes-vous Jille de M. le due ? 
 is to be answered, Oui, je le suis ; but this, Etes-vous la 
 Jille de M. le due ? — Oui, je la suis.f 
 
 TT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Is thatyour idea? — Can you doubt that it is 1 
 
 2. Are you Mrs. Such-a-one 1 — Yes, I am. 
 
 3. Are those your servants 1 — Yes, they are. 
 
 (1.) Idea, pensee ; that it is, ce etre, subj-1. 
 
 (2.) Mrs., Madame ; such-a-one, untel. (3.) Those, cela; they, ce. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Ladies, are you glad to have seen the new piece 1 — Yes, we 
 are. 
 
 2. I, a * slave! I, born to command! alas! it is but too true 
 that I am so. 
 
 3. She was jealous of her authority, and she ought to be so. 
 
 4. Was there ever a girl more unhappy, and treated with more 
 ridicule than I ami 
 
 5. You have found me amiable : why have I ceased to appear 
 so to you 1 
 
 6. Have we ever been so quiet as we are 1 
 
 7. Madam, are you married? — Yes, lam, 
 
 8. Madam, are you the bride 1 — Yes, I am, 
 
 (1.) Ladies, Mesdames. (2.) Slave, esclave ; but, ne que. 
 
 (3.) Ought, devoir, ind-2. (4.) With more ridicule, plus ridiculement. 
 
338 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 The same rule is likewise observed with the article 
 placed before 'plus, or moins, and an adjective. It takes 
 neither gender nor number, when there is no compari- 
 son, as, 
 
 Lalune ne nous eclair e pas au- The moon does not give us so 
 tant que le soleil, meme quand much light as the sun, even 
 elle est le plus brillante, when it shines brightest. 
 
 But it takes them when there is comparison, as, 
 
 De toutes les planetes, lalune est Of all the planets, the moon is 
 la plus brillante pour nous,t the most brilliant to as. 
 
 V. 
 
 REPETITION OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 Rule I. Pronouns expressing the first and second 
 persons, when the subject, must be repeated before all the 
 verbs, if those verbs are in different tenses ; it is always 
 even better to repeat them, when the verbs are in the 
 same tense. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Je soutiens el je soutiendrai tou- I maintain, and (I) will always 
 
 jours, maintain. 
 
 Vous dites, et vous avez toujours You say, and (you) have al- 
 
 dit, Ways said. 
 
 Accalle de douleur, je m'tcriai Overwhelmed with sorrow, I 
 
 etje dis, exclaimed and (I) said. 
 
 Nous nous promenions surle haut We were walking upon the 
 
 du rocker, etnous voyions sous summit of the rock, and we 
 
 nos pieds, &c. saw under our feet, &c. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. This father could not bring himself to condemn his child- 
 ren, even when they were most guilty. 
 
 2. This woman has the art of shedding tears, even when she is 
 least afflicted. 
 
 3. Out *of so many criminals, only the most guilty should be 
 punished. 
 
 4. Although that woman displays more fortitude than the 
 others, she is not, on that account, the least distressed. 
 
 (1.) Could, ind-2; bring himself , se resoudre. 
 (2.) Shedding, repandre de ; even when, dans le temps meme que. 
 (3.) Only the most, &c. (one must punish only the most guilty ;) only, ne que. 
 (4.) Displays, montrer ; fortitude, fermete; on that account, pour cela; 
 distressed, afflige. 
 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 339 
 
 In all cases these pronouns must be repeated, though 
 the tenses of the verbs do not change, if the first of these 
 is followed by a regimen, as, 
 
 Vous aimerez le Seigneur voire You shall love the Lord your 
 Dieu, et vous observercz sa God, and (you shall) observe 
 loij'tt his law. 
 
 Rule II. The pronouns of the third person, when 
 they form the subject, are hardly ever repeated before 
 verbs, except when those verbs are in different tenses. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 La bonne grace ne gate rien; A graceful manner spoils no- 
 
 elle ajoute a la beaule, releve thing: it adds to beauty, 
 
 la modestie, et y donne du lus- heightens modesty, and gives 
 
 tre, it lustre, 
 
 II n'a jamais rien valu, et ne He never was good for any 
 
 vaudra jamais rien, thing, and never will be. 
 
 II est arrive ce matin, et il re- He arrived this morning, and 
 
 partira ce soir, (he) will set off again this 
 
 evening. 
 
 However, perspicuity requires the repetition of the 
 pronoun, when the second verb is preceded by a long 
 incidental phrase, as — II fond sur son ennemi, et apres 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE REPETITION OF THE PER- 
 SONAL PRONOUN. 
 
 1. My dear child, /love you, and /shall never cease to love 
 you: but it is that very love that I have for you which obliges 
 me to correct you for your faults, and to punish you when you 
 deserve it. 
 
 2. /heard and admired these words, which comforted me a 
 little, but my mind was not sufficiently at liberty to make him a 
 reply. 
 
 3. Thou, art young, and doubtless tkou aimest at the glory of 
 surpassing thy comrades. 
 
 4. God has said : you shall love your enemies, bless those that 
 curse you, do good to those that persecute you, and pray for those 
 who slander you. What a difference between this morality and 
 that of philosophers ! 
 
 (I.) Correct for, reprendre de. 
 
 (2.) Heard, ecouter, inrl-2; words, discours, sin?. ; my minds <fec. (I had not 
 the mind. &c.) sufficiently at libertn. assez libre ; to make a reply, repondre a. 
 (3.) Aimest at, aspirer a ; surf „ssing, 1'emporter, <vc. 
 (4.) Slander, calomnier; between, de ; and that, acelle. 
 
 30 
 
340 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 V avoir saisi cCune main victorieuse, il le renverse, com- 
 me le cruel aquilon abat les tendres moissons qui dorent 
 la campagnej 
 
 Rule III. Any personal pronoun, when the subject 
 must be repeated before verbs, when passing from an 
 affirmation to a negation, and vice versa, or when the 
 verbs are joined by any conjunction, except et and ni. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 11 vent et il ne vent pas, He will and he will not. 
 
 11 donne d'excellens principes, He lays down excellent princi- 
 parce qu'il sait que lesprogres pies, because he knows that 
 ulterieurs en dependent, upon them depends all further 
 
 progress. 
 11 donne et rcpoit, He gives and receives. 
 
 11 ne donne ni ne regoit,t He neither gives nor receives. 
 
 f EXERCISE. 
 
 1. He took the strongest cities, conquered the most consider- 
 able provinces, and overturned the most powerful empires. 
 
 2. He takes a hatchet, completely cuts down the mast which 
 was already broken, throws it into the sea, jumps upon it amidst 
 the furious billows, calls me by my name, and encourages me to 
 follow him. 
 
 3. He marshals the soldiers, marches at their head, advances 
 in good order towards the enemy, attacks and breaks them, and, 
 after having entirely routed them, (he) cuts them to pieces. 
 
 (1.) Overturned, renverser. 
 
 (2.) Completely cuts down, achever de couper ; jumps upon it, s'elancer 
 dessus ; billows, onde. 
 
 (30 Marshals, ranger en bataille ; breaks, renverser ; entirely routed, 
 achever de mettre en desordre ; cuts, tailler. 
 
 i EXERCISE. 
 
 1. It is inconceivable how whimsical she is; from one moment 
 to another she will and she will not. 
 
 2. The Jews are forbidden to work on the sabbath ; they are 
 as it * were * locked in slumber ; they light no fire, and carry no 
 water. 
 
 3. For nearly a week she has neither eaten nor drunk. 
 
 4. The soldier was not repressed by authority, but stopped 
 from satiety and shame. 
 
 (1.) (She is of a whimsical cast inconceivable) whimsical cast, bizarrerie, f. 
 
 (20 (It is forbidden to,) forbidden, defendre ; sabbath, jour du sabbat; 
 locked, enchaine ; slumber, repos ; light, allumer. 
 
 (3.) For, depuis; nearly, pies de ; a week, huit jours; has eaten.. ..drunk, 
 ind-1 (4.) Repressed, reprirner ; stopped, s'arrgter, ind-3 ;from, par. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 341 
 
 Rule IV. Pronouns, when they form the regimen, 
 
 repeated before any verb. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Videe de ses malheurs In pour- The idea of his misfortunes 
 suit, le tourmente el Vacca- pursues (him,) torments 
 ble, (him,) and overwhelms him. 
 
 21 nous ennuie et nous obsede He wearies (us) and besets us 
 sans cesse, unceasingly. 
 
 Exception. It is not repeated before such compound 
 verbs as express the repetition of the same action, when 
 the verbs are in the same tense, as, 
 
 Je vous k dis et redis, il le fait et refait sans cesse.1T 
 
 VI. 
 
 RELATION OF THE PRONOUNS OF THE THIRD PERSON TO 
 A NOUN AS EXPRESSED BEFORE. 
 
 Rule. The pronouns of the third person, il, Us, elle, 
 tiles, le, la, les, must always relate to a noun, whether 
 subject or regimen, taken only in a definite sense, before 
 expressed in the same tense, but they must not be ap- 
 plied to a subject and regimen at the same time. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 La rose est la reine des fieurs, The rose is the queen of flow- 
 aussi est-elle Vemhicme de la ers; therefore it is the em- 
 beaute, blem of beauty. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. It is taste that selects the expressions, that combines, ar- 
 ranges, and varies them, so as to produce the greatest effect. 
 
 2. Horace answered his stupid critics not so much to instruct 
 them, as to expose their ignorance, and let them see that they did 
 not even know what poetry was. 
 
 3. Man embellishes nature itself; he cultivates, extends, and 
 polishes it. 
 
 (1.) So as to, de maniere S ce qu'elles, subj-1. 
 
 (2.) Stupid, sot; not so muck, moins ;asto, que pour; show, (to them,) their, 
 &c. let see, faire entendre; was, c'etaitqne 
 
342 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Vaime l'ananas; il est exquis, I like the pine-apple; it is de- 
 licious. 
 
 But the two following sentences would be equivocal ; 
 
 Racine a imile Euripide, en Racine has imitated Euripides 
 tout ce qu'il a de plus beau in all that he has most beau- 
 danssa Phedre, tiful in his Phedra. 
 
 Le Ugat publia une sentence The legate published a sen- 
 d' inter dit ; il dura trois mois, tence of interdiction; it last- 
 ed three months. 
 
 As in the first of these two sentences il may relate, 
 either to Racine or to Euripides, and from the con- 
 struction of the second sentence, il cannot, as it should, 
 relate to interdit. Again, it is not altogether correct, 
 to say, 
 
 Nulle paix pour Vimpie ; il\& No peace for the wicked: he 
 cherche, elleforit, seeks it. it flies. 
 
 Because, from the construction, the pronouns la and 
 die seem to be used for nulle paix, whereas the mean- 
 ing requires that the}'' should supply the place of the 
 substantive paix, in the affirmative. ^[ 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Poetry embraces all sorts of subjects ; it takes in every 
 thing that is most brilliant in history; it enters the fields of 
 philosophy ; it soars to the skies ; it plunges into the abyss: it 
 penetrates to the dead; it makes the universe its domain ; and 
 if this world be not sufficient, it creates new ones, which it em- 
 bellishes with enchanting abodes, which it peoples with a thou- 
 sand various inhabitants. 
 
 2. Egypt aimed at greatness; and wished to * strike the eye 
 at a distance, always pleasing it by the justness of proportion. 
 
 3. Egypt, satisfied with its own territory, where every thing 
 was in abundance, thought not of conquests ; it extended itself 
 in another manner, by sending colonies to every part of the globe, 
 and with them civilization and laws. 
 
 (1.) Subjects, matiere ; takes in, se charger de ; that is, y avoir de ; (in) the 
 fields, soars to, s'elancer dans; plunges, s'enfoncer; to, chez; (its domain 
 of the universe ;) be sufficient, suffire ; ones, monde ; enchanting, enchante ; 
 abodes, demeure ; various, divers. 
 
 (2.) Greatness, grand ; icished, vouloir; eye, pi. ; at a distance, dansl'eloi 
 gnement ; (in) pleasing, contenter. 
 
 (3.) Was in abundance, abonder ; thought of, songer a; in, de ; by, en ; 
 to, par ; part of the globe, terre. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 343 
 
 II. 
 
 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Explanation, of some difficulties attendant on the use of 
 the possessive pronouns. 
 
 The possessive pronouns son, sa, ses, four, fours, relate 
 either to pronouns, to things personified, or simply to 
 things. If they relate to persons, or things personified, 
 their place can never be supplied by others : but if they 
 relate to things, the following rules must be observed. 
 The possessive pronouns are always employed, 
 L When the object to which they relate is either 
 named, or designated by a personal pronoun in the same 
 member of a phrase. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 L'Angleterre etend son com- England extends her commerce 
 
 mercepar touie la terre, over the whole globe. 
 
 Elle envoie ses jlottes dans tontes She sends her fleets into every 
 les mers, part of the ocean. 
 
 2. Before a noun, when qualified even by a single ad- 
 jective, unless the noun form the regimen. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Ses ressources immenses sont Her immense resources are m- 
 inepuisables, exhaustible. 
 
 3. After every preposition. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Oest par sa position, jointe a la It is by her situation, joined to 
 sagesse de son gottvernement, the wisdom of her govern- 
 qu'elle reunit dans son sein de ment, that she unites such 
 si grands avantages, vast advantages within her- 
 
 self. 
 
 4. The Messiah is expected by the Hebrews; he comes and 
 calls the Gentiles, as it had been announced by the prophecies; 
 the people that acknowledge him as come, is incorporated with 
 the people that expected him, without a single moment of inter- 
 ruption. 
 
 (4.) Gentiles, Gentil ; (the prophecies had announced it ;) acknowledges, re- 
 connaitre ; with, a: without, sans qu'il y ait; single, seul. 
 
 30* 
 
344 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 4. Before ail words which can govern the preposition 
 de. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Sou parlcmcni est te sanctuaire Her parliament is the seat of 
 
 de la, plus sage politique, the wisest policy. 
 
 Son roi n'a de pouvoir que pour Her king possesses power only 
 faire le Hen, to do good. 
 
 On all other occasions, the article, with the pronoun 
 en, placed immediately before the verb, must be substi 
 tuted. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Totd enfin contribuc a m'en In short, every thing conspires 
 faire aimer le sejour ; fen to make me love that resi- 
 admire surtout Yexacte po- denee : I particularly admire 
 lice, en mtme temps que ies the strictness of her police, 
 lots m'en paraisscnt extreme- at the same time when her 
 ment sagesj laws appear to me extremely 
 
 wise. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. A new custom was a phenomenon in Egypt : for which rea- 
 son, there never was a people that preserved so long its customs, 
 its laws, and even its ceremonies. 
 
 2. Solomon abandons himself to the love of women: his un- 
 derstanding declines, Ms heart weakens, and his piety degene- 
 rates into idolatry. 
 
 3. That superb temple was upon the summit of a hill: Us 
 columns were of Parian marble, and its gates of gold. 
 
 4. Laocoon is one of the finest statues in France : not only the 
 whole, but all its features, even the least, are admirable. 
 
 5. The Thames is a magnificent river : its channel is so wide 
 and so deep below London-bridge, that several thousands of ves- 
 sels lie at their ease in it. 
 
 G. This fine country is justly admired by foreigners: its cli- 
 mate is delightful, its soil fruitful, its laws wise, and its govern- 
 ment just and moderate. 
 
 7. The trees of that orchard have sun enough, yet its fruits are 
 but indifferent. 
 
 (1.) Phenomenon, prodige ; for which reason, aussi ; a. de; preserved, subj-3. 
 (2.) Understanding, esprit ; declines, baisser ; weakens, s : affaiblir. 
 (3.) Summit, liaut ; hill, colli ne ; Parian, de Paros. 
 (4.) In, qu'il y ait en ; the ichole, l'ensemble ; even, jusqu'a. 
 (5.) Magnificent, superbe ; channel lit ; below, au dessous de ; lie at, etre 
 a; their, art. ; in it, y. (6.) Justly, avec raison ; soil, sol. 
 
 (7.) Have sun enough. Itre bien expose ; but indifferent, assez inauvais. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 345 
 
 Again, when there exists any doubt whether the pos- 
 sessive pronoun ought to be used, or not, before a noun 
 that is the regimen, the following is the 
 
 Rule. The article, not the possessive pronoun, must 
 be put before a noun forming the regimen, when a pro- 
 noun which is either subject, or regimen, sufficiently 
 supplies the place of that possessive, or when there is 
 no sort of ambiguity. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 J'ai mal a la tete, I have the head-ache. 
 
 llfcmdrait lui couper \&jambe } It would be necessary to take 
 
 off his leg. 
 Ce cheval a pris le mors aux That horse has run away. 
 dents,t 
 
 8. The Seine has its source in Burgundy, its mouth is at 
 Havre-de-Grace. 
 
 9. The pyramids of Egypt astonish, both by the enormity of 
 their bulk, and the justness of their proportions. 
 
 10. Egypt alone could erect monuments for posterity ; its obe- 
 lisks are to this day, as well for their beauty as for their height, 
 the principal ornaments of Rome. 
 
 11. History and geography throw mutual light on each other; 
 a * perfect knowledge of them ought to enter into the plan of 
 good education. 
 
 OS.) Mouth, embouchure ; Havre, le Havre. 
 (9.) Both, egalement et ; bulk, masse; and, et par. 
 
 (10.) Egypt alone could, il n'appartenait qu'a l'Egypte de ; erect, elever ; to 
 this day, encore aujourd'hui; as well for, autant par ; height, hauteur. 
 (11.) Throw mutual light, &c. s'eclairer l'une par l'autre ; of them, (their.) 
 
 i EXERCISE. 
 
 1. During the whole winter he has had bad eyes. 
 
 2. I had a fall yesterday, and hurt my back and head. 
 
 3. It would be better for a man to lose his life than forfeit * his 
 honour by a criminal 2 action 1. 
 
 4. In this bloody battle, he received a wound by a shot in his 
 right arm, and another in his left leg : by dint of care his arm 
 was saved, but it was necessary to amputate his leg. 
 
 (1.) Has had bad, avoir mal a. 
 
 (2.) Had afall, se laissertombcr ; hurt, se faire mal a; back, reins, pi. 
 
 (3.) Would be better, valoir mieux, cond-l. 
 
 (4.) A wound by a shot, un coup de feu; in, a: by dint, 3 force; his arm, 
 Sec. (they saved the arm to him ;) was necessary, falloir, ind-3 ; to * amputate,' 
 to him. 
 
346 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 But should either the personal pronoun, or circum- 
 stances, not remove all ambiguity, then the possessive 
 pronoun must be joined to the noun, as, 
 
 Je vols que ma jambe s'enjle, I see that my leg is swelling. 
 
 II lui donna sa main a baiser, He gave him his hand to kiss. 
 
 Elle a donne hardiment son bras She courageously presented 
 
 au chirurgien,^ her arm to the surgeon. 
 
 Ma, not la, because I may also see the leg of another 
 person swelling. 
 
 Rem. 1. Although verbs which are conjugated with 
 two pronouns of the same person generally remove 
 every kind of amphibology, yet custom authorizes some 
 familiar expressions, in which the possessive pronoun 
 seems to be redundant, as, 
 
 II se tient ferme sur ses pieds, He stands firm upon his feet. 
 Je Vai vu, de mes propres yeux. I have seen it with my own eyes. 
 
 2. When speaking of an habitual complaint, the pos- 
 sessive pronoun is properly used, as, 
 Sa migraine Va repris, His head-ache is returned. 
 
 The possessive pronouns are subject to the same rules 
 as the article ; they must therefore be repeated before all 
 substantives which are either subject or regimen, and be- 
 fore adjectives which express different qualities, as, 
 
 Son plre, sa mere, et ses freres His father, mother, and bro- 
 
 sont de relour, thers are come back. 
 
 Je lui oA montre mes plus beaux I have shown him my finest and 
 
 et mes plus vilains habits, my ugliest dresses. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. In this interview, they made each other presents ; she gave 
 him her portrait, and he gave her his finest diamond. 
 
 2. A young surgeon preparing to bleed the great Conde, this 
 prince said to him, smiling, do not you tremble to bleed me 1 I, 
 my lord, no, certainly ; it is not I, it is you who ought to trem- 
 ble. The prince, charmed with the reply, immediately gave 
 him his arm. 
 
 (1.) Interview, entrevue ; made each other, se faire mutuellement, 
 
 (2.) Preparing, se disposer ; bleed, saigner ; smiling, d'un air riant ; it is, 
 
 not I, (it is not me;) it is you, (it is to you.;) who ought to, de ; reply, re- 
 
 partie. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 347 
 
 This rule, which is seldom observed in English, is 
 common in French to all pronominal adjectives, f 
 
 III. 
 
 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Qui, when it is the subject, may very properly relate 
 both to persons and things. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 L'homme qui joue perd so?i The man who games loses his 
 
 temps, time. 
 
 Le livre qui plait le plus, rfest The book which pleases most is 
 
 pas toujours leplus utile, not always the most useful. 
 
 But when it is the regimen, it can only be used of 
 persons, or of things personified, whether the regimen 
 be direct, or indirect. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Quand on est delicat el sage He who is wise and discriminate 
 
 dans ses gouts, on ne s'at- in his choice, does not form 
 
 tache pas, sans savoir qui Von an attachment, without know- 
 
 aime, ing the person he loves. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Whatever he may do, he always finds himself safe. 
 
 2. Can you still doubt the truth of what I tell you 1 Would you 
 ask a stronger proof than that I give you, it is that I heard it, yes, 
 heard it with my own ears. 
 
 3. My gout does not allow me a moment's repose. 
 
 4. It is in vain that I exhort you to work and study : your idle- 
 ness, that cruel disease under * which you labour, renders useless 
 all the exhortations of friendship. 
 
 5. If you wish to be beloved, fail not to perform the promises 
 you have just made. 
 
 6. In the retreat that I have chosen for myself, my study and 
 my garden are my greatest delight. 
 
 7. He brought me into his laboratory, and showed me his large 
 and small vessels. 
 
 (1.) Finds himself ', se retrouver; safe, sur ses jambes. 
 (2.) Can, conr'-l ; doubt, douter de ; ask, exiger. 
 (3.) Allow, laisser. 
 
 (4.) It is in vain that I, je avoir beau ; you labour, vous travailler. 
 (5.) Fail not, ne pas manquer ; perform, remplir ; have just made, venirde 
 faire. 
 (6.) For myself (tome;) study, cabinet; are, faire; greatest, plus cher, 
 (7.) Brought, mener ; laboratory, laboratpire ; vessels, vaisseaq, 
 
348 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 L'homme a qui appartient ce The man to whom this fine 
 
 beau jar din est tres-riche, garden belongs is very rich. 
 
 La femme de qui vous parlez, The woman of whom you are 
 
 speaking. 
 
 Rem. When the regimen indirect is expressed by 
 the preposition de, then dont should be preferred to de 
 qui. It is better to say : la femme dont vous parlez ; 
 however, when the verb expresses a kind of transfer or 
 conveyance, de qui must be used, as, 
 
 Celui de qui je tiens cette nou- The person from whom I had 
 velle, that intelligence. 
 
 Rule I. Qui must not be separated from its antece- 
 dent, when that antecedent is a noun. 
 
 EXAMPLE, 
 
 Un jeune homme qui est docile A young man who is obedient 
 aux coiiseils qu'on lui donne, to the advice that is given 
 el qui aims a en recevoir, him, and who loves to re- 
 aura infailliblement du me- ceive this, will infallibly have 
 rile, merit. 
 
 Rem. In some phrases qui may be separated from 
 the substantive, by several words : that is, when the 
 sense obliges us to refer it to that substantive, as, 
 
 II a fallu, avant toute chose, vous faire lire dans l'ecriture 
 sainte, Vhistoire da peuple de Dieu, qui fait le fondement de la 
 religion. 
 
 This sentence is very correct, because, as du peuple 
 determines the kind of history, and de Dieu the kind of 
 people, the mind necessarily goes back to the substan- 
 tive histoire, to which it refers the incidental phrase. 
 
 Qui may likewise be separated from its antecedent, 
 when this antecedent is a pronoun used as the regimen 
 direct, as, 
 
 11 1 a Irouva qui pleurait a chaudes He found her crying bitterly. 
 
 larmes, 
 Je le vois qui joue, I see him playing. 
 
 Because, in this case, the true place of the pronoun is 
 before the verb, and it is the same as saying, il trouva 
 elle qui pleurait, &c. je vois lui qui joue. Also in these 
 kinds of sentences, which are real gallicisms, 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 349 
 
 Ceux-la ne sont pas les plus Those are not the most un- 
 malheureux, qui se plaignent happy who complain the 
 le plus,t most. 
 
 Rule II. The relative qui must always have a refer- 
 ence to a noun taken in a determinate sense. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 L'homme est un animal raisonnable, qui, &c. II me regut avec 
 une politesse, qui, &e. 
 
 But we cannot say, Vhomme est animal raisonnable, 
 qui, &c. II me regut avec politesse, qui, &c. 
 
 Rem. Though in many phrases, the determinate na- 
 ture of the nouns is not expressed, yet it is clearly under- 
 stood. Thus, all these phrases are correct : 
 
 11 rta point de livre, qui ne soit He has not a book that is not of 
 
 de son choix, his own selecting. 
 
 Y a-t-il ville dans le royaume Is there a city in the kingdom 
 
 qui soit plus favor isee? that is more favoured 1 
 
 II se conduit en homme qui con- He behaves himself like a man 
 
 nalt le monde, who knows the world. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. A young man who loves vanity of dress, like a woman, is 
 unworthy of wisdom and glory; glory is only due to a.hea.rt that 
 knows how * to * suffer pain and trample upon pleasure. 
 
 2. Thyself, O my son, my dear son, thoa * thyself that now 
 enjoyest a youth so cheerful and so full of pleasure, remember 
 that this delightful age is but a flower which will be 1 withered 3 
 almost as soon 2 as blown. 
 
 3. Men pass away like flowers, which open in * the morning, 
 and at night are withered and trampled under foot. 
 
 4. You must have a man that loves nothing but truth and you, 
 that will speak the truth in spite of you, that will force all your 
 intrenchments ; and this necessary character is the very man 
 whom you have sent into exile. 
 
 5. We perceived him waiting for us, quietly seated under the 
 shade of a tree. 
 
 (1.) Vanity of dress, a se parer vaineraent ; trample upon, fouler aux pieds. 
 
 (2.) Cheerful, vif ; full of, feconde en ; remember, se souvenir ; delightful, 
 bel ; withered, secher ; blown, eclore. 
 
 (3.) Open, s'epanouir; and, (which;) at night, le soir; withered, fletrir ; 
 under, a ; foot, art. pi. 
 
 (4.) You must have, il vous falloir ; nothing but, ne que ; will speak, will 
 force, subj-1; intrenchments, retranchement ; character, homme; men, 
 meme ; sent into exile, exiler. 
 
 (5.) Waiting for, (who waited,) attendre ; under, 5. 
 
350 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 11 est accable de maux, qui ne He is overwhelmed with mis- 
 
 lui laissent pas un instant de fortunes, that do not allow 
 
 repos, him a moment's rest. 
 
 Cest line sorte de fruit, qui ne It is a sort of fruit that does not 
 
 murit pas en Europe, ripen in Europe. 
 
 From the translation of all the above examples, it is 
 evident that livre, ville, maux, are really determinate, 
 the meaning being: il ria pas un livre qui, &c. y a-t-il 
 une ville qui, &c.T 
 
 Que relates both to persons and things. It is always 
 the regimen direct, and cannot subsist without an ante- 
 cedent expressed, which it generally follows. L'homme 
 que je vols, la peche que je mange. We say, generally, 
 because, in some instances, it may be separated from the 
 antecedent by several words: that is, when the mind ne- 
 cessarily goes back to that antecedent, as in this sentence 
 of Flechier's, 
 
 Qu'est-ce qu'une armee ? — c'estun corps anime d'une infinite de 
 passions differ entes, qu'ww homme habile fait mouvoir pour la de- 
 fense de la patrie. 
 
 Rem. There are instances where que is apparently 
 
 TT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. He received us with such goodness, civility, and grace, as 
 charmed as, and made us forget all we had suffered. 
 
 2. There is no city in the world where there are more riches 
 and a greater population. 
 
 3. Is there a man can say, I shall live till to-morrow 1 
 
 4. He has no friend but would make for him every kind of 
 sacrifice. 
 
 5. He is surrounded by enemies, who are continually observing 
 him, and would be very glad to delect him in a fault. 
 
 6. In his retreat, he lives like a philosopher, who knows man- 
 kind and mistrusts them. 
 
 7. The pine-apple is a sort of fruit that in Europe ripens only 
 in hot-houses. 
 
 8. That man is a sort of pedant, who takes words for ideas, and 
 facts confusedly heaped together for knowledge. 
 
 (1.) Such— as, un— qui ; civility, politesse. (2.^ There are, subj. 
 
 (3.) Man, (who ;) can, subj. (4.)_ But, qui ne ; would make, subj-2. 
 
 (6.) Like a, en ; philosopher, sage ; mistrusts, se defier de. 
 (7.) Pine-apple, ananas ; hot-hemses, serre chaude. 
 (8.) Heaped together, entasser; knowledge, savcir. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 351 
 
 used as regimen indirect for a qui, or dont, as : Gest d 
 vows que je parte ; c 1 est de lui que je parte ; de lafaqon 
 que f ai dit la chose. But in this case, que is a con- 
 junction.! 
 
 Lequel and dont relate both to persons and things. 
 But lequel ought never to be used either as a subject, or 
 object, except te avoid ambiguity ; for, whenever the sense 
 is evident, qui or que must be used. 
 
 Lequel, with the preposition de, is either followed, or 
 preceded by a noun, which it unites to the principal sen- 
 tence. If it be followed, dont is preferable to duquel, 
 both for persons and things. Thus : 
 
 La Tamise dont le lit, and not, de laquelle. 
 Le prince dont la protection, and not, duquel. 
 
 If lequel be preceded by the noun, we can only make 
 use of duquel when speaking of things, as, la Tamise, 
 dans le lit de laquelle ; and it is always better to use it 
 when speaking of persons, as, le prince d la protection 
 duquel; de qui would not be so well. 
 
 With the preposition d auquel, when speaking of 
 
 + EXERCISE. 
 
 1. The God whom the Hebrews and Christians have always 
 served, has nothing in common with the deities full of imper- 
 fection and even of vice worshipped by the rest of the world. 
 
 2. The Epic poem is not the panegyric of a hero who is pro- 
 posed as a * pattern, but the recital of great and illustrious ac- 
 tions, which are exhibited for imitation. 
 
 3. The good whicJi we hope for * presents itself to us, and dis- 
 appears like an empty dream, which vanishes when we awake : 
 to teach as, that the very things which we think we hold fast in 
 our hands, may slip away in an instant. 
 
 4. Plato says, that, in writing, we ought to hide ourselves, to 
 disappear, to make the world forget us, that we may present no- 
 thing but the truths we wish to impress. 
 
 (1.) (That the rest of the world worshipped.) 
 
 (2. Is proposed, on propose ; as, pour ; pattern, module ; is exhibited, on 
 donner ; imitation, exemple. 
 
 (3.) Good, bien; disappears, s'envoler; empty, vain; vanishes, &c. le 
 reveil fait evanouir ; we * holdfast, tenir le mieux ; in our hands * ; slip away, 
 nous &chapper. 
 
 (4.) We, on; to make the world forget, se faire onblier ; that we may pre- 
 sent but, pour ne produire que; wish, vouloir; imjaress, persuader. 
 
 31 
 
352 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 things, as, les places aux-quelles il aspire, but we ought 
 to prefer d qui, when speaking of persons, as, 
 
 Les rois a qui on doit obeir. 
 
 Auxquels would not do so well. 
 
 So the relative qui, preceded by a preposition, never 
 relates to things, but to persons only.J 
 
 Quoi only relates to things. It is placed after the 
 word to which it relates, but is always preceded by a 
 preposition, and is generally followed by the subject of 
 the phrase with which it is connected, as, 
 
 La chose a quoi onpense ; voila les conditions sans quoi la chose 
 nepeut sefaire. 
 
 To this mode of expression are to be preferred, 
 lequel, duquel, auquel, as being much better ; for 
 quoi is never used with any degree of propriety, but 
 
 * EXERCISE. 
 
 1. The grand principle on which the whole turns is, that all * 
 the world is but one republic, of which God is the common father, 
 and in which every nation forms, as it were, one great family. 
 
 2. Homer, whose genius is grand and sublime like nature, is 
 the greatest poet, and perhaps the most profound moralist of an- 
 tiquity. 
 
 3. The celebrated Zenobia, whose noble firmness 2 you have 
 admired 1, preferred dying with the title of queen, rather * than 
 accept the advantageous 2 offers 1 which Aurelian made her. 
 
 4. The Alps, on the summit of which the astonished eye dis- 
 covers perpetual snow and ice, present, at sun-set, the most strik 
 ing and most magnificent spectacle. 
 
 5. A king, to whose care we ow r e a good law, has done more foi 
 his own glory, than if he had conquered the universe. 
 
 6. The ambitious man * sees nothing but pleasure in the pos- 
 session of the offices to which he aspires with so much eagerness, 
 instead of seeing the trouble that is inseparable from them. 
 
 7. Kings, whom religion makes it our duty to obey, are, upoi 
 earth, the true representation of the providence of God. 
 
 (1.) Turns, rouler; every, chaque; as it were, comme. 
 
 (2.) Preferred, aimer mieux; than, que de. 
 
 (4.) Perpetual, elernel ; snow, ice, pi ; sun-set, soleil couchant ; striking, 
 imposant. (5.) Care, solicitude. 
 
 (7.) (To) whom ; makes it our duty to, faire un devoir de ; representation, 
 image. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 353 
 
 when it relates to a vague and indefinite subject, such as 
 ce, or Hen, as, 
 
 Cest de quoi je m'occupe sans cesse. 
 
 II n'y a rien a quoi je sois plus dispose. 
 Oil, d'ou, par ou\ relate only to things. They are 
 never used, but when the nouns, to which they refer, 
 express some kind of motion, or rest, at least metapho- 
 rically, as, 
 
 Voild le but ou iltend, That is the end he aims at. 
 
 Cest une chose d'ou depend le It is a thing upon which the 
 
 bonheur public, public happiness depends. 
 
 Les lieux par ou il a passe } The places through which he 
 
 tf has passed. 
 
 IV. 
 
 ABSOLUTE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Qui relates only to persons presenting but a vague 
 indeterminate idea, as, 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. What a young man, who begins the world, ought principally 
 to attend to, is not to give it a high opinion of his understanding, 
 but to gain numerous friends by the qualities of his heart. 
 
 2. A youth passed in idleness, effeminacy, and pleasure, lays 
 up for * us nothing but sorrow and disgust in old age ; this, how- 
 ever, is what we little think of when we are young. 
 
 3. There is nothing -by which we are more affected than the loss 
 of fortune, although, being frail and perishable by its nature, it 
 cannot contribute to our happiness. 
 
 4. A grove, in which I defy the burning heats of the dog-star, 
 a retired valley, where I can meditate in peace, a high hill, vihcnce 
 my eye extends over immense plains, are the places where I spend 
 the happiest moments of my life. 
 
 (1.) To what, cea quoi; begins, entrer dans; to attend, s'attacher ; it, y; 
 opinion, idee ; understanding, esprit ; to gain, se faire ; numerous, beaucoup 
 de. 
 
 (2.) Idleness, inutility ; effeminacy, mollesse ; pleasure, volupte"; lays up, 
 preparer ; of, eL; we, on. 
 
 (3.) By, a; ice, on; affected, sensible ; frail, frele ; by, de; cannot, subj-1 ; 
 our (the.) 
 
 (4.) Grove, bosquet ; defy, braver ; burning heats, ardeur ; dog-star, cani- 
 cule ; spend, passer. 
 
354 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Ctui seraassez hardipour Vatta- Who will be bold enough to at- 
 quer? tack him'? 
 
 It is likewise used in the feminine, and in the plural, 
 as, 
 
 Glui est cette personne-Zd ? Who is that person 1 
 
 Qui sont cesfemmes-ld? Who are those women 1 
 
 Que and quoi relate to things only, as, 
 
 QLuepouvaitlavalcurenceconi- What could valour do in that 
 
 batfuneste ? fatal combat 1 
 
 A quoi pensez-vous? What are you thinking of? 
 
 Que is sometimes used for d quoi, de quoi, as, 
 
 due sert la science sans la ver- What avails learning without 
 
 tu ? virtue 1 
 
 Clue sert a Vavare d' avoir des What use is it to the miser to 
 
 tresors ? possess treasures 1 
 
 that is, a quoi sert, &c. de quoi sert, &c. 
 
 Quoi, when relating to a whole sentence, is the only 
 authorized expression that can be used, as, 
 
 La vie passe comme un songe ; c 'est cependant a quoi on ne pense 
 gueres. 
 
 Rem. Que and quoi require the preposition de before 
 the adjective or substantive that follows them, as, 
 
 Que dit-on de nouveau ? quoi de plus agreable 1 
 Que d'inconsequences dans sa conduite 1 
 
 Quel relates to both persons and things, as, 
 
 Quel homme peut se prometlre un bonheur constant ? 
 Quelle grace! quelle beaute! mais quelle modestiel 
 
 Ou, aVou par oil, relate but to things.! 
 
 t EXERCISE ON ABSOLUTE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. Who could ever persuade himself, did not daily experience 
 convince us of it, that, out of a hundred persons, there are ninety 
 who sacrifice, to the enjoyment of the present, all the best found- 
 ed hopes of the future. 
 
 2. Who would not love virtue for its own sake, could he se. ? t 
 in all its beauty 1 
 
 (1.) Did, si ; out of, sur ; future, avenir. 
 
 (2.) Its own sake, elle-m^me ; could he, si on pouvoir, ind-2. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 355 
 
 V. 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Ce, joined to the verb etre, always governs this verb 
 in the singular, except when it is followed by the third 
 person plural. 
 
 C'est moi, c'est toi, c'est lui, c'est nous, c'est vous. 
 
 But in different cases we must say, 
 Ce sont eux, ce sont elles, Sont-ce les Anglais, qui out- fait cela ? 
 Ce fvLrentvosmicefresquL, Est-ee les Anglais que votes aimez? 
 Fut-ce nos propres fils qui, Fut-ee nos propres fils que. 
 
 Ce, when relating to a person, or thing mentioned 
 before, supplies the place of il, or elle. Ce must al- 
 ways be used, when the verb etre is followed by a sub- 
 stantive, accompanied by the article, or the adjective un. 
 
 3. He who does not know how * to apply himself in his youth, 
 does not know what to do when arrived at maturity. 
 
 4. He was a wise legislator, who, having given to. his country- 
 men laws calculated to make them good and happy, made them 
 swear not to violate any of those laws during his absence: after 
 which, he went away, exiled himself from his country, and died 
 poor in a foreign land. 
 
 5. What people of antiquity ever had better laws than the Egyp- 
 tians 1 What other nation ever undertook to erect monuments 
 calculated to triumph over both time and barbarism'? 
 
 6. What more instructive and entertaining than to read celebrat- 
 ed authors in their own language 1 What beaut]/, what delicacy, 
 and grace, which cannot be transcribed into a translation, are dis- 
 covered in them ! 
 
 7. When Menage had published his book on the Origin of the 
 French language, Christina, queen of Sweden, said: " Menage 
 is the most troublesome 3 man 1 in the world 2 : he cannot let 
 one word 2 go 1 without its passport : he must know whence it 
 comes, where it has passed through, and whither it is going." 
 
 (3.) (To) what ; to do, s'oceuper ; when arrived, &c, dans l'age mfir. 
 
 (4.) He, ce ; calculated, propre ; not to, (that they would not ;) went away, 
 partir. (5.) Calculated to, fait pour; both, egalement ; over, de. 
 
 (6.) Language, langue ; delicacy, finesse ; which cannot, qu'on ne peut ; be 
 transcribed, faire passer ; translation, traduction ; are, &c. n'y decouvre-t-on 
 pas. 
 
 (7.) When, apres que ; Christina, Christine; troublesome, incommode ; the, 
 de, art. ; cannot, ne saurait ; go, passer ; must, vouloir. 
 
 31* 
 
356 PARTICULAR jtULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Lisez Homere et Virgile : ce sont Read Homer and Virgil : they 
 
 les plus grands poetes de Van- are the best poet£ of anti- 
 
 tiquite, quity. 
 
 La douceur, Vaffabilite et une Gentleness, affability, and a cer- 
 
 certaine urbanite, distingucnt tain urbanity, distinguish the 
 
 Vhomme qui vit duns le grand man that frequents polite com- 
 
 raonde; ce sont la les marques pany \ these are marks by 
 
 auzquelles on le reconnatt y which he may be known. 
 
 Avez-vous lu Platen? e'est nn Have 3 r ou read Plato'? he is one 
 
 des plus beaux genies de fan- of the greatest geniuses of an- 
 
 tiquite, tiquity. 
 
 But, when the verb etre is followed by an adjective, 
 or by a substantive taken adjectively, il, or elle, must be 
 used. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Lisez Demosthene etCiceron ; ils Read Demosthenes and Cicero ; 
 
 sont tres-eloquens, they are very eloquent. 
 
 J*ai vu Vhbpital de Greenwich ; I have seen Greenwich Hospi- 
 
 il est magnifique et digne tal; it is superb, and worthy 
 
 d'une grande nation, of a great nation. 
 
 Compteriez-vous sitrValere? ig- Would you rely upon Valere 1 
 
 norez-vous qu'il est homme a, do you not know that he is a 
 
 ne jamais revenir de ses pre- man who will never abandon 
 
 mieres ide.es IX his first opinions 1 
 
 Ce, followed by a relative pronoun, relates to things 
 only. It is always masculine singular, as it only denotes 
 
 X EXERCISE ON DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. It is we who have drawn that misfortune upon * ourselves 
 through our thoughtlessness and imprudence. 
 
 2. It was the Egyptians that first observed the course of the 
 stars, regulated the year, and invented arithmetic. 
 
 & Peruse attentively Plato and Cicero: they are the two^?A{- 
 Usophers of antiquity who have given us the most sound and lumi- 
 nous ideas upon morality. 
 
 4. If you are intended for the pulpit, read over and over again 
 Bourdaloue and Massiilon: they are both very eloquent', but the 
 aim of the former is to convince, and that of the latter to per- 
 suade. 
 
 (t.) Hate draum, s*attirer ; thoughtlessness, legerete. 
 (2.) First, les premiers ; stars, astre. 
 (3.) Peruse, lire ; sound, sain ; morality, morale. 
 
 (4.) Are intended for, se destiner a; pulpit, cbaire; read over and over 
 again, lire et relire sans cesse ; aim, but. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 357 
 
 a vague object, which is not sufficiently specified to 
 know its gender and number. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Ce qui flatte est plus dangereux What flatters is more dangerous 
 que ce qui offense, than what offends. 
 
 Ce, joined to the relative pronouns, qui, que, dont, and 
 quoi, has, in some instances, a construction peculiar to 
 itself. Both ce and the relative pronoun that follows it, 
 form, with the verb which they precede, the subject of 
 another phrase, of which the verb is always etre. Now, 
 etre may be followed by another verb, an adjective, or a 
 noun. 
 
 When etre then is followed by another verb, the de- 
 monstrative ce must be repeated, as, 
 
 Ce que faime le plus, c'est d'etre What I like most, is to be 
 seul, alone. 
 
 When followed by an adjective, the demonstrative is 
 not repeated, as, 
 
 Ce dont vous venez de me parler What you have been mention- 
 est horrible, ing to me is horrid. 
 
 When it is followed by a substantive, the demonstra- 
 tive may either be repeated, or not, at pleasure, except in 
 the case of a plural, or a personal pronoun. Thus, we 
 may say, 
 Ce que je dis, est la verite, or, What I say is the truth. 
 
 c'est la verite, 
 
 Though the former is best. But we must say, 
 
 Ce qui m'indigne, ce sont les What provokes me, are the inju- 
 
 injustices, qu'on ne cesse de ries which are continually 
 
 faire, committed. 
 
 Ce qui rt arr ache au sentiment What alleviates the grief that 
 
 qui m'accable, c'est vous, oppresses me, is you. 
 
 Most of these rules contribute to the elegance of the 
 language. *1F 
 
 1T EXERCISE. 
 1. WhoX is astonishing is not always wliat is pleasing. 
 
 (1.) Is astonishing, etonner ; is pleasing, plaire. 
 
358 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 There are two ways of employing celui. In the first 
 it is followed by a noun, or pronoun, preceded by the 
 preposition de. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Celui de vaus qui, &c. Whichever of you that, &c. 
 
 Cette niantre resserrMe a celle de That watch is like that of your 
 votrefrere, brother. 
 
 In the second, it is followed by qui, que, or dont, as, 
 
 Celui qui ne pense qu'a luiseul, He who thinks of nobody but 
 dispense les autres d'y penser, himself, excuses others from 
 
 thinking of him. 
 Voire nouvelle est phis sure que Your intelligence is more au- 
 celle qu'oji debilait hier, thentic than that which was 
 
 circulated yesterday. 
 
 In these two cases it is applied both to persons and 
 things. 
 
 In the latter of these instances, celui is sometimes 
 omitted, and this turn gives strength and elegance to the 
 expression, as, 
 
 Qui veut trop se /aire craindre, He who wishes to make him- 
 se fail rarement aimer, self too much feared, seldom 
 makes himself belo ved. 
 
 2. What the miser thinks least of, is to enjoy his riches. 
 
 3. What pleases us in the writings of the ancients, is to see that 
 they have taken nature as a model, and that they have painted 
 her with a noble simplicity. 
 
 4. What that good king has done for the happiness of his peo- 
 ple, deserves to be handed down to the latest posterity. 
 
 5. What constitutes poetry is not the exact number and regular 
 cadence of syllables : but it is the sentiment which animates 
 every thing, the lively fictions, bold figures, and * beauty and 
 variety of the imagery : it is the enthusiasm, fire, impetuosity, 
 force, a something in the words and thoughts which nature 
 alone can impart. 
 
 6. What we justly admire in Shakspeare, are those characters 
 always natural and" always well * sustained. 
 
 7. Wlial keeps me attached to life, is you, my son, whose len- 
 der age has still need of my care and advice. 
 
 (2.) Wliat, (that to which ;) ?niser, avare. (3.) As a, pour. 
 
 (4.) Deserves, etre digne ; to be handed doicn, etre transinis ; latest, la plus 
 reculee 
 
 (5.) Constitutes, fairo ; exact, fixe; lively, vif; imagery, image, pi.; a 
 something, un je no, saisquoi ; words, parole; impart, dormer. 
 
 (6.) We, on ; justly, avec justice ; natural, dans la nature ; sustained, sou- 
 tenu. (7.) Keeps attached, attacher ; care, advice, pi. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 359 
 
 Ceci and cela apply only to things ; however, in the 
 familiar style, custom authorizes us to say, in speaking 
 of one person individually, or of many collectively; 
 cela est heureux ! cela croupit dans la fange ; cela est 
 gueux etfier, &c.f 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 PRONOUNS INDEFINITE. 
 
 Though on may generally be considered as a mascu- 
 line pronoun, as in the phrase, on n 1 est pas toujour s maitre 
 de ses passions, there are however occasions in which 
 it is evidently feminine, as, on n' est pas toujour s jeune et 
 jolie : it may likewise be followed by a plural, as, on se 
 battit en desesperes ; est-on des traltres ? 
 
 This pronoun must be repeated before all the verbs 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Whichever of you shall be found to excel the others both in 
 mind and body, shall be acknowledged king of the island. 
 
 2. There are admirable pictures; these are after the manner of 
 Rubens, and those after the manner of Van-Huysum. 
 
 3. Why are the statues of the most celebrated modern sculp- 
 tors, notwithstanding the perfection to which the arts have been 
 carried, so much inferior to those of the ancients 1 
 
 4. He whose soul, glowing, as it were, with divine fire, shall 
 represent to himself the whole of nature, and shall breathe into 
 objects that spirit of life which animates them, those affecting 
 traits which delight and ravish us, will be a man of real genius. 
 
 5. He that judges of others by himself, is liable to many mis- 
 takes. 
 
 6. He that is easily offended, discovers his weak side, and affords 
 his enemies an opportunity of taking advantage of it. 
 
 7. He who loves none but himself, deserves not to be beloved by 
 others. 
 
 (1.) Be found to excel the others, on juger vainqueur ; both in, et pour (re- 
 peated.) 
 
 (2.) There are, voila de ; picture, tableau; are after, etre dans ; manner, 
 genre. 
 
 (3.) Are, (to be placed before so much inferior ;) have been carried, (active 
 voice,) with, on; inferior, au-dessous. 
 
 (4.) Glowing with, enflamme de ; as it were, pour ainsi dire ; the whole of, 
 tout; shall breathe into, repandre sur; affecting, to uchant ; delight, seduire ; 
 real, vrai. (5.) By, d'apres ; liable, expose; mistake, meprise. 
 
 (6.) Is offended, s'offenser ; weak side, faible ; affords, fournira; of taking 
 advantage, profiter. 
 
360 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 of a sentence, and refer to one and the same subject. 
 Thus, the sentence, 
 
 On croit etre aime et ton ne nous aime pas. 
 is incorrect ; it should be, 
 
 On croit etre aime et Von ne Vest pas. 
 
 Quiconque is generally masculine, however, it is femi- 
 nine, when speaking of, or to females, as, quiconque de 
 vous, Mesdames, &c. Though perhaps, celle de vous, 
 &c. is preferable.^ 
 
 Chacun, though always singular, may be followed, 
 sometimes by son, sa, ses, and sometimes by leur, leurs, 
 which, in many instances, is embarrassing. 
 
 There is no difficulty in those phrases where chacun 
 is not contrasted with a plural number ; for then son, 
 sa, ses, must be used, as, 
 
 Donnez a chacun sa part, Give to each his share. 
 
 Que chacun songe a ses affaires, Let every one mind his own 
 
 business. 
 
 Rule. In phrases where chacun is contrasted with 
 a plural to which it refers, son, sa, ses, must be em- 
 ployed, when chacun is placed after the regimen ; but 
 
 i EXERCISE ON PRONOUNS INDEFINITE. 
 
 1. Do you sincerely think, said Emily to Lucilla, that when 
 women are sensible and pretty, they are ignorant of * it : no, they 
 know it very well ; but if they are watchful over their character, 
 they are not proud of these advantages. 
 
 2. We are not slaves, to receive such treatment. 
 
 3. Do you know what they do here 1 They eat, they drink, they 
 dance, they play, they walk, in a word, they kill time in the gayest 
 manner possible. 
 
 4. Whoever of you is bold enough to slander me, I will make 
 him repent it. 
 
 5. Whoever of you is attentive and discreet, shall receive a re- 
 ward that will natter her. 
 
 (1.) Sincerely, de bonne foi ; Emily, Emilie ; women, on ; they, on ; knoic, 
 savoir ; watchful over, jaloux de ; character, reputation; are proud, s'enor- 
 gueillir. (2.) We, on ; slaves, (des) esclavcs ; to receive, pour essuyerdc. 
 
 (3.) They, on ; in the gayest manner, le plus gaiment ; possible, (that they 
 can.) (4.) Is, ind-7 ; to slander, pour medire de ; it (of it.) 
 
 (5) Js, ind-7; that wiU, fait pour. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 361 
 
 leur, hurs, must be used, when chacun is placed before 
 the regimen. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF son, sa, ses. 
 Remettez ces medailles chacune Return those medals each into 
 
 en sa place, its proper place. 
 
 Les hommes devraient s'airner, Men ought to love one another, 
 
 chacun pour son pro pre inter et, each for his own interest. 
 
 EXAMPLE OF leur, lews. 
 
 Les hommes devraient avoir, Men ought for their own inle- 
 
 chacun pour leur propre in- rest, to have an affection for 
 
 teret, de V amour les uns pour each other. 
 
 les autres, 
 
 Rem. In phrases where chacun is contrasted with a 
 plural, there are two senses, the collective and the distri- 
 butive. When chacun is placed after the regimen, the 
 collective sense expressed by the plural is finished ; and 
 the distributive chacun acts separately the part of each 
 individual : but when chacun precedes the regimen, the 
 collective sense remaining incomplete, must be carried 
 on to the end ; and then the pronoun which follows 
 chacun is put in the plural, as, 
 ha reine dit elie-meme auz deputes, qu'il etait temps qu'ils s'enre- 
 
 touniassent chacun chez eux.V 
 
 Per sonne, used as a pronoun, is always masculine ; 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Go into my library, and pat the books which have been sent 
 back to me, each into its place. 
 
 2. They have all brought offerings to the temple, every one ac- 
 cording; to his means and devotion. 
 
 3. Thierry charged Uncelanus to carry his orders to the mu- 
 tineers, and to make them retire each under his colours. 
 
 4. Each of them has brought his offering, and fulfilled his re- 
 ligious duty. 
 
 5. Had Ronsard and Balzac each, in his manner of writing, a 
 sufficient degree of merit to form after them any very great man 
 in verse and in prose % 
 
 6. After a day so usefully spent, we Avent back, each to our 
 own home. 
 
 (2.) Offerings, offrande. 
 
 (3.) To carry, alter porter ; mu tineers, mutin : colours, drapeau. 
 (4.) (They have brought each their, tec.) fulfilled, reraplir. 
 (5.) Manner ofioriting.genre; a sufficient de'gree.a.ssez; merit,bon ; any,un. 
 (6.) Bay, journee; went back, retourner ; to, chez ; oar own home, (proo. 
 personal.) 
 
362 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 of course the adjective relating to it must be of that gen- 
 der, as, 
 
 Per sonne n'est aussi heureux Nobody is so happy as she. 
 qu'elle, 
 
 Hun et V autre require the verb they govern to be in 
 the plural. See p. 267. 
 
 Ni Vun ni V autre likewise generally govern the verb 
 in the plural, when both may at the same time receive 
 the action expressed by the verb ; however, the two fol- 
 lowing modes 
 
 Ni Vun ni V autre n'ontfait leur devoir, or 
 Ni Vun ni V autre Ti'a fait son devoir, 
 
 are authorized ; but whenever this action applies only 
 to a single object, the verb must be in the singular, as, 
 
 Ni Vun ni V autre rfest monpere ; ni Vun ni V autre ne sera nomme 
 a cette ambassade. 
 
 But when ni Vun ni V autre elegantly stand after the 
 verb, the verb is always in the plural, as, 
 
 lis ne sont morts ni Vun ni V autre A 
 
 Tout, and rien, when the regimen direct, are placed 
 after the verb, in simple tenses, and between the auxi- 
 liary and the participle, in compound tenses, as, il 
 
 7. Minds that possess any correctness, examine things with 
 attention, in order to give a fair judgment of them; and they 
 place each 2 of * them 1 in the rank it ought to occupy. 
 
 (7.) Possess any, avoir de ; correctness, justesse ; give a fair judgment, 
 juger avec connaissance ; place, mettre ; to occupy, avoir. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Nobody is so severe, so virtuous in public, as some women 
 who practise the least restraint in private. 
 
 2. Nobody could be happier than she ; but as a consequence of 
 that levity which you know she has, she has lost atl the advan- 
 tages that she had received from nature and education. 
 
 3. Racine and Fenelon will be always the delight of feeling 
 minds : both 2 possessed 1 in the highest degree the art of ex- 
 citing in us at pleasure the most tender and the most lively emo- 
 tions. 
 
 (1.) Some, aussi ; some, certain ; practise the least restraint, §tre le inoins 
 retenu. 
 (2.) Could, ind-2; the, un; levity, legfcrete, know she has. lui connaitre. 
 (3.) Ahcays,dans tous les temps ; both.Yun et I'autre ; in the,au ; pleasure,gr£. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 363 
 
 avoue tout; il ri avoue rien ; il a tout avoue; il n J a rien 
 avoue. But when they form the regimen indirect, they 
 are always placed after the verb, both in simple and in 
 compound tenses, as, il rit de tout ; il ne se mile de rien ; 
 il apense a tout ; il n 1 a pense d rien. 
 
 Tout is sometimes used as an adverb, as, 
 11 lid dit tout froidenient, He told him quite coolly. 
 
 Sometimes also, it represents quoique, encore que, entie- 
 rement, quelque, in which case the following rule must 
 be observed, 
 
 Rule. Tout before an adjective, or a substantive 
 which is used adjectively, never takes either gender, or 
 number, except when immediately followed by an ad- 
 jective feminine, beginning with a consonant, or h aspi- 
 rated, as, 
 
 Les enfans, tout aimables quHls Children, amiable as they are. 
 
 sont, 
 
 lis sont tout interdits, They are quite disconcerted. 
 
 La vertu tout austere qu'elle pa- Virtue, austere as it may ap- 
 
 ratt, pear. 
 
 Ces images tout amusantes qu'el- These images, entertaining as 
 
 les sont, they may be. 
 
 C'est une tete toute vide, It is quite a vacant head. 
 
 Ces dames, toutes spirituelles These ladies, witty as they may 
 
 qu'elles sont, be. 
 
 Ces fieurs sont tout aussi frai- These flowers are quite as fresh 
 
 ches qiie celles que vous avez, as those which you have. 
 
 Ces dames sont, tout ainsi que These ladies, as well as you, 
 
 vous, tout comme vous, belles are handsome, young, andin- 
 
 jeuues ei spirituelles, genious. 
 
 In this latter sense, tout is little more than a mere ex- 
 pletive. § 
 
 5. Balzac and Voiture enjoyed in their time great celebrity; 
 but neither 2 has been read 1 since by good taste 1; the native 
 and simple graces 3 are preferred 2 to the bombast of the former, 
 and the affectation of the latter. 
 
 (4.) Enjoyed, inrt-4 ; neither, ni 1'un ni l'autre ; has been read, (they read 
 them no more ;) nu!i'ue, dn naturel; simple, de la simplicite ; are preferrecL 
 (activo voice) depuis quele bon gout a fait preferer les, &c. ; bombast, bouf- 
 fissure. 
 
 32 
 
364 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Quelque — que, joined to a substantive, either alone, or 
 accompanied by an adjective, takes the sign of the plural. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Gluelques richesses que vous Whatever riches you may pos- 
 
 ayez, sess. 
 
 Gluelques bnnnes ceuvres que Whatever good actions you 
 
 vous fassiez, may do. 
 
 Gluelques pei?ies ajfreuses que However dreadful pains you 
 
 vous eprouviez, may suffer. 
 
 But, when joined to an adjective, separated from its 
 substantive, it does not take the sign of the plural. 
 
 § EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Children, amiable as they are, have, nevertheless, many 
 faults which it is of importance to correct. 
 
 2. The philosophers of antiquity, although very * enlightened, 
 have given us but very confused ideas of the Deity, and very 
 vague notions about the principal duties of the law of nature. 
 
 3. Those flowers, inodorous as they are, are not the less es- 
 teemed. 
 
 4. Virtue, austere as it is, makes us enjoy real pleasures. 
 
 5. Fables, although very * entertaining, yet 4 truly 5 interest 3 
 us 2 only, when they convey instruction to us, under the disguise 
 of an ingenious allegory. 
 
 6. Although that absurd pedant is an incessant 2 scribbler 1, 
 yet his head is altogether empty. 
 
 7. Far be from us those maxims of flattery, that kings are born 
 with talents, and that their favoured souls come out of God's 
 hands completely wise and learned. 
 
 8. Those fountains glide quite gently through a mead ena- 
 melled with flowers. 
 
 9. These peaches are quite as good as those of the south of 
 France. 
 
 (1.) Have nevertheless, ne laisser pas d'avoir ; faults, defaut; of import- 
 ance, essentiel. (2.) Enlightened, eclaires qu'ils etaient; of nature, natureL 
 
 (3.) Inodorous, inodore ; not, n'en. (4.) Enjoy, gouter de. 
 
 (5.) Entertaining, amusantes qu'ellessont; truly, veritablement ; only,rte 
 1 que 6 ; convey, offrir ; disguise, voile. 
 
 (6.) Incessant, infatigable ; scribbler, ecrivailleur ; his head is, (he has not 
 less the head :) not, n'en ; altogether, tout. 
 
 (7.) Ear be. loin ; of, de, art. : are born, naitre ; tcith talents, habile j/o- 
 xoured. privilegie ; come out, sortir ; learned, savant. 
 
 (8.) Glide, couler ; gently, doucement; through a mead, surun gazon. 
 
 (9.) South, midi. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PRONOUNS. 365 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Tous les hommes, quelque oppo- All men, however opposite they 
 
 sts qu'ils soient, may be. 
 
 *Ces actions, quelque belles qu'on Those actions, however bril- 
 
 les trouve, liant they may be found. 
 
 Quelque — que, and. quel que, joined to a substantive, 
 (p. 120,) have the same meaning-, although they are not 
 used indifferently for each other. If the pronoun 
 stands before the substantive, we make use of quelque 
 — que; as, 
 
 Quelques richesses que vous ayez ; 
 But, if the verb intervene, then we make use of quel 
 que in two separate words, as, 
 
 Quelles que soient les richesses que vous ayez.% 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Whatever talents you may possess, whatever advantages you 
 may have received from nature and education, with * whatever 
 perfections you may be endowed, expect only the suffrage of a 
 small number of men. 
 
 2. However great services you may have rendered mankind, 
 rather look for their ingratitude than their acknowledgments. 
 
 3. Hovyever useful, however well written the works which you 
 have published, yet think not that you will immediately reap the 
 fruits of your labours; it is but by slow degrees that light intro- 
 duces itself among men. The course of time is swift: but it 
 seems to lag, when it brings reason and truth along with it. 
 
 4. Whatever may be the obstacles which ignorance, prejudice, 
 and envy oppose to the true principles of an art, yet we ought 
 never to be deterred from propagating them : the sun does not 
 cease to shine, because its light hurts the eyes of night-birds. 
 
 5. Whatever be your birth, whatever your riches and dignities, 
 remember that you are frustrating the views of Providence, if you 
 do not make use of them for the good of mankind. 
 
 (1.) Possess, avoir ; have received, tenir ; be endowed, posseder ; expect, ne 
 s'attemire a ; but, que. 
 
 (2.) Mankind, homme, pi.; rather look for, compter plutot; acknowledg- 
 ments, reconnaissance, sing. 
 
 (3.) Immediately, de suite ; reap, recueillir ; by slow degrees, aveclenteur ; 
 among, chez ; swift, rapide ; to lag, se trainer; along with it, a sa suite. 
 
 C4.) We, on, to be deterred, se rebuter; propagating, repandre; shine, 
 gclairer ; its, the article ; hurts, blesser; night-birds, Giseau de nuit 
 
 (5.) Are frustrating, frustrer. 
 
366 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB* 
 
 CHAP. Y. 
 
 OF THE VERB. 
 AGREEMENT OF THE VERB WITH ITS SUBJECT. 
 
 It has been observed that the verb which has two 
 subjects, both singular, is put in the plural ; but to this 
 rule there are the following 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 1. A verb with two subjects, in the singular, is not 
 put in the plural, when the two subjects are only joined 
 together by the conjunctions, ou, comme, aussi-bien que, 
 autant que, &c. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 La seduction, ou la terreur, Z'a Either persuasion, or terror, has 
 
 entraine dans le parti des re- drawn him into the party of 
 
 belles, - the rebels. 
 
 Le roi, aussi-bien que son mi- The king, as well as his ini~ 
 
 nisiere, veut le Men public, nistry, vnshes for the public 
 
 good. 
 Son honnetete, autant que son es- His honesty, as muchas his wit, 
 
 prit, le fait recherchcr, makes him eourted. 
 
 L'envie, comme V ambition, est Envy, like ambition, is a blind 
 
 une passion aveugle, passion. 
 
 2. The verb is likewise put in the singular, though 
 preceded by plurals, either when there is an expression 
 which collects all the substantives into one, such as, 
 tout, ce, rien, &c. or when the conjunction mais is 
 placed before the last substantive, and this is in the sin- 
 gular. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Biens, dignites, honneurs, tout Riches, dignities, honours, every 
 
 disparait a la mort, thing vanishes at death. 
 
 Jeux, conversations, spectacles, Games, conversations, shows, 
 
 rien ne la distrait, nothing diverts her. 
 
 Perfidies, noirceurs, incendies, Perfidies, enormities, confla- 
 
 massacres, ce Vest la, qu'une grations, massacres, all this 
 
 image, &c. is but a feeble representation, 
 
 &c. 
 
 Non-seulementtouies ses richesses Not only all his riches and 
 ettous ses honneurs, mais toute honours, but all his virtue 
 sa vertu s'evanouit,t vanishes. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 367 
 
 OF THE COLLECTIVE PARTITIVE. 
 
 The collectives general have nothing to distinguish 
 them from substantives common, with regard to the laws 
 of agreement ; but the collectives partitive apparently de- 
 viate from those laws, in some instances. 
 
 Rule. The verb, which relates to a collective parti- 
 tive, is put in the plural, when that partitive is. followed 
 by the preposition de and a plural ; but it is put in the 
 singular, either when the partitive is followed by a regi- 
 men singular, or when it expresses a determinate quan- 
 tity, or lastly, when it presents an idea independent of the 
 plural which follows it 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE VERB. 
 
 i. Either fear or inability prevented them from moving. 
 
 2. The fear of death, or rather the love of life, began to re- 
 vive in his bosom. 
 
 3. Alcibiades, as well as Plato, was among the disciples of So- 
 crates.. . . 
 
 4. Lycurgus, like Solon, was a wise legislator. 
 
 5. Euripides, as much as Sophocles, contributed to the glory 
 of the Athenians. 
 
 6. Riches, dignities, honours, glory, pleasure, every thing 
 loses its charms from the moment we possess it, because none of 
 those things can fill the heart of man. 
 
 7. The gentle zephyrs which preserved, in that place, not- 
 withstanding the scorching heat of the sun, a delightful cool- 
 ness : streams gliding with a sweet murmur, through meadows 
 interspersed with amaranths and violets; a thousand springing 
 flowers which enamelled carpets ever green ; a wood of those 
 tufted trees that bear golden apples, and the blossom of which, 
 renewed every season, yields the sweetest of all perfumes; the 
 warbling of birds; the continual prospect of a fruitful country ; 
 in a word, nothing of what till then had made him happy, could 
 assuage the feelings of his grief. 
 
 (I.) Inability, impuissance ; moving, remuer. 
 
 <2.) Began to revive, se reveiller ; in, au fond de ; bosom, coeur. 
 
 (3.) Among, aunombre de. 
 
 (6.) We, on ; none, lien, those things, tout cela. 
 
 <7.> Preserved, entretenir; scorching heat, ardenr ; interspersed with, par- 
 semer de ; springing, naissant ; carpets, tapis ; tufted, touffu ; golden, (of 
 gold;) renewed, (which renews,) se renouveler; (in) every season; yields, 
 repandre ; prospect, spectacle; made, rendre^ assuage, l'arracher a; feel- 
 ing, sentiment. 
 
 32* 
 
368 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF THE PLURAL. 
 
 La plupart des hommes sont The greatest part of men are 
 bien prompts dans leurs juge- very hasty in their judg- 
 mens, ments. 
 
 Bien des philosophes se sont Many philosophers have been 
 trompes, mistaken. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF THE SINGULAR. 
 
 Une infinite de peuple est ac- An immense number of people 
 
 courue, (regimen singular,) flocked together. 
 
 La moitie des soldats a peri, One half of the soldiers has 
 
 (determinate quantity,) perished. 
 
 Le plus grand nombre des The greater number of the 
 
 troupes a peri, (idea inde- troops has perished. 
 
 pendent of the plural.) 
 
 Thus, the substantives partitive, la plupart, une infi- 
 nite, une foule, une nombre, la plus grande partie, une 
 sorte, &c. and words signifying quantity, such as pen, 
 beaucoup, assez, moins, plus, trop, tant, combien, and que 
 used for combien, followed by a noun joined to them by 
 the preposition de, have not the least influence on the 
 verb, and consequently, it is not with them that the verb 
 agrees,, but with the noun which follows them. 
 
 Remark. The words infinite and la plupart, used by 
 themselves, require the verb in the plural, as : une infi- 
 nite pensent, la plupart sont d } avis.% 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE COLLECTIVE PARTITIVE. 
 
 1. Many persons experience that human life is, every where, a 
 state in which much is to be endured, and little to be enjoyed. 
 
 2. Many poets think that poetry is the art of uniting pleasure 
 with truth, by calling imagination to the help of reason. 
 
 3. Few persons reflect that time, like money, may be lost by 
 unseasonable avarice. 
 
 4. So many years of familiarity were chains of iron which 
 linked me to those men who beset me every hour. 
 
 5. How many wise men * have thought that, to seclude one's 
 self from the world, was to pull out the teeth of devouring ani- 
 
 (1.) Much is, &c. (one has a great deal of pains, and little of real enjoy- 
 ments.) (3.) Unseasonable, hors de propos. 
 
 (4.) Familiarity, habitude; linked, tier ; beset, obseder. 
 
 (5.) How many, que de ; to seclude one's self, se retirer; pull out of, arra- 
 cher 3 ; to taJce away from, oter a. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 369 
 
 PLACE OF THE SUBJECT WITH REGARD TO THE VERB. 
 
 It has been seen that the subject of a verb is either a 
 noun, or a pronoun, and that this subject must always 
 be expressed in French. It remains to speak of the 
 place of this subject with respect to the verb. 
 
 Rule. The subject, whether a noun, or pronoun, is 
 generally placed before the verb. 
 
 L'ambition effrcnee de quelques The boundless ambition of a 
 
 hommes, a, dans tous les few men has, in all ages, been 
 
 temps, ete la vraie cause des the real cause of the revolu- 
 
 r evolutions des etats, tions of empires. 
 
 Quand nous nageor.s dans Va~ When we roll in plenty, we 
 
 bondance, il est bien rare que seldom think of the miseries 
 
 wous nous occxvpions des maux of others. 
 d'autrui,^ 
 
 mals, to take away from the wicked the use of his poniard, from 
 calumny its poisons, and from envy its serpents! 
 
 6. A company of young Phoenicians of uncommon beauty, clad 
 in fine linen, whiter than snow, danced a * long while the dances 
 of their own * country, then those of Egypt, and lastly, those of 
 Greece. 
 
 7. A troop of nymphs, crowned with flowers, whose lovely 
 tresses flowed over their shoulders, and waved with the wind, 
 swam in shoals behind her car. 
 
 8. At the time of the invasion of Spain by the Moors, an in- 
 numerable multitude of people retired into the Asturias, and there 
 proclaimed Pelagius king. 
 
 9. A third part of the enemy were left dead on the field of bat- 
 tle ; the rest surrendered at discretion. 
 
 10. The innumerable crowd of carriages which are to be seen 
 in London during the winter, astonishes foreigners. 
 
 (0.) Company, troupe; clad in, etvetu de ; linen, lin. 
 (7.) Lovely, beau ; tresses, cheveu ; flowed, pendre ; waved, Hotter ; with, 
 au gre de ; swam, nager ; shoals, foule ; car, char. 
 (8.) Moors, Maure; retired, se retirer; Asturias, Asturies; Pelagius,¥6- 
 
 (9.) A thirdpart, un tiers ; enemy, pi. ; surrendered, se rendre. 
 (10.) Crowd, quantite; which are, (active voice, on.) 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 1. Youth is full of presumption, it expects every thing from 
 
 (1.) Full of presumption, presomptueux ; expects, se promettre ; itself all 
 sufficient, po avoir tout ; that it has, avoir. 
 
370 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 1. In these interrogative phrases the question is made 
 either with a pronoun, or a noun : if with a pronoun, 
 this is always placed after the verb, as, 
 
 Que dit-on ? irai-je a La campagne ? de qui parle-t-on? 
 
 If with a noun, the noun is sometimes placed before, 
 and sometimes after the verb ; it stands before, when the 
 pronoun personal which answers to it, asks the ques- 
 tion, as, 
 
 Cetle nouvelle est-elle sure? les hommes se rendent-ils toujours a 
 la raison ? 
 
 It stands after, when a pronoun absolute, or an interro- 
 gative adverb, placed at the beginning of the phrase, allow 
 the suppression of the personal pronoun, as, 
 
 Que dit voire avii ? a quoi s'occvpe voire fr ere ? ou demeure voire 
 CGUsin ? 
 
 Remark. In interrogative sentences, when the 
 verb which precedes it, elle, on, ends with a vowel, the 
 
 itself: although frail, it thinks itself all-sufficient, and that it has 
 nothing to fear. 
 
 2. Commerce is like certain springs ; if you attempt to * divert 
 their course, you dry them up. 
 
 3. It is enough that falsehood is falsehood, to be unworthy of 
 a man who speaks in the * presence of God, and who is to sacri- 
 fice every thing to truth. 
 
 4. The ambition and avarice of man are the sources of hisun- 
 happiness. 
 
 5. They punished, in Crete, three vices which have remained 
 unpunished in all other nations: ingratitude, dissimulation, and 
 avarice. 
 
 6. Like the Numidian lion, goaded by cruel hunger, and 
 rushing upon a flock of feeble sheep, he tears, he slays, he wal- 
 lows in blood. 
 
 (2.) Springs, source ; attempt, vouloir ; dry up, faire tarir. 
 
 (3.) It is enough, suffire ; falsehood, mensonge ; is, subj. ; in, en ; is to sa- 
 crifice, doit. 
 
 (5.) Punished, ind-2; have remained, etre ; in, chez. 
 
 (6.) Like the, semblable a un ; Numidian, de Numidie ; goaded by, &c. 
 (that cruel hunger goads) devorer ; rushing, (which rushes upon,) entrer 
 dans ; tears, dechirer ; slays egorger ; icalloics, nager. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 371 
 
 letter -t- is put between that verb and the pronoun, 
 as, 
 
 Arrive-t-il? viendra-t-elie ? aime-t-on les vauriens? 
 
 When je stands after a verb, which ends with e mute, 
 that e mute is changed into e acute as, aime-je 1 puisse- 
 je ? But when the transposition of je after the verb be- 
 comes harsh, euphony then requires another turn, so 
 instead of cours-je ? dors-je ? which would be intole- 
 rable, we must say, est-ce que je cours? est-ce que je 
 dors ?\ 
 
 2. Incidental sentences which express that we are 
 quoting somebody's words, as, 
 
 Je meurs innocent, a dit Louis I die innocent, said Louis XVI. 
 
 XVI. 
 Je le veux bien, dit-il, I am very willing, said he. 
 
 4. Impersonal verbs, and these words, tel, ainsi, &c. 
 
 11 est arrive, un grand malkeur, A great misfortune has happen- 
 ed. 
 
 + EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Have you forgotten all that Providence has done for you? 
 how have you escaped the shafts of your enemies 1 how have you 
 been preserved from the dangers which surrounded you on all 
 sides ? could you be so blind as not to acknowledge and adore the 
 all-powerful hand that has miraculously saved youl 
 
 2. What will posterity say of you, it*, instead of devoting to 
 the happiness of mankind the great talents which you have re- 
 ceived from nature, you make use of them only to deceive and 
 corrupt them. 
 
 3. Do not the misfortunes which we experience often contribute 
 to our * prosperity 1 
 
 4. Why are the works of nature so perfect 1 Because each 
 work is a whole, and because she labours upon an eternal plan, 
 from which she never deviates. Why, on the contrary, are the 
 productions of man so imperfect'? It is because the human mind 
 being unable to create any thing, and incapable of embracing the 
 universe at a single glance, can * produce only after having been 
 enriched by experience and meditation. 
 
 (1.) Escaped, echapper a ; shafts, trait ; preserved, garantir ; on all sides T 
 de toutes parts ; so as, assez pour ; saved, conserver. 
 
 (2.) Devoting, consacrer; mankind, homme, pi. ; deceive, egarer. 
 
 (3.) Experience, eprouver ; contribute to, tourneren. 
 
 (4) Because, c' est que ; and because, et que; being unable, ne pouvoir* 
 incapable, (not being able ;) at, de ; glance, vue ; enriched, feconde. 
 
372 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 Tel etait V acharnement du sol- Such was the fury of the sol- 
 
 dat, giie, &c. dier, that, &c. 
 
 Ainsi finit cette. sanglanle tra- Thus ended that bloody tra- 
 
 gedie,X gedy. 
 
 4. When the subjunctive is used to express a wish, 
 or for quand meme and a conditional, as, 
 
 Puissent tons les peuples se con- May all nations be convinced 
 
 vaincre de cette verile, of this truth. 
 
 Dusse-je y perir,firai,^ Should I perish there, I will go. 
 
 5. When the subject is followed by several words 
 which are dependant upon it, and form an incidental 
 sentence which, by its length, might obscure the rela- 
 tion of the verb to the subject; perspicuity then requires 
 that the subject should be displaced. 
 
 Sometimes, however, this transposition of the subject 
 is only the effect of taste, to avoid an inharmonious ca- 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. True glory, said he, is founded in humanity ; whoever pre- 
 fers his own glory to the feelings of humanity, is a monster of 
 pride, and not a man. 
 
 2. There have happened, for these * ten years, so many events 
 exceeding all probability, that posterity will find it very difficult 
 to credit tbem. 
 
 3. Such v:as tliat incorruptible Phocion, who answered the de- 
 puties of Alexander, who were telling him that this powerful 
 monarch loved him as the only honest man : well, then 2, let him 
 allow me 1 to be and to appear so. 
 
 4. Thus ended, by the humiliation of Athens, that dreadful war 
 of twenty-seven years, to * which ambition gave ri;,e,Avhich hatred 
 made atrocious, and which was as fatal to the Greeks, as their 
 ancient confederation had proved advantageous to them. 
 
 (].) Is founded, ne se trouver pas hors de ; feelings, sentiment. 
 
 (2.) There have happened for, il se passer depuis ; exceeding, hors de ; 
 probability, vraisemblance ; will find very difficult, avoir bien de la peine ; to 
 credit, ajouter foi a. 
 
 (3.) Loved, cherir ; honest man. homme de bien ; well, ho ! ; to be so, d'etre 
 tel ; appear so, le paraitre. 
 
 (4.) Ended, se terminer ; gave rise, faire naitre ; made, rendre ; had proved, 
 etre. 
 
 ? EXERCISE. 
 1. The gods grant that you may never experience such misfor- 
 tunes ! 
 
 (1.) Grant, faire; experience, eprouverde. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 373 
 
 dence : or it is used by an orator, who -wishes to rouse 
 the attention of his hearers by a bold and unexpected 
 turn.TT 
 
 GOVERNMENT OE THE VERBS. 
 
 When the regimen of a verb is a noun, it is generally 
 placed after the verb: but to this rule there is one ex- 
 ception, besides those which will hereafter be men- 
 tioned. 
 
 Exception. In an interrogative sentence, the regimen 
 is placed before the verb, when this regimen is joined to 
 an absolute pronoun. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Quel objetvoyez-vous? What object do you see 1 ? 
 
 A quelle science vous appliquez- To what science do you apply 
 
 vous? yourself? 
 
 De quelle affaire vous occupez- About what business are you 
 
 vous ? employed 1 
 
 Remark. In French, a verb can never have two re- 
 gimens direct; therefore, when a verb has-^o regimens, 
 both nouns, one of them must necessarily be preceded by 
 a preposition. 
 
 2. May you, O wise old man ! in a repose diversified by pleas- 
 ing occupations, enjoy the past, lay hold of the present, and 
 charm your latter days with the hope of eternal felicity. 
 
 3. What is not in the power of the gods ! were you at the 
 lowest depths, the power of Jupiter could draw you from thence : 
 were you in Olympus, beholding the stars under your feet, Jupi- 
 ter could plunge you to the bottom of the abyss, or precipitate 
 you into the flames of gloomy Tartarus. 
 
 4. There, through meadows enamelled with flowers, glide a 
 thousand various rivulets, distributing every where their pure 
 (and) limpid waters. 
 
 5. Already, for the honour of France, there * had come into 
 administration a man more distinguished for his understanding 
 and virtues than for his dignities. 
 
 (2.) Old man, vieillard ; lay hold of saisir ; with,de. 
 
 (3.) is not in the power of, ne peuvent; were, subj-2; lowest depths, fond 
 de l'abime ; power, puissance ; could, pouvoir, cond-1 ; Olympus, Olympe; 
 stars, astre ; gloomy, noir ; Tartarus, Tartare. 
 
 (4.) Tlirough, au milieu de ; icith, de ; glide, serpenter ; rivulets, ruisseau; 
 distributing, (which distribute ;) their, une. 
 
 (5.) Had come, etre entre ; administration, (of affairs;) for, par; under> 
 standing, esprit. 
 
374 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Donnez ce livre a voire fr ere, Give that book to your brother. 
 On a accuse Ciceron tfimprw- Cicero has been accused of im- 
 dence el de faiblesse, prudence and weakness. 
 
 Though the natural order of the ideas seems to re- 
 quire that the regimen direct be placed before the indi- 
 rect, the perspicuity of the sentence does not allow it in 
 all cases. 
 
 Rule. When a verb has two regimens, the shorter is 
 generally placed first ; but if they be of equal length, 
 the regimen direct will precede the indirect. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Les hypocrites s'eludienl a parer Hypocrites make it their study 
 le vice des dehors de lavertu, to deck vice with the exte- 
 
 rior of virtue. 
 Les hypocrites s'etudicnt a parer Hypocrites make it their study 
 des dehors de la vertu les to deck with the exterior of 
 vices les plus honteux et les virtue the most shameful 
 plus decries, and most odious vices. 
 
 V ambition sacrifie le present a Ambition sacrifices the pre- 
 Vavenir, mais la volupte sacri- sent to the future, but plea- 
 fie l'avenir au present,^ sure sacrifices the future to 
 
 the present. 
 
 Rule. A noun may be governed at once by two 
 verbs, provided those verbs do not require different regi- 
 mens. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 On doit aimer et respecter les We ought to love and respect 
 
 rois, kings. 
 
 Ce general attaqua et prit la That general attacked and took 
 
 ville, the city. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE GOVERNMENT OF THE VERBS. 
 
 1. Illustrious examples teach us, that God has hurled from 
 their thrones princes who contemned his laws: he reduced to the 
 condition of a beast the haughty Nebuchadnezzar, who wanted to 
 usurp divine honours. 
 
 2. Wretched is * the man who feeds his mind with chimeras. 
 
 3. Our interest should prompt us to prefer virtue to vice, wis- 
 dom to pleasure, and modesty to vanity. 
 
 (I.) Illustrious, fameux ; teach, apprendre ; hurled, renverser ; haughty, 
 superb e ; Nabuchodonosor ; wanted, vouloir. 
 (2.) Feeds, repaitre. 
 (3.) Should, devoir, ind-1 ; prompt, porter; pleasure, voluptfi. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 3?5 
 
 But we must not say, 
 
 Cei ojjicier attaqua et se r end-it That officer attacked and made 
 maitre de la ville, himself master of the city. 
 
 A different turn should be given to the sentence, by 
 placing the noun after the first verb, and adding en be- 
 fore the second, as, 
 
 Cetojficieratlaqual&viWeets'en. That officer attacked the city, 
 rendit maltreat and made himself master of 
 
 it. 
 
 OF THE USE PROPER, OR ACCIDENTAL, OF MOODS AND 
 
 TENSES. 
 
 Indicative. 
 The present is used to express an existing state, as, 
 
 Je suis id, I am here. 
 
 An invariable state, as, 
 Dieu est de toute eternile, God is from all eternity. 
 
 A future near at hand, as, 
 
 11 est demainfete, To-morrow is a holiday. 
 
 Or even a preterit, when, to give a sort of animated 
 picture, we relate a thing past as passing. Thus, we 
 find in Racine, 
 
 J'ai vu voire malkeureux fits I have seen your unhappy son 
 travne par ses chevaux, dragged along by his horses. 
 
 * EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Luxury is like a torrent, which carries away, and overthrows 
 every thing it meets. 
 
 2. "Nothing can * resist the operation of time : it, at length, vm- 
 dermines, alters, or destroys every thing. 
 
 3. Among the Spartans, public education had two objects: the 
 first, to harden their bodies by fatigue ; the second, to excite and 
 nourish in their minds the love of their country, and an enthu- 
 siasm for what is great. 
 
 (1.) Carries away, enirainer ; overthrows, renverser ; every thing, tout ee 
 que. 
 
 (2.) Operation, action; at length, a lalongue ; undermines, miner. 
 
 (3.) Among the Spartans, a Sparte ; to, de : harden, emlurcir ; by, a ; their, 
 must be rendered by the article ; for what is great, des grandes choses. 
 
 33 
 
376 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 But suddenly passing from the preterit to the pre- 
 sent, the speaker adds, 
 It veut les rappeler, et sa voix He calls oat to stop them, but 
 
 les effraie, his voice frightens them. 
 
 In English, the verb to be, is frequently used with 
 the participle present, as, 
 
 I am reading, I am translating, I shall be writing. 
 
 This construction is not adopted in French ; and 
 whenever found, it is to be translated in French simply 
 by the verb, put in the tense expressed by the verb to 
 be. Thus, I am reading, must be expressed by je lis ; 
 I shall be writing, must be rendered fecrirai, &c!T 
 
 The imperfect is used — 1. To denote the recurrency 
 of an action at a time which is past, as, 
 Quand fetais a Paris, j'allais When I was at Paris, I often 
 souvent axix Champs Elysees, went to the Champs Elysees, 
 
 1T EXERCISE ON THE PROPER USE OF MOODS, &c. 
 
 1. He is in his chamber, where he is relaxing his mind from 
 the fatigue of business, by some instructive and agreeable read- 
 ing. 
 
 2. Truth, eternal by its nature, is immutable as God himself. 
 
 3. I never let a day pass without devoting an hour or two to 
 reading the ancients. 
 
 4. It is this week that the new piece comes out. 
 
 5. The armies were in sight : nothing was heard on all sides 
 but dreadful cries: the engagement began. Immediately a 
 cloud of arrows darkens the air and covers the combatants ; no- 
 thing is heard but doleful cries of the dying, or the clattering 
 of the arms of those who fall in the conflict ; the earth groans 
 beneath a heap of dead bodies, and rivers of blood stream every 
 where ; there is nothing in this confused mass of men enraged 
 against one another but slaughter, despair, revenge, and brutal 
 fury. 
 
 (1.) Is relaxing, delasser ; reading, lecture. 
 
 (2.) By, de ; immutable, iinrauable. 
 
 (3.) Let* ; devoting, consacrer ; reading, la lecture de. 
 
 (4.) Come out, on dormer. 
 
 (5.) Sight, presence ; nothing was, <fcc. on ne que, ind-2 ; the engagement 
 began, on en venir aux mains, ind-3 ; cloud, nuee ; arrows, trait ; darkens, 
 obscurcir -^ nothing is, &c. on ne plus que ; doleful plaintif ; clattering, bruit ; 
 conflict, melee; groans, gemir, beneath, sous ; heap, monceau ; rivers, ruis- 
 Beau ; stream, couler ; there is nothing in, &c. ce ne §tre dans ; mass, amas ; 
 enraged, acharne ; but, que ; slaughter, massacre. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 377 
 
 2. For a past which has some duration, especially in 
 narrations, as, 
 
 Rome etait d'abord gouvernee par Rome was at first governed 
 des rois,t by kings. 
 
 In French, the preterit definite and the preterit inde- 
 finite, are not used indifferently. 
 
 The preterit definite is used, when speaking of a 
 time which is entirely past, and of which nothing re- 
 mains, as, 
 
 Je fis un voyage a Bath le mois I took a journey to Bath last 
 
 dernier, month. 
 
 J'ecrivis hier a Rome, I wrote yesterday to Rome. 
 
 To authorize the use of this tense, there must be the 
 interval of, at least, one day. It is the most used in the 
 historic style, and for that reason called par fait his- 
 torique. 
 
 f EXERCISE ON THE USE OF THE IMPERFECT. 
 
 1. "When I was at Paris, I went every morning to take a walk 
 in the Champs Elysees, or the Bois de Boulogne : afterwards I 
 came home, where I employed myself till dinner, either in read- 
 ing or writing ; and, in the evening, I generally went for amuse- 
 ment to the French Theatre or the Opera. 
 
 2. When I was in the prime of life, like the light butterfly, I 
 fluttered from object to object, without being able to settle to any 
 thing: eager for pleasure, I seized every thing that had its ap- 
 pearance : alas ! how far vms I then from foreseeing that I should 
 deplore with so much bitterness the loss of that precious time. 
 
 3. For a short time after Abraham, the knowledge of the true 
 God still appeared in Palestine and Egypt. Melchisedec, king 
 of Salem, was the priest of the Most High 2 God 1. Abimelech, 
 king of Gerar, and his successor of the same na.ine^ feared God, 
 swore by his name, and reverenced his power. But in Moses' 
 time, the nations adored even beasts and reptiles. Every thing 
 was God but God himself. 
 
 (1.) Take a walk, se prouaener ; in, a.; came home, rentrer cbez sol ; was 
 busy, s'occuper; reading, (by the verb;) for amusement, me delasser; 
 French Theatre, Comedie Francaise. 
 
 (2.) Prime of life, fleurde l'age ; butterfly, papillon; fluttered, voter; be- 
 ing able, pouvoir ; settle, me fixer ; eager for, avide de ; had its appearance, 
 m'en presentaitl'image ; how, que ; with so much bitterness, (so bitterly.) 
 
 (3.) Swore, jurer ; reverenced, admirer; the nations, on; even, jusqu'S; 
 but, excepte. 
 
378 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 The preterit indefinite is used either for a past inde- 
 terminate, or for a past of which something still remains, 
 as, 
 
 J'ai voyage en Italie, I have travelled in Italy. 
 
 J'ai dcjeune ce matin a Londres, I breakfasted this morning in 
 et dine a Richmond,t London, and dined at Rich- 
 
 mond. 
 
 The preterit indefinite is sometimes used instead of a 
 future just approaching, as, 
 
 Avez-vous bientotjmi ? Have you soon done ? 
 
 Oui, j'ai fori dans le moment, Yes, I shall have done in a 
 
 IT moment. 
 
 t EXERCISE ON THE PROPER USE OF THE PRE- 
 TERIT. 
 
 Amenophis conceived the design of making his son a conquer- 
 or. He set about it, after the manner of the Egyptians, that is, 
 with great ideas. All the children who were born on * the same 
 day as Sesostris, were brought to court by order of the king: he 
 Md them educated as his own children, and with the same care 
 as Sesostris. When he was grown up, he made him serve his 
 apprenticeship in a war against the Arabs: this young prince 
 learned there to bear hunger and thirst, and subdued that nation, 
 till then invincible. He afterwards attacked Lybia, and conquer- 
 ed it. After these successes, he formed the project of subduing 
 the whole world. In consequence of this,* he entered Ethiopia, 
 which he made tributary. He continued his victories in Asia. 
 Jerusalem was the first to feel the force of his arms: the rash 
 Rehoboam could not resist him, and Sesostris carried away the 
 riches of Solomon. He penetrated into the Indies, farther than 
 Hercules and Bacchus, and farther than Alexander did after- 
 ward. The Scythians obeyed him as far as the Tanais ; Arme- 
 nia and Cappadocia icere subject to him. In a word, he extended 
 his empire from the Ganges to the Danube. 
 
 Making, faire de ; set about it, s'y prendre ; after, a ; ideas, pensee ; 
 brought, amener ; had educated, faire elever ; grown up, grand ; made serve, 
 fit faire; apprenticeship, apprentissage ; in, par; entered, entrer dans; 
 made, rendre ; as far as, jusqu'a ; Cappadocia, Cappadoce. 
 
 f EXERCISE. 
 1. Enflamed with the desire of knowing mankind, I have tra- 
 velled, not only among the most polished nations, but even 
 among the most barbarous. I have observed them in the differ- 
 ent degrees of civilization, from the state of simple nature to the 
 
 (1.) W^th, de ; mankind, homme, pi. ; to, chez ; polished nations, peuple 
 police; barbarous, nation sauvage ;from, depuis; simple, pur; to, jusqu'a; 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 379 
 
 The two preterits anterior differ in the same manner 
 as the two preceding preterits, but they are always ac- 
 companied by a conjunction, or an adverb of time, as, 
 Je suis sorti des que fai eu dine, I went out as soon as 1 had 
 
 dined. 
 Jeusfini hier a midi, I had done yesterday at noon. 
 
 The 'pluperfect denotes that a thing took place before 
 another, which had itself already taken place, as, 
 Savais soupe quand il entrap I had supped when he came in. 
 
 most perfect state of society, and wherever I went, the result was 
 the same : that is to say, i have every where seen beings occu- 
 
 Eied in drying up the different sources of happiness that nature 
 ad plaeed within their reach. 
 
 2. I have travelled this year in Italy, where I had an * opportu- 
 nity of seeing several master-pieces of antiquity, and where I 
 made a valuable collection of scarce medals. I there admired 
 the perfection to which they have brought architecture, painting, 
 and music ; but what pleased me most there, was the beauty of 
 the climate of Naples. 
 
 wherever I went, dans tons les pays ; the result was the same, (I had the same 
 result ;) in drying up, a tarir ; within their reach, a leur portae. 
 
 (2.) Opportunity, occasion; master-pieces, chefs d'osuvre; scarce, rare; 
 pleased me most, faire le plus de plaisir ; was, ind-1. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. As soon as I had examined this phenomenon, I tried to find 
 out its causes. 
 
 2. As soon as we had crossed the river, we found ourselves in 
 a wood where there was not a single foot-path traced. 
 
 3. As soon as the great Sesostris had soMsfied his ambition by 
 the conquest, of so many empires, he returned into Egypt, where 
 he devoted the whole of the day to administering strict justice 
 to his people, and, in the evening, he recreated himself by hold- 
 ing conferences with the learned, or by conversing with the 
 most upright people oi his kingdom. 
 
 4. I had only received, like most of the grandees, an education 
 in which I had imbibed nothing but sentiments of pride and in- 
 sensibility; that is, they had done everything in their power, 
 
 (1.) As soon as, des que ; tried to find out, en rechercher. 
 
 (2.) Crossed, traverser ; found ourselves, se trouver engage ; foot-patli, 
 6entier de. 
 
 (3.) The whole of the day, jour entier ; admhiistemng, rendre, mf-1 ; strict, 
 exact; recreated, delasser ; by holding conferences, as' entretenir ; upright, 
 honnete ; people, gens. 
 
 (4.) Grandee, grand; imbibed, puiser ; they, on; in their poicer, ce qu'on 
 nouvoir ind-6 ; stifle, etouffer ; benevolent, bienfaisant. 
 
 33* 
 
380 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 As the use of these different preterits is attended with 
 some difficulty, the following analysis is added, in order 
 more clearly to explain the manner in which they are 
 used. 
 
 We read in Marmontel the following extract ; 
 
 Celicour, a I'dge de quinze Celicour, at the age of fif- 
 ans, avait ete dans le monde ce teen, lead been in the world what 
 qu'on appelle un petit pro dige. is called a little prodigy. 
 
 The author employs the pluperfect, as he speaks of a 
 period of time anterior to all those which he is going to 
 mention. 
 
 It fesait des vers les plus ga- He composed the most agree- 
 lansdu monde; il n'y avait pas able love-sonnets imaginable; 
 danslcvoisinageunejoliefemme there was not a pretty woman 
 qu'il n'eitt celebree : e'etait dom- in the neighbourhood that he 
 mage de laisser tant de talens had not celebrated: it was a 
 enfouis dans une petite ville ; pity to let so many talents be 
 Paris devait en etre le theatre. buried in a little town ; Paris 
 
 was the theatre on which they 
 ought to be exhibited. 
 Here the author makes use of the imperfect, because 
 he speaks of the habitual employment of Celicour. 
 
 Et Von fit sibien,que sonpere And they contrived matters 
 se resolut de Vy envoyer. so that his father determined to 
 
 send him there. 
 
 Now, the author passes to the preterit definite, because 
 he is no longer speaking of what Celicour used to do, 
 but what he did at a time past, and of which nothing re- 
 mains. 
 
 Ce fere etait un honnete This father was a good sort 
 
 komme, qui aimait V esprit sans of man, who was fond cf wit, 
 
 en avoir, et qui admirait, sans without having any, and ad- 
 
 savoir pourquoi, tout ce qui ve- mired, without knowing why, 
 
 nait de la capitate. 11 avait every thing that came from the 
 
 meme des relations litteraires, metropolis. Nay, he even had 
 
 et du nombre de ses correspond- some literary connexions, and 
 
 ans etait un connaisseur nomme among his correspondents was 
 
 M. de Fintac. a connoisseur of the name of 
 
 Fintac. 
 
 to stifle in me happy and benevolent dispositions which I had re- 
 ceived from nature. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 381 
 
 Here, again, the author resumes the form of the 
 imperfect, as he is now speaking of the habitual state 
 of Celicour's father in his little town, and because, in 
 this passage, he merely relates what that father was 
 doing, at a time past, which has no kind of relation to 
 the present. 
 
 Ce fat principalement a lui It was particularly to him that 
 que Cclicour fut recommande, Celicour was recommended. 
 
 The form of the preterit definite is now resumed, 
 because this is an action passed, at a time of which no- 
 thing is left, &c.| 
 
 There is this difference between the two future 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. God, who had' created his angels in holiness, would have 
 their happiness depend upon themselves : they could ensure 
 their felicity, by giving themselves willingly to their Creator; 
 but they delighted in themselves, and not in God : immediately 
 those spirits of light became spirits of darkness. 
 
 2. There is a letter which Philocles has written to a friend of 
 his, about his project of making himself king of Carpathus. I 
 perused that letter, and it seemed to me to be the hand of Philo- 
 cles. They had perfectly imitated his writing. This letter threw 
 me into a strange surprise. I read it again and again, and. could 
 not persuade myself that it teas written * by Philocles, when I 
 recalled to my mind the affecting marks which he had given me 
 of his disinterestedness and integrity. 
 
 3. Those who had shown the greatest zeal for the state and my 
 person, did not think themselves obliged to undeceive me, after 
 so terrible an example. I myself was afraid lest truth should 
 break through the cloud, and reach me in spite of all my flatter- 
 ers. I fell within myself that it would have raised in me bitter 
 remorse. My effeminacy, and the dominion which a treacherous 
 minister had gained over me, threw me into a kind of despair of 
 ever recovering my * liberty. 
 
 (1.) Have their happiness depend, Cthat their happiness,) dependre, subj-2; 
 could, pouvoir ; delighted in, se plaire en ; of light, lumineux ; darkness, 
 tenebres. 
 
 (2.) There is, voila ; about, sur ; Carpathus, Carpathie ; to be, de ; they, on ; 
 again and again, sans cesse ; by, de ; when I recalled to, passer dans, inf-3 ; 
 integrity, bonne foi. 
 
 (3.) Did not think themselves obliged to, se croire dispense de ; was afraid 
 lest, craindre que ; breakthrough, percer, subj-2; reach, parvenir jusqu'a; 
 in spite of, malgre ; raised in, causer a ; effeminacy, moliesse ; dominion, 
 ascendant; treacherous, perfide ; gained, prendre ; threw, plonger ; recover, 
 ing, rentrer en. 
 
382 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 tenses, that the period of time expressed by the future 
 absolute, may, or may not, be determined, as, 
 
 J'irai a la campagne, or firai demain a la campagne, 
 while, in the future anterior, the time is necessarily de- 
 termined, as, 
 
 J'auraijini, quand vous arriverezM 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 The conditional is used — 1. To express a wish, as, 
 
 Que je serais, or, qtie faurais ete How glad I should be, or should 
 content de rtussir dans cette have been, to succeed in that 
 affaire ! affair. 
 
 2. With si, if, whether, expressing a doubt, as, 
 Demand-ez-lui s'il serait venu Ask him whether he would have 
 
 avec nous suppose qu'il n'eiit come with us, had he not 
 pas eu affaire, been busy. 
 
 3. Before, or after the imperfect, or pluperfect of the 
 indicative, preceded by si, as, 
 
 Nous nous cpargnerionsbien des "We should spare ourselves 
 peines, sinous savions modcrer much pain, did we know how 
 nos desirs, to moderate our desires. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Remember that youth is but a flower, which will wither 
 almost as soon as it * opens. Thou wilt see thyself gradually 
 changed. Smiling graces, sweet pleasures, strength, health, and 
 joy, will vanish like a pleasing dream; nothing but the sad re- 
 membrance will be left thee. 
 
 2. I shall next year take a journey into Greece, and I am pre- 
 paring myself for it by reading the travels of the young Ana- 
 ch arsis. 
 
 3. When you have read the celebrated discourse of Bossueton 
 Universal History, and studied in it the causes of the rise and fall 
 of states, you will be less astonished at the revolutions more or 
 less sudden, that modern empires have experienced, which ap- 
 peared to you in the most flourishing state. 
 
 (1.) Will loither, (will be almost as soon withered) secher ; opens, eclose ; 
 
 gradually, insensiblement ; lively, riant ; pleasing, beau ; nothing will be left, 
 
 fin'en rester. 
 (2.) Take, faire ; for it, y; reading, lecture de ; (the travels, celui.) 
 (3.) Have read, ind-8; and, que vous, ind-7; init,y; rise, grandeur ; /aW, 
 
 chute ; sudden, subite ; (that have experienced the modern empires, which, 
 
 &c.) appeared, ind-2. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 383 
 
 Vous auriez ete plus heureux, si You would have been more 
 vous aviez suivi vies conseils, happy, if you had followed 
 
 my advice. 
 
 4. With quand, used instead of si, quoique, or quand 
 mime ; the verb preceded by quand is generally in one 
 of the conditionals, as, 
 
 Quand Vavare possederait tout Were the miser to possess all 
 for du monde, il ne serait pas the gold in the world, still he 
 encore content, would not be satisfied. 
 
 5. Lastly, for various tenses of the indicative, as, 
 
 Croiriez-vous votrefils ingrat ? Could you think your son un- 
 grateful 1 
 
 which means, croyez-vous, &c. 
 
 Vanriez-vous soupconne d'un tel Could you have suspected him 
 vice ? of such a vice % 
 
 which means, Pavez-vous, &c. 
 
 Quelle raison pour rait m'empi- What cause could prevent me 
 cher d 'alter vous voir ? from coming to see you 1 
 
 which means, quelle cause pourra, &c.f 
 
 + EXERCISE ON THE CONDITIONAL. 
 
 1. If it were even possible for men. always to act conformably 
 to equity, as it is the multitude that must judge their conduct, the 
 wicked would always blame and contradict them from maligni- 
 ty, and the good sometimes from mistake. 
 
 2. What false steps I should have made but for you, at my en- 
 trance into the world ! 
 
 3. But for your counsels, I should have failed in this undertak- 
 ing. 
 
 4. How satisfied I should have been, if you had sooner inform- 
 ed me of your happiness ! 
 
 5. If we gave to infancy none but just and clear notions, there 
 would not be by far so many false wits in the world. 
 
 6. Had Alexander conquered the whole world, his ambition 
 
 (1.) If even, quand m6me; were, cond-1 ; for men, (that men;) to act, 
 eub-2; judge, juger de ; would blame, ind-7; contradict, croiser, ind-7. 
 (2.) What, que de ; steps, demarche ; but for, sans. 
 
 (3.) But for, sans ; failed, echouer. (4.) How, que. 
 
 (5.) We, on ; there would not be by far so many, il y aurait bien nioins de. 
 (6.) (When Alexander would have conquered;) straitened, trop al'etroit- 
 
384 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 REMARK ON THE USE OF THE CONDITIONAL AND FUTURE. 
 
 Foreigners are very apt to use the future, or the 
 conditional, after si, when meaning suppose que. They 
 say, 
 
 J'irai demain a la campagne, s'il I shall go into the country to- 
 fera beau, morrow,if the weather be fine 
 
 Vous auriez vu le roi, si vous You would have seen the king 
 seriez venu, if you had come. 
 
 The impropriety of this construction will be obviated 
 by attending to the following 
 
 Rule. When a verb is preceded by si, meaning 
 suppose que, the present is used instead of the future 
 absolute ; the preterit indefinite instead of the future 
 anterior ; the imperfect instead of the conditional pre- 
 sent, and the pluperfect instead of the conditional past. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 J'irai demain a la campagne, s'il I shall go to-morrow into the 
 fait beau, country,if it be fine weather. 
 
 11 auraeu Vavantage, s'il asuivi He will have had the advan- 
 ces conseils, tage,if he has followed your 
 
 advice. 
 
 Je serais content, si \e vous voyais I should be pleased, if I saw 
 applique, you apply to study. 
 
 J'aurais ete content, si je vous I should have been pleased, if 
 avais vu applique, I had seen you attentive to 
 
 your studies. 
 
 would not have been satisfied ; he would still have found himself 
 straitened in it. 
 
 ?. Could you believe him vain enough to aspire to that high 
 degree of honour 1 
 
 8. Could you ever have thought him capable of deserting the 
 good cause, to go and side with rebels 1 
 
 9. Would you renounce being useful to the present generation, 
 because envy fastens on you % 
 
 (8.) Deserting, abandonner ; to go and side with, pour se ranger sous lea 
 drapeaux de. 
 (9.) Renounce, renoncer a ; fastens, s'attacher ; on you, H vos pas 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 385 
 
 Remark. This rule does not hold good, either when 
 si is placed between two verbs, the first of which implies 
 doubt, uncertainty, as, 
 
 Je ne sais s'il viendra, 
 Or, with the second conditional past, as, 
 Vous m'eussiez trouve, si vous fussiez venu ce matin.t 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 There are conjunctions which govern the indicative, 
 (p. 300,) and others which govern the subjunctive, (p. 
 301,) We call principal proposition the phrase which 
 is followed by the conjunction, and incidental, or sub- 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. A young man who is just entering; the career of letters, 
 will conciliate the good will of the public, if he consider his first 
 successes only as an encouragement to do better. 
 
 2. That absurd criticism will have amused only fools or mali- 
 cious people, * if attention has been paid to the spirit that per- 
 vades the whole, and the manner in which it. is written. 
 
 3. Life would possess many more sweets and charms, if men, 
 instead of tearing one another to pieces, formed but one society 
 of brethren. 
 
 4. The Athenians would have found in the young Alcibiades 
 the only man capable of ensuring their superiority in Greece, 
 had not that vain thoughtless yeo\Ae forced him, by an unjust, or, 
 at least, imprudent sentence, to banish himself from his country. 
 
 5. I know not whether reason will soon triumph over prejudice 
 and ignorance, but I am certain it will be the case sooner or 
 later. 
 
 6. Rome would have never attained that high degree of splen- 
 dour and glory which astonishes us, had it not extended its con- 
 quests as much by its policy as by its arms. 
 
 (1.) Is just entering, debuter dans; career, carriere ; conciliate s'attirer; 
 good will, bienveillance ; consider, regarder. 
 
 (2.) Fools, sot; malicious, mechant; paid, faire ; pervades the whole, r6g- 
 ner d'un bout aPautre ; in which, dont. 
 
 (3.) Possess, avoir ; tearing one another to pieces, s'entredecliirer. 
 
 (4.) Superiority, preponderance ; thoughtless, leger; sentence, condamna 
 tion. (5.) Know, savoir ; it will be the case, cela Stre. 
 
 (6.) Attained, parvenir a ; policy, politique. 
 
386 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 ordinate 'proposition, that which is placed after the con- 
 junction. In this sentence, 
 
 Je crois que nous ainiez djouer. 
 Je crois is the principal proposition, and vous aimez a 
 jouer is the subordinate proposition : que is the conjunc- 
 tion that unites the two phrases. 
 
 General Rule. The verb of the subordinate propo- 
 sition must be put in the indicative, when the verb of the 
 principal proposition expresses affirmation, in a direct, 
 positive, and independent manner ; but it is put in the 
 subjunctive, when that of the principal proposition ex- 
 presses doubt, wish, or uncertainty. 
 
 Je sais qiCil est surpris, I know he is surprised. 
 
 Je crois qu'il vie?idra, I believe he will come. 
 
 Je doute qxCil soit surpris, I doubt his being surprised. 
 
 Je doute qio'il vienne, I doubt his coming. 
 
 Je souhaite qiCil reussisse, I wish he may succeed. 
 
 Je tremble qxCil ne succombe,% I tremble lest he should fail. 
 
 IT EXERCISE ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 1. The glory which has been ascribed to the Egyptians, of 
 being the most grateful of all men, shows that they were likewise 
 the most sociable. 
 
 2. In Egypt, when it was proved that the conduct of a dead 
 man * had been bad, they condemned his memory, and he was 
 denied burial. 
 
 3. I am sure that by moderation, mildness, and politeness, you 
 will disarm even * envy itself. 
 
 4. The new philosophers say that colour is a sensation of the 
 soul. 
 
 5. I believe you are as honest a*nd disinterested as you seem to 
 be. 
 
 6. I doubt whether the Romans would ever have triumphed 
 over the Gauls, if the different chiefs of this warlike people had 
 not been disunited. 
 
 7. I could wish that the love, which we ought to have for one 
 another, were the principle of all our actions, as it is the basis of 
 all virtues. 
 
 (1.) Which has, &c. qu'on ; ascribed, donner; grateful, reconnaissant, 
 sing.; men, peuple. (2.) Was denied, priver de ; burial, sepulture. 
 
 (3.) By, avec ; politeness, konnetete. (5.) Seem to be, le paraitre. 
 
 (6.) IVhether, que. 
 
PARTICULAR. RULES OF THE VERB. 387 
 
 Do, did, will, loould, should, can, could, may, and 
 might, are sometimes, with respect to the French lan- 
 guage, simply signs of tenses, at others they are real 
 verbs. 
 
 There can be no difficulty about do and did ; these 
 are mere expletives, denoting interrogation, negation, or 
 merely emphasis, when they are joined to a verb. 
 
 / do love, J'aime. 
 
 7" did love, J'aimais, or, j'aimai. 
 
 Do I love ? Aime-je 1 
 
 Did Hove? Aimais-je, or, aimai-jel 
 
 I do not love, JeVaime pas. 
 
 I did not love, Je n'aimais pas, or, je n'aimai pas. 
 
 In all these cases they are not expressed in French. 
 But when they are followed by a noun, or a pronoun, 
 then they are real verbs, and mean,/&ire. 
 
 Do me that favour, Faites-moi ce plaisir. 
 
 He did it, II le fit. 
 
 In short, by any thing else, except the verb with 
 which they are necessarily connected, as, 
 
 He did more than could have II fit plus qu'on n'eut pu espe- 
 been expected, rer. 
 
 Should is only a sign of the conditional, when it ex- 
 presses a thing which may happen upon some condition. 
 
 1 should like a country life, if my J'aimerais la vie champetre, si 
 affairs would permit me to in- mes affaires me permettaient 
 dulge my inclination, de suivre mon gout. 
 
 But when it implies duty or obligation, it is a verb, 
 and must be expressed by the verb devoir, as, 
 
 8. Pear, lest it should be said that you feed upon chimeras, and 
 that you take the shadow for the reality. 
 
 9. The new philosophers will have colour to be a sensation of 
 the soul. 
 
 10. I will have you to be as honest and disinterested as you 
 seem to be. 
 
 (8.) It, on ne ; feed upon, se repaitre de. 
 
 (9.) Will have, vouloir : colour to be, (that colour be.) 
 
 34 
 
388 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 We should never swerve from the Nous ne devrions jamais nous 
 path of virtue, ecarter du sentier de la vertu. 
 
 Can, could, may, and might, are not so difficult as 
 they appear at first sight ; because, in almost every in- 
 stance, there is no impropriety in rendering them by 
 the verb pouvoir. In general the first two imply a pow- 
 er, a possibility, a capability, &c. and the others, a per- 
 mission, probability, &c. 
 
 Do, did, shall, will, &c. in English, are sometimes 
 used elliptically in the answers to interrogative sen- 
 tences. The French answer with the repetition of the 
 verb, accompanied with a pronoun expressive of the idea 
 of the interrogative sentence, as, 
 
 Will you do your exercise to- Ferez-vous votre theme au- 
 day ? — Yes", I will. jourd'hui 1 — Oui, je le ferai. 
 
 RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 
 
 Rule. When the first verb is in the imperfect, the 
 preterit, or the pluperfect, and the second denotes a tem- 
 porary action, this second verb is put in the imperfect, if 
 we mean to express a present. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Je croyais, fax cru, favais cru I thought, T have thought, I had 
 que xous ehidiez lesmathema- thought that you were study- 
 tiques, ing mathematics. 
 
 — In the pluperfect, if we mean to express a past. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 11 m'assura quHl n' await jamais He assured me that he had ne- 
 
 tant ri, ver laughed so much. 
 
 — And in the present of the conditional, if we mean to 
 express a future absolute. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 On rrCa dit que voire frere vien- I was told your brother would 
 droit a Londres Vhiver fro- come to town next winter. 
 chain, 
 But, although the first verb may be in some of these 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 389 
 
 tenses, yet the second is put in the present, when this 
 second verb expresses a thing which is true at all times. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Je vous disais, je vous ai dit, je I told you, I have told you, I 
 
 vous avals dit, que la sante fait had told you, that health 
 
 lafelicite du corps, et le savoir constitutes the happiness of 
 
 ■celle de Vame, the body, and knowledge that 
 
 of the soul. 
 Remark. In phrases where the imperfect is pre- 
 ceded by que, it denotes, sometimes a past, sometimes 
 a present, with respect to the preceding verb. It de- 
 notes a past, when the verb which is joined to it by the 
 conjunction que is in the present, or future. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Vous savez, or vous saurez que le You know, or you must know, 
 peuple Remain etait aussi that the Romans were a 
 avide qu' ambitieuz^ people as covetous as they 
 
 were ambitious. 
 
 But it denotes a present, when the verb, which pre- 
 cedes it, is in the imperfect, one of the preterits, or the 
 pluperfect. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 On disait,on a dit, on avait dit It was said, it has been said, 
 que Phocion etait le plus grand it had been said, that Pho- 
 et le plus konnele homme de cion was the greatest and 
 son temps, most upright man of his age. 
 
 Dis qu'on eut appris a Athenes As soon as it was known at 
 qu' Alcibiade etait a Lacedc- Athens that Alcibiades was 
 mone, on se repentit de la pre- at Lacedemon, the Atheni- 
 cipitation avec laqueUe <m ans repented of the preeipi- 
 Vavait condamne, tation with which they had 
 
 condemned him. 
 Nevertheless, the imperfect denotes the past, in this 
 last instance, when it signifies an action which was past 
 before that which is expressed by the first verb. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 En lisant Vhistoire des temps In reading the history of heroic 
 heroiques, vous devez avoir times, you must have re- 
 remarque que ces homines marked that those men who 
 dont on a fait des demi-dieux, have been made demi-gods, 
 ctaient des chefs feroces et were ferocious and barbarous 
 barbares, dignes a peine du chiefs, scarcely deserving the 
 ,t name of men. 
 
390 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TENSES OF THE SUBJUNC- 
 TIVE AND THOSE OF THE INDICATIVE. 
 
 Rule I. When the verb of the principal propo- 
 sition is in the present, or future, that of the subordi- 
 nate proposition is put in the present of the subjunctive, 
 to express a present, or future ; but in the preterit, to 
 express a past. We say, 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. I thought you were not ignorant that, to teach others the 
 principles of an art or science, it is necessary to have experience 
 and skill. 
 
 2. I have been told that your sweetest occupation was to form 
 your taste, your heart, and your understanding. 
 
 3. Darius, in his flight, being * reduced to the necessity of 
 drinking water muddy and infected by dead bodies, affirmed that 
 he never had drunk with so much pleasure. 
 
 4. Care has been taken to inculcate in me, from infancy, that 
 1 should succeed in the world, only in proportion as I should join 
 to the desire of pleasing, a great deal of gentleness and civility. 
 
 5. Ovid has said, that study softens the manners and corrects 
 every thing that is found in us rude and barbarous. 
 
 6. You know that those pretended heroes, whom Pagan an- 
 tiquity has made gods, were only barbarous and ferocious kings, 
 who overran the earth, not so much to conquer as to ravage it, 
 and who left every where traces of their fury and of their vices. 
 
 7. It has been said of Pericles, that his eloquence was like a 
 thunderbolt, which nothing could resist. 
 
 8. As soon as Aristides had said, that the proposal of Themis- 
 tocles was unjust, the whole people exclaimed, that they must not 
 think of it any longer. 
 
 9. Had you read the history of the early ages, you would know 
 that Egypt was the most enlightened country in the universe, and 
 the original spot * whence knowledge spread into Greece and the 
 neighbouring countries. 
 
 (1.) Were ignorant, ignorer; teach, instruire dans ; it is necessary, av oir 
 besoin ; skill, habilete. (2.) Ihave, &c. (by the active voice) on. 
 
 (3.) Flight, deroufe ; muddy, bourbenx ; affirmed, assurer. 
 
 (4.) Care has, &c. (active voice) on avoir ; in me, me ; in proportion, antant ; 
 civility, honnetete. (5.) Corrects, effacer ; is found, se trouver de. 
 
 (6.) Overran, parcourir ; not so much, moins. 
 
 (7.) It, on ; thunderbolt, foudre, in. ; (to) which. 
 
 (5.) Exclaimed, s' eerier; they must, falloir. ind-5; of it, y; any longer, 
 plus. 
 
 (9.) Ages, temps ; the original spot ' whence, celui d'oii ; neighbouring, 
 circonvoisin ; countries, lieu. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 391 
 
 M faut que celui qui parle se 
 mette a la portee de celui qui 
 Vecoute, 
 
 11 voudra que votre frere soit de 
 la partie, 
 
 But we must say, 
 
 Pour s'etre eleve a ce point de 
 grandeur, ilfaut que Rome ait 
 eii une suite non inter rompue 
 de grands hommes, 
 
 He that speaks should accom- 
 modate himself to the under- 
 standing of him that listens. 
 
 He will wish your brother to be 
 one of the party. 
 
 To have risen to that pitch of 
 grandeur, Rome must have 
 had an uninterrupted succes- 
 sion of great men. 
 
 Exception. Though the first verb be in the present, 
 or future, yet the second may be put in the imperfect, or 
 pluperfect of the subjunctive, when some conditional ex- 
 pression is introduced into the sentence. 
 
 There is no man, whatever me- 
 
 II n 'est point aVhomme, quelque 
 merite quHl ait, qui ne fut 
 tres-mortife, sHl savait tout 
 ce qu'on pense de lu% 
 
 Ou trouvera-t-on un homme qui 
 ne fit la mcme faute, sHl etait 
 expose aux memes tentations? 
 
 Je doute que votre frere eut re- 
 ussi sans votre assistance t 
 
 rit he may have, that would 
 not feel very much mortified, 
 were he to know all that is 
 thought of him. 
 
 Where will you find the man 
 who would not have commit- 
 ted the same error, had he 
 been exposed to the same 
 temptations 1 
 
 I doubt whether your brother 
 would have succeeded, had 
 it not been for your assist- 
 ance. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. He who wishes to teach an art, must know- it thoroughly, 
 he must give none but clear, preeise, and well-digested notions 
 of it : he must instil them, one by one, into the minds of his pu- 
 pils, and, above all, he must not overburden their memory with 
 useless, or unimportant rules. 
 
 2. He must yield to the force of truth, when they shall liave suf- 
 fered it to appear in its real light. 
 
 3. There is no work, however perfect people may suppose it, 
 that would not be liable to criticism, if it were examined with 
 severity, and in every point of view. 
 
 (1.) It must (that he who, &c. know it;) he must, (not repeated,) que ; in- 
 stil, faire entrer ; by, a ; overburden, surcharger ; unimportant, insignificant. 
 
 (2.) (It must, ind-7, that he ;) yield, se rendre ; suffered, permettre ; it to 
 appear, (that it appear ;) real light, vrai jour. 
 
 (3.) Would be liable, preter, subj-2 ; with severity, a la rigueur ; in, sous ; 
 point of view, face. 
 
 34< 
 
392 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 Rule II. When the first verb is in the imperfect, 
 either of the preterits, the pluperfect, or either of the con- 
 ditionals, the second is put in the imperfect of the sub- 
 junctive, if we mean to express a present, or future; but 
 it is put in the pluperfect, if we wish to express a past. 
 
 Je voulais, fai voulu, feus voulu, je voudrais, or feusse voulu 
 que vous finissiez cette affaire. 
 
 Je 'ne savais pas, je ?i , ai pas su } &c. que vous eussiez etudie les 
 mathematiques. 
 
 Remark. With the preterit indefinite the second verb 
 is put in the present, if it expresses an action which is, 
 or may be done at all times, as, 
 
 Dieu a entoure les yeux de luni- God has surrounded the eyes 
 
 quesfort minces, transparentes with very thin tunics, trans- 
 
 au dehors, afin qu'on puisse parent on the outside, that 
 
 voir dtravers, we may see through them. 
 
 And in the preterit, if we mean to express a past, as, 
 
 ft a fallu qu''A ait sollicite ses He must have been obliged to 
 juges,M solicit his judges. 
 
 4. I doubt whether his piece would have had the approbation 
 of connoisseurs, if he had not determined to make in it the 
 changes you judged necessary. 
 
 (4.) Approbation, suffrage; had determined, se decider; in it, y; judged, 
 ind-4. 
 
 IT EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Mr. de Turenne never would buy any thing on credit, of 
 tradesmen, for fear, he used to say, they should lose a great part 
 of their demand, if he happened to be killed. All the workmen 
 who were employed about his house, had orders to bring in their 
 bill, before he set out for the campaign, and they were regular- 
 ly paid. 
 
 2. It would be belter, for a man who truly loves himself, to lose 
 his life, than to forfeit his honour by some base and shameful 
 aciion. 
 
 3. Lycurgus, in one of his laws, had forbidden to light home * 
 
 (1.) Would, vouloir, ind-2; buy on credit, prendre a credit ; of, chez; hap- 
 pened, venir ; were employed, travailler ; about, pour ; bills, memoire ; he } 
 on ; set out for, se mettre en. 
 
 (2.~) To lose, (that he would lose ;) /or/eiVternir. 
 
 (3.) In, par; to light, que on eclairer, subj-2; that, afin que; reach their 
 houses, se rendre chez eux ; getting intoxicated, s'enivrer. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 393 
 
 In interrogative and negative sentences, the second 
 verb is generally put in the subjunctive, as, 
 
 est Vinsense qui tienne pour sur quHl vivra demazn ? 
 Vous ne nous persuadiez pas que les choses p assent tourner si 
 mat. 
 
 The verb is likewise in the subjunctive after the su- 
 perlative relative, and frequently after an impersonal 
 verb, as, 
 
 Le meilleur cortege qxCun prince puisse avoir, c'est le cceur deses 
 sujeU. 
 
 The subjunctive is elegantly used in elliptical phrases, 
 where the principal proposition is omitted, as, 
 
 Qu'il vive! (je souhaite qvJil,) May he live ! 
 
 QuHl se soil oublie jusqu'd ce That he should have so far for- 
 
 point! (je suis surpris qu'il.) gotten himself! 
 
 Qui m'aime, me suive ! {je veux Whoever loves me let him fol- 
 
 que celui qui,) low me. 
 
 Heureux Vhomme qui peut, ne Happy the man that can, were 
 
 fut-ce que dans sa vieillesse, it only in his old age, enjoy 
 
 jouir de toute la force de sa the whole strength of his rea- 
 
 raison ! (quand ce ?ie serait son. 
 
 que,)f 
 
 those who came from a feast in the evening, that the fear of not 
 being able to reach their houses might prevent then from getting 
 intoxicated. 
 
 4. People used the bark of trees, or skins, to write upon, * be- 
 fore paper vjas known. 
 
 5. Go and * ask that old man ; for whom are you planting ? 
 he will answer you : for the immortal gods, who have ordered both 
 that I shotdd profit by the labour of those that have preceded 
 me, and that those who should come after me, should profit by 
 mine. 
 
 (4.) People, on ; bark, gcorce ; skins, peau ; known, en usage. 
 lb.) Have ordered, vouloir ; both, et; by, de. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Is there any one who does not feel that nothing is more de- 
 grading in a writer, than the pains he takes to express ordinary 
 and common things in a singular and pompous style. 
 
 2. Do you think that, in forming the republic of bees, God has 
 
 (1.) Is degrading in, degrader ; in, de. (2.) Had in view, vouloir. 
 
394 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 Remark. The relative pronouns qui, que, quel, dont, 
 and ou, govern the subjunctive in similar circumstances. J 
 
 Further Observations upon the Conditional and 
 Subjunctive. 
 
 We have said the English auxiliaries should, icould, 
 could, may, and might, are not always to be considered 
 as essentially and necessarily appertaining to the con- 
 ditional and subjunctive. Indeed it seldom happens 
 that the French tenses are the same as the English, at 
 
 not had in view to teach kings to govern with gentleness, and sub- 
 jects to obey with love 1 
 
 3. You will never be at peace, either with yourself or with 
 others, unless you seriously endeavour to restrain your natural 
 impetuosity. 
 
 (S - ) Be at peace, avoir la paix; either, ni ; or, ni ; endeavour, s'appliquer. 
 
 t EXERCISE. 
 
 1. Who is the writer that does not sometimes experience mo- 
 ments of sterility and languor 7 
 
 2. There is not in the heart of man a good impulse that God 
 does not produce. 
 
 3. Choose a retreat where you may be quiet, a post whence you 
 may defend yourself. 
 
 4. The most flattering reward that a man can reap from his 
 labours, is the esteem of an enlightened public. 
 
 5. May he live, reign, and long constitute the happiness of a 
 nation, which he loves, and by which he is adored ! 
 
 6. That he should thus degrade himself, is what posterity will 
 find very difficult to believe. 
 
 7. A man just and firm is not shaken, either by the clamours 
 of an inconsiderate mob, or by the threats of an imperious tyrant: 
 though * the whole world were to fall into ruins, he would be 
 struck by it, but not moved. 
 
 <2.) Impulse, mouvement. (3.) May, pouvoir. 
 
 (6.) {May he, repeated before every verb ;) constitute, faire ; which he loves, 
 che"rir. 
 
 (6.) Find difficult, avoir de la peine ; believe, se persuader. 
 
 (7.) Is shaken, ebranler; inconsiderate, insense ; mob. populace ; imperious, 
 fier; tcere, devoir ; to fall into ruins, s'fiorouler. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 395 
 
 least in subordinate, though they may be in the princi- 
 pal propositions. For instance, 
 
 I wish you would come to-night, 
 Cannot be translated by 
 
 Je souhaite que vous viendriez ce soir, 
 Eecause, " when the verb of the principal proposition is 
 in the present, the verb of the subordinate proposition is 
 put in the present of the subjunctive, if we mean to ex- 
 press a future." Therefore we must say, 
 Je souhaite que vous veniez. 
 Or, " if the first verb is in either of the conditionals, 
 the second must be in the imperfect of the subjunctive." 
 For which reason we must also say, 
 
 Je voudrais que vous vinssiez. (See Rule II.) 
 
 Now, in the first example, que vous veniez is marked 
 
 in the conjunction of the verb by that you may come, 
 
 and in the second, que vous vinssiez, by, that you might 
 
 come, neither of which is in the examples given. Again, 
 
 II n\j a personne qui le croie. 
 
 Cannot be translated by, there is nobody who may believe 
 it, although may is the sign of the subjunctive in the 
 meaning ; but the meaning is, 
 
 There is nobody that believes it, or simply, nobody believes it. 
 
 RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TENSES OF THE DIFFER- 
 ENT MOODS. 
 
 Remark. Our intention is not to give the relations 
 which all the tenses bear to each other, but simply to 
 mention some of the principal. 
 
 Relations of the Indicative. 
 
 To the imperfect are subjoined three tenses. 
 
 ( quand vous ecriviez 
 Standard. — Je lisais 1 quand vous avez ecrit 
 f quand vous ecrivites. 
 
 The preterit anterior requires the preterit definite, as, 
 
 quand f cus jini, vous entrdtes. 
 
396 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 To the pluperfect are subjoined the preterit definite, the 
 preterit indefinite, the preterit anterior, and the imperfect. 
 
 J* quand vous entrdtes 
 {!„„„ „ n „ 7'„,^,-„7 j quand vous etes entre 
 
 STANDARDS. — J aVUlS LU < * j r« . , - 
 
 j quand vous futes entre 
 \jquand vous entriez. 
 
 To the preterit anterior indefinite is subjoined the pre- 
 terit indefinite, as, quand fai eu dine, vous etes entre. 
 
 In conjunction with si, for suppose que, the future ab- 
 solute requires the present, and the future anterior, the 
 preterit indefinite. 
 
 Standard.- | ^ S 
 
 sera parti, si vous Vavez voulu. 
 
 Relations to the Conditional and of the Conditional. 
 
 In conjunction with si, for suppose que, the conditional 
 present is accompanied by the imperfect, and the first 
 conditional past by the pluperfect, or by the second con- 
 ditional past. 
 
 C Vous partiriez, si je le voulais. 
 
 Standards. — ■< Tr . , . i si je Vavais voulu 
 
 j Vous seriez parti < - J - v „„„ „, „, 7 „, 
 ( r ( si je leusse voulu. 
 
 The tenses of the conditional present, and of the two 
 conditionals past, are likewise accompanied by themselves. 
 
 C Qvsand Vavare possederait tout Vor du monde, 
 il ne serait pas encore content. 
 Standards. — <{ Quand Alexandre aurait conquis tout Vunivers, 
 iln'auraitpas ete content. 
 
 ^ Vous fussiez parti, si je Veusse voulu. 
 
 It has been observed that when two words are joined 
 by the conjunction que, the second verb is put sometimes 
 in the indicative and sometimes in the subjunctive. 
 
 Relations of the Present and Future Absolute, of the In- 
 dicative to the Tenses of their own Mood, and of the 
 Conditional. 
 
 These two tenses may be accompanied by all the 
 tenses of the indicative and conditional. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 39? 
 
 Standard 
 
 -\ 
 
 On dit } m .„ 
 
 On&iraY™ 
 
 'vous partez aujourd'hui 
 
 vous parlirez demain 
 
 vous serez parti, quand, &c. 
 
 vous partiez hier 
 
 vous partites hier 
 
 vous etes parti ce matin 
 
 vous f vies parti hier, quand, &c. 
 
 vous etiez parti hier, quand, &c. 
 
 vonspartiriez aujourd'hui, si,&c. 
 
 vous seriez parti hier, si, &c. 
 ^vous fussiez parti plus tot, si, &c. 
 
 Remark. The same relation subsists when the sen- 
 tence is negative ; except that for the present absolute of 
 the indicative, the present of the subjunctive is substitu- 
 ted. Instead of, on ne dit pas que vous partez aujourd'hui ; 
 the genius of the French language requires that we 
 should say, on ne dit pas que vous partiez aujourd'hui. 
 
 The imperfect, the preterit definite, the preterit indefi- 
 nite, and the pluperfect, are accompanied either by the 
 imperfect, or by the pluperfect. 
 
 C On disait 
 
 ^ On avait dit J 
 
 que 
 
 I vous partiez aujourd'hui 
 vous etiez parti. 
 
 The future anterior requires the preterit indefinite, as, 
 on aura dit que vous avez menti. 
 
 The conditional present may be accompanied by the 
 present, the imperfect, the preterit indefinite, the pluper- 
 fect, the future of the indicative, as well as by the three 
 conditionals. 
 
 qu'il se trompe 
 qu'il se trompait 
 qu'il s'est trompe 
 qu'il s'etait trompe 
 qu'il se trompera 
 qu'il se tromperait, si, &c. 
 qu'il se serait trompe, si, &c. 
 L qu'il sefiit trompe, si, &c. 
 
 The first conditional past may be accompanied by the 
 imperfect, the pluperfect, as well as by the two other con- 
 ditionals. 
 
 Standards. — On croirait. 
 
398 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 CquHl tombait 
 
 Standards.-^ auroit cru i *** ^aitfombe^ 
 ] qu hi ser ait tomb c 
 {^qu'ilful tombe. 
 
 The second conditional past may be accompanied by 
 the same tenses. 
 
 Principal Relations with the Subjunctive. 
 To the present, the future absolute, and the future an- 
 terior of the indicative, is generally subjoined the present 
 of the subjunctive. 
 
 C II veut ) 
 
 Standard. — 1 II voudra > que vous partiez. 
 
 ( II aura voulu ) 
 
 To the imperfect, the preterit definite, the preterit in- 
 definite, the pluperfect, and the preterit anterior, may be 
 subjoined the imperfect of the subjunctive. 
 f Je voulais ~\ 
 
 Je voulus 
 Standard. — \ J 'ai voulu )> que vous partissiez. 
 
 I J'avais voulu 
 {^J'eus voulu J 
 
 To the future anterior the preterit of the subjunctive, 
 as : II aura voulu qu'il soit parti. 
 
 The conditional present is accompanied either by the 
 imperfect, or by the pluperfect of the subjunctive. 
 
 o ( 7 . { vous partissiez. 
 
 [standard. — < Je voudrais que { „ „ „ r r „„ • _ w - 
 ( I vous jusstez parti. 
 
 To the first and second conditionals past is subjoined 
 
 the pluperfect of the subjunctive. 
 
 c i Jaurais voulu ) r . 
 
 Standard.- { j,^ vmdu | que vous fussiez park. 
 
 &c. &c. &c. &c. 
 
 Of the Infinitive. 
 
 The preposition to before an infinitive, is, according 
 to circumstances, rendered either by pour, by a, or by 
 de ; sometimes even, it is not expressed at all. 
 
 When to means in order to, it is expressed in French, 
 by pour, as, 
 He came to speak tome, II vint pour me parler. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 399 
 
 As for the other two cases, there is hardly any fixed 
 rule to distinguish whether d or de is to be used ; the 
 regimen which the preceding French verb requires ailer 
 it is the only guide. Thus, 
 
 He likes to play, will be expressed by il aime ajouer; ke told 
 me to go, by il me dit d 1 oiler ; and he preferred dying, by il aima 
 mieiix mourir. 
 
 The participle present is used in English both as a 
 'substantive and an adjective, and frequently instead of 
 the present of the infinitive. 
 
 His ruling passion is hunting, Sa passion dominante est la 
 
 chasse. 
 
 He is gone a walking, II est alle se promener. 
 
 Prevent him from doing mis- Empechez-le de faire le mal. 
 
 chief, 
 
 There is a pleasure in silencing II y a plaisir a fermer la 
 
 great talkers, bouche aux grands parleurs. 
 
 It likewise takes almost every other preposition. In 
 the first of the above examples it is translated by the 
 substantive; in the second by the verbal adjective; and 
 in the others by the present of the infinitive. But some- 
 times it must be expressed by the relative qui, with the 
 verb in the indicative, especially when a different mode 
 might create any ambiguity in the sense ; as, 
 
 1 met them riding post, Je les ai rencontres qui cou- 
 
 raient laposte. 
 Sometimes it must be expressed by the conjunction que, 
 with the verb in the indicative, or in the subjunctive, as 
 circumstances may require : this is when the participle 
 present is preceded by a possessive pronoun, as, 
 
 The fear of his coming vexed La crainte qu'ii ne vint nous 
 us, tourmentait. 
 
 2 doubt his being faithful, Je doute qu'il soit fidele, &c. 
 
 It may be proper to observe that, in French, the prepo- 
 sition en alone is followed by the participle present. All 
 other prepositions require the present of the infinitive. 
 
 Foreigners are apt to mistake in the use of the parti- 
 ciple present, because they do not consider that, as it ex- 
 presses an incidental proposition, it must evidently relate 
 to the word which it restrains and modifies. 
 
 Rule. The participle present always forming a phrase 
 35 
 
400 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE VERB. 
 
 incidental and subordinate to another, must necessarily 
 relate to the subject of the principal phrase, when it is 
 not preceded by another noun, as in this sentence : 
 
 Je ne puis vous accompagner a I cannot accompany you into 
 
 la campagne, ayant des af- the country, having some 
 
 f aires qui exigent ici ma pre- business that requires my 
 
 sence, presence here. 
 
 The participle present ayant relates to the subject je, 
 since the subordinate proposition, formed by ayant, could 
 have no kind of relation to the principal proposition, if 
 it could not be resolved into this, farce que fai des af- 
 faires qui, &c. But, in this sentence; 
 
 Combien voyons-nous de gens, How many people do we see, 
 qui, connaissant le prix du who, knowing the value of 
 temps, le per dent mal-d-propos 1 time, waste it improperly ! 
 
 Connaissant relates to the substantive gens, because 
 this is the word which it restrains and modifies, a.nd 
 because the relative qui, placed between that substan- 
 tive as the regimen, and the participle present, obviates 
 every kind of ambiguity. 
 
 Remark 1. Two participles ought never to be used 
 together without being united by a conjunction, as, &c. 
 
 Cestun homme aimant et craig- He is a man loving and fearing 
 nant Dieu, God. 
 
 2. The relative en ought never to be put either before 
 a participle present, or before a gerund. We cannot say : 
 
 Je vous ai rends monfils enire les mains, en voulant faire quelque 
 chose de bon. 
 
 Because the sense would be ambiguous : for, the mean- 
 ing is not : 
 
 As I wish to do something good, or, as I wish to do well, I have 
 put my son into your hands, 
 
 But, 
 
 J have put my son into your hands, as I wish to make something 
 of him. 
 
 We should say : Voulant en faire, &c. 
 Likewise this sentence would be improper : 
 Le prince tempere la rigueur du pouvoir, en en partageant les 
 
 on account of the repetition of the word en, used in two 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 401 
 
 different senses, viz., as a preposition and a relative. An- 
 other turn must be then adopted, as, 
 
 C'esl en partageant lesfonctions du pouveir, qu'wn, prince en 
 temp ere la rigueur. 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 OF PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 The office of prepositions is to bring the two terms 
 between which they are placed, into a state of relation. 
 And that relation is generally expressed by their own 
 signification, as, 
 
 Avec, sur, pendant, dans, &c. 
 
 But, d, de, and en, express it, either by their primitive 
 and proper meaning, or figuratively, and by extension ; 
 so that, in this last case, they are merely prepositions 
 serving to unite the two terms ; whence it happens, that 
 they often express, either the same relations that others 
 do, or opposite relations. For instance, in these two sen- 
 tences : 
 
 Approchez-vous dufeu. Come near the fire. 
 
 Eloignez-vous dufeu, Go from the fire. 
 
 De merely establishes a relation between the two 
 terms, without expressing in the first, the relation of ap- 
 proximation, or in the second, the relation of distance- 
 In order, therefore, to form a just idea of these three pro- 
 positions, it is of importance to consider only their pri- 
 mitive and proper signification. 
 
 En and dans have nearly the same meaning ; but they 
 differ in this, that the former is used in a more vague, 
 the latter in a more determinate sense, as: 
 
 J'etais en Angleterre, dans la province de Middlesex. 
 
 From what has just been said, it follows then, that en, 
 on account of its indeterminate nature, ought not to be 
 followed by the article, except in a small number of 
 phrases sanctioned by usage; such are, 
 
 En la. presence de Dieu; en la grand 1 chambre du parlement ; 
 en Y absence <Vun tel ; en Yannee mil huit cent dix-sept, &c. 
 
 with respect to the expressions 
 
 En Vhonneur, en Vage, it is better to say, a Vkonneur, a, Vdge. 
 
402 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Avant is a preposition in this phrase : 
 
 Avant lejour, Before day-light. 
 
 But it is an adverb in this : 
 
 N'allez fas si avant, Do not go so forward. 
 
 Some other prepositions are likewise occasionally ad- 
 verbs. 
 
 Autour and alentour, must not be confounded ; autour 
 is a preposition, and alentour an adverb, thus ; 
 
 Tons les grands etaient autour All the grandees stood round 
 
 du trone, the throne. 
 
 Le roi etait sur son trone, et les The king was upon the throne, 
 
 grands etaient alentour, and the grandees stood round. 
 
 Avant and auparavant are not used indifferently. 
 
 Avant is followed by a regimen, as, 
 
 Avant Paques, Before Easter. 
 
 Avant ce temps, Before that time. 
 
 Auparavant is followed by no regimen, as, 
 
 Sivouspartez,venezmevoirau- If you set off, come and see me 
 paravant, first. 
 
 Pret a and pres de, are not the same expressions. 
 Pret is an adjective : 
 
 Je suis pret d faire ce que vous I am ready to do what you 
 voudrez, please. 
 
 But pres is a preposition : 
 
 Mon ouvrage est pres d'etre My work is nearly finished. 
 fini, 
 
 Au travers and d tr avers differ in this ; the first is 
 followed by the preposition de, the second is not, as, 
 
 II se Jit jour au travers des en- He fought his way through the 
 
 nemis, enemy. 
 
 It se fit jour a travers les en- 
 
 nemis, 
 
 Avant denotes priority of time and order, as, 
 
 U est arrive avant moi, l'article se met avant le nom. 
 Devant is used for en presence, vis-d-vis, as, 
 11 aparu devant le juge ; il loge devant Veglise. 
 Remark. Devant is likewise a preposition marking 
 order, and is the opposite of apres, as, 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 403 
 
 Rale pas devant moi, He has precedence of me. 
 
 Si vous etes presse, courez de- If you are in a hurry, run be- 
 vaut, fore. 
 
 THE USE OF THE ARTICLE WITH PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Some prepositions require the article before their re- 
 gimen; others do not; and others again, sometimes 
 admit, sometimes reject it. 
 
 Rule I. The following prepositions, generally re- 
 quire the article before the noun which they govern. 
 avant, depuis, envers, nonobstanl, selon, 
 
 apres, devant, excepte, parmi, suivant, 
 
 chez, derriere, hors, pendant, touchant, 
 
 dans, durant, hormis, pour, vers, 
 
 avant Vaurore, chez It prince, envers les pauvres, 
 
 apres la promenade, dans la maison, devanl Veglise, &c. 
 
 There are however exceptions, as, 
 avant lerme, avant diner, pour lit une paillasse, 
 
 avant midi, apres diner, depuis minuit, &c. 
 
 Rule II. A noun governed by the preposition en, is 
 not, in general, preceded by the article, as, 
 
 En ville, en campagne, en extase, en songe, en pieces, &c. 
 
 Remark. L'armee est entree en campagne, means the 
 army has taken the field ; but Mr. N. est alle a la cam- 
 pagne, means Mr. N. is gone into the country. 
 
 Rule III. These eleven prepositions, d, de, avec, 
 contre, entre, malgre, outre, par, pour, sur, sans, some- 
 times admit, sometimes reject the article, before their re- 
 gimen. 
 
 If the article is used in these phrases : 
 
 Jouer sur le velours, 
 
 St. Paul veul de la subordination entre la femme et le mart. 
 
 Sans les passions, oil serait le merite ? 
 
 It is suppressed in, 
 
 Etre sur pied ; un peu de fagons ne gate rien entre mari et 
 femme. 
 
 Vivre sans passions, c'est vivre sans plaisirs, et sans peines. 
 
 REPETITION OF THE PREPOSITION. 
 
 Rule I. The prepositions de, d, and en, must be re- 
 peated before all the nouns which they govern, as, 
 35* 
 
404 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Voyons qui Vemportera de vous, 
 de hii, ou de moi, 
 
 Ette a de Vhonnetete, de la dou- 
 ceur, des graces, et de Vesprit, 
 
 La loi, que Dieu a gravee au 
 fcrnd de mon cozur, mHnstruit 
 de tout ce que je dots a Vau- 
 teur de mon etre, au prochain, 
 a moi-meme, 
 
 En Asie, en Europe, en Afrique, 
 etjusqu'en Amerique, on trouve 
 le mime prejuge, 
 
 Let us see which of us will ex- 
 cel, you, he, or I. 
 
 She has politeness, sweetness, 
 grace, and abilities. 
 
 The law which God has deeply 
 engraven on my heart, in- 
 structs me in every thing I 
 owe to the author of my be- 
 ing, to my neighbour, and to 
 myself. 
 
 In Asia, in Europe, in Africa, 
 and even in America, we find 
 the same prejudice. 
 
 Rule II. The other prepositions, especially those 
 consisting of two syllables, are generally repeated — 
 before nouns, which have meanings totally different ; 
 but seldom before nouns that are nearly synonymous. 
 
 jRien n'est mains selon Dieu et 
 selon le monde, 
 
 Cette action est contre Vhonneur 
 et contre toule espe.ce de prin- 
 cipes, 
 But we ought to say, 
 
 II -perd sa jeunesse dans la mol- 
 lesse et la volupte, 
 
 Notre loi ne condamne personne 
 sans V avoir entendu et ex- 
 amine. 
 
 Nothing is less according to 
 
 God and according to the 
 
 world. 
 That action is contrary to 
 
 honour, and to every kind of 
 
 principle. 
 
 He wastes his youth in effemi- 
 nacy and pleasure. 
 
 Our laws condemn nobody 
 without having heard and ex- 
 amined him. 
 
 OF THE GOVERNMENT OF PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Some prepositions govern nouns without the help of 
 another preposition, as, 
 
 Devant lamaison, Before the house. 
 
 Hormis son fr ere, Except his brother. 
 
 Sans son epee, Without his sword, &c. 
 
 Others require the help of the preposition de, as, 
 
 Pres de la maison, Near the house. 
 
 A Vinsu de son fr ere, Unknown to his brother. 
 
 Au-dessus dupont, Above the bridge, &c. 
 
 These four, jus que, par rapport, quant, and sauf, are 
 followed by the preposition d, as, 
 
 Jusqu'au mois prochain, Till the next month. 
 
 Quant a moi } As for me, &c. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 405 
 
 Practice alone can teach these different regimens. 
 Rule. A noun may be governed by two preposi- 
 tions, provided they do not require different regimens ; 
 thus we say with propriety, 
 
 Celui qui ecrit selon les circon- He who writes according to 
 stances, pour et contre un circumstances, both for and 
 parti, est un homme Men me- against a party, is a very con- 
 prisable, temptible man. 
 
 But it would be wrong to say, 
 
 Celui qui ecrit en faveur et contre un parti, &c. 
 because en faveur requires the preposition de. 
 
 Rule. Prepositions which, with their regimen, express 
 a circumstance, are generally placed as nearly as possible 
 to the word to which that circumstance relates, as, 
 
 On voit des personnes qui, avec We see persons who, with a 
 beaucoup d'esprit, commetient great deal of wit, commit 
 de tres-grandes fautes, very great faults. 
 
 J'ai envoy e a la poste les lettres I have sent to the post-office the 
 que vous avez ecrites, letters which you have written. 
 
 Croyez-vous pouvoir ramener Do you think you can reclaim 
 par la douceur ces esprits by gentleness, those mistaken 
 egares ? people 1 
 
 If we attempt to alter the place of these prepositions, 
 
 we shall find that the sentences will become ambiguous. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 OP THE ADVERB. 
 
 OF THE NEGATIVE Tie. 
 
 Negation is expressed in French by ne, either alone 
 or accompanied by pas or point. On this point the Aca- 
 demy has examined the four following questions : 
 
 1. Where is the place of the negatives? 
 
 2. When is pas to be used in preference to point, and 
 vice versa ? 
 
 3. When may both be omitted ? 
 
 4. When ought both to be omitted 1 
 
 As this subject is of very material importance, we shall 
 treat it upon the plan of the Academy, and agreeably to 
 their views. 
 
406 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. ~- 
 
 First Question. Where is the place of the negatives? 
 
 Ne is always prefixed to the verb ; but the place of 
 pas and point is variable. 
 
 When the verb is in the infinitive, these are placed in- 
 differently before, or after it ; for we say, 
 
 Pour ne point voir, or, pour ne voir pas. 
 
 In the other moods, except the imperative, the tenses 
 are either simple, or compound. In the simple tenses, 
 pas or point is placed after the verb. 
 
 II ne parte pas; ne parle-Uil pas? 
 
 In the compound tenses, it is placed between the aux- 
 iliary and the participle. 
 
 11 rfa pas parte ; n'a-t-ilpas parte ? 
 
 In the imperative, it is placed after the verb. 
 Ne badinez pas. Ne vous en oltez pas. 
 
 Second Question. When is pas to be used in prefer- 
 ence to point, and vice versa ? 
 
 Point is a stronger negative than pas : besides, it de- 
 notes something permanent : II ne lit point, means, he 
 never reads. 
 
 Pas denotes something accidental: II ne lit pas, 
 means, he does not read now, or he is not reading. 
 
 Point de denotes an absolute negation. Thus : 
 
 II -da point oV esprit, is to say, he has no wit at all. 
 
 Pas de allows the liberty of a reserve. So : 
 
 II rdapas d } esprit, is to say, he has nothing of what 
 can be called wit. 
 
 Hence, the Academy concludes, thoXpasis more proper, 
 
 1. Before plus, moins, si, autant, and other words de- 
 noting comparison, as, 
 
 Milton n/est pas moins sublime Milton is not less sublime than 
 qu'Homere, Homer. 
 
 2. Before nouns of number, as, 
 
 It n'y a pas dix ans, It is not ten years ago. 
 
 Point is elegantly used, 
 1. At the end of a sentence, as, 
 Chi s'amusait a ses deepens, et it They were amusing themselves 
 ne s'en apercevait point, at his expense, and he did not 
 
 perceive it. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 407 
 
 2. In elliptical sentences, as, 
 
 Je cr oyais avoir affaire dun hon- I thought I had to deal with an 
 nete homme ; mais point, honest man ; but no. 
 
 3. In answer to interrogative sentences, as, 
 Irez-vous ce soir au pare ? — Shall you go this evening to the 
 
 point, park 1— no. 
 
 The Academy also observes, that when pas, or point, 
 is introduced into interrogative sentences, it is with mean- 
 ings somewhat different. We make use of point, when 
 we have any doubt on our minds, as 
 N'avez-vous point ete la ? Have you not been there 1 
 
 But we use pas, when we are persuaded. Thus, 
 
 PTavsz-vouspas ete la? But you have been there, have 
 
 not you 1 
 
 Third Question. When may hoih. pas a.n& point be 
 omitted ? 
 
 They may be suppressed, 
 
 1. After the words cesser, oser, and pouvoir ; but this 
 omission is only for the sake of elegance, as, 
 
 Je ne cesse de m'en occuper, I am incessantly attentive to it. 
 
 Je n'ose vous enparler, I dare not speak to you about it. 
 
 Je ne puis y penser sans fr emir, I cannot think of it without 
 
 shuddering. 
 
 We likewise say, but only in familiar conversation, 
 
 Ne bougez, Do not stir. 
 
 2. In expressions of this kind, 
 
 Ya-t-il un homme dont elle ne Is there a man that she does not 
 
 medise ? slander 1 
 
 A^ez-vous un ami qui ne soii Have you a friend that is not 
 
 des miens ? likewise mine 1 
 
 Fourth Question. When ought both pas and point 
 to be omitted 1 
 
 They are omitted, 
 
 1. When the extent which we mean to give to the ne- 
 gative is sufficiently expressed either by the words which 
 restrict it, by words which exclude all restriction, or 
 lastly, by such as denote the smaller parts of a whole, 
 and which are without the article. 
 
 To exemplify the first part of this remark, we say, 
 
408 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 Je ne sors guere, I go out but seldom. 
 
 Je ne sortirai de trois jours, I shall not go out for three days. 
 
 To exemplify the second, we say, 
 
 Je n'y vais jamais, I never go there. 
 
 Je n'y pense plus, I think no more of it. 
 
 Nul ne sait s'il est digne d'am- Nobody knows whether he be 
 
 our, ou de liaine, deserving of love, or hatred. 
 
 JWemployez aucun de ces strata- Use none of these stratagems. 
 
 gemes, 
 
 11 ne plait apersonne, He pleases nobody. 
 
 Rien n'est plus charmant, Nothing is more charming. 
 
 Je n'y pense nullement, I do not think of it at all. 
 
 To exemplify the third, we say, 
 
 II n'y voit goutte, He cannot see at all. 
 
 Je n'en ai cueilli brin, I did not gather a sprig. 
 
 11 ne dit mot, He speaks not a word. 
 
 But if to mot we join an adjective of number, pas 
 must be added, as, 
 
 II ne dit fas un mot qui n'inte- He speaks not a word but what 
 
 resse, is interesting. 
 
 Dans ce discours, il n'y a pas In that speech, there are not 
 
 trois mots a reprendre, three words that are excep- 
 
 tionable. 
 
 Pas is likewise used with the preposition de, as, 
 
 II ne fait pas de demarche inu- He does not take any useless 
 , tile, step. 
 
 Remark. If, after the sentences we have just men- 
 tioned, either the conjunction que, or the relative pro- 
 nouns qui or dont, should introduce a negative sentence, 
 then in this last pas and point are omitted, as, 
 Je nefais jamais d'exces que je I never commit any excess, 
 
 n'en sois incommode, without being ill after it. 
 
 Je ne vois personne qui ne vous I see nobody but what commends 
 
 loue, you. 
 
 2. When two negatives are joined by ni, as, 
 Je ne Vaime ni ne Vestime, I neither love nor esteem him. 
 
 And when the conjunction ni is repeated, either in the 
 subject, as, 
 
 Ni Vor ni la grandeur ne nous Neither gold nor greatness can 
 rendent heureux, make us happy. 
 
 Or, in the attribute, as, 
 
 H rfest ni prudent ni sage, He is neither prudent nor wise. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 409 
 
 Or, in the regimen, as, 
 
 lln'ani dettes niproces, He has neither debts nor law- 
 
 suits. 
 
 Remark. Pas is preserved, when ni is not repeated, 
 and when this last serves only to unite two members of 
 a negative sentence, as, 
 
 Je n'aime pas ce vain eialage I do not like that vain display oi 
 d' erudition, prodiguee sans erudition, lavished without 
 choix et sans gout, ni ce luxe choice and without taste, nor 
 de mots qui ne disent Hen, that pomp of words which 
 
 have no meaning. 
 
 3. With the verb which follows que, used instead of 
 pourquoi, and with d moins que, or si, used instead of it, 
 as, 
 
 Que n'etes-vous aussi pose que Why are you not as sedate as 
 
 voire frere ? your brother 1 
 
 Je ne sortirai pas, a moins que I shall not go out, unless you 
 
 vous ne veniez me prendre, come to fetch me. 
 
 Je n'iraipas chez lui, sHl ne m'y I shall not go to his house, if he 
 
 engage, do not invite me. 
 
 4. With ne — que used instead of seulement, as, 
 
 Une jeunesse, qui se livre a ses Youth, which abandons itself to 
 passions, ne transmet a la its passions, transmits to old 
 vieillesse qu'un corps use, age nothing but a worn-out 
 
 body. 
 
 When before the conjunction que, the word rien is 
 understood, as, 
 11 nefait que rire, He does nothing but laugh. 
 
 Or when that conjunction may be changed into sinon, 
 or si ce riest, as, 
 
 U ne tient qu'd vous de reussir, The success wholly depends up- 
 on you. 
 Trop de maitres a la fois ne Too many masters at once only 
 
 servent qu'a embrouiller Ves- serve to perplex the mind. 
 
 pi-it, 
 
 5. With a verb in the preterit, preceded by the con- 
 junction depuis que, or by the verb il y a, denoting a 
 certain duration of time, as, 
 
 Comment vous etes-vous porle How have you been since I saw 
 
 depuis que je ne vous ai vu ? you 1 
 
 J7 y a trois mois que je ne vous I have not seen you for these 
 
 «i vu, three months. 
 
410 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 But they are not omitted, when the verb is in the pre- 
 sent, as, 
 
 Comment vit-il depuis que nous How does he live now we do 
 
 ne le voyons point ? not see him 1 
 
 11 y a six mois que nous ne le "We have not seen him these 
 
 voyons point, six months. 
 
 6. In phrases where the conjunction que is preceded 
 by the adverbs of comparison plus, moins, mieuz, &c. or 
 some other equivalent term, as, 
 
 On meprise ceux qui parlent au- We despise those who speak 
 trement quHls nepensent, differently from what they 
 
 think. 
 
 11 ecrit mieux qu'il ne parte, He writes better than he 
 
 speaks. 
 
 Oest fire qu'on ne le disait, It is worse than was said. 
 
 C'est autre chose que je ne croy- It is different from what I 
 ais, thought. 
 
 Pen s'en faut qu'&n, ne m'ait I have been very near being 
 trompe, deceived. 
 
 7. In sentences united by the conjunction que to the 
 verbs douter, desesperer, nier, and disconvenir, forming 
 a negative member of a sentence, as, 
 
 Je ne doute pas qu'il ne vienne, I doubt not that he will come. 
 
 Ne desesperez pas que ce moyen Do not despair of the success of 
 
 ne nous reussisse, these means. 
 
 Je ne nie pas, or je ne discon- I do not deny that it is so. 
 
 viens pas que cela ne soit, 
 
 The Academy says, that after the two last verbs, ne 
 may be omitted, as, 
 
 Je ne nie pas, or, je ne discon viens pas que cela soit. 
 
 8. With a verb united by the conjunction que to the 
 verbs empecher and prendre garde, meaning to take care, 
 as, 
 
 J'empecherai bien que vous ne I shall prevent your being of the 
 
 soyez du nombre, number. 
 
 Prenez garde qu'on ne vous se- Take care that they do not cor- 
 
 duise, rupt you. 
 
 Remark. The Academy observes, that in the above 
 acceptation, prendre garde is followed by a subjunctive ; 
 but when it means to reflect, the indicative is used with 
 pas or point, as, 
 Prenez garde que vous ne m'en- Mind, you do not understand 
 
 tendez pas, what I mean. 
 
PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 411 
 
 9. With a verb united by the conjunction que to the 
 verb craindre, and those of the same meaning, when we 
 do not wish the thing expressed by the second verb, as, 
 
 11 craint que son fr ere neVaban- He is afraid his brother should 
 
 donne, forsake him. 
 
 Je trains que mon ami ne meure, I fear my friend will die. 
 
 But pas is not omitted, when we wish the thing ex- 
 pressed by the second verb, as, 
 Je crains que mon p ere n } arrive I am afraid my father will not 
 
 pas, come. 
 
 10. With the verb which follows de peur que, de 
 crainte que, in similar circumstances with craindre, 
 Thus, when we say, 
 
 De crainte qxCil ne perde son proces, 
 We wish that he may gain it ; and, when we say, 
 
 De crainte quHl ne soit pas puni, 
 We wish that he may be punished. 
 Remark. In these phrases, 
 
 Je crains que mon ami ne meure, I am afraid my friend will die. 
 Vous empechez qu'on ne chante. You prevent them from singing 
 
 The expression ne is not a negation ; it is the ne, oi 
 quia of the Latins introduced into the French language, 
 as may be seen by the English translation. 
 
 1 1. After savoir, whenever it has the meaning of pou- 
 voir, as, 
 
 Je tie saurais en venir a bout, I cannot accomplish it. 
 
 When it means etre incertain, it is the best to omit 
 pas and point, as, 
 
 Je ne sais oil le prendre, I do not know where to find him. 
 
 11 ne sail ce qu'il dit, He does not know what he says. 
 
 Remark. But pas and point must be used when sa- 
 voir is taken in its true meaning, as, 
 Je ne sais pas le Francais, I do not know French. 
 
 12. We also say, 
 
 Ne vous deplaise, ne vous en de- By your leave, under favour, or, 
 plaise, let it not displease you. 
 
 Plus and davantage must not be used indifferently. 
 Plus is followed by the preposition de, or the conjunc- 
 tion que, as, 
 
 36 
 
412 PARTICULAR RULES OF THE ADVERB. 
 
 11 a plus de brillant que de so- He has more brilliancy than so- 
 
 lide, lidity. 
 
 U sefie plus a seslumieres qu'a He relies more upon his own 
 
 celles des autres, knowledge than upon that of 
 
 others. 
 
 Davantage is used alone and at the end of sentences, as, 
 
 La science est estimable, mais la Learning is estimable, but vir- 
 vertu Vest davantage, tue is still more so. 
 
 Though davantage cannot be followed by the prepo- 
 sition de, it may be preceded by the pronoun en, as, 
 Je n'en dirai pas davantage, I shall not say any more about it. 
 
 It is incorrect to use davantage for le plus. We must 
 say, 
 
 Detoutesles Jleures d'un parterre, Of all the flowers of a parterre 
 V anemone est celle qui me plait the anemone is that which 
 le plus, pleases me most. 
 
 Si, aussi, tant, and autant, are always followed by 
 the conjunction que, expressed or understood. 
 
 Si and aussi are joined to adjectives, adverbs, and 
 participles ; tant and autant to substantives and verbs. 
 UAngleterren'estpas sigrande England is not so large as 
 
 que la France, France. 
 
 11 est aussi estime qu'aime, He is as much esteemed as he 
 
 is beloved. 
 EUe a, autant de beaute que de She has as much beauty as vir- 
 
 vertu, tue. 
 
 Remark. Autant may, however, be substituted for 
 aussi, when it is preceded by one adjective, and followed 
 by que and another adjective, as, 
 U est modeste autant que sage, He is as modest as wise. 
 
 Aussi and autant are used in the affirmative ; si and 
 tant in negative and interrogative sentences. The two 
 last are, however, alone to be used in affirmative sen- 
 tences, when they are put for tellement, as, 
 
 II est devenu si gros, quHl a de He is become so bulky that he 
 
 la peine a marcher, can hardly walk. 
 
 11 a tant couru quHl en est hors He has been running so fast 
 
 d'haleine, that he is out of breath. 
 Jamais takes sometimes the preposition d, and toujour* 
 
 the preposition pour, as, 
 
 Soyez a jamais heureux, Be for ever happy. 
 
 Cest pour toujour^, It is for ever. 
 
 I 
 
OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 413 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 Grammatical construction is the order which the 
 genius of a language has assigned, in speech, to the dif- 
 ferent sorts of words into which it is distinguished. Con- 
 struction is sometimes mistaken for syntax ; but there is 
 this difference, the latter consists in the rules which we 
 are to observe, in order to express the relations of words 
 one to another, whereas grammatical construction con- 
 sists in the various arrangements which are allowed 
 while we observe the rules of syntax. Now this ar- 
 rangement is irrevocably fixed, not only as phrases may 
 be interrogative, imperative, or expositive, but also as 
 each of these kinds may be affirmative or negative. 
 
 In sentences simply interrogative, the subject is either 
 a noun or pronoun. 
 
 If the subject be a noun, the following is the order to 
 be observed: first, the noun, then the verb, then the cor- 
 responding personal pronoun, the adverb, if any, and 
 the regimen in the simple tenses : in the compound 
 tenses, the pronoun and the adverb are placed between 
 the auxiliary and the participle, as, 
 
 Les lumieres sont-elles un bien Are sciences an advantage to 
 
 pour les peuples ? ont-elles nations 1 Have they ever con- 
 
 jam&is contribue a leur bon- tributed to their happiness 1 
 heur? 
 
 If the subject be a pronoun, the verb begins the series, 
 and the other words follow in the order already pointed 
 out, as, 
 
 Vous plairez-vous toujours a. Will you always take pleasure 
 
 medire ? in slandering 1 
 
 Aurez-vous bientbtjini ? Shall you have soon done % 
 
 N. B. When the verb is reflected, the pronoun form- 
 ing the regimen begins the series ; this pronoun always 
 preserves its place before the verb, except in sentences 
 simply imperative. 
 
 In interrogative sentences, with negation, the same or- 
 der is observed ; but ne is placed before the verb, and 
 pas, or point, after the verb in the simple tenses, and be- 
 
414 OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 tween the auxiliary and the participle in the compound 
 tenses, as, 
 
 Votrefrere ne viendra-t-il pas Will not your brother come to- 
 
 demain ? morrow 1 
 
 N'aurez-vous pas bientU fini ? Shall you not have soon done % 
 Remark. There are in French several other ways of 
 interrogating. 
 
 1. With an absolute pronoun, as, 
 Qui vous a dit cela ? or, 
 
 Qui est-ce qui vous a dil cela ? Who told you that % 
 
 2. With the demonstrative pronoun ce, as, 
 
 Est-ce vous? Is it you 1 Est-ce qu'ilpleut? Does it rain? 
 
 3. With an interrogative verb, as, 
 
 Pourquoi ne vient-il pas? Why does he not cornel 
 
 Comment vous trouvez-vous? How do you find yourself? 
 
 Hence we see that the absolute pronouns and the in- 
 terrogative adverbs always begin the sentence: but the 
 demonstrative pronoun always follows the verb. 
 
 In sentences, simply imperative, the verb is always 
 placed first, in the first and second persons ; but in the 
 third, it comes after the conjunction que and the noun or 
 pronoun, as, 
 
 Allons la. Let us go there. 
 
 Venez id, Come here. 
 
 QuHls y aillent, Let them go there. 
 
 Q r ue Pierre aille a, Londres, Let Peter go to London. 
 
 With negation ne and pas are placed as in interroga- 
 tive sentences. 
 
 For the place of the pronouns, (see p. 247.) 
 
 Sentences are expositive, when we speak without either 
 
 interrogating, or commanding. The following is the 
 
 order of the words in those which are affirmative : the 
 
 subject, the verb, the adverb, the participle, the regimen, as 
 
 Un bon prince merite f amour de A good prince deserves the love 
 
 ses sujets, et Vestime de tous les of his subjects, and the esteem 
 
 peuples, of all nations. 
 
 Cesar eut inutilement passe le Ceesar would have crossed the 
 
 Rubicon, s'il y eut en de son Rubicon co no purpose, had 
 
 temps des Fabius, there been Fabii in his time. 
 
 The negative sentences differ from this construction, 
 only as ne is always placed before the verb, and pas, or 
 
OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 415 
 
 point, either after the verb, or between the auxiliary and 
 the participle, as, 
 
 Un homme riche ne fait pas tou- A rich man does not always do 
 jours le Hen qu'il pourrait, all the good he might. 
 
 Cicironn'eut peut-etre pas eteun Cicero would not perhaps have 
 si grand orateur, si le desir de been so great an orator, had 
 s'eleveraux premieres dignites not the desire of rising to the 
 n'eut enfiamme son ame, first dignities inflamed his soul. 
 
 Sentences are either simple, or compound. They 
 
 are simple, when they contain only one subject and one 
 
 attribute, as, 
 
 Vous lisez, You read. 
 
 Vous etes jeunc, You are young. 
 
 They are compound, when they associate several 
 subjects with one attribute, or several attributes with 
 one subject, or several attributes with several subjects, 
 or several subjects with several attributes. 
 
 This sentence, Pierre et Paul sont heureux, is com- 
 pound by having several subjects ; this, celte femme est 
 jolie, spirituelle et sensible, is compound by having se- 
 veral attributes ; and this, Pierre et Paul sont spirituels 
 et savans, is composed at once of several subjects and 
 several attributes. 
 
 A sentence may be compound in various other ways ; 
 by the subject, by the verb, or by the attribute. 
 
 By the subject, when this is restricted by an incidental 
 proposition, as, 
 
 Dieu, qui est bon. 
 
 By the verb, when it is modified by some circumstance 
 of time, order, &c, as, 
 
 Dieu, qui est bon, n'abandonne jamais. 
 
 By the attribute, when this attribute is modified by a 
 regimen which is itself restricted, as, 
 
 Dieu, qui est bon, n'abandonne jamais les hommes, qui mettent 
 sinceremenl leur confiance en lui. 
 
 These simple or compound sentences, may be joined 
 to others by a conjunction, as, 
 
 Quand on aime V etude, le temps When we love study, time flies 
 passe sans qu'on s'en apercoive, without our perceiving it. 
 
 The two partial phrases here form but one. 
 
 36* 
 
416 OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 Rule. When a sentence is composed of two partial 
 phrases, joined by a conjunction, harmony and perspi- 
 cuity generally require the shortest to go first. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Quand les passions nous quittent, When our passions leave us, we 
 
 nous nous fiattons en vain, que in vain natter ourselves that 
 
 c'est nous qui les quittons, it is we that leave them. 
 
 Onn'estpointaplaindre, quand, He is not to be pitied, who for 
 
 au defaut de plaisirs reels, on want of real pleasure, finds 
 
 trouve le moyen de s'occuper de means to amuse himself with 
 
 chimeres, chimeras. 
 
 Periods result from the union of several partial phrases, 
 the whole of which make a complete sense. Periods, to 
 be clear, require the shortest phrases to be placed first. 
 The following example of this is taken from Flechier. 
 
 N'attendez pas, Messieurs, 
 
 1. due j'ouvre une scene tragique; 
 
 2. Glue je represente ce grand homme etendu sur ses propres 
 trophees ; 
 
 3. Glue je decouvre ce corps pale et sanglant, aupres duquel 
 fume encore la foudre qui l'a frappe ; 
 
 4. Glue je fasse crier son sang comme celui d'Abel, et que j'ex- 
 pose a vos yeux les images de la religion et de la patrie eploree. 
 
 This admirable period is composed of four members, 
 which go on gradually increasing. It is a rule not to 
 give more than four members to a period, and to avoid 
 multiplying incidental sentences. 
 
 Obscurity in style is generally owing to those small 
 phrases which divert the attention from the principal 
 sentences, and make us lose sight of them. 
 
 The construction which we have mentioned is called 
 direct, or regular, because the words are placed in those 
 sentences according to the order which has been pointed 
 out. But this order may be altered in certain cases, and 
 then the construction is called indirect, or irregular. 
 Now, it may be irregular, by inversion by ellipsis, by 
 pleonasm, or by syllepsis ; these are what are called the 
 four figures of words. 
 
 OF INVERSION. 
 
 Inversion is the transportation of a word into a place, 
 different from that which by usage is properly assigned 
 
OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 417 
 
 to it. This ought never to be done except when it intro- 
 duces more perspicuity, energy, or harmony into the lan- 
 guage ; for it is a defect in construction, whenever the re- 
 lation subsisting between words is not easily perceived. 
 
 There are two kinds of inversion : the one, by its 
 boldness, seems to be confined to poetry: the other is fre- 
 quently employed even in prose. 
 
 We shall speak here of the latter kind only. 
 
 The following inversions are authorized by custom. 
 
 The subject by which a verb is governed may with 
 propriety be placed after it, as, 
 Tout ce que lui promet Vamitie All that the friendship of the 
 
 des Romains, Romans promises him. 
 
 Remark. This inversion is a rule of the art of speak- 
 ing and writing, whenever the subject is modified by an 
 incidental sentence, long enough to make us lose sight 
 of the relation of the verb governed to the subject go- 
 verning. 
 
 The noun governed by the prepositions de and a may 
 likewise be very properly placed before the verb, as, 
 D'une voix entrecoupee de san- In a voice interrupted by sobs, 
 
 glots, Us s'ecrierent, they exclaimed. 
 
 A tant d'injures, qu'a-t-elle re- To so much abuse, what answer 
 
 pondu? did she give 1 
 
 The verb is likewise elegantly preceded by the prepo- 
 sitions apres, dans, par, sous, contre, &c. with their de- 
 pendencies, as well as by the conjunction si, quand, parce 
 que, puisque, quoique, lorsque, &c. as, 
 
 Par la loi du corps, je tiens a By the law of the body, I am 
 ce monde qui passe, connected with this passing 
 
 world. 
 PuisqxCil le veut, qu'il lefasse. Since he wishes it, let him do it. 
 
 OF THE ELLIPSIS. 
 
 Ellipsis is the omission of a word, or even several 
 words which are necessary to make the construction full 
 and complete. In order to form a good ellipsis, the mind 
 must be able easily to supply the words omitted, as, 
 
 J? accepter ais les offres de Da- I would accept the offers of Da- 
 rius, si fetais Alexandre : — rius, if I were Alexander : — 
 etmoiaussijSifetaisParme- and so would I, if I were 
 nion, Parmenio. 
 
418 OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 
 
 Here the mind easily supplies the words je les accep- 
 terois in the second member. 
 
 The ellipsis is very common in answers to interroga- 
 tive sentences, as, 
 
 Quand vlendrez-vous ? — de- When will you come 1 — to- 
 main, morrow. 
 
 that is, je viendrai demain. 
 
 In order to know whether an ellipsis be good, the 
 words that are understood must be supplied. It is cor- 
 rect, whenever the construction completely expresses the 
 sense denoted by the words which are supplied: other- 
 wise it is not exact. 
 
 OF THE PLEONASM. 
 
 Pleonasm, in general, is a superfluity of words ; in or- 
 der to constitute this figure good, it must be sanctioned 
 by custom, which never authorizes its use, but to give 
 greater energy to language, or to express, in a clearer 
 manner, the internal feeling with which we are affected. 
 
 Et que m'a fait a moi cette Troie ou je cours ! 
 
 Je me meurs. S'il ne veut pas vons le dire, je vous le dirai, moi. 
 
 Je l'ai vu de rues propres yeux. 
 
 Je l'ai entendu de mes propres oreilles. 
 
 — A moi, in the first sentence ; — me, in the second ; — 
 moi, in the third ; — de mes propres yeux, in the fourth ; 
 and — de mes propres oreilles, in the fifth, are employed 
 merely for the sake of energy, or to manifest an internal 
 feeling. But this manner of speaking is sanctioned 
 hy custom. 
 
 Remark. Expletives must not be mistaken for pleo- 
 nasms, as, 
 
 Cest une affaire, ou il y va du It is an affair in which the 
 salut de Vetat, safety of the state is con- 
 
 cerned. 
 
 Which is better than Jest une affaire, ou il va, &c. 
 by omitting y, which is in reality useless on account of 
 ou : but y here, is a mode of expression from which it is 
 not allowable to deviate. 
 
OF GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 419 
 
 OF THE SYLLEPSIS. 
 
 The syllepsis is a figure by which a word relates 
 more to our meaning, than to the literal expressions, as 
 in these : 
 
 II est onze heures : l'an mil sept cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. 
 
 When using it, the mind, merely intent upon a pre- 
 cise meaning, pays no attention to either the number, 
 or the gender of heure and an. 
 
 There is likewise a syllepsis in these sentences : 
 
 Je crains qu'il ne vienne, 
 J'empecherai qu'il ne vous nuise. 
 J'ai peur qu'il ne m'oublie, &c. 
 
 Full of a wish that the event may not take place, we 
 are willing to do all we can, that nothing should present 
 an obstacle to that wish. This is the cause of the intro- 
 duction of the negative, which, although unnecessary to 
 complete the sense, yet must be preserved for the idiom. 
 
 There is again a very elegant syllepsis in sentences 
 like the following from Racine : 
 
 Entre le peuple et vous, vous prendrez Dieu pour juge ; 
 Vous souvenant, mon tils, que cache sous ce lin, 
 Comme eux vous futes pauvre, et, comme eux, orphelin. 
 
 The poet forgets that he has been using the word 
 peuple : nothing remains in his mind but des pauvres and 
 des orphelins, and it is with that idea of which he is so 
 fully impressed that he makes the pronoun eux agree. 
 For the same reason, Bossuet and Mezengui have said, 
 
 Gluand le peuple Hebreu entra dans laterre promise, tout y cel6- 
 brait leurs ancetres. — Bossuet. 
 
 Moise eut recours au Seigneur, et lui dit : que ferai-je a ce 
 peuple ? bientot Us me lapideront. — Mezengui. 
 
 Leurs and Us stand for les Hebreux. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES, AMPHIBOLOGIES, 
 AND GALLICISMS. 
 
 We have chiefly to notice two incorrect modes of con- 
 struction, which are contrary to the principles laid down 
 
420 OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 
 
 in the preceding chapters — grammatical discordances, 
 and amphibologies. 
 
 OF DISCORDANCES. 
 
 In general, there is a discordance in language, when 
 the words which compose the various members of a 
 sentence, or period, do not agree with each other, either 
 because their construction is contrary to analogy, or be- 
 cause they bring together dissimilar ideas, between which 
 the mind perceives an opposition, or can see no manner 
 of affinity. 
 
 The following examples will serve to illustrate this ; 
 
 Notre reputation ne depend pas des louanges qu'on nous donne, 
 mais des actions louables que nous fesons. 
 
 This sentence is not correct, because the first member 
 being negative, and the second affirmative, cannot come 
 under the government of the same verb. It ought to be : 
 
 Notre reputation depend, non Our reputation depends, not up- 
 des louanges qu'on nous on the praises which are be- 
 donne. mais des actions stowed on us, but upon the 
 louables que, &c. praiseworthy actions which vje 
 
 perform. 
 But the most common discordances are those which 
 
 arise from the wrong use of tenses, as in this sentence : 
 
 II regarde votre malheur cornme une punition du pen de com- 
 plaisance que vous avez eue pour lui, dans le temps qu'il vous 
 pria, &c. 
 
 Because the two preterits, definite and indefinite, cannot 
 well agree together; it should be: 
 
 Clue vous elites pour lui dans le temps qu'il vous pria. 
 
 There is discordance in this sentence: 
 
 On en ressentit autant de joie que d'une victoire complete dans 
 un autre temps, 
 
 Because the verb cannot be understood after the que 
 which serves for the comparison, when that verb is to be 
 in a different tense ; it should be : 
 
 On en ressentit autant de joie qu'on en aurait ressenti, Sec. 
 
 This line of Racine, 
 
 Le flot, qui l'apporta, recule epouvante, 
 is also incorrect, because the form of the present cannot 
 
OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 421 
 
 associate with that of the preterit definite ; it should have 
 been: qui V a apporte. 
 
 OF AMPHIBOLOGIES. 
 
 Amphibology in language is when a sentence is so 
 constructed as to be susceptible of two different inter- 
 pretations : this must be carefully avoided. As we 
 speak only to be understood, perspicuity is the first and 
 most essential quality of language; we should always 
 recollect that what is not clearly expressed in any lan- 
 guage, is no language at all. 
 
 Amphibologies are occasioned, 1. By the misuse of 
 
 — moods, and — tenses. 2. Of — the personal pronouns, 
 
 il, le, la, &c. 3. Of the possessive pronouns, son, sa, ses, 
 
 &c 4. By giving a wrong place to nouns. 
 
 EXAMPLE 
 
 Of an Amphibology of the first Kind. 
 
 Glu'ai-je fait, pour venir accabler en ces lieux 
 Un heros, sur qui seul j'ai pu tourner les yeux 1— Racine. 
 Pour venir forms an amphibology, because we do not 
 know whether it relates to the person who speaks, or to 
 the person spoken to : it should have been ■ Pour que 
 vous veniez. 
 
 EXAMPLE 
 Of an Amphibology of the second Kind. 
 Cesar voulut premi&rement surpasser Pompee; les grandes 
 richesses de Crassus lux firent croire, qu'il pourrait partager 
 la gloire de ces deux grands hommes. 
 
 This sentence is faulty in its construction, because the 
 pronouns il and lui seem to relate to Cesar, although the 
 sense obliges us to refer them to Crassus, 
 EXAMPLE 
 Of an Amphibology of the third Kind. 
 Valere alia chez Leandre ; il y trouva son fils. 
 The pronoun son is ambiguous, because we do not 
 know to which it relates, to Valere, or to Leandre. 
 EXAMPLE 
 Of an Amphibology of the fourth Kind. 
 J'ai envoy e les lettres, que j'ai ecrites, a la poste. 
 A la poste, thus placed, is equivocal, because we do not 
 
422 OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 
 
 know whether it is meant that the letters have been writ- 
 ten at the post-office, or sent to the post-office. 
 
 OF GALLICISMS. 
 
 We have distinguished in our " Grammaire Philoso- 
 phique et Litteraire," four sorts of gallicisms : we shall 
 only mention here those of construction. 
 
 The gallicisms of construction are, in general, irregu- 
 larities and deviations from the customary rules of syntax: 
 there are some, however, which are mere ellipses, and 
 others which can only be attributed to the caprice of 
 custom. 
 
 General Principle. Every gallicism of construc- 
 tion which obscures the meaning of the sentence, ought 
 to be condemned. Those only ought to be preserved 
 which do not impair perspicuity, by introducing irregu- 
 larity of construction, and which are, at the same time, 
 sanctioned by long practice. 
 
 According to this principle, this elliptic gallicism is 
 now rejected : 
 
 Et qu'ainsi ne soit, meaning : ce que je vous dis est si vrai que, 
 because it obscures the sentence. For instance: 
 
 J'etais dans ee jardin, et qu'ainsi ne soit, voila une fieur que j'y 
 ai cueillie, that is: Et pour preuve de cela, voila une fleur, &c. 
 
 Moliere and La Fontaine seem to have been the last 
 great writers that have used this expression. 
 
 One of the most common gallicisms is that in which 
 the impersonal verb il y a, is used for il est, il existe. 
 These expressions : 
 
 II y avait une fois un roi ; — il y a cent a parier contre un, 
 
 are gallicism s. There are two in the following sentence : 
 
 11 n'y a pas jusqu'auz enfans, Even children will meddle with 
 qui ne s'en melent, it. 
 
 The verb falloir forms a sort of gallicism with the 
 pronoun en, when it is conjugated like pronominal verbs 
 with the double pronouns, il se ; as, 
 
 II s'en faut, il s'en fallait, &c. 
 It t'hen means to be wanting, and when preceded by an 
 adverb of quantity, the first pronoun is omitted, as, 
 
OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES. 
 
 423 
 
 Peu s'en faut, tant s'en faut. 
 
 These several manners of using the verb falloir will 
 be found in the following sentences : 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 II s'en faut bien qu'il soit 
 aussi habile qu'il croit l'etre, 
 
 Peu s'en est fallu qu'il n'ait 
 succombe dans cette entreprise, 
 
 II ne s'en est presque rien 
 fallu qu'il n'ait ete tue, 
 
 Vous dites qu'il s'en faut 
 vingt livres que la somme en- 
 tiere n'y soit, mais vous vous 
 trompez, il ne peut pas s'en 
 falloir tant, 
 
 Son rhume est entierement 
 gueri, ou peut s'en faut, 
 
 Clue s'en est-il fallu que ces 
 deux amis ne se soient brouil- 
 les? 
 
 Je ne suis pas content de 
 votre application a l'etude, tant 
 s'en faut, 
 
 Tant s'en faut que cette co- 
 rned ie me plaise, elle me sem- 
 ble au contraire detestable, 
 
 II s'en fallait beaucoup que 
 je vous approuyasse dans cette 
 circonstance, 
 
 The sentences : 
 
 11 ri 'est rienmoins que genereux, 
 Vous avez beau dire, 
 
 A ce quHl me semble, 
 
 Nous voila a nous lamenter, 
 
 Qu'est-ce que de nous, 
 
 He is far from being so clever 
 as he thinks. 
 
 He was very near failing in 
 that undertaking. 
 
 He was as near as possible be- 
 ing killed. 
 
 You say it wants twenty 
 pounds to complete the sum, but 
 you are mistaken, it cannot want 
 so much. 
 
 His cold is entirely well, er 
 very near. 
 
 How near were these two 
 friends quarrelling ? 
 
 lam not satisfied with your 
 application to study, far from 
 it. 
 
 So far from this play pleasing 
 me, 1 think it insufferable. 
 
 I was far from approving 
 your conduct on that occasion. 
 
 He is far from being generous. 
 
 You may say what you please, 
 but, &c. 
 
 By what I can see, as the mat- 
 ter appears to me, &c. 
 
 We began to lament, here we 
 are lamenting, crying, &c. 
 
 What wretched beings we arc' 
 &c. &c. 
 
 are also gallicisms. 
 
 The use which is made of the preposition en, in many 
 sentences, is likewise another source of gallicisms ; some 
 of this kind will be found in the following expressions : 
 37 
 
424 OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES, 
 
 A qui en avez-vous ? Whom are you angry with? 
 
 Oil en veut-il venir ? What does he aim * at 1 what 
 
 would he be atl 
 II lui en veut, He has a quarrel with him, &c. 
 
 The preposition en changes also, sometimes, the sig- 
 nification of verbs, and then gives rise to gallicisms. 
 
 The conjunction que produces as great a number of 
 gallicisms; as, 
 
 Cest une terrible passion que Gaming" is a terrible passion, 
 
 lejeu, 
 
 Cest done en vain que je tra- It is in vain then that I work, 
 
 vaille, 
 
 Ce »' est pas trop que cela, That is not too much. 
 
 II n'est que d 'avoir du courage, There is nothing like having 
 
 courage. 
 
 Many others will be found in the use which is made 
 of the prepositions d, de, dans, apres, &c. but enough 
 has been said on the subject. 
 
 Gallicisms are of very great use in the simple style, 
 therefore La Fontaine and Mad. de Sevigne abound in 
 them. The middling style has not so many, and the so- 
 lemn oratorical but few, and these even of a peculiar na- 
 ture. Only two examples of this kind, both taken from 
 the tragedy of Iphigenia, by Racine, will be here in- 
 serted. 
 
 Avez-vous pu penser qu'au sang d'Agamemnon 
 Achille preferat une fille sans nom, 
 Qui de tout son destin ce qu'elle a pu comprendre, 
 C'cst qu'elle sort d'un sang, &c. 
 
 And, 
 
 Je ne sais qui m'arrete et retient mon courroux, 
 Que par un prompt avis de tout ce qui se passe. 
 Je ne coure des dieux divulguer la menace. 
 
 In the first instance, qui is the subject, though without 
 relating to any verb ; and in the second, je ne sais qui 
 m'arrete queje ne coure, is contrary to the rules of com- 
 mon construction. "But," says Vaugelas, "these extra- 
 ordinary phrases, far from being vicious, possess the more 
 beauty, as they belong to a particular kind of language." 
 
FREE EXERCISES. 
 
 I. 
 
 MADAME DE MAINTENON TO HER BROTHER. 
 
 We can only be 1 unhappy by our own fault ; this shall always 
 be my text, and my reply to your lamentations. Recollect 2, 
 my dear brother, the voyage to America, the misfortunes of our 
 father, of our infancy and our youth 3 ; and you will bless Pro- 
 vidence instead of murmuring against fortune. Ten years ago, 
 we were both very far (below our present situation 4;) and our 
 hopes were so feeble 5, that we limited our wishes to an (income 
 of three thousand livres 6.) At present we have four times that 
 sum 7, and our desires are not yet satisfied ! we enjoy the happy 
 mediocrity which you have so often extolled 8 ; let us be content. 
 If possessions 9 come to us, let us receive them from the hand 
 of God, but let not our views be 10 too extravagant 11. "We 
 have (every thing necessary 12) and comfortable 13 ; all the rest 
 is avarice 14 ; all these desires of greatness spring from 15 a 
 restless heart. Your debts are all paid, and you may live ele- 
 gantly 16, without contracting more 17. What have you to 
 desire 3 must 18 schemes 19 of wealth and ambition occasion 20 
 the loss of your repose and your health 1 read the life of St. 
 Louis ; you'will see how unequal 21 the greatness of this world 
 is to the desires of the human heart; God only can satisfy 
 them 22. I repeat it, you are oaly unhappy by your own fault 
 Your uneasiness 23 destroys your health, which you ought to 
 preserve, if it were 24 only because 1 love you. Watch 25 your 
 temper 20 : if youean render it less splenetic 27 and less gloomy, 
 (you will have gained a great advantage 28.) This is not the 
 work of reflection only; exercise, amusement, and a regular life, 
 (are necessary for the purpose 29.) You cannot think well (whilst 
 your health is affected 30;) when the body is debilitated 31, the 
 mind is without vigour. Adieu! write to me more frequently, 
 and in a style less gloomy. 
 
 1 On ne etre. ..que. 2 Songer a. 3 The misfortunes of our in- 
 fancy and those of our, &c. 4 Du point ou nous sommes au- 
 jourd'hui. 5 Si peu de chose. 6 Trois miile livres de rente. 7 
 That sum, en... plus. 8 Have so often extolled, vanter si fort, 
 ind-2. 9 Possessions, biens. 10 Let us not have views. 11 Trop 
 vaste. 12 Le necessaire. 13 Le commode. 14 Avarice, cupidite. 
 15 Spring from, partir du videde. 16 Delicieusement. 17 Con- 
 tracting more, en faire de nouveiles. 18 Must, faut-il que. 19 
 Projet. 20 Occasion, couter, subj-1. 21 Unequal, au-dessous de. 
 22 Satisfy them, le rassasier, 23 Uneasiness, inquietude pi. 24 If 
 it were, quand ce etre, con.d-1. 25 Travailler sur. 26 Humeur. 
 27 Bilieux. 28 Ce etre un grand point de gagne. 29 II y faut de. 
 30 Tant que vous se porter mal. Debilitated, dans l'abattement. 
 
426 FREE EXERCISES. 
 
 II. 
 
 THE CONVERT. 
 
 AN EASTERN TALE. 
 
 Divine mercy 1 had brought a vicious man into a society of 
 sages, whose morals were holy and pure. He was affected by 
 their virtues ; it was not long 2 before 3 he imitated them, and 
 lost his old habits: he became just, sober, patient, laborious, and 
 benevolent. His deeds nobody could deny, but they were attri- 
 buted 4 to odious motives. They praised his good actions, with- 
 out loving his person: they would alwaj^s judge him by what he 
 had been, not by what he was become. This injustice filled him 
 with grief; he shed tears in the bosom of an ancient sage, more 
 just and more humane than the others. " Oh my son," said the 
 old man to him, " thou art better than thy reputation ; be thankful 
 " to God for it. Happy the man who can say, my enemies and 
 " my rivals censure in me vices of which I am not guilty. What 
 " matters 5 it, if thou art good, that men persecute thee as wick- 
 " ed % Hast thou not, to comfort thee, the two best witnesses of 
 " thy actions, God and thy conscience V Saint- Lambert. 
 
 Mr. de Montausier has written a letter to Monseigneur upon 
 the taking of Philipsbourgh, which very much pleases me. 
 " Monseigneur, I do not compliment you on the capture of Phi- 
 M lipsbourgh : you had a good army, bombs, cannon, and Vauban ; 
 "neither shall I compliment you upon your valour : for that is 
 " an hereditary virtue in your family. But I rejoice that you 
 "are liberal, generous, humane, and that you know how to 
 " recompense the services of those who behave well : it is for 
 "this that I congratulate you." Sevigne. 
 
 III. 
 
 THE GOOD MINISTER. 
 
 AN EASTERN TALE. 
 
 The great Aaron Raschild began to suspect that his vizier 
 Giafar was not deserving of the confidence which he had reposed 
 in him. The women of Aaron, the inhabitants of Bagdad, the 
 courtiers, the dervises, censured the vizier with bitterness. The 
 calif loved Giafar ; he would not condemn him upon the clamours 
 of the city and the court: he visited his empire; every where 
 he saw the land well cultivated, the country smiling, the cottages 
 opulent, the useful arts honoured, and youth full of gayety. He 
 visited his fortified cities and sea-ports, he saw numerous ships, 
 
 1 Misericorde. 2 Ne pas tarder. 3 A, inf-1. 4 On donner 
 des motifs. 5 Importer. 
 
FREE EXERCISES. 427 
 
 which threatened the coasts of Africa and of Asia ; he saw war- 
 riors disciplined and content; these warriors, the seamen, and 
 the peasantry, exclaimed: " O God, pour thy blessings upon the 
 "faithful, by giving- them a calif like Aaron, and a vizier like 
 Giafar." The calif, affected by these exclamations, enters a 
 mosque, falls upon his knees, and cries out : " Great God, I re- 
 turn thee thanks ; thou hast given me a vizier of whom my cour- 
 tiers speak ill, and my people speak well." 
 
 Saint-Lambert. 
 
 Providence conducts us with so much goodness through the 
 different periods of our life, that we (do not perceive our progress 
 1.) This loss takes place gently 2, it is imperceptible, it is the 
 shadow of the sun-dial whose motion we do not see. If, at twen- 
 ty years of age, we could see 3 in a mirror, the face we shall have 
 at three score, we (should be shocked at the contrast 4,) and ter- 
 rified at our own figure ; but it is day by day we advance : we 
 are to-day as we were yesterday, and shall be to-morrow as we 
 are to-day ; so we go forward without perceiving it, and this is a 
 miracle of that Providence whom I adore. Sevigne. 
 
 IV. 
 
 THE MAGNIFICENT PROSPECT. 
 
 This beautiful house was on the declivity of a hill, from 
 whence you beheld the sea, sometimes clear and smooth as glass, 
 sometimes idly 1 irritated against the rocks on which it broke, 
 bellowing 2 and swelling its waves like mountains. On another 
 side was seen a river, in which were islands bordered with 
 blooming limes, and lofty poplars, which raised their proud heads 
 to the very clouds. The several channels, which formed those 
 islands, seemed sporting 3 in the plain. Some rolled their limpid 
 waters with rapidity; some had a peaceful and still course; 
 others, by long windings, ran back again, to reascend as it were 
 to their source, and seemed not to have power to leave these en- 
 chanting borders. At a distance were seen hills and mountains, 
 which were lost in the clouds, and formed, by their fantastic 
 figure, as delightful a horizon (as the eye could wish to behold 
 4.) The neighbouring mountains were covered with verdant (vine 
 branches, 5) hanging in festoons ; the grapes, brighter than pur- 
 ple, could not conceal themselves under the leaves, and the vine 
 6 was overloaded with its fruit. The fig, the olive, the pome- 
 granate, and all other trees, overspread the plain, and made it 
 one large garden. Fenelon. 
 
 1 Ne le sentir presque pas. 2 Va doucement. 3 On nous 
 faire voir. 4 Tomber a la renverse. 
 
 1 Foilement. 2. En gemir. 3 Se jouer. 4 A souhait pour 
 le plaisir de. 5 Pampre, m. 6 Vigne, f. 
 37* 
 
42S FREE EXERCISES. 
 
 Long hopes wear out 7 joy, as long illness wears out pain. 
 All philosophic systems are only good when one (has no use 
 for them 8.) Sevigne. 
 
 V. 
 
 A GENERAL VIEW OF NATURE. 
 
 With what magnificence does nature shine 1 upon earth ! A 
 pure light, extending from east to west, gilds successively the 
 two hemispheres of this globe ; an element transparent and light, 
 surrounds it; a gentle fecundating heat animates, gives being 2 
 to the seeds of life ; salubrious running streams contribute to 
 their preservation and growth ; eminences diversified over the 
 level land, arrest the vapours of the air, make these springs in- 
 exhaustible and always new ; immense cavities made to receive 
 them, divide the continents. The extent of the sea is as great 
 as that of the earth ; it is not a cold, barren element ; it is a new 
 empire, as rich, as populous as the first. The finger of God has 
 marked their boundaries. 
 
 The earth, rising above the level of the sea, is secure 3 from 
 its eruptions : its surface, enamelled with flowers, adorned with 
 ever-springing verdure, peopled with thousands and thousands 
 of species of different animals, is a place of rest, a delightful 
 abode, where man, placed in order to second nature, presides 
 over all beings. The only one among them all, capable of know- 
 ing and worthy of admiring, God has made him spectator of the 
 universe, and a witness of his wonders. The divine spark with 
 which he is animated, enables him to participate in the divine 
 mysteries ; it is by this light that he thinks and reflects ; by it he 
 sees and reads in the book of the universe, as in a copy of the 
 Deity. 
 
 Nature is the exterior throne of the divine Majesty ; the man 
 who contemplates, who studies it, rises by degrees to the interior 
 throne of Omnipotence. Made to adore the Creator, the vassal 
 of heaven, sovereign of the earth, he ennobles, peoples, enriches 
 it ; he establishes among living beings, order, subordination, har- 
 mony; he embellishes nature herself; he cultivates, extends, 
 and polishes it; lops off the thistle and the brier, and multiplies 
 the grape and the rose. Bupfon. 
 
 _ 
 
 ANOTHER GENERAL VIEW OF NATURE. 
 Trees, shrubs, and plants, are the ornaments and clothing 1 of 
 the earth. Nothing is so melancholy 2 as the prospect of a coun- 
 
 7 User. 8 N'en avoir que faire. 
 
 I Ne briller pas. 2 Faire ecloire. 3 A l'abri de. 
 
 1 Vetement. 2 Triste. 
 
FREE EXERCISES. 429 
 
 try naked and bare 3, exhibiting to the eye nothing but stones, 
 mud, and sand. But, vivified by nature, and clad 4 in its nup- 
 tial robe, amidst the course of streams and the singing of birds, 
 the earth presents to man, in the harmony of the three kingdoms, 
 a spectacle full of life, of interest and charms, the only spectacle 
 in the world of which his eyes and heart are never weary 5. 
 
 The more a (contemplative man's soul is fraught with sensi- 
 bility 6,) the more he yields to the ecstasies which this harmony 
 produces in him. A soft and deep melancholy then takes pos- 
 session of his senses, and in an intoxication of delight, he loses 
 himself in the immensity of that beautiful system, with which 
 he feels himself identified. Then every particular object escapes 
 him, he sees and feels nothing but in the whole. Some circum- 
 stance must contract his ideas, and circumscribe his imagination, 
 before 7 he can observe by parcels that universe which he was 
 endeavouring to embrace. J. J. Rousseau. 
 
 VII. 
 
 CULTIVATED NATURE. 
 
 How beautiful is cultivated nature ! by the labours of man, 
 how brilliant it is, and how pompously adorned ! He himself 
 is its chief ornament, its noblest part ; by multiplying himself, 
 he multiplies the most precious germ ; she also seems to mul- 
 tiply with him : by his art, he (brings forth to view 1) all that 
 she concealed 2 in her bosom. How many unknown treasures ! 
 What new riches ! Flowers, fruits, seeds brought to perfection, 
 multiplied to infinity ; the useful species of animals transport- 
 ed, propagated, increased without number ; the noxious species 
 reduced, confined, banished ; gold, and iron more necessary 
 than gold, extracted from the bowels of the earth ; torrents con- 
 fined 3, rivers directed, contracted 4 ; the sea itself subjected, 
 explored 5, crossed, from one hemisphere to the other ; the earth 
 accessible in every part, and every where rendered equally 
 cheerful and fruitful: in the valleys, delightful meadows; in 
 the plains, rich pastures and still richer harvests; hills covered 
 with vines and fruits: their summits crowned with useful trees 
 and young forests; deserts changed into cities inhabited by an 
 immense population, which, continually circulating, spreads it- 
 self from these centres to their extremities ; roads opened and 
 frequented, communications established every where, as so 
 many witnesses of the strength and union of society ; a thousand 
 other monuments of power and glory sufficiently demonstrate 
 that man, possessing dominion over the earth, has changed, re- 
 newed the whole of its surface, and that, at all times, he shares 
 the empire of it with nature. 
 
 3Pele. 4 Revetu. 5 Se lasser. 6 Contemplateur avoir l'ame 
 sensible. 7 Pour qu'il. 
 
 1 Mettre au jour. 2 Receler. 3 Contenu. 4 Resserre. 5 
 Reconnu. 
 
430 FREE EXERCISES. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. 
 
 However, man only reigns by right of conquest ; he rather 
 enjoys than possesses, and he can preserve only by means of con- 
 tinual labour. If this ceases, every thing droops, every thing 
 declines, every thing changes, and agaiu returns 1 under the 
 hand of nature; she reassumes her rights, erases the work of 
 man, covers with dust and moss his most pompous monuments, 
 destroys them in time, and leaves him nothing but the regret of 
 having lost, through his fault, what his ancestors had conquered 
 by their labours. Those times, in which man loses his dominion, 
 those barbarous 2 ages, during which every thing is seen to pe- 
 rish, are always preceded by war, and accompanied by scarcity 
 and depopulation. Man, who can do nothing but by number, 
 who is strong only by union, who can be happy only by peace, is 
 mad enough to arm himself for his misery, arid to fight for his 
 ruin. Impelled by an insatiable thirst of having, blinded by 
 ambition still more insatiable, he renounces all the feelings of 
 humanity, turns all his strength against himself, seeks mutual 
 destruction, actually 3 destroys himself: and, after these periods 
 of blood and carnage, when the smoke of glory has vanished, he 
 contemplates with a sad eye, the earth wasted, the arts buried, 
 nations scattered, the people weakened, his own happiness ruin- 
 ed, and his real power annihilated. Buffon. 
 
 IX. 
 
 INVOCATION TO THE GOD OF NATURE. 
 
 Almighty God ! whose presence alone supports nature, and 
 maintains the harmony of the laws of the universe : Thou, who, 
 from the immoveable throne of the empyrean, seest the celestial 
 spheres roll under thy feet, without shock or confusion : who, 
 from the bosom of repose, reproducest every moment their im- 
 mense movements, and alone govern est. in profound peace, that 
 infinite number of heavens and worlds; restore, restore at length 
 tranquillity to the agitated earth ! let it be silent at thy voice ; let 
 discord and war cease their proud clamours ! God of good- 
 ness, author of all beings, thy paternal eye takes in 1 all the ob- 
 jects of the creation ; but man is thy chosen being ; thou hast 
 illumined 2 his soul with a ray of thy immortal light: complete 
 the measure of thy kindness by penetrating his heart with a ray 
 of thy love : this divine sentiment, diffusing itself every where, 
 will reconcile opposite natures ; man will no longer dread the 
 sight of man ; his hand will no longer wield the murderous 
 steel 3; the devouring flames of war will no longer dry up 4 the 
 
 1 Itentrer. 2 De barbarie. 3 En effet. 
 
 I Embrasser. 2 Eclairer. 3 Le fer armer sa main. 4 Tarir- 
 
 I 
 
FREE EXERCISES. 431 
 
 sources of population : the human species, now weakened, muti- 
 lated, mowed down in the blossom, will spring anew 5 and mul- 
 tiply without number; nature, overwhelmed under the weight of 
 scourges 6, will soon re-assume, with a new life, its former fruit- 
 fulness; and we, beneficent God, will second it, we will cultivate 
 it, we will contemplate it incessantly, that we may every moment 
 offer thee a new tribute of gratitude and admiration. 
 
 Buffon. 
 
 X. 
 
 Happy they who are disgusted with 1 turbulent pleasures, and 
 know how to be contented 2 with the sweets of an innocent life ! 
 Happy they who delight in being instructed 3, and who take a 
 pleasure 4 in storing their minds with knowledge ! Wherever 
 adverse fortune may throw them, they always carry entertain- 
 ment with them ; and the disquiet which preys upon others, even 
 in the midst of pleasures, is unknown to those who can employ 
 themselves in reading. Happy they who love to read, and are 
 not like me deprived of the ability. As these thoughts were 
 passing in my mind, I went into a gloomy forest, where I imme- 
 diately perceived an old man, holding a book in his hand. The 
 forehead of this sage was broad, bald, and a little wrinkled: a 
 white beard hung down to his girdle ; his stature was tall and 
 majestic ; his complexion still fresh and ruddy, his eyes lively 
 and piercing, his voice sweet, his words plain and charming. I 
 never saw so venerable an old man. He was a priest of Apollo, 
 and officiated 5 in a marble temple, which the kings of Egypt 
 had dedicated to that God in this forest. The book which he 
 held in his hand was a collection of hymns in honour of the 
 Gods. He accosted me in a friendly manner ; and we discoursed 
 together. He related things past so well, that they seemed 
 present, and yet with such brevity, that his account never tired 
 me. He foresaw the future by his profound knowledge, which 
 made him know men and the designs of which they are capable. 
 With all this wisdom he was cheerful and complaisant, and the 
 sprightliest youth has not so many graces as this man had at so 
 advanced an age. He accordingly loved young men when they 
 were teachable 6, and had a taste for study and virtue. 
 
 Fenelon. 
 
 XL 
 THOUGHTS ON POETRY. 
 
 Wherever I went, I found that poetry was considered as the 
 
 5 Germer de nouveau. 6 Fleau. 
 
 ] Se de>outer de. 2 Se contenter de. 3 S'instruire. 4 Se 
 plaire. 5 Servir. 6 Docile. 
 
432 FREE EXERCISES. 
 
 (highest learning 1) and regarded with a veneration (somewhat 
 approaching to 2,) that which men would pay to angelic nature. 
 
 It yet fills me with wonder that, in almost all countries, the 
 most ancient poets are considered as the best; whether (it be 
 that 3) every kind of knowledge is an acquisition gradually at- 
 tained, and poetry is a gift conferred at once ; or that the first 
 poetry of every nation surprised them as a novelty, and retained 
 the credit by consent, which it received by accident at first ; or 
 whether, as the province 4 of poetry is to describe nature and 
 passion, which are always the same, the first writers (took pos- 
 session 5) of (the most striking objects for description 6,) and 
 (the most probable occurrences for fiction 7,) and left nothing to 
 those that followed them, but transcription 8 of the same events, 
 and new combinations 9 of the same images. "Whatever be the 
 reason, it is commonly observed, that the early writers are in 
 possession of nature, and their followers 10 of art: that the first 
 excel in strength and invention, and the latter in elegance and 
 refinement. 
 
 I was desirous to add my name to this illustrious fraternity 11. 
 I read all the poets of Persia and Arabia, and was able to repeat 
 by memory the volumes that are suspended in the mosque of 
 Mecca. But I soon fouud that no man was ever great by imita- 
 tion. My desire of excellence 12 impelled 13 me to transfer 14 
 my attention to nature and life 15. Nature was to be my sub- 
 ject, and men to be my auditors : I could never describe what I 
 had not seen; I could not hope (to move those with delight or 
 terror 16) whose interests and opinions I did not understand 17. 
 
 XII. 
 
 THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. 
 Being now resolved to be a poet, I saw every thing (with a 
 new purpose 18;) my sphere of attention was suddenly magni- 
 fied: no kind of knowledge (was to be overlooked 19.) I ranged 
 mountains and deserts for 20 images and resemblances, and 
 (pictured upon my mind 21) every tree of the forest and flower 
 of the valley. I observed with equal care the crags of the rock 
 and the pinnacles of the palace. Sometimes I wandered along 
 the mazes of the rivulet, and sometimes watched the changes of 
 the summer-clouds. To a poet nothing can be useless. What- 
 
 1 Partie la plus sublime de la litterature. 2 Qui tenoit de. 3 
 Cela vienne de ce que. 4 But. 5 S'emparer. 6 Objets qui four- 
 nissaient les plus riches descriptions. 7Evenemens qui prctaient 
 le plus a la fiction. 8 De copier. 9 Faire de nouvelles combi- 
 naisons. 10 Successeurs. 11 Famille. 12 Exceller. 13 En- 
 gager. 14 Reporter... sur. 15 Tableau de la vie. 16 Reveiller 
 le plaisir ou la terreur dans ceux. 16 Ne connaitre ni. 18 Sous 
 un nouveau jour. 19 Je ne devais negliger. 20 Pour recueillir. 
 21 Pcnctrer mon esprit du tableau de. 
 
FREE EXERCISES. 433 
 
 ever is beautiful, and whatever is dreadful, must be familiar to 
 his imagination : he must (be conversant 22) with all that (is aw- 
 fully vast or elegantly little 23.) The plants of the garden, the 
 animals of the wood, the minerals of ihe earth, and the meteors 
 of the sky, must all concur to store his mind with inexhaustible 
 variety : for every idea is useful for the (enforcement or decora- 
 tion 24) of moral or religious truth ; and he who knows most, 
 will have most power 25 of diversifying his scenes 26, and grati- 
 fying his reader with remote allusions and unexpected instruc- 
 tion. 
 
 All the appearances of nature I was, therefore, careful to study 
 27, and every country which I have surveyed has contributed 
 something to my poetical powers. 
 
 In so wide a survey, interrupted the prince, you must surely 
 have left much unobserved. 1 have lived, till now, within the 
 circuit of these mountains, and yet cannot walk abroad without 
 the sight of something which I had never beheld before, or never 
 heeded 28. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. 
 
 The business of a poet, said Imlac, is to examine, not the in- 
 dividual, but the species ; to remark general properties and (large 
 appearances 29:) he does not number the streaks of the tulip, or 
 describe the different shades in the verdure of the forest. He is 
 to exhibit, in his portraits of nature, such prominent and striking 
 features, as 30recallthe original to every mind ; and must neglect 
 the minuter discriminations 31, which one may have remarked, 
 and another neglected, for those characteristics 32 which are 
 alike obvious 33 to vigilance 34 and carelessness 35. 
 
 But the knowledge of nature is only half 36 the task of a poet: 
 he must be acquainted likewise with all the modes 37 of life. 
 His character requires that he estimate 38 the happiness and mi- 
 sery of every condition : observe the power of all the passions, 
 in all their combinations, and trace the changes 39 of the human 
 mind, as they are modified by various institutions, and accidental 
 influences of climate or custom; from the sprightliness of in- 
 fancy to the despondence of decrepitude. He must divest him- 
 self 40 of the prejudices of his age or country ; he must consider 
 right and wrong 41 in their abstracted and invariable state 42; 
 he must disregard present laws and opinions, and rise to general 
 
 22 Bien connaitre. 23 Etonnepar sa grandeur, oucharme par 
 son elegante petitesse. 24 Fortifier, ou embellir. 25 Ressources 
 pour. 26 Tableau. 27 Etudier avec soin toutes les, &c. 28 Re- 
 marquer. 29 Considerer les objets en grand. 30 De ces traits 
 saillans et frappans qui, &c. 31 Ces petits details. 32 Pour 
 s'appliquer a caracteriser, &c. &e. 33 Frappe egalement. 34 
 CEil observateur. 35 Esprit insouciant. 36 The half of. 37 
 Tous les differens aspects. 38 Apprecier. 39 Suivre les vicis- 
 situdes. 49 Se depouiller. 41 Ce qui est juste ou iDJuste. 43 
 
434 
 
 FREE EXERCISES. 
 
 and transcendent truths, which will alwa3 r s be the same ; he 
 must, therefore, (contenthimself with the slow progress of his 
 name 43,) contemn the applause of his own time, and commit 
 his claims to the justice of posterity. He must write as the in- 
 terpreter of nature, and the legislator of mankind, and consider 
 himself as presiding 44 over the thoughts and manners of future 
 generations, as a being superior to time and place. 
 
 His labour is not yet at an end : he must know many languages, 
 and many sciences; and, that his style may be worthy of his 
 thoughts, he must, by incessant practice, familiarize himself to 
 every delicacy of speech and grace of harmony. S. Johnson. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 First follow nature, and your judgment frame, 
 By her just standard, which is still the same; 
 Unerring nature, still divinely bright, 
 One clear, unchanged, and universal light, 
 Life, force, and beauty, must to all impart ; 1 
 At once the source, and end, and test of art. 2 
 Art, from that fund, each just supply provides ; . " 
 Works without show, and without pomp presides; 
 In some fair body thus th' informing soul, 
 With spirit feeds, with vigour fills the whole ; 
 Each motion guides, and every nerve sustains 
 Itself unseen, but in th' effect remains. 3 
 Some, to whom heav'n in wit has been profuse, 
 Want as much more to turn it to its use : 
 For wit and judgment often are at strife, 
 Tho' meant each other's aid, like man and wife. 4 
 "Pis more to guide, than spur the muse's steed, 
 Restrain his fury, than provoke his speed: 5 
 The winged courser, like a gen'rous horse, 
 Shows most true mettle, when you check its course. 6 
 ' POPE. 
 
 Abstraction faite de ces divers prejuges. 43 Se resigner a voir 
 son nom percer difficilement. 44 Influer. 
 
 1. Light, clear, immutable, and universal nature, which never 
 errs, and shines always with a divine splendour, must impart to all 
 she does, life, force, and beauty. 2 She is at once the source, &c. 
 
 3 So in a fair body, unseen itself, but always sensible by its ef- 
 fects, the soul continually acting, feeds the whole with spirits, fills 
 it with vigour, guides every motion of it, and sustains every nerve. 
 
 4 Some to whom heaven has given wit with profusion, want 
 as much yet to know the use they ought to make of it ; for wit 
 and judgment, though made, like man and wife, to aid each 
 other, are often in opposition. 
 
 9 It is more difficult to guide than spur the courser of the mu- 
 ses, and to restrain its ardour than to provoke its impetuosity. 
 
 6 The winged courser is like a generous horse : the more we 
 strive to stop it in its rapid course, the more it shows unconquer- 
 able vigour. 
 
EXAMPLES OF PHRASES 
 
 ON THE 
 
 PRINCIPAL DIFFICULTIES OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 
 
 Sur les Collectifs Partitifs. 
 
 La plupart des fruits verts sont d'un 
 gout austere. 
 
 La plupart des gens ne se conduisent 
 que par interet. 
 
 La plupart du rnonde se trompe. 
 
 II meprise par philosophie les hormeurs, 
 que la plupart du monde recherche. 
 
 II devait me fournir tant d'arbres ; mais 
 j'en ai rejete la moitie qui ne valait rien. 
 
 Un grand nombre de spectateurs ajou- 
 tait a la beaute du spectacle. 
 
 Toute sorte <te livres ne sont pas egale- 
 ment bons. 
 
 Beaucoup de personnes se sont presen- 
 tees. 
 
 Bien des personnes se font des principes 
 
 a leur fantaisie. 
 
 Sur quelques Varies qu'on ne pcut con- 
 
 juguer avec Avoir sans /aire des bar- 
 
 barismes. 
 
 II lui est echu une succession du chef de 
 sa femme. 
 
 11 est bien dechu de son credit. 
 
 Ne somrnes-nous pas convenus du prix? 
 
 N'est-il pas intervenu dans cette affaire, 
 comme il i'avait promis ? 
 
 II est survenu a I'improviste. 
 
 La neige, qui est tombee ce matin, a 
 adouci le temps. 
 
 Que Je neige il est tombe ce matin ! 
 
 Toutes les dents lui sont tombees. 
 
 Ce propos n'est pas tombe a terre. 
 
 Etes-vous alle voir votrc ami? 
 
 lis sont arrives a mid! et sont repartis de 
 suite. 
 
 Ces fleurs sont a peine ecloses. 
 
 II est ne de parens vertueux, qui n'ont 
 rien neglige pour son education. 
 
 Mademoiselle votre soaur est-elle rentree? 
 
 Madame votre mere n'est-ellepas encore 
 venue ? 
 
 Sur les Mots de Quantite. 
 
 II a beaucoup d'esprit, mais encore plus 
 d'amour-propre. 
 
 II a assez d'argent pour ses menus plai- 
 sirs. 
 
 II y avait bien du monde a 1' Opera. 
 
 II y avait hier au Pare je ne sais combien 
 de gens. 
 
 II boit autant d'eau que de vin. 
 
 II a tant d'amis qu'il ne manquera de 
 rien. 
 
 Personne n'y a plus d'interet que lui. 
 
 II n'a pas plus d'esprit. qu'il n'en faut. 
 
 Trop de loisir perd souvent la jeunesse. 
 
 On the Collective Partitives. 
 The greater part of green fruit is of a 
 harsh taste. 
 Most people are guided only by interest. 
 
 The greater part of mankind live in er- 
 ror. 
 
 As a true philosopher he despises those 
 honours which mankind in general court. 
 
 He ivas to furnish me so many trees, but 
 I refused half of them which ivere good for 
 nothing. 
 
 A considerable number of spectators add- 
 ed to the splendour of the scene. 
 
 Every kind of books are not equally good. 
 
 Many people presented themselves. 
 
 Many persons form principles to them- 
 selves, ^cordm^jojh^irfan^. 
 
 On some Verbs which cannot be conjugated 
 with the verb Avoir, without making bar- 
 barous phrases. 
 An estate fell to Mm in right of his wife. 
 
 He has lost much of his credit. 
 Have we not agreed about the price 7 
 Did he not interfere in that affair as lie 
 
 He came up unawares. 
 
 The snow which fell this morning has 
 softened the weather. 
 
 How much snow has fallen this morning 1 
 
 All his teeth have fallen out. 
 
 That remark was not allowed to escape. 
 
 Have you been to see your friend ? 
 
 They arrived at noon and set out amin 
 immediately. 
 
 These flowers are scarcely blown. 
 
 He was bom of virtuous parents, toho be- 
 stowed on him the best education. 
 
 Is your sister returned ? 
 
 Is not your mother come yet ? 
 
 J'y ai bien moins d'interet que vous. 
 
 Sur les Pronoms Personnels. 
 Sors et te retire. 
 Cours vite et ne t'amuse point. 
 
 38 
 
 On Words of Quantity. 
 He has a great deal of sense, but still 
 more vanity. 
 He has sufficient pocket-money. 
 
 There were a great many people at the 
 Opera. 
 
 There were I do not know how many peo- 
 ple in the Parte yesterday. 
 
 He drinks as mveh water as wine. 
 
 He has so many friends that he will want 
 for nothing. 
 
 Nobody has more interest, there than he. 
 
 He is not overburdened with sens. 
 
 Too much leisure time is frequently tho 
 destruction of youth. 
 
 I am much less concerned in it than you. 
 
 On the Personal Pronouns. 
 Go out and retire, withdraw. 
 Go quick and dj not loiter. 
 
436 
 
 PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 II Alt aujourd'hw une chose et demain 
 fl se dementira. 
 
 11 s'est dementi lui-meme. 
 
 La jeunesse eat naturelk-ment enrportee ; 
 elle a besoin de quelque entrave qui la re- 
 tienne. 
 
 II ne peut voir personne dans la prospe- 
 rite sans lui porter envie. 
 
 Ce que vous me dites est une enigme pour 
 moi. 
 
 C'est un horame extreme en tout ; il aime 
 et il hait avec fureur. 
 
 Si vous n'y avez jamais ete, je vous y 
 menerai. 
 
 Je l'ai.connu doux et modeste ; il s'est 
 bien gate dans le commerce de ses nou- 
 veaux amis. 
 
 Elle n'est pas encore revenue du saisisse- 
 ment, que lui causa cette nouvelle. 
 
 Il menace de l'exterminer, lui et toute sa 
 race. 
 
 Si vou3 n'avez que fuire de ce livre-la, 
 pretez-le-moi. 
 
 Je lui avais envoye un diamant, il 1'a 
 refuse, je le lui ai renvoye. 
 
 II apprend facilementet oublie de rneme. 
 
 Je lui pardonne facilement d'avoir voulu 
 se faire auteur ; mais je ne saurais lui par- 
 donner toutes les puerilites dont il a farci 
 son livre. 
 
 Je me plains a vous de vous-meme. 
 
 Si vous ne voulez pas etre pour lui, au 
 moins ne soyez pas contre. 
 
 Uuand sera-ce que vous viendrez nous 
 voir? 
 
 Sur soi, lui, soi-meme, et lui-meme. 
 
 Quand on a pour soi le temoignage de sa 
 conscience, on est bien fort. 
 
 L'estime de toute la terre ne sort de rien 
 a un homme qui n'a pas le temoignage de 
 sa conscience pour lui. 
 
 Un homme fait mille fautes, parce qu'il 
 ne fait point de reflexions sur lui. 
 
 On fait mille fautes, quand on ne fait 
 aucune reflexion sur soi. 
 
 II aime mieux dire du mal de lui, que de 
 n'en point parler. 
 
 L'egoi'fte aimera mieux dire du mal de 
 soi, que de n'en point parler. 
 
 On a souvent besom d'un plus petjt que 
 soi. 
 
 Un prince a souvent besoin de beaucoup 
 de gens plus petits que lui. 
 
 C'est unbonmoyendes'cleversoi-meme, 
 que d'exalter ses pareils ; et un homme 
 adroit s'elBve ainsi lui-meme. 
 
 Sur les Pronoms Relatifs, 
 
 II n'y a rien de si capable d'efikminer le 
 courage, que l'oisivete et les delices. 
 
 II faut empecher que la division, qui est 
 dans cette famille, n'eclate. 
 
 Il y a bien des evenemens que l'on sup- 
 pose se passer pendant les entr'actes. 
 
 Je le trouvai qui s'habillait. 
 
 Qui le tirera de cet embarras, le tirera 
 d'une grande misere. 
 
 He advances a thing to-day, and Witt 
 
 contradict himself to-morrow. 
 
 He heis contradicted himself. 
 
 Youth is naturally hasty, it -needs some 
 check to r strain it. 
 
 He can see the prosperity of nobody with' 
 out envying them. 
 
 What you tell me is a perfect riddle to 
 me. 
 
 He is a man that carries every thing to 
 excess ; he is alike violent in his love and 
 in his hatred. 
 
 If you have never been there, I will take 
 you. 
 
 I knew him when he was mild and mo- 
 dest ; he has been much corrupted by asso- 
 ciating with his new acquaintances. 
 
 She is not yet recovered from the conster- 
 nation into which that intelligence threw 
 her. 
 
 He threatens to exterminate him and all 
 his family. 
 
 If you have done with this book, lend it 
 me. 
 
 I liad sent him a diamond, and he refus- 
 ed it, but I sent him it back again. 
 
 He learns easily and forgets the same. 
 
 I can easily pardon him for having at- 
 tempted to turn author ; but I cannot par- 
 don him all the absurdities with which he 
 has filled his book. 
 
 I complain to you of yourself. 
 
 If you will not be for him, at least do not 
 be against him. 
 
 When will you come to see us ? 
 
 On soi, lui, Boi-meme, and lui-meme. 
 
 The approbation of our conscience im- 
 parts great courage. 
 
 The good opinion of the whole world is of 
 no use to a man who has not the approba- 
 tion of his own conscience. 
 
 A man commits a thousand faults, because 
 he does not reflect on future consequences. 
 
 We commit a thousand faults, when we 
 neglect to reflect on ourselves. 
 
 He had rat Iter speak ill of himself than 
 not talk of himself at all. 
 
 The egotist prefers speaking ill of him- 
 self rather than not be the subject of his 
 own conversation. 
 
 We. frequently want the assistance of one 
 who is below ourselves. 
 
 A prince frequently needs the assistance 
 of many persons inferior to himself. 
 
 It is an excellent method of exalting our- 
 selves to exalt our equals, and a man of ad- 
 dress by this means exalts himself- 
 On the Relative Pronouns. 
 
 Nothing is so calculated to enervate the 
 mind as idleness and pleasure. 
 
 The dissension intho.t family must be pre- 
 vented from becoming public. 
 
 There are many events in a piece whict 
 are supposed to happen between the acts. 
 
 I found, him dressing. 
 
 Whoever extricates him from this dijffi 
 culty will relieve him from much distress. 
 
PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 437 
 
 Ceux la sont veritablement heureux, qui 
 croient l'etre. 
 
 II n'y a que la vertu, qui puisse rendre 
 un homme heureux en cette vie. 
 
 II n'y a regie si generate, qui n'ait son 
 exception. 
 
 C'est un orateur qui se possede, et qui ne 
 se trouble jamais. 
 
 II n'y a pas dans le cceur bumain de re- 
 pli que Dieu ne connaisse. 
 
 On n'a trouve que quelques fragmens du 
 grand ouvrage qu'il avait promis. 
 . La faute, que vous avez faite, est plus 
 importante que vous ne pensez. 
 
 Lespremi^resdemarches qu'on fait dans 
 le monde, ont beaucoup d'infiuence sur le 
 reste de la vie. 
 
 Cette farce est une des plus risibles qu'on 
 ait encore vues. 
 
 Amassez-vous des tresors que les vers et 
 la rouille ne puissent point gater, et que les 
 voleurs ne puissent point derober. 
 
 L 'incertitude, ou nous sommes de ce qui 
 doit arriver, fait que nous ne saurions pren- 
 dre des mesures justes. 
 
 Je m'etonne qu'il ne voie pas le danger oil 
 il est. 
 
 L'homme dont vous parlez, n'est plus 
 ici. 
 
 Celui de qui je tiens cette nouvelle ne 
 vous est pas connu. 
 
 Celui, a qui ce beau chateau appartient 
 ne rliabite presque jamais. 
 
 Ce sont des evencmens auxquels il faut 
 bien se soumettre. 
 
 C'est ce a qn oi vous ne pensez guere. 
 Sur les Pro?wms Demonstratifs. 
 
 Ne point reconnaitre la divinite, c'est re- 
 noncer a toutes les lumieres de la raison. 
 
 Mentir, c'est mepriser Dieu et craindre 
 les hommes. 
 
 II y a des epidemics morales, et ce sont 
 les plus dangereuses. 
 
 __ Je crois que ce que vous dites est bien 
 eloigns de ce que vous pensez. 
 
 Les hommes n'aiment ordinairementque 
 ceux qui les flattent. 
 
 Celui qui persuade a un autre de faire un 
 <?rime, n'est gu6re moins coupable que 
 telui qui le commet, 
 
 Penser ainsi, c'est s'aveugler soi-meme. 
 
 Ce qu'on rapporte deluiestineoncevable. 
 
 Cequim'afflige, c'est de voirle triomphe 
 lu crime. 
 
 Connaissez-vous la jeune Emilie? c'est 
 une enfant dont tout le monde dit du bien. 
 
 Imitez en tout votre amie : elle est douce, 
 appliquee, honnete et compatissante. 
 
 Those are really happy who think them- 
 selves so. 
 
 Virtue alone can render a man happy in 
 this life. 
 
 There is no rule so general but it admits 
 of exceptions. 
 
 He is an orator zoho is master of him- 
 self and who is never embarrassed. 
 
 There is no recess of the human heart 
 but God perceives it. 
 
 Only some fragments of the great work 
 he had promised have been found. 
 
 The error you have committed is of more 
 consequence than you imagine. 
 
 The first steps we take on entering the 
 world have considerable influence on the 
 rest of our lives. 
 
 That farce is one of the most truly comic 
 that ever was seen. 
 
 Lay up for yourselves treasures which 
 neither moth nor rust can corrupt, and 
 which thieves cannot steal. 
 
 Our uncertainty as to what shall happen 
 makes us incapable of properly providing 
 against it. 
 
 I am astonished he does not see the dan- 
 ger he is in. 
 
 The man whom you are speaking of is 
 not here now. 
 
 Theperson from whom I received the in- 
 telligence is not known to you. 
 
 The proprietor of that beautiful seat sel- 
 dom resides there. 
 
 These are events to which we must sub- 
 mit. 
 
 It is what you seldom thi nk of. 
 
 On the Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 Not to acknowledge the divinity, is total- 
 ly to renounce the light of reason. 
 To lie is to despise God and to fear man. 
 
 There are moral contagious disorders, 
 and these are the most dangerous. 
 
 What you advance is, I think, widely dif- 
 ferent from your sentiments. 
 
 Men in general love only those who flat- 
 ter them. 
 
 He who persuades another to the commis- 
 sion of a crime,_ is hardly less guilty than 
 he who commits it. 
 
 To think in this manner is to be wilfully 
 blind. 
 
 The reports concerning him are hardly 
 conceivable. 
 
 What distresses me is to see guilt trium- 
 phant. 
 
 Do you know little Emily ? she is a child 
 ofiohom every body speaks well. 
 
 Imitate your friend in every thing; she 
 is mild, assiduous, polite, and i 
 
 Sur le Verbe avoir employe a Vlmperson- 
 nel. 
 
 Remarque. Quand le verbe avoir s'em- 
 flme a I'impersonnel, c'est dans le sens 
 d'etre, et alors il se joint toujours avec y. 
 
 II y a un an que je ne vous ai vu. 
 
 Y a-t-il des nouvelles ? 
 
 Non, il n'y en a pas, du moins que je 
 sache. 
 
 On the Verb avoir, to have, employed 
 
 impersonally. 
 When the verb avoir is used impersonally 
 it signifies etre, to be, and in this sense it 
 is always accompanied by the adverb y. 
 Il is a twelvemonth since I saw you. 
 Is there any news 7 
 No, there is none, at least that I know. 
 
438 
 
 PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 N'y a-t-il pas cinquante-quatre milles de 
 Londres a Brighton ? 
 
 II y avait d eja beaucoup de monde lorsque 
 j'arrivai. 
 
 II n'y avait bier presque personne au 
 pare. 
 
 Y avait-il de grands debats ? 
 
 N'y avait-il pas beaucoup de curieux? 
 
 Je l'avais vu il y avait a peine vingt qua- 
 tre heures. 
 
 II n'y avait pas deux jours qu'il avait dine 
 chezmoi. 
 
 Y avait ij si long-temps que vous ne 
 1'aviez vu ? 
 
 B y eut bier un bal chez M. un tel. 
 II n'y eut pas hier de spectacle. 
 
 Y eut-il beaucoup de confusion et de dc- 
 sordre ? 
 
 N'y eut-il pas un beau feu fPartifice ? 
 
 Uya eu airiourd'hui une foule immense 
 £ la promenade. 
 
 II n'y a pas eu de bal, comme on 
 annonce. 
 
 Est il vrai qa'il y a eu un duel? 
 
 N'y a-t-il pas eu dans sa conduite un peu 
 trop d'emportement? 
 
 Quand ilyeut eu une expbeation. les es- 
 prits se caJmerent 
 
 N'y avait-il pas eu un plus gTand nombre 
 de spectateurs? 
 
 B y aura demainun simulacre de combat 
 naval. 
 
 II n'y aura aucun de vous. 
 
 Y aura-t-il une bonne recolte cette annee? 
 
 Is not it fifty-four miles from London to 
 Brighton ? 
 
 There were already a great many people 
 wlien I arrived. 
 
 There was hardly any body in the Park 
 yesterday. 
 
 Were there violent debates ? 
 
 Were there not many curious people 7 
 
 Ihad seen him scarcely four-and-ticenty 
 hours before. 
 
 He had dined, with me not two days be- 
 fore. 
 
 Was it so long since you had seen him 1 
 
 N'y aura-t-il pas quelqu'un de votre fa- 
 mille? 
 A coup stir il y aura eu bien du desordre. 
 
 Sur cent personnes, il n'y en aura pas eu 
 dix de satisfaites. 
 
 Y aura-t-il eu un bon soupe ? 
 N'y aura-t-il pas eu de mecontens 3 
 Byaurait dela malhonnete dans ce pro- 
 
 cSde. 
 II n'y aurait pas grand mal a cela. 
 
 Y aurait-il quelqu'un assez bardi pour 
 Tatraquer ? 
 
 N'y aurait-il pas quelqu'un assez chari- 
 table pour l'avertir de ce qu'on dit de lui ? 
 B y aurait eu de Timprudence a cela. 
 
 There loas yesterday a ball at Mr. A's. 
 
 Tliere was no play yesterday. 
 
 Was there a great deal of confusion and 
 disorder ? 
 
 Were there not handsome fire-works ? 
 
 There was an immense crowd to-day at 
 the public walks. 
 'avait There has not been any ball as had been 
 mentioned. 
 
 Is it true that there has been a duel ? 
 
 Was there not rather too much hastiness 
 in his behaviour ? 
 
 After there hadbeen an explanation, tran- 
 quilUPj was restored. 
 
 Was not there a great number of specta- 
 tors? 
 
 To-morrow there will be the representa- 
 tion of a sea-fight. 
 
 There will be none of you. 
 
 Will there be a good harvest this year ? 
 
 Will not there be i 
 
 of your family? 
 
 There must certainly hate been much dis- 
 order. 
 
 Out of a hundred persons there will not 
 have been ten satisfied. 
 
 Will there have been a good supper ? 
 
 Will there nothavebeen some dissatisfied? 
 
 Such a step would have been ungenteel. 
 
 There would be no great harm in that. 
 Would there be any one bold enough to 
 attack him ? 
 
 Would there be nobody kind enough to 
 acquaint him with what is said of him ? 
 
 There would have been some imprudence 
 in that. 
 
 There icould not have been so great a mis- 
 understanding had I been believsd. 
 There icould not have been ten persons ? 
 Would there have been, any inconve- 
 nience ? 
 
 N'y aurait-il pas eu de jaloux pour le Would there not have been some envious 
 traverser dans ses projets? person to thwart him in his designs ? 
 
 Je ne crois pas qa'il y ait un spectacle I do not think there can be a more superb 
 plus mas-nifique. spectacle. 
 
 Je desirerais qa'il y eut moins de faus- I wish there were less duplicity in the 
 sete dans lecommerce de la vie. concerns of life. 
 
 Je n'ai pas our dire qa'il y ait eu hier des I have not heard that there was any news 
 nouveiles du continent. from the continent yesterday. 
 
 Auriez-vous cru qa'il y eut eu tant de Could you have thought so many persons 
 
 l>crsonnes compromises dans cette affaire ? would hare been exposed in that affair? 
 
 Phrases diver ses. Promiscuous Phrases. 
 
 Sa vie, ses actions, ses paroles, son air His life, his actions, his very look and de 
 
 meme et sa demarche, tout preche, tout edi- portment, every thing in him instructs and 
 
 fie en lui. edifies. 
 
 Il n'y . aurait pas eu tant de mesintelli- 
 gence, si Ton m'en avait cru, 
 il n'y aurait pas eu dix personnes. 
 Y aurait-il eu de TinconvcnieDt? 
 
PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 439 
 
 On craignait qu'il n'arrivat quelque de- It was apprehended some disorder would 
 
 sordre dans Tasscmblee, mais toutes choses take place in the assembly, but every thing 
 
 s'y passerent tort doucement. went off very quietly. 
 
 La vigne ct le Uerre s'entortillent autour The vine and. ivy tioist round the elms. 
 des ormes. 
 
 On ne disconvenient point qu'il ne soit They do not deny that he is brave, but he 
 
 brave, mais il est an peu trop (knfaron. boasts rather too much. 
 
 Le radet est riche, mais l'aine Test encore The. youngest is rich, but the eldest is still 
 
 davantage. more so. 
 
 Le ciel est couvert de nuages, et 1'orage The slcy is covered with clouds, and the 
 
 est pret 'a fondre, storm is preparing to burst. 
 
 Apres qu'il eut f'ranchi les Alpes avec ses After having crossed the Alps with his 
 
 troupes, il entra en Iialie. troops, he entered Italy. 
 
 La frugalite rend les corps plus sains et Temperance imparts an increase of health 
 
 plus robustes. and strength to the body. 
 
 Ce discours est peut-etre un des plus This speech is perhaps one of the finest 
 
 beaux morceaux d'eloquence, qu'il y ait pieces of eloquence that was ever pronoun- 
 
 jamais eu. ced. 
 
 C'est un hommequi aimelalibcrte; il ne He is a man fond of liberty, he will be 
 
 se gene pour qui que ce soit. restrained by nobody. 
 
 II est plus haut que moi de deux doigis. He is taller than me by two inches. 
 
 Irez-vous vous exposer a la barbarie et a Will you go and expose yourself to the 
 
 l'inhospitalite de ces peuples ? barbarity and inhospitality of those nations ? 
 
 A la Iongue. les erreurs disparaissent, et In time errors vanish and truth sur- 
 
 la verite surnage. vivrs. 
 
 Si vous le prenez avec moi sur ce ton de If you treat me with that haughtiness, I 
 
 fierte, je serai aussi fier que vous. can be as haughty as you. 
 
 C'est un homme rigide, qui ne pardonne He is a stern character, who pardons no- 
 
 rien, ni aux aur.res ni a lui-meme. thing either in himself or others. 
 
 Les uns montcnt, les autres descendent, Some mount, others descend; thus goes 
 
 ainsi va la roue de la fortune. the wheel of fortune. 
 
 Je ne vois rien de solide dans tout ce que I see nothing certain in all you propose 
 
 vous meproposez. to me. 
 
 L'art n'a jamais rien produit de plus It is one of tiie finest productions of art. 
 beau. 
 
 Lequel est-ce des deux qui a tort ? Which of the two is in the wrong ? 
 
 On aime quelquefois la trahison, mais on We sometimes love the treason, but we 
 
 hait toujours les traitr es. always hate the traitor. 
 
 Continuation. Continuation. 
 
 ii'elSphant se sert de sa trompe pour The elephant makes use of his trunk to 
 
 prendre et pour enlever tout ce qu'il veut. take and lift whatever he pleases. 
 
 Plus j'examine cette personne, plus je The more I look at that person, the more 
 
 crois l'avoir vue quelque part. J think I have seen him (or her) somewhere. 
 
 La nuit vint, de fagon que je f us con- Night came on, so that I was obliged to 
 
 traint de me retirer. retire. 
 
 II faut vivre de fa§on qu'on ne fasse tort We must live in such a manner as to in- 
 
 a personne. jure nobody. 
 
 Elle sut qu'on attaquait son mari et cou- She knew her husband was attacked, and 
 
 rut aussitot tout eperdue pour le secourir. in a state of distraction ran to his assistance. 
 
 Je trouvai ses parens tout eplores. I found his relations all in tears. 
 
 Cet arbre pousse ses branches toutes The branches of that tree grow quite 
 
 droites. straight. 
 
 J'en ai encore le memoire toute fraiche. It is still quite fresh in my memory. 
 
 II a voulu faire voir par cet essai qu'il He wished to show by that attempt that 
 
 pouvait reussir en quelque chose de plus he could succeed in an enterprise of more 
 
 grand. consequence. 
 
 II fut blesse au front et mourut de cette He toas zoounded in the forehead, and 
 
 blessure. died of his wound. 
 
 Ces chevaux prirent le mors aux dents et Those lwrses ran away with the car- 
 
 entrainerent le carrosse. riage. 
 
 C'est un homme qui comp< se sans cna- He is a man that writes without the least 
 
 leur ni imagination ; tout ce qu'il ecrit est warmth or animation : all his productions 
 
 iroid et plat. are cold and insipid. 
 
 Ce batiment a plus de profondeur que de That building is deeper than it is broad. 
 largeur. 
 
 Cet homme est un prodige de savoir, de That man is a prodigy cf knowledge, 
 
 science, de valeur, d'esprit, et de memoire. judgment, courage, sense, and memory. 
 
 II est attache a 1'un ct a l'autre, mais He is attached to both, but to one more 
 
 plus a l'un qu'a l'autre. than to the other. 
 
 lis ont bien Pair l'un de l'autre. They very much resemble each other. 
 
 38* 
 
440 
 
 PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 Si Ton ruino cet homme-la, le contre-coup 
 retombera sur vous. 
 
 Jl serait moi t, si on no l'eut assists avec 
 fioin. 
 
 Ce poeme serait parfait, si les incidens, 
 qui le lont languir, n'interrompaient la con- 
 
 tinuite de faction, 
 
 Continuation. 
 
 Quand je le voudrais, je ne le pourrais pas. 
 
 Je serai toujours votre ami, quand meme 
 vous ne le voudriez pas. 
 
 Quand vous auriez reussi, que vous en se- 
 rait-il revenu? 
 
 Quand on deconvrirait votre demarche, 
 on ne pourralt la blamer. 
 
 Quand vous auriez consults quelqu'un sur 
 votre mariage, vous n'auriez pas mieux 
 reussi. 
 
 Le tonnerre et 1'eclair ne sont sensibles 
 que par la propagation du bruit et de la lu- 
 miere jusqu'a Tceil et a l'oreille. 
 
 Le rangage de la prose est plus simple et 
 moins figure que celui des vers. 
 
 Le commencement de son discours est 
 toujours assez sage ; mais, dans la suite, a 
 force de vouloir s'elever, il se perd dans les 
 nues : on ne sait plus ni ce qu'on voit, ni 
 ce qu'on entend. 
 
 C'estune faute excusable dans un autre 
 homme, mais a an homme aussi sage que 
 lui, elle ne se peut pardonner. 
 
 II ne suffit pas de paraitre honnete 
 homme, il faut l'etre. 
 
 II nins a reQu avec bonte, et nous a ecou- 
 tes a^c patience. 
 
 Tout y est si bien peint, qu'on croit voir 
 ce qu'il decrit. 
 
 On ne pense rien de vous, qui ne vous soit 
 giorieux. 
 
 Les eaux de citerne ne sont que des 
 eaux de pluie ramassees. 
 
 S'il n'est pas fort riche, du moins a-t-il de 
 quoi vivre honnetement. 
 
 Quel quantieme du mois avons-nous ? 
 
 II lui tarde qu'il soit majeur, il compte 
 les jours et les mois. 
 
 Des qualites excellentes, jointes a de 
 rares talens, font le parfait merite. 
 
 Il a une mauvaise qualite, c'est qu'il ne 
 eaurait garderun secret. 
 
 Modtlesde phrases dans l r squeUes, on doit 
 faire usage de I article. 
 
 Vhonvme est sujet 5 bi.-n des vicissitudes. 
 
 Les hommes d'un vrai genie sont rares. 
 
 Les hommes a imagination sont rarement 
 heureux. 
 
 L'homane, dont vous parlez, est un de mes 
 amis. 
 
 La vie est un melange de biens et de 
 maux. 
 
 La perfection en tout genre est le but au- 
 quel on doit tendre^ 
 
 La beanie, les graces et I 'esprit sont des 
 avantages bien precieux, quand ils sont re- 
 leves par la modestie. 
 
 Voila des tableaux d'une grande beaute. 
 
 Faites-vous des princ'pes, dont vous ne 
 vous ecartiez jamais. 
 
 Cet arbre porte des fruits excellens. 
 
 Ces raisons sont des conjectures bien fai- 
 bies. 
 
 If that man is ruined, his misfortune wiU 
 recoil upon you-. 
 
 He would have died, if he had not been 
 kindly assisted. 
 
 That would be a perfect poem, if the in- 
 cidents which give a heaviness to it, did net 
 
 break the connexion of the subject. 
 
 Continuation. 
 
 Ifltvere disposed I could not do it. 
 
 I will always be your friend, even though 
 you should not wish it. 
 
 Had you even succeeded, what were you 
 to have derived from it 7 
 
 Should th steps you have taken be dis- 
 covered, they could not be blamed. 
 
 Had you consulted somebody about your 
 marriage, you co-uld not have succeeded 
 better. 
 
 Thunder and lightning are only percep- 
 tible by the transmission of sound and light 
 to the ear and eye. 
 
 Prose language is much more simple and 
 less figurative than poetic. 
 
 The b ginning of his speech is always to- 
 lerably sensible; bat afterwards, by affect- 
 ing the sublime, he loses himself, and we 
 no longer understand either what we see or 
 hear. 
 
 This fault would be excusable in another 
 man, but in a man of his sense it is unpar- 
 donable. 
 
 It is not enough to seem an honest man, 
 we must be so. 
 
 He received us with kindness, and heard 
 us patiently. 
 
 Every thing in it is so well delineated, you 
 think you see what he describes. 
 
 Tim think nothing of you but what is to 
 your honour. 
 
 Cistern water is only rain-water collect- 
 ed. 
 
 If he is not rich, at least he has enough to 
 live upon respectably. 
 
 Wnat day of the month is il ? 
 
 He longs to be of age, and counts the day a 
 and months. 
 
 Excellent qualities, joined to distinguish- 
 ed talents, constitute perfect merit. 
 
 He has one bad quality, he cannot keep a 
 secret. 
 
 Examples of phrases in which the Article 
 is used. 
 
 Man is liable to a variety of changes. 
 
 Men of real genius are scarce. 
 
 Men of a visionary character are seldom 
 happy. 
 
 The man you speak of is a friend of 
 mine. 
 
 Life is a compound of good and evil. 
 
 Perfection in every thing ought to be 
 our object. 
 
 Beauty, gracefulness, and wit, are valua- 
 ble endowments when heightened by mo- 
 desty. 
 
 These are very beautiful pictures. 
 
 Establish rules for yourself, and never 
 deviate from them. 
 
 This tree bears very excellent fruil. 
 
 These reasons are very idle conjectures. 
 
PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 441 
 
 Servez-vous des termes etablis pas l'us- Use the expressions established by custom. 
 age. 
 
 On doit eviter Pair de Vaffectation. We ought to avoid the appearance of af- 
 fectation. 
 
 Le Jupiter de Phidias etait d'une grande The Jupiter of Phidias was extremely 
 
 beaute. beautiful. 
 
 Continuation des memes phrases. The same Phrases continued. 
 
 La memoire est le tresor de I'esprit, le Memory is the treasure of the mind, the 
 
 fruit de I'attention et de la reflexion. result of attention and reflection. 
 
 J'achetai hier des gravures precieuses et I yesterday bought some valuable and 
 
 rares. scarce engravings. 
 
 La France est le plus beau pays de l'Eu- France is the finest country in Europe. 
 rope. 
 
 L'interet de I'Allemagne etait oppose a The German interest was contrary to the 
 
 celui de la Russie. Russian. 
 
 La longueur de VAngleterre du nord au The length of England from north to 
 
 etui est de 360 milles, et sa largeur de Pest south is 360 miles, and its breadth from east 
 
 it 1'ouest est de 300. to west is 300. 
 
 II arrive de la Chine, du Japon, et des He comes from China, Japan, and the East 
 
 Indes Orientates, &c. Indies. 
 
 II arrive de VAmiriquc, de la Barbade, He comes from America, Barbadoes, Ja- 
 de la Jamdique, &c. maica, &c. 
 
 II vient de la Flandre Franchise. He comes from French Flanders. 
 
 II s'est etabli dans la province de Middle • He has settled in the county of Middlesex. 
 sex. 
 
 Des petits-maztres sont des etres insup- Coxcombs are unsufferable beings in so- 
 
 portables dans la societe. ciety. 
 
 C'est l'opinion des nouveaux philosophes. It is the opinion of the new philosophers. 
 
 Elle a bien de la grace dans tout ce She does every thing most gracefully. 
 qu'elle fait. 
 
 Cette etofie se vend une guinee I'aune. This stuff sells at a guinea the ell. 
 
 Ce vin coute 70 livres sterling la piece. This wine costs seventy pounds a pipe. 
 
 Modeles de phrases dans lesquelles on ne Examples of phrases in which the Article 
 doit pas faire usage del' article. is omitted. 
 
 Nos connaissances doivent etre tirees de Our knowledge ought to be derived from 
 principes evidens. evident principles. 
 
 Cet arbre porte d'excellens fruits. This tree produces excellent fruit. 
 
 Ces raisons sont defaibles conjectures. These reasons are idle conjectures. 
 
 Evitez tout ce qui a un air d' affectation. Avoid whatever bears the appearance of 
 affectation. 
 
 Ces exemples peuvent servir de modeles These examples may serve as models. 
 
 II a une grande presence d- : esprit. He has great presence of mind. 
 
 La memoire de raiso?i et d' esprit est plus The memory of reason and seme is more 
 utile que les autres sortes de memoire. useful than any other kind of memory. 
 
 Peu de personnes reflechissent sur la ra- Few people reflect on the rapidity of life. 
 pidite de la vie. 
 
 Que d'evenemens inconcevables se 6ont Hoiv many inconceivable events have fol- 
 succedes les uns aux autres ! lowed in succession ! 
 
 II y a plus d' esprit, mais moins de con- There is more wit and less knowledge in 
 naissances, dans ce siScle que dans le siecle this age than in the last. 
 dernier. 
 
 On ne vit jamais autant d' effronterie. So much assurance never was met toith. 
 
 Je pris hier beaucoup de peine pour rien. I took a great deal of trouble yesterday 
 about nothing. 
 
 Candie est une des iles les plus agreables Candia is one of the most agreeable is I- 
 de la Mediterranee. ands in the Mediterranean. 
 
 II arrive de Perse, d'ltalie, d' Espagne,&c. He comes from Persia, Italy, Spain, &c. 
 
 II est revenu de Suisse, d'Allemagne, &c. He is returned from Switzerland, Ger- 
 many, &c. 
 
 Les vins de France seront chers cette an- French wines will be dear this year ; the 
 nee ; les vignes ant coule. vines have been blighted. 
 
 L'empire d'Allemagne est compose de The German empire is composed of great 
 grands et de petits etats. and small states. 
 
 Les chevaux d' Angleterre sont excellens. The English horses are excellent. 
 
 Apresrmm depart de Suisse, je me retirai After leaving Switzerland, I retired to 
 
 a Rome. Rome. 
 
 Continuation des memes phrases. Continuation of the same phrases. 
 
 Vous trouverez ce passage page 120,livro You will find this passage at page 120, 
 premier, chapitre dix. book the first, chapter the tenth. 
 
 II s'est retire en Angleterre. He has retired to England. 
 
442 
 
 PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 II vit dans sa retraite en vrai philosophy 
 
 Quand il reflechil sur sa conduite, il en 
 eut h ante. 
 C'est un homme qui cherche fortune. 
 II entend malice a tout. 
 
 Ne portez envie a personne. 
 
 Si vous promettez, tenez parole. 
 
 Dans les affaires importantes ne vous de- 
 cidez jamais sans prendre conseU. 
 
 Courage, soldats, tenons ferme ; la vic- 
 toire est a nous. 
 
 Cette femme n'a ni grace ni beaute. 
 
 Monseigneur le due de, &c, prince du 
 sang, alia hier a la eampagne. 
 
 Aionrrer tant de fdblesse, c'est n'etre pas 
 homme. 
 
 Cet homme est une espece de misan- 
 thrope, dont les brusqueries sont quelque- 
 lois tres-plaisantes. 
 
 L'ananas est une aortede fruit tres-com- 
 mun aux Antilles. 
 C'est un genre de vie qui ne me plait point. 
 
 He lives in his retreat like a real philo- 
 sopher. 
 
 When he reflected on his conduct, he was 
 ashamed of it. 
 
 He is a man that seeks to make a fortune. 
 
 He puts a- malicious construction on 
 every thing. 
 
 Envy nobody. 
 
 If you promise, keep your word. 
 
 In mailers of consequence never decide 
 without advice. 
 
 Cheer up, soldiers, let us continue firm ; 
 the day is our own. 
 
 This woman is destitute both of grace 
 and beauty. 
 
 The duke of, &c, a prince of the blood, 
 went yesterday into the country. 
 
 To show so much weakness is not acting 
 like a man. 
 
 This man is a kind of misanthropist, 
 whose oddities are sometimes comical. 
 
 The pine-apple is a kind of fruit very com- 
 mon in the Antilles. 
 It is a kind of life that is not agreeable to 
 
 Continuation des memes phrases. The same sentences continued. 
 
 Cette dame plait a tout le monde par son This lady pleases every one by her good 
 Lonnetete et sa douceur. breeding and mildness. 
 
 Tout homme a des defauts plus ou moins Every one has defects more or les3 obvi- 
 
 Cette conduite augmentait chaquejour le 
 ncmbre des ses amis. 
 
 Tous les biens nous viennent de Dieu. 
 
 Venus etait la deesse de la beaute, et la 
 mere de l'amour et des graces. 
 
 Selon les palens, Jupiter etait le premier 
 des dieux, 
 
 Apollon etait frere jumeau de Diane. 
 
 Rubens a ete un grand peintre. 
 
 Homere et Virgile sont les deux plus 
 grands poStes epioues. 
 
 Londres est la plus belle ville que je con- 
 naisse. 
 
 L'eau de riviere est douce, et l'eau de mer 
 est salee. 
 
 C'est un excellent poisson demer. 
 
 Voila une superb.? table de ma-Tire. 
 
 L'eau de Seine est celle qu'on prefere a 
 Paris. 
 
 Pauvrete n'est pas vice. 
 
 Citoyens, etrangers, grands, peuples, se 
 Bont montres sensjbjea a cette perte. 
 
 Modeles de phrases sur le Pronom Le. 
 
 Est-ce la votre opinion 7— ne doutez point 
 que ce ne la soit. 
 
 Sont-ce la vos domestiques 7— oui, ce les 
 sont. 
 
 Mesdames, etes-vous les etrangeres qu'on 
 m'a annoncees ? — oui, nous Its sommes. 
 
 Madame, etes-vous la malade pour la- 
 quelle on m'a appele ?— oui, je la suis. 
 
 Madame, etes-vous la mere de cet en- 
 fant ? — oui, je la suis. 
 
 Mesdames, etes vous contentes de cette 
 musique? — oui, nous le sommes. 
 
 Elle est malheureuse, et je crains bien, 
 qu'elle ne le soit toute la vie. 
 
 Madame, etes-vous mere? — oui, je le suis. 
 
 Madame, etos vous malode 7— oui. je le 
 suis. 
 
 This behaviour daily increased the num- 
 ber of his friends. 
 
 Every blessing comes from Ood. 
 
 Venus was the goddess of beauty, and the 
 mother of love and (he graces. 
 
 According to the Heathens, Jupiter was 
 the first of the gods. 
 
 Apollo was twin brother to Diana. 
 
 Rubens was a great painter. 
 
 Homer and Virgil are the two greatest 
 epic poets. 
 
 London is the finest city that I know. 
 
 River water is sweet, and sea water is 
 salt. 
 
 It is an excellent sea-fish. 
 
 There is a superb marble table. 
 
 The toaier of the Seine is preferred at 
 Paris. 
 
 Poverty is not a vice. 
 
 Citizens, strangers, grandees, people, 
 have shown themselves sensible of this loss. 
 
 Forms of phrases upon the pronoun Le. 
 
 Is that your opinion ?—do not question it. 
 
 Are these your servants 7— yes, they are. 
 
 Lad>es, are you the strangers that have 
 been announced to me ?-^-ycs, we are. 
 
 Madam, are you the sick person for whom 
 I have been called 7— yes, I am. 
 
 Madam, are you the mother of this child 7 
 —yes, lam. 
 
 Ladies, are you pleased with this music 1 
 -^yes, we are. 
 
 She is unhappy, and I much fear she will 
 continue so for life. 
 
 Madam, are you a mother 7— yes, T am. 
 
 Madam, are you sick 7— yes, I am. 
 
PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 443 
 
 Madame, depuis quel temps fetes-vous Madam, how long- have you been mar- 
 marieel— Je lesuis depuis un an. ried?—ayear. 
 
 Ya-t-il long-temps que vous etes arri- Is it long since you arrived?— a fort- 
 veef— je lesms depuis quinze jours. night. ,__.._. -. 
 
 Aristote croyait que le monde etait de ArisPtle believed the world to have been 
 touteeternite;maisPlatonne le croyait pas. from all eternity; but Plain did not. 
 
 Quoique cette femme monlre plus de fer- Although this woman shows more resolu- 
 mete que lea auties, ellen'est pas pour cela tion than the others, she is nevertheless not 
 la moins affligee. the least afflicted. 
 
 Cette femme a Part de repandre des This woman has the art of shedding tears, 
 larmes dans le temps meme qu'elle est le even lohen she is least ajjl ctcd. 
 moins affligee. 
 
 Forms of Phrases upon the different rules 
 of the participle past. 
 Did the new piece meet with applause ? 
 Will your relations arrive tliere in time? 
 She has given herself fine gowns. 
 They have brought us beautiful pinks. 
 Tie has not succeeded in this stratagem. 
 
 Modeles de phrases sur les diffcrentes re- 
 gies du particive passe. 
 
 La nouvelle piece a-t-elle ete applaudie ? 
 
 Vos parens y seront-ils arrives a temps ? 
 
 Elle s'est donne de belles robes. 
 
 Elles nous ont apporte de superbes ceillets. 
 
 Cette ruse ne lui a pas reussi. 
 
 La vie tranquille que j'ai menee depuis ine quiei uje 1 nave tea inese Ten ye 
 dix ans, a beancoup contribue a me faire has greatly contributed to make me forget 
 oublier mes malheurs. 
 
 Les Icitres, qui j'ai reques, m'ont beau- 
 coup afflige. 
 Que de peines vous vous etes donnees ! 
 
 Quelle tache vous vous etes imposed 
 
 C'est une satire que j'ai retrouvee dans 
 
 The quiet life I have, led these ten years 
 as greatly cont; " 
 my misfortunes. 
 
 mes papiers. 
 Les lettres qu'a ecrites Plir 
 
 le jeune, 
 
 The letters I have received have aj 
 me greatly. 
 
 What a deal of trouble you Jiave given 
 yourself! 
 
 What a task you have imposed on your- 
 self! 
 
 It is a satire that I have again met with 
 in my papers. 
 
 The letters which the younger Pliny has 
 
 quelque agreables qu'elles soient, seressen- written, however agreeable they may be, 
 tent neanmoins un peu de la decadence du savour, nevertheless, a little of the decline 
 gout parmi les Romains. of taste among the Romans. 
 
 Je ne serais pas entre avec %-ous dans I would not have entered into these gram- 
 tous ces details de grammaire, si je ne les matical details with you, had I not thought 
 avais crus necessaires. them necessary. 
 
 L'Egypte s'etait rendue eclebre par la Egypt fiad became celebrated for the wis- 
 sagesse ae ses lois long-temps avant que la dam of its laws long before Greece had 
 
 Grece sortit de la barbarie. 
 
 C'est une des plus grandes merveilles 
 qu'on ait vues. 
 
 L'homme de lettres, dont vous m'avez 
 parte, a un gout exquis. 
 
 Vous avez tres-bien instruit vos eleves. 
 
 Lucrece s'est donne la mort. 
 
 La secheresse qu'il y a eu au printemps 
 a fait perir tous les fruits. 
 
 Je n'ai point reussi, malgre les mesures 
 que vous m'avez conseille de prendre. 
 
 Quelle aventure vous est-il arrive ? 
 
 Cette femme s'est proposce pour modele a 
 Bes enfans. 
 
 emerged from barbarism. 
 
 It is one of the greatest wonders that has 
 ever been seen. 
 
 The man of letters you spoke to me of has 
 an excellent taste. 
 
 You have instructed your pupils extreme- 
 ly well. 
 Lucretia killed herself. 
 The dry weather we had in the spring has 
 destroyed all the fruit. 
 
 I have not succeeded, notivithstanding 
 the steps you advised me to lake. 
 
 What adventures have you met with ? 
 This woman proposed herself as a model 
 for her children. 
 Cette femme s'est propose d'enseigner la This woman proposed to teach geography 
 gSographie et l'histoire a ses enfans. and history to her children. 
 
 Modules de phrases sur les principaux rap- Forms of phrases upon the principal rela- 
 ports des modes et des temps. tions of modes and tenses. 
 
 Je Pattendais depuis long-temps, quand I had waited a long lime f 'or him, when he 
 il vint me joindre. came to me. 
 
 II sortit au moment meme que j'entrais. He was going out at the time Itoas en- 
 tering. 
 Je commemjaisaavoirdes craintes sur la I was beginning to be apprehensive of 
 reussite de votre affaire, lorsque j'ai re$u the success of your business when I receiv- 
 votre lettre. , ed your letter. 
 
 Des que j'eus fait quelques visiles indis- As soon as I had paid some indispensable 
 pensables, j'ai rentrai chez moi, et je ne visits, I went home, and did not go out of- 
 sortis plus. terwards. 
 
 J'avais deja tout prepare pour mon de- I had already made every preparation fer 
 
444 
 
 PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 part, lorsque des affaires imprevues m'ont my departure, when some unexpected bu*i~ 
 force a le dirferer de quelques jours. ness occurred, that obliged me to defer it 
 
 for some days. 
 
 Vous etiez deja sorti, quand je me presen- You were already gone out when I called 
 tai chez vous- upon you. 
 
 J'avais deja livre a I'impression mon ouv- My work had been sent to be printed 
 rage, lorsque vous me demandiez, si je le when you asked me if I should soon bring 
 donnerais bientot au public. it out. 
 
 Lorsque j'ai eu termine mon affaire vous When my business was over, you began 
 avez commence la votre. y.urs. 
 
 Lorsquej'eusdejeune, je montai a cheval, When I had done breakfast, I got on 
 et je fus a Londres. horseback, and went to London. 
 
 Lorsque j'aurai lu la nouvelle piece, je When I have read the new piece, I will 
 vous dirai avec franchise ceque j'en pense. candidly give you my opinion of it. 
 
 Iriez-vous a Rome si vous le pouviez ? — Would you go to Rome if it were in your 
 oui, j 'irais. power 7— Yes, I would. 
 
 Auriez-vuus consenti a ces conditions, si Would you have agreed to those terms, 
 on vous les avait proposees ? had they been proposed to you ? 
 
 Irez-vous demain a Londres, si vous le Shall you go to London to morrow, if you 
 pouvez ?— oui , j 'ir ai . can 7 — Yes, I shall. 
 
 II sera surement parti, si vous l'avezvou- He will certainly have set out, if you 
 lu. wished it. 
 
 Vous eussiez laisse echapper une occa- You would have let so favourable an op- 
 sion si favorable, si i'on ne vous eiit averti portunity slip, had you not been warned in 
 
 a temp s. linu - 
 
 Continuation des tnemes phrases. The same phrases continued. 
 
 On dit que vous partez aujourd'hui pour It is said that you setoff to-day for Paris. 
 Paris. 
 
 Tout le monde soutient que vous accep- Every one maintains that you will ac~ 
 terez la place qu'on vous offre. cept of this place that is offered to you. 
 
 On soupconne que vous aviez hier reQu It is suspected that you had received this 
 cette agreable nouvelle quand on vous ren- agreeable intelligence when you were met 
 contra. yesterday. 
 
 Beaucoup de vos amis croient que vous Many of y cur friends believe that you set 
 partites hier pour la carnpagne. out yesterday for the country. 
 
 Le bruit se repand que vous avez fait une There is a report that you have met with 
 grosse perte. o. considerable loss. 
 
 J'apprends dans Finstant que vous fus- I have this moment learnt that you would 
 siez parti il y a trois jours, si des engage- have set out three days since, had not cn- 
 mens, que vous aviez contractus depuis gagemc-nts which you had formed long ago 
 long-temps, ne vous avaient retenu. detained you. 
 
 N'est-il pas vrai que vous partiriez au- Is it not true that you would set out to- 
 jourd'hui, si vous le pouviez? day, if you could? 
 
 Est-il vrai que vous seriez parti depuis Is it true that you would have set out for 
 long-temps pour la campagne, si votre the country long since, had not your love 
 amour pour les arts ne vous avait retenu for the arts detained you in town f 
 a. la ville ? 
 
 Je ne crois pas que vous partiez, quoique I do not imagine that you will set out, ah- 
 tout le monde 1'assure. though every body asserts it. 
 
 Je ne croyais pas qu'il rut si-tdt de re- I did not believe he had gone back so 
 tour. soon. 
 
 II a fallu qu'il ait eu afraire a bien des He must have had business with a great 
 personnes. many people. 
 
 Je doute que votre ami fut venu a bout I doubt that your friend would liave sue- 
 de ses projets, s'il n'avait pas ete fortement ceeded in his plan, had he rwt been strongly 
 protege. patronised. 
 
 II n'est point d'homme, quelque merite There is not a man, whatever merit he 
 qu'il ait, qui ne fut tres-mortifie, s'il savoit may possess, that ivould net be very much 
 toute ce qu'on pense de lui. mortified, toere he to know every thing that 
 
 is ttuought of him. 
 
 Vous ne vous persuadiez pas que les af- You never per suaded yourself that mat- 
 rixes pussent si mal tourner. ters couldhave taken so unfortunate a turn. 
 
 Moieles de Phrases sur la Negative Ne. Forms of Phrases on the Negative Ne. 
 
 II n'y a pas beaucoup d'argent chez ces There is not much money to be found 
 gens de lettres. among men of letters. 
 
 II w'y a point de ressource dans une per- There are no resources in a person with 
 sonne qui n'a point (f esprit. out sense. 
 
 C'est a tort que vous 1'accusez de jouer ; You accuse him wrongfully of gaming 
 je vous assure qu'il ne joue point. I assure you he never games. 
 
PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 445 
 
 Entrez dans le salon ; vous pourrez lui Go into the room; you may speak to him , 
 parler ; il ne joue pas. he is not playing. 
 
 Si pour avoir du bien, il en coute a la pro- I do not wish to make a for tune, if il can 
 bite, je n'en veux point. only be done at the expense of honesty. 
 
 Rien n'est sur avec les capricieux ; vous Nothing is certain with capricious peo- 
 croyez tare bien en faveur, point du tout: pie; you think yourself in favour, by no 
 T instant de la plus belle Humeur est sui vide means; the moment of the best humour is 
 la plus facheuse. followed by that of the worst. 
 
 Vous ne cessez de nous repeter les memes You are constantly repeating the same 
 choses. thing to us. 
 
 Je n'aurais ose vous en parler le premier. I should not have dared to be the .first to 
 speak to you of it. 
 
 Malgre ses protections, il ra'a pu reussir With all his interest, he has not been able 
 dans ses projets. to succeed in his plans. 
 
 Get ouvraee serait fort bon, si ce re'etait This zoork would be very good, were it 
 pour la negligence du style. not for the negligence of the style. 
 
 Y a-t-il quelqu'un dont elle ne medise. Is there any one she does not slander ? 
 
 J'ai pris tant de gout pour une vie reti- I have acquired so great a taste for re- 
 ree, que je ne sors presque jamais. tirement, that I seldom go abroad. 
 
 VoilS ee qui s'est passe ; n'en parlez a This is what has passed ; do not speak of 
 per sonne. it to any one. 
 
 Mon parti est pris ; ne m'en parlez plus. My resolution is fixed ; talk to me no 
 more of it. ■ 
 
 Jfemployez aucun de ces moyens: ils Do not employ any one of these measures ; 
 sont indignes de vous. they_ are unworthy of you. 
 
 Rien ra'est plus joli. Nothing is mo'<-e beautiful. 
 
 Je ne dis rien que je ne pense. I -never speak but what I think. 
 
 Je ne fais jamais d'exces que je n'en sois I never commit any excess witlwut svf- 
 
 incommode. faring by it. 
 
 Continuation des memes Phrases. Continuation of the same Phrases. 
 
 C'estunhomme pour quijera'aim amour, He is a man for whom I have neither 
 ni estime. love nor esteem. 
 
 II ra'est ni assez prudent ni assez eclaire. He is mither sufficiently prudent nor en- 
 lightened. 
 
 Je vous assure que je ne le frequente ni I assure you I mither associate with him 
 ne le vois. nor see him. 
 
 Ne faire que parcourir les differentes To go through the different tranches of 
 brandies des connaissances humaines sans human knowledge only, without fixing up- 
 9'arreter a aucune, e'est moins chercher a on any one of them, is not to seek for in- 
 s'instruire, qu'a tuer le temps. struction, but to kill time. 
 
 Que re'etes-vous toujours aussi complai- Why are you not at all times equally com- 
 «ant ? x plaisant ? 
 
 II ne le fera pas, a moins que vous ne l'y He will not do it, unless you persuade 
 engagiez. him to it. 
 
 il n'ira pas, si vous ne Pen priez. He will not go, if you do not request it of 
 
 him. 
 
 Il nous a menaces de se venger; nous He has threatened us with vengeance; we 
 ra'avons fait qu'en rire. only laughed at him. 
 
 Trop d'insouciance ns peut que nuire. Too great sup ineness cannot but be hurt- 
 
 ful. 
 
 Que devenez-vous ? il y a trois mois que What has become of you? we fiave not 
 nous ne vous avons vu? sen you these three months. 
 
 Comment vous etes-vous porte depuis How have youbeen since we saw you? 
 que nous ne vous avons vu? 
 
 C'est bien pire qu'on ne le disait. It is much worse than was said. 
 
 Pen s'en faut que je n'aie donne tete I was near running headlong into the 
 baissee dans le piege. _ snare. 
 
 Dites la verite en touie occasion ; on me- Tell the truth on all occasions : those who 
 prise toujours ceux qui parlent autrement speak what they do not think are always 
 qu'ils ne pensent. despised. 
 
 Ne desesperez pas que la verite ne se fasse Do not despair that truth will appear in 
 jour a la longue. time. 
 
 Je ne disconviens pas que la chose ne I admit that it is so. 
 soit ainsi. 
 
 Prenez garde qu'on ne vous entrains Take care that you are not led into some 
 dans quelque fausse demarche. false step. 
 
 J'empBcherai bien qu'on raevous nuise I shall prevent them from doing you any 
 dans cette affaire. harm in this business. 
 
 II craint qu'on ne le soupconne d'avoir He is apprehensive tliat he is suspected of 
 trempe dans ce complot. being concerned in this plot. 
 

 PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 446 
 
 On ltd a donne d'excellens conseils, de They have given him excellent advke, lest 
 crahue qu'il ne manquat J'occasion de faire he should lose the opportunity of showing 
 connaitrc ce qu'il est en etat de faire. what he was caj able of doing. ■ 
 
 J'y ai long-temps travaiile ; jenesaurais I have been long employed about it; I 
 en venir a bout cannot accomplish it. 
 
 Vous feriez rnieux de vous taire : vous ne You had better be silent,.you do not know 
 savez ce que vous dites. what you are saying. 
 
 Vous ne sauriez me faire un plus grand You cannot do me a greater favour. 
 plaisir. - 
 
 Phrases sur quelques Delicalesses de la Phrases on some Delicacies of the French 
 Langut Francaise. Language. 
 
 Irez-vous ce soir a 1' opera. ?— oui, j'irai. Shall you go to the opera this evening ?— 
 
 —yes, I shall. 
 
 Iriez-vous avec plaisir a Rome?— oui, Would you cheerfully go to Romel-yes, 
 j'irais. I would. 
 
 La justice qui nous est quelquefois refu- Posterity knows how to do us that justice 
 see par nos contemporains, la posterite sait which is sometimes refused us by cur con- 
 nous la rendre. temporaries. 
 
 Cette grandeur qui vous etonne si fort, il T/wt greatness which so much astonishes 
 la doit a votre nonchalance. you, he owes to your indifference. 
 
 II perit, ce heros, si cher a son pays. Tlut hero, so dear to his country, perish- 
 
 ed. 
 
 Je l'avais bien prevu que ce haut degre I foresaw that the greatness of his eleva- 
 te grandeur serait la cause do. sa mine. tion wouldbe his ruin- 
 
 Citoycns, Strangers, ennemis, peuples, Citizens, strangers, enemies, nations, 
 rois, empereurs, le plaignen. et le reverent, kings, emj erors, pity and respect him. 
 
 L'assemblee finie, chacun se retira chez The assembly being over, each returned 
 sci. lwme. 
 
 Heureux le pjuple qu'un sage roi gou- Happy are the people who are governed 
 verne. by a wise king. 
 
 II refusa les plus grands honneurs, con- He refused the greatest honours, satisfied 
 tent de les meriter. xoith having deserved them. 
 
 Prieres, remontrances, commaiidomens, Entreaties, remonstrances, injunctions, 
 tout est inutile. are all useless. 
 
 Le vent reuverse tours, cabanes, palais, The wind overturns towers, cottages, pa- 
 eglises. laces, churches. v 
 
 Notre reputation ne depend pas du ca- Our reputation does not depend on the ca- 
 price des homines ; mais elle depend des price of men, but on the commendable ac- 
 actions louables que nous feisons. tions we perform. 
 
 II y a beaucoup de choses qu'il n'impoite Thei e are many things which it is of no 
 point du tout de savoir. coitsequcnce at all to know. 
 
 La vue de l'esprit a plus d'etendue que la Th- eye of the mind reaches much far- 
 vue du corps. ther than tlie bodily eye. 
 
 Ce qui sert a la vanite, irest que vanite. What promotes rarity is only van'ty. 
 
 Tout ce qui n'a que le monde pour fonde- All that is. confined to this lower world, 
 rnent, se dissipe et s'evanouit avec le disperses and vanishes ivith the world. 
 monde. • 
 
 C'est le privilege des grands hommes de It is the prerogative of great men to con- 
 vaincre Ten vie ; le rnerite la fait naitre, le quer envy; merit gives il birth, and merit 
 merite la fait mourir. destroys it. 
 
 L'amour-propre est plus babile que le plus Self-love is more ingenious than th' most 
 habile homme du monde. ingenious man in the world. 
 
 En quittant le monde, on ne quitte le In renouncing the world, we generally 
 plus souvent ni les erreurs, ni les fulles pas- renounce neither the errors nor giddy pas- 
 sions du monde. sions of the world. 
 

 Deacidified using the Bookkeeper procl 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide ■ 
 Treatment Date: Sept. 2006 
 
 PreservationTechnologj 
 
 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVA* 
 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 Cranberry Township, PA 16066 J 
 (724) 779-21 1 1 
 
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 ffiiiffiri 
 
 Bill Hill lllll llll III 
 
 003 117 919 1 
 
 • 
 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 iS8£ 
 
 H